Version abc71001

110 files changed, 41701 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/src/misc/espresso/cofactor.c b/src/misc/espresso/cofactor.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b851a639
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/espresso/cofactor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,382 @@
+/*
+ * Revision Control Information
+ *
+ * $Source$
+ * $Author$
+ * $Revision$
+ * $Date$
+ *
+ */
+#include "espresso.h"
+
+/*
+    The cofactor of a cover against a cube "c" is a cover formed by the
+    cofactor of each cube in the cover against c.  The cofactor of two
+    cubes is null if they are distance 1 or more apart.  If they are
+    distance zero apart, the cofactor is the restriction of the cube
+    to the minterms of c.
+
+    The cube list contains the following information:
+
+    T[0] = pointer to a cube identifying the variables that have
+        been cofactored against
+    T[1] = pointer to just beyond the sentinel (i.e., T[n] in this case)
+    T[2]
+      .
+      .  = pointers to cubes
+      .
+    T[n-2]
+    T[n-1] = NULL pointer (sentinel)
+
+
+    Cofactoring involves repeated application of "cdist0" to check if a
+    cube of the cover intersects the cofactored cube.  This can be
+    slow, especially for the recursive descent of the espresso
+    routines.  Therefore, a special cofactor routine "scofactor" is
+    provided which assumes the cofactor is only in a single variable.
+*/
+
+
+/* cofactor -- compute the cofactor of a cover with respect to a cube */
+pcube *cofactor(T, c)
+IN pcube *T;
+IN register pcube c;
+{
+    pcube temp = cube.temp[0], *Tc_save, *Tc, *T1;
+    register pcube p;
+    int listlen;
+
+    listlen = CUBELISTSIZE(T) + 5;
+
+    /* Allocate a new list of cube pointers (max size is previous size) */
+    Tc_save = Tc = ALLOC(pcube, listlen);
+
+    /* pass on which variables have been cofactored against */
+    *Tc++ = set_or(new_cube(), T[0], set_diff(temp, cube.fullset, c));
+    Tc++;
+
+    /* Loop for each cube in the list, determine suitability, and save */
+    for(T1 = T+2; (p = *T1++) != NULL; ) {
+    if (p != c) {
+
+#ifdef NO_INLINE
+    if (! cdist0(p, c)) goto false;
+#else
+    {register int w,last;register unsigned int x;if((last=cube.inword)!=-1)
+    {x=p[last]&c[last];if(~(x|x>>1)&cube.inmask)goto false;for(w=1;w<last;w++)
+    {x=p[w]&c[w];if(~(x|x>>1)&DISJOINT)goto false;}}}{register int w,var,last;
+    register pcube mask;for(var=cube.num_binary_vars;var<cube.num_vars;var++){
+    mask=cube.var_mask[var];last=cube.last_word[var];for(w=cube.first_word[var
+    ];w<=last;w++)if(p[w]&c[w]&mask[w])goto nextvar;goto false;nextvar:;}}
+#endif
+
+        *Tc++ = p;
+    false: ;
+    }
+    }
+
+    *Tc++ = (pcube) NULL;                       /* sentinel */
+    Tc_save[1] = (pcube) Tc;                    /* save pointer to last */
+    return Tc_save;
+}
+
+/*
+    scofactor -- compute the cofactor of a cover with respect to a cube,
+    where the cube is "active" in only a single variable.
+
+    This routine has been optimized for speed.
+*/
+
+pcube *scofactor(T, c, var)
+IN pcube *T, c;
+IN int var;
+{
+    pcube *Tc, *Tc_save;
+    register pcube p, mask = cube.temp[1], *T1;
+    register int first = cube.first_word[var], last = cube.last_word[var];
+    int listlen;
+
+    listlen = CUBELISTSIZE(T) + 5;
+
+    /* Allocate a new list of cube pointers (max size is previous size) */
+    Tc_save = Tc = ALLOC(pcube, listlen);
+
+    /* pass on which variables have been cofactored against */
+    *Tc++ = set_or(new_cube(), T[0], set_diff(mask, cube.fullset, c));
+    Tc++;
+
+    /* Setup for the quick distance check */
+    (void) set_and(mask, cube.var_mask[var], c);
+
+    /* Loop for each cube in the list, determine suitability, and save */
+    for(T1 = T+2; (p = *T1++) != NULL; )
+    if (p != c) {
+        register int i = first;
+        do
+        if (p[i] & mask[i]) {
+            *Tc++ = p;
+            break;
+        }
+        while (++i <= last);
+    }
+
+    *Tc++ = (pcube) NULL;                       /* sentinel */
+    Tc_save[1] = (pcube) Tc;                    /* save pointer to last */
+    return Tc_save;
+}
+
+void massive_count(T)
+IN pcube *T;
+{
+    int *count = cdata.part_zeros;
+    pcube *T1;
+
+    /* Clear the column counts (count of # zeros in each column) */
+ {  register int i;
+    for(i = cube.size - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+    count[i] = 0;
+ }
+
+    /* Count the number of zeros in each column */
+ {  register int i, *cnt;
+    register unsigned int val;
+    register pcube p, cof = T[0], full = cube.fullset;
+    for(T1 = T+2; (p = *T1++) != NULL; )
+    for(i = LOOP(p); i > 0; i--)
+        if (val = full[i] & ~ (p[i] | cof[i])) {
+        cnt = count + ((i-1) << LOGBPI);
+#if BPI == 32
+        if (val & 0xFF000000) {
+        if (val & 0x80000000) cnt[31]++;
+        if (val & 0x40000000) cnt[30]++;
+        if (val & 0x20000000) cnt[29]++;
+        if (val & 0x10000000) cnt[28]++;
+        if (val & 0x08000000) cnt[27]++;
+        if (val & 0x04000000) cnt[26]++;
+        if (val & 0x02000000) cnt[25]++;
+        if (val & 0x01000000) cnt[24]++;
+        }
+        if (val & 0x00FF0000) {
+        if (val & 0x00800000) cnt[23]++;
+        if (val & 0x00400000) cnt[22]++;
+        if (val & 0x00200000) cnt[21]++;
+        if (val & 0x00100000) cnt[20]++;
+        if (val & 0x00080000) cnt[19]++;
+        if (val & 0x00040000) cnt[18]++;
+        if (val & 0x00020000) cnt[17]++;
+        if (val & 0x00010000) cnt[16]++;
+        }
+#endif
+        if (val & 0xFF00) {
+        if (val & 0x8000) cnt[15]++;
+        if (val & 0x4000) cnt[14]++;
+        if (val & 0x2000) cnt[13]++;
+        if (val & 0x1000) cnt[12]++;
+        if (val & 0x0800) cnt[11]++;
+        if (val & 0x0400) cnt[10]++;
+        if (val & 0x0200) cnt[ 9]++;
+        if (val & 0x0100) cnt[ 8]++;
+        }
+        if (val & 0x00FF) {
+        if (val & 0x0080) cnt[ 7]++;
+        if (val & 0x0040) cnt[ 6]++;
+        if (val & 0x0020) cnt[ 5]++;
+        if (val & 0x0010) cnt[ 4]++;
+        if (val & 0x0008) cnt[ 3]++;
+        if (val & 0x0004) cnt[ 2]++;
+        if (val & 0x0002) cnt[ 1]++;
+        if (val & 0x0001) cnt[ 0]++;
+        }
+    }
+ }
+
+    /*
+     * Perform counts for each variable:
+     *    cdata.var_zeros[var] = number of zeros in the variable
+     *    cdata.parts_active[var] = number of active parts for each variable
+     *    cdata.vars_active = number of variables which are active
+     *    cdata.vars_unate = number of variables which are active and unate
+     *
+     *    best -- the variable which is best for splitting based on:
+     *    mostactive -- most # active parts in any variable
+     *    mostzero -- most # zeros in any variable
+     *    mostbalanced -- minimum over the maximum # zeros / part / variable
+     */
+
+ {  register int var, i, lastbit, active, maxactive;
+    int best = -1, mostactive = 0, mostzero = 0, mostbalanced = 32000;
+    cdata.vars_unate = cdata.vars_active = 0;
+
+    for(var = 0; var < cube.num_vars; var++) {
+    if (var < cube.num_binary_vars) { /* special hack for binary vars */
+        i = count[var*2];
+        lastbit = count[var*2 + 1];
+        active = (i > 0) + (lastbit > 0);
+        cdata.var_zeros[var] = i + lastbit;
+        maxactive = MAX(i, lastbit);
+    } else {
+        maxactive = active = cdata.var_zeros[var] = 0;
+        lastbit = cube.last_part[var];
+        for(i = cube.first_part[var]; i <= lastbit; i++) {
+        cdata.var_zeros[var] += count[i];
+        active += (count[i] > 0);
+        if (active > maxactive) maxactive = active;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* first priority is to maximize the number of active parts */
+    /* for binary case, this will usually select the output first */
+    if (active > mostactive)
+        best = var, mostactive = active, mostzero = cdata.var_zeros[best],
+        mostbalanced = maxactive;
+    else if (active == mostactive)
+        /* secondary condition is to maximize the number zeros */
+        /* for binary variables, this is the same as minimum # of 2's */
+        if (cdata.var_zeros[var] > mostzero)
+        best = var, mostzero = cdata.var_zeros[best],
+        mostbalanced = maxactive;
+        else if (cdata.var_zeros[var] == mostzero)
+        /* third condition is to pick a balanced variable */
+        /* for binary vars, this means roughly equal # 0's and 1's */
+        if (maxactive < mostbalanced)
+            best = var, mostbalanced = maxactive;
+
+    cdata.parts_active[var] = active;
+    cdata.is_unate[var] = (active == 1);
+    cdata.vars_active += (active > 0);
+    cdata.vars_unate += (active == 1);
+    }
+    cdata.best = best;
+ }
+}
+
+int binate_split_select(T, cleft, cright, debug_flag)
+IN pcube *T;
+IN register pcube cleft, cright;
+IN int debug_flag;
+{
+    int best = cdata.best;
+    register int i, lastbit = cube.last_part[best], halfbit = 0;
+    register pcube cof=T[0];
+
+    /* Create the cubes to cofactor against */
+    (void) set_diff(cleft, cube.fullset, cube.var_mask[best]);
+    (void) set_diff(cright, cube.fullset, cube.var_mask[best]);
+    for(i = cube.first_part[best]; i <= lastbit; i++)
+    if (! is_in_set(cof,i))
+        halfbit++;
+    for(i = cube.first_part[best], halfbit = halfbit/2; halfbit > 0; i++)
+    if (! is_in_set(cof,i))
+        halfbit--, set_insert(cleft, i);
+    for(; i <= lastbit; i++)
+    if (! is_in_set(cof,i))
+        set_insert(cright, i);
+
+    if (debug & debug_flag) {
+    (void) printf("BINATE_SPLIT_SELECT: split against %d\n", best);
+    if (verbose_debug)
+        (void) printf("cl=%s\ncr=%s\n", pc1(cleft), pc2(cright));
+    }
+    return best;
+}
+
+
+pcube *cube1list(A)
+pcover A;
+{
+    register pcube last, p, *plist, *list;
+
+    list = plist = ALLOC(pcube, A->count + 3);
+    *plist++ = new_cube();
+    plist++;
+    foreach_set(A, last, p) {
+    *plist++ = p;
+    }
+    *plist++ = NULL;                    /* sentinel */
+    list[1] = (pcube) plist;
+    return list;
+}
+
+
+pcube *cube2list(A, B)
+pcover A, B;
+{
+    register pcube last, p, *plist, *list;
+
+    list = plist = ALLOC(pcube, A->count + B->count + 3);
+    *plist++ = new_cube();
+    plist++;
+    foreach_set(A, last, p) {
+    *plist++ = p;
+    }
+    foreach_set(B, last, p) {
+    *plist++ = p;
+    }
+    *plist++ = NULL;
+    list[1] = (pcube) plist;
+    return list;
+}
+
+
+pcube *cube3list(A, B, C)
+pcover A, B, C;
+{
+    register pcube last, p, *plist, *list;
+
+    plist = ALLOC(pcube, A->count + B->count + C->count + 3);
+    list = plist;
+    *plist++ = new_cube();
+    plist++;
+    foreach_set(A, last, p) {
+    *plist++ = p;
+    }
+    foreach_set(B, last, p) {
+    *plist++ = p;
+    }
+    foreach_set(C, last, p) {
+    *plist++ = p;
+    }
+    *plist++ = NULL;
+    list[1] = (pcube) plist;
+    return list;
+}
+
+
+pcover cubeunlist(A1)
+pcube *A1;
+{
+    register int i;
+    register pcube p, pdest, cof = A1[0];
+    register pcover A;
+
+    A = new_cover(CUBELISTSIZE(A1));
+    for(i = 2; (p = A1[i]) != NULL; i++) {
+    pdest = GETSET(A, i-2);
+    INLINEset_or(pdest, p, cof);
+    }
+    A->count = CUBELISTSIZE(A1);
+    return A;
+}
+
+simplify_cubelist(T)
+pcube *T;
+{
+    register pcube *Tdest;
+    register int i, ncubes;
+
+    (void) set_copy(cube.temp[0], T[0]);        /* retrieve cofactor */
+
+    ncubes = CUBELISTSIZE(T);
+    qsort((char *) (T+2), ncubes, sizeof(pset), (int (*)()) d1_order);
+
+    Tdest = T+2;
+    /*   *Tdest++ = T[2];   */
+    for(i = 3; i < ncubes; i++) {
+    if (d1_order(&T[i-1], &T[i]) != 0) {
+        *Tdest++ = T[i];
+    }
+    }
+
+    *Tdest++ = NULL;                /* sentinel */
+    Tdest[1] = (pcube) Tdest;            /* save pointer to last */
+}
diff --git a/src/misc/espresso/cols.c b/src/misc/espresso/cols.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ec3797e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/espresso/cols.c
@@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
+/*
+ * Revision Control Information
+ *
+ * $Source$
+ * $Author$
+ * $Revision$
+ * $Date$
+ *
+ */
+//#include "port.h"
+#include "sparse_int.h"
+
+
+/*
+ *  allocate a new col vector 
+ */
+sm_col *
+sm_col_alloc()
+{
+    register sm_col *pcol;
+
+#ifdef FAST_AND_LOOSE
+    if (sm_col_freelist == NIL(sm_col)) {
+    pcol = ALLOC(sm_col, 1);
+    } else {
+    pcol = sm_col_freelist;
+    sm_col_freelist = pcol->next_col;
+    }
+#else
+    pcol = ALLOC(sm_col, 1);
+#endif
+
+    pcol->col_num = 0;
+    pcol->length = 0;
+    pcol->first_row = pcol->last_row = NIL(sm_element);
+    pcol->next_col = pcol->prev_col = NIL(sm_col);
+    pcol->flag = 0;
+    pcol->user_word = NIL(char);        /* for our user ... */
+    return pcol;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ *  free a col vector -- for FAST_AND_LOOSE, this is real cheap for cols;
+ *  however, freeing a rowumn must still walk down the rowumn discarding
+ *  the elements one-by-one; that is the only use for the extra '-DCOLS'
+ *  compile flag ...
+ */
+void
+sm_col_free(pcol)
+register sm_col *pcol;
+{
+#if defined(FAST_AND_LOOSE) && ! defined(COLS)
+    if (pcol->first_row != NIL(sm_element)) {
+    /* Add the linked list of col items to the free list */
+    pcol->last_row->next_row = sm_element_freelist;
+    sm_element_freelist = pcol->first_row;
+    }
+
+    /* Add the col to the free list of cols */
+    pcol->next_col = sm_col_freelist;
+    sm_col_freelist = pcol;
+#else
+    register sm_element *p, *pnext;
+
+    for(p = pcol->first_row; p != 0; p = pnext) {
+    pnext = p->next_row;
+    sm_element_free(p);
+    }
+    FREE(pcol);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*
+ *  duplicate an existing col
+ */
+sm_col *
+sm_col_dup(pcol)
+register sm_col *pcol;
+{
+    register sm_col *pnew;
+    register sm_element *p;
+
+    pnew = sm_col_alloc();
+    for(p = pcol->first_row; p != 0; p = p->next_row) {
+    (void) sm_col_insert(pnew, p->row_num);
+    }
+    return pnew;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ *  insert an element into a col vector 
+ */
+sm_element *
+sm_col_insert(pcol, row)
+register sm_col *pcol;
+register int row;
+{
+    register sm_element *test, *element;
+
+    /* get a new item, save its address */
+    sm_element_alloc(element);
+    test = element;
+    sorted_insert(sm_element, pcol->first_row, pcol->last_row, pcol->length, 
+            next_row, prev_row, row_num, row, test);
+
+    /* if item was not used, free it */
+    if (element != test) {
+    sm_element_free(element);
+    }
+
+    /* either way, return the current new value */
+    return test;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ *  remove an element from a col vector 
+ */
+void
+sm_col_remove(pcol, row)
+register sm_col *pcol;
+register int row;
+{
+    register sm_element *p;
+
+    for(p = pcol->first_row; p != 0 && p->row_num < row; p = p->next_row)
+    ;
+    if (p != 0 && p->row_num == row) {
+    dll_unlink(p, pcol->first_row, pcol->last_row, 
+                next_row, prev_row, pcol->length);
+    sm_element_free(p);
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*
+ *  find an element (if it is in the col vector)
+ */
+sm_element *
+sm_col_find(pcol, row)
+sm_col *pcol;
+int row;
+{
+    register sm_element *p;
+
+    for(p = pcol->first_row; p != 0 && p->row_num < row; p = p->next_row)
+    ;
+    if (p != 0 && p->row_num == row) {
+    return p;
+    } else {
+    return NIL(sm_element);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *  return 1 if col p2 contains col p1; 0 otherwise
+ */
+int 
+sm_col_contains(p1, p2)
+sm_col *p1, *p2;
+{
+    register sm_element *q1, *q2;
+
+    q1 = p1->first_row;
+    q2 = p2->first_row;
+    while (q1 != 0) {
+    if (q2 == 0 || q1->row_num < q2->row_num) {
+        return 0;
+    } else if (q1->row_num == q2->row_num) {
+        q1 = q1->next_row;
+        q2 = q2->next_row;
+    } else {
+        q2 = q2->next_row;
+    }
+    }
+    return 1;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ *  return 1 if col p1 and col p2 share an element in common
+ */
+int 
+sm_col_intersects(p1, p2)
+sm_col *p1, *p2;
+{
+    register sm_element *q1, *q2;
+
+    q1 = p1->first_row;
+    q2 = p2->first_row;
+    if (q1 == 0 || q2 == 0) return 0;
+    for(;;) {
+    if (q1->row_num < q2->row_num) {
+        if ((q1 = q1->next_row) == 0) {
+        return 0;
+        }
+    } else if (q1->row_num > q2->row_num) {
+        if ((q2 = q2->next_row) == 0) {
+        return 0;
+        }
+    } else {
+        return 1;
+    }
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*
+ *  compare two cols, lexical ordering
+ */
+int 
+sm_col_compare(p1, p2)
+sm_col *p1, *p2;
+{
+    register sm_element *q1, *q2;
+
+    q1 = p1->first_row;
+    q2 = p2->first_row;
+    while(q1 != 0 && q2 != 0) {
+    if (q1->row_num != q2->row_num) {
+        return q1->row_num - q2->row_num;
+    }
+    q1 = q1->next_row;
+    q2 = q2->next_row;
+    }
+
+    if (q1 != 0) {
+    return 1;
+    } else if (q2 != 0) {
+    return -1;
+    } else {
+    return 0;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*
+ *  return the intersection
+ */
+sm_col *
+sm_col_and(p1, p2)
+sm_col *p1, *p2;
+{
+    register sm_element *q1, *q2;
+    register sm_col *result;
+
+    result = sm_col_alloc();
+    q1 = p1->first_row;
+    q2 = p2->first_row;
+    if (q1 == 0 || q2 == 0) return result;
+    for(;;) {
+    if (q1->row_num < q2->row_num) {
+        if ((q1 = q1->next_row) == 0) {
+        return result;
+        }
+    } else if (q1->row_num > q2->row_num) {
+        if ((q2 = q2->next_row) == 0) {
+        return result;
+        }
+    } else {
+        (void) sm_col_insert(result, q1->row_num);
+        if ((q1 = q1->next_row) == 0) {
+        return result;
+        }
+        if ((q2 = q2->next_row) == 0) {
+        return result;
+        }
+    }
+    }
+}
+
+int 
+sm_col_hash(pcol, modulus)
+sm_col *pcol;
+int modulus;
+{
+    register int sum;
+    register sm_element *p;
+
+    sum = 0;
+    for(p = pcol->first_row; p != 0; p = p->next_row) {
+    sum = (sum*17 + p->row_num) % modulus;
+    }
+    return sum;
+}
+
+/*
+ *  remove an element from a col vector (given a pointer to the element) 
+ */
+void
+sm_col_remove_element(pcol, p)
+register sm_col *pcol;
+register sm_element *p;
+{
+    dll_unlink(p, pcol->first_row, pcol->last_row, 
+            next_row, prev_row, pcol->length);
+    sm_element_free(p);
+}
+
+
+void
+sm_col_print(fp, pcol)
+FILE *fp;
+sm_col *pcol;
+{
+    sm_element *p;
+
+    for(p = pcol->first_row; p != 0; p = p->next_row) {
+    (void) fprintf(fp, " %d", p->row_num);
+    }
+}
diff --git a/src/misc/espresso/compl.c b/src/misc/espresso/compl.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8f1c6606
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/espresso/compl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,680 @@
+/*
+ * Revision Control Information
+ *
+ * $Source$
+ * $Author$
+ * $Revision$
+ * $Date$
+ *
+ */
+/*
+ *  module: compl.c
+ *  purpose: compute the complement of a multiple-valued function
+ *
+ *  The "unate recursive paradigm" is used.  After a set of special
+ *  cases are examined, the function is split on the "most active
+ *  variable".  These two halves are complemented recursively, and then
+ *  the results are merged.
+ *
+ *  Changes (from Version 2.1 to Version 2.2)
+ *      1. Minor bug in compl_lifting -- cubes in the left half were
+ *      not marked as active, so that when merging a leaf from the left
+ *      hand side, the active flags were essentially random.  This led
+ *      to minor impredictability problem, but never affected the
+ *      accuracy of the results.
+ */
+
+#include "espresso.h"
+
+#define USE_COMPL_LIFT            0
+#define USE_COMPL_LIFT_ONSET        1
+#define USE_COMPL_LIFT_ONSET_COMPLEX    2
+#define NO_LIFTING            3
+
+static bool compl_special_cases();
+static pcover compl_merge();
+static void compl_d1merge();
+static pcover compl_cube();
+static void compl_lift();
+static void compl_lift_onset();
+static void compl_lift_onset_complex();
+static bool simp_comp_special_cases();
+static bool simplify_special_cases();
+
+
+/* complement -- compute the complement of T */
+pcover complement(T)
+pcube *T;            /* T will be disposed of */
+{
+    register pcube cl, cr;
+    register int best;
+    pcover Tbar, Tl, Tr;
+    int lifting;
+    static int compl_level = 0;
+
+    if (debug & COMPL)
+    debug_print(T, "COMPLEMENT", compl_level++);
+
+    if (compl_special_cases(T, &Tbar) == MAYBE) {
+
+    /* Allocate space for the partition cubes */
+    cl = new_cube();
+    cr = new_cube();
+    best = binate_split_select(T, cl, cr, COMPL);
+
+    /* Complement the left and right halves */
+    Tl = complement(scofactor(T, cl, best));
+    Tr = complement(scofactor(T, cr, best));
+
+    if (Tr->count*Tl->count > (Tr->count+Tl->count)*CUBELISTSIZE(T)) {
+        lifting = USE_COMPL_LIFT_ONSET;
+    } else {
+        lifting = USE_COMPL_LIFT;
+    }
+    Tbar = compl_merge(T, Tl, Tr, cl, cr, best, lifting);
+
+    free_cube(cl);
+    free_cube(cr);
+    free_cubelist(T);
+    }
+
+    if (debug & COMPL)
+    debug1_print(Tbar, "exit COMPLEMENT", --compl_level);
+    return Tbar;
+}
+
+static bool compl_special_cases(T, Tbar)
+pcube *T;            /* will be disposed if answer is determined */
+pcover *Tbar;            /* returned only if answer determined */
+{
+    register pcube *T1, p, ceil, cof=T[0];
+    pcover A, ceil_compl;
+
+    /* Check for no cubes in the cover */
+    if (T[2] == NULL) {
+    *Tbar = sf_addset(new_cover(1), cube.fullset);
+    free_cubelist(T);
+    return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    /* Check for only a single cube in the cover */
+    if (T[3] == NULL) {
+    *Tbar = compl_cube(set_or(cof, cof, T[2]));
+    free_cubelist(T);
+    return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    /* Check for a row of all 1's (implies complement is null) */
+    for(T1 = T+2; (p = *T1++) != NULL; ) {
+    if (full_row(p, cof)) {
+        *Tbar = new_cover(0);
+        free_cubelist(T);
+        return TRUE;
+    }
+    }
+
+    /* Check for a column of all 0's which can be factored out */
+    ceil = set_save(cof);
+    for(T1 = T+2; (p = *T1++) != NULL; ) {
+    INLINEset_or(ceil, ceil, p);
+    }
+    if (! setp_equal(ceil, cube.fullset)) {
+    ceil_compl = compl_cube(ceil);
+    (void) set_or(cof, cof, set_diff(ceil, cube.fullset, ceil));
+    set_free(ceil);
+    *Tbar = sf_append(complement(T), ceil_compl);
+    return TRUE;
+    }
+    set_free(ceil);
+
+    /* Collect column counts, determine unate variables, etc. */
+    massive_count(T);
+
+    /* If single active variable not factored out above, then tautology ! */
+    if (cdata.vars_active == 1) {
+    *Tbar = new_cover(0);
+    free_cubelist(T);
+    return TRUE;
+
+    /* Check for unate cover */
+    } else if (cdata.vars_unate == cdata.vars_active) {
+    A = map_cover_to_unate(T);
+    free_cubelist(T);
+    A = unate_compl(A);
+    *Tbar = map_unate_to_cover(A);
+    sf_free(A);
+    return TRUE;
+
+    /* Not much we can do about it */
+    } else {
+    return MAYBE;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *  compl_merge -- merge the two cofactors around the splitting
+ *  variable
+ *
+ *  The merge operation involves intersecting each cube of the left
+ *  cofactor with cl, and intersecting each cube of the right cofactor
+ *  with cr.  The union of these two covers is the merged result.
+ *
+ *  In order to reduce the number of cubes, a distance-1 merge is
+ *  performed (note that two cubes can only combine distance-1 in the
+ *  splitting variable).  Also, a simple expand is performed in the
+ *  splitting variable (simple implies the covering check for the
+ *  expansion is not full containment, but single-cube containment).
+ */
+
+static pcover compl_merge(T1, L, R, cl, cr, var, lifting)
+pcube *T1;            /* Original ON-set */
+pcover L, R;            /* Complement from each recursion branch */
+register pcube cl, cr;        /* cubes used for cofactoring */
+int var;            /* splitting variable */
+int lifting;            /* whether to perform lifting or not */
+{
+    register pcube p, last, pt;
+    pcover T, Tbar;
+    pcube *L1, *R1;
+
+    if (debug & COMPL) {
+    (void) printf("compl_merge: left %d, right %d\n", L->count, R->count);
+    (void) printf("%s (cl)\n%s (cr)\nLeft is\n", pc1(cl), pc2(cr));
+    cprint(L);
+    (void) printf("Right is\n");
+    cprint(R);
+    }
+
+    /* Intersect each cube with the cofactored cube */
+    foreach_set(L, last, p) {
+    INLINEset_and(p, p, cl);
+    SET(p, ACTIVE);
+    }
+    foreach_set(R, last, p) {
+    INLINEset_and(p, p, cr);
+    SET(p, ACTIVE);
+    }
+
+    /* Sort the arrays for a distance-1 merge */
+    (void) set_copy(cube.temp[0], cube.var_mask[var]);
+    qsort((char *) (L1 = sf_list(L)), L->count, sizeof(pset), (int (*)()) d1_order);
+    qsort((char *) (R1 = sf_list(R)), R->count, sizeof(pset), (int (*)()) d1_order);
+
+    /* Perform distance-1 merge */
+    compl_d1merge(L1, R1);
+
+    /* Perform lifting */
+    switch(lifting) {
+    case USE_COMPL_LIFT_ONSET:
+        T = cubeunlist(T1);
+        compl_lift_onset(L1, T, cr, var);
+        compl_lift_onset(R1, T, cl, var);
+        free_cover(T);
+        break;
+    case USE_COMPL_LIFT_ONSET_COMPLEX:
+        T = cubeunlist(T1);
+        compl_lift_onset_complex(L1, T, var);
+        compl_lift_onset_complex(R1, T, var);
+        free_cover(T);
+        break;
+    case USE_COMPL_LIFT:
+        compl_lift(L1, R1, cr, var);
+        compl_lift(R1, L1, cl, var);
+        break;
+    case NO_LIFTING:
+        break;
+    default:
+        ;
+    }
+    FREE(L1);
+    FREE(R1);
+
+    /* Re-create the merged cover */
+    Tbar = new_cover(L->count + R->count);
+    pt = Tbar->data;
+    foreach_set(L, last, p) {
+    INLINEset_copy(pt, p);
+    Tbar->count++;
+    pt += Tbar->wsize;
+    }
+    foreach_active_set(R, last, p) {
+    INLINEset_copy(pt, p);
+    Tbar->count++;
+    pt += Tbar->wsize;
+    }
+
+    if (debug & COMPL) {
+    (void) printf("Result %d\n", Tbar->count);
+    if (verbose_debug)
+        cprint(Tbar);
+    }
+
+    free_cover(L);
+    free_cover(R);
+    return Tbar;
+}
+
+/*
+ *  compl_lift_simple -- expand in the splitting variable using single
+ *  cube containment against the other recursion branch to check
+ *  validity of the expansion, and expanding all (or none) of the
+ *  splitting variable.
+ */
+static void compl_lift(A1, B1, bcube, var)
+pcube *A1, *B1, bcube;
+int var;
+{
+    register pcube a, b, *B2, lift=cube.temp[4], liftor=cube.temp[5];
+    pcube mask = cube.var_mask[var];
+
+    (void) set_and(liftor, bcube, mask);
+
+    /* for each cube in the first array ... */
+    for(; (a = *A1++) != NULL; ) {
+    if (TESTP(a, ACTIVE)) {
+
+        /* create a lift of this cube in the merging coord */
+        (void) set_merge(lift, bcube, a, mask);
+
+        /* for each cube in the second array */
+        for(B2 = B1; (b = *B2++) != NULL; ) {
+        INLINEsetp_implies(lift, b, /* when_false => */ continue);
+        /* when_true => fall through to next statement */
+
+        /* cube of A1 was contained by some cube of B1, so raise */
+        INLINEset_or(a, a, liftor);
+        break;
+        }
+    }
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ *  compl_lift_onset -- expand in the splitting variable using a
+ *  distance-1 check against the original on-set; expand all (or
+ *  none) of the splitting variable.  Each cube of A1 is expanded
+ *  against the original on-set T.
+ */
+static void compl_lift_onset(A1, T, bcube, var)
+pcube *A1;
+pcover T;
+pcube bcube;
+int var;
+{
+    register pcube a, last, p, lift=cube.temp[4], mask=cube.var_mask[var];
+
+    /* for each active cube from one branch of the complement */
+    for(; (a = *A1++) != NULL; ) {
+    if (TESTP(a, ACTIVE)) {
+
+        /* create a lift of this cube in the merging coord */
+        INLINEset_and(lift, bcube, mask);    /* isolate parts to raise */
+        INLINEset_or(lift, a, lift);    /* raise these parts in a */
+
+        /* for each cube in the ON-set, check for intersection */
+        foreach_set(T, last, p) {
+        if (cdist0(p, lift)) {
+            goto nolift;
+        }
+        }
+        INLINEset_copy(a, lift);        /* save the raising */
+        SET(a, ACTIVE);
+nolift : ;
+    }
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *  compl_lift_complex -- expand in the splitting variable, but expand all
+ *  parts which can possibly expand.
+ *  T is the original ON-set
+ *  A1 is either the left or right cofactor
+ */
+static void compl_lift_onset_complex(A1, T, var)
+pcube *A1;            /* array of pointers to new result */
+pcover T;            /* original ON-set */
+int var;            /* which variable we split on */
+{
+    register int dist;
+    register pcube last, p, a, xlower;
+
+    /* for each cube in the complement */
+    xlower = new_cube();
+    for(; (a = *A1++) != NULL; ) {
+
+    if (TESTP(a, ACTIVE)) {
+
+        /* Find which parts of the splitting variable are forced low */
+        INLINEset_clear(xlower, cube.size);
+        foreach_set(T, last, p) {
+        if ((dist = cdist01(p, a)) < 2) {
+            if (dist == 0) {
+            fatal("compl: ON-set and OFF-set are not orthogonal");
+            } else {
+            (void) force_lower(xlower, p, a);
+            }
+        }
+        }
+
+        (void) set_diff(xlower, cube.var_mask[var], xlower);
+        (void) set_or(a, a, xlower);
+        free_cube(xlower);
+    }
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ *  compl_d1merge -- distance-1 merge in the splitting variable
+ */
+static void compl_d1merge(L1, R1)
+register pcube *L1, *R1;
+{
+    register pcube pl, pr;
+
+    /* Find equal cubes between the two cofactors */
+    for(pl = *L1, pr = *R1; (pl != NULL) && (pr != NULL); )
+    switch (d1_order(L1, R1)) {
+        case 1:
+        pr = *(++R1); break;            /* advance right pointer */
+        case -1:
+        pl = *(++L1); break;            /* advance left pointer */
+        case 0:
+        RESET(pr, ACTIVE);
+        INLINEset_or(pl, pl, pr);
+        pr = *(++R1);
+        default:
+        ;
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+/* compl_cube -- return the complement of a single cube (De Morgan's law) */
+static pcover compl_cube(p)
+register pcube p;
+{
+    register pcube diff=cube.temp[7], pdest, mask, full=cube.fullset;
+    int var;
+    pcover R;
+
+    /* Allocate worst-case size cover (to avoid checking overflow) */
+    R = new_cover(cube.num_vars);
+
+    /* Compute bit-wise complement of the cube */
+    INLINEset_diff(diff, full, p);
+
+    for(var = 0; var < cube.num_vars; var++) {
+    mask = cube.var_mask[var];
+    /* If the bit-wise complement is not empty in var ... */
+    if (! setp_disjoint(diff, mask)) {
+        pdest = GETSET(R, R->count++);
+        INLINEset_merge(pdest, diff, full, mask);
+    }
+    }
+    return R;
+}
+
+/* simp_comp -- quick simplification of T */
+void simp_comp(T, Tnew, Tbar)
+pcube *T;            /* T will be disposed of */
+pcover *Tnew;
+pcover *Tbar;
+{
+    register pcube cl, cr;
+    register int best;
+    pcover Tl, Tr, Tlbar, Trbar;
+    int lifting;
+    static int simplify_level = 0;
+
+    if (debug & COMPL)
+    debug_print(T, "SIMPCOMP", simplify_level++);
+
+    if (simp_comp_special_cases(T, Tnew, Tbar) == MAYBE) {
+
+    /* Allocate space for the partition cubes */
+    cl = new_cube();
+    cr = new_cube();
+    best = binate_split_select(T, cl, cr, COMPL);
+
+    /* Complement the left and right halves */
+    simp_comp(scofactor(T, cl, best), &Tl, &Tlbar);
+    simp_comp(scofactor(T, cr, best), &Tr, &Trbar);
+
+    lifting = USE_COMPL_LIFT;
+    *Tnew = compl_merge(T, Tl, Tr, cl, cr, best, lifting);
+
+    lifting = USE_COMPL_LIFT;
+    *Tbar = compl_merge(T, Tlbar, Trbar, cl, cr, best, lifting);
+
+    /* All of this work for nothing ? Let's hope not ... */
+    if ((*Tnew)->count > CUBELISTSIZE(T)) {
+        sf_free(*Tnew);
+        *Tnew = cubeunlist(T);
+    }
+
+    free_cube(cl);
+    free_cube(cr);
+    free_cubelist(T);
+    }
+
+    if (debug & COMPL) {
+    debug1_print(*Tnew, "exit SIMPCOMP (new)", simplify_level);
+    debug1_print(*Tbar, "exit SIMPCOMP (compl)", simplify_level);
+    simplify_level--;
+    }
+}
+
+static bool simp_comp_special_cases(T, Tnew, Tbar)
+pcube *T;            /* will be disposed if answer is determined */
+pcover *Tnew;            /* returned only if answer determined */
+pcover *Tbar;            /* returned only if answer determined */
+{
+    register pcube *T1, p, ceil, cof=T[0];
+    pcube last;
+    pcover A;
+
+    /* Check for no cubes in the cover (function is empty) */
+    if (T[2] == NULL) {
+    *Tnew = new_cover(1);
+    *Tbar = sf_addset(new_cover(1), cube.fullset);
+    free_cubelist(T);
+    return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    /* Check for only a single cube in the cover */
+    if (T[3] == NULL) {
+    (void) set_or(cof, cof, T[2]);
+    *Tnew = sf_addset(new_cover(1), cof);
+    *Tbar = compl_cube(cof);
+    free_cubelist(T);
+    return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    /* Check for a row of all 1's (function is a tautology) */
+    for(T1 = T+2; (p = *T1++) != NULL; ) {
+    if (full_row(p, cof)) {
+        *Tnew = sf_addset(new_cover(1), cube.fullset);
+        *Tbar = new_cover(1);
+        free_cubelist(T);
+        return TRUE;
+    }
+    }
+
+    /* Check for a column of all 0's which can be factored out */
+    ceil = set_save(cof);
+    for(T1 = T+2; (p = *T1++) != NULL; ) {
+    INLINEset_or(ceil, ceil, p);
+    }
+    if (! setp_equal(ceil, cube.fullset)) {
+    p = new_cube();
+    (void) set_diff(p, cube.fullset, ceil);
+    (void) set_or(cof, cof, p);
+    set_free(p);
+    simp_comp(T, Tnew, Tbar);
+
+    /* Adjust the ON-set */
+    A = *Tnew;
+    foreach_set(A, last, p) {
+        INLINEset_and(p, p, ceil);
+    }
+
+    /* Compute the new complement */
+    *Tbar = sf_append(*Tbar, compl_cube(ceil));
+    set_free(ceil);
+    return TRUE;
+    }
+    set_free(ceil);
+
+    /* Collect column counts, determine unate variables, etc. */
+    massive_count(T);
+
+    /* If single active variable not factored out above, then tautology ! */
+    if (cdata.vars_active == 1) {
+    *Tnew = sf_addset(new_cover(1), cube.fullset);
+    *Tbar = new_cover(1);
+    free_cubelist(T);
+    return TRUE;
+
+    /* Check for unate cover */
+    } else if (cdata.vars_unate == cdata.vars_active) {
+    /* Make the cover minimum by single-cube containment */
+    A = cubeunlist(T);
+    *Tnew = sf_contain(A);
+
+    /* Now form a minimum representation of the complement */
+    A = map_cover_to_unate(T);
+    A = unate_compl(A);
+    *Tbar = map_unate_to_cover(A);
+    sf_free(A);
+    free_cubelist(T);
+    return TRUE;
+
+    /* Not much we can do about it */
+    } else {
+    return MAYBE;
+    }
+}
+
+/* simplify -- quick simplification of T */
+pcover simplify(T)
+pcube *T;            /* T will be disposed of */
+{
+    register pcube cl, cr;
+    register int best;
+    pcover Tbar, Tl, Tr;
+    int lifting;
+    static int simplify_level = 0;
+
+    if (debug & COMPL) {
+    debug_print(T, "SIMPLIFY", simplify_level++);
+    }
+
+    if (simplify_special_cases(T, &Tbar) == MAYBE) {
+
+    /* Allocate space for the partition cubes */
+    cl = new_cube();
+    cr = new_cube();
+
+    best = binate_split_select(T, cl, cr, COMPL);
+
+    /* Complement the left and right halves */
+    Tl = simplify(scofactor(T, cl, best));
+    Tr = simplify(scofactor(T, cr, best));
+
+    lifting = USE_COMPL_LIFT;
+    Tbar = compl_merge(T, Tl, Tr, cl, cr, best, lifting);
+
+    /* All of this work for nothing ? Let's hope not ... */
+    if (Tbar->count > CUBELISTSIZE(T)) {
+        sf_free(Tbar);
+        Tbar = cubeunlist(T);
+    }
+
+    free_cube(cl);
+    free_cube(cr);
+    free_cubelist(T);
+    }
+
+    if (debug & COMPL) {
+    debug1_print(Tbar, "exit SIMPLIFY", --simplify_level);
+    }
+    return Tbar;
+}
+
+static bool simplify_special_cases(T, Tnew)
+pcube *T;            /* will be disposed if answer is determined */
+pcover *Tnew;            /* returned only if answer determined */
+{
+    register pcube *T1, p, ceil, cof=T[0];
+    pcube last;
+    pcover A;
+
+    /* Check for no cubes in the cover */
+    if (T[2] == NULL) {
+    *Tnew = new_cover(0);
+    free_cubelist(T);
+    return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    /* Check for only a single cube in the cover */
+    if (T[3] == NULL) {
+    *Tnew = sf_addset(new_cover(1), set_or(cof, cof, T[2]));
+    free_cubelist(T);
+    return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    /* Check for a row of all 1's (implies function is a tautology) */
+    for(T1 = T+2; (p = *T1++) != NULL; ) {
+    if (full_row(p, cof)) {
+        *Tnew = sf_addset(new_cover(1), cube.fullset);
+        free_cubelist(T);
+        return TRUE;
+    }
+    }
+
+    /* Check for a column of all 0's which can be factored out */
+    ceil = set_save(cof);
+    for(T1 = T+2; (p = *T1++) != NULL; ) {
+    INLINEset_or(ceil, ceil, p);
+    }
+    if (! setp_equal(ceil, cube.fullset)) {
+    p = new_cube();
+    (void) set_diff(p, cube.fullset, ceil);
+    (void) set_or(cof, cof, p);
+    free_cube(p);
+
+    A = simplify(T);
+    foreach_set(A, last, p) {
+        INLINEset_and(p, p, ceil);
+    }
+    *Tnew = A;
+    set_free(ceil);
+    return TRUE;
+    }
+    set_free(ceil);
+
+    /* Collect column counts, determine unate variables, etc. */
+    massive_count(T);
+
+    /* If single active variable not factored out above, then tautology ! */
+    if (cdata.vars_active == 1) {
+    *Tnew = sf_addset(new_cover(1), cube.fullset);
+    free_cubelist(T);
+    return TRUE;
+
+    /* Check for unate cover */
+    } else if (cdata.vars_unate == cdata.vars_active) {
+    A = cubeunlist(T);
+    *Tnew = sf_contain(A);
+    free_cubelist(T);
+    return TRUE;
+
+    /* Not much we can do about it */
+    } else {
+    return MAYBE;
+    }
+}
diff --git a/src/misc/espresso/contain.c b/src/misc/espresso/contain.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..180dceb6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/espresso/contain.c
@@ -0,0 +1,441 @@
+/*
+ * Revision Control Information
+ *
+ * $Source$
+ * $Author$
+ * $Revision$
+ * $Date$
+ *
+ */
+/*
+    contain.c -- set containment routines
+
+    These are complex routines for performing containment over a
+    family of sets, but they have the advantage of being much faster
+    than a straightforward n*n routine.
+
+    First the cubes are sorted by size, and as a secondary key they are
+    sorted so that if two cubes are equal they end up adjacent.  We can
+    than quickly remove equal cubes from further consideration by
+    comparing each cube to its neighbor.  Finally, because the cubes
+    are sorted by size, we need only check cubes which are larger (or
+    smaller) than a given cube for containment.
+*/
+
+#include "espresso.h"
+
+
+/*
+    sf_contain -- perform containment on a set family (delete sets which
+    are contained by some larger set in the family).  No assumptions are
+    made about A, and the result will be returned in decreasing order of
+    set size.
+*/
+pset_family sf_contain(A)
+INOUT pset_family A;            /* disposes of A */
+{
+    int cnt;
+    pset *A1;
+    pset_family R;
+
+    A1 = sf_sort(A, descend);           /* sort into descending order */
+    cnt = rm_equal(A1, descend);        /* remove duplicates */
+    cnt = rm_contain(A1);               /* remove contained sets */
+    R = sf_unlist(A1, cnt, A->sf_size); /* recreate the set family */
+    sf_free(A);
+    return R;
+}
+
+
+/*
+    sf_rev_contain -- perform containment on a set family (delete sets which
+    contain some smaller set in the family).  No assumptions are made about
+    A, and the result will be returned in increasing order of set size
+*/
+pset_family sf_rev_contain(A)
+INOUT pset_family A;            /* disposes of A */
+{
+    int cnt;
+    pset *A1;
+    pset_family R;
+
+    A1 = sf_sort(A, ascend);            /* sort into ascending order */
+    cnt = rm_equal(A1, ascend);         /* remove duplicates */
+    cnt = rm_rev_contain(A1);           /* remove containing sets */
+    R = sf_unlist(A1, cnt, A->sf_size); /* recreate the set family */
+    sf_free(A);
+    return R;
+}
+
+
+/*
+    sf_ind_contain -- perform containment on a set family (delete sets which
+    are contained by some larger set in the family).  No assumptions are
+    made about A, and the result will be returned in decreasing order of
+    set size.  Also maintains a set of row_indices to track which rows
+    disappear and how the rows end up permuted.
+*/
+pset_family sf_ind_contain(A, row_indices)
+INOUT pset_family A;            /* disposes of A */
+INOUT int *row_indices;         /* updated with the new values */
+{
+    int cnt;
+    pset *A1;
+    pset_family R;
+
+    A1 = sf_sort(A, descend);           /* sort into descending order */
+    cnt = rm_equal(A1, descend);        /* remove duplicates */
+    cnt = rm_contain(A1);               /* remove contained sets */
+    R = sf_ind_unlist(A1, cnt, A->sf_size, row_indices, A->data);
+    sf_free(A);
+    return R;
+}
+
+
+/* sf_dupl -- delete duplicate sets in a set family */
+pset_family sf_dupl(A)
+INOUT pset_family A;            /* disposes of A */
+{
+    register int cnt;
+    register pset *A1;
+    pset_family R;
+
+    A1 = sf_sort(A, descend);           /* sort the set family */
+    cnt = rm_equal(A1, descend);        /* remove duplicates */
+    R = sf_unlist(A1, cnt, A->sf_size); /* recreate the set family */
+    sf_free(A);
+    return R;
+}
+
+
+/*
+    sf_union -- form the contained union of two set families (delete
+    sets which are contained by some larger set in the family).  A and
+    B are assumed already sorted in decreasing order of set size (and
+    the SIZE field is assumed to contain the set size), and the result
+    will be returned sorted likewise.
+*/
+pset_family sf_union(A, B)
+INOUT pset_family A, B;         /* disposes of A and B */
+{
+    int cnt;
+    pset_family R;
+    pset *A1 = sf_list(A), *B1 = sf_list(B), *E1;
+
+    E1 = ALLOC(pset, MAX(A->count, B->count) + 1);
+    cnt = rm2_equal(A1, B1, E1, descend);
+    cnt += rm2_contain(A1, B1) + rm2_contain(B1, A1);
+    R = sf_merge(A1, B1, E1, cnt, A->sf_size);
+    sf_free(A); sf_free(B);
+    return R;
+}
+
+
+/*
+    dist_merge -- consider all sets to be "or"-ed with "mask" and then
+    delete duplicates from the set family.
+*/
+pset_family dist_merge(A, mask)
+INOUT pset_family A;            /* disposes of A */
+IN pset mask;                   /* defines variables to mask out */
+{
+    pset *A1;
+    int cnt;
+    pset_family R;
+
+    (void) set_copy(cube.temp[0], mask);
+    A1 = sf_sort(A, d1_order);
+    cnt = d1_rm_equal(A1, d1_order);
+    R = sf_unlist(A1, cnt, A->sf_size);
+    sf_free(A);
+    return R;
+}
+
+
+/*
+    d1merge -- perform an efficient distance-1 merge of cubes of A
+*/
+pset_family d1merge(A, var)
+INOUT pset_family A;            /* disposes of A */
+IN int var;
+{
+    return dist_merge(A, cube.var_mask[var]);
+}
+
+
+
+/* d1_rm_equal -- distance-1 merge (merge cubes which are equal under a mask) */
+int d1_rm_equal(A1, compare)
+register pset *A1;                /* array of set pointers */
+int (*compare)();                /* comparison function */
+{
+    register int i, j, dest;
+
+    dest = 0;
+    if (A1[0] != (pcube) NULL) {
+    for(i = 0, j = 1; A1[j] != (pcube) NULL; j++)
+        if ( (*compare)(&A1[i], &A1[j]) == 0) {
+        /* if sets are equal (under the mask) merge them */
+        (void) set_or(A1[i], A1[i], A1[j]);
+        } else {
+        /* sets are unequal, so save the set i */
+        A1[dest++] = A1[i];
+        i = j;
+        }
+    A1[dest++] = A1[i];
+    }
+    A1[dest] = (pcube) NULL;
+    return dest;
+}
+
+
+/* rm_equal -- scan a sorted array of set pointers for duplicate sets */
+int rm_equal(A1, compare)
+INOUT pset *A1;                 /* updated in place */
+IN int (*compare)();
+{
+    register pset *p, *pdest = A1;
+
+    if (*A1 != NULL) {                  /* If more than one set */
+    for(p = A1+1; *p != NULL; p++)
+        if ((*compare)(p, p-1) != 0)
+        *pdest++ = *(p-1);
+    *pdest++ = *(p-1);
+    *pdest = NULL;
+    }
+    return pdest - A1;
+}
+
+
+/* rm_contain -- perform containment over a sorted array of set pointers */
+int rm_contain(A1)
+INOUT pset *A1;                 /* updated in place */
+{
+    register pset *pa, *pb, *pcheck, a, b;
+    pset *pdest = A1;
+    int last_size = -1;
+
+    /* Loop for all cubes of A1 */
+    for(pa = A1; (a = *pa++) != NULL; ) {
+    /* Update the check pointer if the size has changed */
+    if (SIZE(a) != last_size)
+        last_size = SIZE(a), pcheck = pdest;
+    for(pb = A1; pb != pcheck; ) {
+        b = *pb++;
+        INLINEsetp_implies(a, b, /* when_false => */ continue);
+        goto lnext1;
+    }
+    /* set a was not contained by some larger set, so save it */
+    *pdest++ = a;
+    lnext1: ;
+    }
+
+    *pdest = NULL;
+    return pdest - A1;
+}
+
+
+/* rm_rev_contain -- perform rcontainment over a sorted array of set pointers */
+int rm_rev_contain(A1)
+INOUT pset *A1;                 /* updated in place */
+{
+    register pset *pa, *pb, *pcheck, a, b;
+    pset *pdest = A1;
+    int last_size = -1;
+
+    /* Loop for all cubes of A1 */
+    for(pa = A1; (a = *pa++) != NULL; ) {
+    /* Update the check pointer if the size has changed */
+    if (SIZE(a) != last_size)
+        last_size = SIZE(a), pcheck = pdest;
+    for(pb = A1; pb != pcheck; ) {
+        b = *pb++;
+        INLINEsetp_implies(b, a, /* when_false => */ continue);
+        goto lnext1;
+    }
+    /* the set a did not contain some smaller set, so save it */
+    *pdest++ = a;
+    lnext1: ;
+    }
+
+    *pdest = NULL;
+    return pdest - A1;
+}
+
+
+/* rm2_equal -- check two sorted arrays of set pointers for equal cubes */
+int rm2_equal(A1, B1, E1, compare)
+INOUT register pset *A1, *B1;           /* updated in place */
+OUT pset *E1;
+IN int (*compare)();
+{
+    register pset *pda = A1, *pdb = B1, *pde = E1;
+
+    /* Walk through the arrays advancing pointer to larger cube */
+    for(; *A1 != NULL && *B1 != NULL; )
+    switch((*compare)(A1, B1)) {
+        case -1:    /* "a" comes before "b" */
+        *pda++ = *A1++; break;
+        case 0:     /* equal cubes */
+        *pde++ = *A1++; B1++; break;
+        case 1:     /* "a" is to follow "b" */
+        *pdb++ = *B1++; break;
+    }
+
+    /* Finish moving down the pointers of A and B */
+    while (*A1 != NULL)
+    *pda++ = *A1++;
+    while (*B1 != NULL)
+    *pdb++ = *B1++;
+    *pda = *pdb = *pde = NULL;
+
+    return pde - E1;
+}
+
+
+/* rm2_contain -- perform containment between two arrays of set pointers */
+int rm2_contain(A1, B1)
+INOUT pset *A1;                 /* updated in place */
+IN pset *B1;                    /* unchanged */
+{
+    register pset *pa, *pb, a, b, *pdest = A1;
+
+    /* for each set in the first array ... */
+    for(pa = A1; (a = *pa++) != NULL; ) {
+    /* for each set in the second array which is larger ... */
+    for(pb = B1; (b = *pb++) != NULL && SIZE(b) > SIZE(a); ) {
+        INLINEsetp_implies(a, b, /* when_false => */ continue);
+        /* set was contained in some set of B, so don't save pointer */
+        goto lnext1;
+    }
+    /* set wasn't contained in any set of B, so save the pointer */
+    *pdest++ = a;
+    lnext1: ;
+    }
+
+    *pdest = NULL;                      /* sentinel */
+    return pdest - A1;                  /* # elements in A1 */
+}
+
+
+
+/* sf_sort -- sort the sets of A */
+pset *sf_sort(A, compare)
+IN pset_family A;
+IN int (*compare)();
+{
+    register pset p, last, *pdest, *A1;
+
+    /* Create a single array pointing to each cube of A */
+    pdest = A1 = ALLOC(pset, A->count + 1);
+    foreach_set(A, last, p) {
+    PUTSIZE(p, set_ord(p));         /* compute the set size */
+    *pdest++ = p;                   /* save the pointer */
+    }
+    *pdest = NULL;                      /* Sentinel -- never seen by sort */
+
+    /* Sort cubes by size */
+    qsort((char *) A1, A->count, sizeof(pset), compare);
+    return A1;
+}
+
+
+/* sf_list -- make a list of pointers to the sets in a set family */
+pset *sf_list(A)
+IN register pset_family A;
+{
+    register pset p, last, *pdest, *A1;
+
+    /* Create a single array pointing to each cube of A */
+    pdest = A1 = ALLOC(pset, A->count + 1);
+    foreach_set(A, last, p)
+    *pdest++ = p;                   /* save the pointer */
+    *pdest = NULL;                      /* Sentinel */
+    return A1;
+}
+
+
+/* sf_unlist -- make a set family out of a list of pointers to sets */
+pset_family sf_unlist(A1, totcnt, size)
+IN pset *A1;
+IN int totcnt, size;
+{
+    register pset pr, p, *pa;
+    pset_family R = sf_new(totcnt, size);
+
+    R->count = totcnt;
+    for(pr = R->data, pa = A1; (p = *pa++) != NULL; pr += R->wsize)
+    INLINEset_copy(pr, p);
+    FREE(A1);
+    return R;
+}
+
+
+/* sf_ind_unlist -- make a set family out of a list of pointers to sets */
+pset_family sf_ind_unlist(A1, totcnt, size, row_indices, pfirst)
+IN pset *A1;
+IN int totcnt, size;
+INOUT int *row_indices;
+IN register pset pfirst;
+{
+    register pset pr, p, *pa;
+    register int i, *new_row_indices;
+    pset_family R = sf_new(totcnt, size);
+
+    R->count = totcnt;
+    new_row_indices = ALLOC(int, totcnt);
+    for(pr = R->data, pa = A1, i=0; (p = *pa++) != NULL; pr += R->wsize, i++) {
+    INLINEset_copy(pr, p);
+    new_row_indices[i] = row_indices[(p - pfirst)/R->wsize];
+    }
+    for(i = 0; i < totcnt; i++)
+    row_indices[i] = new_row_indices[i];
+    FREE(new_row_indices);
+    FREE(A1);
+    return R;
+}
+
+
+/* sf_merge -- merge three sorted lists of set pointers */
+pset_family sf_merge(A1, B1, E1, totcnt, size)
+INOUT pset *A1, *B1, *E1;               /* will be disposed of */
+IN int totcnt, size;
+{
+    register pset pr, ps, *pmin, *pmid, *pmax;
+    pset_family R;
+    pset *temp[3], *swap;
+    int i, j, n;
+
+    /* Allocate the result set_family */
+    R = sf_new(totcnt, size);
+    R->count = totcnt;
+    pr = R->data;
+
+    /* Quick bubble sort to order the top member of the three arrays */
+    n = 3;  temp[0] = A1;  temp[1] = B1;  temp[2] = E1;
+    for(i = 0; i < n-1; i++)
+    for(j = i+1; j < n; j++)
+        if (desc1(*temp[i], *temp[j]) > 0) {
+        swap = temp[j];
+        temp[j] = temp[i];
+        temp[i] = swap;
+        }
+    pmin = temp[0];  pmid = temp[1];  pmax = temp[2];
+
+    /* Save the minimum element, then update pmin, pmid, pmax */
+    while (*pmin != (pset) NULL) {
+    ps = *pmin++;
+    INLINEset_copy(pr, ps);
+    pr += R->wsize;
+    if (desc1(*pmin, *pmax) > 0) {
+        swap = pmax; pmax = pmin; pmin = pmid; pmid = swap;
+    } else if (desc1(*pmin, *pmid) > 0) {
+        swap = pmin; pmin = pmid; pmid = swap;
+    }
+    }
+
+    FREE(A1);
+    FREE(B1);
+    FREE(E1);
+    return R;
+}
diff --git a/src/misc/espresso/cubehack.c b/src/misc/espresso/cubehack.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8e1724fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/espresso/cubehack.c
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+/*
+ * Revision Control Information
+ *
+ * $Source: /vol/opua/opua2/sis/sis-1.1/common/src/sis/node/RCS/cubehack.c,v $
+ * $Author: sis $
+ * $Revision: 1.2 $
+ * $Date: 1992/05/06 18:57:41 $
+ *
+ */
+/*
+#include "sis.h"
+#include "node_int.h"
+
+#ifdef lint
+struct cube_struct cube;
+bool summary;
+bool trace;
+bool remove_essential;
+bool force_irredundant;
+bool unwrap_onset;
+bool single_expand;
+bool pos;
+bool recompute_onset;
+bool use_super_gasp;
+bool use_random_order;
+#endif
+*/
+#include "espresso.h"
+
+
+void 
+cautious_define_cube_size(n)
+int n;
+{
+    if (cube.fullset != 0 && cube.num_binary_vars == n)
+    return;
+    if (cube.fullset != 0) {
+    setdown_cube();
+    FREE(cube.part_size);
+    }
+    cube.num_binary_vars = cube.num_vars = n;
+    cube.part_size = ALLOC(int, n);
+    cube_setup();
+}
+
+
+void
+define_cube_size(n)
+int n;
+{
+    register int q, i;
+    static int called_before = 0;
+
+    /* check if the cube is already just the right size */
+    if (cube.fullset != 0 && cube.num_binary_vars == n && cube.num_vars == n)
+    return;
+
+    /* We can't handle more than 100 inputs */
+    if (n > 100) {
+    cautious_define_cube_size(n);
+    called_before = 0;
+    return;
+    }
+
+    if (cube.fullset == 0 || ! called_before) {
+    cautious_define_cube_size(100);
+    called_before = 1;
+    }
+
+    cube.num_vars = n;
+    cube.num_binary_vars = n;
+    cube.num_mv_vars = 0;
+    cube.output = -1;
+    cube.size = n * 2;
+
+    /* first_part, last_part, first_word, last_word, part_size OKAY */
+    /* cube.sparse is OKAY */
+
+    /* need to completely re-make cube.fullset and cube.binary_mask */
+    (void) set_fill(cube.fullset, n*2);
+    (void) set_fill(cube.binary_mask, n*2);
+
+    /* need to resize each set in cube.var_mask and cube.temp */
+    q = cube.fullset[0];
+    for(i = 0; i < cube.num_vars; i++)
+    cube.var_mask[i][0] = q;
+    for(i = 0; i < CUBE_TEMP; i++)
+    cube.temp[i][0] = q;
+
+    /* need to resize cube.emptyset and cube.mv_mask */
+    cube.emptyset[0] = q;
+    cube.mv_mask[0] = q;
+
+    /* need to reset the inword and inmask */
+    if (cube.num_binary_vars != 0) {
+    cube.inword = cube.last_word[cube.num_binary_vars - 1];
+    cube.inmask = cube.binary_mask[cube.inword] & DISJOINT;
+    } else {
+    cube.inword = -1;
+    cube.inmask = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* cdata (entire structure) is OKAY */
+}
+
+
+void
+undefine_cube_size()
+{
+    if (cube.num_binary_vars > 100) {
+    if (cube.fullset != 0) {
+        setdown_cube();
+        FREE(cube.part_size);
+    }
+    } else {
+    cube.num_vars = cube.num_binary_vars = 100;
+    if (cube.fullset != 0) {
+        setdown_cube();
+        FREE(cube.part_size);
+    }
+    }
+}
+
+
+void
+set_espresso_flags()
+{
+    summary = FALSE;
+    trace = FALSE;
+    remove_essential = TRUE;
+    force_irredundant = TRUE;
+    unwrap_onset = TRUE;
+    single_expand = FALSE;
+    pos = FALSE;
+    recompute_onset = FALSE;
+    use_super_gasp = FALSE;
+    use_random_order = FALSE;
+}
diff --git a/src/misc/espresso/cubestr.c b/src/misc/espresso/cubestr.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..77389e73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/espresso/cubestr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+/*
+ * Revision Control Information
+ *
+ * $Source$
+ * $Author$
+ * $Revision$
+ * $Date$
+ *
+ */
+/*
+    Module: cubestr.c -- routines for managing the global cube structure
+*/
+
+#include "espresso.h"
+
+/*
+    cube_setup -- assume that the fields "num_vars", "num_binary_vars", and
+    part_size[num_binary_vars .. num_vars-1] are setup, and initialize the
+    rest of cube and cdata.
+
+    If a part_size is < 0, then the field size is abs(part_size) and the
+    field read from the input is symbolic.
+*/
+void cube_setup()
+{
+    register int i, var;
+    register pcube p;
+
+    if (cube.num_binary_vars < 0 || cube.num_vars < cube.num_binary_vars)
+    fatal("cube size is silly, error in .i/.o or .mv");
+
+    cube.num_mv_vars = cube.num_vars - cube.num_binary_vars;
+    cube.output = cube.num_mv_vars > 0 ? cube.num_vars - 1 : -1;
+
+    cube.size = 0;
+    cube.first_part = ALLOC(int, cube.num_vars);
+    cube.last_part = ALLOC(int, cube.num_vars);
+    cube.first_word = ALLOC(int, cube.num_vars);
+    cube.last_word = ALLOC(int, cube.num_vars);
+    for(var = 0; var < cube.num_vars; var++) {
+    if (var < cube.num_binary_vars)
+        cube.part_size[var] = 2;
+    cube.first_part[var] = cube.size;
+    cube.first_word[var] = WHICH_WORD(cube.size);
+    cube.size += ABS(cube.part_size[var]);
+    cube.last_part[var] = cube.size - 1;
+    cube.last_word[var] = WHICH_WORD(cube.size - 1);
+    }
+
+    cube.var_mask = ALLOC(pset, cube.num_vars);
+    cube.sparse = ALLOC(int, cube.num_vars);
+    cube.binary_mask = new_cube();
+    cube.mv_mask = new_cube();
+    for(var = 0; var < cube.num_vars; var++) {
+    p = cube.var_mask[var] = new_cube();
+    for(i = cube.first_part[var]; i <= cube.last_part[var]; i++)
+        set_insert(p, i);
+    if (var < cube.num_binary_vars) {
+        INLINEset_or(cube.binary_mask, cube.binary_mask, p);
+        cube.sparse[var] = 0;
+    } else {
+        INLINEset_or(cube.mv_mask, cube.mv_mask, p);
+        cube.sparse[var] = 1;
+    }
+    }
+    if (cube.num_binary_vars == 0)
+    cube.inword = -1;
+    else {
+    cube.inword = cube.last_word[cube.num_binary_vars - 1];
+    cube.inmask = cube.binary_mask[cube.inword] & DISJOINT;
+    }
+
+    cube.temp = ALLOC(pset, CUBE_TEMP);
+    for(i = 0; i < CUBE_TEMP; i++)
+    cube.temp[i] = new_cube();
+    cube.fullset = set_fill(new_cube(), cube.size);
+    cube.emptyset = new_cube();
+
+    cdata.part_zeros = ALLOC(int, cube.size);
+    cdata.var_zeros = ALLOC(int, cube.num_vars);
+    cdata.parts_active = ALLOC(int, cube.num_vars);
+    cdata.is_unate = ALLOC(int, cube.num_vars);
+}
+
+/*
+    setdown_cube -- free memory allocated for the cube/cdata structs
+    (free's all but the part_size array)
+
+    (I wanted to call this cube_setdown, but that violates the 8-character
+    external routine limit on the IBM !)
+*/
+void setdown_cube()
+{
+    register int i, var;
+
+    FREE(cube.first_part);
+    FREE(cube.last_part);
+    FREE(cube.first_word);
+    FREE(cube.last_word);
+    FREE(cube.sparse);
+
+    free_cube(cube.binary_mask);
+    free_cube(cube.mv_mask);
+    free_cube(cube.fullset);
+    free_cube(cube.emptyset);
+    for(var = 0; var < cube.num_vars; var++)
+    free_cube(cube.var_mask[var]);
+    FREE(cube.var_mask);
+
+    for(i = 0; i < CUBE_TEMP; i++)
+    free_cube(cube.temp[i]);
+    FREE(cube.temp);
+
+    FREE(cdata.part_zeros);
+    FREE(cdata.var_zeros);
+    FREE(cdata.parts_active);
+    FREE(cdata.is_unate);
+
+    cube.first_part = cube.last_part = (int *) NULL;
+    cube.first_word = cube.last_word = (int *) NULL;
+    cube.sparse = (int *) NULL;
+    cube.binary_mask = cube.mv_mask = (pcube) NULL;
+    cube.fullset = cube.emptyset = (pcube) NULL;
+    cube.var_mask = cube.temp = (pcube *) NULL;
+
+    cdata.part_zeros = cdata.var_zeros = cdata.parts_active = (int *) NULL;
+    cdata.is_unate = (bool *) NULL;
+}
+
+
+void save_cube_struct()
+{
+    temp_cube_save = cube;              /* structure copy ! */
+    temp_cdata_save = cdata;            /*      ""          */
+
+    cube.first_part = cube.last_part = (int *) NULL;
+    cube.first_word = cube.last_word = (int *) NULL;
+    cube.part_size = (int *) NULL;
+    cube.binary_mask = cube.mv_mask = (pcube) NULL;
+    cube.fullset = cube.emptyset = (pcube) NULL;
+    cube.var_mask = cube.temp = (pcube *) NULL;
+
+    cdata.part_zeros = cdata.var_zeros = cdata.parts_active = (int *) NULL;
+    cdata.is_unate = (bool *) NULL;
+}
+
+
+void restore_cube_struct()
+{
+    cube = temp_cube_save;              /* structure copy ! */
+    cdata = temp_cdata_save;            /*      ""          */
+}
diff --git a/src/misc/espresso/cvrin.c b/src/misc/espresso/cvrin.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7790b38b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/espresso/cvrin.c
@@ -0,0 +1,810 @@
+/*
+ * Revision Control Information
+ *
+ * $Source$
+ * $Author$
+ * $Revision$
+ * $Date$
+ *
+ */
+/*
+    module: cvrin.c
+    purpose: cube and cover input routines
+*/
+
+#include "espresso.h"
+
+static bool line_length_error;
+static int lineno;
+
+void skip_line(fpin, fpout, echo)
+register FILE *fpin, *fpout;
+register bool echo;
+{
+    register int ch;
+    while ((ch=getc(fpin)) != EOF && ch != '\n')
+    if (echo)
+        putc(ch, fpout);
+    if (echo)
+    putc('\n', fpout);
+    lineno++;
+}
+
+char *get_word(fp, word)
+register FILE *fp;
+register char *word;
+{
+    register int ch, i = 0;
+    while ((ch = getc(fp)) != EOF && isspace(ch))
+    ;
+    word[i++] = ch;
+    while ((ch = getc(fp)) != EOF && ! isspace(ch))
+    word[i++] = ch;
+    word[i++] = '\0';
+    return word;
+}
+
+/*
+ *  Yes, I know this routine is a mess
+ */
+void read_cube(fp, PLA)
+register FILE *fp;
+pPLA PLA;
+{
+    register int var, i;
+    pcube cf = cube.temp[0], cr = cube.temp[1], cd = cube.temp[2];
+    bool savef = FALSE, saved = FALSE, saver = FALSE;
+    char token[256];             /* for kiss read hack */
+    int varx, first, last, offset;    /* for kiss read hack */
+
+    set_clear(cf, cube.size);
+
+    /* Loop and read binary variables */
+    for(var = 0; var < cube.num_binary_vars; var++)
+    switch(getc(fp)) {
+        case EOF:
+        goto bad_char;
+        case '\n':
+        if (! line_length_error)
+            (void) fprintf(stderr, "product term(s) %s\n",
+            "span more than one line (warning only)");
+        line_length_error = TRUE;
+        lineno++;
+        var--;
+        break;
+        case ' ': case '|': case '\t':
+        var--;
+        break;
+        case '2': case '-':
+        set_insert(cf, var*2+1);
+        case '0':
+        set_insert(cf, var*2);
+        break;
+        case '1':
+        set_insert(cf, var*2+1);
+        break;
+        case '?':
+        break;
+        default:
+        goto bad_char;
+    }
+
+
+    /* Loop for the all but one of the multiple-valued variables */    
+    for(var = cube.num_binary_vars; var < cube.num_vars-1; var++)
+
+    /* Read a symbolic multiple-valued variable */
+    if (cube.part_size[var] < 0) {
+        (void) fscanf(fp, "%s", token);
+        if (equal(token, "-") || equal(token, "ANY")) {
+        if (kiss && var == cube.num_vars - 2) {
+            /* leave it empty */
+        } else {
+            /* make it full */
+            set_or(cf, cf, cube.var_mask[var]);
+        }
+        } else if (equal(token, "~")) {
+        ;
+        /* leave it empty ... (?) */
+        } else {
+        if (kiss && var == cube.num_vars - 2)
+            varx = var - 1, offset = ABS(cube.part_size[var-1]);
+        else
+            varx = var, offset = 0;
+        /* Find the symbolic label in the label table */
+        first = cube.first_part[varx];
+        last = cube.last_part[varx];
+        for(i = first; i <= last; i++)
+            if (PLA->label[i] == (char *) NULL) {
+            PLA->label[i] = util_strsav(token);    /* add new label */
+            set_insert(cf, i+offset);
+            break;
+            } else if (equal(PLA->label[i], token)) {
+            set_insert(cf, i+offset);    /* use column i */
+            break;
+            }
+        if (i > last) {
+            (void) fprintf(stderr,
+"declared size of variable %d (counting from variable 0) is too small\n", var);
+            exit(-1);
+        }
+        }
+    
+    } else for(i = cube.first_part[var]; i <= cube.last_part[var]; i++)
+        switch (getc(fp)) {
+        case EOF:
+            goto bad_char;
+        case '\n':
+            if (! line_length_error)
+            (void) fprintf(stderr, "product term(s) %s\n",
+                "span more than one line (warning only)");
+            line_length_error = TRUE;
+            lineno++;
+            i--;
+            break;
+        case ' ': case '|': case '\t':
+            i--;
+            break;
+        case '1':
+            set_insert(cf, i);
+        case '0':
+            break;
+        default:
+            goto bad_char;
+        }
+
+    /* Loop for last multiple-valued variable */
+    if (kiss) {
+    saver = savef = TRUE;
+    (void) set_xor(cr, cf, cube.var_mask[cube.num_vars - 2]);
+    } else
+    set_copy(cr, cf);
+    set_copy(cd, cf);
+    for(i = cube.first_part[var]; i <= cube.last_part[var]; i++)
+    switch (getc(fp)) {
+        case EOF:
+        goto bad_char;
+        case '\n':
+        if (! line_length_error)
+            (void) fprintf(stderr, "product term(s) %s\n",
+            "span more than one line (warning only)");
+        line_length_error = TRUE;
+        lineno++;
+        i--;
+        break;
+        case ' ': case '|': case '\t':
+        i--;
+        break;
+        case '4': case '1':
+        if (PLA->pla_type & F_type)
+            set_insert(cf, i), savef = TRUE;
+        break;
+        case '3': case '0':
+        if (PLA->pla_type & R_type)
+            set_insert(cr, i), saver = TRUE;
+        break;
+        case '2': case '-':
+        if (PLA->pla_type & D_type)
+            set_insert(cd, i), saved = TRUE;
+        case '~':
+        break;
+        default:
+        goto bad_char;
+    }
+    if (savef) PLA->F = sf_addset(PLA->F, cf);
+    if (saved) PLA->D = sf_addset(PLA->D, cd);
+    if (saver) PLA->R = sf_addset(PLA->R, cr);
+    return;
+
+bad_char:
+    (void) fprintf(stderr, "(warning): input line #%d ignored\n", lineno);
+    skip_line(fp, stdout, TRUE);
+    return;
+}
+void parse_pla(fp, PLA)
+IN FILE *fp;
+INOUT pPLA PLA;
+{
+    int i, var, ch, np, last;
+    char word[256];
+
+    lineno = 1;
+    line_length_error = FALSE;
+
+loop:
+    switch(ch = getc(fp)) {
+    case EOF:
+        return;
+
+    case '\n':
+        lineno++;
+
+    case ' ': case '\t': case '\f': case '\r':
+        break;
+
+    case '#':
+        (void) ungetc(ch, fp);
+        skip_line(fp, stdout, echo_comments);
+        break;
+
+    case '.':
+        /* .i gives the cube input size (binary-functions only) */
+        if (equal(get_word(fp, word), "i")) {
+        if (cube.fullset != NULL) {
+            (void) fprintf(stderr, "extra .i ignored\n");
+            skip_line(fp, stdout, /* echo */ FALSE);
+        } else {
+            if (fscanf(fp, "%d", &cube.num_binary_vars) != 1)
+            fatal("error reading .i");
+            cube.num_vars = cube.num_binary_vars + 1;
+            cube.part_size = ALLOC(int, cube.num_vars);
+        }
+
+        /* .o gives the cube output size (binary-functions only) */
+        } else if (equal(word, "o")) {
+        if (cube.fullset != NULL) {
+            (void) fprintf(stderr, "extra .o ignored\n");
+            skip_line(fp, stdout, /* echo */ FALSE);
+        } else {
+            if (cube.part_size == NULL)
+            fatal(".o cannot appear before .i");
+            if (fscanf(fp, "%d", &(cube.part_size[cube.num_vars-1]))!=1)
+            fatal("error reading .o");
+            cube_setup();
+            PLA_labels(PLA);
+        }
+
+        /* .mv gives the cube size for a multiple-valued function */
+        } else if (equal(word, "mv")) {
+        if (cube.fullset != NULL) {
+            (void) fprintf(stderr, "extra .mv ignored\n");
+            skip_line(fp, stdout, /* echo */ FALSE);
+        } else {
+            if (cube.part_size != NULL)
+            fatal("cannot mix .i and .mv");
+            if (fscanf(fp,"%d %d",
+            &cube.num_vars,&cube.num_binary_vars) != 2)
+             fatal("error reading .mv");
+            if (cube.num_binary_vars < 0)
+fatal("num_binary_vars (second field of .mv) cannot be negative");
+            if (cube.num_vars < cube.num_binary_vars)
+            fatal(
+"num_vars (1st field of .mv) must exceed num_binary_vars (2nd field of .mv)");
+            cube.part_size = ALLOC(int, cube.num_vars);
+            for(var=cube.num_binary_vars; var < cube.num_vars; var++)
+            if (fscanf(fp, "%d", &(cube.part_size[var])) != 1)
+                fatal("error reading .mv");
+            cube_setup();
+            PLA_labels(PLA);
+        }
+
+        /* .p gives the number of product terms -- we ignore it */
+        } else if (equal(word, "p"))
+        (void) fscanf(fp, "%d", &np);
+        /* .e and .end specify the end of the file */
+        else if (equal(word, "e") || equal(word,"end")) {
+        if (cube.fullset == NULL) {
+            /* fatal("unknown PLA size, need .i/.o or .mv");*/
+                } else if (PLA->F == NULL) {
+                    PLA->F = new_cover(10);
+                    PLA->D = new_cover(10);
+                    PLA->R = new_cover(10);
+                }
+        return;
+        }
+        /* .kiss turns on the kiss-hack option */
+        else if (equal(word, "kiss"))
+        kiss = TRUE;
+
+        /* .type specifies a logical type for the PLA */
+        else if (equal(word, "type")) {
+        (void) get_word(fp, word);
+        for(i = 0; pla_types[i].key != 0; i++)
+            if (equal(pla_types[i].key + 1, word)) {
+            PLA->pla_type = pla_types[i].value;
+            break;
+            }
+        if (pla_types[i].key == 0)
+            fatal("unknown type in .type command");
+
+        /* parse the labels */
+        } else if (equal(word, "ilb")) {
+        if (cube.fullset == NULL)
+            fatal("PLA size must be declared before .ilb or .ob");
+        if (PLA->label == NULL)
+            PLA_labels(PLA);
+        for(var = 0; var < cube.num_binary_vars; var++) {
+            (void) get_word(fp, word);
+            i = cube.first_part[var];
+            PLA->label[i+1] = util_strsav(word);
+            PLA->label[i] = ALLOC(char, strlen(word) + 6);
+            (void) sprintf(PLA->label[i], "%s.bar", word);
+        }
+        } else if (equal(word, "ob")) {
+        if (cube.fullset == NULL)
+            fatal("PLA size must be declared before .ilb or .ob");
+        if (PLA->label == NULL)
+            PLA_labels(PLA);
+        var = cube.num_vars - 1;
+        for(i = cube.first_part[var]; i <= cube.last_part[var]; i++) {
+            (void) get_word(fp, word);
+            PLA->label[i] = util_strsav(word);
+        }
+        /* .label assigns labels to multiple-valued variables */
+        } else if (equal(word, "label")) {
+        if (cube.fullset == NULL)
+            fatal("PLA size must be declared before .label");
+        if (PLA->label == NULL)
+            PLA_labels(PLA);
+        if (fscanf(fp, "var=%d", &var) != 1)
+            fatal("Error reading labels");
+        for(i = cube.first_part[var]; i <= cube.last_part[var]; i++) {
+            (void) get_word(fp, word);
+            PLA->label[i] = util_strsav(word);
+        }
+
+        } else if (equal(word, "symbolic")) {
+        symbolic_t *newlist, *p1;
+        if (read_symbolic(fp, PLA, word, &newlist)) {
+            if (PLA->symbolic == NIL(symbolic_t)) {
+            PLA->symbolic = newlist;
+            } else {
+            for(p1=PLA->symbolic;p1->next!=NIL(symbolic_t);
+                p1=p1->next){
+            }
+            p1->next = newlist;
+            }
+        } else {
+            fatal("error reading .symbolic");
+        }
+
+        } else if (equal(word, "symbolic-output")) {
+        symbolic_t *newlist, *p1;
+        if (read_symbolic(fp, PLA, word, &newlist)) {
+            if (PLA->symbolic_output == NIL(symbolic_t)) {
+            PLA->symbolic_output = newlist;
+            } else {
+            for(p1=PLA->symbolic_output;p1->next!=NIL(symbolic_t);
+                p1=p1->next){
+            }
+            p1->next = newlist;
+            }
+        } else {
+            fatal("error reading .symbolic-output");
+        }
+        
+        /* .phase allows a choice of output phases */
+        } else if (equal(word, "phase")) {
+        if (cube.fullset == NULL)
+            fatal("PLA size must be declared before .phase");
+        if (PLA->phase != NULL) {
+            (void) fprintf(stderr, "extra .phase ignored\n");
+            skip_line(fp, stdout, /* echo */ FALSE);
+        } else {
+            do ch = getc(fp); while (ch == ' ' || ch == '\t');
+            (void) ungetc(ch, fp);
+            PLA->phase = set_save(cube.fullset);
+            last = cube.last_part[cube.num_vars - 1];
+            for(i=cube.first_part[cube.num_vars - 1]; i <= last; i++)
+            if ((ch = getc(fp)) == '0')
+                set_remove(PLA->phase, i);
+            else if (ch != '1')
+                fatal("only 0 or 1 allowed in phase description");
+        }
+
+        /* .pair allows for bit-pairing input variables */
+        } else if (equal(word, "pair")) {
+        int j;
+        if (PLA->pair != NULL) {
+            (void) fprintf(stderr, "extra .pair ignored\n");
+        } else {
+            ppair pair;
+            PLA->pair = pair = ALLOC(pair_t, 1);
+            if (fscanf(fp, "%d", &(pair->cnt)) != 1)
+            fatal("syntax error in .pair");
+            pair->var1 = ALLOC(int, pair->cnt);
+            pair->var2 = ALLOC(int, pair->cnt);
+            for(i = 0; i < pair->cnt; i++) {
+            (void) get_word(fp, word);
+            if (word[0] == '(') (void) strcpy(word, word+1);
+            if (label_index(PLA, word, &var, &j)) {
+                pair->var1[i] = var+1;
+            } else {
+                fatal("syntax error in .pair");
+            }
+
+            (void) get_word(fp, word);
+            if (word[strlen(word)-1] == ')') {
+                word[strlen(word)-1]='\0';
+            }
+            if (label_index(PLA, word, &var, &j)) {
+                pair->var2[i] = var+1;
+            } else {
+                fatal("syntax error in .pair");
+            }
+            }
+        }
+        
+        } else {
+        if (echo_unknown_commands)
+            printf("%c%s ", ch, word);
+        skip_line(fp, stdout, echo_unknown_commands);
+        }
+        break;
+    default:
+        (void) ungetc(ch, fp);
+        if (cube.fullset == NULL) {
+/*        fatal("unknown PLA size, need .i/.o or .mv");*/
+        if (echo_comments)
+            putchar('#');
+        skip_line(fp, stdout, echo_comments);
+        break;
+        }
+        if (PLA->F == NULL) {
+        PLA->F = new_cover(10);
+        PLA->D = new_cover(10);
+        PLA->R = new_cover(10);
+        }
+        read_cube(fp, PLA);
+    }
+    goto loop;
+}
+/*
+    read_pla -- read a PLA from a file
+
+    Input stops when ".e" is encountered in the input file, or upon reaching
+    end of file.
+
+    Returns the PLA in the variable PLA after massaging the "symbolic"
+    representation into a positional cube notation of the ON-set, OFF-set,
+    and the DC-set.
+
+    needs_dcset and needs_offset control the computation of the OFF-set
+    and DC-set (i.e., if either needs to be computed, then it will be
+    computed via complement only if the corresponding option is TRUE.)
+    pla_type specifies the interpretation to be used when reading the
+    PLA.
+
+    The phase of the output functions is adjusted according to the
+    global option "pos" or according to an imbedded .phase option in
+    the input file.  Note that either phase option implies that the
+    OFF-set be computed regardless of whether the caller needs it
+    explicitly or not.
+
+    Bit pairing of the binary variables is performed according to an
+    imbedded .pair option in the input file.
+
+    The global cube structure also reflects the sizes of the PLA which
+    was just read.  If these fields have already been set, then any
+    subsequent PLA must conform to these sizes.
+
+    The global flags trace and summary control the output produced
+    during the read.
+
+    Returns a status code as a result:
+    EOF (-1) : End of file reached before any data was read
+    > 0     : Operation successful
+*/
+
+int read_pla(fp, needs_dcset, needs_offset, pla_type, PLA_return)
+IN FILE *fp;
+IN bool needs_dcset, needs_offset;
+IN int pla_type;
+OUT pPLA *PLA_return;
+{
+    pPLA PLA;
+    int i, second, third;
+    long time;
+    cost_t cost;
+
+    /* Allocate and initialize the PLA structure */
+    PLA = *PLA_return = new_PLA();
+    PLA->pla_type = pla_type;
+
+    /* Read the pla */
+    time = ptime();
+    parse_pla(fp, PLA);
+
+    /* Check for nothing on the file -- implies reached EOF */
+    if (PLA->F == NULL) {
+    return EOF;
+    }
+
+    /* This hack merges the next-state field with the outputs */
+    for(i = 0; i < cube.num_vars; i++) {
+    cube.part_size[i] = ABS(cube.part_size[i]);
+    }
+    if (kiss) {
+    third = cube.num_vars - 3;
+    second = cube.num_vars - 2;
+    if (cube.part_size[third] != cube.part_size[second]) {
+        (void) fprintf(stderr," with .kiss option, third to last and second\n");
+        (void) fprintf(stderr, "to last variables must be the same size.\n");
+        return EOF;
+    }
+    for(i = 0; i < cube.part_size[second]; i++) {
+        PLA->label[i + cube.first_part[second]] =
+        util_strsav(PLA->label[i + cube.first_part[third]]);
+    }
+    cube.part_size[second] += cube.part_size[cube.num_vars-1];
+    cube.num_vars--;
+    setdown_cube();
+    cube_setup();
+    }
+
+    if (trace) {
+    totals(time, READ_TIME, PLA->F, &cost);
+    }
+
+    /* Decide how to break PLA into ON-set, OFF-set and DC-set */
+    time = ptime();
+    if (pos || PLA->phase != NULL || PLA->symbolic_output != NIL(symbolic_t)) {
+    needs_offset = TRUE;
+    }
+    if (needs_offset && (PLA->pla_type==F_type || PLA->pla_type==FD_type)) {
+    free_cover(PLA->R);
+    PLA->R = complement(cube2list(PLA->F, PLA->D));
+    } else if (needs_dcset && PLA->pla_type == FR_type) {
+    pcover X;
+    free_cover(PLA->D);
+    /* hack, why not? */
+    X = d1merge(sf_join(PLA->F, PLA->R), cube.num_vars - 1);
+    PLA->D = complement(cube1list(X));
+    free_cover(X);
+    } else if (PLA->pla_type == R_type || PLA->pla_type == DR_type) {
+    free_cover(PLA->F);
+    PLA->F = complement(cube2list(PLA->D, PLA->R));
+    }
+
+    if (trace) {
+    totals(time, COMPL_TIME, PLA->R, &cost);
+    }
+
+    /* Check for phase rearrangement of the functions */
+    if (pos) {
+    pcover onset = PLA->F;
+    PLA->F = PLA->R;
+    PLA->R = onset;
+    PLA->phase = new_cube();
+    set_diff(PLA->phase, cube.fullset, cube.var_mask[cube.num_vars-1]);
+    } else if (PLA->phase != NULL) {
+    (void) set_phase(PLA);
+    }
+
+    /* Setup minimization for two-bit decoders */
+    if (PLA->pair != (ppair) NULL) {
+    set_pair(PLA);
+    }
+
+    if (PLA->symbolic != NIL(symbolic_t)) {
+    EXEC(map_symbolic(PLA), "MAP-INPUT  ", PLA->F);
+    }
+    if (PLA->symbolic_output != NIL(symbolic_t)) {
+    EXEC(map_output_symbolic(PLA), "MAP-OUTPUT ", PLA->F);
+    if (needs_offset) {
+        free_cover(PLA->R);
+EXECUTE(PLA->R=complement(cube2list(PLA->F,PLA->D)), COMPL_TIME, PLA->R, cost);
+    }
+    }
+
+    return 1;
+}
+
+void PLA_summary(PLA)
+pPLA PLA;
+{
+    int var, i;
+    symbolic_list_t *p2;
+    symbolic_t *p1;
+
+    printf("# PLA is %s", PLA->filename);
+    if (cube.num_binary_vars == cube.num_vars - 1)
+    printf(" with %d inputs and %d outputs\n",
+        cube.num_binary_vars, cube.part_size[cube.num_vars - 1]);
+    else {
+    printf(" with %d variables (%d binary, mv sizes",
+        cube.num_vars, cube.num_binary_vars);
+    for(var = cube.num_binary_vars; var < cube.num_vars; var++)
+        printf(" %d", cube.part_size[var]);
+    printf(")\n");
+    }
+    printf("# ON-set cost is  %s\n", print_cost(PLA->F));
+    printf("# OFF-set cost is %s\n", print_cost(PLA->R));
+    printf("# DC-set cost is  %s\n", print_cost(PLA->D));
+    if (PLA->phase != NULL)
+    printf("# phase is %s\n", pc1(PLA->phase));
+    if (PLA->pair != NULL) {
+    printf("# two-bit decoders:");
+    for(i = 0; i < PLA->pair->cnt; i++)
+        printf(" (%d %d)", PLA->pair->var1[i], PLA->pair->var2[i]);
+    printf("\n");
+    }
+    if (PLA->symbolic != NIL(symbolic_t)) {
+    for(p1 = PLA->symbolic; p1 != NIL(symbolic_t); p1 = p1->next) {
+        printf("# symbolic: ");
+        for(p2=p1->symbolic_list; p2!=NIL(symbolic_list_t); p2=p2->next) {
+        printf(" %d", p2->variable);
+        }
+        printf("\n");
+    }
+    }
+    if (PLA->symbolic_output != NIL(symbolic_t)) {
+    for(p1 = PLA->symbolic_output; p1 != NIL(symbolic_t); p1 = p1->next) {
+        printf("# output symbolic: ");
+        for(p2=p1->symbolic_list; p2!=NIL(symbolic_list_t); p2=p2->next) {
+        printf(" %d", p2->pos);
+        }
+        printf("\n");
+    }
+    }
+    (void) fflush(stdout);
+}
+
+
+pPLA new_PLA()
+{
+    pPLA PLA;
+
+    PLA = ALLOC(PLA_t, 1);
+    PLA->F = PLA->D = PLA->R = (pcover) NULL;
+    PLA->phase = (pcube) NULL;
+    PLA->pair = (ppair) NULL;
+    PLA->label = (char **) NULL;
+    PLA->filename = (char *) NULL;
+    PLA->pla_type = 0;
+    PLA->symbolic = NIL(symbolic_t);
+    PLA->symbolic_output = NIL(symbolic_t);
+    return PLA;
+}
+
+
+PLA_labels(PLA)
+pPLA PLA;
+{
+    int i;
+
+    PLA->label = ALLOC(char *, cube.size);
+    for(i = 0; i < cube.size; i++)
+    PLA->label[i] = (char *) NULL;
+}
+
+
+void free_PLA(PLA)
+pPLA PLA;
+{
+    symbolic_list_t *p2, *p2next;
+    symbolic_t *p1, *p1next;
+    int i;
+
+    if (PLA->F != (pcover) NULL)
+    free_cover(PLA->F);
+    if (PLA->R != (pcover) NULL)
+    free_cover(PLA->R);
+    if (PLA->D != (pcover) NULL)
+    free_cover(PLA->D);
+    if (PLA->phase != (pcube) NULL)
+    free_cube(PLA->phase);
+    if (PLA->pair != (ppair) NULL) {
+    FREE(PLA->pair->var1);
+    FREE(PLA->pair->var2);
+    FREE(PLA->pair);
+    }
+    if (PLA->label != NULL) {
+    for(i = 0; i < cube.size; i++)
+        if (PLA->label[i] != NULL)
+        FREE(PLA->label[i]);
+    FREE(PLA->label);
+    }
+    if (PLA->filename != NULL) {
+    FREE(PLA->filename);
+    }
+    for(p1 = PLA->symbolic; p1 != NIL(symbolic_t); p1 = p1next) {
+    for(p2 = p1->symbolic_list; p2 != NIL(symbolic_list_t); p2 = p2next) {
+        p2next = p2->next;
+        FREE(p2);
+    }
+    p1next = p1->next;
+    FREE(p1);
+    }
+    PLA->symbolic = NIL(symbolic_t);
+    for(p1 = PLA->symbolic_output; p1 != NIL(symbolic_t); p1 = p1next) {
+    for(p2 = p1->symbolic_list; p2 != NIL(symbolic_list_t); p2 = p2next) {
+        p2next = p2->next;
+        FREE(p2);
+    }
+    p1next = p1->next;
+    FREE(p1);
+    }
+    PLA->symbolic_output = NIL(symbolic_t);
+    FREE(PLA);
+}
+
+
+int read_symbolic(fp, PLA, word, retval)
+FILE *fp;
+pPLA PLA;
+char *word;        /* scratch string for words */
+symbolic_t **retval;
+{
+    symbolic_list_t *listp, *prev_listp;
+    symbolic_label_t *labelp, *prev_labelp;
+    symbolic_t *newlist;
+    int i, var;
+
+    newlist = ALLOC(symbolic_t, 1);
+    newlist->next = NIL(symbolic_t);
+    newlist->symbolic_list = NIL(symbolic_list_t);
+    newlist->symbolic_list_length = 0;
+    newlist->symbolic_label = NIL(symbolic_label_t);
+    newlist->symbolic_label_length = 0;
+    prev_listp = NIL(symbolic_list_t);
+    prev_labelp = NIL(symbolic_label_t);
+
+    for(;;) {
+    (void) get_word(fp, word);
+    if (equal(word, ";"))
+        break;
+    if (label_index(PLA, word, &var, &i)) {
+        listp = ALLOC(symbolic_list_t, 1);
+        listp->variable = var;
+        listp->pos = i;
+        listp->next = NIL(symbolic_list_t);
+        if (prev_listp == NIL(symbolic_list_t)) {
+        newlist->symbolic_list = listp;
+        } else {
+        prev_listp->next = listp;
+        }
+        prev_listp = listp;
+        newlist->symbolic_list_length++;
+    } else {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+    }
+
+    for(;;) {
+    (void) get_word(fp, word);
+    if (equal(word, ";"))
+        break;
+    labelp = ALLOC(symbolic_label_t, 1);
+    labelp->label = util_strsav(word);
+    labelp->next = NIL(symbolic_label_t);
+    if (prev_labelp == NIL(symbolic_label_t)) {
+        newlist->symbolic_label = labelp;
+    } else {
+        prev_labelp->next = labelp;
+    }
+    prev_labelp = labelp;
+    newlist->symbolic_label_length++;
+    }
+
+    *retval = newlist;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+int label_index(PLA, word, varp, ip)
+pPLA PLA;
+char *word;
+int *varp;
+int *ip;
+{
+    int var, i;
+
+    if (PLA->label == NIL(char *) || PLA->label[0] == NIL(char)) {
+    if (sscanf(word, "%d", varp) == 1) {
+        *ip = *varp;
+        return TRUE;
+    }
+    } else {
+    for(var = 0; var < cube.num_vars; var++) {
+        for(i = 0; i < cube.part_size[var]; i++) {
+        if (equal(PLA->label[cube.first_part[var]+i], word)) {
+            *varp = var;
+            *ip = i;
+            return TRUE;
+        }
+        }
+    }
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
diff --git a/src/misc/espresso/cvrm.c b/src/misc/espresso/cvrm.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7d42d6e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/espresso/cvrm.c
@@ -0,0 +1,539 @@
+/*
+ * Revision Control Information
+ *
+ * $Source$
+ * $Author$
+ * $Revision$
+ * $Date$
+ *
+ */
+/*
+    module: cvrm.c
+    Purpose: miscellaneous cover manipulation
+    a) verify two covers are equal, check consistency of a cover
+    b) unravel a multiple-valued cover into minterms
+    c) sort covers
+*/
+
+#include "espresso.h"
+
+
+static void cb_unravel(c, start, end, startbase, B1)
+IN register pcube c;
+IN int start, end;
+IN pcube startbase;
+INOUT pcover B1;
+{
+    pcube base = cube.temp[0], p, last;
+    int expansion, place, skip, var, size, offset;
+    register int i, j, k, n;
+
+    /* Determine how many cubes it will blow up into, and create a mask
+    for those parts that have only a single coordinate
+    */
+    expansion = 1;
+    (void) set_copy(base, startbase);
+    for(var = start; var <= end; var++) {
+    if ((size = set_dist(c, cube.var_mask[var])) < 2) {
+        (void) set_or(base, base, cube.var_mask[var]);
+    } else {
+        expansion *= size;
+    }
+    }
+    (void) set_and(base, c, base);
+
+    /* Add the unravelled sets starting at the last element of B1 */
+    offset = B1->count;
+    B1->count += expansion;
+    foreach_remaining_set(B1, last, GETSET(B1, offset-1), p) {
+    INLINEset_copy(p, base);
+    }
+
+    place = expansion;
+    for(var = start; var <= end; var++) {
+    if ((size = set_dist(c, cube.var_mask[var])) > 1) {
+        skip = place;
+        place = place / size;
+        n = 0;
+        for(i = cube.first_part[var]; i <= cube.last_part[var]; i++) {
+        if (is_in_set(c, i)) {
+            for(j = n; j < expansion; j += skip) {
+            for(k = 0; k < place; k++) {
+                p = GETSET(B1, j+k+offset);
+                (void) set_insert(p, i);
+            }
+            }
+            n += place;
+        }
+        }
+    }
+    }
+}
+
+
+pcover unravel_range(B, start, end)
+IN pcover B;
+IN int start, end;
+{
+    pcover B1;
+    int var, total_size, expansion, size;
+    register pcube p, last, startbase = cube.temp[1];
+
+    /* Create the starting base for those variables not being unravelled */
+    (void) set_copy(startbase, cube.emptyset);
+    for(var = 0; var < start; var++)
+    (void) set_or(startbase, startbase, cube.var_mask[var]);
+    for(var = end+1; var < cube.num_vars; var++)
+    (void) set_or(startbase, startbase, cube.var_mask[var]);
+
+    /* Determine how many cubes it will blow up into */
+    total_size = 0;
+    foreach_set(B, last, p) {
+    expansion = 1;
+    for(var = start; var <= end; var++)
+        if ((size = set_dist(p, cube.var_mask[var])) >= 2)
+        if ((expansion *= size) > 1000000)
+            fatal("unreasonable expansion in unravel");
+    total_size += expansion;
+    }
+
+    /* We can now allocate a cover of exactly the correct size */
+    B1 = new_cover(total_size);
+    foreach_set(B, last, p) {
+    cb_unravel(p, start, end, startbase, B1);
+    }
+    free_cover(B);
+    return B1;
+}
+
+
+pcover unravel(B, start)
+IN pcover B;
+IN int start;
+{
+    return unravel_range(B, start, cube.num_vars-1);
+}
+
+/* lex_sort -- sort cubes in a standard lexical fashion */
+pcover lex_sort(T)
+pcover T;
+{
+    pcover T1 = sf_unlist(sf_sort(T, lex_order), T->count, T->sf_size);
+    free_cover(T);
+    return T1;
+}
+
+
+/* size_sort -- sort cubes by their size */
+pcover size_sort(T)
+pcover T;
+{
+    pcover T1 = sf_unlist(sf_sort(T, descend), T->count, T->sf_size);
+    free_cover(T);
+    return T1;
+}
+
+
+/*  mini_sort -- sort cubes according to the heuristics of mini */
+pcover mini_sort(F, compare)
+pcover F;
+int (*compare)();
+{
+    register int *count, cnt, n = cube.size, i;
+    register pcube p, last;
+    pcover F_sorted;
+    pcube *F1;
+
+    /* Perform a column sum over the set family */
+    count = sf_count(F);
+
+    /* weight is "inner product of the cube and the column sums" */
+    foreach_set(F, last, p) {
+    cnt = 0;
+    for(i = 0; i < n; i++)
+        if (is_in_set(p, i))
+        cnt += count[i];
+    PUTSIZE(p, cnt);
+    }
+    FREE(count);
+
+    /* use qsort to sort the array */
+    qsort((char *) (F1 = sf_list(F)), F->count, sizeof(pcube), compare);
+    F_sorted = sf_unlist(F1, F->count, F->sf_size);
+    free_cover(F);
+
+    return F_sorted;
+}
+
+
+/* sort_reduce -- Espresso strategy for ordering the cubes before reduction */
+pcover sort_reduce(T)
+IN pcover T;
+{
+    register pcube p, last, largest = NULL;
+    register int bestsize = -1, size, n = cube.num_vars;
+    pcover T_sorted;
+    pcube *T1;
+
+    if (T->count == 0)
+    return T;
+
+    /* find largest cube */
+    foreach_set(T, last, p)
+    if ((size = set_ord(p)) > bestsize)
+        largest = p, bestsize = size;
+
+    foreach_set(T, last, p)
+    PUTSIZE(p, ((n - cdist(largest,p)) << 7) + MIN(set_ord(p),127));
+
+    qsort((char *) (T1 = sf_list(T)), T->count, sizeof(pcube), (int (*)()) descend);
+    T_sorted = sf_unlist(T1, T->count, T->sf_size);
+    free_cover(T);
+
+    return T_sorted;
+}
+
+pcover random_order(F)
+register pcover F;
+{
+    pset temp;
+    register int i, k;
+#ifdef RANDOM
+    long random();
+#endif
+
+    temp = set_new(F->sf_size);
+    for(i = F->count - 1; i > 0; i--) {
+    /* Choose a random number between 0 and i */
+#ifdef RANDOM
+    k = random() % i;
+#else
+    /* this is not meant to be really used; just provides an easy
+       "out" if random() and srandom() aren't around
+    */
+    k = (i*23 + 997) % i;
+#endif
+    /* swap sets i and k */
+    (void) set_copy(temp, GETSET(F, k));
+    (void) set_copy(GETSET(F, k), GETSET(F, i));
+    (void) set_copy(GETSET(F, i), temp);
+    }
+    set_free(temp);
+    return F;
+}
+
+/*
+ *  cubelist_partition -- take a cubelist T and see if it has any components;
+ *  if so, return cubelist's of the two partitions A and B; the return value
+ *  is the size of the partition; if not, A and B
+ *  are undefined and the return value is 0
+ */
+int cubelist_partition(T, A, B, comp_debug)
+pcube *T;            /* a list of cubes */
+pcube **A, **B;            /* cubelist of partition and remainder */
+unsigned int comp_debug;
+{
+    register pcube *T1, p, seed, cof;
+    pcube *A1, *B1;
+    bool change;
+    int count, numcube;
+
+    numcube = CUBELISTSIZE(T);
+
+    /* Mark all cubes -- covered cubes belong to the partition */
+    for(T1 = T+2; (p = *T1++) != NULL; ) {
+    RESET(p, COVERED);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     *  Extract a partition from the cubelist T; start with the first cube as a
+     *  seed, and then pull in all cubes which share a variable with the seed;
+     *  iterate until no new cubes are brought into the partition.
+     */
+    seed = set_save(T[2]);
+    cof = T[0];
+    SET(T[2], COVERED);
+    count = 1;
+
+    do {
+    change = FALSE;
+    for(T1 = T+2; (p = *T1++) != NULL; ) {
+        if (! TESTP(p, COVERED) && ccommon(p, seed, cof)) {
+        INLINEset_and(seed, seed, p);
+        SET(p, COVERED);
+        change = TRUE;
+        count++;
+        }
+    
+    }
+    } while (change);
+
+    set_free(seed);
+
+    if (comp_debug) {
+    (void) printf("COMPONENT_REDUCTION: split into %d %d\n",
+        count, numcube - count);
+    }
+
+    if (count != numcube) {
+    /* Allocate and setup the cubelist's for the two partitions */
+    *A = A1 = ALLOC(pcube, numcube+3);
+    *B = B1 = ALLOC(pcube, numcube+3);
+    (*A)[0] = set_save(T[0]);
+    (*B)[0] = set_save(T[0]);
+    A1 = *A + 2;
+    B1 = *B + 2;
+
+    /* Loop over the cubes in T and distribute to A and B */
+    for(T1 = T+2; (p = *T1++) != NULL; ) {
+        if (TESTP(p, COVERED)) {
+        *A1++ = p;
+        } else {
+        *B1++ = p;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* Stuff needed at the end of the cubelist's */
+    *A1++ = NULL;
+    (*A)[1] = (pcube) A1;
+    *B1++ = NULL;
+    (*B)[1] = (pcube) B1;
+    }
+
+    return numcube - count;
+}
+
+/*
+ *  quick cofactor against a single output function
+ */
+pcover cof_output(T, i)
+pcover T;
+register int i;
+{
+    pcover T1;
+    register pcube p, last, pdest, mask;
+
+    mask = cube.var_mask[cube.output];
+    T1 = new_cover(T->count);
+    foreach_set(T, last, p) {
+    if (is_in_set(p, i)) {
+        pdest = GETSET(T1, T1->count++);
+        INLINEset_or(pdest, p, mask);
+        RESET(pdest, PRIME);
+    }
+    }
+    return T1;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ *  quick intersection against a single output function
+ */
+pcover uncof_output(T, i)
+pcover T;
+int i;
+{
+    register pcube p, last, mask;
+
+    if (T == NULL) {
+    return T;
+    }
+
+    mask = cube.var_mask[cube.output];
+    foreach_set(T, last, p) {
+    INLINEset_diff(p, p, mask);
+    set_insert(p, i);
+    }
+    return T;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ *  A generic routine to perform an operation for each output function
+ *
+ *  func() is called with a PLA for each output function (with the output
+ *  part effectively removed).
+ *  func1() is called after reforming the equivalent output function
+ *
+ *  Each function returns TRUE if process is to continue
+ */
+foreach_output_function(PLA, func, func1)
+pPLA PLA;
+int (*func)();
+int (*func1)();
+{
+    pPLA PLA1;
+    int i;
+
+    /* Loop for each output function */
+    for(i = 0; i < cube.part_size[cube.output]; i++) {
+
+    /* cofactor on the output part */
+    PLA1 = new_PLA();
+    PLA1->F = cof_output(PLA->F, i + cube.first_part[cube.output]);
+    PLA1->R = cof_output(PLA->R, i + cube.first_part[cube.output]);
+    PLA1->D = cof_output(PLA->D, i + cube.first_part[cube.output]);
+
+    /* Call a routine to do something with the cover */
+    if ((*func)(PLA1, i) == 0) {
+        free_PLA(PLA1);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    /* intersect with the particular output part again */
+    PLA1->F = uncof_output(PLA1->F, i + cube.first_part[cube.output]);
+    PLA1->R = uncof_output(PLA1->R, i + cube.first_part[cube.output]);
+    PLA1->D = uncof_output(PLA1->D, i + cube.first_part[cube.output]);
+
+    /* Call a routine to do something with the final result */
+    if ((*func1)(PLA1, i) == 0) {
+        free_PLA(PLA1);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    /* Cleanup for next go-around */
+    free_PLA(PLA1);
+    
+
+    }
+}
+
+static pcover Fmin;
+static pcube phase;
+
+/*
+ *  minimize each output function individually
+ */
+void so_espresso(PLA, strategy)
+pPLA PLA;
+int strategy;
+{
+    Fmin = new_cover(PLA->F->count);
+    if (strategy == 0) {
+    foreach_output_function(PLA, so_do_espresso, so_save);
+    } else {
+    foreach_output_function(PLA, so_do_exact, so_save);
+    }
+    sf_free(PLA->F);
+    PLA->F = Fmin;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ *  minimize each output function, choose function or complement based on the
+ *  one with the fewer number of terms
+ */
+void so_both_espresso(PLA, strategy)
+pPLA PLA;
+int strategy;
+{
+    phase = set_save(cube.fullset);
+    Fmin = new_cover(PLA->F->count);
+    if (strategy == 0) {
+    foreach_output_function(PLA, so_both_do_espresso, so_both_save);
+    } else {
+    foreach_output_function(PLA, so_both_do_exact, so_both_save);
+    }
+    sf_free(PLA->F);
+    PLA->F = Fmin;
+    PLA->phase = phase;
+}
+
+
+int so_do_espresso(PLA, i)
+pPLA PLA;
+int i;
+{
+    char word[32];
+
+    /* minimize the single-output function (on-set) */
+    skip_make_sparse = 1;
+    (void) sprintf(word, "ESPRESSO-POS(%d)", i);
+    EXEC_S(PLA->F = espresso(PLA->F, PLA->D, PLA->R), word, PLA->F);
+    return 1;
+}
+
+
+int so_do_exact(PLA, i)
+pPLA PLA;
+int i;
+{
+    char word[32];
+
+    /* minimize the single-output function (on-set) */
+    skip_make_sparse = 1;
+    (void) sprintf(word, "EXACT-POS(%d)", i);
+    EXEC_S(PLA->F = minimize_exact(PLA->F, PLA->D, PLA->R, 1), word, PLA->F);
+    return 1;
+}
+
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+int so_save(PLA, i)
+pPLA PLA;
+int i;
+{
+    Fmin = sf_append(Fmin, PLA->F);    /* disposes of PLA->F */
+    PLA->F = NULL;
+    return 1;
+}
+
+
+int so_both_do_espresso(PLA, i)
+pPLA PLA;
+int i;
+{
+    char word[32];
+
+    /* minimize the single-output function (on-set) */
+    (void) sprintf(word, "ESPRESSO-POS(%d)", i);
+    skip_make_sparse = 1;
+    EXEC_S(PLA->F = espresso(PLA->F, PLA->D, PLA->R), word, PLA->F);
+
+    /* minimize the single-output function (off-set) */
+    (void) sprintf(word, "ESPRESSO-NEG(%d)", i);
+    skip_make_sparse = 1;
+    EXEC_S(PLA->R = espresso(PLA->R, PLA->D, PLA->F), word, PLA->R);
+
+    return 1;
+}
+
+
+int so_both_do_exact(PLA, i)
+pPLA PLA;
+int i;
+{
+    char word[32];
+
+    /* minimize the single-output function (on-set) */
+    (void) sprintf(word, "EXACT-POS(%d)", i);
+    skip_make_sparse = 1;
+    EXEC_S(PLA->F = minimize_exact(PLA->F, PLA->D, PLA->R, 1), word, PLA->F);
+
+    /* minimize the single-output function (off-set) */
+    (void) sprintf(word, "EXACT-NEG(%d)", i);
+    skip_make_sparse = 1;
+    EXEC_S(PLA->R = minimize_exact(PLA->R, PLA->D, PLA->F, 1), word, PLA->R);
+
+    return 1;
+}
+
+
+int so_both_save(PLA, i)
+pPLA PLA;
+int i;
+{
+    if (PLA->F->count > PLA->R->count) {
+    sf_free(PLA->F);
+    PLA->F = PLA->R;
+    PLA->R = NULL;
+    i += cube.first_part[cube.output];
+    set_remove(phase, i);
+    } else {
+    sf_free(PLA->R);
+    PLA->R = NULL;
+    }
+    Fmin = sf_append(Fmin, PLA->F);
+    PLA->F = NULL;
+    return 1;
+}
diff --git a/src/misc/espresso/cvrmisc.c b/src/misc/espresso/cvrmisc.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0f3de195
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/espresso/cvrmisc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+/*
+ * Revision Control Information
+ *
+ * $Source$
+ * $Author$
+ * $Revision$
+ * $Date$
+ *
+ */
+#include "espresso.h"
+
+
+/* cost -- compute the cost of a cover */
+void cover_cost(F, cost)
+IN pcover F;
+INOUT pcost cost;
+{
+    register pcube p, last;
+    pcube *T;
+    int var;
+
+    /* use the routine used by cofactor to decide splitting variables */
+    massive_count(T = cube1list(F));
+    free_cubelist(T);
+
+    cost->cubes = F->count;
+    cost->total = cost->in = cost->out = cost->mv = cost->primes = 0;
+
+    /* Count transistors (zeros) for each binary variable (inputs) */
+    for(var = 0; var < cube.num_binary_vars; var++)
+    cost->in += cdata.var_zeros[var];
+
+    /* Count transistors for each mv variable based on sparse/dense */
+    for(var = cube.num_binary_vars; var < cube.num_vars - 1; var++)
+    if (cube.sparse[var])
+        cost->mv += F->count * cube.part_size[var] - cdata.var_zeros[var];
+    else
+        cost->mv += cdata.var_zeros[var];
+
+    /* Count the transistors (ones) for the output variable */
+    if (cube.num_binary_vars != cube.num_vars) {
+    var = cube.num_vars - 1;
+    cost->out = F->count * cube.part_size[var] - cdata.var_zeros[var];
+    }
+
+    /* Count the number of nonprime cubes */
+    foreach_set(F, last, p)
+    cost->primes += TESTP(p, PRIME) != 0;
+
+    /* Count the total number of literals */
+    cost->total = cost->in + cost->out + cost->mv;
+}
+
+
+/* fmt_cost -- return a string which reports the "cost" of a cover */
+char *fmt_cost(cost)
+IN pcost cost;
+{
+    static char s[200];
+
+    if (cube.num_binary_vars == cube.num_vars - 1)
+    (void) sprintf(s, "c=%d(%d) in=%d out=%d tot=%d",
+        cost->cubes, cost->cubes - cost->primes, cost->in,
+        cost->out, cost->total);
+    else
+    (void) sprintf(s, "c=%d(%d) in=%d mv=%d out=%d",
+       cost->cubes, cost->cubes - cost->primes, cost->in,
+       cost->mv, cost->out);
+    return s;
+}
+
+
+char *print_cost(F)
+IN pcover F;
+{
+    cost_t cost;
+    cover_cost(F, &cost);
+    return fmt_cost(&cost);
+}
+
+
+/* copy_cost -- copy a cost function from s to d */
+void copy_cost(s, d)
+pcost s, d;
+{
+    d->cubes = s->cubes;
+    d->in = s->in;
+    d->out = s->out;
+    d->mv = s->mv;
+    d->total = s->total;
+    d->primes = s->primes;
+}
+
+
+/* size_stamp -- print single line giving the size of a cover */
+void size_stamp(T, name)
+IN pcover T;
+IN char *name;
+{
+    (void) printf("# %s\tCost is %s\n", name, print_cost(T));
+    (void) fflush(stdout);
+}
+
+
+/* print_trace -- print a line reporting size and time after a function */
+void print_trace(T, name, time)
+pcover T;
+char *name;
+long time;
+{
+    (void) printf("# %s\tTime was %s, cost is %s\n",
+    name, print_time(time), print_cost(T));
+    (void) fflush(stdout);
+}
+
+
+/* totals -- add time spent in the function into the totals */
+void totals(time, i, T, cost)
+long time;
+int i;
+pcover T;
+pcost cost;
+{
+    time = ptime() - time;
+    total_time[i] += time;
+    total_calls[i]++;
+    cover_cost(T, cost);
+    if (trace) {
+    (void) printf("# %s\tTime was %s, cost is %s\n",
+        total_name[i], print_time(time), fmt_cost(cost));
+    (void) fflush(stdout);
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* fatal -- report fatal error message and take a dive */
+void fatal(s)
+char *s;
+{
+    (void) fprintf(stderr, "espresso: %s\n", s);
+    exit(1);
+}
diff --git a/src/misc/espresso/cvrout.c b/src/misc/espresso/cvrout.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4bd1c53b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/espresso/cvrout.c
@@ -0,0 +1,609 @@
+/*
+ * Revision Control Information
+ *
+ * $Source$
+ * $Author$
+ * $Revision$
+ * $Date$
+ *
+ */
+/*
+    module: cvrout.c
+    purpose: cube and cover output routines
+*/
+
+#include "espresso.h"
+
+void fprint_pla(fp, PLA, output_type)
+INOUT FILE *fp;
+IN pPLA PLA;
+IN int output_type;
+{
+    int num;
+    register pcube last, p;
+
+    if ((output_type & CONSTRAINTS_type) != 0) {
+    output_symbolic_constraints(fp, PLA, 0);
+    output_type &= ~ CONSTRAINTS_type;
+    if (output_type == 0) {
+        return;
+    }
+    }
+
+    if ((output_type & SYMBOLIC_CONSTRAINTS_type) != 0) {
+    output_symbolic_constraints(fp, PLA, 1);
+    output_type &= ~ SYMBOLIC_CONSTRAINTS_type;
+    if (output_type == 0) {
+        return;
+    }
+    }
+
+    if (output_type == PLEASURE_type) {
+    pls_output(PLA);
+    } else if (output_type == EQNTOTT_type) {
+    eqn_output(PLA);
+    } else if (output_type == KISS_type) {
+    kiss_output(fp, PLA);
+    } else {
+    fpr_header(fp, PLA, output_type);
+
+    num = 0;
+    if (output_type & F_type) num += (PLA->F)->count;
+    if (output_type & D_type) num += (PLA->D)->count;
+    if (output_type & R_type) num += (PLA->R)->count;
+    (void) fprintf(fp, ".p %d\n", num);
+
+    /* quick patch 01/17/85 to support TPLA ! */
+    if (output_type == F_type) {
+        foreach_set(PLA->F, last, p) {
+        print_cube(fp, p, "01");
+        }
+        (void) fprintf(fp, ".e\n");
+    } else {
+        if (output_type & F_type) {
+        foreach_set(PLA->F, last, p) {
+            print_cube(fp, p, "~1");
+        }
+        }
+        if (output_type & D_type) {
+        foreach_set(PLA->D, last, p) {
+            print_cube(fp, p, "~2");
+        }
+        }
+        if (output_type & R_type) {
+        foreach_set(PLA->R, last, p) {
+            print_cube(fp, p, "~0");
+        }
+        }
+        (void) fprintf(fp, ".end\n");
+    }
+    }
+}
+
+void fpr_header(fp, PLA, output_type)
+FILE *fp;
+pPLA PLA;
+int output_type;
+{
+    register int i, var;
+    int first, last;
+
+    /* .type keyword gives logical type */
+    if (output_type != F_type) {
+    (void) fprintf(fp, ".type ");
+    if (output_type & F_type) putc('f', fp);
+    if (output_type & D_type) putc('d', fp);
+    if (output_type & R_type) putc('r', fp);
+    putc('\n', fp);
+    }
+
+    /* Check for binary or multiple-valued labels */
+    if (cube.num_mv_vars <= 1) {
+    (void) fprintf(fp, ".i %d\n", cube.num_binary_vars);
+    if (cube.output != -1)
+        (void) fprintf(fp, ".o %d\n", cube.part_size[cube.output]);
+    } else {
+    (void) fprintf(fp, ".mv %d %d", cube.num_vars, cube.num_binary_vars);
+    for(var = cube.num_binary_vars; var < cube.num_vars; var++)
+        (void) fprintf(fp, " %d", cube.part_size[var]);
+    (void) fprintf(fp, "\n");
+    }
+
+    /* binary valued labels */
+    if (PLA->label != NIL(char *) && PLA->label[1] != NIL(char)
+        && cube.num_binary_vars > 0) {
+    (void) fprintf(fp, ".ilb");
+    for(var = 0; var < cube.num_binary_vars; var++)
+      /* see (NIL) OUTLABELS comment below */
+      if(INLABEL(var) == NIL(char)){
+        (void) fprintf(fp, " (null)");
+      }
+      else{
+        (void) fprintf(fp, " %s", INLABEL(var));
+      }
+    putc('\n', fp);
+    }
+
+    /* output-part (last multiple-valued variable) labels */
+    if (PLA->label != NIL(char *) &&
+        PLA->label[cube.first_part[cube.output]] != NIL(char)
+        && cube.output != -1) {
+    (void) fprintf(fp, ".ob");
+    for(i = 0; i < cube.part_size[cube.output]; i++)
+      /* (NIL) OUTLABELS caused espresso to segfault under solaris */
+      if(OUTLABEL(i) == NIL(char)){
+        (void) fprintf(fp, " (null)");
+      }
+      else{
+        (void) fprintf(fp, " %s", OUTLABEL(i));
+      }
+    putc('\n', fp);
+    }
+
+    /* multiple-valued labels */
+    for(var = cube.num_binary_vars; var < cube.num_vars-1; var++) {
+    first = cube.first_part[var];
+    last = cube.last_part[var];
+    if (PLA->label != NULL && PLA->label[first] != NULL) {
+        (void) fprintf(fp, ".label var=%d", var);
+        for(i = first; i <= last; i++) {
+        (void) fprintf(fp, " %s", PLA->label[i]);
+        }
+        putc('\n', fp);
+    }
+    }
+
+    if (PLA->phase != (pcube) NULL) {
+    first = cube.first_part[cube.output];
+    last = cube.last_part[cube.output];
+    (void) fprintf(fp, "#.phase ");
+    for(i = first; i <= last; i++)
+        putc(is_in_set(PLA->phase,i) ? '1' : '0', fp);
+    (void) fprintf(fp, "\n");
+    }
+}
+
+void pls_output(PLA)
+IN pPLA PLA;
+{
+    register pcube last, p;
+
+    (void) printf(".option unmerged\n");
+    makeup_labels(PLA);
+    pls_label(PLA, stdout);
+    pls_group(PLA, stdout);
+    (void) printf(".p %d\n", PLA->F->count);
+    foreach_set(PLA->F, last, p) {
+    print_expanded_cube(stdout, p, PLA->phase);
+    }
+    (void) printf(".end\n");
+}
+
+
+void pls_group(PLA, fp)
+pPLA PLA;
+FILE *fp;
+{
+    int var, i, col, len;
+
+    (void) fprintf(fp, "\n.group");
+    col = 6;
+    for(var = 0; var < cube.num_vars-1; var++) {
+    (void) fprintf(fp, " ("), col += 2;
+    for(i = cube.first_part[var]; i <= cube.last_part[var]; i++) {
+        len = strlen(PLA->label[i]);
+        if (col + len > 75)
+        (void) fprintf(fp, " \\\n"), col = 0;
+        else if (i != 0)
+        putc(' ', fp), col += 1;
+        (void) fprintf(fp, "%s", PLA->label[i]), col += len;
+    }
+    (void) fprintf(fp, ")"), col += 1;
+    }
+    (void) fprintf(fp, "\n");
+}
+
+
+void pls_label(PLA, fp)
+pPLA PLA;
+FILE *fp;
+{
+    int var, i, col, len;
+
+    (void) fprintf(fp, ".label");
+    col = 6;
+    for(var = 0; var < cube.num_vars; var++)
+    for(i = cube.first_part[var]; i <= cube.last_part[var]; i++) {
+        len = strlen(PLA->label[i]);
+        if (col + len > 75)
+        (void) fprintf(fp, " \\\n"), col = 0;
+        else
+        putc(' ', fp), col += 1;
+        (void) fprintf(fp, "%s", PLA->label[i]), col += len;
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+    eqntott output mode -- output algebraic equations
+*/
+void eqn_output(PLA)
+pPLA PLA;
+{
+    register pcube p, last;
+    register int i, var, col, len;
+    int x;
+    bool firstand, firstor;
+
+    if (cube.output == -1)
+    fatal("Cannot have no-output function for EQNTOTT output mode");
+    if (cube.num_mv_vars != 1)
+    fatal("Must have binary-valued function for EQNTOTT output mode");
+    makeup_labels(PLA);
+
+    /* Write a single equation for each output */
+    for(i = 0; i < cube.part_size[cube.output]; i++) {
+    (void) printf("%s = ", OUTLABEL(i));
+    col = strlen(OUTLABEL(i)) + 3;
+    firstor = TRUE;
+
+    /* Write product terms for each cube in this output */
+    foreach_set(PLA->F, last, p)
+        if (is_in_set(p, i + cube.first_part[cube.output])) {
+        if (firstor)
+            (void) printf("("), col += 1;
+        else
+            (void) printf(" | ("), col += 4;
+        firstor = FALSE;
+        firstand = TRUE;
+
+        /* print out a product term */
+        for(var = 0; var < cube.num_binary_vars; var++)
+            if ((x=GETINPUT(p, var)) != DASH) {
+            len = strlen(INLABEL(var));
+            if (col+len > 72)
+                (void) printf("\n    "), col = 4;
+            if (! firstand)
+                (void) printf("&"), col += 1;
+            firstand = FALSE;
+            if (x == ZERO)
+                (void) printf("!"), col += 1;
+            (void) printf("%s", INLABEL(var)), col += len;
+            }
+        (void) printf(")"), col += 1;
+        }
+    (void) printf(";\n\n");
+    }
+}
+
+
+char *fmt_cube(c, out_map, s)
+register pcube c;
+register char *out_map, *s;
+{
+    register int i, var, last, len = 0;
+
+    for(var = 0; var < cube.num_binary_vars; var++) {
+    s[len++] = "?01-" [GETINPUT(c, var)];
+    }
+    for(var = cube.num_binary_vars; var < cube.num_vars - 1; var++) {
+    s[len++] = ' ';
+    for(i = cube.first_part[var]; i <= cube.last_part[var]; i++) {
+        s[len++] = "01" [is_in_set(c, i) != 0];
+    }
+    }
+    if (cube.output != -1) {
+    last = cube.last_part[cube.output];
+    s[len++] = ' ';
+    for(i = cube.first_part[cube.output]; i <= last; i++) {
+        s[len++] = out_map [is_in_set(c, i) != 0];
+    }
+    }
+    s[len] = '\0';
+    return s;
+}
+
+
+void print_cube(fp, c, out_map)
+register FILE *fp;
+register pcube c;
+register char *out_map;
+{
+    register int i, var, ch;
+    int last;
+
+    for(var = 0; var < cube.num_binary_vars; var++) {
+    ch = "?01-" [GETINPUT(c, var)];
+    putc(ch, fp);
+    }
+    for(var = cube.num_binary_vars; var < cube.num_vars - 1; var++) {
+    putc(' ', fp);
+    for(i = cube.first_part[var]; i <= cube.last_part[var]; i++) {
+        ch = "01" [is_in_set(c, i) != 0];
+        putc(ch, fp);
+    }
+    }
+    if (cube.output != -1) {
+    last = cube.last_part[cube.output];
+    putc(' ', fp);
+    for(i = cube.first_part[cube.output]; i <= last; i++) {
+        ch = out_map [is_in_set(c, i) != 0];
+        putc(ch, fp);
+    }
+    }
+    putc('\n', fp);
+}
+
+
+void print_expanded_cube(fp, c, phase)
+register FILE *fp;
+register pcube c;
+pcube phase;
+{
+    register int i, var, ch;
+    char *out_map;
+
+    for(var = 0; var < cube.num_binary_vars; var++) {
+    for(i = cube.first_part[var]; i <= cube.last_part[var]; i++) {
+        ch = "~1" [is_in_set(c, i) != 0];
+        putc(ch, fp);
+    }
+    }
+    for(var = cube.num_binary_vars; var < cube.num_vars - 1; var++) {
+    for(i = cube.first_part[var]; i <= cube.last_part[var]; i++) {
+        ch = "1~" [is_in_set(c, i) != 0];
+        putc(ch, fp);
+    }
+    }
+    if (cube.output != -1) {
+    var = cube.num_vars - 1;
+    putc(' ', fp);
+    for(i = cube.first_part[var]; i <= cube.last_part[var]; i++) {
+        if (phase == (pcube) NULL || is_in_set(phase, i)) {
+        out_map = "~1";
+        } else {
+        out_map = "~0";
+        }
+        ch = out_map[is_in_set(c, i) != 0];
+        putc(ch, fp);
+    }
+    }
+    putc('\n', fp);
+}
+
+
+char *pc1(c) pcube c;
+{static char s1[256];return fmt_cube(c, "01", s1);}
+char *pc2(c) pcube c;
+{static char s2[256];return fmt_cube(c, "01", s2);}
+
+
+void debug_print(T, name, level)
+pcube *T;
+char *name;
+int level;
+{
+    register pcube *T1, p, temp;
+    register int cnt;
+
+    cnt = CUBELISTSIZE(T);
+    temp = new_cube();
+    if (verbose_debug && level == 0)
+    (void) printf("\n");
+    (void) printf("%s[%d]: ord(T)=%d\n", name, level, cnt);
+    if (verbose_debug) {
+    (void) printf("cofactor=%s\n", pc1(T[0]));
+    for(T1 = T+2, cnt = 1; (p = *T1++) != (pcube) NULL; cnt++)
+        (void) printf("%4d. %s\n", cnt, pc1(set_or(temp, p, T[0])));
+    }
+    free_cube(temp);
+}
+
+
+void debug1_print(T, name, num)
+pcover T;
+char *name;
+int num;
+{
+    register int cnt = 1;
+    register pcube p, last;
+
+    if (verbose_debug && num == 0)
+    (void) printf("\n");
+    (void) printf("%s[%d]: ord(T)=%d\n", name, num, T->count);
+    if (verbose_debug)
+    foreach_set(T, last, p)
+        (void) printf("%4d. %s\n", cnt++, pc1(p));
+}
+
+
+void cprint(T)
+pcover T;
+{
+    register pcube p, last;
+
+    foreach_set(T, last, p)
+    (void) printf("%s\n", pc1(p));
+}
+
+
+int makeup_labels(PLA)
+pPLA PLA;
+{
+    int var, i, ind;
+
+    if (PLA->label == (char **) NULL)
+    PLA_labels(PLA);
+
+    for(var = 0; var < cube.num_vars; var++)
+    for(i = 0; i < cube.part_size[var]; i++) {
+        ind = cube.first_part[var] + i;
+        if (PLA->label[ind] == (char *) NULL) {
+        PLA->label[ind] = ALLOC(char, 15);
+        if (var < cube.num_binary_vars)
+            if ((i % 2) == 0)
+            (void) sprintf(PLA->label[ind], "v%d.bar", var);
+            else
+            (void) sprintf(PLA->label[ind], "v%d", var);
+        else
+            (void) sprintf(PLA->label[ind], "v%d.%d", var, i);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+
+kiss_output(fp, PLA)
+FILE *fp;
+pPLA PLA;
+{
+    register pset last, p;
+
+    foreach_set(PLA->F, last, p) {
+    kiss_print_cube(fp, PLA, p, "~1");
+    }
+    foreach_set(PLA->D, last, p) {
+    kiss_print_cube(fp, PLA, p, "~2");
+    }
+}
+
+
+kiss_print_cube(fp, PLA, p, out_string)
+FILE *fp;
+pPLA PLA;
+pcube p;
+char *out_string;
+{
+    register int i, var;
+    int part, x;
+
+    for(var = 0; var < cube.num_binary_vars; var++) {
+    x = "?01-" [GETINPUT(p, var)];
+    putc(x, fp);
+    }
+
+    for(var = cube.num_binary_vars; var < cube.num_vars - 1; var++) {
+    putc(' ', fp);
+    if (setp_implies(cube.var_mask[var], p)) {
+        putc('-', fp);
+    } else {
+        part = -1;
+        for(i = cube.first_part[var]; i <= cube.last_part[var]; i++) {
+        if (is_in_set(p, i)) {
+            if (part != -1) {
+            fatal("more than 1 part in a symbolic variable\n");
+            }
+            part = i;
+        }
+        }
+        if (part == -1) {
+        putc('~', fp);    /* no parts, hope its an output ... */
+        } else {
+        (void) fputs(PLA->label[part], fp);
+        }
+    }
+    }
+
+    if ((var = cube.output) != -1) {
+    putc(' ', fp);
+    for(i = cube.first_part[var]; i <= cube.last_part[var]; i++) {
+        x = out_string [is_in_set(p, i) != 0];
+        putc(x, fp);
+    }
+    }
+
+    putc('\n', fp);
+}
+
+output_symbolic_constraints(fp, PLA, output_symbolic)
+FILE *fp;
+pPLA PLA;
+int output_symbolic;
+{
+    pset_family A;
+    register int i, j;
+    int size, var, npermute, *permute, *weight, noweight;
+
+    if ((cube.num_vars - cube.num_binary_vars) <= 1) {
+    return;
+    }
+    makeup_labels(PLA);
+
+    for(var=cube.num_binary_vars; var < cube.num_vars-1; var++) {
+
+    /* pull out the columns for variable "var" */
+    npermute = cube.part_size[var];
+    permute = ALLOC(int, npermute);
+    for(i=0; i < npermute; i++) {
+        permute[i] = cube.first_part[var] + i;
+    }
+    A = sf_permute(sf_save(PLA->F), permute, npermute);
+    FREE(permute);
+
+
+    /* Delete the singletons and the full sets */
+    noweight = 0;
+    for(i = 0; i < A->count; i++) {
+        size = set_ord(GETSET(A,i));
+        if (size == 1 || size == A->sf_size) {
+        sf_delset(A, i--);
+        noweight++;
+        }
+    }
+
+
+    /* Count how many times each is duplicated */
+    weight = ALLOC(int, A->count);
+    for(i = 0; i < A->count; i++) {
+        RESET(GETSET(A, i), COVERED);
+    }
+    for(i = 0; i < A->count; i++) {
+        weight[i] = 0;
+        if (! TESTP(GETSET(A,i), COVERED)) {
+        weight[i] = 1;
+        for(j = i+1; j < A->count; j++) {
+            if (setp_equal(GETSET(A,i), GETSET(A,j))) {
+            weight[i]++;
+            SET(GETSET(A,j), COVERED);
+            }
+        }
+        }
+    }
+
+
+    /* Print out the contraints */
+    if (! output_symbolic) {
+        (void) fprintf(fp,
+        "# Symbolic constraints for variable %d (Numeric form)\n", var);
+        (void) fprintf(fp, "# unconstrained weight = %d\n", noweight);
+        (void) fprintf(fp, "num_codes=%d\n", cube.part_size[var]);
+        for(i = 0; i < A->count; i++) {
+        if (weight[i] > 0) {
+            (void) fprintf(fp, "weight=%d: ", weight[i]);
+            for(j = 0; j < A->sf_size; j++) {
+            if (is_in_set(GETSET(A,i), j)) {
+                (void) fprintf(fp, " %d", j);
+            }
+            }
+            (void) fprintf(fp, "\n");
+        }
+        }
+    } else {
+        (void) fprintf(fp,
+        "# Symbolic constraints for variable %d (Symbolic form)\n", var);
+        for(i = 0; i < A->count; i++) {
+        if (weight[i] > 0) {
+            (void) fprintf(fp, "#   w=%d: (", weight[i]);
+            for(j = 0; j < A->sf_size; j++) {
+            if (is_in_set(GETSET(A,i), j)) {
+                (void) fprintf(fp, " %s",
+                PLA->label[cube.first_part[var]+j]);
+            }
+            }
+            (void) fprintf(fp, " )\n");
+        }
+        }
+        FREE(weight);
+    }
+    }
+}
diff --git a/src/misc/espresso/dominate.c b/src/misc/espresso/dominate.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a930d453
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/espresso/dominate.c
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/*
+ * Revision Control Information
+ *
+ * $Source$
+ * $Author$
+ * $Revision$
+ * $Date$
+ *
+ */
+#include "mincov_int.h"
+
+
+int 
+sm_row_dominance(A)
+sm_matrix *A; 
+{
+    register sm_row *prow, *prow1;
+    register sm_col *pcol, *least_col;
+    register sm_element *p, *pnext;
+    int rowcnt;
+
+    rowcnt = A->nrows;
+
+    /* Check each row against all other rows */
+    for(prow = A->first_row; prow != 0; prow = prow->next_row) {
+
+    /* Among all columns with a 1 in this row, choose smallest */
+    least_col = sm_get_col(A, prow->first_col->col_num);
+    for(p = prow->first_col->next_col; p != 0; p = p->next_col) {
+        pcol = sm_get_col(A, p->col_num);
+        if (pcol->length < least_col->length) {
+        least_col = pcol;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* Only check for containment against rows in this column */
+    for(p = least_col->first_row; p != 0; p = pnext) {
+        pnext = p->next_row;
+
+        prow1 = sm_get_row(A, p->row_num);
+        if ((prow1->length > prow->length) ||
+                  (prow1->length == prow->length && 
+                  prow1->row_num > prow->row_num)) {
+        if (sm_row_contains(prow, prow1)) {
+            sm_delrow(A, prow1->row_num);
+        }
+        }
+    }
+    }
+
+    return rowcnt - A->nrows;
+}
+
+int 
+sm_col_dominance(A, weight)
+sm_matrix *A;
+int *weight;
+{
+    register sm_row *prow;
+    register sm_col *pcol, *pcol1;
+    register sm_element *p;
+    sm_row *least_row;
+    sm_col *next_col;
+    int colcnt;
+
+    colcnt = A->ncols;
+
+    /* Check each column against all other columns */
+    for(pcol = A->first_col; pcol != 0; pcol = next_col) {
+    next_col = pcol->next_col;
+
+    /* Check all rows to find the one with fewest elements */
+    least_row = sm_get_row(A, pcol->first_row->row_num);
+    for(p = pcol->first_row->next_row; p != 0; p = p->next_row) {
+        prow = sm_get_row(A, p->row_num);
+        if (prow->length < least_row->length) {
+        least_row = prow;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* Only check for containment against columns in this row */
+    for(p = least_row->first_col; p != 0; p = p->next_col) {
+        pcol1 = sm_get_col(A, p->col_num);
+        if (weight != 0 && weight[pcol1->col_num] > weight[pcol->col_num])
+        continue;
+        if ((pcol1->length > pcol->length) ||
+           (pcol1->length == pcol->length && 
+                   pcol1->col_num > pcol->col_num)) {
+        if (sm_col_contains(pcol, pcol1)) {
+            sm_delcol(A, pcol->col_num);
+            break;
+        }
+        }
+    }
+    }
+
+    return colcnt - A->ncols;
+}
diff --git a/src/misc/espresso/equiv.c b/src/misc/espresso/equiv.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ba898a70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/espresso/equiv.c
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/*
+ * Revision Control Information
+ *
+ * $Source$
+ * $Author$
+ * $Revision$
+ * $Date$
+ *
+ */
+#include "espresso.h"
+
+
+find_equiv_outputs(PLA)
+pPLA PLA;
+{
+    int i, j, ipart, jpart, some_equiv;
+    pcover *R, *F;
+
+    some_equiv = FALSE;
+
+    makeup_labels(PLA);
+
+    F = ALLOC(pcover, cube.part_size[cube.output]);
+    R = ALLOC(pcover, cube.part_size[cube.output]);
+
+    for(i = 0; i < cube.part_size[cube.output]; i++) {
+    ipart = cube.first_part[cube.output] + i;
+    R[i] = cof_output(PLA->R, ipart);
+    F[i] = complement(cube1list(R[i]));
+    }
+    
+    for(i = 0; i < cube.part_size[cube.output]-1; i++) {
+    for(j = i+1; j < cube.part_size[cube.output]; j++) {
+        ipart = cube.first_part[cube.output] + i;
+        jpart = cube.first_part[cube.output] + j;
+
+        if (check_equiv(F[i], F[j])) {
+        (void) printf("# Outputs %d and %d (%s and %s) are equivalent\n",
+            i, j, PLA->label[ipart], PLA->label[jpart]);
+        some_equiv = TRUE;
+        } else if (check_equiv(F[i], R[j])) {
+        (void) printf("# Outputs %d and NOT %d (%s and %s) are equivalent\n",
+            i, j, PLA->label[ipart], PLA->label[jpart]);
+        some_equiv = TRUE;
+        } else if (check_equiv(R[i], F[j])) {
+        (void) printf("# Outputs NOT %d and %d (%s and %s) are equivalent\n",
+            i, j, PLA->label[ipart], PLA->label[jpart]);
+        some_equiv = TRUE;
+        } else if (check_equiv(R[i], R[j])) {
+        (void) printf("# Outputs NOT %d and NOT %d (%s and %s) are equivalent\n",
+            i, j, PLA->label[ipart], PLA->label[jpart]);
+        some_equiv = TRUE;
+        }
+    }
+    }
+
+    if (! some_equiv) {
+    (void) printf("# No outputs are equivalent\n");
+    }
+
+    for(i = 0; i < cube.part_size[cube.output]; i++) {
+    free_cover(F[i]);
+    free_cover(R[i]);
+    }
+    FREE(F);
+    FREE(R);
+}
+
+
+
+int check_equiv(f1, f2)
+pcover f1, f2;
+{
+    register pcube *f1list, *f2list;
+    register pcube p, last;
+
+    f1list = cube1list(f1);
+    foreach_set(f2, last, p) {
+    if (! cube_is_covered(f1list, p)) {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+    }
+    free_cubelist(f1list);
+
+    f2list = cube1list(f2);
+    foreach_set(f1, last, p) {
+    if (! cube_is_covered(f2list, p)) {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+    }
+    free_cubelist(f2list);
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
diff --git a/src/misc/espresso/espresso.c b/src/misc/espresso/espresso.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8f05d43f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/espresso/espresso.c
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+/*
+ * Revision Control Information
+ *
+ * $Source$
+ * $Author$
+ * $Revision$
+ * $Date$
+ *
+ */
+/*
+ *  Module: espresso.c
+ *  Purpose: The main espresso algorithm
+ *
+ *  Returns a minimized version of the ON-set of a function
+ *
+ *  The following global variables affect the operation of Espresso:
+ *
+ *  MISCELLANEOUS:
+ *      trace
+ *          print trace information as the minimization progresses
+ *
+ *      remove_essential
+ *          remove essential primes
+ *
+ *      single_expand
+ *          if true, stop after first expand/irredundant
+ *
+ *  LAST_GASP or SUPER_GASP strategy:
+ *      use_super_gasp
+ *          uses the super_gasp strategy rather than last_gasp
+ *
+ *  SETUP strategy:
+ *      recompute_onset
+ *          recompute onset using the complement before starting
+ *
+ *      unwrap_onset
+ *          unwrap the function output part before first expand
+ *
+ *  MAKE_SPARSE strategy:
+ *      force_irredundant
+ *          iterates make_sparse to force a minimal solution (used
+ *          indirectly by make_sparse)
+ *
+ *      skip_make_sparse
+ *          skip the make_sparse step (used by opo only)
+ */
+
+#include "espresso.h"
+
+pcover espresso(F, D1, R)
+pcover F, D1, R;
+{
+    pcover E, D, Fsave;
+    pset last, p;
+    cost_t cost, best_cost;
+
+begin:
+    Fsave = sf_save(F);        /* save original function */
+    D = sf_save(D1);        /* make a scratch copy of D */
+
+    /* Setup has always been a problem */
+    if (recompute_onset) {
+    EXEC(E = simplify(cube1list(F)),     "SIMPLIFY   ", E);
+    free_cover(F);
+    F = E;
+    }
+    cover_cost(F, &cost);
+    if (unwrap_onset && (cube.part_size[cube.num_vars - 1] > 1)
+      && (cost.out != cost.cubes*cube.part_size[cube.num_vars-1])
+      && (cost.out < 5000))
+    EXEC(F = sf_contain(unravel(F, cube.num_vars - 1)), "SETUP      ", F);
+
+    /* Initial expand and irredundant */
+    foreach_set(F, last, p) {
+    RESET(p, PRIME);
+    }
+    EXECUTE(F = expand(F, R, FALSE), EXPAND_TIME, F, cost);
+    EXECUTE(F = irredundant(F, D), IRRED_TIME, F, cost);
+
+    if (! single_expand) {
+    if (remove_essential) {
+        EXECUTE(E = essential(&F, &D), ESSEN_TIME, E, cost);
+    } else {
+        E = new_cover(0);
+    }
+
+    cover_cost(F, &cost);
+    do {
+
+        /* Repeat inner loop until solution becomes "stable" */
+        do {
+        copy_cost(&cost, &best_cost);
+        EXECUTE(F = reduce(F, D), REDUCE_TIME, F, cost);
+        EXECUTE(F = expand(F, R, FALSE), EXPAND_TIME, F, cost);
+        EXECUTE(F = irredundant(F, D), IRRED_TIME, F, cost);
+        } while (cost.cubes < best_cost.cubes);
+
+        /* Perturb solution to see if we can continue to iterate */
+        copy_cost(&cost, &best_cost);
+        if (use_super_gasp) {
+        F = super_gasp(F, D, R, &cost);
+        if (cost.cubes >= best_cost.cubes)
+            break;
+        } else {
+        F = last_gasp(F, D, R, &cost);
+        }
+
+    } while (cost.cubes < best_cost.cubes ||
+        (cost.cubes == best_cost.cubes && cost.total < best_cost.total));
+
+    /* Append the essential cubes to F */
+    F = sf_append(F, E);                /* disposes of E */
+    if (trace) size_stamp(F, "ADJUST     ");
+    }
+
+    /* Free the D which we used */
+    free_cover(D);
+
+    /* Attempt to make the PLA matrix sparse */
+    if (! skip_make_sparse) {
+    F = make_sparse(F, D1, R);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     *  Check to make sure function is actually smaller !!
+     *  This can only happen because of the initial unravel.  If we fail,
+     *  then run the whole thing again without the unravel.
+     */
+    if (Fsave->count < F->count) {
+    free_cover(F);
+    F = Fsave;
+    unwrap_onset = FALSE;
+    goto begin;
+    } else {
+    free_cover(Fsave);
+    }
+
+    return F;
+}
diff --git a/src/misc/espresso/espresso.h b/src/misc/espresso/espresso.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1c7a8646
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/espresso/espresso.h
@@ -0,0 +1,782 @@
+/*
+ * Revision Control Information
+ *
+ * $Source$
+ * $Author$
+ * $Revision$
+ * $Date$
+ *
+ */
+/*
+ *  espresso.h -- header file for Espresso-mv
+ */
+
+//#include "port.h"
+//#include "utility.h"
+#include "sparse.h"
+#include "mincov.h"
+
+#include "util_hack.h" // added
+
+#define ptime()            util_cpu_time()
+#define print_time(t)    util_print_time(t)
+
+#ifdef IBM_WATC
+#define void int
+#include "short.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef IBMPC        /* set default options for IBM/PC */
+#define NO_INLINE
+#define BPI 16
+#endif
+
+/*-----THIS USED TO BE set.h----- */
+
+/*
+ *  set.h -- definitions for packed arrays of bits
+ *
+ *   This header file describes the data structures which comprise a
+ *   facility for efficiently implementing packed arrays of bits
+ *   (otherwise known as sets, cf. Pascal).
+ *
+ *   A set is a vector of bits and is implemented here as an array of
+ *   unsigned integers.  The low order bits of set[0] give the index of
+ *   the last word of set data.  The higher order bits of set[0] are
+ *   used to store data associated with the set.  The set data is
+ *   contained in elements set[1] ... set[LOOP(set)] as a packed bit
+ *   array.
+ *
+ *   A family of sets is a two-dimensional matrix of bits and is
+ *   implemented with the data type "set_family".
+ *
+ *   BPI == 32 and BPI == 16 have been tested and work.
+ */
+
+
+/* Define host machine characteristics of "unsigned int" */
+#ifndef BPI
+#define BPI             32              /* # bits per integer */
+#endif
+
+#if BPI == 32
+#define LOGBPI          5               /* log(BPI)/log(2) */
+#else
+#define LOGBPI          4               /* log(BPI)/log(2) */
+#endif
+
+/* Define the set type */
+typedef unsigned int *pset;
+
+/* Define the set family type -- an array of sets */
+typedef struct set_family {
+    int wsize;                  /* Size of each set in 'ints' */
+    int sf_size;                /* User declared set size */
+    int capacity;               /* Number of sets allocated */
+    int count;                  /* The number of sets in the family */
+    int active_count;           /* Number of "active" sets */
+    pset data;                  /* Pointer to the set data */
+    struct set_family *next;    /* For garbage collection */
+} set_family_t, *pset_family;
+
+/* Macros to set and test single elements */
+#define WHICH_WORD(element)     (((element) >> LOGBPI) + 1)
+#define WHICH_BIT(element)      ((element) & (BPI-1))
+
+/* # of ints needed to allocate a set with "size" elements */
+#if BPI == 32
+#define SET_SIZE(size)          ((size) <= BPI ? 2 : (WHICH_WORD((size)-1) + 1))
+#else
+#define SET_SIZE(size)          ((size) <= BPI ? 3 : (WHICH_WORD((size)-1) + 2))
+#endif
+
+/*
+ *  Three fields are maintained in the first word of the set
+ *      LOOP is the index of the last word used for set data
+ *      LOOPCOPY is the index of the last word in the set
+ *      SIZE is available for general use (e.g., recording # elements in set)
+ *      NELEM retrieves the number of elements in the set
+ */
+#define LOOP(set)               (set[0] & 0x03ff)
+#define PUTLOOP(set, i)         (set[0] &= ~0x03ff, set[0] |= (i))
+#if BPI == 32
+#define LOOPCOPY(set)           LOOP(set)
+#define SIZE(set)               (set[0] >> 16)
+#define PUTSIZE(set, size)      (set[0] &= 0xffff, set[0] |= ((size) << 16))
+#else
+#define LOOPCOPY(set)           (LOOP(set) + 1)
+#define SIZE(set)               (set[LOOP(set)+1])
+#define PUTSIZE(set, size)      ((set[LOOP(set)+1]) = (size))
+#endif
+
+#define NELEM(set)        (BPI * LOOP(set))
+#define LOOPINIT(size)        ((size <= BPI) ? 1 : WHICH_WORD((size)-1))
+
+/*
+ *      FLAGS store general information about the set
+ */
+#define SET(set, flag)          (set[0] |= (flag))
+#define RESET(set, flag)        (set[0] &= ~ (flag))
+#define TESTP(set, flag)        (set[0] & (flag))
+
+/* Flag definitions are ... */
+#define PRIME           0x8000          /* cube is prime */
+#define NONESSEN        0x4000          /* cube cannot be essential prime */
+#define ACTIVE          0x2000          /* cube is still active */
+#define REDUND          0x1000          /* cube is redundant(at this point) */
+#define COVERED         0x0800          /* cube has been covered */
+#define RELESSEN        0x0400          /* cube is relatively essential */
+
+/* Most efficient way to look at all members of a set family */
+#define foreach_set(R, last, p)\
+    for(p=R->data,last=p+R->count*R->wsize;p<last;p+=R->wsize)
+#define foreach_remaining_set(R, last, pfirst, p)\
+    for(p=pfirst+R->wsize,last=R->data+R->count*R->wsize;p<last;p+=R->wsize)
+#define foreach_active_set(R, last, p)\
+    foreach_set(R,last,p) if (TESTP(p, ACTIVE))
+
+/* Another way that also keeps the index of the current set member in i */
+#define foreachi_set(R, i, p)\
+    for(p=R->data,i=0;i<R->count;p+=R->wsize,i++)
+#define foreachi_active_set(R, i, p)\
+    foreachi_set(R,i,p) if (TESTP(p, ACTIVE))
+
+/* Looping over all elements in a set:
+ *      foreach_set_element(pset p, int i, unsigned val, int base) {
+ *        .
+ *        .
+ *        .
+ *      }
+ */
+#define foreach_set_element(p, i, val, base)         \
+    for(i = LOOP(p); i > 0; )                \
+    for(val = p[i], base = --i << LOGBPI; val != 0; base++, val >>= 1)  \
+        if (val & 1)
+
+/* Return a pointer to a given member of a set family */
+#define GETSET(family, index)   ((family)->data + (family)->wsize * (index))
+
+/* Allocate and deallocate sets */
+#define set_new(size)    set_clear(ALLOC(unsigned int, SET_SIZE(size)), size)
+#define set_full(size)    set_fill(ALLOC(unsigned int, SET_SIZE(size)), size)
+#define set_save(r)    set_copy(ALLOC(unsigned int, SET_SIZE(NELEM(r))), r)
+#define set_free(r)    FREE(r)
+
+/* Check for set membership, remove set element and insert set element */
+#define is_in_set(set, e)       (set[WHICH_WORD(e)] & (1 << WHICH_BIT(e)))
+#define set_remove(set, e)      (set[WHICH_WORD(e)] &= ~ (1 << WHICH_BIT(e)))
+#define set_insert(set, e)      (set[WHICH_WORD(e)] |= 1 << WHICH_BIT(e))
+
+/* Inline code substitution for those places that REALLY need it on a VAX */
+#ifdef NO_INLINE
+#define INLINEset_copy(r, a)        (void) set_copy(r,a)
+#define INLINEset_clear(r, size)    (void) set_clear(r, size)
+#define INLINEset_fill(r, size)        (void) set_fill(r, size)
+#define INLINEset_and(r, a, b)        (void) set_and(r, a, b)
+#define INLINEset_or(r, a, b)        (void) set_or(r, a, b)
+#define INLINEset_diff(r, a, b)        (void) set_diff(r, a, b)
+#define INLINEset_ndiff(r, a, b, f)    (void) set_ndiff(r, a, b, f)
+#define INLINEset_xor(r, a, b)        (void) set_xor(r, a, b)
+#define INLINEset_xnor(r, a, b, f)    (void) set_xnor(r, a, b, f)
+#define INLINEset_merge(r, a, b, mask)    (void) set_merge(r, a, b, mask)
+#define INLINEsetp_implies(a, b, when_false)    \
+    if (! setp_implies(a,b)) when_false
+#define INLINEsetp_disjoint(a, b, when_false)    \
+    if (! setp_disjoint(a,b)) when_false
+#define INLINEsetp_equal(a, b, when_false)    \
+    if (! setp_equal(a,b)) when_false
+
+#else
+
+#define INLINEset_copy(r, a)\
+    {register int i_=LOOPCOPY(a); do r[i_]=a[i_]; while (--i_>=0);}
+#define INLINEset_clear(r, size)\
+    {register int i_=LOOPINIT(size); *r=i_; do r[i_] = 0; while (--i_ > 0);}
+#define INLINEset_fill(r, size)\
+    {register int i_=LOOPINIT(size); *r=i_; \
+    r[i_]=((unsigned int)(~0))>>(i_*BPI-size); while(--i_>0) r[i_]=~0;}
+#define INLINEset_and(r, a, b)\
+    {register int i_=LOOP(a); PUTLOOP(r,i_);\
+    do r[i_] = a[i_] & b[i_]; while (--i_>0);}
+#define INLINEset_or(r, a, b)\
+    {register int i_=LOOP(a); PUTLOOP(r,i_);\
+    do r[i_] = a[i_] | b[i_]; while (--i_>0);}
+#define INLINEset_diff(r, a, b)\
+    {register int i_=LOOP(a); PUTLOOP(r,i_);\
+    do r[i_] = a[i_] & ~ b[i_]; while (--i_>0);}
+#define INLINEset_ndiff(r, a, b, fullset)\
+    {register int i_=LOOP(a); PUTLOOP(r,i_);\
+    do r[i_] = fullset[i_] & (a[i_] | ~ b[i_]); while (--i_>0);}
+#ifdef IBM_WATC
+#define INLINEset_xor(r, a, b)        (void) set_xor(r, a, b)
+#define INLINEset_xnor(r, a, b, f)    (void) set_xnor(r, a, b, f)
+#else
+#define INLINEset_xor(r, a, b)\
+    {register int i_=LOOP(a); PUTLOOP(r,i_);\
+    do r[i_] = a[i_] ^ b[i_]; while (--i_>0);}
+#define INLINEset_xnor(r, a, b, fullset)\
+    {register int i_=LOOP(a); PUTLOOP(r,i_);\
+    do r[i_] = fullset[i_] & ~ (a[i_] ^ b[i_]); while (--i_>0);}
+#endif
+#define INLINEset_merge(r, a, b, mask)\
+    {register int i_=LOOP(a); PUTLOOP(r,i_);\
+    do r[i_] = (a[i_]&mask[i_]) | (b[i_]&~mask[i_]); while (--i_>0);}
+#define INLINEsetp_implies(a, b, when_false)\
+    {register int i_=LOOP(a); do if (a[i_]&~b[i_]) break; while (--i_>0);\
+    if (i_ != 0) when_false;}
+#define INLINEsetp_disjoint(a, b, when_false)\
+    {register int i_=LOOP(a); do if (a[i_]&b[i_]) break; while (--i_>0);\
+    if (i_ != 0) when_false;}
+#define INLINEsetp_equal(a, b, when_false)\
+    {register int i_=LOOP(a); do if (a[i_]!=b[i_]) break; while (--i_>0);\
+    if (i_ != 0) when_false;}
+
+#endif
+
+#if BPI == 32
+#define count_ones(v)\
+    (bit_count[v & 255] + bit_count[(v >> 8) & 255]\
+    + bit_count[(v >> 16) & 255] + bit_count[(v >> 24) & 255])
+#else
+#define count_ones(v)   (bit_count[v & 255] + bit_count[(v >> 8) & 255])
+#endif
+
+/* Table for efficient bit counting */
+extern int bit_count[256];
+/*----- END OF set.h ----- */
+
+
+/* Define a boolean type */
+#define bool    int
+#define FALSE    0
+#define TRUE     1
+#define MAYBE    2
+#define print_bool(x) ((x) == 0 ? "FALSE" : ((x) == 1 ? "TRUE" : "MAYBE"))
+
+/* Map many cube/cover types/routines into equivalent set types/routines */
+#define pcube                   pset
+#define new_cube()              set_new(cube.size)
+#define free_cube(r)            set_free(r)
+#define pcover                  pset_family
+#define new_cover(i)            sf_new(i, cube.size)
+#define free_cover(r)           sf_free(r)
+#define free_cubelist(T)        FREE(T[0]); FREE(T);
+
+
+/* cost_t describes the cost of a cover */
+typedef struct cost_struct {
+    int cubes;            /* number of cubes in the cover */
+    int in;            /* transistor count, binary-valued variables */
+    int out;            /* transistor count, output part */
+    int mv;            /* transistor count, multiple-valued vars */
+    int total;            /* total number of transistors */
+    int primes;            /* number of prime cubes */
+} cost_t, *pcost;
+
+
+/* pair_t describes bit-paired variables */
+typedef struct pair_struct {
+    int cnt;
+    int *var1;
+    int *var2;
+} pair_t, *ppair;
+
+
+/* symbolic_list_t describes a single ".symbolic" line */
+typedef struct symbolic_list_struct {
+    int variable;
+    int pos;
+    struct symbolic_list_struct *next;
+} symbolic_list_t;
+
+
+/* symbolic_list_t describes a single ".symbolic" line */
+typedef struct symbolic_label_struct {
+    char *label;
+    struct symbolic_label_struct *next;
+} symbolic_label_t;
+
+
+/* symbolic_t describes a linked list of ".symbolic" lines */
+typedef struct symbolic_struct {
+    symbolic_list_t *symbolic_list;    /* linked list of items */
+    int symbolic_list_length;        /* length of symbolic_list list */
+    symbolic_label_t *symbolic_label;    /* linked list of new names */
+    int symbolic_label_length;        /* length of symbolic_label list */
+    struct symbolic_struct *next;
+} symbolic_t;
+
+
+/* PLA_t stores the logical representation of a PLA */
+typedef struct {
+    pcover F, D, R;        /* on-set, off-set and dc-set */
+    char *filename;             /* filename */
+    int pla_type;               /* logical PLA format */
+    pcube phase;                /* phase to split into on-set and off-set */
+    ppair pair;                 /* how to pair variables */
+    char **label;        /* labels for the columns */
+    symbolic_t *symbolic;    /* allow binary->symbolic mapping */
+    symbolic_t *symbolic_output;/* allow symbolic output mapping */
+} PLA_t, *pPLA;
+
+#define equal(a,b)      (strcmp(a,b) == 0)
+
+/* This is a hack which I wish I hadn't done, but too painful to change */
+#define CUBELISTSIZE(T)         (((pcube *) T[1] - T) - 3)
+
+/* For documentation purposes */
+#define IN
+#define OUT
+#define INOUT
+
+/* The pla_type field describes the input and output format of the PLA */
+#define F_type          1
+#define D_type          2
+#define R_type          4
+#define PLEASURE_type   8               /* output format */
+#define EQNTOTT_type    16              /* output format algebraic eqns */
+#define KISS_type    128        /* output format kiss */
+#define CONSTRAINTS_type    256    /* output the constraints (numeric) */
+#define SYMBOLIC_CONSTRAINTS_type 512    /* output the constraints (symbolic) */
+#define FD_type (F_type | D_type)
+#define FR_type (F_type | R_type)
+#define DR_type (D_type | R_type)
+#define FDR_type (F_type | D_type | R_type)
+
+/* Definitions for the debug variable */
+#define COMPL           0x0001
+#define ESSEN           0x0002
+#define EXPAND          0x0004
+#define EXPAND1         0x0008
+#define GASP            0x0010
+#define IRRED           0x0020
+#define REDUCE          0x0040
+#define REDUCE1         0x0080
+#define SPARSE          0x0100
+#define TAUT            0x0200
+#define EXACT           0x0400
+#define MINCOV          0x0800
+#define MINCOV1         0x1000
+#define SHARP           0x2000
+#define IRRED1        0x4000
+
+#define VERSION\
+    "UC Berkeley, Espresso Version #2.3, Release date 01/31/88"
+
+/* Define constants used for recording program statistics */
+#define TIME_COUNT      16
+#define READ_TIME       0
+#define COMPL_TIME      1
+#define ONSET_TIME    2
+#define ESSEN_TIME      3
+#define EXPAND_TIME     4
+#define IRRED_TIME      5
+#define REDUCE_TIME     6
+#define GEXPAND_TIME    7
+#define GIRRED_TIME     8
+#define GREDUCE_TIME    9
+#define PRIMES_TIME     10
+#define MINCOV_TIME    11
+#define MV_REDUCE_TIME  12
+#define RAISE_IN_TIME   13
+#define VERIFY_TIME     14
+#define WRITE_TIME    15
+
+
+/* For those who like to think about PLAs, macros to get at inputs/outputs */
+#define NUMINPUTS       cube.num_binary_vars
+#define NUMOUTPUTS      cube.part_size[cube.num_vars - 1]
+
+#define POSITIVE_PHASE(pos)\
+    (is_in_set(PLA->phase, cube.first_part[cube.output]+pos) != 0)
+
+#define INLABEL(var)    PLA->label[cube.first_part[var] + 1]
+#define OUTLABEL(pos)   PLA->label[cube.first_part[cube.output] + pos]
+
+#define GETINPUT(c, pos)\
+    ((c[WHICH_WORD(2*pos)] >> WHICH_BIT(2*pos)) & 3)
+#define GETOUTPUT(c, pos)\
+    (is_in_set(c, cube.first_part[cube.output] + pos) != 0)
+
+#define PUTINPUT(c, pos, value)\
+    c[WHICH_WORD(2*pos)] = (c[WHICH_WORD(2*pos)] & ~(3 << WHICH_BIT(2*pos)))\
+        | (value << WHICH_BIT(2*pos))
+#define PUTOUTPUT(c, pos, value)\
+    c[WHICH_WORD(pos)] = (c[WHICH_WORD(pos)] & ~(1 << WHICH_BIT(pos)))\
+        | (value << WHICH_BIT(pos))
+
+#define TWO     3
+#define DASH    3
+#define ONE     2
+#define ZERO    1
+
+
+#define EXEC(fct, name, S)\
+    {long t=ptime();fct;if(trace)print_trace(S,name,ptime()-t);}
+#define EXEC_S(fct, name, S)\
+    {long t=ptime();fct;if(summary)print_trace(S,name,ptime()-t);}
+#define EXECUTE(fct,i,S,cost)\
+    {long t=ptime();fct;totals(t,i,S,&(cost));}
+
+/*
+ *    Global Variable Declarations
+ */
+
+extern unsigned int debug;              /* debug parameter */
+extern bool verbose_debug;              /* -v:  whether to print a lot */
+extern char *total_name[TIME_COUNT];    /* basic function names */
+extern long total_time[TIME_COUNT];     /* time spent in basic fcts */
+extern int total_calls[TIME_COUNT];     /* # calls to each fct */
+
+extern bool echo_comments;        /* turned off by -eat option */
+extern bool echo_unknown_commands;    /* always true ?? */
+extern bool force_irredundant;          /* -nirr command line option */
+extern bool skip_make_sparse;
+extern bool kiss;                       /* -kiss command line option */
+extern bool pos;                        /* -pos command line option */
+extern bool print_solution;             /* -x command line option */
+extern bool recompute_onset;            /* -onset command line option */
+extern bool remove_essential;           /* -ness command line option */
+extern bool single_expand;              /* -fast command line option */
+extern bool summary;                    /* -s command line option */
+extern bool trace;                      /* -t command line option */
+extern bool unwrap_onset;               /* -nunwrap command line option */
+extern bool use_random_order;        /* -random command line option */
+extern bool use_super_gasp;        /* -strong command line option */
+extern char *filename;            /* filename PLA was read from */
+extern bool debug_exact_minimization;   /* dumps info for -do exact */
+
+
+/*
+ *  pla_types are the input and output types for reading/writing a PLA
+ */
+struct pla_types_struct {
+    char *key;
+    int value;
+};
+
+
+/*
+ *  The cube structure is a global structure which contains information
+ *  on how a set maps into a cube -- i.e., number of parts per variable,
+ *  number of variables, etc.  Also, many fields are pre-computed to
+ *  speed up various primitive operations.
+ */
+#define CUBE_TEMP       10
+
+struct cube_struct {
+    int size;                   /* set size of a cube */
+    int num_vars;               /* number of variables in a cube */
+    int num_binary_vars;        /* number of binary variables */
+    int *first_part;            /* first element of each variable */
+    int *last_part;             /* first element of each variable */
+    int *part_size;             /* number of elements in each variable */
+    int *first_word;            /* first word for each variable */
+    int *last_word;             /* last word for each variable */
+    pset binary_mask;           /* Mask to extract binary variables */
+    pset mv_mask;               /* mask to get mv parts */
+    pset *var_mask;             /* mask to extract a variable */
+    pset *temp;                 /* an array of temporary sets */
+    pset fullset;               /* a full cube */
+    pset emptyset;              /* an empty cube */
+    unsigned int inmask;        /* mask to get odd word of binary part */
+    int inword;                 /* which word number for above */
+    int *sparse;                /* should this variable be sparse? */
+    int num_mv_vars;            /* number of multiple-valued variables */
+    int output;                 /* which variable is "output" (-1 if none) */
+};
+
+struct cdata_struct {
+    int *part_zeros;            /* count of zeros for each element */
+    int *var_zeros;             /* count of zeros for each variable */
+    int *parts_active;          /* number of "active" parts for each var */
+    bool *is_unate;             /* indicates given var is unate */
+    int vars_active;            /* number of "active" variables */
+    int vars_unate;             /* number of unate variables */
+    int best;                   /* best "binate" variable */
+};
+
+
+extern struct pla_types_struct pla_types[];
+extern struct cube_struct cube, temp_cube_save;
+extern struct cdata_struct cdata, temp_cdata_save;
+
+#ifdef lint
+#define DISJOINT 0x5555
+#else
+#if BPI == 32
+#define DISJOINT 0x55555555
+#else
+#define DISJOINT 0x5555
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* function declarations */
+
+/* cofactor.c */    extern int binate_split_select();
+/* cofactor.c */    extern pcover cubeunlist();
+/* cofactor.c */    extern pcube *cofactor();
+/* cofactor.c */    extern pcube *cube1list();
+/* cofactor.c */    extern pcube *cube2list();
+/* cofactor.c */    extern pcube *cube3list();
+/* cofactor.c */    extern pcube *scofactor();
+/* cofactor.c */    extern void massive_count();
+/* compl.c */    extern pcover complement();
+/* compl.c */    extern pcover simplify();
+/* compl.c */    extern void simp_comp();
+/* contain.c */    extern int d1_rm_equal();
+/* contain.c */    extern int rm2_contain();
+/* contain.c */    extern int rm2_equal();
+/* contain.c */    extern int rm_contain();
+/* contain.c */    extern int rm_equal();
+/* contain.c */    extern int rm_rev_contain();
+/* contain.c */    extern pset *sf_list();
+/* contain.c */    extern pset *sf_sort();
+/* contain.c */    extern pset_family d1merge();
+/* contain.c */    extern pset_family dist_merge();
+/* contain.c */    extern pset_family sf_contain();
+/* contain.c */    extern pset_family sf_dupl();
+/* contain.c */    extern pset_family sf_ind_contain();
+/* contain.c */    extern pset_family sf_ind_unlist();
+/* contain.c */    extern pset_family sf_merge();
+/* contain.c */    extern pset_family sf_rev_contain();
+/* contain.c */    extern pset_family sf_union();
+/* contain.c */    extern pset_family sf_unlist();
+/* cubestr.c */    extern void cube_setup();
+/* cubestr.c */    extern void restore_cube_struct();
+/* cubestr.c */    extern void save_cube_struct();
+/* cubestr.c */    extern void setdown_cube();
+/* cvrin.c */    extern PLA_labels();
+/* cvrin.c */    extern char *get_word();
+/* cvrin.c */    extern int label_index();
+/* cvrin.c */    extern int read_pla();
+/* cvrin.c */    extern int read_symbolic();
+/* cvrin.c */    extern pPLA new_PLA();
+/* cvrin.c */    extern void PLA_summary();
+/* cvrin.c */    extern void free_PLA();
+/* cvrin.c */    extern void parse_pla();
+/* cvrin.c */    extern void read_cube();
+/* cvrin.c */    extern void skip_line();
+/* cvrm.c */    extern foreach_output_function();
+/* cvrm.c */    extern int cubelist_partition();
+/* cvrm.c */    extern int so_both_do_espresso();
+/* cvrm.c */    extern int so_both_do_exact();
+/* cvrm.c */    extern int so_both_save();
+/* cvrm.c */    extern int so_do_espresso();
+/* cvrm.c */    extern int so_do_exact();
+/* cvrm.c */    extern int so_save();
+/* cvrm.c */    extern pcover cof_output();
+/* cvrm.c */    extern pcover lex_sort();
+/* cvrm.c */    extern pcover mini_sort();
+/* cvrm.c */    extern pcover random_order();
+/* cvrm.c */    extern pcover size_sort();
+/* cvrm.c */    extern pcover sort_reduce();
+/* cvrm.c */    extern pcover uncof_output();
+/* cvrm.c */    extern pcover unravel();
+/* cvrm.c */    extern pcover unravel_range();
+/* cvrm.c */    extern void so_both_espresso();
+/* cvrm.c */    extern void so_espresso();
+/* cvrmisc.c */    extern char *fmt_cost();
+/* cvrmisc.c */    extern char *print_cost();
+/* cvrmisc.c */    extern char *strsav();
+/* cvrmisc.c */    extern void copy_cost();
+/* cvrmisc.c */    extern void cover_cost();
+/* cvrmisc.c */    extern void fatal();
+/* cvrmisc.c */    extern void print_trace();
+/* cvrmisc.c */    extern void size_stamp();
+/* cvrmisc.c */    extern void totals();
+/* cvrout.c */    extern char *fmt_cube();
+/* cvrout.c */    extern char *fmt_expanded_cube();
+/* cvrout.c */    extern char *pc1();
+/* cvrout.c */    extern char *pc2();
+/* cvrout.c */    extern char *pc3();
+/* cvrout.c */    extern int makeup_labels();
+/* cvrout.c */    extern kiss_output();
+/* cvrout.c */    extern kiss_print_cube();
+/* cvrout.c */    extern output_symbolic_constraints();
+/* cvrout.c */    extern void cprint();
+/* cvrout.c */    extern void debug1_print();
+/* cvrout.c */    extern void debug_print();
+/* cvrout.c */    extern void eqn_output();
+/* cvrout.c */    extern void fpr_header();
+/* cvrout.c */    extern void fprint_pla();
+/* cvrout.c */    extern void pls_group();
+/* cvrout.c */    extern void pls_label();
+/* cvrout.c */    extern void pls_output();
+/* cvrout.c */    extern void print_cube();
+/* cvrout.c */    extern void print_expanded_cube();
+/* cvrout.c */    extern void sf_debug_print();
+/* equiv.c */    extern find_equiv_outputs();
+/* equiv.c */    extern int check_equiv();
+/* espresso.c */    extern pcover espresso();
+/* essen.c */    extern bool essen_cube();
+/* essen.c */    extern pcover cb_consensus();
+/* essen.c */    extern pcover cb_consensus_dist0();
+/* essen.c */    extern pcover essential();
+/* exact.c */    extern pcover minimize_exact();
+/* exact.c */    extern pcover minimize_exact_literals();
+/* expand.c */    extern bool feasibly_covered();
+/* expand.c */    extern int most_frequent();
+/* expand.c */    extern pcover all_primes();
+/* expand.c */    extern pcover expand();
+/* expand.c */    extern pcover find_all_primes();
+/* expand.c */    extern void elim_lowering();
+/* expand.c */    extern void essen_parts();
+/* expand.c */    extern void essen_raising();
+/* expand.c */    extern void expand1();
+/* expand.c */    extern void mincov();
+/* expand.c */    extern void select_feasible();
+/* expand.c */    extern void setup_BB_CC();
+/* gasp.c */    extern pcover expand_gasp();
+/* gasp.c */    extern pcover irred_gasp();
+/* gasp.c */    extern pcover last_gasp();
+/* gasp.c */    extern pcover super_gasp();
+/* gasp.c */    extern void expand1_gasp();
+/* getopt.c */    extern int util_getopt();
+/* hack.c */    extern find_dc_inputs();
+/* hack.c */    extern find_inputs();
+/* hack.c */    extern form_bitvector();
+/* hack.c */    extern map_dcset();
+/* hack.c */    extern map_output_symbolic();
+/* hack.c */    extern map_symbolic();
+/* hack.c */    extern pcover map_symbolic_cover();
+/* hack.c */    extern symbolic_hack_labels();
+/* irred.c */    extern bool cube_is_covered();
+/* irred.c */    extern bool taut_special_cases();
+/* irred.c */    extern bool tautology();
+/* irred.c */    extern pcover irredundant();
+/* irred.c */    extern void mark_irredundant();
+/* irred.c */    extern void irred_split_cover();
+/* irred.c */    extern sm_matrix *irred_derive_table();
+/* map.c */    extern pset minterms();
+/* map.c */    extern void explode();
+/* map.c */    extern void map();
+/* opo.c */    extern output_phase_setup();
+/* opo.c */    extern pPLA set_phase();
+/* opo.c */    extern pcover opo();
+/* opo.c */    extern pcube find_phase();
+/* opo.c */    extern pset_family find_covers();
+/* opo.c */    extern pset_family form_cover_table();
+/* opo.c */    extern pset_family opo_leaf();
+/* opo.c */    extern pset_family opo_recur();
+/* opo.c */    extern void opoall();
+/* opo.c */    extern void phase_assignment();
+/* opo.c */    extern void repeated_phase_assignment();
+/* pair.c */    extern generate_all_pairs();
+/* pair.c */    extern int **find_pairing_cost();
+/* pair.c */    extern int find_best_cost();
+/* pair.c */    extern int greedy_best_cost();
+/* pair.c */    extern int minimize_pair();
+/* pair.c */    extern int pair_free();
+/* pair.c */    extern pair_all();
+/* pair.c */    extern pcover delvar();
+/* pair.c */    extern pcover pairvar();
+/* pair.c */    extern ppair pair_best_cost();
+/* pair.c */    extern ppair pair_new();
+/* pair.c */    extern ppair pair_save();
+/* pair.c */    extern print_pair();
+/* pair.c */    extern void find_optimal_pairing();
+/* pair.c */    extern void set_pair();
+/* pair.c */    extern void set_pair1();
+/* primes.c */    extern pcover primes_consensus();
+/* reduce.c */    extern bool sccc_special_cases();
+/* reduce.c */    extern pcover reduce();
+/* reduce.c */    extern pcube reduce_cube();
+/* reduce.c */    extern pcube sccc();
+/* reduce.c */    extern pcube sccc_cube();
+/* reduce.c */    extern pcube sccc_merge();
+/* set.c */    extern bool set_andp();
+/* set.c */    extern bool set_orp();
+/* set.c */    extern bool setp_disjoint();
+/* set.c */    extern bool setp_empty();
+/* set.c */    extern bool setp_equal();
+/* set.c */    extern bool setp_full();
+/* set.c */    extern bool setp_implies();
+/* set.c */    extern char *pbv1();
+/* set.c */    extern char *ps1();
+/* set.c */    extern int *sf_count();
+/* set.c */    extern int *sf_count_restricted();
+/* set.c */    extern int bit_index();
+/* set.c */    extern int set_dist();
+/* set.c */    extern int set_ord();
+/* set.c */    extern void set_adjcnt();
+/* set.c */    extern pset set_and();
+/* set.c */    extern pset set_clear();
+/* set.c */    extern pset set_copy();
+/* set.c */    extern pset set_diff();
+/* set.c */    extern pset set_fill();
+/* set.c */    extern pset set_merge();
+/* set.c */    extern pset set_or();
+/* set.c */    extern pset set_xor();
+/* set.c */    extern pset sf_and();
+/* set.c */    extern pset sf_or();
+/* set.c */    extern pset_family sf_active();
+/* set.c */    extern pset_family sf_addcol();
+/* set.c */    extern pset_family sf_addset();
+/* set.c */    extern pset_family sf_append();
+/* set.c */    extern pset_family sf_bm_read();
+/* set.c */    extern pset_family sf_compress();
+/* set.c */    extern pset_family sf_copy();
+/* set.c */    extern pset_family sf_copy_col();
+/* set.c */    extern pset_family sf_delc();
+/* set.c */    extern pset_family sf_delcol();
+/* set.c */    extern pset_family sf_inactive();
+/* set.c */    extern pset_family sf_join();
+/* set.c */    extern pset_family sf_new();
+/* set.c */    extern pset_family sf_permute();
+/* set.c */    extern pset_family sf_read();
+/* set.c */    extern pset_family sf_save();
+/* set.c */    extern pset_family sf_transpose();
+/* set.c */    extern void set_write();
+/* set.c */    extern void sf_bm_print();
+/* set.c */    extern void sf_cleanup();
+/* set.c */    extern void sf_delset();
+/* set.c */    extern void sf_free();
+/* set.c */    extern void sf_print();
+/* set.c */    extern void sf_write();
+/* setc.c */    extern bool ccommon();
+/* setc.c */    extern bool cdist0();
+/* setc.c */    extern bool full_row();
+/* setc.c */    extern int ascend();
+/* setc.c */    extern int cactive();
+/* setc.c */    extern int cdist();
+/* setc.c */    extern int cdist01();
+/* setc.c */    extern int cvolume();
+/* setc.c */    extern int d1_order();
+/* setc.c */    extern int d1_order_size();
+/* setc.c */    extern int desc1();
+/* setc.c */    extern int descend();
+/* setc.c */    extern int lex_order();
+/* setc.c */    extern int lex_order1();
+/* setc.c */    extern pset force_lower();
+/* setc.c */    extern void consensus();
+/* sharp.c */    extern pcover cb1_dsharp();
+/* sharp.c */    extern pcover cb_dsharp();
+/* sharp.c */    extern pcover cb_recur_dsharp();
+/* sharp.c */    extern pcover cb_recur_sharp();
+/* sharp.c */    extern pcover cb_sharp();
+/* sharp.c */    extern pcover cv_dsharp();
+/* sharp.c */    extern pcover cv_intersect();
+/* sharp.c */    extern pcover cv_sharp();
+/* sharp.c */    extern pcover dsharp();
+/* sharp.c */    extern pcover make_disjoint();
+/* sharp.c */    extern pcover sharp();
+/* sminterf.c */pset do_sm_minimum_cover();
+/* sparse.c */    extern pcover make_sparse();
+/* sparse.c */    extern pcover mv_reduce();
+#if !defined(__osf__) && !defined(__STDC__) && !defined(__hpux)
+/* ucbqsort.c */    extern qsort();
+#endif
+/* ucbqsort.c */    extern qst();
+/* unate.c */    extern pcover find_all_minimal_covers_petrick();
+/* unate.c */    extern pcover map_cover_to_unate();
+/* unate.c */    extern pcover map_unate_to_cover();
+/* unate.c */    extern pset_family exact_minimum_cover();
+/* unate.c */    extern pset_family gen_primes();
+/* unate.c */    extern pset_family unate_compl();
+/* unate.c */    extern pset_family unate_complement();
+/* unate.c */    extern pset_family unate_intersect();
+/* verify.c */    extern PLA_permute();
+/* verify.c */    extern bool PLA_verify();
+/* verify.c */    extern bool check_consistency();
+/* verify.c */    extern bool verify();
diff --git a/src/misc/espresso/essen.c b/src/misc/espresso/essen.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6a46295d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/espresso/essen.c
@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
+/*
+ * Revision Control Information
+ *
+ * $Source$
+ * $Author$
+ * $Revision$
+ * $Date$
+ *
+ */
+/*
+    module: essen.c
+    purpose: Find essential primes in a multiple-valued function
+*/
+
+#include "espresso.h"
+
+/*
+    essential -- return a cover consisting of the cubes of F which are
+    essential prime implicants (with respect to F u D); Further, remove
+    these cubes from the ON-set F, and add them to the OFF-set D.
+
+    Sometimes EXPAND can determine that a cube is not an essential prime.
+    If so, it will set the "NONESSEN" flag in the cube.
+
+    We count on IRREDUNDANT to have set the flag RELESSEN to indicate
+    that a prime was relatively essential (i.e., covers some minterm
+    not contained in any other prime in the current cover), or to have
+    reset the flag to indicate that a prime was relatively redundant
+    (i.e., all minterms covered by other primes in the current cover).
+    Of course, after executing irredundant, all of the primes in the
+    cover are relatively essential, but we can mark the primes which
+    were redundant at the start of irredundant and avoid an extra check
+    on these primes for essentiality.
+*/
+
+pcover essential(Fp, Dp)
+IN pcover *Fp, *Dp;
+{
+    register pcube last, p;
+    pcover E, F = *Fp, D = *Dp;
+
+    /* set all cubes in F active */
+    (void) sf_active(F);
+
+    /* Might as well start out with some cubes in E */
+    E = new_cover(10);
+
+    foreach_set(F, last, p) {
+    /* don't test a prime which EXPAND says is nonessential */
+    if (! TESTP(p, NONESSEN)) {
+        /* only test a prime which was relatively essential */
+        if (TESTP(p, RELESSEN)) {
+        /* Check essentiality */
+        if (essen_cube(F, D, p)) {
+            if (debug & ESSEN)
+            printf("ESSENTIAL: %s\n", pc1(p));
+            E = sf_addset(E, p);
+            RESET(p, ACTIVE);
+            F->active_count--;
+        }
+        }
+    }
+    }
+
+    *Fp = sf_inactive(F);               /* delete the inactive cubes from F */
+    *Dp = sf_join(D, E);        /* add the essentials to D */
+    sf_free(D);
+    return E;
+}
+
+/*
+    essen_cube -- check if a single cube is essential or not
+
+    The prime c is essential iff
+
+    consensus((F u D) # c, c) u D
+
+    does not contain c.
+*/
+bool essen_cube(F, D, c)
+IN pcover F, D;
+IN pcube c;
+{
+    pcover H, FD;
+    pcube *H1;
+    bool essen;
+
+    /* Append F and D together, and take the sharp-consensus with c */
+    FD = sf_join(F, D);
+    H = cb_consensus(FD, c);
+    free_cover(FD);
+
+    /* Add the don't care set, and see if this covers c */
+    H1 = cube2list(H, D);
+    essen = ! cube_is_covered(H1, c);
+    free_cubelist(H1);
+
+    free_cover(H);
+    return essen;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ *  cb_consensus -- compute consensus(T # c, c)
+ */
+pcover cb_consensus(T, c)
+register pcover T;
+register pcube c;
+{
+    register pcube temp, last, p;
+    register pcover R;
+
+    R = new_cover(T->count*2);
+    temp = new_cube();
+    foreach_set(T, last, p) {
+    if (p != c) {
+        switch (cdist01(p, c)) {
+        case 0:
+            /* distance-0 needs special care */
+            R = cb_consensus_dist0(R, p, c);
+            break;
+
+        case 1:
+            /* distance-1 is easy because no sharping required */
+            consensus(temp, p, c);
+            R = sf_addset(R, temp);
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+    }
+    set_free(temp);
+    return R;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ *  form the sharp-consensus for p and c when they intersect
+ *  What we are forming is consensus(p # c, c).
+ */
+pcover cb_consensus_dist0(R, p, c)
+pcover R;
+register pcube p, c;
+{
+    int var;
+    bool got_one;
+    register pcube temp, mask;
+    register pcube p_diff_c=cube.temp[0], p_and_c=cube.temp[1];
+
+    /* If c contains p, then this gives us no information for essential test */
+    if (setp_implies(p, c)) {
+    return R;
+    }
+
+    /* For the multiple-valued variables */
+    temp = new_cube();
+    got_one = FALSE;
+    INLINEset_diff(p_diff_c, p, c);
+    INLINEset_and(p_and_c, p, c);
+
+    for(var = cube.num_binary_vars; var < cube.num_vars; var++) {
+    /* Check if c(var) is contained in p(var) -- if so, no news */
+    mask = cube.var_mask[var];
+    if (! setp_disjoint(p_diff_c, mask)) {
+        INLINEset_merge(temp, c, p_and_c, mask);
+        R = sf_addset(R, temp);
+        got_one = TRUE;
+    }
+    }
+
+    /* if no cube so far, add one for the intersection */
+    if (! got_one && cube.num_binary_vars > 0) {
+    /* Add a single cube for the intersection of p and c */
+    INLINEset_and(temp, p, c);
+    R = sf_addset(R, temp);
+    }
+
+    set_free(temp);
+    return R;
+}
diff --git a/src/misc/espresso/exact.c b/src/misc/espresso/exact.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b1943636
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/espresso/exact.c
@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
+/*
+ * Revision Control Information
+ *
+ * $Source$
+ * $Author$
+ * $Revision$
+ * $Date$
+ *
+ */
+#include "espresso.h"
+
+
+static void dump_irredundant();
+static pcover do_minimize();
+
+
+/*
+ *  minimize_exact -- main entry point for exact minimization
+ *
+ *  Global flags which affect this routine are:
+ *
+ *      debug
+ *      skip_make_sparse
+ */
+
+pcover
+minimize_exact(F, D, R, exact_cover)
+pcover F, D, R;
+int exact_cover;
+{
+    return do_minimize(F, D, R, exact_cover, /*weighted*/ 0);
+}
+
+
+pcover
+minimize_exact_literals(F, D, R, exact_cover)
+pcover F, D, R;
+int exact_cover;
+{
+    return do_minimize(F, D, R, exact_cover, /*weighted*/ 1);
+}
+
+
+
+static pcover
+do_minimize(F, D, R, exact_cover, weighted)
+pcover F, D, R;
+int exact_cover;
+int weighted;
+{
+    pcover newF, E, Rt, Rp;
+    pset p, last;
+    int heur, level, *weights, i;
+    sm_matrix *table;
+    sm_row *cover;
+    sm_element *pe;
+    int debug_save = debug;
+
+    if (debug & EXACT) {
+    debug |= (IRRED | MINCOV);
+    }
+#if defined(sun) || defined(bsd4_2)            /* hack ... */
+    if (debug & MINCOV) {
+    setlinebuf(stdout);
+    }
+#endif
+    level = (debug & MINCOV) ? 4 : 0;
+    heur = ! exact_cover;
+
+    /* Generate all prime implicants */
+    EXEC(F = primes_consensus(cube2list(F, D)), "PRIMES     ", F);
+
+    /* Setup the prime implicant table */
+    EXEC(irred_split_cover(F, D, &E, &Rt, &Rp), "ESSENTIALS ", E);
+    EXEC(table = irred_derive_table(D, E, Rp),  "PI-TABLE   ", Rp);
+
+    /* Solve either a weighted or nonweighted covering problem */
+    if (weighted) {
+    /* correct only for all 2-valued variables */
+    weights = ALLOC(int, F->count);
+    foreach_set(Rp, last, p) {
+        weights[SIZE(p)] = cube.size - set_ord(p);
+        /* We have added the 0's in the output part instead of the 1's.
+           This loop corrects the literal count. */
+        for (i = cube.first_part[cube.output];
+         i <= cube.last_part[cube.output]; i++) {
+        is_in_set(p, i) ? weights[SIZE(p)]++ : weights[SIZE(p)]--;
+        }
+    }
+    } else {
+    weights = NIL(int);
+    }
+    EXEC(cover=sm_minimum_cover(table,weights,heur,level), "MINCOV     ", F);
+    if (weights != 0) {
+    FREE(weights);
+    }
+
+    if (debug & EXACT) {
+    dump_irredundant(E, Rt, Rp, table);
+    }
+
+    /* Form the result cover */
+    newF = new_cover(100);
+    foreach_set(E, last, p) {
+    newF = sf_addset(newF, p);
+    }
+    sm_foreach_row_element(cover, pe) {
+    newF = sf_addset(newF, GETSET(F, pe->col_num));
+    }
+
+    free_cover(E);
+    free_cover(Rt);
+    free_cover(Rp);
+    sm_free(table);
+    sm_row_free(cover);
+    free_cover(F);
+
+    /* Attempt to make the results more sparse */
+    debug &= ~ (IRRED | SHARP | MINCOV);
+    if (! skip_make_sparse && R != 0) {
+    newF = make_sparse(newF, D, R);
+    }
+
+    debug = debug_save;
+    return newF;
+}
+
+static void
+dump_irredundant(E, Rt, Rp, table)
+pcover E, Rt, Rp;
+sm_matrix *table;
+{
+    FILE *fp_pi_table, *fp_primes;
+    pPLA PLA;
+    pset last, p;
+    char *file;
+
+    if (filename == 0 || strcmp(filename, "(stdin)") == 0) {
+    fp_pi_table = fp_primes = stdout;
+    } else {
+    file = ALLOC(char, strlen(filename)+20);
+    (void) sprintf(file, "%s.primes", filename);
+    if ((fp_primes = fopen(file, "w")) == NULL) {
+        (void) fprintf(stderr, "espresso: Unable to open %s\n", file);
+        fp_primes = stdout;
+    }
+    (void) sprintf(file, "%s.pi", filename);
+    if ((fp_pi_table = fopen(file, "w")) == NULL) {
+        (void) fprintf(stderr, "espresso: Unable to open %s\n", file);
+        fp_pi_table = stdout;
+    }
+    FREE(file);
+    }
+
+    PLA = new_PLA();
+    PLA_labels(PLA);
+
+    fpr_header(fp_primes, PLA, F_type);
+    free_PLA(PLA);
+
+    (void) fprintf(fp_primes, "# Essential primes are\n");
+    foreach_set(E, last, p) {
+    (void) fprintf(fp_primes, "%s\n", pc1(p));
+    }
+    (void) fprintf(fp_primes, "# Totally redundant primes are\n");
+    foreach_set(Rt, last, p) {
+    (void) fprintf(fp_primes, "%s\n", pc1(p));
+    }
+    (void) fprintf(fp_primes, "# Partially redundant primes are\n");
+    foreach_set(Rp, last, p) {
+    (void) fprintf(fp_primes, "%s\n", pc1(p));
+    }
+    if (fp_primes != stdout) {
+    (void) fclose(fp_primes);
+    }
+    
+    sm_write(fp_pi_table, table);
+    if (fp_pi_table != stdout) {
+    (void) fclose(fp_pi_table);
+    }
+}
diff --git a/src/misc/espresso/expand.c b/src/misc/espresso/expand.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2765d71c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/espresso/expand.c
@@ -0,0 +1,693 @@
+/*
+ * Revision Control Information
+ *
+ * $Source$
+ * $Author$
+ * $Revision$
+ * $Date$
+ *
+ */
+/*
+    module: expand.c
+    purpose: Perform the Espresso-II Expansion Step
+
+    The idea is to take each nonprime cube of the on-set and expand it
+    into a prime implicant such that we can cover as many other cubes
+    of the on-set.  If no cube of the on-set can be covered, then we
+    expand each cube into a large prime implicant by transforming the
+    problem into a minimum covering problem which is solved by the
+    heuristics of minimum_cover.
+
+    These routines revolve around having a representation of the
+    OFF-set.  (In contrast to the Espresso-II manuscript, we do NOT
+    require an "unwrapped" version of the OFF-set).
+
+    Some conventions on variable names:
+
+    SUPER_CUBE is the supercube of all cubes which can be covered
+    by an expansion of the cube being expanded
+
+    OVEREXPANDED_CUBE is the cube which would result from expanding
+    all parts which can expand individually of the cube being expanded
+
+    RAISE is the current expansion of the current cube
+
+    FREESET is the set of parts which haven't been raised or lowered yet.
+
+    INIT_LOWER is a set of parts to be removed from the free parts before
+    starting the expansion
+*/
+
+#include "espresso.h"
+
+/*
+    expand -- expand each nonprime cube of F into a prime implicant
+
+    If nonsparse is true, only the non-sparse variables will be expanded;
+    this is done by forcing all of the sparse variables out of the free set.
+*/
+
+pcover expand(F, R, nonsparse)
+INOUT pcover F;
+IN pcover R;
+IN bool nonsparse;              /* expand non-sparse variables only */
+{
+    register pcube last, p;
+    pcube RAISE, FREESET, INIT_LOWER, SUPER_CUBE, OVEREXPANDED_CUBE;
+    int var, num_covered;
+    bool change;
+
+    /* Order the cubes according to "chewing-away from the edges" of mini */
+    if (use_random_order)
+    F = random_order(F);
+    else
+    F = mini_sort(F, ascend);
+
+    /* Allocate memory for variables needed by expand1() */
+    RAISE = new_cube();
+    FREESET = new_cube();
+    INIT_LOWER = new_cube();
+    SUPER_CUBE = new_cube();
+    OVEREXPANDED_CUBE = new_cube();
+
+    /* Setup the initial lowering set (differs only for nonsparse) */
+    if (nonsparse)
+    for(var = 0; var < cube.num_vars; var++)
+        if (cube.sparse[var])
+        (void) set_or(INIT_LOWER, INIT_LOWER, cube.var_mask[var]);
+
+    /* Mark all cubes as not covered, and maybe essential */
+    foreach_set(F, last, p) {
+    RESET(p, COVERED);
+    RESET(p, NONESSEN);
+    }
+
+    /* Try to expand each nonprime and noncovered cube */
+    foreach_set(F, last, p) {
+    /* do not expand if PRIME or if covered by previous expansion */
+    if (! TESTP(p, PRIME) && ! TESTP(p, COVERED)) {
+
+        /* expand the cube p, result is RAISE */
+        expand1(R, F, RAISE, FREESET, OVEREXPANDED_CUBE, SUPER_CUBE,
+        INIT_LOWER, &num_covered, p);
+        if (debug & EXPAND)
+        printf("EXPAND: %s (covered %d)\n", pc1(p), num_covered);
+        (void) set_copy(p, RAISE);
+        SET(p, PRIME);
+        RESET(p, COVERED);        /* not really necessary */
+
+        /* See if we generated an inessential prime */
+        if (num_covered == 0 && ! setp_equal(p, OVEREXPANDED_CUBE)) {
+        SET(p, NONESSEN);
+        }
+    }
+    }
+
+    /* Delete any cubes of F which became covered during the expansion */
+    F->active_count = 0;
+    change = FALSE;
+    foreach_set(F, last, p) {
+    if (TESTP(p, COVERED)) {
+        RESET(p, ACTIVE);
+        change = TRUE;
+    } else {
+        SET(p, ACTIVE);
+        F->active_count++;
+    }
+    }
+    if (change)
+    F = sf_inactive(F);
+
+    free_cube(RAISE);
+    free_cube(FREESET);
+    free_cube(INIT_LOWER);
+    free_cube(SUPER_CUBE);
+    free_cube(OVEREXPANDED_CUBE);
+    return F;
+}
+
+/*
+    expand1 -- Expand a single cube against the OFF-set
+*/
+void expand1(BB, CC, RAISE, FREESET, OVEREXPANDED_CUBE, SUPER_CUBE,
+        INIT_LOWER, num_covered, c)
+pcover BB;            /* Blocking matrix (OFF-set) */
+pcover CC;            /* Covering matrix (ON-set) */
+pcube RAISE;            /* The current parts which have been raised */
+pcube FREESET;            /* The current parts which are free */
+pcube OVEREXPANDED_CUBE;    /* Overexpanded cube of c */
+pcube SUPER_CUBE;        /* Supercube of all cubes of CC we cover */
+pcube INIT_LOWER;        /* Parts to initially remove from FREESET */
+int *num_covered;        /* Number of cubes of CC which are covered */
+pcube c;            /* The cube to be expanded */
+{
+    int bestindex;
+
+    if (debug & EXPAND1)
+    printf("\nEXPAND1:    \t%s\n", pc1(c));
+
+    /* initialize BB and CC */
+    SET(c, PRIME);        /* don't try to cover ourself */
+    setup_BB_CC(BB, CC);
+
+    /* initialize count of # cubes covered, and the supercube of them */
+    *num_covered = 0;
+    (void) set_copy(SUPER_CUBE, c);
+
+    /* Initialize the lowering, raising and unassigned sets */
+    (void) set_copy(RAISE, c);
+    (void) set_diff(FREESET, cube.fullset, RAISE);
+
+    /* If some parts are forced into lowering set, remove them */
+    if (! setp_empty(INIT_LOWER)) {
+    (void) set_diff(FREESET, FREESET, INIT_LOWER);
+    elim_lowering(BB, CC, RAISE, FREESET);
+    }
+
+    /* Determine what can be raised, and return the over-expanded cube */
+    essen_parts(BB, CC, RAISE, FREESET);
+    (void) set_or(OVEREXPANDED_CUBE, RAISE, FREESET);
+
+    /* While there are still cubes which can be covered, cover them ! */
+    if (CC->active_count > 0) {
+    select_feasible(BB, CC, RAISE, FREESET, SUPER_CUBE, num_covered);
+    }
+
+    /* While there are still cubes covered by the overexpanded cube ... */
+    while (CC->active_count > 0) {
+    bestindex = most_frequent(CC, FREESET);
+    set_insert(RAISE, bestindex);
+    set_remove(FREESET, bestindex);
+    essen_parts(BB, CC, RAISE, FREESET);
+    }
+
+    /* Finally, when all else fails, choose the largest possible prime */
+    /* We will loop only if we decide unravelling OFF-set is too expensive */
+    while (BB->active_count > 0) {
+    mincov(BB, RAISE, FREESET);
+    }
+
+    /* Raise any remaining free coordinates */
+    (void) set_or(RAISE, RAISE, FREESET);
+}
+
+/*
+    essen_parts -- determine which parts are forced into the lowering
+    set to insure that the cube be orthognal to the OFF-set.
+
+    If any cube of the OFF-set is distance 1 from the raising cube,
+    then we must lower all parts of the conflicting variable.  (If the
+    cube is distance 0, we detect this error here.)
+
+    If there are essentially lowered parts, we can remove from consideration
+    any cubes of the OFF-set which are more than distance 1 from the
+    overexpanded cube of RAISE.
+*/
+
+void essen_parts(BB, CC, RAISE, FREESET)
+pcover BB, CC;
+pcube RAISE, FREESET;
+{
+    register pcube p, r = RAISE;
+    pcube lastp, xlower = cube.temp[0];
+    int dist;
+
+    (void) set_copy(xlower, cube.emptyset);
+
+    foreach_active_set(BB, lastp, p) {
+#ifdef NO_INLINE
+    if ((dist = cdist01(p, r)) > 1) goto exit_if;
+#else
+ {register int w,last;register unsigned int x;dist=0;if((last=cube.inword)!=-1)
+{x=p[last]&r[last];if(x=~(x|x>>1)&cube.inmask)if((dist=count_ones(x))>1)goto
+exit_if;for(w=1;w<last;w++){x=p[w]&r[w];if(x=~(x|x>>1)&DISJOINT)if(dist==1||(
+dist+=count_ones(x))>1)goto exit_if;}}}{register int w,var,last;register pcube
+mask;for(var=cube.num_binary_vars;var<cube.num_vars;var++){mask=cube.var_mask[
+var];last=cube.last_word[var];for(w=cube.first_word[var];w<=last;w++)if(p[w]&r[
+w]&mask[w])goto nextvar;if(++dist>1)goto exit_if;nextvar:;}}
+#endif
+    if (dist == 0) {
+        fatal("ON-set and OFF-set are not orthogonal");
+    } else {
+        (void) force_lower(xlower, p, r);
+        BB->active_count--;
+        RESET(p, ACTIVE);
+    }
+exit_if: ;
+    }
+
+    if (! setp_empty(xlower)) {
+    (void) set_diff(FREESET, FREESET, xlower);/* remove from free set */
+    elim_lowering(BB, CC, RAISE, FREESET);
+    }
+
+    if (debug & EXPAND1)
+    printf("ESSEN_PARTS:\tRAISE=%s FREESET=%s\n", pc1(RAISE), pc2(FREESET));
+}
+
+/*
+    essen_raising -- determine which parts may always be added to
+    the raising set without restricting further expansions
+
+    General rule: if some part is not blocked by any cube of BB, then
+    this part can always be raised.
+*/
+
+void essen_raising(BB, RAISE, FREESET)
+register pcover BB;
+pcube RAISE, FREESET;
+{
+    register pcube last, p, xraise = cube.temp[0];
+
+    /* Form union of all cubes of BB, and then take complement wrt FREESET */
+    (void) set_copy(xraise, cube.emptyset);
+    foreach_active_set(BB, last, p)
+    INLINEset_or(xraise, xraise, p);
+    (void) set_diff(xraise, FREESET, xraise);
+
+    (void) set_or(RAISE, RAISE, xraise);         /* add to raising set */
+    (void) set_diff(FREESET, FREESET, xraise);       /* remove from free set */
+
+    if (debug & EXPAND1)
+    printf("ESSEN_RAISING:\tRAISE=%s FREESET=%s\n",
+        pc1(RAISE), pc2(FREESET));
+}
+
+/*
+    elim_lowering -- after removing parts from FREESET, we can reduce the
+    size of both BB and CC.
+
+    We mark as inactive any cube of BB which does not intersect the
+    overexpanded cube (i.e., RAISE + FREESET).  Likewise, we remove
+    from CC any cube which is not covered by the overexpanded cube.
+*/
+
+void elim_lowering(BB, CC, RAISE, FREESET)
+pcover BB, CC;
+pcube RAISE, FREESET;
+{
+    register pcube p, r = set_or(cube.temp[0], RAISE, FREESET);
+    pcube last;
+
+    /*
+     *  Remove sets of BB which are orthogonal to future expansions
+     */
+    foreach_active_set(BB, last, p) {
+#ifdef NO_INLINE
+    if (! cdist0(p, r))
+#else
+ {register int w,lastw;register unsigned int x;if((lastw=cube.inword)!=-1){x=p[
+lastw]&r[lastw];if(~(x|x>>1)&cube.inmask)goto false;for(w=1;w<lastw;w++){x=p[w]
+&r[w];if(~(x|x>>1)&DISJOINT)goto false;}}}{register int w,var,lastw;register
+pcube mask;for(var=cube.num_binary_vars;var<cube.num_vars;var++){mask=cube.
+var_mask[var];lastw=cube.last_word[var];for(w=cube.first_word[var];w<=lastw;w++)
+if(p[w]&r[w]&mask[w])goto nextvar;goto false;nextvar:;}}continue;false:
+#endif
+        BB->active_count--, RESET(p, ACTIVE);
+    }
+
+
+    /*
+     *  Remove sets of CC which cannot be covered by future expansions
+     */
+    if (CC != (pcover) NULL) {
+    foreach_active_set(CC, last, p) {
+#ifdef NO_INLINE
+        if (! setp_implies(p, r))
+#else
+        INLINEsetp_implies(p, r, /* when false => */ goto false1);
+        /* when true => go to end of loop */ continue;
+        false1:
+#endif
+        CC->active_count--, RESET(p, ACTIVE);
+    }
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+    most_frequent -- When all else fails, select a reasonable part to raise
+    The active cubes of CC are the cubes which are covered by the
+    overexpanded cube of the original cube (however, we know that none
+    of them can actually be covered by a feasible expansion of the
+    original cube).  We resort to the MINI strategy of selecting to
+    raise the part which will cover the same part in the most cubes of CC.
+*/
+int most_frequent(CC, FREESET)
+pcover CC;
+pcube FREESET;
+{
+    register int i, best_part, best_count, *count;
+    register pset p, last;
+
+    /* Count occurences of each variable */
+    count = ALLOC(int, cube.size);
+    for(i = 0; i < cube.size; i++)
+    count[i] = 0;
+    if (CC != (pcover) NULL)
+    foreach_active_set(CC, last, p)
+        set_adjcnt(p, count, 1);
+
+    /* Now find which free part occurs most often */
+    best_count = best_part = -1;
+    for(i = 0; i < cube.size; i++)
+    if (is_in_set(FREESET,i) && count[i] > best_count) {
+        best_part = i;
+        best_count = count[i];
+    }
+    FREE(count);
+
+    if (debug & EXPAND1)
+    printf("MOST_FREQUENT:\tbest=%d FREESET=%s\n", best_part, pc2(FREESET));
+    return best_part;
+}
+
+/*
+    setup_BB_CC -- set up the blocking and covering set families;
+
+    Note that the blocking family is merely the set of cubes of R, and
+    that CC is the set of cubes of F which might possibly be covered
+    (i.e., nonprime cubes, and cubes not already covered)
+*/
+
+void setup_BB_CC(BB, CC)
+register pcover BB, CC;
+{
+    register pcube p, last;
+
+    /* Create the block and cover set families */
+    BB->active_count = BB->count;
+    foreach_set(BB, last, p)
+    SET(p, ACTIVE);
+
+    if (CC != (pcover) NULL) {
+    CC->active_count = CC->count;
+    foreach_set(CC, last, p)
+        if (TESTP(p, COVERED) || TESTP(p, PRIME))
+        CC->active_count--, RESET(p, ACTIVE);
+        else
+        SET(p, ACTIVE);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+    select_feasible -- Determine if there are cubes which can be covered,
+    and if so, raise those parts necessary to cover as many as possible.
+
+    We really don't check to maximize the number that can be covered;
+    instead, we check, for each fcc, how many other fcc remain fcc
+    after expanding to cover the fcc.  (Essentially one-level lookahead).
+*/
+
+void select_feasible(BB, CC, RAISE, FREESET, SUPER_CUBE, num_covered)
+pcover BB, CC;
+pcube RAISE, FREESET, SUPER_CUBE;
+int *num_covered;
+{
+    register pcube p, last, bestfeas, *feas;
+    register int i, j;
+    pcube *feas_new_lower;
+    int bestcount, bestsize, count, size, numfeas, lastfeas;
+    pcover new_lower;
+
+    /*  Start out with all cubes covered by the over-expanded cube as
+     *  the "possibly" feasibly-covered cubes (pfcc)
+     */
+    feas = ALLOC(pcube, CC->active_count);
+    numfeas = 0;
+    foreach_active_set(CC, last, p)
+    feas[numfeas++] = p;
+
+    /* Setup extra cubes to record parts forced low after a covering */
+    feas_new_lower = ALLOC(pcube, CC->active_count);
+    new_lower = new_cover(numfeas);
+    for(i = 0; i < numfeas; i++)
+    feas_new_lower[i] = GETSET(new_lower, i);
+
+
+loop:
+    /* Find the essentially raised parts -- this might cover some cubes
+       for us, without having to find out if they are fcc or not
+    */
+    essen_raising(BB, RAISE, FREESET);
+
+    /* Now check all "possibly" feasibly covered cubes to check feasibility */
+    lastfeas = numfeas;
+    numfeas = 0;
+    for(i = 0; i < lastfeas; i++) {
+    p = feas[i];
+
+    /* Check active because essen_parts might have removed it */
+    if (TESTP(p, ACTIVE)) {
+
+        /*  See if the cube is already covered by RAISE --
+         *  this can happen because of essen_raising() or because of
+         *  the previous "loop"
+         */
+        if (setp_implies(p, RAISE)) {
+        (*num_covered) += 1;
+        (void) set_or(SUPER_CUBE, SUPER_CUBE, p);
+        CC->active_count--;
+        RESET(p, ACTIVE);
+        SET(p, COVERED);
+        /* otherwise, test if it is feasibly covered */
+        } else if (feasibly_covered(BB,p,RAISE,feas_new_lower[numfeas])) {
+        feas[numfeas] = p;            /* save the fcc */
+        numfeas++;
+        }
+    }
+    }
+    if (debug & EXPAND1)
+    printf("SELECT_FEASIBLE: started with %d pfcc, ended with %d fcc\n",
+        lastfeas, numfeas);
+
+    /* Exit here if there are no feasibly covered cubes */
+    if (numfeas == 0) {
+    FREE(feas);
+    FREE(feas_new_lower);
+    free_cover(new_lower);
+    return;
+    }
+
+    /* Now find which is the best feasibly covered cube */
+    bestcount = 0;
+    bestsize = 9999;
+    for(i = 0; i < numfeas; i++) {
+    size = set_dist(feas[i], FREESET);    /* # of newly raised parts */
+    count = 0;    /* # of other cubes which remain fcc after raising */
+
+#define NEW
+#ifdef NEW
+    for(j = 0; j < numfeas; j++)
+        if (setp_disjoint(feas_new_lower[i], feas[j]))
+        count++;
+#else
+    for(j = 0; j < numfeas; j++)
+        if (setp_implies(feas[j], feas[i]))
+        count++;
+#endif
+    if (count > bestcount) {
+        bestcount = count;
+        bestfeas = feas[i];
+        bestsize = size;
+    } else if (count == bestcount && size < bestsize) {
+        bestfeas = feas[i];
+        bestsize = size;
+    }
+    }
+
+    /* Add the necessary parts to the raising set */
+    (void) set_or(RAISE, RAISE, bestfeas);
+    (void) set_diff(FREESET, FREESET, RAISE);
+    if (debug & EXPAND1)
+    printf("FEASIBLE:  \tRAISE=%s FREESET=%s\n", pc1(RAISE), pc2(FREESET));
+    essen_parts(BB, CC, RAISE, FREESET);
+    goto loop;
+/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+/*
+    feasibly_covered -- determine if the cube c is feasibly covered
+    (i.e., if it is possible to raise all of the necessary variables
+    while still insuring orthogonality with R).  Also, if c is feasibly
+    covered, then compute the new set of parts which are forced into
+    the lowering set.
+*/
+
+bool feasibly_covered(BB, c, RAISE, new_lower)
+pcover BB;
+pcube c, RAISE, new_lower;
+{
+    register pcube p, r = set_or(cube.temp[0], RAISE, c);
+    int dist;
+    pcube lastp;
+
+    set_copy(new_lower, cube.emptyset);
+    foreach_active_set(BB, lastp, p) {
+#ifdef NO_INLINE
+    if ((dist = cdist01(p, r)) > 1) goto exit_if;
+#else
+ {register int w,last;register unsigned int x;dist=0;if((last=cube.inword)!=-1)
+{x=p[last]&r[last];if(x=~(x|x>>1)&cube.inmask)if((dist=count_ones(x))>1)goto
+exit_if;for(w=1;w<last;w++){x=p[w]&r[w];if(x=~(x|x>>1)&DISJOINT)if(dist==1||(
+dist+=count_ones(x))>1)goto exit_if;}}}{register int w,var,last;register pcube
+mask;for(var=cube.num_binary_vars;var<cube.num_vars;var++){mask=cube.var_mask[
+var];last=cube.last_word[var];for(w=cube.first_word[var];w<=last;w++)if(p[w]&r[
+w]&mask[w])goto nextvar;if(++dist>1)goto exit_if;nextvar:;}}
+#endif
+    if (dist == 0)
+        return FALSE;
+    else
+        (void) force_lower(new_lower, p, r);
+    exit_if: ;
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*
+    mincov -- transform the problem of expanding a cube to a maximally-
+    large prime implicant into the problem of selecting a minimum
+    cardinality cover over a family of sets.
+
+    When we get to this point, we must unravel the remaining off-set.
+    This may be painful.
+*/
+
+void mincov(BB, RAISE, FREESET)
+pcover BB;
+pcube RAISE, FREESET;
+{
+    int expansion, nset, var, dist;
+    pset_family B;
+    register pcube xraise=cube.temp[0], xlower, p, last, plower;
+
+#ifdef RANDOM_MINCOV
+#if defined(_POSIX_SOURCE) || defined(__SVR4)
+    dist = rand() % set_ord(FREESET);
+#else
+    dist = random() % set_ord(FREESET);
+#endif
+    for(var = 0; var < cube.size && dist >= 0; var++) {
+    if (is_in_set(FREESET, var)) {
+        dist--;
+    }
+    }
+
+    set_insert(RAISE, var);
+    set_remove(FREESET, var);
+    (void) essen_parts(BB, /*CC*/ (pcover) NULL, RAISE, FREESET);
+#else
+
+    /* Create B which are those cubes which we must avoid intersecting */
+    B = new_cover(BB->active_count);
+    foreach_active_set(BB, last, p) {
+    plower = set_copy(GETSET(B, B->count++), cube.emptyset);
+    (void) force_lower(plower, p, RAISE);
+    }
+
+    /* Determine how many sets it will blow up into after the unravel */
+    nset = 0;
+    foreach_set(B, last, p) {
+    expansion = 1;
+    for(var = cube.num_binary_vars; var < cube.num_vars; var++) {
+        if ((dist=set_dist(p, cube.var_mask[var])) > 1) {
+        expansion *= dist;
+        if (expansion > 500) goto heuristic_mincov;
+        }
+    }
+    nset += expansion;
+    if (nset > 500) goto heuristic_mincov;
+    }
+
+    B = unravel(B, cube.num_binary_vars);
+    xlower = do_sm_minimum_cover(B);
+
+    /* Add any remaining free parts to the raising set */
+    (void) set_or(RAISE, RAISE, set_diff(xraise, FREESET, xlower));
+    (void) set_copy(FREESET, cube.emptyset);    /* free set is empty */
+    BB->active_count = 0;            /* BB satisfied */
+    if (debug & EXPAND1) {
+    printf("MINCOV:    \tRAISE=%s FREESET=%s\n", pc1(RAISE), pc2(FREESET));
+    }
+    sf_free(B);
+    set_free(xlower);
+    return;
+
+heuristic_mincov:
+    sf_free(B);
+    /* most_frequent will pick first free part */
+    set_insert(RAISE, most_frequent(/*CC*/ (pcover) NULL, FREESET));
+    (void) set_diff(FREESET, FREESET, RAISE);
+    essen_parts(BB, /*CC*/ (pcover) NULL, RAISE, FREESET);
+    return;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+    find_all_primes -- find all of the primes which cover the
+    currently reduced BB
+*/
+pcover find_all_primes(BB, RAISE, FREESET)
+pcover BB;
+register pcube RAISE, FREESET;
+{
+    register pset last, p, plower;
+    pset_family B, B1;
+
+    if (BB->active_count == 0) {
+    B1 = new_cover(1);
+    p = GETSET(B1, B1->count++);
+    (void) set_copy(p, RAISE);
+    SET(p, PRIME);
+    } else {
+    B = new_cover(BB->active_count);
+    foreach_active_set(BB, last, p) {
+        plower = set_copy(GETSET(B, B->count++), cube.emptyset);
+        (void) force_lower(plower, p, RAISE);
+    }
+    B = sf_rev_contain(unravel(B, cube.num_binary_vars));
+    B1 = exact_minimum_cover(B);
+    foreach_set(B1, last, p) {
+        INLINEset_diff(p, FREESET, p);
+        INLINEset_or(p, p, RAISE);
+        SET(p, PRIME);
+    }
+    free_cover(B);
+    }
+    return B1;
+}
+
+/*
+    all_primes -- foreach cube in F, generate all of the primes
+    which cover the cube.
+*/
+
+pcover all_primes(F, R)
+pcover F, R;
+{
+    register pcube last, p, RAISE, FREESET;
+    pcover Fall_primes, B1;
+
+    FREESET = new_cube();
+    RAISE = new_cube();
+    Fall_primes = new_cover(F->count);
+
+    foreach_set(F, last, p) {
+    if (TESTP(p, PRIME)) {
+        Fall_primes = sf_addset(Fall_primes, p);
+    } else {
+        /* Setup for call to essential parts */
+        (void) set_copy(RAISE, p);
+        (void) set_diff(FREESET, cube.fullset, RAISE);
+        setup_BB_CC(R, /* CC */ (pcover) NULL);
+        essen_parts(R, /* CC */ (pcover) NULL, RAISE, FREESET);
+
+        /* Find all of the primes, and add them to the prime set */
+        B1 = find_all_primes(R, RAISE, FREESET);
+        Fall_primes = sf_append(Fall_primes, B1);
+    }
+    }
+
+    set_free(RAISE);
+    set_free(FREESET);
+    return Fall_primes;
+}
diff --git a/src/misc/espresso/gasp.c b/src/misc/espresso/gasp.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..aa3254d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/espresso/gasp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
+/*
+ * Revision Control Information
+ *
+ * $Source$
+ * $Author$
+ * $Revision$
+ * $Date$
+ *
+ */
+/*
+    module: gasp.c
+
+    The "last_gasp" heuristic computes the reduction of each cube in
+    the cover (without replacement) and then performs an expansion of
+    these cubes.  The cubes which expand to cover some other cube are
+    added to the original cover and irredundant finds a minimal subset.
+
+    If one of the reduced cubes expands to cover some other reduced
+    cube, then the new prime thus generated is a candidate for reducing
+    the size of the cover.
+
+    super_gasp is a variation on this strategy which extracts a minimal
+    subset from the set of all prime implicants which cover all
+    maximally reduced cubes.
+*/
+
+#include "espresso.h"
+
+
+/*
+ *  reduce_gasp -- compute the maximal reduction of each cube of F
+ *
+ *  If a cube does not reduce, it remains prime; otherwise, it is marked
+ *  as nonprime.   If the cube is redundant (should NEVER happen here) we
+ *  just crap out ...
+ *
+ *  A cover with all of the cubes of F is returned.  Those that did
+ *  reduce are marked "NONPRIME"; those that reduced are marked "PRIME".
+ *  The cubes are in the same order as in F.
+ */
+static pcover reduce_gasp(F, D)
+pcover F, D;
+{
+    pcube p, last, cunder, *FD;
+    pcover G;
+
+    G = new_cover(F->count);
+    FD = cube2list(F, D);
+
+    /* Reduce cubes of F without replacement */
+    foreach_set(F, last, p) {
+    cunder = reduce_cube(FD, p);
+    if (setp_empty(cunder)) {
+        fatal("empty reduction in reduce_gasp, shouldn't happen");
+    } else if (setp_equal(cunder, p)) {
+        SET(cunder, PRIME);            /* just to make sure */
+        G = sf_addset(G, p);        /* it did not reduce ... */
+    } else {
+        RESET(cunder, PRIME);        /* it reduced ... */
+        G = sf_addset(G, cunder);
+    }
+    if (debug & GASP) {
+        printf("REDUCE_GASP: %s reduced to %s\n", pc1(p), pc2(cunder));
+    }
+    free_cube(cunder);
+    }
+
+    free_cubelist(FD);
+    return G;
+}
+
+/*
+ *  expand_gasp -- expand each nonprime cube of F into a prime implicant
+ *
+ *  The gasp strategy differs in that only those cubes which expand to
+ *  cover some other cube are saved; also, all cubes are expanded
+ *  regardless of whether they become covered or not.
+ */
+
+pcover expand_gasp(F, D, R, Foriginal)
+INOUT pcover F;
+IN pcover D;
+IN pcover R;
+IN pcover Foriginal;
+{
+    int c1index;
+    pcover G;
+
+    /* Try to expand each nonprime and noncovered cube */
+    G = new_cover(10);
+    for(c1index = 0; c1index < F->count; c1index++) {
+    expand1_gasp(F, D, R, Foriginal, c1index, &G);
+    }
+    G = sf_dupl(G);
+    G = expand(G, R, /*nonsparse*/ FALSE);    /* Make them prime ! */
+    return G;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ *  expand1 -- Expand a single cube against the OFF-set, using the gasp strategy
+ */
+void expand1_gasp(F, D, R, Foriginal, c1index, G)
+pcover F;        /* reduced cubes of ON-set */
+pcover D;        /* DC-set */
+pcover R;        /* OFF-set */
+pcover Foriginal;    /* ON-set before reduction (same order as F) */
+int c1index;        /* which index of F (or Freduced) to be checked */
+pcover *G;
+{
+    register int c2index;
+    register pcube p, last, c2under;
+    pcube RAISE, FREESET, temp, *FD, c2essential;
+    pcover F1;
+
+    if (debug & EXPAND1) {
+    printf("\nEXPAND1_GASP:    \t%s\n", pc1(GETSET(F, c1index)));
+    }
+
+    RAISE = new_cube();
+    FREESET = new_cube();
+    temp = new_cube();
+
+    /* Initialize the OFF-set */
+    R->active_count = R->count;
+    foreach_set(R, last, p) {
+    SET(p, ACTIVE);
+    }
+    /* Initialize the reduced ON-set, all nonprime cubes become active */
+    F->active_count = F->count;
+    foreachi_set(F, c2index, c2under) {
+    if (c1index == c2index || TESTP(c2under, PRIME)) {
+        F->active_count--;
+        RESET(c2under, ACTIVE);
+    } else {
+        SET(c2under, ACTIVE);
+    }
+    }
+
+    /* Initialize the raising and unassigned sets */
+    (void) set_copy(RAISE, GETSET(F, c1index));
+    (void) set_diff(FREESET, cube.fullset, RAISE);
+
+    /* Determine parts which must be lowered */
+    essen_parts(R, F, RAISE, FREESET);
+
+    /* Determine parts which can always be raised */
+    essen_raising(R, RAISE, FREESET);
+
+    /* See which, if any, of the reduced cubes we can cover */
+    foreachi_set(F, c2index, c2under) {
+    if (TESTP(c2under, ACTIVE)) {
+        /* See if this cube can be covered by an expansion */
+        if (setp_implies(c2under, RAISE) ||
+          feasibly_covered(R, c2under, RAISE, temp)) {
+        
+        /* See if c1under can expanded to cover c2 reduced against
+         * (F - c1) u c1under; if so, c2 can definitely be removed !
+         */
+
+        /* Copy F and replace c1 with c1under */
+        F1 = sf_save(Foriginal);
+        (void) set_copy(GETSET(F1, c1index), GETSET(F, c1index));
+
+        /* Reduce c2 against ((F - c1) u c1under) */
+        FD = cube2list(F1, D);
+        c2essential = reduce_cube(FD, GETSET(F1, c2index));
+        free_cubelist(FD);
+        sf_free(F1);
+
+        /* See if c2essential is covered by an expansion of c1under */
+        if (feasibly_covered(R, c2essential, RAISE, temp)) {
+            (void) set_or(temp, RAISE, c2essential);
+            RESET(temp, PRIME);        /* cube not prime */
+            *G = sf_addset(*G, temp);
+        }
+        set_free(c2essential);
+        }
+    }
+    }
+
+    free_cube(RAISE);
+    free_cube(FREESET);
+    free_cube(temp);
+}
+
+/* irred_gasp -- Add new primes to F and find an irredundant subset */
+pcover irred_gasp(F, D, G)
+pcover F, D, G;                 /* G is disposed of */
+{
+    if (G->count != 0)
+    F = irredundant(sf_append(F, G), D);
+    else
+    free_cover(G);
+    return F;
+}
+
+
+/* last_gasp */
+pcover last_gasp(F, D, R, cost)
+pcover F, D, R;
+cost_t *cost;
+{
+    pcover G, G1;
+
+    EXECUTE(G = reduce_gasp(F, D), GREDUCE_TIME, G, *cost);
+    EXECUTE(G1 = expand_gasp(G, D, R, F), GEXPAND_TIME, G1, *cost);
+    free_cover(G);
+    EXECUTE(F = irred_gasp(F, D, G1), GIRRED_TIME, F, *cost);
+    return F;
+}
+
+
+/* super_gasp */
+pcover super_gasp(F, D, R, cost)
+pcover F, D, R;
+cost_t *cost;
+{
+    pcover G, G1;
+
+    EXECUTE(G = reduce_gasp(F, D), GREDUCE_TIME, G, *cost);
+    EXECUTE(G1 = all_primes(G, R), GEXPAND_TIME, G1, *cost);
+    free_cover(G);
+    EXEC(G = sf_dupl(sf_append(F, G1)), "NEWPRIMES", G);
+    EXECUTE(F = irredundant(G, D), IRRED_TIME, F, *cost);
+    return F;
+}
diff --git a/src/misc/espresso/gimpel.c b/src/misc/espresso/gimpel.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..648bb64a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/espresso/gimpel.c
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/*
+ * Revision Control Information
+ *
+ * $Source$
+ * $Author$
+ * $Revision$
+ * $Date$
+ *
+ */
+#include "mincov_int.h"
+
+
+/*
+ *  check for:
+ *
+ *        c1    c2    rest
+ *        --      --      ---
+ *         1     1    0 0 0 0        <-- primary row
+ *         1     0    S1        <-- secondary row
+ *         0       1    T1
+ *         0       1    T2
+ *         0       1    Tn
+ *         0       0      R
+ */
+
+int
+gimpel_reduce(A, select, weight, lb, bound, depth, stats, best)
+sm_matrix *A;
+solution_t *select;
+int *weight;
+int lb;
+int bound;
+int depth;
+stats_t *stats;
+solution_t **best;
+{
+    register sm_row *prow, *save_sec;
+    register sm_col *c1, *c2;
+    register sm_element *p, *p1;
+    int c1_col_num, c2_col_num, primary_row_num, secondary_row_num;
+    int reduce_it; 
+
+    reduce_it = 0;
+    for(prow = A->first_row; prow != 0; prow = prow->next_row) {
+    if (prow->length == 2) {
+        c1 = sm_get_col(A, prow->first_col->col_num);
+        c2 = sm_get_col(A, prow->last_col->col_num);
+        if (c1->length == 2) {
+        reduce_it = 1;
+        } else if (c2->length == 2) {
+        c1 = sm_get_col(A, prow->last_col->col_num);
+        c2 = sm_get_col(A, prow->first_col->col_num);
+        reduce_it = 1;
+        }
+        if (reduce_it) {
+        primary_row_num = prow->row_num;
+        secondary_row_num = c1->first_row->row_num;
+        if (secondary_row_num == primary_row_num) {
+            secondary_row_num = c1->last_row->row_num;
+        }
+        break;
+        }
+    }
+    }
+
+    if (reduce_it) {
+    c1_col_num = c1->col_num;
+    c2_col_num = c2->col_num;
+    save_sec = sm_row_dup(sm_get_row(A, secondary_row_num));
+    sm_row_remove(save_sec, c1_col_num);
+
+    for(p = c2->first_row; p != 0; p = p->next_row) {
+        if (p->row_num != primary_row_num) {
+        /* merge rows S1 and T */
+        for(p1 = save_sec->first_col; p1 != 0; p1 = p1->next_col) {
+            (void) sm_insert(A, p->row_num, p1->col_num);
+        }
+        }
+    }
+
+    sm_delcol(A, c1_col_num);
+    sm_delcol(A, c2_col_num);
+    sm_delrow(A, primary_row_num);
+    sm_delrow(A, secondary_row_num);
+
+    stats->gimpel_count++;
+    stats->gimpel++;
+    *best = sm_mincov(A, select, weight, lb-1, bound-1, depth, stats);
+    stats->gimpel--;
+
+    if (*best != NIL(solution_t)) {
+        /* is secondary row covered ? */
+        if (sm_row_intersects(save_sec, (*best)->row)) {
+        /* yes, actually select c2 */
+        solution_add(*best, weight, c2_col_num);
+        } else {
+        solution_add(*best, weight, c1_col_num);
+        }
+    }
+
+    sm_row_free(save_sec);
+    return 1;
+    } else {
+    return 0;
+    }
+}
diff --git a/src/misc/espresso/globals.c b/src/misc/espresso/globals.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d04771e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/espresso/globals.c
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*
+ * Revision Control Information
+ *
+ * $Source$
+ * $Author$
+ * $Revision$
+ * $Date$
+ *
+ */
+#include "espresso.h"
+
+/*
+ *    Global Variable Declarations
+ */
+
+unsigned int debug;              /* debug parameter */
+bool verbose_debug;              /* -v:  whether to print a lot */
+char *total_name[TIME_COUNT];    /* basic function names */
+long total_time[TIME_COUNT];     /* time spent in basic fcts */
+int total_calls[TIME_COUNT];     /* # calls to each fct */
+
+bool echo_comments;         /* turned off by -eat option */
+bool echo_unknown_commands;     /* always true ?? */
+bool force_irredundant;          /* -nirr command line option */
+bool skip_make_sparse;
+bool kiss;                       /* -kiss command line option */
+bool pos;                        /* -pos command line option */
+bool print_solution;             /* -x command line option */
+bool recompute_onset;            /* -onset command line option */
+bool remove_essential;           /* -ness command line option */
+bool single_expand;              /* -fast command line option */
+bool summary;                    /* -s command line option */
+bool trace;                      /* -t command line option */
+bool unwrap_onset;               /* -nunwrap command line option */
+bool use_random_order;         /* -random command line option */
+bool use_super_gasp;         /* -strong command line option */
+char *filename;             /* filename PLA was read from */
+
+struct pla_types_struct pla_types[] = {
+    "-f", F_type,
+    "-r", R_type,
+    "-d", D_type,
+    "-fd", FD_type,
+    "-fr", FR_type,
+    "-dr", DR_type,
+    "-fdr", FDR_type,
+    "-fc", F_type | CONSTRAINTS_type,
+    "-rc", R_type | CONSTRAINTS_type,
+    "-dc", D_type | CONSTRAINTS_type,
+    "-fdc", FD_type | CONSTRAINTS_type,
+    "-frc", FR_type | CONSTRAINTS_type,
+    "-drc", DR_type | CONSTRAINTS_type,
+    "-fdrc", FDR_type | CONSTRAINTS_type,
+    "-pleasure", PLEASURE_type,
+    "-eqn", EQNTOTT_type,
+    "-eqntott", EQNTOTT_type,
+    "-kiss", KISS_type,
+    "-cons", CONSTRAINTS_type,
+    "-scons", SYMBOLIC_CONSTRAINTS_type,
+    0, 0
+};
+
+
+struct cube_struct cube, temp_cube_save;
+struct cdata_struct cdata, temp_cdata_save;
+
+int bit_count[256] = {
+  0,1,1,2,1,2,2,3,1,2,2,3,2,3,3,4,1,2,2,3,2,3,3,4,2,3,3,4,3,4,4,5,
+  1,2,2,3,2,3,3,4,2,3,3,4,3,4,4,5,2,3,3,4,3,4,4,5,3,4,4,5,4,5,5,6,
+  1,2,2,3,2,3,3,4,2,3,3,4,3,4,4,5,2,3,3,4,3,4,4,5,3,4,4,5,4,5,5,6,
+  2,3,3,4,3,4,4,5,3,4,4,5,4,5,5,6,3,4,4,5,4,5,5,6,4,5,5,6,5,6,6,7,
+  1,2,2,3,2,3,3,4,2,3,3,4,3,4,4,5,2,3,3,4,3,4,4,5,3,4,4,5,4,5,5,6,
+  2,3,3,4,3,4,4,5,3,4,4,5,4,5,5,6,3,4,4,5,4,5,5,6,4,5,5,6,5,6,6,7,
+  2,3,3,4,3,4,4,5,3,4,4,5,4,5,5,6,3,4,4,5,4,5,5,6,4,5,5,6,5,6,6,7,
+  3,4,4,5,4,5,5,6,4,5,5,6,5,6,6,7,4,5,5,6,5,6,6,7,5,6,6,7,6,7,7,8
+};
diff --git a/src/misc/espresso/hack.c b/src/misc/espresso/hack.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..927f5341
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/espresso/hack.c
@@ -0,0 +1,641 @@
+/*
+ * Revision Control Information
+ *
+ * $Source$
+ * $Author$
+ * $Revision$
+ * $Date$
+ *
+ */
+#include "espresso.h"
+
+map_dcset(PLA)
+pPLA PLA;
+{
+    int var, i;
+    pcover Tplus, Tminus, Tplusbar, Tminusbar;
+    pcover newf, term1, term2, dcset, dcsetbar;
+    pcube cplus, cminus, last, p;
+
+    if (PLA->label == NIL(char *) || PLA->label[0] == NIL(char))
+    return;
+
+    /* try to find a binary variable named "DONT_CARE" */
+    var = -1;
+    for(i = 0; i < cube.num_binary_vars * 2; i++) {
+    if (strncmp(PLA->label[i], "DONT_CARE", 9) == 0 ||
+      strncmp(PLA->label[i], "DONTCARE", 8) == 0 ||
+      strncmp(PLA->label[i], "dont_care", 9) == 0 ||
+      strncmp(PLA->label[i], "dontcare", 8) == 0) {
+        var = i/2;
+        break;
+    }
+    }
+    if (var == -1) {
+    return;
+    }
+
+    /* form the cofactor cubes for the don't-care variable */
+    cplus = set_save(cube.fullset);
+    cminus = set_save(cube.fullset);
+    set_remove(cplus, var*2);
+    set_remove(cminus, var*2 + 1);
+
+    /* form the don't-care set */
+    EXEC(simp_comp(cofactor(cube1list(PLA->F), cplus), &Tplus, &Tplusbar),
+    "simpcomp+", Tplus);
+    EXEC(simp_comp(cofactor(cube1list(PLA->F), cminus), &Tminus, &Tminusbar),
+    "simpcomp-", Tminus);
+    EXEC(term1 = cv_intersect(Tplus, Tminusbar), "term1    ", term1);
+    EXEC(term2 = cv_intersect(Tminus, Tplusbar), "term2    ", term2);
+    EXEC(dcset = sf_union(term1, term2), "union     ", dcset);
+    EXEC(simp_comp(cube1list(dcset), &PLA->D, &dcsetbar), "simplify", PLA->D);
+    EXEC(newf = cv_intersect(PLA->F, dcsetbar), "separate  ", PLA->F);
+    free_cover(PLA->F);
+    PLA->F = newf;
+    free_cover(Tplus);
+    free_cover(Tminus);
+    free_cover(Tplusbar);
+    free_cover(Tminusbar);
+    free_cover(dcsetbar);
+
+    /* remove any cubes dependent on the DONT_CARE variable */
+    (void) sf_active(PLA->F);
+    foreach_set(PLA->F, last, p) {
+    if (! is_in_set(p, var*2) || ! is_in_set(p, var*2+1)) {
+        RESET(p, ACTIVE);
+    }
+    }
+    PLA->F = sf_inactive(PLA->F);
+
+    /* resize the cube and delete the don't-care variable */
+    setdown_cube();
+    for(i = 2*var+2; i < cube.size; i++) {
+    PLA->label[i-2] = PLA->label[i];
+    }
+    for(i = var+1; i < cube.num_vars; i++) {
+    cube.part_size[i-1] = cube.part_size[i];
+    }
+    cube.num_binary_vars--;
+    cube.num_vars--;
+    cube_setup();
+    PLA->F = sf_delc(PLA->F, 2*var, 2*var+1);
+    PLA->D = sf_delc(PLA->D, 2*var, 2*var+1);
+}
+
+map_output_symbolic(PLA)
+pPLA PLA;
+{
+    pset_family newF, newD;
+    pset compress;
+    symbolic_t *p1;
+    symbolic_list_t *p2;
+    int i, bit, tot_size, base, old_size;
+
+    /* Remove the DC-set from the ON-set (is this necessary ??) */
+    if (PLA->D->count > 0) {
+    sf_free(PLA->F);
+    PLA->F = complement(cube2list(PLA->D, PLA->R));
+    }
+
+    /* tot_size = width added for all symbolic variables */
+    tot_size = 0;
+    for(p1=PLA->symbolic_output; p1!=NIL(symbolic_t); p1=p1->next) {
+    for(p2=p1->symbolic_list; p2!=NIL(symbolic_list_t); p2=p2->next) {
+        if (p2->pos<0 || p2->pos>=cube.part_size[cube.output]) {
+        fatal("symbolic-output index out of range");
+/*        } else if (p2->variable != cube.output) {
+        fatal("symbolic-output label must be an output");*/
+        }
+    }
+    tot_size += 1 << p1->symbolic_list_length;
+    }
+
+    /* adjust the indices to skip over new outputs */
+    for(p1=PLA->symbolic_output; p1!=NIL(symbolic_t); p1=p1->next) {
+    for(p2=p1->symbolic_list; p2!=NIL(symbolic_list_t); p2=p2->next) {
+        p2->pos += tot_size;
+    }
+    }
+
+    /* resize the cube structure -- add enough for the one-hot outputs */
+    old_size = cube.size;
+    cube.part_size[cube.output] += tot_size;
+    setdown_cube();
+    cube_setup();
+
+    /* insert space in the output part for the one-hot output */
+    base = cube.first_part[cube.output];
+    PLA->F = sf_addcol(PLA->F, base, tot_size);
+    PLA->D = sf_addcol(PLA->D, base, tot_size);
+    PLA->R = sf_addcol(PLA->R, base, tot_size);
+
+    /* do the real work */
+    for(p1=PLA->symbolic_output; p1!=NIL(symbolic_t); p1=p1->next) {
+    newF = new_cover(100);
+    newD = new_cover(100);
+    find_inputs(NIL(set_family_t), PLA, p1->symbolic_list, base, 0,
+                &newF, &newD);
+/*
+ *  Not sure what this means
+    find_dc_inputs(PLA, p1->symbolic_list,
+                base, 1 << p1->symbolic_list_length, &newF, &newD);
+ */
+    free_cover(PLA->F);
+    PLA->F = newF;
+/*
+ *  retain OLD DC-set -- but we've lost the don't-care arc information
+ *  (it defaults to branch to the zero state)
+    free_cover(PLA->D);
+    PLA->D = newD;
+ */
+    free_cover(newD);
+    base += 1 << p1->symbolic_list_length;
+    }
+
+    /* delete the old outputs, and resize the cube */
+    compress = set_full(newF->sf_size);
+    for(p1=PLA->symbolic_output; p1!=NIL(symbolic_t); p1=p1->next) {
+    for(p2=p1->symbolic_list; p2!=NIL(symbolic_list_t); p2=p2->next) {
+        bit = cube.first_part[cube.output] + p2->pos;
+        set_remove(compress, bit);
+    }
+    }
+    cube.part_size[cube.output] -= newF->sf_size - set_ord(compress);
+    setdown_cube();
+    cube_setup();
+    PLA->F = sf_compress(PLA->F, compress);
+    PLA->D = sf_compress(PLA->D, compress);
+    if (cube.size != PLA->F->sf_size) fatal("error");
+
+    /* Quick minimization */
+    PLA->F = sf_contain(PLA->F);
+    PLA->D = sf_contain(PLA->D);
+    for(i = 0; i < cube.num_vars; i++) {
+    PLA->F = d1merge(PLA->F, i);
+    PLA->D = d1merge(PLA->D, i);
+    }
+    PLA->F = sf_contain(PLA->F);
+    PLA->D = sf_contain(PLA->D);
+
+    free_cover(PLA->R);
+    PLA->R = new_cover(0);
+
+    symbolic_hack_labels(PLA, PLA->symbolic_output,
+                compress, cube.size, old_size, tot_size);
+    set_free(compress);
+}
+
+
+find_inputs(A, PLA, list, base, value, newF, newD)
+pcover A;
+pPLA PLA;
+symbolic_list_t *list;
+int base, value;
+pcover *newF, *newD;
+{
+    pcover S, S1;
+    register pset last, p;
+
+    /*
+     *  A represents th 'input' values for which the outputs assume
+     *  the integer value 'value
+     */
+    if (list == NIL(symbolic_list_t)) {
+    /*
+     *  Simulate these inputs against the on-set; then, insert into the
+     *  new on-set a 1 in the proper position
+     */
+    S = cv_intersect(A, PLA->F);
+    foreach_set(S, last, p) {
+        set_insert(p, base + value);
+    }
+    *newF = sf_append(*newF, S);
+
+    /*
+     *  'simulate' these inputs against the don't-care set
+    S = cv_intersect(A, PLA->D);
+    *newD = sf_append(*newD, S);
+     */
+
+    } else {
+    /* intersect and recur with the OFF-set */
+    S = cof_output(PLA->R, cube.first_part[cube.output] + list->pos);
+    if (A != NIL(set_family_t)) {
+        S1 = cv_intersect(A, S);
+        free_cover(S);
+        S = S1;
+    }
+    find_inputs(S, PLA, list->next, base, value*2, newF, newD);
+    free_cover(S);
+
+    /* intersect and recur with the ON-set */
+    S = cof_output(PLA->F, cube.first_part[cube.output] + list->pos);
+    if (A != NIL(set_family_t)) {
+        S1 = cv_intersect(A, S);
+        free_cover(S);
+        S = S1;
+    }
+    find_inputs(S, PLA, list->next, base, value*2 + 1, newF, newD);
+    free_cover(S);
+    }
+}
+
+
+#if 0
+find_dc_inputs(PLA, list, base, maxval, newF, newD)
+pPLA PLA;
+symbolic_list_t *list;
+int base, maxval;
+pcover *newF, *newD;
+{
+    pcover A, S, S1;
+    symbolic_list_t *p2;
+    register pset p, last;
+    register int i;
+
+    /* painfully find the points for which the symbolic output is dc */
+    A = NIL(set_family_t);
+    for(p2=list; p2!=NIL(symbolic_list_t); p2=p2->next) {
+    S = cof_output(PLA->D, cube.first_part[cube.output] + p2->pos);
+    if (A == NIL(set_family_t)) {
+        A = S;
+    } else {
+        S1 = cv_intersect(A, S);
+        free_cover(S);
+        free_cover(A);
+        A = S1;
+    }
+    }
+
+    S = cv_intersect(A, PLA->F);
+    *newF = sf_append(*newF, S);
+
+    S = cv_intersect(A, PLA->D);
+    foreach_set(S, last, p) {
+    for(i = base; i < base + maxval; i++) {
+        set_insert(p, i);
+    }
+    }
+    *newD = sf_append(*newD, S);
+    free_cover(A);
+}
+#endif
+
+map_symbolic(PLA)
+pPLA PLA;
+{
+    symbolic_t *p1;
+    symbolic_list_t *p2;
+    int var, base, num_vars, num_binary_vars, *new_part_size;
+    int new_size, size_added, num_deleted_vars, num_added_vars, newvar;
+    pset compress;
+
+    /* Verify legal values are in the symbolic lists */
+    for(p1 = PLA->symbolic; p1 != NIL(symbolic_t); p1 = p1->next) {
+    for(p2=p1->symbolic_list; p2!=NIL(symbolic_list_t); p2=p2->next) {
+        if (p2->variable  < 0 || p2->variable >= cube.num_binary_vars) {
+        fatal(".symbolic requires binary variables");
+        }
+    }
+    }
+
+    /*
+     *  size_added = width added for all symbolic variables
+     *  num_deleted_vars = # binary variables to be deleted
+     *  num_added_vars = # new mv variables
+     *  compress = a cube which will be used to compress the set families
+     */
+    size_added = 0;
+    num_added_vars = 0;
+    for(p1 = PLA->symbolic; p1 != NIL(symbolic_t); p1 = p1->next) {
+    size_added += 1 << p1->symbolic_list_length;
+    num_added_vars++;
+    }
+    compress = set_full(PLA->F->sf_size + size_added);
+    for(p1 = PLA->symbolic; p1 != NIL(symbolic_t); p1 = p1->next) {
+    for(p2=p1->symbolic_list; p2!=NIL(symbolic_list_t); p2=p2->next) {
+        set_remove(compress, p2->variable*2);
+        set_remove(compress, p2->variable*2+1);
+    }
+    }
+    num_deleted_vars = ((PLA->F->sf_size + size_added) - set_ord(compress))/2;
+
+    /* compute the new cube constants */
+    num_vars = cube.num_vars - num_deleted_vars + num_added_vars;
+    num_binary_vars = cube.num_binary_vars - num_deleted_vars;
+    new_size = cube.size - num_deleted_vars*2 + size_added;
+    new_part_size = ALLOC(int, num_vars);
+    new_part_size[num_vars-1] = cube.part_size[cube.num_vars-1];
+    for(var = cube.num_binary_vars; var < cube.num_vars-1; var++) {
+    new_part_size[var-num_deleted_vars] = cube.part_size[var];
+    }
+
+    /* re-size the covers, opening room for the new mv variables */
+    base = cube.first_part[cube.output];
+    PLA->F = sf_addcol(PLA->F, base, size_added);
+    PLA->D = sf_addcol(PLA->D, base, size_added);
+    PLA->R = sf_addcol(PLA->R, base, size_added);
+
+    /* compute the values for the new mv variables */
+    newvar = (cube.num_vars - 1) - num_deleted_vars;
+    for(p1 = PLA->symbolic; p1 != NIL(symbolic_t); p1 = p1->next) {
+    PLA->F = map_symbolic_cover(PLA->F, p1->symbolic_list, base);
+    PLA->D = map_symbolic_cover(PLA->D, p1->symbolic_list, base);
+    PLA->R = map_symbolic_cover(PLA->R, p1->symbolic_list, base);
+    base += 1 << p1->symbolic_list_length;
+    new_part_size[newvar++] = 1 << p1->symbolic_list_length;
+    }
+
+    /* delete the binary variables which disappear */
+    PLA->F = sf_compress(PLA->F, compress);
+    PLA->D = sf_compress(PLA->D, compress);
+    PLA->R = sf_compress(PLA->R, compress);
+
+    symbolic_hack_labels(PLA, PLA->symbolic, compress,
+        new_size, cube.size, size_added);
+    setdown_cube();
+    FREE(cube.part_size);
+    cube.num_vars = num_vars;
+    cube.num_binary_vars = num_binary_vars;
+    cube.part_size = new_part_size;
+    cube_setup();
+    set_free(compress);
+}
+
+
+pcover map_symbolic_cover(T, list, base)
+pcover T;
+symbolic_list_t *list;
+int base;
+{
+    pset last, p;
+    foreach_set(T, last, p) {
+    form_bitvector(p, base, 0, list);
+    }
+    return T;
+}
+
+
+form_bitvector(p, base, value, list)
+pset p;            /* old cube, looking at binary variables */
+int base;        /* where in mv cube the new variable starts */
+int value;        /* current value for this recursion */
+symbolic_list_t *list;    /* current place in the symbolic list */
+{
+    if (list == NIL(symbolic_list_t)) {
+    set_insert(p, base + value);
+    } else {
+    switch(GETINPUT(p, list->variable)) {
+        case ZERO:
+        form_bitvector(p, base, value*2, list->next);
+        break;
+        case ONE:
+        form_bitvector(p, base, value*2+1, list->next);
+        break;
+        case TWO:
+        form_bitvector(p, base, value*2, list->next);
+        form_bitvector(p, base, value*2+1, list->next);
+        break;
+        default:
+        fatal("bad cube in form_bitvector");
+    }
+    }
+}
+
+
+symbolic_hack_labels(PLA, list, compress, new_size, old_size, size_added)
+pPLA PLA;
+symbolic_t *list;
+pset compress;
+int new_size, old_size, size_added;
+{
+    int i, base;
+    char **oldlabel;
+    symbolic_t *p1;
+    symbolic_label_t *p3;
+
+    /* hack with the labels */
+    if ((oldlabel = PLA->label) == NIL(char *))
+    return;
+    PLA->label = ALLOC(char *, new_size);
+    for(i = 0; i < new_size; i++) {
+    PLA->label[i] = NIL(char);
+    }
+
+    /* copy the binary variable labels and unchanged mv variable labels */
+    base = 0;
+    for(i = 0; i < cube.first_part[cube.output]; i++) {
+    if (is_in_set(compress, i)) {
+        PLA->label[base++] = oldlabel[i];
+    } else {
+        if (oldlabel[i] != NIL(char)) {
+        FREE(oldlabel[i]);
+        }
+    }
+    }
+
+    /* add the user-defined labels for the symbolic outputs */
+    for(p1 = list; p1 != NIL(symbolic_t); p1 = p1->next) {
+    p3 = p1->symbolic_label;
+    for(i = 0; i < (1 << p1->symbolic_list_length); i++) {
+        if (p3 == NIL(symbolic_label_t)) {
+        PLA->label[base+i] = ALLOC(char, 10);
+        (void) sprintf(PLA->label[base+i], "X%d", i);
+        } else {
+        PLA->label[base+i] = p3->label;
+        p3 = p3->next;
+        }
+    }
+    base += 1 << p1->symbolic_list_length;
+    }
+
+    /* copy the labels for the binary outputs which remain */
+    for(i = cube.first_part[cube.output]; i < old_size; i++) {
+    if (is_in_set(compress, i + size_added)) {
+        PLA->label[base++] = oldlabel[i];
+    } else {
+        if (oldlabel[i] != NIL(char)) {
+        FREE(oldlabel[i]);
+        }
+    }
+    }
+    FREE(oldlabel);
+}
+
+static pcover fsm_simplify(F)
+pcover F;
+{
+    pcover D, R;
+    D = new_cover(0);
+    R = complement(cube1list(F));
+    F = espresso(F, D, R);
+    free_cover(D);
+    free_cover(R);
+    return F;
+}
+
+
+disassemble_fsm(PLA, verbose_mode)
+pPLA PLA;
+int verbose_mode;
+{
+    int nin, nstates, nout;
+    int before, after, present_state, next_state, i, j;
+    pcube next_state_mask, present_state_mask, state_mask, p, p1, last;
+    pcover go_nowhere, F, tF;
+
+    /* We make the DISGUSTING assumption that the first 'n' outputs have
+     *  been created by .symbolic-output, and represent a one-hot encoding
+     * of the next state.  'n' is the size of the second-to-last multiple-
+     * valued variable (i.e., before the outputs
+     */
+
+    if (cube.num_vars - cube.num_binary_vars != 2) {
+    (void) fprintf(stderr,
+    "use .symbolic and .symbolic-output to specify\n");
+    (void) fprintf(stderr,
+    "the present state and next state field information\n");
+    fatal("disassemble_pla: need two multiple-valued variables\n");
+    }
+
+    nin = cube.num_binary_vars;
+    nstates = cube.part_size[cube.num_binary_vars];
+    nout = cube.part_size[cube.num_vars - 1];
+    if (nout < nstates) {
+    (void) fprintf(stderr,
+        "use .symbolic and .symbolic-output to specify\n");
+    (void) fprintf(stderr,
+        "the present state and next state field information\n");
+    fatal("disassemble_pla: # outputs < # states\n");
+    }
+
+
+    present_state = cube.first_part[cube.num_binary_vars];
+    present_state_mask = new_cube();
+    for(i = 0; i < nstates; i++) {
+    set_insert(present_state_mask, i + present_state);
+    }
+
+    next_state = cube.first_part[cube.num_binary_vars+1];
+    next_state_mask = new_cube();
+    for(i = 0; i < nstates; i++) {
+    set_insert(next_state_mask, i + next_state);
+    }
+
+    state_mask = set_or(new_cube(), next_state_mask, present_state_mask);
+
+    F = new_cover(10);
+
+
+    /*
+     *  check for arcs which go from ANY state to state #i
+     */
+    for(i = 0; i < nstates; i++) {
+    tF = new_cover(10);
+    foreach_set(PLA->F, last, p) {
+        if (setp_implies(present_state_mask, p)) { /* from any state ! */
+        if (is_in_set(p, next_state + i)) {
+            tF = sf_addset(tF, p);
+        }
+        }
+    }
+    before = tF->count;
+    if (before > 0) {
+        tF = fsm_simplify(tF);
+        /* don't allow the next state to disappear ... */
+        foreach_set(tF, last, p) {
+        set_insert(p, next_state + i);
+        }
+        after = tF->count;
+        F = sf_append(F, tF);
+        if (verbose_mode) {
+        printf("# state EVERY to %d, before=%d after=%d\n",
+            i, before, after);
+        }
+    }
+    }
+
+
+    /*
+     *  some 'arcs' may NOT have a next state -- handle these
+     *  we must unravel the present state part
+     */
+    go_nowhere = new_cover(10);
+    foreach_set(PLA->F, last, p) {
+    if (setp_disjoint(p, next_state_mask)) { /* no next state !! */
+        go_nowhere = sf_addset(go_nowhere, p);
+    }
+    }
+    before = go_nowhere->count;
+    go_nowhere = unravel_range(go_nowhere,
+                cube.num_binary_vars, cube.num_binary_vars);
+    after = go_nowhere->count;
+    F = sf_append(F, go_nowhere);
+    if (verbose_mode) {
+    printf("# state ANY to NOWHERE, before=%d after=%d\n", before, after);
+    }
+
+
+    /*
+     *  minimize cover for all arcs from state #i to state #j
+     */
+    for(i = 0; i < nstates; i++) {
+    for(j = 0; j < nstates; j++) {
+        tF = new_cover(10);
+        foreach_set(PLA->F, last, p) {
+        /* not EVERY state */
+        if (! setp_implies(present_state_mask, p)) {
+            if (is_in_set(p, present_state + i)) {
+            if (is_in_set(p, next_state + j)) {
+                p1 = set_save(p);
+                set_diff(p1, p1, state_mask);
+                set_insert(p1, present_state + i);
+                set_insert(p1, next_state + j);
+                tF = sf_addset(tF, p1);
+                set_free(p1);
+            }
+            }
+        }
+        }
+        before = tF->count;
+        if (before > 0) {
+        tF = fsm_simplify(tF);
+        /* don't allow the next state to disappear ... */
+        foreach_set(tF, last, p) {
+            set_insert(p, next_state + j);
+        }
+        after = tF->count;
+        F = sf_append(F, tF);
+        if (verbose_mode) {
+            printf("# state %d to %d, before=%d after=%d\n",
+                i, j, before, after);
+        }
+        }
+    }
+    }
+
+
+    free_cube(state_mask);
+    free_cube(present_state_mask);
+    free_cube(next_state_mask);
+
+    free_cover(PLA->F);
+    PLA->F = F;
+    free_cover(PLA->D);
+    PLA->D = new_cover(0);
+
+    setdown_cube();
+    FREE(cube.part_size);
+    cube.num_binary_vars = nin;
+    cube.num_vars = nin + 3;
+    cube.part_size = ALLOC(int, cube.num_vars);
+    cube.part_size[cube.num_binary_vars] = nstates;
+    cube.part_size[cube.num_binary_vars+1] = nstates;
+    cube.part_size[cube.num_binary_vars+2] = nout - nstates;
+    cube_setup();
+
+    foreach_set(PLA->F, last, p) {
+    kiss_print_cube(stdout, PLA, p, "~1");
+    }
+}
diff --git a/src/misc/espresso/indep.c b/src/misc/espresso/indep.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..10b363a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/espresso/indep.c
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+/*
+ * Revision Control Information
+ *
+ * $Source$
+ * $Author$
+ * $Revision$
+ * $Date$
+ *
+ */
+#include "mincov_int.h"
+
+static sm_matrix *build_intersection_matrix();
+
+
+#if 0
+/*
+ *  verify that all rows in 'indep' are actually independent !
+ */
+static int 
+verify_indep_set(A, indep)
+sm_matrix *A;
+sm_row *indep;
+{
+    register sm_row *prow, *prow1;
+    register sm_element *p, *p1;
+
+    for(p = indep->first_col; p != 0; p = p->next_col) {
+    prow = sm_get_row(A, p->col_num);
+    for(p1 = p->next_col; p1 != 0; p1 = p1->next_col) {
+        prow1 = sm_get_row(A, p1->col_num);
+        if (sm_row_intersects(prow, prow1)) {
+        return 0;
+        }
+    }
+    }
+    return 1;
+}
+#endif
+
+solution_t * 
+sm_maximal_independent_set(A, weight)
+sm_matrix *A;
+int *weight;
+{
+    register sm_row *best_row, *prow;
+    register sm_element *p;
+    int least_weight;
+    sm_row *save;
+    sm_matrix *B;
+    solution_t *indep;
+
+    indep = solution_alloc();
+    B = build_intersection_matrix(A);
+
+    while (B->nrows > 0) {
+    /*  Find the row which is disjoint from a maximum number of rows */
+    best_row = B->first_row;
+    for(prow = B->first_row->next_row; prow != 0; prow = prow->next_row) {
+        if (prow->length < best_row->length) {
+        best_row = prow;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* Find which element in this row has least weight */
+    if (weight == NIL(int)) {
+        least_weight = 1;
+    } else {
+        prow = sm_get_row(A, best_row->row_num);
+        least_weight = weight[prow->first_col->col_num];
+        for(p = prow->first_col->next_col; p != 0; p = p->next_col) {
+        if (weight[p->col_num] < least_weight) {
+            least_weight = weight[p->col_num];
+        }
+        }
+    }
+    indep->cost += least_weight;
+    (void) sm_row_insert(indep->row, best_row->row_num);
+
+    /*  Discard the rows which intersect this row */
+    save = sm_row_dup(best_row);
+    for(p = save->first_col; p != 0; p = p->next_col) {
+        sm_delrow(B, p->col_num);
+        sm_delcol(B, p->col_num);
+    }
+    sm_row_free(save);
+    }
+
+    sm_free(B);
+
+/*
+    if (! verify_indep_set(A, indep->row)) {
+    fail("sm_maximal_independent_set: row set is not independent");
+    }
+*/
+    return indep;
+}
+
+static sm_matrix *
+build_intersection_matrix(A)
+sm_matrix *A;
+{
+    register sm_row *prow, *prow1;
+    register sm_element *p, *p1;
+    register sm_col *pcol;
+    sm_matrix *B;
+
+    /* Build row-intersection matrix */
+    B = sm_alloc();
+    for(prow = A->first_row; prow != 0; prow = prow->next_row) {
+
+    /* Clear flags on all rows we can reach from row 'prow' */
+    for(p = prow->first_col; p != 0; p = p->next_col) {
+        pcol = sm_get_col(A, p->col_num);
+        for(p1 = pcol->first_row; p1 != 0; p1 = p1->next_row) {
+        prow1 = sm_get_row(A, p1->row_num);
+        prow1->flag = 0;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* Now record which rows can be reached */
+    for(p = prow->first_col; p != 0; p = p->next_col) {
+        pcol = sm_get_col(A, p->col_num);
+        for(p1 = pcol->first_row; p1 != 0; p1 = p1->next_row) {
+        prow1 = sm_get_row(A, p1->row_num);
+        if (! prow1->flag) {
+            prow1->flag = 1;
+            (void) sm_insert(B, prow->row_num, prow1->row_num);
+        }
+        }
+    }
+    }
+
+    return B;
+}
diff --git a/src/misc/espresso/irred.c b/src/misc/espresso/irred.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..384e698f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/espresso/irred.c
@@ -0,0 +1,440 @@
+/*
+ * Revision Control Information
+ *
+ * $Source$
+ * $Author$
+ * $Revision$
+ * $Date$
+ *
+ */
+#include "espresso.h"
+
+static void fcube_is_covered();
+static void ftautology();
+static bool ftaut_special_cases();
+
+
+static int Rp_current;
+
+/*
+ *   irredundant -- Return a minimal subset of F
+ */
+
+pcover
+irredundant(F, D)
+pcover F, D;
+{
+    mark_irredundant(F, D);
+    return sf_inactive(F);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ *   mark_irredundant -- find redundant cubes, and mark them "INACTIVE"
+ */
+
+void
+mark_irredundant(F, D)
+pcover F, D;
+{
+    pcover E, Rt, Rp;
+    pset p, p1, last;
+    sm_matrix *table;
+    sm_row *cover;
+    sm_element *pe;
+
+    /* extract a minimum cover */
+    irred_split_cover(F, D, &E, &Rt, &Rp);
+    table = irred_derive_table(D, E, Rp);
+    cover = sm_minimum_cover(table, NIL(int), /* heuristic */ 1, /* debug */ 0);
+
+    /* mark the cubes for the result */
+    foreach_set(F, last, p) {
+    RESET(p, ACTIVE);
+    RESET(p, RELESSEN);
+    }
+    foreach_set(E, last, p) {
+    p1 = GETSET(F, SIZE(p));
+    assert(setp_equal(p1, p));
+    SET(p1, ACTIVE);
+    SET(p1, RELESSEN);        /* for essen(), mark as rel. ess. */
+    }
+    sm_foreach_row_element(cover, pe) {
+    p1 = GETSET(F, pe->col_num);
+    SET(p1, ACTIVE);
+    }
+
+    if (debug & IRRED) {
+    printf("# IRRED: F=%d E=%d R=%d Rt=%d Rp=%d Rc=%d Final=%d Bound=%d\n",
+        F->count, E->count, Rt->count+Rp->count, Rt->count, Rp->count,
+        cover->length, E->count + cover->length, 0);
+    }
+
+    free_cover(E);
+    free_cover(Rt);
+    free_cover(Rp);
+    sm_free(table);
+    sm_row_free(cover);
+}
+
+/*
+ *  irred_split_cover -- find E, Rt, and Rp from the cover F, D
+ *
+ *    E  -- relatively essential cubes
+ *    Rt  -- totally redundant cubes
+ *    Rp  -- partially redundant cubes
+ */
+
+void
+irred_split_cover(F, D, E, Rt, Rp)
+pcover F, D;
+pcover *E, *Rt, *Rp;
+{
+    register pcube p, last;
+    register int index;
+    pcover R;
+    pcube *FD, *ED;
+
+    /* number the cubes of F -- these numbers track into E, Rp, Rt, etc. */
+    index = 0;
+    foreach_set(F, last, p) {
+    PUTSIZE(p, index);
+    index++;
+    }
+
+    *E = new_cover(10);
+    *Rt = new_cover(10);
+    *Rp = new_cover(10);
+    R = new_cover(10);
+
+    /* Split F into E and R */
+    FD = cube2list(F, D);
+    foreach_set(F, last, p) {
+    if (cube_is_covered(FD, p)) {
+        R = sf_addset(R, p);
+    } else {
+        *E = sf_addset(*E, p);
+    }
+    if (debug & IRRED1) {
+        (void) printf("IRRED1: zr=%d ze=%d to-go=%d time=%s\n",
+        R->count, (*E)->count, F->count - (R->count + (*E)->count),
+        print_time(ptime()));
+    }
+    }
+    free_cubelist(FD);
+
+    /* Split R into Rt and Rp */
+    ED = cube2list(*E, D);
+    foreach_set(R, last, p) {
+    if (cube_is_covered(ED, p)) {
+        *Rt = sf_addset(*Rt, p);
+    } else {
+        *Rp = sf_addset(*Rp, p);
+    }
+    if (debug & IRRED1) {
+        (void) printf("IRRED1: zr=%d zrt=%d to-go=%d time=%s\n",
+        (*Rp)->count, (*Rt)->count,
+        R->count - ((*Rp)->count +(*Rt)->count), print_time(ptime()));
+    }
+    }
+    free_cubelist(ED);
+
+    free_cover(R);
+}
+
+/*
+ *  irred_derive_table -- given the covers D, E and the set of
+ *  partially redundant primes Rp, build a covering table showing
+ *  possible selections of primes to cover Rp.
+ */
+
+sm_matrix *
+irred_derive_table(D, E, Rp)
+pcover D, E, Rp;
+{
+    register pcube last, p, *list;
+    sm_matrix *table;
+    int size_last_dominance, i;
+
+    /* Mark each cube in DE as not part of the redundant set */
+    foreach_set(D, last, p) {
+    RESET(p, REDUND);
+    }
+    foreach_set(E, last, p) {
+    RESET(p, REDUND);
+    }
+
+    /* Mark each cube in Rp as partially redundant */
+    foreach_set(Rp, last, p) {
+    SET(p, REDUND);             /* belongs to redundant set */
+    }
+
+    /* For each cube in Rp, find ways to cover its minterms */
+    list = cube3list(D, E, Rp);
+    table = sm_alloc();
+    size_last_dominance = 0;
+    i = 0;
+    foreach_set(Rp, last, p) {
+    Rp_current = SIZE(p);
+    fcube_is_covered(list, p, table);
+    RESET(p, REDUND);    /* can now consider this cube redundant */
+    if (debug & IRRED1) {
+        (void) printf("IRRED1: %d of %d to-go=%d, table=%dx%d time=%s\n",
+        i, Rp->count, Rp->count - i,
+        table->nrows, table->ncols, print_time(ptime()));
+    }
+    /* try to keep memory limits down by reducing table as we go along */
+    if (table->nrows - size_last_dominance > 1000) {
+        (void) sm_row_dominance(table);
+        size_last_dominance = table->nrows;
+        if (debug & IRRED1) {
+        (void) printf("IRRED1: delete redundant rows, now %dx%d\n",
+            table->nrows, table->ncols);
+        }
+    }
+    i++;
+    }
+    free_cubelist(list);
+
+    return table;
+}
+
+/* cube_is_covered -- determine if a cubelist "covers" a single cube */
+bool
+cube_is_covered(T, c)
+pcube *T, c;
+{
+    return tautology(cofactor(T,c));
+}
+
+
+
+/* tautology -- answer the tautology question for T */
+bool
+tautology(T)
+pcube *T;         /* T will be disposed of */
+{
+    register pcube cl, cr;
+    register int best, result;
+    static int taut_level = 0;
+
+    if (debug & TAUT) {
+    debug_print(T, "TAUTOLOGY", taut_level++);
+    }
+
+    if ((result = taut_special_cases(T)) == MAYBE) {
+    cl = new_cube();
+    cr = new_cube();
+    best = binate_split_select(T, cl, cr, TAUT);
+    result = tautology(scofactor(T, cl, best)) &&
+         tautology(scofactor(T, cr, best));
+    free_cubelist(T);
+    free_cube(cl);
+    free_cube(cr);
+    }
+
+    if (debug & TAUT) {
+    printf("exit TAUTOLOGY[%d]: %s\n", --taut_level, print_bool(result));
+    }
+    return result;
+}
+
+/*
+ *  taut_special_cases -- check special cases for tautology
+ */
+
+bool
+taut_special_cases(T)
+pcube *T;            /* will be disposed if answer is determined */
+{
+    register pcube *T1, *Tsave, p, ceil=cube.temp[0], temp=cube.temp[1];
+    pcube *A, *B;
+    int var;
+
+    /* Check for a row of all 1's which implies tautology */
+    for(T1 = T+2; (p = *T1++) != NULL; ) {
+    if (full_row(p, T[0])) {
+        free_cubelist(T);
+        return TRUE;
+    }
+    }
+
+    /* Check for a column of all 0's which implies no tautology */
+start:
+    INLINEset_copy(ceil, T[0]);
+    for(T1 = T+2; (p = *T1++) != NULL; ) {
+    INLINEset_or(ceil, ceil, p);
+    }
+    if (! setp_equal(ceil, cube.fullset)) {
+    free_cubelist(T);
+    return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    /* Collect column counts, determine unate variables, etc. */
+    massive_count(T);
+
+    /* If function is unate (and no row of all 1's), then no tautology */
+    if (cdata.vars_unate == cdata.vars_active) {
+    free_cubelist(T);
+    return FALSE;
+
+    /* If active in a single variable (and no column of 0's) then tautology */
+    } else if (cdata.vars_active == 1) {
+    free_cubelist(T);
+    return TRUE;
+
+    /* Check for unate variables, and reduce cover if there are any */
+    } else if (cdata.vars_unate != 0) {
+    /* Form a cube "ceil" with full variables in the unate variables */
+    (void) set_copy(ceil, cube.emptyset);
+    for(var = 0; var < cube.num_vars; var++) {
+        if (cdata.is_unate[var]) {
+        INLINEset_or(ceil, ceil, cube.var_mask[var]);
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* Save only those cubes that are "full" in all unate variables */
+    for(Tsave = T1 = T+2; (p = *T1++) != 0; ) {
+        if (setp_implies(ceil, set_or(temp, p, T[0]))) {
+        *Tsave++ = p;
+        }
+    }
+    *Tsave++ = NULL;
+    T[1] = (pcube) Tsave;
+
+    if (debug & TAUT) {
+        printf("UNATE_REDUCTION: %d unate variables, reduced to %d\n",
+        cdata.vars_unate, CUBELISTSIZE(T));
+    }
+    goto start;
+
+    /* Check for component reduction */
+    } else if (cdata.var_zeros[cdata.best] < CUBELISTSIZE(T) / 2) {
+    if (cubelist_partition(T, &A, &B, debug & TAUT) == 0) {
+        return MAYBE;
+    } else {
+        free_cubelist(T);
+        if (tautology(A)) {
+        free_cubelist(B);
+        return TRUE;
+        } else {
+        return tautology(B);
+        }
+    }
+    }
+
+    /* We tried as hard as we could, but must recurse from here on */
+    return MAYBE;
+}
+
+/* fcube_is_covered -- determine exactly how a cubelist "covers" a cube */
+static void
+fcube_is_covered(T, c, table)
+pcube *T, c;
+sm_matrix *table;
+{
+    ftautology(cofactor(T,c), table);
+}
+
+
+/* ftautology -- find ways to make a tautology */
+static void
+ftautology(T, table)
+pcube *T;             /* T will be disposed of */
+sm_matrix *table;
+{
+    register pcube cl, cr;
+    register int best;
+    static int ftaut_level = 0;
+
+    if (debug & TAUT) {
+    debug_print(T, "FIND_TAUTOLOGY", ftaut_level++);
+    }
+
+    if (ftaut_special_cases(T, table) == MAYBE) {
+    cl = new_cube();
+    cr = new_cube();
+    best = binate_split_select(T, cl, cr, TAUT);
+
+    ftautology(scofactor(T, cl, best), table);
+    ftautology(scofactor(T, cr, best), table);
+
+    free_cubelist(T);
+    free_cube(cl);
+    free_cube(cr);
+    }
+
+    if (debug & TAUT) {
+    (void) printf("exit FIND_TAUTOLOGY[%d]: table is %d by %d\n",
+        --ftaut_level, table->nrows, table->ncols);
+    }
+}
+
+static bool
+ftaut_special_cases(T, table)
+pcube *T;                 /* will be disposed if answer is determined */
+sm_matrix *table;
+{
+    register pcube *T1, *Tsave, p, temp = cube.temp[0], ceil = cube.temp[1];
+    int var, rownum;
+
+    /* Check for a row of all 1's in the essential cubes */
+    for(T1 = T+2; (p = *T1++) != 0; ) {
+    if (! TESTP(p, REDUND)) {
+        if (full_row(p, T[0])) {
+        /* subspace is covered by essentials -- no new rows for table */
+        free_cubelist(T);
+        return TRUE;
+        }
+    }
+    }
+
+    /* Collect column counts, determine unate variables, etc. */
+start:
+    massive_count(T);
+
+    /* If function is unate, find the rows of all 1's */
+    if (cdata.vars_unate == cdata.vars_active) {
+    /* find which nonessentials cover this subspace */
+    rownum = table->last_row ? table->last_row->row_num+1 : 0;
+    (void) sm_insert(table, rownum, Rp_current);
+    for(T1 = T+2; (p = *T1++) != 0; ) {
+        if (TESTP(p, REDUND)) {
+        /* See if a redundant cube covers this leaf */
+        if (full_row(p, T[0])) {
+            (void) sm_insert(table, rownum, (int) SIZE(p));
+        }
+        }
+    }
+    free_cubelist(T);
+    return TRUE;
+
+    /* Perform unate reduction if there are any unate variables */
+    } else if (cdata.vars_unate != 0) {
+    /* Form a cube "ceil" with full variables in the unate variables */
+    (void) set_copy(ceil, cube.emptyset);
+    for(var = 0; var < cube.num_vars; var++) {
+        if (cdata.is_unate[var]) {
+        INLINEset_or(ceil, ceil, cube.var_mask[var]);
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* Save only those cubes that are "full" in all unate variables */
+    for(Tsave = T1 = T+2; (p = *T1++) != 0; ) {
+        if (setp_implies(ceil, set_or(temp, p, T[0]))) {
+        *Tsave++ = p;
+        }
+    }
+    *Tsave++ = 0;
+    T[1] = (pcube) Tsave;
+
+    if (debug & TAUT) {
+        printf("UNATE_REDUCTION: %d unate variables, reduced to %d\n",
+        cdata.vars_unate, CUBELISTSIZE(T));
+    }
+    goto start;
+    }
+
+    /* Not much we can do about it */
+    return MAYBE;
+}
diff --git a/src/misc/espresso/main.c b/src/misc/espresso/main.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0a511c0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/espresso/main.c
@@ -0,0 +1,746 @@
+/*
+ * Revision Control Information
+ *
+ * $Source$
+ * $Author$
+ * $Revision$
+ * $Date$
+ *
+ */
+/*
+ *  Main driver for espresso
+ *
+ *  Old style -do xxx, -out xxx, etc. are still supported.
+ */
+
+#include "espresso.h"
+#include "main.h"        /* table definitions for options */
+
+static FILE *last_fp;
+static int input_type = FD_type;
+
+
+main(argc, argv)
+int argc;
+char *argv[];
+{
+    int i, j, first, last, strategy, out_type, option;
+    pPLA PLA, PLA1;
+    pcover F, Fold, Dold;
+    pset last1, p;
+    cost_t cost;
+    bool error, exact_cover;
+    long start;
+    extern char *util_optarg;
+    extern int util_optind;
+
+    start = ptime();
+
+    error = FALSE;
+    init_runtime();
+#ifdef RANDOM
+    srandom(314973);
+#endif
+
+    option = 0;            /* default -D: ESPRESSO */
+    out_type = F_type;        /* default -o: default is ON-set only */
+    debug = 0;            /* default -d: no debugging info */
+    verbose_debug = FALSE;    /* default -v: not verbose */
+    print_solution = TRUE;    /* default -x: print the solution (!) */
+    summary = FALSE;        /* default -s: no summary */
+    trace = FALSE;        /* default -t: no trace information */
+    strategy = 0;        /* default -S: strategy number */
+    first = -1;            /* default -R: select range */
+    last = -1;
+    remove_essential = TRUE;    /* default -e: */
+    force_irredundant = TRUE;
+    unwrap_onset = TRUE;
+    single_expand = FALSE;
+    pos = FALSE;
+    recompute_onset = FALSE;
+    use_super_gasp = FALSE;
+    use_random_order = FALSE;
+    kiss = FALSE;
+    echo_comments = TRUE;
+    echo_unknown_commands = TRUE;
+    exact_cover = FALSE;    /* for -qm option, the default */
+
+    backward_compatibility_hack(&argc, argv, &option, &out_type);
+
+
+    /* parse command line options*/
+    while ((i = util_getopt(argc, argv, "D:S:de:o:r:stv:x")) != EOF) {
+    switch(i) {
+        case 'D':        /* -Dcommand invokes a subcommand */
+        for(j = 0; option_table[j].name != 0; j++) {
+            if (strcmp(util_optarg, option_table[j].name) == 0) {
+            option = j;
+            break;
+            }
+        }
+        if (option_table[j].name == 0) {
+            (void) fprintf(stderr, "%s: bad subcommand \"%s\"\n",
+            argv[0], util_optarg);
+            exit(1);
+        }
+        break;
+
+        case 'o':        /* -ooutput selects and output option */
+        for(j = 0; pla_types[j].key != 0; j++) {
+            if (strcmp(util_optarg, pla_types[j].key+1) == 0) {
+            out_type = pla_types[j].value;
+            break;
+            }
+        }
+        if (pla_types[j].key == 0) {
+            (void) fprintf(stderr, "%s: bad output type \"%s\"\n",
+            argv[0], util_optarg);
+            exit(1);
+        }
+        break;
+
+        case 'e':        /* -eespresso selects an option for espresso */
+        for(j = 0; esp_opt_table[j].name != 0; j++) {
+            if (strcmp(util_optarg, esp_opt_table[j].name) == 0) {
+            *(esp_opt_table[j].variable) = esp_opt_table[j].value;
+            break;
+            }
+        }
+        if (esp_opt_table[j].name == 0) {
+            (void) fprintf(stderr, "%s: bad espresso option \"%s\"\n",
+            argv[0], util_optarg);
+            exit(1);
+        }
+        break;
+
+        case 'd':        /* -d turns on (softly) all debug switches */
+        debug = debug_table[0].value;
+        trace = TRUE;
+        summary = TRUE;
+        break;
+
+        case 'v':        /* -vdebug invokes a debug option */
+        verbose_debug = TRUE;
+        for(j = 0; debug_table[j].name != 0; j++) {
+            if (strcmp(util_optarg, debug_table[j].name) == 0) {
+            debug |= debug_table[j].value;
+            break;
+            }
+        }
+        if (debug_table[j].name == 0) {
+            (void) fprintf(stderr, "%s: bad debug type \"%s\"\n",
+            argv[0], util_optarg);
+            exit(1);
+        }
+        break;
+
+        case 't':
+        trace = TRUE;
+        break;
+
+        case 's':
+        summary = TRUE;
+        break;
+
+        case 'x':        /* -x suppress printing of results */
+        print_solution = FALSE;
+        break;
+
+        case 'S':        /* -S sets a strategy for several cmds */
+        strategy = atoi(util_optarg);
+        break;
+
+        case 'r':        /* -r selects range (outputs or vars) */
+        if (sscanf(util_optarg, "%d-%d", &first, &last) < 2) {
+            (void) fprintf(stderr, "%s: bad output range \"%s\"\n",
+            argv[0], util_optarg);
+            exit(1);
+        }
+        break;
+
+        default:
+        usage();
+        exit(1);
+    }
+    }
+
+    /* provide version information and summaries */
+    if (summary || trace) {
+    /* echo command line and arguments */
+    printf("#");
+    for(i = 0; i < argc; i++) {
+        printf(" %s", argv[i]);
+    }
+    printf("\n");
+    printf("# %s\n", VERSION);
+    }
+
+    /* the remaining arguments are argv[util_optind ... argc-1] */
+    PLA = PLA1 = NIL(PLA_t);
+    switch(option_table[option].num_plas) {
+    case 2:
+        if (util_optind+2 < argc) fatal("trailing arguments on command line");
+        getPLA(util_optind++, argc, argv, option, &PLA, out_type);
+        getPLA(util_optind++, argc, argv, option, &PLA1, out_type);
+        break;
+    case 1:
+        if (util_optind+1 < argc) fatal("trailing arguments on command line");
+        getPLA(util_optind++, argc, argv, option, &PLA, out_type);
+        break;
+    }
+    if (util_optind < argc) fatal("trailing arguments on command line");
+
+    if (summary || trace) {
+    if (PLA != NIL(PLA_t)) PLA_summary(PLA);
+    if (PLA1 != NIL(PLA_t)) PLA_summary(PLA1);
+    }
+
+/*
+ *  Now a case-statement to decide what to do
+ */
+
+    switch(option_table[option].key) {
+
+
+/******************** Espresso operations ********************/
+
+    case KEY_ESPRESSO:
+    Fold = sf_save(PLA->F);
+    PLA->F = espresso(PLA->F, PLA->D, PLA->R);
+    EXECUTE(error=verify(PLA->F,Fold,PLA->D), VERIFY_TIME, PLA->F, cost);
+    if (error) {
+        print_solution = FALSE;
+        PLA->F = Fold;
+        (void) check_consistency(PLA);
+    } else {
+        free_cover(Fold);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case KEY_MANY_ESPRESSO: {
+    int pla_type;
+    do {
+        EXEC(PLA->F=espresso(PLA->F,PLA->D,PLA->R),"ESPRESSO   ",PLA->F);
+        if (print_solution) {
+        fprint_pla(stdout, PLA, out_type);
+        (void) fflush(stdout);
+        }
+        pla_type = PLA->pla_type;
+        free_PLA(PLA);
+        setdown_cube();
+        FREE(cube.part_size);
+    } while (read_pla(last_fp, TRUE, TRUE, pla_type, &PLA) != EOF);
+    exit(0);
+    }
+
+    case KEY_simplify:
+    EXEC(PLA->F = simplify(cube1list(PLA->F)), "SIMPLIFY  ", PLA->F);
+    break;
+
+    case KEY_so:            /* minimize all functions as single-output */
+    if (strategy < 0 || strategy > 1) {
+        strategy = 0;
+    }
+    so_espresso(PLA, strategy);
+    break;
+
+    case KEY_so_both:        /* minimize all functions as single-output */
+    if (strategy < 0 || strategy > 1) {
+        strategy = 0;
+    }
+    so_both_espresso(PLA, strategy);
+    break;
+
+    case KEY_expand:            /* execute expand */
+    EXECUTE(PLA->F=expand(PLA->F,PLA->R,FALSE),EXPAND_TIME, PLA->F, cost);
+    break;
+
+    case KEY_irred:             /* extract minimal irredundant subset */
+    EXECUTE(PLA->F = irredundant(PLA->F, PLA->D), IRRED_TIME, PLA->F, cost);
+    break;
+
+    case KEY_reduce:            /* perform reduction */
+    EXECUTE(PLA->F = reduce(PLA->F, PLA->D), REDUCE_TIME, PLA->F, cost);
+    break;
+
+    case KEY_essen:             /* check for essential primes */
+    foreach_set(PLA->F, last1, p) {
+        SET(p, RELESSEN);
+        RESET(p, NONESSEN);
+    }
+    EXECUTE(F = essential(&(PLA->F), &(PLA->D)), ESSEN_TIME, PLA->F, cost);
+    free_cover(F);
+    break;
+
+    case KEY_super_gasp:
+    PLA->F = super_gasp(PLA->F, PLA->D, PLA->R, &cost);
+    break;
+
+    case KEY_gasp:
+    PLA->F = last_gasp(PLA->F, PLA->D, PLA->R, &cost);
+    break;
+
+    case KEY_make_sparse:       /* make_sparse step of Espresso */
+    PLA->F = make_sparse(PLA->F, PLA->D, PLA->R);
+    break;
+
+    case KEY_exact:
+    exact_cover = TRUE;
+
+    case KEY_qm:
+    Fold = sf_save(PLA->F);
+    PLA->F = minimize_exact(PLA->F, PLA->D, PLA->R, exact_cover);
+    EXECUTE(error=verify(PLA->F,Fold,PLA->D), VERIFY_TIME, PLA->F, cost);
+    if (error) {
+        print_solution = FALSE;
+        PLA->F = Fold;
+        (void) check_consistency(PLA);
+    }
+    free_cover(Fold);
+    break;
+
+    case KEY_primes:            /* generate all prime implicants */
+    EXEC(PLA->F = primes_consensus(cube2list(PLA->F, PLA->D)), 
+                            "PRIMES     ", PLA->F);
+    break;
+
+    case KEY_map:               /* print out a Karnaugh map of function */
+    map(PLA->F);
+    print_solution = FALSE;
+    break;
+
+
+
+/******************** Output phase and bit pairing ********************/
+
+    case KEY_opo:               /* sasao output phase assignment */
+    phase_assignment(PLA, strategy);
+    break;
+
+    case KEY_opoall:        /* try all phase assignments (!) */
+    if (first < 0 || first >= cube.part_size[cube.output]) {
+        first = 0;
+    }
+    if (last < 0 || last >= cube.part_size[cube.output]) {
+        last = cube.part_size[cube.output] - 1;
+    }
+    opoall(PLA, first, last, strategy);
+    break;
+
+    case KEY_pair:              /* find an optimal pairing */
+    find_optimal_pairing(PLA, strategy);
+    break;
+
+    case KEY_pairall:        /* try all pairings !! */
+    pair_all(PLA, strategy);
+    break;
+
+
+
+/******************** Simple cover operations ********************/
+
+    case KEY_echo:                /* echo the PLA */
+    break;
+
+    case KEY_taut:                /* tautology check */
+    printf("ON-set is%sa tautology\n",
+        tautology(cube1list(PLA->F)) ? " " : " not ");
+    print_solution = FALSE;
+    break;
+
+    case KEY_contain:                /* single cube containment */
+    PLA->F = sf_contain(PLA->F);
+    break;
+
+    case KEY_intersect:                /* cover intersection */
+    PLA->F = cv_intersect(PLA->F, PLA1->F);
+    break;
+
+    case KEY_union:                /* cover union */
+    PLA->F = sf_union(PLA->F, PLA1->F);
+    break;
+
+    case KEY_disjoint:                /* make cover disjoint */
+    PLA->F = make_disjoint(PLA->F);
+    break;
+
+    case KEY_dsharp:                /* cover disjoint-sharp */
+    PLA->F = cv_dsharp(PLA->F, PLA1->F);
+    break;
+
+    case KEY_sharp:                /* cover sharp */
+    PLA->F = cv_sharp(PLA->F, PLA1->F);
+    break;
+
+    case KEY_lexsort:                /* lexical sort order */
+    PLA->F = lex_sort(PLA->F);
+    break;
+
+    case KEY_stats:                /* print info on size */
+    if (! summary) PLA_summary(PLA);
+    print_solution = FALSE;
+    break;
+
+    case KEY_minterms:                /* explode into minterms */
+    if (first < 0 || first >= cube.num_vars) {
+        first = 0;
+    }
+    if (last < 0 || last >= cube.num_vars) {
+        last = cube.num_vars - 1;
+    }
+    PLA->F = sf_dupl(unravel_range(PLA->F, first, last));
+    break;
+
+    case KEY_d1merge:                /* distance-1 merge */
+    if (first < 0 || first >= cube.num_vars) {
+        first = 0;
+    }
+    if (last < 0 || last >= cube.num_vars) {
+        last = cube.num_vars - 1;
+    }
+    for(i = first; i <= last; i++) {
+        PLA->F = d1merge(PLA->F, i);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case KEY_d1merge_in:        /* distance-1 merge inputs only */
+    for(i = 0; i < cube.num_binary_vars; i++) {
+        PLA->F = d1merge(PLA->F, i);
+    }
+    break;
+
+    case KEY_PLA_verify:        /* check two PLAs for equivalence */
+    EXECUTE(error = PLA_verify(PLA, PLA1), VERIFY_TIME, PLA->F, cost);
+    if (error) {
+        printf("PLA comparison failed; the PLA's are not equivalent\n");
+        exit(1);
+    } else {
+        printf("PLA's compared equal\n");
+        exit(0);
+    }
+    break;    /* silly */
+
+    case KEY_verify:            /* check two covers for equivalence */
+    Fold = PLA->F;    Dold = PLA->D;    F = PLA1->F;
+    EXECUTE(error=verify(F, Fold, Dold), VERIFY_TIME, PLA->F, cost);
+    if (error) {
+        printf("PLA comparison failed; the PLA's are not equivalent\n");
+        exit(1);
+    } else {
+        printf("PLA's compared equal\n");
+        exit(0);
+    }    
+    break;    /* silly */
+
+    case KEY_check:            /* check consistency */
+    (void) check_consistency(PLA);
+    print_solution = FALSE;
+    break;
+
+    case KEY_mapdc:            /* compute don't care set */
+    map_dcset(PLA);
+    out_type = FD_type;
+    break;
+
+    case KEY_equiv:
+    find_equiv_outputs(PLA);
+    print_solution = FALSE;
+    break;
+
+    case KEY_separate:            /* remove PLA->D from PLA->F */
+    PLA->F = complement(cube2list(PLA->D, PLA->R));
+    break;
+
+    case KEY_xor: {
+    pcover T1 = cv_intersect(PLA->F, PLA1->R);
+    pcover T2 = cv_intersect(PLA1->F, PLA->R);
+    free_cover(PLA->F);
+    PLA->F = sf_contain(sf_join(T1, T2));
+    free_cover(T1);
+    free_cover(T2);
+    break;
+    }
+
+    case KEY_fsm: {
+    disassemble_fsm(PLA, summary);
+    print_solution = FALSE;
+    break;
+    }
+
+    case KEY_test: {
+    pcover T, E;
+    T = sf_join(PLA->D, PLA->R);
+    E = new_cover(10);
+    sf_free(PLA->F);
+    EXECUTE(PLA->F = complement(cube1list(T)), COMPL_TIME, PLA->F, cost);
+    EXECUTE(PLA->F = expand(PLA->F, T, FALSE), EXPAND_TIME, PLA->F, cost);
+    EXECUTE(PLA->F = irredundant(PLA->F, E), IRRED_TIME, PLA->F, cost);
+    sf_free(T);
+    T = sf_join(PLA->F, PLA->R);
+    EXECUTE(PLA->D = expand(PLA->D, T, FALSE), EXPAND_TIME, PLA->D, cost);
+    EXECUTE(PLA->D = irredundant(PLA->D, E), IRRED_TIME, PLA->D, cost);
+    sf_free(T);
+    sf_free(E);
+    break;
+    }
+
+
+    }
+
+    /* Print a runtime summary if trace mode enabled */
+    if (trace) {
+    runtime();
+    }
+
+    /* Print total runtime */
+    if (summary || trace) {
+    print_trace(PLA->F, option_table[option].name, ptime()-start);
+    }
+
+    /* Output the solution */
+    if (print_solution) {
+    EXECUTE(fprint_pla(stdout, PLA, out_type), WRITE_TIME, PLA->F, cost);
+    }
+
+    /* Crash and burn if there was a verify error */
+    if (error) {
+    fatal("cover verification failed");
+    }
+
+    /* cleanup all used memory */
+    free_PLA(PLA);
+    FREE(cube.part_size);
+    setdown_cube();             /* free the cube/cdata structure data */
+    sf_cleanup();               /* free unused set structures */
+    sm_cleanup();               /* sparse matrix cleanup */
+
+    exit(0);
+}
+
+
+getPLA(opt, argc, argv, option, PLA, out_type)
+int opt;
+int argc;
+char *argv[];
+int option;
+pPLA *PLA;
+int out_type;
+{
+    FILE *fp;
+    int needs_dcset, needs_offset;
+    char *fname;
+
+    if (opt >= argc) {
+    fp = stdin;
+    fname = "(stdin)";
+    } else {
+    fname = argv[opt];
+    if (strcmp(fname, "-") == 0) {
+        fp = stdin;
+    } else if ((fp = fopen(argv[opt], "r")) == NULL) {
+        (void) fprintf(stderr, "%s: Unable to open %s\n", argv[0], fname);
+        exit(1);
+    }
+    }
+    if (option_table[option].key == KEY_echo) {
+    needs_dcset = (out_type & D_type) != 0;
+    needs_offset = (out_type & R_type) != 0;
+    } else {
+    needs_dcset = option_table[option].needs_dcset;
+    needs_offset = option_table[option].needs_offset;
+    }
+
+    if (read_pla(fp, needs_dcset, needs_offset, input_type, PLA) == EOF) {
+    (void) fprintf(stderr, "%s: Unable to find PLA on file %s\n", argv[0], fname);
+    exit(1);
+    }
+    (*PLA)->filename = util_strsav(fname);
+    filename = (*PLA)->filename;
+/*    (void) fclose(fp);*/
+/* hackto support -Dmany */
+    last_fp = fp;
+}
+
+
+runtime()
+{
+    int i;
+    long total = 1, temp;
+
+    for(i = 0; i < TIME_COUNT; i++) {
+    total += total_time[i];
+    }
+    for(i = 0; i < TIME_COUNT; i++) {
+    if (total_calls[i] != 0) {
+        temp = 100 * total_time[i];
+        printf("# %s\t%2d call(s) for %s (%2ld.%01ld%%)\n",
+        total_name[i], total_calls[i], print_time(total_time[i]),
+            temp/total, (10 * (temp%total)) / total);
+    }
+    }
+}
+
+
+init_runtime()
+{
+    total_name[READ_TIME] =     "READ       ";
+    total_name[WRITE_TIME] =    "WRITE      ";
+    total_name[COMPL_TIME] =    "COMPL      ";
+    total_name[REDUCE_TIME] =   "REDUCE     ";
+    total_name[EXPAND_TIME] =   "EXPAND     ";
+    total_name[ESSEN_TIME] =    "ESSEN      ";
+    total_name[IRRED_TIME] =    "IRRED      ";
+    total_name[GREDUCE_TIME] =  "REDUCE_GASP";
+    total_name[GEXPAND_TIME] =  "EXPAND_GASP";
+    total_name[GIRRED_TIME] =   "IRRED_GASP ";
+    total_name[MV_REDUCE_TIME] ="MV_REDUCE  ";
+    total_name[RAISE_IN_TIME] = "RAISE_IN   ";
+    total_name[VERIFY_TIME] =   "VERIFY     ";
+    total_name[PRIMES_TIME] =   "PRIMES     ";
+    total_name[MINCOV_TIME] =   "MINCOV     ";
+}
+
+
+subcommands()
+{
+    int i, col;
+    printf("                ");
+    col = 16;
+    for(i = 0; option_table[i].name != 0; i++) {
+    if ((col + strlen(option_table[i].name) + 1) > 76) {
+        printf(",\n                ");
+        col = 16;
+    } else if (i != 0) {
+        printf(", ");
+    }
+    printf("%s", option_table[i].name);
+    col += strlen(option_table[i].name) + 2;
+    }
+    printf("\n");
+}
+
+
+usage()
+{
+    printf("%s\n\n", VERSION);
+    printf("SYNOPSIS: espresso [options] [file]\n\n");
+    printf("  -d        Enable debugging\n");
+    printf("  -e[opt]   Select espresso option:\n");
+    printf("                fast, ness, nirr, nunwrap, onset, pos, strong,\n");
+    printf("                eat, eatdots, kiss, random\n");
+    printf("  -o[type]  Select output format:\n");
+    printf("                f, fd, fr, fdr, pleasure, eqntott, kiss, cons\n");
+    printf("  -rn-m     Select range for subcommands:\n");
+    printf("                d1merge: first and last variables (0 ... m-1)\n");
+    printf("                minterms: first and last variables (0 ... m-1)\n");
+    printf("                opoall: first and last outputs (0 ... m-1)\n");
+    printf("  -s        Provide short execution summary\n");
+    printf("  -t        Provide longer execution trace\n");
+    printf("  -x        Suppress printing of solution\n");
+    printf("  -v[type]  Verbose debugging detail (-v '' for all)\n");
+    printf("  -D[cmd]   Execute subcommand 'cmd':\n");
+    subcommands();
+    printf("  -Sn       Select strategy for subcommands:\n");
+    printf("                opo: bit2=exact bit1=repeated bit0=skip sparse\n");
+    printf("                opoall: 0=minimize, 1=exact\n");
+    printf("                pair: 0=algebraic, 1=strongd, 2=espresso, 3=exact\n");
+    printf("                pairall: 0=minimize, 1=exact, 2=opo\n");
+    printf("                so_espresso: 0=minimize, 1=exact\n");
+    printf("                so_both: 0=minimize, 1=exact\n");
+}
+
+/*
+ *  Hack for backward compatibility (ACK! )
+ */
+
+backward_compatibility_hack(argc, argv, option, out_type)
+int *argc;
+char **argv;
+int *option;
+int *out_type;
+{
+    int i, j;
+
+    /* Scan the argument list for something to do (default is ESPRESSO) */
+    *option = 0;
+    for(i = 1; i < (*argc)-1; i++) {
+    if (strcmp(argv[i], "-do") == 0) {
+        for(j = 0; option_table[j].name != 0; j++)
+        if (strcmp(argv[i+1], option_table[j].name) == 0) {
+            *option = j;
+            delete_arg(argc, argv, i+1);
+            delete_arg(argc, argv, i);
+            break;
+        }
+        if (option_table[j].name == 0) {
+        (void) fprintf(stderr,
+         "espresso: bad keyword \"%s\" following -do\n",argv[i+1]);
+        exit(1);
+        }
+        break;
+    }
+    }
+
+    for(i = 1; i < (*argc)-1; i++) {
+    if (strcmp(argv[i], "-out") == 0) {
+        for(j = 0; pla_types[j].key != 0; j++)
+        if (strcmp(pla_types[j].key+1, argv[i+1]) == 0) {
+            *out_type = pla_types[j].value;
+            delete_arg(argc, argv, i+1);
+            delete_arg(argc, argv, i);
+            break;
+        }
+        if (pla_types[j].key == 0) {
+        (void) fprintf(stderr,
+           "espresso: bad keyword \"%s\" following -out\n",argv[i+1]);
+        exit(1);
+        }
+        break;
+    }
+    }
+
+    for(i = 1; i < (*argc); i++) {
+    if (argv[i][0] == '-') {
+        for(j = 0; esp_opt_table[j].name != 0; j++) {
+        if (strcmp(argv[i]+1, esp_opt_table[j].name) == 0) {
+            delete_arg(argc, argv, i);
+            *(esp_opt_table[j].variable) = esp_opt_table[j].value;
+            break;
+        }
+        }
+    }
+    }
+
+    if (check_arg(argc, argv, "-fdr")) input_type = FDR_type;
+    if (check_arg(argc, argv, "-fr")) input_type = FR_type;
+    if (check_arg(argc, argv, "-f")) input_type = F_type;
+}
+
+
+/* delete_arg -- delete an argument from the argument list */
+delete_arg(argc, argv, num)
+int *argc, num;
+register char *argv[];
+{
+    register int i;
+    (*argc)--;
+    for(i = num; i < *argc; i++) {
+    argv[i] = argv[i+1];
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* check_arg -- scan argv for an argument, and return TRUE if found */
+bool check_arg(argc, argv, s)
+int *argc;
+register char *argv[], *s;
+{
+    register int i;
+    for(i = 1; i < *argc; i++) {
+    if (strcmp(argv[i], s) == 0) {
+        delete_arg(argc, argv, i);
+        return TRUE;
+    }
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
diff --git a/src/misc/espresso/main.h b/src/misc/espresso/main.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..00657f39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/espresso/main.h
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+/*
+ * Revision Control Information
+ *
+ * $Source$
+ * $Author$
+ * $Revision$
+ * $Date$
+ *
+ */
+enum keys {
+    KEY_ESPRESSO, KEY_PLA_verify, KEY_check, KEY_contain, KEY_d1merge,
+    KEY_disjoint, KEY_dsharp, KEY_echo, KEY_essen, KEY_exact, KEY_expand,
+    KEY_gasp, KEY_intersect, KEY_irred, KEY_lexsort, KEY_make_sparse,
+    KEY_map, KEY_mapdc, KEY_minterms, KEY_opo, KEY_opoall,
+    KEY_pair, KEY_pairall, KEY_primes, KEY_qm, KEY_reduce, KEY_sharp,
+    KEY_simplify, KEY_so, KEY_so_both, KEY_stats, KEY_super_gasp, KEY_taut,
+    KEY_test, KEY_equiv, KEY_union, KEY_verify, KEY_MANY_ESPRESSO,
+    KEY_separate, KEY_xor, KEY_d1merge_in, KEY_fsm,
+    KEY_unknown
+};
+
+/* Lookup table for program options */
+struct {
+    char *name;
+    enum keys key;
+    int num_plas;
+    bool needs_offset;
+    bool needs_dcset;
+} option_table [] = {
+    /* ways to minimize functions */
+    "ESPRESSO", KEY_ESPRESSO, 1, TRUE, TRUE,    /* must be first */
+    "many", KEY_MANY_ESPRESSO, 1, TRUE, TRUE,
+    "exact", KEY_exact, 1, TRUE, TRUE,
+    "qm", KEY_qm, 1, TRUE, TRUE,
+    "single_output", KEY_so, 1, TRUE, TRUE,
+    "so", KEY_so, 1, TRUE, TRUE,
+    "so_both", KEY_so_both, 1, TRUE, TRUE,
+    "simplify", KEY_simplify, 1, FALSE, FALSE,
+    "echo", KEY_echo, 1, FALSE, FALSE,
+
+    /* output phase assignment and assignment of inputs to two-bit decoders */
+    "opo", KEY_opo, 1, TRUE, TRUE,
+    "opoall", KEY_opoall, 1, TRUE, TRUE,
+    "pair", KEY_pair, 1, TRUE, TRUE,
+    "pairall", KEY_pairall, 1, TRUE, TRUE,
+
+    /* Ways to check covers */
+    "check", KEY_check, 1, TRUE, TRUE,
+    "stats", KEY_stats, 1, FALSE, FALSE,
+    "verify", KEY_verify, 2, FALSE, TRUE,
+    "PLAverify", KEY_PLA_verify, 2, FALSE, TRUE,
+
+    /* hacks */
+    "equiv", KEY_equiv, 1, TRUE, TRUE,
+    "map", KEY_map, 1, FALSE, FALSE,
+    "mapdc", KEY_mapdc, 1, FALSE, FALSE,
+    "fsm", KEY_fsm, 1, FALSE, TRUE,
+
+    /* the basic boolean operations on covers */
+    "contain", KEY_contain, 1, FALSE, FALSE,
+    "d1merge", KEY_d1merge, 1, FALSE, FALSE,
+    "d1merge_in", KEY_d1merge_in, 1, FALSE, FALSE,
+    "disjoint", KEY_disjoint, 1, TRUE, FALSE,
+    "dsharp", KEY_dsharp, 2, FALSE, FALSE,
+    "intersect", KEY_intersect, 2, FALSE, FALSE,
+    "minterms", KEY_minterms, 1, FALSE, FALSE,
+    "primes", KEY_primes, 1, FALSE, TRUE,
+    "separate", KEY_separate, 1, TRUE, TRUE,
+    "sharp", KEY_sharp, 2, FALSE, FALSE,
+    "union", KEY_union, 2, FALSE, FALSE,
+    "xor", KEY_xor, 2, TRUE, TRUE,
+
+    /* debugging only -- call each step of the espresso algorithm */
+    "essen", KEY_essen, 1, FALSE, TRUE,
+    "expand", KEY_expand, 1, TRUE, FALSE,
+    "gasp", KEY_gasp, 1, TRUE, TRUE,
+    "irred", KEY_irred, 1, FALSE, TRUE,
+    "make_sparse", KEY_make_sparse, 1, TRUE, TRUE,
+    "reduce", KEY_reduce, 1, FALSE, TRUE,
+    "taut", KEY_taut, 1, FALSE, FALSE,
+    "super_gasp", KEY_super_gasp, 1, TRUE, TRUE,
+    "lexsort", KEY_lexsort, 1, FALSE, FALSE,
+    "test", KEY_test, 1, TRUE, TRUE,
+    0, KEY_unknown, 0, FALSE, FALSE             /* must be last */
+};
+
+
+struct {
+    char *name;
+    int value;
+} debug_table[] = {
+    "", EXPAND + ESSEN + IRRED + REDUCE + SPARSE + GASP + SHARP + MINCOV,
+    "compl",   COMPL,  "essen",       ESSEN,
+    "expand",  EXPAND, "expand1",     EXPAND1|EXPAND,
+    "irred",   IRRED,  "irred1",      IRRED1|IRRED,
+    "reduce",  REDUCE, "reduce1",     REDUCE1|REDUCE,
+    "mincov",  MINCOV, "mincov1",     MINCOV1|MINCOV,
+    "sparse",  SPARSE, "sharp",       SHARP,
+    "taut",    TAUT,   "gasp",        GASP,
+    "exact",   EXACT,
+    0,
+};
+
+
+struct {
+    char *name;
+    int *variable;
+    int value;
+} esp_opt_table[] = {
+    "eat", &echo_comments, FALSE,
+    "eatdots", &echo_unknown_commands, FALSE,
+    "fast", &single_expand, TRUE,
+    "kiss", &kiss, TRUE,
+    "ness", &remove_essential, FALSE,
+    "nirr", &force_irredundant, FALSE,
+    "nunwrap", &unwrap_onset, FALSE,
+    "onset", &recompute_onset, TRUE,
+    "pos", &pos, TRUE,
+    "random", &use_random_order, TRUE,
+    "strong", &use_super_gasp, TRUE,
+    0,
+};
diff --git a/src/misc/espresso/map.c b/src/misc/espresso/map.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5ccf264c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/espresso/map.c
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/*
+ * Revision Control Information
+ *
+ * $Source$
+ * $Author$
+ * $Revision$
+ * $Date$
+ *
+ */
+#include "espresso.h"
+
+static pcube Gcube;
+static pset Gminterm;
+
+pset minterms(T)
+pcover T;
+{
+    int size, var;
+    register pcube last;
+
+    size = 1;
+    for(var = 0; var < cube.num_vars; var++)
+    size *= cube.part_size[var];
+    Gminterm = set_new(size);
+
+    foreach_set(T, last, Gcube)
+    explode(cube.num_vars-1, 0);
+
+    return Gminterm;
+}
+
+
+void explode(var, z)
+int var, z;
+{
+    int i, last = cube.last_part[var];
+    for(i=cube.first_part[var], z *= cube.part_size[var]; i<=last; i++, z++)
+    if (is_in_set(Gcube, i))
+        if (var == 0)
+        set_insert(Gminterm, z);
+        else
+        explode(var-1, z);
+}
+
+
+static int mapindex[16][16] = {
+     0,  1,  3,  2,   16, 17, 19, 18,      80, 81, 83, 82,   64, 65, 67, 66,
+     4,  5,  7,  6,   20, 21, 23, 22,      84, 85, 87, 86,   68, 69, 71, 70,
+    12, 13, 15, 14,   28, 29, 31, 30,      92, 93, 95, 94,   76, 77, 79, 78,
+     8,  9, 11, 10,   24, 25, 27, 26,      88, 89, 91, 90,   72, 73, 75, 74,
+
+    32, 33, 35, 34,   48, 49, 51, 50,     112,113,115,114,   96, 97, 99, 98,
+    36, 37, 39, 38,   52, 53, 55, 54,     116,117,119,118,  100,101,103,102,
+    44, 45, 47, 46,   60, 61, 63, 62,     124,125,127,126,  108,109,111,110,
+    40, 41, 43, 42,   56, 57, 59, 58,     120,121,123,122,  104,105,107,106,
+
+
+   160,161,163,162,  176,177,179,178,     240,241,243,242,  224,225,227,226,
+   164,165,167,166,  180,181,183,182,     244,245,247,246,  228,229,231,230,
+   172,173,175,174,  188,189,191,190,     252,253,255,254,  236,237,239,238,
+   168,169,171,170,  184,185,187,186,     248,249,251,250,  232,233,235,234,
+
+   128,129,131,130,  144,145,147,146,     208,209,211,210,  192,193,195,194,
+   132,133,135,134,  148,149,151,150,     212,213,215,214,  196,197,199,198,
+   140,141,143,142,  156,157,159,158,     220,221,223,222,  204,205,207,206,
+   136,137,139,138,  152,153,155,154,     216,217,219,218,  200,201,203,202
+};
+
+#define POWER2(n) (1 << n)
+void map(T)
+pcover T;
+{
+    int j, k, l, other_input_offset, output_offset, outnum, ind;
+    int largest_input_ind,  numout;
+    char c;
+    pset m;
+    bool some_output;
+
+    m = minterms(T);
+    largest_input_ind = POWER2(cube.num_binary_vars);
+    numout = cube.part_size[cube.num_vars-1];
+
+    for(outnum = 0; outnum < numout; outnum++) {
+    output_offset = outnum * largest_input_ind;
+    printf("\n\nOutput space # %d\n", outnum);
+    for(l = 0; l <= MAX(cube.num_binary_vars - 8, 0); l++) {
+        other_input_offset = l * 256;
+        for(k = 0; k < 16; k++) {
+        some_output = FALSE;
+        for(j = 0; j < 16; j++) {
+            ind = mapindex[k][j] + other_input_offset;
+            if (ind < largest_input_ind) {
+            c = is_in_set(m, ind+output_offset) ? '1' : '.';
+            putchar(c);
+            some_output = TRUE;
+            }
+            if ((j+1)%4 == 0)
+            putchar(' ');
+            if ((j+1)%8 == 0)
+            printf("  ");
+        }
+        if (some_output)
+            putchar('\n');
+        if ((k+1)%4 == 0) {
+            if (k != 15 && mapindex[k+1][0] >= largest_input_ind)
+            break;
+            putchar('\n');
+        }
+        if ((k+1)%8 == 0)
+            putchar('\n');
+        }
+    }
+    }
+    set_free(m);
+}
diff --git a/src/misc/espresso/matrix.c b/src/misc/espresso/matrix.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..747fe54f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/espresso/matrix.c
@@ -0,0 +1,574 @@
+/*
+ * Revision Control Information
+ *
+ * $Source$
+ * $Author$
+ * $Revision$
+ * $Date$
+ *
+ */
+//#include "port.h"
+#include "sparse_int.h"
+
+/*
+ *  free-lists are only used if 'FAST_AND_LOOSE' is set; this is because
+ *  we lose the debugging capability of libmm_t which trashes objects when
+ *  they are free'd.  However, FAST_AND_LOOSE is much faster if matrices
+ *  are created and freed frequently.
+ */
+
+#ifdef FAST_AND_LOOSE
+sm_element *sm_element_freelist;
+sm_row *sm_row_freelist;
+sm_col *sm_col_freelist;
+#endif
+
+
+sm_matrix *
+sm_alloc()
+{
+    register sm_matrix *A;
+
+    A = ALLOC(sm_matrix, 1);
+    A->rows = NIL(sm_row *);
+    A->cols = NIL(sm_col *);
+    A->nrows = A->ncols = 0;
+    A->rows_size = A->cols_size = 0;
+    A->first_row = A->last_row = NIL(sm_row);
+    A->first_col = A->last_col = NIL(sm_col);
+    A->user_word = NIL(char);        /* for our user ... */
+    return A;
+}
+
+
+sm_matrix *
+sm_alloc_size(row, col)
+int row, col;
+{
+    register sm_matrix *A;
+
+    A = sm_alloc();
+    sm_resize(A, row, col);
+    return A;
+}
+
+
+void
+sm_free(A)
+sm_matrix *A;
+{
+#ifdef FAST_AND_LOOSE
+    register sm_row *prow;
+
+    if (A->first_row != 0) {
+    for(prow = A->first_row; prow != 0; prow = prow->next_row) {
+        /* add the elements to the free list of elements */
+        prow->last_col->next_col = sm_element_freelist;
+        sm_element_freelist = prow->first_col;
+    }
+
+    /* Add the linked list of rows to the row-free-list */
+    A->last_row->next_row = sm_row_freelist;
+    sm_row_freelist = A->first_row;
+
+    /* Add the linked list of cols to the col-free-list */
+    A->last_col->next_col = sm_col_freelist;
+    sm_col_freelist = A->first_col;
+    }
+#else
+    register sm_row *prow, *pnext_row;
+    register sm_col *pcol, *pnext_col;
+
+    for(prow = A->first_row; prow != 0; prow = pnext_row) {
+    pnext_row = prow->next_row;
+    sm_row_free(prow);
+    }
+    for(pcol = A->first_col; pcol != 0; pcol = pnext_col) {
+    pnext_col = pcol->next_col;
+    pcol->first_row = pcol->last_row = NIL(sm_element);
+    sm_col_free(pcol);
+    }
+#endif
+
+    /* Free the arrays to map row/col numbers into pointers */
+    FREE(A->rows);
+    FREE(A->cols);
+    FREE(A);
+}
+
+
+sm_matrix *
+sm_dup(A)
+sm_matrix *A; 
+{
+    register sm_row *prow;
+    register sm_element *p;
+    register sm_matrix *B;
+
+    B = sm_alloc();
+    if (A->last_row != 0) {
+    sm_resize(B, A->last_row->row_num, A->last_col->col_num);
+    for(prow = A->first_row; prow != 0; prow = prow->next_row) {
+        for(p = prow->first_col; p != 0; p = p->next_col) {
+        (void) sm_insert(B, p->row_num, p->col_num);
+        }
+    }
+    }
+    return B;
+}
+
+
+void 
+sm_resize(A, row, col)
+register sm_matrix *A;
+int row, col;
+{
+    register int i, new_size;
+
+    if (row >= A->rows_size) {
+    new_size = MAX(A->rows_size*2, row+1);
+    A->rows = REALLOC(sm_row *, A->rows, new_size);
+    for(i = A->rows_size; i < new_size; i++) {
+        A->rows[i] = NIL(sm_row);
+    }
+    A->rows_size = new_size;
+    }
+
+    if (col >= A->cols_size) {
+    new_size = MAX(A->cols_size*2, col+1);
+    A->cols = REALLOC(sm_col *, A->cols, new_size);
+    for(i = A->cols_size; i < new_size; i++) {
+        A->cols[i] = NIL(sm_col);
+    }
+    A->cols_size = new_size;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*  
+ *  insert -- insert a value into the matrix
+ */
+sm_element *
+sm_insert(A, row, col)
+register sm_matrix *A;
+register int row, col;
+{
+    register sm_row *prow;
+    register sm_col *pcol;
+    register sm_element *element;
+    sm_element *save_element;
+
+    if (row >= A->rows_size || col >= A->cols_size) {
+    sm_resize(A, row, col);
+    }
+
+    prow = A->rows[row];
+    if (prow == NIL(sm_row)) {
+    prow = A->rows[row] = sm_row_alloc();
+    prow->row_num = row;
+    sorted_insert(sm_row, A->first_row, A->last_row, A->nrows, 
+            next_row, prev_row, row_num, row, prow);
+    }
+
+    pcol = A->cols[col];
+    if (pcol == NIL(sm_col)) {
+    pcol = A->cols[col] = sm_col_alloc();
+    pcol->col_num = col;
+    sorted_insert(sm_col, A->first_col, A->last_col, A->ncols, 
+            next_col, prev_col, col_num, col, pcol);
+    }
+
+    /* get a new item, save its address */
+    sm_element_alloc(element);
+    save_element = element;
+
+    /* insert it into the row list */
+    sorted_insert(sm_element, prow->first_col, prow->last_col, 
+        prow->length, next_col, prev_col, col_num, col, element);
+
+    /* if it was used, also insert it into the column list */
+    if (element == save_element) {
+    sorted_insert(sm_element, pcol->first_row, pcol->last_row, 
+        pcol->length, next_row, prev_row, row_num, row, element);
+    } else {
+    /* otherwise, it was already in matrix -- free element we allocated */
+    sm_element_free(save_element);
+    }
+    return element;
+}
+
+
+sm_element *
+sm_find(A, rownum, colnum)
+sm_matrix *A;
+int rownum, colnum;
+{
+    sm_row *prow;
+    sm_col *pcol;
+
+    prow = sm_get_row(A, rownum);
+    if (prow == NIL(sm_row)) {
+    return NIL(sm_element);
+    } else {
+    pcol = sm_get_col(A, colnum);
+    if (pcol == NIL(sm_col)) {
+        return NIL(sm_element);
+    }
+    if (prow->length < pcol->length) {
+        return sm_row_find(prow, colnum);
+    } else {
+        return sm_col_find(pcol, rownum);
+    }
+    }
+}
+
+
+void
+sm_remove(A, rownum, colnum)
+sm_matrix *A;
+int rownum, colnum;
+{
+    sm_remove_element(A, sm_find(A, rownum, colnum));
+}
+
+
+
+void
+sm_remove_element(A, p)
+register sm_matrix *A; 
+register sm_element *p;
+{
+    register sm_row *prow;
+    register sm_col *pcol;
+
+    if (p == 0) return;
+
+    /* Unlink the element from its row */
+    prow = sm_get_row(A, p->row_num);
+    dll_unlink(p, prow->first_col, prow->last_col, 
+            next_col, prev_col, prow->length);
+
+    /* if no more elements in the row, discard the row header */
+    if (prow->first_col == NIL(sm_element)) {
+    sm_delrow(A, p->row_num);
+    }
+
+    /* Unlink the element from its column */
+    pcol = sm_get_col(A, p->col_num);
+    dll_unlink(p, pcol->first_row, pcol->last_row, 
+            next_row, prev_row, pcol->length);
+
+    /* if no more elements in the column, discard the column header */
+    if (pcol->first_row == NIL(sm_element)) {
+    sm_delcol(A, p->col_num);
+    }
+
+    sm_element_free(p);
+}
+
+void 
+sm_delrow(A, i)
+sm_matrix *A;
+int i;
+{
+    register sm_element *p, *pnext;
+    sm_col *pcol;
+    sm_row *prow;
+
+    prow = sm_get_row(A, i);
+    if (prow != NIL(sm_row)) {
+    /* walk across the row */
+    for(p = prow->first_col; p != 0; p = pnext) {
+        pnext = p->next_col;
+
+        /* unlink the item from the column (and delete it) */
+        pcol = sm_get_col(A, p->col_num);
+        sm_col_remove_element(pcol, p);
+
+        /* discard the column if it is now empty */
+        if (pcol->first_row == NIL(sm_element)) {
+        sm_delcol(A, pcol->col_num);
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* discard the row -- we already threw away the elements */ 
+    A->rows[i] = NIL(sm_row);
+    dll_unlink(prow, A->first_row, A->last_row, 
+                next_row, prev_row, A->nrows);
+    prow->first_col = prow->last_col = NIL(sm_element);
+    sm_row_free(prow);
+    }
+}
+
+void 
+sm_delcol(A, i)
+sm_matrix *A;
+int i;
+{
+    register sm_element *p, *pnext;
+    sm_row *prow;
+    sm_col *pcol;
+
+    pcol = sm_get_col(A, i);
+    if (pcol != NIL(sm_col)) {
+    /* walk down the column */
+    for(p = pcol->first_row; p != 0; p = pnext) {
+        pnext = p->next_row;
+
+        /* unlink the element from the row (and delete it) */
+        prow = sm_get_row(A, p->row_num);
+        sm_row_remove_element(prow, p);
+
+        /* discard the row if it is now empty */
+        if (prow->first_col == NIL(sm_element)) {
+        sm_delrow(A, prow->row_num);
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* discard the column -- we already threw away the elements */ 
+    A->cols[i] = NIL(sm_col);
+    dll_unlink(pcol, A->first_col, A->last_col, 
+                next_col, prev_col, A->ncols);
+    pcol->first_row = pcol->last_row = NIL(sm_element);
+    sm_col_free(pcol);
+    }
+}
+
+void
+sm_copy_row(dest, dest_row, prow)
+register sm_matrix *dest;
+int dest_row;
+sm_row *prow;
+{
+    register sm_element *p;
+
+    for(p = prow->first_col; p != 0; p = p->next_col) {
+    (void) sm_insert(dest, dest_row, p->col_num);
+    }
+}
+
+
+void
+sm_copy_col(dest, dest_col, pcol)
+register sm_matrix *dest;
+int dest_col;
+sm_col *pcol;
+{
+    register sm_element *p;
+
+    for(p = pcol->first_row; p != 0; p = p->next_row) {
+    (void) sm_insert(dest, dest_col, p->row_num);
+    }
+}
+
+
+sm_row *
+sm_longest_row(A)
+sm_matrix *A;
+{
+    register sm_row *large_row, *prow;
+    register int max_length;
+
+    max_length = 0;
+    large_row = NIL(sm_row);
+    for(prow = A->first_row; prow != 0; prow = prow->next_row) {
+    if (prow->length > max_length) {
+        max_length = prow->length;
+        large_row = prow;
+    }
+    }
+    return large_row;
+}
+
+
+sm_col *
+sm_longest_col(A)
+sm_matrix *A;
+{
+    register sm_col *large_col, *pcol;
+    register int max_length;
+
+    max_length = 0;
+    large_col = NIL(sm_col);
+    for(pcol = A->first_col; pcol != 0; pcol = pcol->next_col) {
+    if (pcol->length > max_length) {
+        max_length = pcol->length;
+        large_col = pcol;
+    }
+    }
+    return large_col;
+}
+
+int
+sm_num_elements(A)
+sm_matrix *A;
+{
+    register sm_row *prow;
+    register int num;
+
+    num = 0;
+    sm_foreach_row(A, prow) {
+    num += prow->length;
+    }
+    return num;
+}
+
+int 
+sm_read(fp, A)
+FILE *fp;
+sm_matrix **A;
+{
+    int i, j, err;
+
+    *A = sm_alloc();
+    while (! feof(fp)) {
+    err = fscanf(fp, "%d %d", &i, &j);
+    if (err == EOF) {
+        return 1;
+    } else if (err != 2) {
+        return 0;
+    }
+    (void) sm_insert(*A, i, j);
+    }
+    return 1;
+}
+
+
+int 
+sm_read_compressed(fp, A)
+FILE *fp;
+sm_matrix **A;
+{
+    int i, j, k, nrows, ncols;
+    unsigned long x;
+
+    *A = sm_alloc();
+    if (fscanf(fp, "%d %d", &nrows, &ncols) != 2) {
+    return 0;
+    }
+    sm_resize(*A, nrows, ncols);
+
+    for(i = 0; i < nrows; i++) {
+    if (fscanf(fp, "%lx", &x) != 1) {
+        return 0;
+    }
+    for(j = 0; j < ncols; j += 32) {
+        if (fscanf(fp, "%lx", &x) != 1) {
+        return 0;
+        }
+        for(k = j; x != 0; x >>= 1, k++) {
+        if (x & 1) {
+            (void) sm_insert(*A, i, k);
+        }
+        }
+    }
+    }
+    return 1;
+}
+
+
+void 
+sm_write(fp, A)
+FILE *fp;
+sm_matrix *A;
+{
+    register sm_row *prow;
+    register sm_element *p;
+
+    for(prow = A->first_row; prow != 0; prow = prow->next_row) {
+    for(p = prow->first_col; p != 0; p = p->next_col) {
+        (void) fprintf(fp, "%d %d\n", p->row_num, p->col_num);
+    }
+    }
+}
+
+void 
+sm_print(fp, A)
+FILE *fp;
+sm_matrix *A;
+{
+    register sm_row *prow;
+    register sm_col *pcol;
+    int c;
+
+    if (A->last_col->col_num >= 100) {
+    (void) fprintf(fp, "    ");
+    for(pcol = A->first_col; pcol != 0; pcol = pcol->next_col) {
+        (void) fprintf(fp, "%d", (pcol->col_num / 100)%10);
+    }
+    putc('\n', fp);
+    }
+
+    if (A->last_col->col_num >= 10) {
+    (void) fprintf(fp, "    ");
+    for(pcol = A->first_col; pcol != 0; pcol = pcol->next_col) {
+        (void) fprintf(fp, "%d", (pcol->col_num / 10)%10);
+    }
+    putc('\n', fp);
+    }
+
+    (void) fprintf(fp, "    ");
+    for(pcol = A->first_col; pcol != 0; pcol = pcol->next_col) {
+    (void) fprintf(fp, "%d", pcol->col_num % 10);
+    }
+    putc('\n', fp);
+
+    (void) fprintf(fp, "    ");
+    for(pcol = A->first_col; pcol != 0; pcol = pcol->next_col) {
+    (void) fprintf(fp, "-");
+    }
+    putc('\n', fp);
+
+    for(prow = A->first_row; prow != 0; prow = prow->next_row) {
+    (void) fprintf(fp, "%3d:", prow->row_num);
+
+    for(pcol = A->first_col; pcol != 0; pcol = pcol->next_col) {
+        c = sm_row_find(prow, pcol->col_num) ? '1' : '.';
+        putc(c, fp);
+    }
+    putc('\n', fp);
+    }
+}
+
+
+void 
+sm_dump(A, s, max)
+sm_matrix *A;
+char *s;
+int max;
+{
+    FILE *fp = stdout;
+
+    (void) fprintf(fp, "%s %d rows by %d cols\n", s, A->nrows, A->ncols);
+    if (A->nrows < max) {
+    sm_print(fp, A);
+    }
+}
+
+void
+sm_cleanup()
+{
+#ifdef FAST_AND_LOOSE
+    register sm_element *p, *pnext;
+    register sm_row *prow, *pnextrow;
+    register sm_col *pcol, *pnextcol;
+
+    for(p = sm_element_freelist; p != 0; p = pnext) {
+    pnext = p->next_col;
+    FREE(p);
+    }
+    sm_element_freelist = 0;
+
+    for(prow = sm_row_freelist; prow != 0; prow = pnextrow) {
+    pnextrow = prow->next_row;
+    FREE(prow);
+    }
+    sm_row_freelist = 0;
+
+    for(pcol = sm_col_freelist; pcol != 0; pcol = pnextcol) {
+    pnextcol = pcol->next_col;
+    FREE(pcol);
+    }
+    sm_col_freelist = 0;
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/src/misc/espresso/mincov.c b/src/misc/espresso/mincov.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ee18a3f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/espresso/mincov.c
@@ -0,0 +1,378 @@
+/*
+ * Revision Control Information
+ *
+ * $Source$
+ * $Author$
+ * $Revision$
+ * $Date$
+ *
+ */
+#include "mincov_int.h"
+
+/*
+ *  mincov.c
+ */
+
+#define USE_GIMPEL
+#define USE_INDEP_SET
+
+static int select_column();
+static void select_essential();
+static int verify_cover();
+
+#define fail(why) {\
+    (void) fprintf(stderr, "Fatal error: file %s, line %d\n%s\n",\
+    __FILE__, __LINE__, why);\
+    (void) fflush(stdout);\
+    abort();\
+}
+
+sm_row *
+sm_minimum_cover(A, weight, heuristic, debug_level)
+sm_matrix *A;
+int *weight;
+int heuristic;        /* set to 1 for a heuristic covering */
+int debug_level;    /* how deep in the recursion to provide info */
+{
+    stats_t stats;
+    solution_t *best, *select;
+    sm_row *prow, *sol;
+    sm_col *pcol;
+    sm_matrix *dup_A;
+    int nelem, bound;
+    double sparsity;
+
+    /* Avoid sillyness */
+    if (A->nrows <= 0) {
+    return sm_row_alloc();        /* easy to cover */
+    }
+
+    /* Initialize debugging structure */
+    stats.start_time = util_cpu_time();
+    stats.debug = debug_level > 0;
+    stats.max_print_depth = debug_level;
+    stats.max_depth = -1;
+    stats.nodes = 0;
+    stats.component = stats.comp_count = 0;
+    stats.gimpel = stats.gimpel_count = 0;
+    stats.no_branching = heuristic != 0;
+    stats.lower_bound = -1;
+
+    /* Check the matrix sparsity */
+    nelem = 0;
+    sm_foreach_row(A, prow) {
+    nelem += prow->length;
+    }
+    sparsity = (double) nelem / (double) (A->nrows * A->ncols);
+
+    /* Determine an upper bound on the solution */
+    bound = 1;
+    sm_foreach_col(A, pcol) {
+    bound += WEIGHT(weight, pcol->col_num);
+    }
+
+    /* Perform the covering */
+    select = solution_alloc();
+    dup_A = sm_dup(A);
+    best = sm_mincov(dup_A, select, weight, 0, bound, 0, &stats);
+    sm_free(dup_A);
+    solution_free(select);
+
+    if (stats.debug) {
+    if (stats.no_branching) {
+        (void) printf("**** heuristic covering ...\n");
+        (void) printf("lower bound = %d\n", stats.lower_bound);
+    }
+    (void) printf("matrix     = %d by %d with %d elements (%4.3f%%)\n",
+        A->nrows, A->ncols, nelem, sparsity * 100.0);
+    (void) printf("cover size = %d elements\n", best->row->length);
+    (void) printf("cover cost = %d\n", best->cost);
+    (void) printf("time       = %s\n", 
+            util_print_time(util_cpu_time() - stats.start_time));
+    (void) printf("components = %d\n", stats.comp_count);
+    (void) printf("gimpel     = %d\n", stats.gimpel_count);
+    (void) printf("nodes      = %d\n", stats.nodes);
+    (void) printf("max_depth  = %d\n", stats.max_depth);
+    }
+
+    sol = sm_row_dup(best->row);
+    if (! verify_cover(A, sol)) {
+    fail("mincov: internal error -- cover verification failed\n");
+    }
+    solution_free(best);
+    return sol;
+}
+
+/*
+ *  Find the best cover for 'A' (given that 'select' already selected);
+ *
+ *    - abort search if a solution cannot be found which beats 'bound'
+ *
+ *    - if any solution meets 'lower_bound', then it is the optimum solution
+ *      and can be returned without further work.
+ */
+
+solution_t * 
+sm_mincov(A, select, weight, lb, bound, depth, stats)
+sm_matrix *A;
+solution_t *select;
+int *weight;
+int lb;
+int bound;
+int depth;
+stats_t *stats;
+{
+    sm_matrix *A1, *A2, *L, *R;
+    sm_element *p;
+    solution_t *select1, *select2, *best, *best1, *best2, *indep;
+    int pick, lb_new, debug;
+
+    /* Start out with some debugging information */
+    stats->nodes++;
+    if (depth > stats->max_depth) stats->max_depth = depth;
+    debug = stats->debug && (depth <= stats->max_print_depth);
+
+    /* Apply row dominance, column dominance, and select essentials */
+    select_essential(A, select, weight, bound);
+    if (select->cost >= bound) {
+    return NIL(solution_t);
+    }
+
+    /* See if gimpel's reduction technique applies ... */
+#ifdef USE_GIMPEL
+    if ( weight == NIL(int)) {    /* hack until we fix it */
+    if (gimpel_reduce(A, select, weight, lb, bound, depth, stats, &best)) {
+        return best;
+    }
+    }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef USE_INDEP_SET
+    /* Determine bound from here to final solution using independent-set */
+    indep = sm_maximal_independent_set(A, weight);
+
+    /* make sure the lower bound is monotonically increasing */
+    lb_new = MAX(select->cost + indep->cost, lb);
+    pick = select_column(A, weight, indep);
+    solution_free(indep);
+#else
+    lb_new = select->cost + (A->nrows > 0);
+    pick = select_column(A, weight, NIL(solution_t));
+#endif
+
+    if (depth == 0) {
+    stats->lower_bound = lb_new + stats->gimpel;
+    }
+
+    if (debug) {
+        (void) printf("ABSMIN[%2d]%s", depth, stats->component ? "*" : " ");
+        (void) printf(" %3dx%3d sel=%3d bnd=%3d lb=%3d %12s ",
+            A->nrows, A->ncols, select->cost + stats->gimpel, 
+        bound + stats->gimpel, lb_new + stats->gimpel, 
+        util_print_time(util_cpu_time()-stats->start_time));
+    }
+
+    /* Check for bounding based on no better solution possible */
+    if (lb_new >= bound) {
+    if (debug) (void) printf("bounded\n");
+    best = NIL(solution_t);
+
+
+    /* Check for new best solution */
+    } else if (A->nrows == 0) {
+    best = solution_dup(select);
+    if (debug) (void) printf("BEST\n");
+    if (stats->debug && stats->component == 0) {
+            (void) printf("new 'best' solution %d at level %d (time is %s)\n", 
+        best->cost + stats->gimpel, depth, 
+        util_print_time(util_cpu_time() - stats->start_time));
+        }
+
+
+    /* Check for a partition of the problem */
+    } else if (sm_block_partition(A, &L, &R)) {
+    /* Make L the smaller problem */
+    if (L->ncols > R->ncols) {
+        A1 = L;
+        L = R;
+        R = A1;
+    }
+    if (debug) (void) printf("comp %d %d\n", L->nrows, R->nrows);
+    stats->comp_count++;
+
+    /* Solve problem for L */
+    select1 = solution_alloc();
+    stats->component++;
+    best1 = sm_mincov(L, select1, weight, 0, 
+                    bound-select->cost, depth+1, stats);
+    stats->component--;
+    solution_free(select1);
+    sm_free(L);
+
+    /* Add best solution to the selected set */
+    if (best1 == NIL(solution_t)) {
+        best = NIL(solution_t);
+    } else {
+        for(p = best1->row->first_col; p != 0; p = p->next_col) {
+        solution_add(select, weight, p->col_num);
+        }
+        solution_free(best1);
+
+        /* recur for the remaining block */
+        best = sm_mincov(R, select, weight, lb_new, bound, depth+1, stats);
+    }
+    sm_free(R);
+
+    /* We've tried as hard as possible, but now we must split and recur */
+    } else {
+    if (debug) (void) printf("pick=%d\n", pick);
+
+        /* Assume we choose this column to be in the covering set */
+    A1 = sm_dup(A);
+    select1 = solution_dup(select);
+    solution_accept(select1, A1, weight, pick);
+        best1 = sm_mincov(A1, select1, weight, lb_new, bound, depth+1, stats);
+    solution_free(select1);
+    sm_free(A1);
+
+    /* Update the upper bound if we found a better solution */
+    if (best1 != NIL(solution_t) && bound > best1->cost) {
+        bound = best1->cost;
+    }
+
+    /* See if this is a heuristic covering (no branching) */
+    if (stats->no_branching) {
+        return best1;
+    }
+
+    /* Check for reaching lower bound -- if so, don't actually branch */
+    if (best1 != NIL(solution_t) && best1->cost == lb_new) {
+        return best1;
+    }
+
+        /* Now assume we cannot have that column */
+    A2 = sm_dup(A);
+    select2 = solution_dup(select);
+    solution_reject(select2, A2, weight, pick);
+        best2 = sm_mincov(A2, select2, weight, lb_new, bound, depth+1, stats);
+    solution_free(select2);
+    sm_free(A2);
+
+    best = solution_choose_best(best1, best2);
+    }
+
+    return best;
+}
+
+static int 
+select_column(A, weight, indep)
+sm_matrix *A;
+int *weight;
+solution_t *indep;
+{
+    register sm_col *pcol;
+    register sm_row *prow, *indep_cols;
+    register sm_element *p, *p1;
+    double w, best;
+    int best_col;
+
+    indep_cols = sm_row_alloc();
+    if (indep != NIL(solution_t)) {
+    /* Find which columns are in the independent sets */
+    for(p = indep->row->first_col; p != 0; p = p->next_col) {
+        prow = sm_get_row(A, p->col_num);
+        for(p1 = prow->first_col; p1 != 0; p1 = p1->next_col) {
+        (void) sm_row_insert(indep_cols, p1->col_num);
+        }
+    }
+    } else {
+    /* select out of all columns */
+    sm_foreach_col(A, pcol) {
+        (void) sm_row_insert(indep_cols, pcol->col_num);
+    }
+    }
+
+    /* Find the best column */
+    best_col = -1;
+    best = -1;
+
+    /* Consider only columns which are in some independent row */
+    sm_foreach_row_element(indep_cols, p1) {
+    pcol = sm_get_col(A, p1->col_num);
+
+    /* Compute the total 'value' of all things covered by the column */
+    w = 0.0;
+    for(p = pcol->first_row; p != 0; p = p->next_row) {
+        prow = sm_get_row(A, p->row_num);
+        w += 1.0 / ((double) prow->length - 1.0);
+    }
+
+    /* divide this by the relative cost of choosing this column */
+    w = w / (double) WEIGHT(weight, pcol->col_num);
+
+    /* maximize this ratio */
+    if (w  > best) {
+        best_col = pcol->col_num;
+        best = w;
+    }
+    }
+
+    sm_row_free(indep_cols);
+    return best_col;
+}
+
+static void 
+select_essential(A, select, weight, bound)
+sm_matrix *A;
+solution_t *select;
+int *weight;
+int bound;            /* must beat this solution */
+{
+    register sm_element *p;
+    register sm_row *prow, *essen;
+    int delcols, delrows, essen_count;
+
+    do {
+    /*  Check for dominated columns  */
+    delcols = sm_col_dominance(A, weight);
+
+    /*  Find the rows with only 1 element (the essentials) */
+    essen = sm_row_alloc();
+    sm_foreach_row(A, prow) {
+        if (prow->length == 1) {
+        (void) sm_row_insert(essen, prow->first_col->col_num);
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* Select all of the elements */
+    sm_foreach_row_element(essen, p) {
+        solution_accept(select, A, weight, p->col_num);
+        /* Make sure solution still looks good */
+        if (select->cost >= bound) {
+        sm_row_free(essen);
+        return;
+        }
+    }
+    essen_count = essen->length;
+    sm_row_free(essen);
+
+    /*  Check for dominated rows  */
+    delrows = sm_row_dominance(A);
+
+    } while (delcols > 0 || delrows > 0 || essen_count > 0);
+}
+
+static int 
+verify_cover(A, cover)
+sm_matrix *A;
+sm_row *cover;
+{
+    sm_row *prow;
+
+    sm_foreach_row(A, prow) {
+    if (! sm_row_intersects(prow, cover)) {
+        return 0;
+    }
+    }
+    return 1;
+}
diff --git a/src/misc/espresso/mincov.h b/src/misc/espresso/mincov.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..95310774
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/espresso/mincov.h
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+/*
+ * Revision Control Information
+ *
+ * $Source$
+ * $Author$
+ * $Revision$
+ * $Date$
+ *
+ */
+/* exported */
+extern sm_row *sm_minimum_cover();
diff --git a/src/misc/espresso/mincov_int.h b/src/misc/espresso/mincov_int.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e81850f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/espresso/mincov_int.h
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/*
+ * Revision Control Information
+ *
+ * $Source$
+ * $Author$
+ * $Revision$
+ * $Date$
+ *
+ */
+//#include "port.h"
+//#include "utility.h"
+#include "sparse.h"
+#include "mincov.h"
+
+#include "util_hack.h" // added
+
+
+typedef struct stats_struct stats_t;
+struct stats_struct {
+    int debug;            /* 1 if debugging is enabled */
+    int max_print_depth;    /* dump stats for levels up to this level */
+    int max_depth;        /* deepest the recursion has gone */
+    int nodes;            /* total nodes visited */
+    int component;        /* currently solving a component */
+    int comp_count;        /* number of components detected */
+    int gimpel_count;        /* number of times Gimpel reduction applied */
+    int gimpel;            /* currently inside Gimpel reduction */
+    long start_time;        /* cpu time when the covering started */
+    int no_branching;
+    int lower_bound;
+};
+
+
+
+typedef struct solution_struct solution_t;
+struct solution_struct {
+    sm_row *row;
+    int cost;
+};
+
+
+extern solution_t *solution_alloc();
+extern void solution_free();
+extern solution_t *solution_dup();
+extern void solution_accept();
+extern void solution_reject();
+extern void solution_add();
+extern solution_t *solution_choose_best();
+
+extern solution_t *sm_maximal_independent_set();
+extern solution_t *sm_mincov();
+extern int gimpel_reduce();
+
+
+#define WEIGHT(weight, col)    (weight == NIL(int) ? 1 : weight[col])
diff --git a/src/misc/espresso/module.make b/src/misc/espresso/module.make
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..53ce982a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/espresso/module.make
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+SRC +=  src/misc/espresso/cofactor.c \
+    src/misc/espresso/cols.c \
+    src/misc/espresso/compl.c \
+    src/misc/espresso/contain.c \
+    src/misc/espresso/cubehack.c \
+    src/misc/espresso/cubestr.c \
+    src/misc/espresso/cvrin.c \
+    src/misc/espresso/cvrm.c \
+    src/misc/espresso/cvrmisc.c \
+    src/misc/espresso/cvrout.c \
+    src/misc/espresso/dominate.c \
+    src/misc/espresso/equiv.c \
+    src/misc/espresso/espresso.c \
+    src/misc/espresso/essen.c \
+    src/misc/espresso/exact.c \
+    src/misc/espresso/expand.c \
+    src/misc/espresso/gasp.c \
+    src/misc/espresso/gimpel.c \
+    src/misc/espresso/globals.c \
+    src/misc/espresso/hack.c \
+    src/misc/espresso/indep.c \
+    src/misc/espresso/irred.c \
+    src/misc/espresso/map.c \
+    src/misc/espresso/matrix.c \
+    src/misc/espresso/mincov.c \
+    src/misc/espresso/opo.c \
+    src/misc/espresso/pair.c \
+    src/misc/espresso/part.c \
+    src/misc/espresso/primes.c \
+    src/misc/espresso/reduce.c \
+    src/misc/espresso/rows.c \
+    src/misc/espresso/set.c \
+    src/misc/espresso/setc.c \
+    src/misc/espresso/sharp.c \
+    src/misc/espresso/sminterf.c \
+    src/misc/espresso/solution.c \
+    src/misc/espresso/sparse.c \
+    src/misc/espresso/unate.c \
+    src/misc/espresso/verify.c
diff --git a/src/misc/espresso/opo.c b/src/misc/espresso/opo.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8daa0771
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/espresso/opo.c
@@ -0,0 +1,624 @@
+/*
+ * Revision Control Information
+ *
+ * $Source$
+ * $Author$
+ * $Revision$
+ * $Date$
+ *
+ */
+#include "espresso.h"
+
+/*
+ *   Phase assignment technique (T. Sasao):
+ *
+ *      1. create a function with 2*m outputs which implements the
+ *      original function and its complement for each output
+ *
+ *      2. minimize this function
+ *
+ *      3. choose the minimum number of prime implicants from the
+ *      result of step 2 which are needed to realize either a function
+ *      or its complement for each output
+ *
+ *  Step 3 is performed in a rather crude way -- by simply multiplying
+ *  out a large expression of the form:
+ *
+ *      I = (ab + cdef)(acd + bgh) ...
+ *
+ *  which is a product of m expressions where each expression has two
+ *  product terms -- one representing which primes are needed for the
+ *  function, and one representing which primes are needed for the
+ *  complement.  The largest product term resulting shows which primes
+ *  to keep to implement one function or the other for each output.
+ *  For problems with many outputs, this may grind to a
+ *  halt.
+ *
+ *  Untried: form complement of I and use unate_complement ...
+ *
+ *  I have unsuccessfully tried several modifications to the basic
+ *  algorithm.  The first is quite simple: use Sasao's technique, but
+ *  only commit to a single output at a time (rather than all
+ *  outputs).  The goal would be that the later minimizations can "take
+ *  into account" the partial assignment at each step.  This is
+ *  expensive (m+1 minimizations rather than 2), and the results are
+ *  discouraging.
+ *
+ *  The second modification is rather complicated.  The result from the
+ *  minimization in step 2 is guaranteed to be minimal.  Hence, for
+ *  each output, the set of primes with a 1 in that output are both
+ *  necessary and sufficient to implement the function.  Espresso
+ *  achieves the minimality using the routine MAKE_SPARSE.  The
+ *  modification is to prevent MAKE_SPARSE from running.  Hence, there
+ *  are potentially many subsets of the set of primes with a 1 in a
+ *  column which can be used to implement that output.  We use
+ *  IRREDUNDANT to enumerate all possible subsets and then proceed as
+ *  before.
+ */
+
+static int opo_no_make_sparse;
+static int opo_repeated;
+static int opo_exact;
+static void minimize();
+
+void phase_assignment(PLA, opo_strategy)
+pPLA PLA;
+int opo_strategy;
+{
+    opo_no_make_sparse = opo_strategy % 2;
+    skip_make_sparse = opo_no_make_sparse;
+    opo_repeated = (opo_strategy / 2) % 2;
+    opo_exact = (opo_strategy / 4) % 2;
+
+    /* Determine a phase assignment */
+    if (PLA->phase != NULL) {
+    FREE(PLA->phase);
+    }
+
+    if (opo_repeated) {
+    PLA->phase = set_save(cube.fullset);
+    repeated_phase_assignment(PLA);
+    } else {
+    PLA->phase = find_phase(PLA, 0, (pcube) NULL);
+    }
+
+    /* Now minimize with this assignment */
+    skip_make_sparse = FALSE;
+    (void) set_phase(PLA);
+    minimize(PLA);
+}
+
+/*
+ *  repeated_phase_assignment -- an alternate strategy which commits
+ *  to a single phase assignment a step at a time.  Performs m + 1
+ *  minimizations !
+ */
+void repeated_phase_assignment(PLA)
+pPLA PLA;
+{
+    int i;
+    pcube phase;
+
+    for(i = 0; i < cube.part_size[cube.output]; i++) {
+
+    /* Find best assignment for all undecided outputs */
+    phase = find_phase(PLA, i, PLA->phase);
+
+    /* Commit for only a single output ... */
+    if (! is_in_set(phase, cube.first_part[cube.output] + i)) {
+        set_remove(PLA->phase, cube.first_part[cube.output] + i);
+    }
+
+    if (trace || summary) {
+        printf("\nOPO loop for output #%d\n", i);
+        printf("PLA->phase is %s\n", pc1(PLA->phase));
+        printf("phase      is %s\n", pc1(phase));
+    }
+    set_free(phase);
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*
+ *  find_phase -- find a phase assignment for the PLA for all outputs starting
+ *  with output number first_output.
+ */
+pcube find_phase(PLA, first_output, phase1)
+pPLA PLA;
+int first_output;
+pcube phase1;
+{
+    pcube phase;
+    pPLA PLA1;
+
+    phase = set_save(cube.fullset);
+
+    /* setup the double-phase characteristic function, resize the cube */
+    PLA1 = new_PLA();
+    PLA1->F = sf_save(PLA->F);
+    PLA1->R = sf_save(PLA->R);
+    PLA1->D = sf_save(PLA->D);
+    if (phase1 != NULL) {
+    PLA1->phase = set_save(phase1);
+    (void) set_phase(PLA1);
+    }
+    EXEC_S(output_phase_setup(PLA1, first_output), "OPO-SETUP ", PLA1->F);
+
+    /* minimize the double-phase function */
+    minimize(PLA1);
+
+    /* set the proper phases according to what gives a minimum solution */
+    EXEC_S(PLA1->F = opo(phase, PLA1->F, PLA1->D, PLA1->R, first_output),
+        "OPO       ", PLA1->F);
+    free_PLA(PLA1);
+
+    /* set the cube structure to reflect the old size */
+    setdown_cube();
+    cube.part_size[cube.output] -=
+    (cube.part_size[cube.output] - first_output) / 2;
+    cube_setup();
+
+    return phase;
+}
+
+/*
+ *  opo -- multiply the expression out to determine a minimum subset of
+ *  primes.
+ */
+
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+pcover opo(phase, T, D, R, first_output)
+pcube phase;
+pcover T, D, R;
+int first_output;
+{
+    int offset, output, i, last_output, ind;
+    pset pdest, select, p, p1, last, last1, not_covered, tmp;
+    pset_family temp, T1, T2;
+
+    /* must select all primes for outputs [0 .. first_output-1] */
+    select = set_full(T->count);
+    for(output = 0; output < first_output; output++) {
+    ind = cube.first_part[cube.output] + output;
+    foreachi_set(T, i, p) {
+        if (is_in_set(p, ind)) {
+        set_remove(select, i);
+        }
+    }
+    }
+
+    /* Recursively perform the intersections */
+    offset = (cube.part_size[cube.output] - first_output) / 2;
+    last_output = first_output + offset - 1;
+    temp = opo_recur(T, D, select, offset, first_output, last_output);
+
+    /* largest set is on top -- select primes which are inferred from it */
+    pdest = temp->data;
+    T1 = new_cover(T->count);
+    foreachi_set(T, i, p) {
+    if (! is_in_set(pdest, i)) {
+        T1 = sf_addset(T1, p);
+    }
+    }
+
+    set_free(select);
+    sf_free(temp);
+
+    /* finding phases is difficult -- see which functions are not covered */
+    T2 = complement(cube1list(T1));
+    not_covered = new_cube();
+    tmp = new_cube();
+    foreach_set(T, last, p) {
+    foreach_set(T2, last1, p1) {
+        if (cdist0(p, p1)) {
+        (void) set_or(not_covered, not_covered, set_and(tmp, p, p1));
+        }
+    }
+    }
+    free_cover(T);
+    free_cover(T2);
+    set_free(tmp);
+
+    /* Now reflect the phase choice in a single cube */
+    for(output = first_output; output <= last_output; output++) {
+    ind = cube.first_part[cube.output] + output;
+    if (is_in_set(not_covered, ind)) {
+        if (is_in_set(not_covered, ind + offset)) {
+        fatal("error in output phase assignment");
+        } else {
+        set_remove(phase, ind);
+        }
+    }
+    }
+    set_free(not_covered);
+    return T1;
+}
+
+pset_family opo_recur(T, D, select, offset, first, last)
+pcover T, D;
+pcube select;
+int offset, first, last;
+{
+    static int level = 0;
+    int middle;
+    pset_family sl, sr, temp;
+
+    level++;
+    if (first == last) {
+#if 0
+    if (opo_no_make_sparse) {
+        temp = form_cover_table(T, D, select, first, first + offset);
+    } else {
+        temp = opo_leaf(T, select, first, first + offset);
+    }
+#else
+    temp = opo_leaf(T, select, first, first + offset);
+#endif
+    } else {
+    middle = (first + last) / 2;
+    sl = opo_recur(T, D, select, offset, first, middle);
+    sr = opo_recur(T, D, select, offset, middle+1, last);
+    temp = unate_intersect(sl, sr, level == 1);
+    if (trace) {
+        printf("# OPO[%d]: %4d = %4d x %4d, time = %s\n", level - 1,
+        temp->count, sl->count, sr->count, print_time(ptime()));
+        (void) fflush(stdout);
+    }
+    free_cover(sl);
+    free_cover(sr);
+    }
+    level--;
+    return temp;
+}
+
+
+pset_family opo_leaf(T, select, out1, out2)
+register pcover T;
+pset select;
+int out1, out2;
+{
+    register pset_family temp;
+    register pset p, pdest;
+    register int i;
+
+    out1 += cube.first_part[cube.output];
+    out2 += cube.first_part[cube.output];
+
+    /* Allocate space for the result */
+    temp = sf_new(2, T->count);
+
+    /* Find which primes are needed for the ON-set of this fct */
+    pdest = GETSET(temp, temp->count++);
+    (void) set_copy(pdest, select);
+    foreachi_set(T, i, p) {
+    if (is_in_set(p, out1)) {
+        set_remove(pdest, i);
+    }
+    }
+
+    /* Find which primes are needed for the OFF-set of this fct */
+    pdest = GETSET(temp, temp->count++);
+    (void) set_copy(pdest, select);
+    foreachi_set(T, i, p) {
+    if (is_in_set(p, out2)) {
+        set_remove(pdest, i);
+    }
+    }
+
+    return temp;
+}
+
+#if 0
+pset_family form_cover_table(F, D, select, f, fbar)
+pcover F, D;
+pset select;
+int f, fbar;        /* indices of f and fbar in the output part */
+{
+    register int i;
+    register pcube p;
+    pset_family f_table, fbar_table;
+
+    /* setup required for fcube_is_covered */
+    Rp_size = F->count;
+    Rp_start = set_new(Rp_size);
+    foreachi_set(F, i, p) {
+    PUTSIZE(p, i);
+    }
+    foreachi_set(D, i, p) {
+    RESET(p, REDUND);
+    }
+
+    f_table = find_covers(F, D, select, f);
+    fbar_table = find_covers(F, D, select, fbar);
+    f_table = sf_append(f_table, fbar_table);
+
+    set_free(Rp_start);
+    return f_table;
+}
+
+
+pset_family find_covers(F, D, select, n)
+pcover F, D;
+register pset select;
+int n;
+{
+    register pset p, last, new;
+    pcover F1;
+    pcube *Flist;
+    pset_family f_table, table;
+    int i;
+
+    n += cube.first_part[cube.output];
+
+    /* save cubes in this output, and remove the output variable */
+    F1 = new_cover(F->count);
+    foreach_set(F, last, p)
+    if (is_in_set(p, n)) {
+        new = GETSET(F1, F1->count++);
+        set_or(new, p, cube.var_mask[cube.output]);
+        PUTSIZE(new, SIZE(p));
+        SET(new, REDUND);
+    }
+
+    /* Find ways (sop form) to fail to cover output indexed by n */
+    Flist = cube2list(F1, D);
+    table = sf_new(10, Rp_size);
+    foreach_set(F1, last, p) {
+    set_fill(Rp_start, Rp_size);
+    set_remove(Rp_start, SIZE(p));
+    table = sf_append(table, fcube_is_covered(Flist, p));
+    RESET(p, REDUND);
+    }
+    set_fill(Rp_start, Rp_size);
+    foreach_set(table, last, p) {
+    set_diff(p, Rp_start, p);
+    }
+
+    /* complement this to get possible ways to cover the function */
+    for(i = 0; i < Rp_size; i++) {
+    if (! is_in_set(select, i)) {
+        p = set_new(Rp_size);
+        set_insert(p, i);
+        table = sf_addset(table, p);
+        set_free(p);
+    }
+    }
+    f_table = unate_compl(table);
+
+    /* what a pain, but we need bitwise complement of this */
+    set_fill(Rp_start, Rp_size);
+    foreach_set(f_table, last, p) {
+    set_diff(p, Rp_start, p);
+    }
+
+    free_cubelist(Flist);
+    sf_free(F1);
+    return f_table;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ *  Take a PLA (ON-set, OFF-set and DC-set) and create the
+ *  "double-phase characteristic function" which is merely a new
+ *  function which has twice as many outputs and realizes both the
+ *  function and the complement.
+ *
+ *  The cube structure is assumed to represent the PLA upon entering.
+ *  It will be modified to represent the double-phase function upon
+ *  exit.
+ *
+ *  Only the outputs numbered starting with "first_output" are
+ *  duplicated in the output part
+ */
+
+output_phase_setup(PLA, first_output)
+INOUT pPLA PLA;
+int first_output;
+{
+    pcover F, R, D;
+    pcube mask, mask1, last;
+    int first_part, offset;
+    bool save;
+    register pcube p, pr, pf;
+    register int i, last_part;
+
+    if (cube.output == -1)
+    fatal("output_phase_setup: must have an output");
+
+    F = PLA->F;
+    D = PLA->D;
+    R = PLA->R;
+    first_part = cube.first_part[cube.output] + first_output;
+    last_part = cube.last_part[cube.output];
+    offset = cube.part_size[cube.output] - first_output;
+
+    /* Change the output size, setup the cube structure */
+    setdown_cube();
+    cube.part_size[cube.output] += offset;
+    cube_setup();
+
+    /* Create a mask to select that part of the cube which isn't changing */
+    mask = set_save(cube.fullset);
+    for(i = first_part; i < cube.size; i++)
+    set_remove(mask, i);
+    mask1 = set_save(mask);
+    for(i = cube.first_part[cube.output]; i < first_part; i++) {
+    set_remove(mask1, i);
+    }
+
+    PLA->F = new_cover(F->count + R->count);
+    PLA->R = new_cover(F->count + R->count);
+    PLA->D = new_cover(D->count);
+
+    foreach_set(F, last, p) {
+    pf = GETSET(PLA->F, (PLA->F)->count++);
+    pr = GETSET(PLA->R, (PLA->R)->count++);
+    INLINEset_and(pf, mask, p);
+    INLINEset_and(pr, mask1, p);
+    for(i = first_part; i <= last_part; i++)
+        if (is_in_set(p, i))
+        set_insert(pf, i);
+    save = FALSE;
+    for(i = first_part; i <= last_part; i++)
+        if (is_in_set(p, i))
+        save = TRUE, set_insert(pr, i+offset);
+    if (! save) PLA->R->count--;
+    }
+
+    foreach_set(R, last, p) {
+    pf = GETSET(PLA->F, (PLA->F)->count++);
+    pr = GETSET(PLA->R, (PLA->R)->count++);
+    INLINEset_and(pf, mask1, p);
+    INLINEset_and(pr, mask, p);
+    save = FALSE;
+    for(i = first_part; i <= last_part; i++)
+        if (is_in_set(p, i))
+        save = TRUE, set_insert(pf, i+offset);
+    if (! save) PLA->F->count--;
+    for(i = first_part; i <= last_part; i++)
+        if (is_in_set(p, i))
+        set_insert(pr, i);
+    }
+
+    foreach_set(D, last, p) {
+    pf = GETSET(PLA->D, (PLA->D)->count++);
+    INLINEset_and(pf, mask, p);
+    for(i = first_part; i <= last_part; i++)
+        if (is_in_set(p, i)) {
+        set_insert(pf, i);
+        set_insert(pf, i+offset);
+        }
+    }
+
+    free_cover(F);
+    free_cover(D);
+    free_cover(R);
+    set_free(mask);
+    set_free(mask1);
+}
+
+/*
+ *  set_phase -- given a "cube" which describes which phases of the output
+ *  are to be implemented, compute the appropriate on-set and off-set
+ */
+pPLA set_phase(PLA)
+INOUT pPLA PLA;
+{
+    pcover F1, R1;
+    register pcube last, p, outmask;
+    register pcube temp=cube.temp[0], phase=PLA->phase, phase1=cube.temp[1];
+
+    outmask = cube.var_mask[cube.num_vars - 1];
+    set_diff(phase1, outmask, phase);
+    set_or(phase1, set_diff(temp, cube.fullset, outmask), phase1);
+    F1 = new_cover((PLA->F)->count + (PLA->R)->count);
+    R1 = new_cover((PLA->F)->count + (PLA->R)->count);
+
+    foreach_set(PLA->F, last, p) {
+    if (! setp_disjoint(set_and(temp, p, phase), outmask))
+        set_copy(GETSET(F1, F1->count++), temp);
+    if (! setp_disjoint(set_and(temp, p, phase1), outmask))
+        set_copy(GETSET(R1, R1->count++), temp);
+    }
+    foreach_set(PLA->R, last, p) {
+    if (! setp_disjoint(set_and(temp, p, phase), outmask))
+        set_copy(GETSET(R1, R1->count++), temp);
+    if (! setp_disjoint(set_and(temp, p, phase1), outmask))
+        set_copy(GETSET(F1, F1->count++), temp);
+    }
+    free_cover(PLA->F);
+    free_cover(PLA->R);
+    PLA->F = F1;
+    PLA->R = R1;
+    return PLA;
+}
+
+#define POW2(x)        (1 << (x))
+
+void opoall(PLA, first_output, last_output, opo_strategy)
+pPLA PLA;
+int first_output, last_output;
+int opo_strategy;
+{
+    pcover F, D, R, best_F, best_D, best_R;
+    int i, j, ind, num;
+    pcube bestphase;
+
+    opo_exact = opo_strategy;
+
+    if (PLA->phase != NULL) {
+    set_free(PLA->phase);
+    }
+
+    bestphase = set_save(cube.fullset);
+    best_F = sf_save(PLA->F);
+    best_D = sf_save(PLA->D);
+    best_R = sf_save(PLA->R);
+
+    for(i = 0; i < POW2(last_output - first_output + 1); i++) {
+
+    /* save the initial PLA covers */
+    F = sf_save(PLA->F);
+    D = sf_save(PLA->D);
+    R = sf_save(PLA->R);
+
+    /* compute the phase cube for this iteration */
+    PLA->phase = set_save(cube.fullset);
+    num = i;
+    for(j = last_output; j >= first_output; j--) {
+        if (num % 2 == 0) {
+        ind = cube.first_part[cube.output] + j;
+        set_remove(PLA->phase, ind);
+        }
+        num /= 2;
+    }
+
+    /* set the phase and minimize */
+    (void) set_phase(PLA);
+    printf("# phase is %s\n", pc1(PLA->phase));
+    summary = TRUE;
+    minimize(PLA);
+
+    /* see if this is the best so far */
+    if (PLA->F->count < best_F->count) {
+        /* save new best solution */
+        set_copy(bestphase, PLA->phase);
+        sf_free(best_F);
+        sf_free(best_D);
+        sf_free(best_R);
+        best_F = PLA->F;
+        best_D = PLA->D;
+        best_R = PLA->R;
+    } else {
+        /* throw away the solution */
+        free_cover(PLA->F);
+        free_cover(PLA->D);
+        free_cover(PLA->R);
+    }
+    set_free(PLA->phase);
+
+    /* restore the initial PLA covers */
+    PLA->F = F;
+    PLA->D = D;
+    PLA->R = R;
+    }
+
+    /* one more minimization to restore the best answer */
+    PLA->phase = bestphase;
+    sf_free(PLA->F);
+    sf_free(PLA->D);
+    sf_free(PLA->R);
+    PLA->F = best_F;
+    PLA->D = best_D;
+    PLA->R = best_R;
+}
+
+static void minimize(PLA)
+pPLA PLA;
+{
+    if (opo_exact) {
+    EXEC_S(PLA->F = minimize_exact(PLA->F,PLA->D,PLA->R,1), "EXACT", PLA->F);
+    } else {
+    EXEC_S(PLA->F = espresso(PLA->F, PLA->D, PLA->R), "ESPRESSO  ",PLA->F);
+    }
+}
diff --git a/src/misc/espresso/pair.c b/src/misc/espresso/pair.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a8077176
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/espresso/pair.c
@@ -0,0 +1,675 @@
+/*
+ * Revision Control Information
+ *
+ * $Source$
+ * $Author$
+ * $Revision$
+ * $Date$
+ *
+ */
+#include "espresso.h"
+
+void set_pair(PLA)
+pPLA PLA;
+{
+    set_pair1(PLA, TRUE);
+}
+
+void set_pair1(PLA, adjust_labels)
+pPLA PLA;
+bool adjust_labels;
+{
+    int i, var, *paired, newvar;
+    int old_num_vars, old_num_binary_vars, old_size, old_mv_start;
+    int *new_part_size, new_num_vars, new_num_binary_vars, new_mv_start;
+    ppair pair = PLA->pair;
+    char scratch[1000], **oldlabel, *var1, *var1bar, *var2, *var2bar;
+
+    if (adjust_labels)
+    makeup_labels(PLA);
+
+    /* Check the pair structure for valid entries and see which binary
+    variables are left unpaired
+    */
+    paired = ALLOC(bool, cube.num_binary_vars);
+    for(var = 0; var < cube.num_binary_vars; var++)
+    paired[var] = FALSE;
+    for(i = 0; i < pair->cnt; i++)
+    if ((pair->var1[i] > 0 && pair->var1[i] <= cube.num_binary_vars) &&
+         (pair->var2[i] > 0 && pair->var2[i] <= cube.num_binary_vars)) {
+        paired[pair->var1[i]-1] = TRUE;
+        paired[pair->var2[i]-1] = TRUE;
+    } else
+        fatal("can only pair binary-valued variables");
+
+    PLA->F = delvar(pairvar(PLA->F, pair), paired);
+    PLA->R = delvar(pairvar(PLA->R, pair), paired);
+    PLA->D = delvar(pairvar(PLA->D, pair), paired);
+
+    /* Now painfully adjust the cube size */
+    old_size = cube.size;
+    old_num_vars = cube.num_vars;
+    old_num_binary_vars = cube.num_binary_vars;
+    old_mv_start = cube.first_part[cube.num_binary_vars];
+    /* Create the new cube.part_size vector and setup the cube structure */
+    new_num_binary_vars = 0;
+    for(var = 0; var < old_num_binary_vars; var++)
+    new_num_binary_vars += (paired[var] == FALSE);
+    new_num_vars = new_num_binary_vars + pair->cnt;
+    new_num_vars += old_num_vars - old_num_binary_vars;
+    new_part_size = ALLOC(int, new_num_vars);
+    for(var = 0; var < pair->cnt; var++)
+    new_part_size[new_num_binary_vars + var] = 4;
+    for(var = 0; var < old_num_vars - old_num_binary_vars; var++)
+    new_part_size[new_num_binary_vars + pair->cnt + var] =
+        cube.part_size[old_num_binary_vars + var];
+    setdown_cube();
+    FREE(cube.part_size);
+    cube.num_vars = new_num_vars;
+    cube.num_binary_vars = new_num_binary_vars;
+    cube.part_size = new_part_size;
+    cube_setup();
+
+    /* hack with the labels to get them correct */
+    if (adjust_labels) {
+    oldlabel = PLA->label;
+    PLA->label = ALLOC(char *, cube.size);
+    for(var = 0; var < pair->cnt; var++) {
+        newvar = cube.num_binary_vars*2 + var*4;
+        var1 = oldlabel[ (pair->var1[var]-1) * 2 + 1];
+        var2 = oldlabel[ (pair->var2[var]-1) * 2 + 1];
+        var1bar = oldlabel[ (pair->var1[var]-1) * 2];
+        var2bar = oldlabel[ (pair->var2[var]-1) * 2];
+        (void) sprintf(scratch, "%s+%s", var1bar, var2bar);
+        PLA->label[newvar] = util_strsav(scratch);
+        (void) sprintf(scratch, "%s+%s", var1bar, var2);
+        PLA->label[newvar+1] = util_strsav(scratch);
+        (void) sprintf(scratch, "%s+%s", var1, var2bar);
+        PLA->label[newvar+2] = util_strsav(scratch);
+        (void) sprintf(scratch, "%s+%s", var1, var2);
+        PLA->label[newvar+3] = util_strsav(scratch);
+    }
+    /* Copy the old labels for the unpaired binary vars */
+    i = 0;
+    for(var = 0; var < old_num_binary_vars; var++) {
+        if (paired[var] == FALSE) {
+        PLA->label[2*i] = oldlabel[2*var];
+        PLA->label[2*i+1] = oldlabel[2*var+1];
+        oldlabel[2*var] = oldlabel[2*var+1] = (char *) NULL;
+        i++;
+        }
+    }
+    /* Copy the old labels for the remaining unpaired vars */
+    new_mv_start = cube.num_binary_vars*2 + pair->cnt*4;
+    for(i = old_mv_start; i < old_size; i++) {
+        PLA->label[new_mv_start + i - old_mv_start] = oldlabel[i];
+        oldlabel[i] = (char *) NULL;
+    }
+    /* free remaining entries in oldlabel */
+    for(i = 0; i < old_size; i++)
+        if (oldlabel[i] != (char *) NULL)
+        FREE(oldlabel[i]);
+    FREE(oldlabel);
+    }
+
+    /* the paired variables should not be sparse (cf. mv_reduce/raise_in)*/
+    for(var = 0; var < pair->cnt; var++)
+    cube.sparse[cube.num_binary_vars + var] = 0;
+    FREE(paired);
+}
+
+pcover pairvar(A, pair)
+pcover A;
+ppair pair;
+{
+    register pcube last, p;
+    register int val, p1, p2, b1, b0;
+    int insert_col, pairnum;
+
+    insert_col = cube.first_part[cube.num_vars - 1];
+
+    /* stretch the cover matrix to make room for the paired variables */
+    A = sf_delcol(A, insert_col, -4*pair->cnt);
+
+    /* compute the paired values */
+    foreach_set(A, last, p) {
+    for(pairnum = 0; pairnum < pair->cnt; pairnum++) {
+        p1 = cube.first_part[pair->var1[pairnum] - 1];
+        p2 = cube.first_part[pair->var2[pairnum] - 1];
+        b1 = is_in_set(p, p2+1);
+        b0 = is_in_set(p, p2);
+        val = insert_col + pairnum * 4;
+        if (/* a0 */ is_in_set(p, p1)) {
+        if (b0)
+            set_insert(p, val + 3);
+        if (b1)
+            set_insert(p, val + 2);
+        }
+        if (/* a1 */ is_in_set(p, p1+1)) {
+        if (b0)
+            set_insert(p, val + 1);
+        if (b1)
+            set_insert(p, val);
+        }
+    }
+    }
+    return A;
+}
+
+
+/* delvar -- delete variables from A, minimize the number of column shifts */
+pcover delvar(A, paired)
+pcover A;
+bool paired[];
+{
+    bool run;
+    int first_run, run_length, var, offset = 0;
+
+    run = FALSE; run_length = 0;
+    for(var = 0; var < cube.num_binary_vars; var++)
+    if (paired[var])
+        if (run)
+        run_length += cube.part_size[var];
+        else {
+        run = TRUE;
+        first_run = cube.first_part[var];
+        run_length = cube.part_size[var];
+        }
+    else
+        if (run) {
+        A = sf_delcol(A, first_run-offset, run_length);
+        run = FALSE;
+        offset += run_length;
+        }
+    if (run)
+    A = sf_delcol(A, first_run-offset, run_length);
+    return A;
+}
+
+/*
+    find_optimal_pairing -- find which binary variables should be paired
+    to maximally reduce the number of terms
+
+    This is essentially the technique outlined by T. Sasao in the
+    Trans. on Comp., Oct 1984.  We estimate the cost of pairing each
+    pair individually using 1 of 4 strategies: (1) algebraic division
+    of F by the pair (exactly T. Sasao technique); (2) strong division
+    of F by the paired variables (using REDUCE/EXPAND/ IRREDUNDANT from
+    espresso); (3) full minimization using espresso; (4) exact
+    minimization.  These are in order of both increasing accuracy and
+    increasing difficulty (!)
+
+    Once the n squared pairs have been evaluated, T. Sasao proposes a
+    graph covering of nodes by disjoint edges.  For now, I solve this
+    problem exhaustively (complexity = (n-1)*(n-3)*...*3*1 for n
+    variables when n is even).  Note that solving this problem exactly
+    is the same as evaluating the cost function for all possible
+    pairings.
+
+                   n       pairs
+
+                 1, 2           1
+                 3, 4           3
+                 5, 6          15
+                 7, 8         105
+                 9,10         945
+                11,12      10,395
+                13,14     135,135
+                15,16   2,027,025
+                17,18  34,459,425
+                19,20 654,729,075
+*/
+void find_optimal_pairing(PLA, strategy)
+pPLA PLA;
+int strategy;
+{
+    int i, j, **cost_array;
+
+    cost_array = find_pairing_cost(PLA, strategy);
+
+    if (summary) {
+    printf("    ");
+    for(i = 0; i < cube.num_binary_vars; i++)
+        printf("%3d ", i+1);
+    printf("\n");
+    for(i = 0; i < cube.num_binary_vars; i++) {
+        printf("%3d ", i+1);
+        for(j = 0; j < cube.num_binary_vars; j++)
+        printf("%3d ", cost_array[i][j]);
+        printf("\n");
+    }
+    }
+
+    if (cube.num_binary_vars <= 14) {
+    PLA->pair = pair_best_cost(cost_array);
+    } else {
+    (void) greedy_best_cost(cost_array, &(PLA->pair));
+    }
+    printf("# ");
+    print_pair(PLA->pair);
+    
+    for(i = 0; i < cube.num_binary_vars; i++)
+    FREE(cost_array[i]);
+    FREE(cost_array);
+
+    set_pair(PLA);
+    EXEC_S(PLA->F=espresso(PLA->F,PLA->D,PLA->R),"ESPRESSO  ",PLA->F);
+}
+
+int **find_pairing_cost(PLA, strategy)
+pPLA PLA;
+int strategy;
+{
+    int var1, var2, **cost_array;
+    int i, j, xnum_binary_vars, xnum_vars, *xpart_size, cost;
+    pcover T, Fsave, Dsave, Rsave;
+    pset mask;
+/*    char *s;*/
+
+    /* data is returned in the cost array */
+    cost_array = ALLOC(int *, cube.num_binary_vars);
+    for(i = 0; i < cube.num_binary_vars; i++)
+    cost_array[i] = ALLOC(int, cube.num_binary_vars);
+    for(i = 0; i < cube.num_binary_vars; i++)
+    for(j = 0; j < cube.num_binary_vars; j++)
+        cost_array[i][j] = 0;
+
+    /* Setup the pair structure for pairing variables together */
+    PLA->pair = pair_new(1);
+    PLA->pair->cnt = 1;
+
+    for(var1 = 0; var1 < cube.num_binary_vars-1; var1++) {
+    for(var2 = var1+1; var2 < cube.num_binary_vars; var2++) {
+        /* if anything but simple strategy, perform setup */
+        if (strategy > 0) {
+        /* save the original covers */
+        Fsave = sf_save(PLA->F);
+        Dsave = sf_save(PLA->D);
+        Rsave = sf_save(PLA->R);
+
+        /* save the original cube structure */
+        xnum_binary_vars = cube.num_binary_vars;
+        xnum_vars = cube.num_vars;
+        xpart_size = ALLOC(int, cube.num_vars);
+        for(i = 0; i < cube.num_vars; i++)
+            xpart_size[i] = cube.part_size[i];
+
+        /* pair two variables together */
+        PLA->pair->var1[0] = var1 + 1;
+        PLA->pair->var2[0] = var2 + 1;
+        set_pair1(PLA, /* adjust_labels */ FALSE);
+        }
+
+
+        /* decide how to best estimate worth of this pairing */
+        switch(strategy) {
+        case 3:
+            /*s = "exact minimization";*/
+            PLA->F = minimize_exact(PLA->F, PLA->D, PLA->R, 1);
+            cost = Fsave->count - PLA->F->count;
+            break;
+        case 2:
+            /*s = "full minimization";*/
+            PLA->F = espresso(PLA->F, PLA->D, PLA->R);
+            cost = Fsave->count - PLA->F->count;
+            break;
+        case 1:
+            /*s = "strong division";*/
+            PLA->F = reduce(PLA->F, PLA->D);
+            PLA->F = expand(PLA->F, PLA->R, FALSE);
+            PLA->F = irredundant(PLA->F, PLA->D);
+            cost = Fsave->count - PLA->F->count;
+            break;
+        case 0:
+            /*s = "weak division";*/
+            mask = new_cube();
+            set_or(mask, cube.var_mask[var1], cube.var_mask[var2]);
+            T = dist_merge(sf_save(PLA->F), mask);
+            cost = PLA->F->count - T->count;
+            sf_free(T);
+            set_free(mask);
+        }
+
+        cost_array[var1][var2] = cost;
+
+        if (strategy > 0) {
+        /* restore the original cube structure -- free the new ones */
+        setdown_cube();
+        FREE(cube.part_size);
+        cube.num_binary_vars = xnum_binary_vars;
+        cube.num_vars = xnum_vars;
+        cube.part_size = xpart_size;
+        cube_setup();
+
+        /* restore the original cover(s) -- free the new ones */
+        sf_free(PLA->F);
+        sf_free(PLA->D);
+        sf_free(PLA->R);
+        PLA->F = Fsave;
+        PLA->D = Dsave;
+        PLA->R = Rsave;
+        }
+    }
+    }
+
+    pair_free(PLA->pair);
+    PLA->pair = NULL;
+    return cost_array;
+}
+
+static int best_cost;
+static int **cost_array;
+static ppair best_pair;
+static pset best_phase;
+static pPLA global_PLA;
+static pcover best_F, best_D, best_R;
+static int pair_minim_strategy;
+
+
+print_pair(pair)
+ppair pair;
+{
+    int i;
+
+    printf("pair is");
+    for(i = 0; i < pair->cnt; i++)
+    printf (" (%d %d)", pair->var1[i], pair->var2[i]);
+    printf("\n");
+}
+
+
+int greedy_best_cost(cost_array_local, pair_p)
+int **cost_array_local;
+ppair *pair_p;
+{
+    int i, j, besti, bestj, maxcost, total_cost;
+    pset cand;
+    ppair pair;
+
+    pair = pair_new(cube.num_binary_vars);
+    cand = set_full(cube.num_binary_vars);
+    total_cost = 0;
+
+    while (set_ord(cand) >= 2) {
+    maxcost = -1;
+    for(i = 0; i < cube.num_binary_vars; i++) {
+        if (is_in_set(cand, i)) {
+        for(j = i+1; j < cube.num_binary_vars; j++) {
+            if (is_in_set(cand, j)) {
+            if (cost_array_local[i][j] > maxcost) {
+                maxcost = cost_array_local[i][j];
+                besti = i;
+                bestj = j;
+            }
+            }
+        }
+        }
+    }
+    pair->var1[pair->cnt] = besti+1;
+    pair->var2[pair->cnt] = bestj+1;
+    pair->cnt++;
+    set_remove(cand, besti);
+    set_remove(cand, bestj);
+    total_cost += maxcost;
+    }
+    set_free(cand);
+    *pair_p = pair;
+    return total_cost;
+}
+
+
+ppair pair_best_cost(cost_array_local)
+int **cost_array_local;
+{
+    ppair pair;
+    pset candidate;
+
+    best_cost = -1;
+    best_pair = NULL;
+    cost_array = cost_array_local;
+
+    pair = pair_new(cube.num_binary_vars);
+    candidate = set_full(cube.num_binary_vars);
+    generate_all_pairs(pair, cube.num_binary_vars, candidate, find_best_cost);
+    pair_free(pair);
+    set_free(candidate);
+    return best_pair;
+}
+
+
+int find_best_cost(pair)
+register ppair pair;
+{
+    register int i, cost;
+
+    cost = 0;
+    for(i = 0; i < pair->cnt; i++)
+    cost += cost_array[pair->var1[i]-1][pair->var2[i]-1];
+    if (cost > best_cost) {
+    best_cost = cost;
+    best_pair = pair_save(pair, pair->cnt);
+    }
+    if ((debug & MINCOV) && trace) {
+    printf("cost is %d ", cost);
+    print_pair(pair);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+    pair_all: brute-force approach to try all possible pairings
+
+    pair_strategy is:
+    2) for espresso
+    3) for minimize_exact
+    4) for phase assignment
+*/
+
+pair_all(PLA, pair_strategy)
+pPLA PLA;
+int pair_strategy;
+{
+    ppair pair;
+    pset candidate;
+
+    global_PLA = PLA;
+    pair_minim_strategy = pair_strategy;
+    best_cost = PLA->F->count + 1;
+    best_pair = NULL;
+    best_phase = NULL;
+    best_F = best_D = best_R = NULL;
+    pair = pair_new(cube.num_binary_vars);
+    candidate = set_fill(set_new(cube.num_binary_vars), cube.num_binary_vars);
+
+    generate_all_pairs(pair, cube.num_binary_vars, candidate, minimize_pair);
+
+    pair_free(pair);
+    set_free(candidate);
+
+    PLA->pair = best_pair;
+    PLA->phase = best_phase;
+/* not really necessary
+    if (phase != NULL)
+    (void) set_phase(PLA->phase);
+*/
+    set_pair(PLA);
+    printf("# ");
+    print_pair(PLA->pair);
+
+    sf_free(PLA->F);
+    sf_free(PLA->D);
+    sf_free(PLA->R);
+    PLA->F = best_F;
+    PLA->D = best_D;
+    PLA->R = best_R;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ *  minimize_pair -- called as each pair is generated
+ */
+int minimize_pair(pair)
+ppair pair;
+{
+    pcover Fsave, Dsave, Rsave;
+    int i, xnum_binary_vars, xnum_vars, *xpart_size;
+
+    /* save the original covers */
+    Fsave = sf_save(global_PLA->F);
+    Dsave = sf_save(global_PLA->D);
+    Rsave = sf_save(global_PLA->R);
+
+    /* save the original cube structure */
+    xnum_binary_vars = cube.num_binary_vars;
+    xnum_vars = cube.num_vars;
+    xpart_size = ALLOC(int, cube.num_vars);
+    for(i = 0; i < cube.num_vars; i++)
+    xpart_size[i] = cube.part_size[i];
+
+    /* setup the paired variables */
+    global_PLA->pair = pair;
+    set_pair1(global_PLA, /* adjust_labels */ FALSE);
+
+    /* call the minimizer */
+    if (summary)
+    print_pair(pair);
+    switch(pair_minim_strategy) {
+    case 2:
+        EXEC_S(phase_assignment(global_PLA,0), "OPO       ", global_PLA->F);
+        if (summary)
+        printf("# phase is %s\n", pc1(global_PLA->phase));
+        break;
+    case 1:
+        EXEC_S(global_PLA->F = minimize_exact(global_PLA->F, global_PLA->D,
+        global_PLA->R, 1), "EXACT     ", global_PLA->F);
+        break;
+    case 0:
+        EXEC_S(global_PLA->F = espresso(global_PLA->F, global_PLA->D,
+        global_PLA->R), "ESPRESSO  ", global_PLA->F);
+        break;
+    default:
+        break;
+    }
+
+    /* see if we have a new best solution */
+    if (global_PLA->F->count < best_cost) {
+    best_cost = global_PLA->F->count;
+    best_pair = pair_save(pair, pair->cnt);
+    best_phase = global_PLA->phase!=NULL?set_save(global_PLA->phase):NULL;
+    if (best_F != NULL) sf_free(best_F);
+    if (best_D != NULL) sf_free(best_D);
+    if (best_R != NULL) sf_free(best_R);
+    best_F = sf_save(global_PLA->F);
+    best_D = sf_save(global_PLA->D);
+    best_R = sf_save(global_PLA->R);
+    }
+
+    /* restore the original cube structure -- free the new ones */
+    setdown_cube();
+    FREE(cube.part_size);
+    cube.num_binary_vars = xnum_binary_vars;
+    cube.num_vars = xnum_vars;
+    cube.part_size = xpart_size;
+    cube_setup();
+
+    /* restore the original cover(s) -- free the new ones */
+    sf_free(global_PLA->F);
+    sf_free(global_PLA->D);
+    sf_free(global_PLA->R);
+    global_PLA->F = Fsave;
+    global_PLA->D = Dsave;
+    global_PLA->R = Rsave;
+    global_PLA->pair = NULL;
+    global_PLA->phase = NULL;
+}
+
+generate_all_pairs(pair, n, candidate, action)
+ppair pair;
+int n;
+pset candidate;
+int (*action)();
+{
+    int i, j;
+    pset recur_candidate;
+    ppair recur_pair;
+
+    if (set_ord(candidate) < 2) {
+    (*action)(pair);
+    return;
+    }
+
+    recur_pair = pair_save(pair, n);
+    recur_candidate = set_save(candidate);
+
+    /* Find first variable still in the candidate set */
+    for(i = 0; i < n; i++)
+    if (is_in_set(candidate, i))
+        break;
+
+    /* Try all pairs of i with other variables */
+    for(j = i+1; j < n; j++)
+    if (is_in_set(candidate, j)) {
+        /* pair (i j) -- remove from candidate set for future pairings */
+        set_remove(recur_candidate, i);
+        set_remove(recur_candidate, j);
+
+        /* add to the pair array */
+        recur_pair->var1[recur_pair->cnt] = i+1;
+        recur_pair->var2[recur_pair->cnt] = j+1;
+        recur_pair->cnt++;
+
+        /* recur looking for the end ... */
+        generate_all_pairs(recur_pair, n, recur_candidate, action);
+
+        /* now break this pair, and restore candidate set */
+        recur_pair->cnt--;
+        set_insert(recur_candidate, i);
+        set_insert(recur_candidate, j);
+    }
+
+    /* if odd, generate all pairs which do NOT include i */
+    if ((set_ord(candidate) % 2) == 1) {
+    set_remove(recur_candidate, i);
+    generate_all_pairs(recur_pair, n, recur_candidate, action);
+    }
+
+    pair_free(recur_pair);
+    set_free(recur_candidate);
+}
+
+ppair pair_new(n)
+register int n;
+{
+    register ppair pair1;
+
+    pair1 = ALLOC(pair_t, 1);
+    pair1->cnt = 0;
+    pair1->var1 = ALLOC(int, n);
+    pair1->var2 = ALLOC(int, n);
+    return pair1;
+}
+
+
+ppair pair_save(pair, n)
+register ppair pair;
+register int n;
+{
+    register int k;
+    register ppair pair1;
+
+    pair1 = pair_new(n);
+    pair1->cnt = pair->cnt;
+    for(k = 0; k < pair->cnt; k++) {
+    pair1->var1[k] = pair->var1[k];
+    pair1->var2[k] = pair->var2[k];
+    }
+    return pair1;
+}
+
+
+int pair_free(pair)
+register ppair pair;
+{
+    FREE(pair->var1);
+    FREE(pair->var2);
+    FREE(pair);
+}
diff --git a/src/misc/espresso/part.c b/src/misc/espresso/part.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..42843aeb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/espresso/part.c
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+/*
+ * Revision Control Information
+ *
+ * $Source$
+ * $Author$
+ * $Revision$
+ * $Date$
+ *
+ */
+#include "mincov_int.h"
+
+static int visit_col();
+
+static void
+copy_row(A, prow)
+register sm_matrix *A;
+register sm_row *prow;
+{
+    register sm_element *p;
+
+    for(p = prow->first_col; p != 0; p = p->next_col) {
+    (void) sm_insert(A, p->row_num, p->col_num);
+    }
+}
+
+
+static int
+visit_row(A, prow, rows_visited, cols_visited)
+sm_matrix *A;
+sm_row *prow;
+int *rows_visited;
+int *cols_visited;
+{
+    sm_element *p;
+    sm_col *pcol;
+
+    if (! prow->flag) {
+    prow->flag = 1;
+    (*rows_visited)++;
+    if (*rows_visited == A->nrows) {
+        return 1;
+    }
+    for(p = prow->first_col; p != 0; p = p->next_col) {
+        pcol = sm_get_col(A, p->col_num);
+        if (! pcol->flag) {
+        if (visit_col(A, pcol, rows_visited, cols_visited)) {
+            return 1;
+        }
+        }
+    }
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+
+static int
+visit_col(A, pcol, rows_visited, cols_visited)
+sm_matrix *A;
+sm_col *pcol;
+int *rows_visited;
+int *cols_visited;
+{
+    sm_element *p;
+    sm_row *prow;
+
+    if (! pcol->flag) {
+    pcol->flag = 1;
+    (*cols_visited)++;
+    if (*cols_visited == A->ncols) {
+        return 1;
+    }
+    for(p = pcol->first_row; p != 0; p = p->next_row) {
+        prow = sm_get_row(A, p->row_num);
+        if (! prow->flag) {
+        if (visit_row(A, prow, rows_visited, cols_visited)) {
+            return 1;
+        }
+        }
+    }
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+int
+sm_block_partition(A, L, R)
+sm_matrix *A;
+sm_matrix **L, **R;
+{
+    int cols_visited, rows_visited;
+    register sm_row *prow;
+    register sm_col *pcol;
+
+    /* Avoid the trivial case */
+    if (A->nrows == 0) {
+    return 0;
+    }
+
+    /* Reset the visited flags for each row and column */
+    for(prow = A->first_row; prow != 0; prow = prow->next_row) {
+    prow->flag = 0;
+    }
+    for(pcol = A->first_col; pcol != 0; pcol = pcol->next_col) {
+    pcol->flag = 0;
+    }
+
+    cols_visited = rows_visited = 0;
+    if (visit_row(A, A->first_row, &rows_visited, &cols_visited)) {
+    /* we found all of the rows */
+    return 0;
+    } else {
+    *L = sm_alloc();
+    *R = sm_alloc();
+    for(prow = A->first_row; prow != 0; prow = prow->next_row) {
+        if (prow->flag) {
+        copy_row(*L, prow);
+        } else {
+        copy_row(*R, prow);
+        }
+    }
+    return 1;
+    }
+}
diff --git a/src/misc/espresso/primes.c b/src/misc/espresso/primes.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3e40da27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/espresso/primes.c
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+/*
+ * Revision Control Information
+ *
+ * $Source$
+ * $Author$
+ * $Revision$
+ * $Date$
+ *
+ */
+#include "espresso.h"
+
+static bool primes_consensus_special_cases();
+static pcover primes_consensus_merge();
+static pcover and_with_cofactor(); 
+
+
+/* primes_consensus -- generate primes using consensus */
+pcover primes_consensus(T)
+pcube *T;            /* T will be disposed of */
+{
+    register pcube cl, cr;
+    register int best;
+    pcover Tnew, Tl, Tr;
+
+    if (primes_consensus_special_cases(T, &Tnew) == MAYBE) {
+    cl = new_cube();
+    cr = new_cube();
+    best = binate_split_select(T, cl, cr, COMPL);
+
+    Tl = primes_consensus(scofactor(T, cl, best));
+    Tr = primes_consensus(scofactor(T, cr, best));
+    Tnew = primes_consensus_merge(Tl, Tr, cl, cr);
+
+    free_cube(cl);
+    free_cube(cr);
+    free_cubelist(T);
+    }
+
+    return Tnew;
+}
+
+static bool 
+primes_consensus_special_cases(T, Tnew)
+pcube *T;            /* will be disposed if answer is determined */
+pcover *Tnew;            /* returned only if answer determined */
+{
+    register pcube *T1, p, ceil, cof=T[0];
+    pcube last;
+    pcover A;
+
+    /* Check for no cubes in the cover */
+    if (T[2] == NULL) {
+    *Tnew = new_cover(0);
+    free_cubelist(T);
+    return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    /* Check for only a single cube in the cover */
+    if (T[3] == NULL) {
+    *Tnew = sf_addset(new_cover(1), set_or(cof, cof, T[2]));
+    free_cubelist(T);
+    return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    /* Check for a row of all 1's (implies function is a tautology) */
+    for(T1 = T+2; (p = *T1++) != NULL; ) {
+    if (full_row(p, cof)) {
+        *Tnew = sf_addset(new_cover(1), cube.fullset);
+        free_cubelist(T);
+        return TRUE;
+    }
+    }
+
+    /* Check for a column of all 0's which can be factored out */
+    ceil = set_save(cof);
+    for(T1 = T+2; (p = *T1++) != NULL; ) {
+    INLINEset_or(ceil, ceil, p);
+    }
+    if (! setp_equal(ceil, cube.fullset)) {
+    p = new_cube();
+    (void) set_diff(p, cube.fullset, ceil);
+    (void) set_or(cof, cof, p);
+    free_cube(p);
+
+    A = primes_consensus(T);
+    foreach_set(A, last, p) {
+        INLINEset_and(p, p, ceil);
+    }
+    *Tnew = A;
+    set_free(ceil);
+    return TRUE;
+    }
+    set_free(ceil);
+
+    /* Collect column counts, determine unate variables, etc. */
+    massive_count(T);
+
+    /* If single active variable not factored out above, then tautology ! */
+    if (cdata.vars_active == 1) {
+    *Tnew = sf_addset(new_cover(1), cube.fullset);
+    free_cubelist(T);
+    return TRUE;
+
+    /* Check for unate cover */
+    } else if (cdata.vars_unate == cdata.vars_active) {
+    A = cubeunlist(T);
+    *Tnew = sf_contain(A);
+    free_cubelist(T);
+    return TRUE;
+
+    /* Not much we can do about it */
+    } else {
+    return MAYBE;
+    }
+}
+
+static pcover 
+primes_consensus_merge(Tl, Tr, cl, cr)
+pcover Tl, Tr;
+pcube cl, cr;
+{
+    register pcube pl, pr, lastl, lastr, pt;
+    pcover T, Tsave;
+
+    Tl = and_with_cofactor(Tl, cl);
+    Tr = and_with_cofactor(Tr, cr);
+
+    T = sf_new(500, Tl->sf_size);
+    pt = T->data;
+    Tsave = sf_contain(sf_join(Tl, Tr));
+
+    foreach_set(Tl, lastl, pl) {
+    foreach_set(Tr, lastr, pr) {
+        if (cdist01(pl, pr) == 1) {
+        consensus(pt, pl, pr);
+        if (++T->count >= T->capacity) {
+            Tsave = sf_union(Tsave, sf_contain(T));
+            T = sf_new(500, Tl->sf_size);
+            pt = T->data;
+        } else {
+            pt += T->wsize;
+        }
+        }
+    }
+    }
+    free_cover(Tl);
+    free_cover(Tr);
+
+    Tsave = sf_union(Tsave, sf_contain(T));
+    return Tsave;
+}
+
+
+static pcover
+and_with_cofactor(A, cof)
+pset_family A;
+register pset cof;
+{
+    register pset last, p;
+
+    foreach_set(A, last, p) {
+    INLINEset_and(p, p, cof);
+    if (cdist(p, cube.fullset) > 0) {
+        RESET(p, ACTIVE);
+    } else {
+        SET(p, ACTIVE);
+    }
+    }
+    return sf_inactive(A);
+}
diff --git a/src/misc/espresso/reduce.c b/src/misc/espresso/reduce.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..00e4507f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/espresso/reduce.c
@@ -0,0 +1,258 @@
+/*
+ * Revision Control Information
+ *
+ * $Source$
+ * $Author$
+ * $Revision$
+ * $Date$
+ *
+ */
+/*
+    module: reduce.c
+    purpose: Perform the Espresso-II reduction step
+
+    Reduction is a technique used to explore larger regions of the
+    optimization space.  We replace each cube of F with a smaller
+    cube while still maintaining a cover of the same logic function.
+*/
+
+#include "espresso.h"
+
+static bool toggle = TRUE;
+
+
+/*
+    reduce -- replace each cube in F with its reduction
+
+    The reduction of a cube is the smallest cube contained in the cube
+    which can replace the cube in the original cover without changing
+    the cover.  This is equivalent to the super cube of all of the
+    essential points in the cube.  This can be computed directly.
+
+    The problem is that the order in which the cubes are reduced can
+    greatly affect the final result.  We alternate between two ordering
+    strategies:
+
+    (1) Order the cubes in ascending order of distance from the
+    largest cube breaking ties by ordering cubes of equal distance
+    in descending order of size (sort_reduce)
+
+    (2) Order the cubes in descending order of the inner-product of
+    the cube and the column sums (mini_sort)
+
+    The real workhorse of this section is the routine SCCC which is
+    used to find the Smallest Cube Containing the Complement of a cover.
+    Reduction as proposed by Espresso-II takes a cube and computes its
+    maximal reduction as the intersection between the cube and the
+    smallest cube containing the complement of (F u D - {c}) cofactored
+    against c.
+
+    As usual, the unate-recursive paradigm is used to compute SCCC.
+    The SCCC of a unate cover is trivial to compute, and thus we perform
+    Shannon Cofactor expansion attempting to drive the cover to be unate
+    as fast as possible.
+*/
+
+pcover reduce(F, D)
+INOUT pcover F;
+IN pcover D;
+{
+    register pcube last, p, cunder, *FD;
+
+    /* Order the cubes */
+    if (use_random_order)
+    F = random_order(F);
+    else {
+    F = toggle ? sort_reduce(F) : mini_sort(F, descend);
+    toggle = ! toggle;
+    }
+
+    /* Try to reduce each cube */
+    FD = cube2list(F, D);
+    foreach_set(F, last, p) {
+    cunder = reduce_cube(FD, p);        /* reduce the cube */
+    if (setp_equal(cunder, p)) {            /* see if it actually did */
+        SET(p, ACTIVE);    /* cube remains active */
+        SET(p, PRIME);    /* cube remains prime ? */
+    } else {
+        if (debug & REDUCE) {
+        printf("REDUCE: %s to %s %s\n",
+            pc1(p), pc2(cunder), print_time(ptime()));
+        }
+        set_copy(p, cunder);                /* save reduced version */
+        RESET(p, PRIME);                    /* cube is no longer prime */
+        if (setp_empty(cunder))
+        RESET(p, ACTIVE);               /* if null, kill the cube */
+        else
+        SET(p, ACTIVE);                 /* cube is active */
+    }
+    free_cube(cunder);
+    }
+    free_cubelist(FD);
+
+    /* Delete any cubes of F which reduced to the empty cube */
+    return sf_inactive(F);
+}
+
+/* reduce_cube -- find the maximal reduction of a cube */
+pcube reduce_cube(FD, p)
+IN pcube *FD, p;
+{
+    pcube cunder;
+
+    cunder = sccc(cofactor(FD, p));
+    return set_and(cunder, cunder, p);
+}
+
+
+/* sccc -- find Smallest Cube Containing the Complement of a cover */
+pcube sccc(T)
+INOUT pcube *T;         /* T will be disposed of */
+{
+    pcube r;
+    register pcube cl, cr;
+    register int best;
+    static int sccc_level = 0;
+
+    if (debug & REDUCE1) {
+    debug_print(T, "SCCC", sccc_level++);
+    }
+
+    if (sccc_special_cases(T, &r) == MAYBE) {
+    cl = new_cube();
+    cr = new_cube();
+    best = binate_split_select(T, cl, cr, REDUCE1);
+    r = sccc_merge(sccc(scofactor(T, cl, best)),
+               sccc(scofactor(T, cr, best)), cl, cr);
+    free_cubelist(T);
+    }
+
+    if (debug & REDUCE1)
+    printf("SCCC[%d]: result is %s\n", --sccc_level, pc1(r));
+    return r;
+}
+
+
+pcube sccc_merge(left, right, cl, cr)
+INOUT register pcube left, right;       /* will be disposed of ... */
+INOUT register pcube cl, cr;            /* will be disposed of ... */
+{
+    INLINEset_and(left, left, cl);
+    INLINEset_and(right, right, cr);
+    INLINEset_or(left, left, right);
+    free_cube(right);
+    free_cube(cl);
+    free_cube(cr);
+    return left;
+}
+
+
+/*
+    sccc_cube -- find the smallest cube containing the complement of a cube
+
+    By DeMorgan's law and the fact that the smallest cube containing a
+    cover is the "or" of the positional cubes, it is simple to see that
+    the SCCC is the universe if the cube has more than two active
+    variables.  If there is only a single active variable, then the
+    SCCC is merely the bitwise complement of the cube in that
+    variable.  A last special case is no active variables, in which
+    case the SCCC is empty.
+
+    This is "anded" with the incoming cube result.
+*/
+pcube sccc_cube(result, p)
+register pcube result, p;
+{
+    register pcube temp=cube.temp[0], mask;
+    int var;
+
+    if ((var = cactive(p)) >= 0) {
+    mask = cube.var_mask[var];
+    INLINEset_xor(temp, p, mask);
+    INLINEset_and(result, result, temp);
+    }
+    return result;
+}
+
+/*
+ *   sccc_special_cases -- check the special cases for sccc
+ */
+
+bool sccc_special_cases(T, result)
+INOUT pcube *T;                 /* will be disposed if answer is determined */
+OUT pcube *result;              /* returned only if answer determined */
+{
+    register pcube *T1, p, temp = cube.temp[1], ceil, cof = T[0];
+    pcube *A, *B;
+
+    /* empty cover => complement is universe => SCCC is universe */
+    if (T[2] == NULL) {
+    *result = set_save(cube.fullset);
+    free_cubelist(T);
+    return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    /* row of 1's => complement is empty => SCCC is empty */
+    for(T1 = T+2; (p = *T1++) != NULL; ) {
+    if (full_row(p, cof)) {
+        *result = new_cube();
+        free_cubelist(T);
+        return TRUE;
+    }
+    }
+
+    /* Collect column counts, determine unate variables, etc. */
+    massive_count(T);
+
+    /* If cover is unate (or single cube), apply simple rules to find SCCCU */
+    if (cdata.vars_unate == cdata.vars_active || T[3] == NULL) {
+    *result = set_save(cube.fullset);
+    for(T1 = T+2; (p = *T1++) != NULL; ) {
+        (void) sccc_cube(*result, set_or(temp, p, cof));
+    }
+    free_cubelist(T);
+    return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    /* Check for column of 0's (which can be easily factored( */
+    ceil = set_save(cof);
+    for(T1 = T+2; (p = *T1++) != NULL; ) {
+    INLINEset_or(ceil, ceil, p);
+    }
+    if (! setp_equal(ceil, cube.fullset)) {
+    *result = sccc_cube(set_save(cube.fullset), ceil);
+    if (setp_equal(*result, cube.fullset)) {
+        free_cube(ceil);
+    } else {
+        *result = sccc_merge(sccc(cofactor(T,ceil)),
+             set_save(cube.fullset), ceil, *result);
+    }
+    free_cubelist(T);
+    return TRUE;
+    }
+    free_cube(ceil);
+
+    /* Single active column at this point => tautology => SCCC is empty */
+    if (cdata.vars_active == 1) {
+    *result = new_cube();
+    free_cubelist(T);
+    return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    /* Check for components */
+    if (cdata.var_zeros[cdata.best] < CUBELISTSIZE(T)/2) {
+    if (cubelist_partition(T, &A, &B, debug & REDUCE1) == 0) {
+        return MAYBE;
+    } else {
+        free_cubelist(T);
+        *result = sccc(A);
+        ceil = sccc(B);
+        (void) set_and(*result, *result, ceil);
+        set_free(ceil);
+        return TRUE;
+    }
+    }
+
+    /* Not much we can do about it */
+    return MAYBE;
+}
diff --git a/src/misc/espresso/rows.c b/src/misc/espresso/rows.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bf0c0baa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/espresso/rows.c
@@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
+/*
+ * Revision Control Information
+ *
+ * $Source$
+ * $Author$
+ * $Revision$
+ * $Date$
+ *
+ */
+//#include "port.h"
+#include "sparse_int.h"
+
+
+/*
+ *  allocate a new row vector 
+ */
+sm_row *
+sm_row_alloc()
+{
+    register sm_row *prow;
+
+#ifdef FAST_AND_LOOSE
+    if (sm_row_freelist == NIL(sm_row)) {
+    prow = ALLOC(sm_row, 1);
+    } else {
+    prow = sm_row_freelist;
+    sm_row_freelist = prow->next_row;
+    }
+#else
+    prow = ALLOC(sm_row, 1);
+#endif
+
+    prow->row_num = 0;
+    prow->length = 0;
+    prow->first_col = prow->last_col = NIL(sm_element);
+    prow->next_row = prow->prev_row = NIL(sm_row);
+    prow->flag = 0;
+    prow->user_word = NIL(char);        /* for our user ... */
+    return prow;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ *  free a row vector -- for FAST_AND_LOOSE, this is real cheap for rows;
+ *  however, freeing a column must still walk down the column discarding
+ *  the elements one-by-one; that is the only use for the extra '-DCOLS'
+ *  compile flag ...
+ */
+void
+sm_row_free(prow)
+register sm_row *prow;
+{
+#if defined(FAST_AND_LOOSE) && ! defined(COLS)
+    if (prow->first_col != NIL(sm_element)) {
+    /* Add the linked list of row items to the free list */
+    prow->last_col->next_col = sm_element_freelist;
+    sm_element_freelist = prow->first_col;
+    }
+
+    /* Add the row to the free list of rows */
+    prow->next_row = sm_row_freelist;
+    sm_row_freelist = prow;
+#else
+    register sm_element *p, *pnext;
+
+    for(p = prow->first_col; p != 0; p = pnext) {
+    pnext = p->next_col;
+    sm_element_free(p);
+    }
+    FREE(prow);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*
+ *  duplicate an existing row
+ */
+sm_row *
+sm_row_dup(prow)
+register sm_row *prow;
+{
+    register sm_row *pnew;
+    register sm_element *p;
+
+    pnew = sm_row_alloc();
+    for(p = prow->first_col; p != 0; p = p->next_col) {
+    (void) sm_row_insert(pnew, p->col_num);
+    }
+    return pnew;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ *  insert an element into a row vector 
+ */
+sm_element *
+sm_row_insert(prow, col)
+register sm_row *prow;
+register int col;
+{
+    register sm_element *test, *element;
+
+    /* get a new item, save its address */
+    sm_element_alloc(element);
+    test = element;
+    sorted_insert(sm_element, prow->first_col, prow->last_col, prow->length, 
+            next_col, prev_col, col_num, col, test);
+
+    /* if item was not used, free it */
+    if (element != test) {
+    sm_element_free(element);
+    }
+
+    /* either way, return the current new value */
+    return test;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ *  remove an element from a row vector 
+ */
+void
+sm_row_remove(prow, col)
+register sm_row *prow;
+register int col;
+{
+    register sm_element *p;
+
+    for(p = prow->first_col; p != 0 && p->col_num < col; p = p->next_col)
+    ;
+    if (p != 0 && p->col_num == col) {
+    dll_unlink(p, prow->first_col, prow->last_col, 
+                next_col, prev_col, prow->length);
+    sm_element_free(p);
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*
+ *  find an element (if it is in the row vector)
+ */
+sm_element *
+sm_row_find(prow, col)
+sm_row *prow;
+int col;
+{
+    register sm_element *p;
+
+    for(p = prow->first_col; p != 0 && p->col_num < col; p = p->next_col)
+    ;
+    if (p != 0 && p->col_num == col) {
+    return p;
+    } else {
+    return NIL(sm_element);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *  return 1 if row p2 contains row p1; 0 otherwise
+ */
+int 
+sm_row_contains(p1, p2)
+sm_row *p1, *p2;
+{
+    register sm_element *q1, *q2;
+
+    q1 = p1->first_col;
+    q2 = p2->first_col;
+    while (q1 != 0) {
+    if (q2 == 0 || q1->col_num < q2->col_num) {
+        return 0;
+    } else if (q1->col_num == q2->col_num) {
+        q1 = q1->next_col;
+        q2 = q2->next_col;
+    } else {
+        q2 = q2->next_col;
+    }
+    }
+    return 1;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ *  return 1 if row p1 and row p2 share an element in common
+ */
+int 
+sm_row_intersects(p1, p2)
+sm_row *p1, *p2;
+{
+    register sm_element *q1, *q2;
+
+    q1 = p1->first_col;
+    q2 = p2->first_col;
+    if (q1 == 0 || q2 == 0) return 0;
+    for(;;) {
+    if (q1->col_num < q2->col_num) {
+        if ((q1 = q1->next_col) == 0) {
+        return 0;
+        }
+    } else if (q1->col_num > q2->col_num) {
+        if ((q2 = q2->next_col) == 0) {
+        return 0;
+        }
+    } else {
+        return 1;
+    }
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*
+ *  compare two rows, lexical ordering
+ */
+int 
+sm_row_compare(p1, p2)
+sm_row *p1, *p2;
+{
+    register sm_element *q1, *q2;
+
+    q1 = p1->first_col;
+    q2 = p2->first_col;
+    while(q1 != 0 && q2 != 0) {
+    if (q1->col_num != q2->col_num) {
+        return q1->col_num - q2->col_num;
+    }
+    q1 = q1->next_col;
+    q2 = q2->next_col;
+    }
+
+    if (q1 != 0) {
+    return 1;
+    } else if (q2 != 0) {
+    return -1;
+    } else {
+    return 0;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*
+ *  return the intersection
+ */
+sm_row *
+sm_row_and(p1, p2)
+sm_row *p1, *p2;
+{
+    register sm_element *q1, *q2;
+    register sm_row *result;
+
+    result = sm_row_alloc();
+    q1 = p1->first_col;
+    q2 = p2->first_col;
+    if (q1 == 0 || q2 == 0) return result;
+    for(;;) {
+    if (q1->col_num < q2->col_num) {
+        if ((q1 = q1->next_col) == 0) {
+        return result;
+        }
+    } else if (q1->col_num > q2->col_num) {
+        if ((q2 = q2->next_col) == 0) {
+        return result;
+        }
+    } else {
+        (void) sm_row_insert(result, q1->col_num);
+        if ((q1 = q1->next_col) == 0) {
+        return result;
+        }
+        if ((q2 = q2->next_col) == 0) {
+        return result;
+        }
+    }
+    }
+}
+
+int 
+sm_row_hash(prow, modulus)
+sm_row *prow;
+int modulus;
+{
+    register int sum;
+    register sm_element *p;
+
+    sum = 0;
+    for(p = prow->first_col; p != 0; p = p->next_col) {
+    sum = (sum*17 + p->col_num) % modulus;
+    }
+    return sum;
+}
+
+/*
+ *  remove an element from a row vector (given a pointer to the element) 
+ */
+void
+sm_row_remove_element(prow, p)
+register sm_row *prow;
+register sm_element *p;
+{
+    dll_unlink(p, prow->first_col, prow->last_col, 
+            next_col, prev_col, prow->length);
+    sm_element_free(p);
+}
+
+
+void
+sm_row_print(fp, prow)
+FILE *fp;
+sm_row *prow;
+{
+    sm_element *p;
+
+    for(p = prow->first_col; p != 0; p = p->next_col) {
+    (void) fprintf(fp, " %d", p->col_num);
+    }
+}
diff --git a/src/misc/espresso/set.c b/src/misc/espresso/set.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fce88288
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/espresso/set.c
@@ -0,0 +1,820 @@
+/*
+ * Revision Control Information
+ *
+ * $Source$
+ * $Author$
+ * $Revision$
+ * $Date$
+ *
+ */
+/*
+ *   set.c -- routines for maniuplating sets and set families
+ */
+
+/* LINTLIBRARY */
+
+#include "espresso.h"
+static pset_family set_family_garbage = NULL;
+
+static int intcpy(d, s, n)
+register unsigned int *d, *s;
+register long n;
+{
+    register int i;
+    for(i = 0; i < n; i++) {
+    *d++ = *s++;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* bit_index -- find first bit (from LSB) in a word (MSB=bit n, LSB=bit 0) */
+int bit_index(a)
+register unsigned int a;
+{
+    register int i;
+    if (a == 0)
+    return -1;
+    for(i = 0; (a & 1) == 0; a >>= 1, i++)
+    ;
+    return i;
+}
+
+
+/* set_ord -- count number of elements in a set */
+int set_ord(a)
+register pset a;
+{
+    register int i, sum = 0;
+    register unsigned int val;
+    for(i = LOOP(a); i > 0; i--)
+    if ((val = a[i]) != 0)
+        sum += count_ones(val);
+    return sum;
+}
+
+/* set_dist -- distance between two sets (# elements in common) */
+int set_dist(a, b)
+register pset a, b;
+{
+    register int i, sum = 0;
+    register unsigned int val;
+    for(i = LOOP(a); i > 0; i--)
+    if ((val = a[i] & b[i]) != 0)
+        sum += count_ones(val);
+    return sum;
+}
+
+/* set_clear -- make "r" the empty set of "size" elements */
+pset set_clear(r, size)
+register pset r;
+int size;
+{
+    register int i = LOOPINIT(size);
+    *r = i; do r[i] = 0; while (--i > 0);
+    return r;
+}
+
+/* set_fill -- make "r" the universal set of "size" elements */
+pset set_fill(r, size)
+register pset r;
+register int size;
+{
+    register int i = LOOPINIT(size);
+    *r = i;
+    r[i] = ~ (unsigned) 0;
+    r[i] >>= i * BPI - size;
+    while (--i > 0)
+    r[i] = ~ (unsigned) 0;
+    return r;
+}
+
+/* set_copy -- copy set a into set r */
+pset set_copy(r, a)
+register pset r, a;
+{
+    register int i = LOOPCOPY(a);
+    do r[i] = a[i]; while (--i >= 0);
+    return r;
+}
+
+/* set_and -- compute intersection of sets "a" and "b" */
+pset set_and(r, a, b)
+register pset r, a, b;
+{
+    register int i = LOOP(a);
+    PUTLOOP(r,i); do r[i] = a[i] & b[i]; while (--i > 0);
+    return r;
+}
+
+/* set_or -- compute union of sets "a" and "b" */
+pset set_or(r, a, b)
+register pset r, a, b;
+{
+    register int i = LOOP(a);
+    PUTLOOP(r,i); do r[i] = a[i] | b[i]; while (--i > 0);
+    return r;
+}
+
+/* set_diff -- compute difference of sets "a" and "b" */
+pset set_diff(r, a, b)
+register pset r, a, b;
+{
+    register int i = LOOP(a);
+    PUTLOOP(r,i); do r[i] = a[i] & ~b[i]; while (--i > 0);
+    return r;
+}
+
+/* set_xor -- compute exclusive-or of sets "a" and "b" */
+pset set_xor(r, a, b)
+register pset r, a, b;
+{
+    register int i = LOOP(a);
+#ifdef IBM_WATC
+    PUTLOOP(r,i); do r[i] = (a[i]&~b[i]) | (~a[i]&b[i]); while (--i > 0);
+#else
+    PUTLOOP(r,i); do r[i] = a[i] ^ b[i]; while (--i > 0);
+#endif
+    return r;
+}
+
+/* set_merge -- compute "a" & "mask" | "b" & ~ "mask" */
+pset set_merge(r, a, b, mask)
+register pset r, a, b, mask;
+{
+    register int i = LOOP(a);
+    PUTLOOP(r,i); do r[i] = (a[i]&mask[i]) | (b[i]&~mask[i]); while (--i > 0);
+    return r;
+}
+
+/* set_andp -- compute intersection of sets "a" and "b" , TRUE if nonempty */
+bool set_andp(r, a, b)
+register pset r, a, b;
+{
+    register int i = LOOP(a);
+    register unsigned int x = 0;
+    PUTLOOP(r,i); do {r[i] = a[i] & b[i]; x |= r[i];} while (--i > 0);
+    return x != 0;
+}
+
+/* set_orp -- compute union of sets "a" and "b" , TRUE if nonempty */
+bool set_orp(r, a, b)
+register pset r, a, b;
+{
+    register int i = LOOP(a);
+    register unsigned int x = 0;
+    PUTLOOP(r,i); do {r[i] = a[i] | b[i]; x |= r[i];} while (--i > 0);
+    return x != 0;
+}
+
+/* setp_empty -- check if the set "a" is empty */
+bool setp_empty(a)
+register pset a;
+{
+    register int i = LOOP(a);
+    do if (a[i]) return FALSE; while (--i > 0);
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/* setp_full -- check if the set "a" is the full set of "size" elements */
+bool setp_full(a, size)
+register pset a;
+register int size;
+{
+    register int i = LOOP(a);
+    register unsigned int test;
+    test = ~ (unsigned) 0;
+    test >>= i * BPI - size;
+    if (a[i] != test)
+    return FALSE;
+    while (--i > 0)
+    if (a[i] != (~(unsigned) 0))
+        return FALSE;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/* setp_equal -- check if the set "a" equals set "b" */
+bool setp_equal(a, b)
+register pset a, b;
+{
+    register int i = LOOP(a);
+    do if (a[i] != b[i]) return FALSE; while (--i > 0);
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/* setp_disjoint -- check if intersection of "a" and "b" is empty */
+bool setp_disjoint(a, b)
+register pset a, b;
+{
+    register int i = LOOP(a);
+    do if (a[i] & b[i]) return FALSE; while (--i > 0);
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/* setp_implies -- check if "a" implies "b" ("b" contains "a") */
+bool setp_implies(a, b)
+register pset a, b;
+{
+    register int i = LOOP(a);
+    do if (a[i] & ~b[i]) return FALSE; while (--i > 0);
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/* sf_or -- form the "or" of all sets in a set family */
+pset sf_or(A)
+pset_family A;
+{
+    register pset or, last, p;
+
+    or = set_new(A->sf_size);
+    foreach_set(A, last, p)
+    INLINEset_or(or, or, p);
+    return or;
+}
+
+/* sf_and -- form the "and" of all sets in a set family */
+pset sf_and(A)
+pset_family A;
+{
+    register pset and, last, p;
+
+    and = set_fill(set_new(A->sf_size), A->sf_size);
+    foreach_set(A, last, p)
+    INLINEset_and(and, and, p);
+    return and;
+}
+
+/* sf_active -- make all members of the set family active */
+pset_family sf_active(A)
+pset_family A;
+{
+    register pset p, last;
+    foreach_set(A, last, p) {
+    SET(p, ACTIVE);
+    }
+    A->active_count = A->count;
+    return A;
+}
+
+
+/* sf_inactive -- remove all inactive cubes in a set family */
+pset_family sf_inactive(A)
+pset_family A;
+{
+    register pset p, last, pdest;
+
+    pdest = A->data;
+    foreach_set(A, last, p) {
+    if (TESTP(p, ACTIVE)) {
+        if (pdest != p) {
+        INLINEset_copy(pdest, p);
+        }
+        pdest += A->wsize;
+    } else {
+        A->count--;
+    }
+    }
+    return A;
+}
+
+
+/* sf_copy -- copy a set family */
+pset_family sf_copy(R, A)
+pset_family R, A;
+{
+    R->sf_size = A->sf_size;
+    R->wsize = A->wsize;
+/*R->capacity = A->count;*/
+/*R->data = REALLOC(unsigned int, R->data, (long) R->capacity * R->wsize);*/
+    R->count = A->count;
+    R->active_count = A->active_count;
+    intcpy(R->data, A->data, (long) A->wsize * A->count);
+    return R;
+}
+
+
+/* sf_join -- join A and B into a single set_family */
+pset_family sf_join(A, B)
+pset_family A, B;
+{
+    pset_family R;
+    long asize = A->count * A->wsize;
+    long bsize = B->count * B->wsize;
+
+    if (A->sf_size != B->sf_size) fatal("sf_join: sf_size mismatch");
+    R = sf_new(A->count + B->count, A->sf_size);
+    R->count = A->count + B->count;
+    R->active_count = A->active_count + B->active_count;
+    intcpy(R->data, A->data, asize);
+    intcpy(R->data + asize, B->data, bsize);
+    return R;
+}
+
+
+/* sf_append -- append the sets of B to the end of A, and dispose of B */
+pset_family sf_append(A, B)
+pset_family A, B;
+{
+    long asize = A->count * A->wsize;
+    long bsize = B->count * B->wsize;
+
+    if (A->sf_size != B->sf_size) fatal("sf_append: sf_size mismatch");
+    A->capacity = A->count + B->count;
+    A->data = REALLOC(unsigned int, A->data, (long) A->capacity * A->wsize);
+    intcpy(A->data + asize, B->data, bsize);
+    A->count += B->count;
+    A->active_count += B->active_count;
+    sf_free(B);
+    return A;
+}
+
+
+/* sf_new -- allocate "num" sets of "size" elements each */
+pset_family sf_new(num, size)
+int num, size;
+{
+    pset_family A;
+    if (set_family_garbage == NULL) {
+    A = ALLOC(set_family_t, 1);
+    } else {
+    A = set_family_garbage;
+    set_family_garbage = A->next;
+    }
+    A->sf_size = size;
+    A->wsize = SET_SIZE(size);
+    A->capacity = num;
+    A->data = ALLOC(unsigned int, (long) A->capacity * A->wsize);
+    A->count = 0;
+    A->active_count = 0;
+    return A;
+}
+
+
+/* sf_save -- create a duplicate copy of a set family */
+pset_family sf_save(A)
+register pset_family A;
+{
+    return sf_copy(sf_new(A->count, A->sf_size), A);
+}
+
+
+/* sf_free -- free the storage allocated for a set family */
+void sf_free(A)
+pset_family A;
+{
+    FREE(A->data);
+    A->next = set_family_garbage;
+    set_family_garbage = A;
+}
+
+
+/* sf_cleanup -- free all of the set families from the garbage list */
+void sf_cleanup()
+{
+    register pset_family p, pnext;
+    for(p = set_family_garbage; p != (pset_family) NULL; p = pnext) {
+    pnext = p->next;
+    FREE(p);
+    }
+    set_family_garbage = (pset_family) NULL;
+}
+
+
+/* sf_addset -- add a set to the end of a set family */
+pset_family sf_addset(A, s)
+pset_family A;
+pset s;
+{
+    register pset p;
+
+    if (A->count >= A->capacity) {
+    A->capacity = A->capacity + A->capacity/2 + 1;
+    A->data = REALLOC(unsigned int, A->data, (long) A->capacity * A->wsize);
+    }
+    p = GETSET(A, A->count++);
+    INLINEset_copy(p, s);
+    return A;
+}
+
+/* sf_delset -- delete a set from a set family */
+void sf_delset(A, i)
+pset_family A;
+int i;
+{   (void) set_copy(GETSET(A,i), GETSET(A, --A->count));}
+
+/* sf_print -- print a set_family as a set (list the element numbers) */
+void sf_print(A)
+pset_family A;
+{
+    char *ps1();
+    register pset p;
+    register int i;
+    foreachi_set(A, i, p)
+    printf("A[%d] = %s\n", i, ps1(p));
+}
+
+/* sf_bm_print -- print a set_family as a bit-matrix */
+void sf_bm_print(A)
+pset_family A;
+{
+    char *pbv1();
+    register pset p;
+    register int i;
+    foreachi_set(A, i, p)
+    printf("[%4d] %s\n", i, pbv1(p, A->sf_size));
+}
+
+
+/* sf_write -- output a set family in an unintelligable manner */
+void sf_write(fp, A)
+FILE *fp;
+pset_family A;
+{
+    register pset p, last;
+    (void) fprintf(fp, "%d %d\n", A->count, A->sf_size);
+    foreach_set(A, last, p)
+    set_write(fp, p);
+    (void) fflush(fp);
+}
+
+
+/* sf_read -- read a set family written by sf_write */
+pset_family sf_read(fp)
+FILE *fp;
+{
+    int i, j;
+    register pset p, last;
+    pset_family A;
+
+    (void) fscanf(fp, "%d %d\n", &i, &j);
+    A = sf_new(i, j);
+    A->count = i;
+    foreach_set(A, last, p) {
+    (void) fscanf(fp, "%x", p);
+    for(j = 1; j <= LOOP(p); j++)
+        (void) fscanf(fp, "%x", p+j);
+    }
+    return A;
+}
+
+
+/* set_write -- output a set in an unintelligable manner */
+void set_write(fp, a)
+register FILE *fp;
+register pset a;
+{
+    register int n = LOOP(a), j;
+
+    for(j = 0; j <= n; j++) {
+    (void) fprintf(fp, "%x ", a[j]);
+    if ((j+1) % 8 == 0 && j != n)
+        (void) fprintf(fp, "\n\t");
+    }
+    (void) fprintf(fp, "\n");
+}
+
+
+/* sf_bm_read -- read a set family written by sf_bm_print (almost) */
+pset_family sf_bm_read(fp)
+FILE *fp;
+{
+    int i, j, rows, cols;
+    register pset pdest;
+    pset_family A;
+
+    (void) fscanf(fp, "%d %d\n", &rows, &cols);
+    A = sf_new(rows, cols);
+    for(i = 0; i < rows; i++) {
+    pdest = GETSET(A, A->count++);
+    (void) set_clear(pdest, A->sf_size);
+    for(j = 0; j < cols; j++) {
+        switch(getc(fp)) {
+        case '0':
+            break;
+        case '1':
+            set_insert(pdest, j);
+            break;
+        default:
+            fatal("Error reading set family");
+        }
+    }
+    if (getc(fp) != '\n') {
+        fatal("Error reading set family (at end of line)");
+    }
+    }
+    return A;
+}
+
+
+
+/* ps1 -- convert a set into a printable string */
+#define largest_string 120
+static char s1[largest_string];
+char *ps1(a)
+register pset a;
+{
+    register int i, num, l, len = 0, n = NELEM(a);
+    char temp[20];
+    bool first = TRUE;
+
+    s1[len++] = '[';
+    for(i = 0; i < n; i++)
+    if (is_in_set(a,i)) {
+        if (! first)
+        s1[len++] = ',';
+        first = FALSE; num = i;
+        /* Generate digits (reverse order) */
+        l = 0; do temp[l++] = num % 10 + '0'; while ((num /= 10) > 0);
+        /* Copy them back in correct order */
+        do s1[len++] = temp[--l]; while (l > 0);
+        if (len > largest_string-15) {
+        s1[len++] = '.'; s1[len++] = '.'; s1[len++] = '.';
+        break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    s1[len++] = ']';
+    s1[len++] = '\0';
+    return s1;
+}
+
+/* pbv1 -- print bit-vector */
+char *pbv1(s, n)
+pset s;
+int n;
+{
+    register int i;
+    for(i = 0; i < n; i++)
+    s1[i] = is_in_set(s,i) ? '1' : '0';
+    s1[n] = '\0';
+    return s1;
+}
+
+
+/* set_adjcnt -- adjust the counts for a set by "weight" */
+void
+set_adjcnt(a, count, weight)
+register pset a;
+register int *count, weight;
+{
+    register int i, base;
+    register unsigned int val;
+
+    for(i = LOOP(a); i > 0; ) {
+    for(val = a[i], base = --i << LOGBPI; val != 0; base++, val >>= 1) {
+        if (val & 1) {
+        count[base] += weight;
+        }
+    }
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+/* sf_count -- perform a column sum over a set family */
+int *sf_count(A)
+pset_family A;
+{
+    register pset p, last;
+    register int i, base, *count;
+    register unsigned int val;
+
+    count = ALLOC(int, A->sf_size);
+    for(i = A->sf_size - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
+    count[i] = 0;
+    }
+
+    foreach_set(A, last, p) {
+    for(i = LOOP(p); i > 0; ) {
+        for(val = p[i], base = --i << LOGBPI; val != 0; base++, val >>= 1) {
+        if (val & 1) {
+            count[base]++;
+        }
+        }
+    }
+    }
+    return count;
+}
+
+
+/* sf_count_restricted -- perform a column sum over a set family, restricting
+ * to only the columns which are in r; also, the columns are weighted by the
+ * number of elements which are in each row
+ */
+int *sf_count_restricted(A, r)
+pset_family A;
+register pset r;
+{
+    register pset p;
+    register int i, base, *count;
+    register unsigned int val;
+    int weight;
+    pset last;
+
+    count = ALLOC(int, A->sf_size);
+    for(i = A->sf_size - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
+    count[i] = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* Loop for each set */
+    foreach_set(A, last, p) {
+    weight = 1024 / (set_ord(p) - 1);
+    for(i = LOOP(p); i > 0; ) {
+        for(val=p[i]&r[i], base= --i<<LOGBPI; val!=0; base++, val >>= 1) {
+        if (val & 1) {
+            count[base] += weight;
+        }
+        }
+    }
+    }
+    return count;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ *  sf_delc -- delete columns first ... last of A
+ */
+pset_family sf_delc(A, first, last)
+pset_family A;
+int first, last;
+{
+    return sf_delcol(A, first, last-first + 1);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ *  sf_addcol -- add columns to a set family; includes a quick check to see
+ *  if there is already enough room (and hence, can avoid copying)
+ */
+pset_family sf_addcol(A, firstcol, n)
+pset_family A;
+int firstcol, n;
+{
+    int maxsize;
+
+    /* Check if adding columns at the end ... */
+    if (firstcol == A->sf_size) {
+    /* If so, check if there is already enough room */
+    maxsize = BPI * LOOPINIT(A->sf_size);
+    if ((A->sf_size + n) <= maxsize) {
+        A->sf_size += n;
+        return A;
+    }
+    }
+    return sf_delcol(A, firstcol, -n);
+}
+
+/*
+ * sf_delcol -- add/delete columns to/from a set family
+ *
+ *  if n > 0 then n columns starting from firstcol are deleted if n < 0
+ *  then n blank columns are inserted starting at firstcol
+ *      (i.e., the first new column number is firstcol)
+ *
+ *  This is done by copying columns in the array which is a relatively
+ *  slow operation.
+ */
+pset_family sf_delcol(A, firstcol, n)
+pset_family A;
+register int firstcol, n;
+{
+    register pset p, last, pdest;
+    register int i;
+    pset_family B;
+
+    B = sf_new(A->count, A->sf_size - n);
+    foreach_set(A, last, p) {
+    pdest = GETSET(B, B->count++);
+    INLINEset_clear(pdest, B->sf_size);
+    for(i = 0; i < firstcol; i++)
+        if (is_in_set(p, i))
+        set_insert(pdest, i);
+    for(i = n > 0 ? firstcol + n : firstcol; i < A->sf_size; i++)
+        if (is_in_set(p, i))
+        set_insert(pdest, i - n);
+    }
+    sf_free(A);
+    return B;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ *  sf_copy_col -- copy column "srccol" from "src" to column "dstcol" of "dst"
+ */
+pset_family sf_copy_col(dst, dstcol, src, srccol)
+pset_family dst, src;
+int dstcol, srccol;
+{
+    register pset last, p, pdest;
+    register int word_test, word_set;
+    unsigned int bit_set, bit_test;
+
+    /* CHEAT! form these constants outside the loop */
+    word_test = WHICH_WORD(srccol);
+    bit_test = 1 << WHICH_BIT(srccol);
+    word_set = WHICH_WORD(dstcol);
+    bit_set = 1 << WHICH_BIT(dstcol);
+
+    pdest = dst->data;
+    foreach_set(src, last, p) {
+    if ((p[word_test] & bit_test) != 0)
+        pdest[word_set] |= bit_set;
+/*
+ *  equivalent code for this is ...
+ *    if (is_in_set(p, srccol)) set_insert(pdest, destcol);
+ */
+    pdest += dst->wsize;
+    }
+    return dst;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ *  sf_compress -- delete columns from a matrix
+ */
+pset_family sf_compress(A, c)
+pset_family A;            /* will be freed */
+register pset c;
+{
+    register pset p;
+    register int i, bcol;
+    pset_family B;
+
+    /* create a clean set family for the result */
+    B = sf_new(A->count, set_ord(c));
+    for(i = 0; i < A->count; i++) {
+    p = GETSET(B, B->count++);
+    INLINEset_clear(p, B->sf_size);
+    }
+
+    /* copy each column of A which has a 1 in c */
+    bcol = 0;
+    for(i = 0; i < A->sf_size; i++) {
+    if (is_in_set(c, i)) {
+        (void) sf_copy_col(B, bcol++, A, i);
+    }
+    }
+    sf_free(A);
+    return B;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ *  sf_transpose -- transpose a bit matrix
+ *
+ *  There are trickier ways of doing this, but this works.
+ */
+pset_family sf_transpose(A)
+pset_family A;
+{
+    pset_family B;
+    register pset p;
+    register int i, j;
+
+    B = sf_new(A->sf_size, A->count);
+    B->count = A->sf_size;
+    foreachi_set(B, i, p) {
+    INLINEset_clear(p, B->sf_size);
+    }
+    foreachi_set(A, i, p) {
+    for(j = 0; j < A->sf_size; j++) {
+        if (is_in_set(p, j)) {
+        set_insert(GETSET(B, j), i);
+        }
+    }
+    }
+    sf_free(A);
+    return B;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ *   sf_permute -- permute the columns of a set_family
+ *
+ *   permute is an array of integers containing column numbers of A which
+ *   are to be retained.
+ */
+pset_family sf_permute(A, permute, npermute)
+pset_family A;
+register int *permute, npermute;
+{
+    pset_family B;
+    register pset p, last, pdest;
+    register int j;
+
+    B = sf_new(A->count, npermute);
+    B->count = A->count;
+    foreach_set(B, last, p)
+    INLINEset_clear(p, npermute);
+
+    pdest = B->data;
+    foreach_set(A, last, p) {
+    for(j = 0; j < npermute; j++)
+        if (is_in_set(p, permute[j]))
+        set_insert(pdest, j);
+    pdest += B->wsize;
+    }
+    sf_free(A);
+    return B;
+}
diff --git a/src/misc/espresso/setc.c b/src/misc/espresso/setc.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a6112ebc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/espresso/setc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,483 @@
+/*
+ * Revision Control Information
+ *
+ * $Source$
+ * $Author$
+ * $Revision$
+ * $Date$
+ *
+ */
+/*
+    setc.c -- massive bit-hacking for performing special "cube"-type
+    operations on a set
+
+    The basic trick used for binary valued variables is the following:
+
+    If a[w] and b[w] contain a full word of binary variables, then:
+
+     1) to get the full word of their intersection, we use
+
+        x = a[w] & b[w];
+
+
+     2) to see if the intersection is null in any variables, we examine
+
+        x = ~(x | x >> 1) & DISJOINT;
+
+    this will have a single 1 in each binary variable for which
+    the intersection is null.  In particular, if this is zero,
+    then there are no disjoint variables; or, if this is nonzero,
+    then there is at least one disjoint variable.  A "count_ones"
+    over x will tell in how many variables they have an null
+    intersection.
+
+
+     3) to get a mask which selects the disjoint variables, we use
+
+        (x | x << 1)
+
+    this provides a selector which can be used to see where
+    they have an null intersection
+
+
+    cdist       return distance between two cubes
+    cdist0      return true if two cubes are distance 0 apart
+    cdist01     return distance, or 2 if distance exceeds 1
+    consensus   compute consensus of two cubes distance 1 apart
+    force_lower expand hack (for now), related to consensus
+*/
+
+#include "espresso.h"
+
+/* see if the cube has a full row of 1's (with respect to cof) */
+bool full_row(p, cof)
+IN register pcube p, cof;
+{
+    register int i = LOOP(p);
+    do if ((p[i] | cof[i]) != cube.fullset[i]) return FALSE; while (--i > 0);
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*
+    cdist0 -- return TRUE if a and b are distance 0 apart
+*/
+
+bool cdist0(a, b)
+register pcube a, b;
+{
+ {  /* Check binary variables */
+    register int w, last; register unsigned int x;
+    if ((last = cube.inword) != -1) {
+
+    /* Check the partial word of binary variables */
+    x = a[last] & b[last];
+    if (~(x | x >> 1) & cube.inmask)
+        return FALSE;               /* disjoint in some variable */
+
+    /* Check the full words of binary variables */
+    for(w = 1; w < last; w++) {
+        x = a[w] & b[w];
+        if (~(x | x >> 1) & DISJOINT)
+        return FALSE;           /* disjoint in some variable */
+    }
+    }
+ }
+
+ {  /* Check the multiple-valued variables */
+    register int w, var, last; register pcube mask;
+    for(var = cube.num_binary_vars; var < cube.num_vars; var++) {
+    mask = cube.var_mask[var]; last = cube.last_word[var];
+    for(w = cube.first_word[var]; w <= last; w++)
+        if (a[w] & b[w] & mask[w])
+        goto nextvar;
+    return FALSE;           /* disjoint in this variable */
+    nextvar: ;
+    }
+ }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*
+    cdist01 -- return the "distance" between two cubes (defined as the
+    number of null variables in their intersection).  If the distance
+    exceeds 1, the value 2 is returned.
+*/
+
+int cdist01(a, b)
+register pset a, b;
+{
+    int dist = 0;
+
+ {  /* Check binary variables */
+    register int w, last; register unsigned int x;
+    if ((last = cube.inword) != -1) {
+
+    /* Check the partial word of binary variables */
+    x = a[last] & b[last];
+    if (x = ~ (x | x >> 1) & cube.inmask)
+        if ((dist = count_ones(x)) > 1)
+        return 2;
+
+    /* Check the full words of binary variables */
+    for(w = 1; w < last; w++) {
+        x = a[w] & b[w];
+        if (x = ~ (x | x >> 1) & DISJOINT)
+        if (dist == 1 || (dist += count_ones(x)) > 1)
+            return 2;
+    }
+    }
+ }
+
+ {  /* Check the multiple-valued variables */
+    register int w, var, last; register pcube mask;
+    for(var = cube.num_binary_vars; var < cube.num_vars; var++) {
+    mask = cube.var_mask[var]; last = cube.last_word[var];
+    for(w = cube.first_word[var]; w <= last; w++)
+        if (a[w] & b[w] & mask[w])
+        goto nextvar;
+    if (++dist > 1)
+        return 2;
+    nextvar: ;
+    }
+ }
+    return dist;
+}
+
+/*
+    cdist -- return the "distance" between two cubes (defined as the
+    number of null variables in their intersection).
+*/
+
+int cdist(a, b)
+register pset a, b;
+{
+    int dist = 0;
+
+ {  /* Check binary variables */
+    register int w, last; register unsigned int x;
+    if ((last = cube.inword) != -1) {
+
+    /* Check the partial word of binary variables */
+    x = a[last] & b[last];
+    if (x = ~ (x | x >> 1) & cube.inmask)
+        dist = count_ones(x);
+
+    /* Check the full words of binary variables */
+    for(w = 1; w < last; w++) {
+        x = a[w] & b[w];
+        if (x = ~ (x | x >> 1) & DISJOINT)
+        dist += count_ones(x);
+    }
+    }
+ }
+
+ {  /* Check the multiple-valued variables */
+    register int w, var, last; register pcube mask;
+    for(var = cube.num_binary_vars; var < cube.num_vars; var++) {
+    mask = cube.var_mask[var]; last = cube.last_word[var];
+    for(w = cube.first_word[var]; w <= last; w++)
+        if (a[w] & b[w] & mask[w])
+        goto nextvar;
+    dist++;
+    nextvar: ;
+    }
+ }
+    return dist;
+}
+
+/*
+    force_lower -- Determine which variables of a do not intersect b.
+*/
+
+pset force_lower(xlower, a, b)
+INOUT pset xlower;
+IN register pset a, b;
+{
+
+ {  /* Check binary variables (if any) */
+    register int w, last; register unsigned int x;
+    if ((last = cube.inword) != -1) {
+
+    /* Check the partial word of binary variables */
+    x = a[last] & b[last];
+    if (x = ~(x | x >> 1) & cube.inmask)
+        xlower[last] |= (x | (x << 1)) & a[last];
+
+    /* Check the full words of binary variables */
+    for(w = 1; w < last; w++) {
+        x = a[w] & b[w];
+        if (x = ~(x | x >> 1) & DISJOINT)
+        xlower[w] |= (x | (x << 1)) & a[w];
+    }
+    }
+ }
+
+ {  /* Check the multiple-valued variables */
+    register int w, var, last; register pcube mask;
+    for(var = cube.num_binary_vars; var < cube.num_vars; var++) {
+    mask = cube.var_mask[var]; last = cube.last_word[var];
+    for(w = cube.first_word[var]; w <= last; w++)
+        if (a[w] & b[w] & mask[w])
+        goto nextvar;
+    for(w = cube.first_word[var]; w <= last; w++)
+        xlower[w] |= a[w] & mask[w];
+    nextvar: ;
+    }
+ }
+    return xlower;
+}
+
+/*
+    consensus -- multiple-valued consensus
+
+    Although this looks very messy, the idea is to compute for r the
+    "and" of the cubes a and b for each variable, unless the "and" is
+    null in a variable, in which case the "or" of a and b is computed
+    for this variable.
+
+    Because we don't check how many variables are null in the
+    intersection of a and b, the returned value for r really only
+    represents the consensus when a and b are distance 1 apart.
+*/
+
+void consensus(r, a, b)
+INOUT pcube r;
+IN register pcube a, b;
+{
+    INLINEset_clear(r, cube.size);
+
+ {  /* Check binary variables (if any) */
+    register int w, last; register unsigned int x;
+    if ((last = cube.inword) != -1) {
+
+    /* Check the partial word of binary variables */
+    r[last] = x = a[last] & b[last];
+    if (x = ~(x | x >> 1) & cube.inmask)
+        r[last] |= (x | (x << 1)) & (a[last] | b[last]);
+
+    /* Check the full words of binary variables */
+    for(w = 1; w < last; w++) {
+        r[w] = x = a[w] & b[w];
+        if (x = ~(x | x >> 1) & DISJOINT)
+        r[w] |= (x | (x << 1)) & (a[w] | b[w]);
+    }
+    }
+ }
+
+
+ {  /* Check the multiple-valued variables */
+    bool empty; int var; unsigned int x;
+    register int w, last; register pcube mask;
+    for(var = cube.num_binary_vars; var < cube.num_vars; var++) {
+    mask = cube.var_mask[var];
+    last = cube.last_word[var];
+    empty = TRUE;
+    for(w = cube.first_word[var]; w <= last; w++)
+        if (x = a[w] & b[w] & mask[w])
+        empty = FALSE, r[w] |= x;
+    if (empty)
+        for(w = cube.first_word[var]; w <= last; w++)
+        r[w] |= mask[w] & (a[w] | b[w]);
+    }
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+    cactive -- return the index of the single active variable in
+    the cube, or return -1 if there are none or more than 2.
+*/
+
+int cactive(a)
+register pcube a;
+{
+    int active = -1, dist = 0, bit_index();
+
+ {  /* Check binary variables */
+    register int w, last;
+    register unsigned int x;
+    if ((last = cube.inword) != -1) {
+
+    /* Check the partial word of binary variables */
+    x = a[last];
+    if (x = ~ (x & x >> 1) & cube.inmask) {
+        if ((dist = count_ones(x)) > 1)
+        return -1;        /* more than 2 active variables */
+        active = (last-1)*(BPI/2) + bit_index(x) / 2;
+    }
+
+    /* Check the full words of binary variables */
+    for(w = 1; w < last; w++) {
+        x = a[w];
+        if (x = ~ (x & x >> 1) & DISJOINT) {
+        if ((dist += count_ones(x)) > 1)
+            return -1;        /* more than 2 active variables */
+        active = (w-1)*(BPI/2) + bit_index(x) / 2;
+        }
+    }
+    }
+ }
+
+ {  /* Check the multiple-valued variables */
+    register int w, var, last;
+    register pcube mask;
+    for(var = cube.num_binary_vars; var < cube.num_vars; var++) {
+    mask = cube.var_mask[var];
+    last = cube.last_word[var];
+    for(w = cube.first_word[var]; w <= last; w++)
+        if (mask[w] & ~ a[w]) {
+        if (++dist > 1)
+            return -1;
+        active = var;
+        break;
+        }
+    }
+ }
+ return active;
+}
+
+/*
+    ccommon -- return TRUE if a and b are share "active" variables
+    active variables include variables that are empty;
+*/
+
+bool ccommon(a, b, cof)
+register pcube a, b, cof;
+{
+ {  /* Check binary variables */
+    int last;
+    register int w;
+    register unsigned int x, y;
+    if ((last = cube.inword) != -1) {
+
+    /* Check the partial word of binary variables */
+    x = a[last] | cof[last];
+    y = b[last] | cof[last];
+    if (~(x & x>>1) & ~(y & y>>1) & cube.inmask)
+        return TRUE;
+
+    /* Check the full words of binary variables */
+    for(w = 1; w < last; w++) {
+        x = a[w] | cof[w];
+        y = b[w] | cof[w];
+        if (~(x & x>>1) & ~(y & y>>1) & DISJOINT)
+        return TRUE;
+    }
+    }
+ }
+
+ {  /* Check the multiple-valued variables */
+    int var;
+    register int w, last;
+    register pcube mask;
+    for(var = cube.num_binary_vars; var < cube.num_vars; var++) {
+    mask = cube.var_mask[var]; last = cube.last_word[var];
+    /* Check for some part missing from a */
+    for(w = cube.first_word[var]; w <= last; w++)
+        if (mask[w] & ~a[w] & ~cof[w]) {
+
+        /* If so, check for some part missing from b */
+        for(w = cube.first_word[var]; w <= last; w++)
+            if (mask[w] & ~b[w] & ~cof[w])
+            return TRUE;            /* both active */
+        break;
+        }
+    }
+ }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*
+    These routines compare two sets (cubes) for the qsort() routine and
+    return:
+
+    -1 if set a is to precede set b
+     0 if set a and set b are equal
+     1 if set a is to follow set b
+
+    Usually the SIZE field of the set is assumed to contain the size
+    of the set (which will save recomputing the set size during the
+    sort).  For distance-1 merging, the global variable cube.temp[0] is
+    a mask which mask's-out the merging variable.
+*/
+
+/* descend -- comparison for descending sort on set size */
+int descend(a, b)
+pset *a, *b;
+{
+    register pset a1 = *a, b1 = *b;
+    if (SIZE(a1) > SIZE(b1)) return -1;
+    else if (SIZE(a1) < SIZE(b1)) return 1;
+    else {
+    register int i = LOOP(a1);
+    do
+        if (a1[i] > b1[i]) return -1; else if (a1[i] < b1[i]) return 1;
+    while (--i > 0);
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/* ascend -- comparison for ascending sort on set size */
+int ascend(a, b)
+pset *a, *b;
+{
+    register pset a1 = *a, b1 = *b;
+    if (SIZE(a1) > SIZE(b1)) return 1;
+    else if (SIZE(a1) < SIZE(b1)) return -1;
+    else {
+    register int i = LOOP(a1);
+    do
+        if (a1[i] > b1[i]) return 1; else if (a1[i] < b1[i]) return -1;
+    while (--i > 0);
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* lex_order -- comparison for "lexical" ordering of cubes */
+int lex_order(a, b)
+pset *a, *b;
+{
+    register pset a1 = *a, b1 = *b;
+    register int i = LOOP(a1);
+    do
+    if (a1[i] > b1[i]) return -1; else if (a1[i] < b1[i]) return 1;
+    while (--i > 0);
+    return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* d1_order -- comparison for distance-1 merge routine */
+int d1_order(a, b)
+pset *a, *b;
+{
+    register pset a1 = *a, b1 = *b, c1 = cube.temp[0];
+    register int i = LOOP(a1);
+    register unsigned int x1, x2;
+    do
+    if ((x1 = a1[i] | c1[i]) > (x2 = b1[i] | c1[i])) return -1;
+    else if (x1 < x2) return 1;
+    while (--i > 0);
+    return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* desc1 -- comparison (without indirection) for descending sort */
+/* also has effect of handling NULL pointers,and a NULL pointer has smallest
+order */
+int desc1(a, b)
+register pset a, b;
+{
+    if (a == (pset) NULL)
+    return (b == (pset) NULL) ? 0 : 1;
+    else if (b == (pset) NULL)
+    return -1;
+    if (SIZE(a) > SIZE(b)) return -1;
+    else if (SIZE(a) < SIZE(b)) return 1;
+    else {
+    register int i = LOOP(a);
+    do
+        if (a[i] > b[i]) return -1; else if (a[i] < b[i]) return 1;
+    while (--i > 0);
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
diff --git a/src/misc/espresso/sharp.c b/src/misc/espresso/sharp.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..53435078
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/espresso/sharp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,247 @@
+/*
+ * Revision Control Information
+ *
+ * $Source$
+ * $Author$
+ * $Revision$
+ * $Date$
+ *
+ */
+/*
+    sharp.c -- perform sharp, disjoint sharp, and intersection
+*/
+
+#include "espresso.h"
+
+long start_time;
+
+
+/* cv_sharp -- form the sharp product between two covers */
+pcover cv_sharp(A, B)
+pcover A, B;
+{
+    pcube last, p;
+    pcover T;
+
+    T = new_cover(0);
+    foreach_set(A, last, p)
+    T = sf_union(T, cb_sharp(p, B));
+    return T;
+}
+
+
+/* cb_sharp -- form the sharp product between a cube and a cover */
+pcover cb_sharp(c, T)
+pcube c;
+pcover T;
+{
+    if (T->count == 0) {
+    T = sf_addset(new_cover(1), c);
+    } else {
+    start_time = ptime();
+    T = cb_recur_sharp(c, T, 0, T->count-1, 0);
+    }
+    return T;
+}
+
+
+/* recursive formulation to provide balanced merging */
+pcover cb_recur_sharp(c, T, first, last, level)
+pcube c;
+pcover T;
+int first, last, level;
+{
+    pcover temp, left, right;
+    int middle;
+
+    if (first == last) {
+    temp = sharp(c, GETSET(T, first));
+    } else {
+    middle = (first + last) / 2;
+    left = cb_recur_sharp(c, T, first, middle, level+1);
+    right = cb_recur_sharp(c, T, middle+1, last, level+1);
+    temp = cv_intersect(left, right);
+    if ((debug & SHARP) && level < 4) {
+        printf("# SHARP[%d]: %4d = %4d x %4d, time = %s\n",
+        level, temp->count, left->count, right->count,
+        print_time(ptime() - start_time));
+        (void) fflush(stdout);
+    }
+    free_cover(left);
+    free_cover(right);
+    }
+    return temp;
+}
+
+
+/* sharp -- form the sharp product between two cubes */
+pcover sharp(a, b)
+pcube a, b;
+{
+    register int var;
+    register pcube d=cube.temp[0], temp=cube.temp[1], temp1=cube.temp[2];
+    pcover r = new_cover(cube.num_vars);
+
+    if (cdist0(a, b)) {
+    set_diff(d, a, b);
+    for(var = 0; var < cube.num_vars; var++) {
+        if (! setp_empty(set_and(temp, d, cube.var_mask[var]))) {
+        set_diff(temp1, a, cube.var_mask[var]);
+        set_or(GETSET(r, r->count++), temp, temp1);
+        }
+    }
+    } else {
+    r = sf_addset(r, a);
+    }
+    return r;
+}
+
+pcover make_disjoint(A)
+pcover A;
+{
+    pcover R, new;
+    register pset last, p;
+
+    R = new_cover(0);
+    foreach_set(A, last, p) {
+    new = cb_dsharp(p, R);
+    R = sf_append(R, new);
+    }
+    return R;
+}
+
+
+/* cv_dsharp -- disjoint-sharp product between two covers */
+pcover cv_dsharp(A, B)
+pcover A, B;
+{
+    register pcube last, p;
+    pcover T;
+
+    T = new_cover(0);
+    foreach_set(A, last, p) {
+    T = sf_union(T, cb_dsharp(p, B));
+    }
+    return T;
+}
+
+
+/* cb1_dsharp -- disjoint-sharp product between a cover and a cube */
+pcover cb1_dsharp(T, c)
+pcover T;
+pcube c;
+{
+    pcube last, p;
+    pcover R;
+
+    R = new_cover(T->count);
+    foreach_set(T, last, p) {
+    R = sf_union(R, dsharp(p, c));
+    }
+    return R;
+}
+
+
+/* cb_dsharp -- disjoint-sharp product between a cube and a cover */
+pcover cb_dsharp(c, T)
+pcube c;
+pcover T;
+{
+    pcube last, p;
+    pcover Y, Y1;
+
+    if (T->count == 0) {
+    Y = sf_addset(new_cover(1), c);
+    } else {
+    Y = new_cover(T->count);
+    set_copy(GETSET(Y,Y->count++), c);
+    foreach_set(T, last, p) {
+        Y1 = cb1_dsharp(Y, p);
+        free_cover(Y);
+        Y = Y1;
+    }
+    }
+    return Y;
+}
+
+
+/* dsharp -- form the disjoint-sharp product between two cubes */
+pcover dsharp(a, b)
+pcube a, b;
+{
+    register pcube mask, diff, and, temp, temp1 = cube.temp[0];
+    int var;
+    pcover r;
+
+    r = new_cover(cube.num_vars);
+
+    if (cdist0(a, b)) {
+    diff = set_diff(new_cube(), a, b);
+    and = set_and(new_cube(), a, b);
+    mask = new_cube();
+    for(var = 0; var < cube.num_vars; var++) {
+        /* check if position var of "a and not b" is not empty */
+        if (! setp_disjoint(diff, cube.var_mask[var])) {
+
+        /* coordinate var equals the difference between a and b */
+        temp = GETSET(r, r->count++);
+        (void) set_and(temp, diff, cube.var_mask[var]);
+
+        /* coordinates 0 ... var-1 equal the intersection */
+        INLINEset_and(temp1, and, mask);
+        INLINEset_or(temp, temp, temp1);
+
+        /* coordinates var+1 .. cube.num_vars equal a */
+        set_or(mask, mask, cube.var_mask[var]);
+        INLINEset_diff(temp1, a, mask);
+        INLINEset_or(temp, temp, temp1);
+        }
+    }
+    free_cube(diff);
+    free_cube(and);
+    free_cube(mask);
+    } else {
+    r = sf_addset(r, a);
+    }
+    return r;
+}
+
+/* cv_intersect -- form the intersection of two covers */
+
+#define MAGIC 500               /* save 500 cubes before containment */
+
+pcover cv_intersect(A, B)
+pcover A, B;
+{
+    register pcube pi, pj, lasti, lastj, pt;
+    pcover T, Tsave = NULL;
+
+    /* How large should each temporary result cover be ? */
+    T = new_cover(MAGIC);
+    pt = T->data;
+
+    /* Form pairwise intersection of each cube of A with each cube of B */
+    foreach_set(A, lasti, pi) {
+    foreach_set(B, lastj, pj) {
+        if (cdist0(pi, pj)) {
+        (void) set_and(pt, pi, pj);
+        if (++T->count >= T->capacity) {
+            if (Tsave == NULL)
+            Tsave = sf_contain(T);
+            else
+            Tsave = sf_union(Tsave, sf_contain(T));
+            T = new_cover(MAGIC);
+            pt = T->data;
+        } else
+            pt += T->wsize;
+        }
+    }
+    }
+
+
+    if (Tsave == NULL)
+    Tsave = sf_contain(T);
+    else
+    Tsave = sf_union(Tsave, sf_contain(T));
+    return Tsave;
+}
diff --git a/src/misc/espresso/sminterf.c b/src/misc/espresso/sminterf.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..50a6db4e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/espresso/sminterf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/*
+ * Revision Control Information
+ *
+ * $Source$
+ * $Author$
+ * $Revision$
+ * $Date$
+ *
+ */
+#include "espresso.h"
+
+
+pset
+do_sm_minimum_cover(A)
+pset_family A;
+{
+    sm_matrix *M;
+    sm_row *sparse_cover;
+    sm_element *pe;
+    pset cover;
+    register int i, base, rownum;
+    register unsigned val;
+    register pset last, p;
+
+    M = sm_alloc();
+    rownum = 0;
+    foreach_set(A, last, p) {
+    foreach_set_element(p, i, val, base) {
+        (void) sm_insert(M, rownum, base);
+    }
+    rownum++;
+    }
+
+    sparse_cover = sm_minimum_cover(M, NIL(int), 1, 0);
+    sm_free(M);
+
+    cover = set_new(A->sf_size);
+    sm_foreach_row_element(sparse_cover, pe) {
+    set_insert(cover, pe->col_num);
+    }
+    sm_row_free(sparse_cover);
+
+    return cover;
+}
diff --git a/src/misc/espresso/solution.c b/src/misc/espresso/solution.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..26119185
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/espresso/solution.c
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+/*
+ * Revision Control Information
+ *
+ * $Source$
+ * $Author$
+ * $Revision$
+ * $Date$
+ *
+ */
+#include "mincov_int.h"
+
+
+solution_t *
+solution_alloc()
+{
+    solution_t *sol;
+
+    sol = ALLOC(solution_t, 1);
+    sol->cost = 0;
+    sol->row = sm_row_alloc();
+    return sol;
+}
+
+
+void
+solution_free(sol)
+solution_t *sol;
+{
+    sm_row_free(sol->row);
+    FREE(sol);
+}
+
+
+solution_t *
+solution_dup(sol)
+solution_t *sol;
+{
+    solution_t *new_sol;
+
+    new_sol = ALLOC(solution_t, 1);
+    new_sol->cost = sol->cost;
+    new_sol->row = sm_row_dup(sol->row);
+    return new_sol;
+}
+
+
+void 
+solution_add(sol, weight, col)
+solution_t *sol;
+int *weight;
+int col;
+{
+    (void) sm_row_insert(sol->row, col);
+    sol->cost += WEIGHT(weight, col);
+}
+
+
+void 
+solution_accept(sol, A, weight, col)
+solution_t *sol;
+sm_matrix *A;
+int *weight;
+int col;
+{
+    register sm_element *p, *pnext;
+    sm_col *pcol;
+
+    solution_add(sol, weight, col);
+
+    /* delete rows covered by this column */
+    pcol = sm_get_col(A, col);
+    for(p = pcol->first_row; p != 0; p = pnext) {
+    pnext = p->next_row;        /* grab it before it disappears */
+    sm_delrow(A, p->row_num);
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+void 
+solution_reject(sol, A, weight, col)
+solution_t *sol;
+sm_matrix *A;
+int *weight;
+int col;
+{
+    sm_delcol(A, col);
+}
+
+
+solution_t *
+solution_choose_best(best1, best2)
+solution_t *best1, *best2;
+{
+    if (best1 != NIL(solution_t)) {
+    if (best2 != NIL(solution_t)) {
+        if (best1->cost <= best2->cost) {
+        solution_free(best2);
+        return best1;
+        } else {
+        solution_free(best1);
+        return best2;
+        }
+    } else {
+        return best1;
+    }
+    } else {
+    if (best2 != NIL(solution_t)) {
+        return best2;
+    } else {
+        return NIL(solution_t);
+    }
+    }
+}
diff --git a/src/misc/espresso/sparse.c b/src/misc/espresso/sparse.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..137ce7c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/espresso/sparse.c
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+/*
+ * Revision Control Information
+ *
+ * $Source$
+ * $Author$
+ * $Revision$
+ * $Date$
+ *
+ */
+/*
+    module: sparse.c
+
+    make_sparse is a last-step cleanup to reduce the total number
+    of literals in the cover.
+
+    This is done by reducing the "sparse" variables (using a modified
+    version of irredundant rather than reduce), followed by expanding
+    the "dense" variables (using modified version of expand).
+*/
+
+#include "espresso.h"
+
+pcover make_sparse(F, D, R)
+pcover F, D, R;
+{
+    cost_t cost, best_cost;
+
+    cover_cost(F, &best_cost);
+
+    do {
+    EXECUTE(F = mv_reduce(F, D), MV_REDUCE_TIME, F, cost);
+    if (cost.total == best_cost.total)
+        break;
+    copy_cost(&cost, &best_cost);
+
+    EXECUTE(F = expand(F, R, TRUE), RAISE_IN_TIME, F, cost);
+    if (cost.total == best_cost.total)
+        break;
+    copy_cost(&cost, &best_cost);
+    } while (force_irredundant);
+
+    return F;
+}
+
+/*
+    mv_reduce -- perform an "optimal" reduction of the variables which
+    we desire to be sparse
+
+    This could be done using "reduce" and then saving just the desired
+    part of the reduction.  Instead, this version uses IRRED to find
+    which cubes of an output are redundant.  Note that this gets around
+    the cube-ordering problem.
+
+    In normal use, it is expected that the cover is irredundant and
+    hence no cubes will be reduced to the empty cube (however, this is
+    checked for and such cubes will be deleted)
+*/
+
+pcover
+mv_reduce(F, D)
+pcover F, D;
+{
+    register int i, var;
+    register pcube p, p1, last;
+    int index;
+    pcover F1, D1;
+    pcube *F_cube_table;
+
+    /* loop for each multiple-valued variable */
+    for(var = 0; var < cube.num_vars; var++) {
+
+    if (cube.sparse[var]) {
+
+        /* loop for each part of the variable */
+        for(i = cube.first_part[var]; i <= cube.last_part[var]; i++) {
+
+        /* remember mapping of F1 cubes back to F cubes */
+        F_cube_table = ALLOC(pcube, F->count);
+
+        /* 'cofactor' against part #i of variable #var */
+        F1 = new_cover(F->count);
+        foreach_set(F, last, p) {
+            if (is_in_set(p, i)) {
+            F_cube_table[F1->count] = p;
+            p1 = GETSET(F1, F1->count++);
+            (void) set_diff(p1, p, cube.var_mask[var]);
+            set_insert(p1, i);
+            }
+        }
+
+        /* 'cofactor' against part #i of variable #var */
+        /* not really necessary -- just more efficient ? */
+        D1 = new_cover(D->count);
+        foreach_set(D, last, p) {
+            if (is_in_set(p, i)) {
+            p1 = GETSET(D1, D1->count++);
+            (void) set_diff(p1, p, cube.var_mask[var]);
+            set_insert(p1, i);
+            }
+        }
+
+        mark_irredundant(F1, D1);
+
+        /* now remove part i from cubes which are redundant */
+        index = 0;
+        foreach_set(F1, last, p1) {
+            if (! TESTP(p1, ACTIVE)) {
+            p = F_cube_table[index];
+
+            /*   don't reduce a variable which is full
+             *   (unless it is the output variable)
+             */
+            if (var == cube.num_vars-1 ||
+                 ! setp_implies(cube.var_mask[var], p)) {
+                set_remove(p, i);
+            }
+            RESET(p, PRIME);
+            }
+            index++;
+        }
+
+        free_cover(F1);
+        free_cover(D1);
+        FREE(F_cube_table);
+        }
+    }
+    }
+
+    /* Check if any cubes disappeared */
+    (void) sf_active(F);
+    for(var = 0; var < cube.num_vars; var++) {
+    if (cube.sparse[var]) {
+        foreach_active_set(F, last, p) {
+        if (setp_disjoint(p, cube.var_mask[var])) {
+            RESET(p, ACTIVE);
+            F->active_count--;
+        }
+        }
+    }
+    }
+
+    if (F->count != F->active_count) {
+    F = sf_inactive(F);
+    }
+    return F;
+}
diff --git a/src/misc/espresso/sparse.h b/src/misc/espresso/sparse.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..212a32ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/espresso/sparse.h
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+/*
+ * Revision Control Information
+ *
+ * $Source$
+ * $Author$
+ * $Revision$
+ * $Date$
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef SPARSE_H
+#define SPARSE_H
+
+/*
+ *  sparse.h -- sparse matrix package header file
+ */
+
+typedef struct sm_element_struct sm_element;
+typedef struct sm_row_struct sm_row;
+typedef struct sm_col_struct sm_col;
+typedef struct sm_matrix_struct sm_matrix;
+
+
+/*
+ *  sparse matrix element
+ */
+struct sm_element_struct {
+    int row_num;        /* row number of this element */
+    int col_num;        /* column number of this element */
+    sm_element *next_row;    /* next row in this column */
+    sm_element *prev_row;    /* previous row in this column */
+    sm_element *next_col;    /* next column in this row */
+    sm_element *prev_col;    /* previous column in this row */
+    char *user_word;        /* user-defined word */
+};
+
+
+/*
+ *  row header
+ */
+struct sm_row_struct {
+    int row_num;        /* the row number */
+    int length;            /* number of elements in this row */
+    int flag;            /* user-defined word */
+    sm_element *first_col;    /* first element in this row */
+    sm_element *last_col;    /* last element in this row */
+    sm_row *next_row;        /* next row (in sm_matrix linked list) */
+    sm_row *prev_row;        /* previous row (in sm_matrix linked list) */
+    char *user_word;        /* user-defined word */
+};
+
+
+/*
+ *  column header
+ */
+struct sm_col_struct {
+    int col_num;        /* the column number */
+    int length;            /* number of elements in this column */
+    int flag;            /* user-defined word */
+    sm_element *first_row;    /* first element in this column */
+    sm_element *last_row;    /* last element in this column */
+    sm_col *next_col;        /* next column (in sm_matrix linked list) */
+    sm_col *prev_col;        /* prev column (in sm_matrix linked list) */
+    char *user_word;        /* user-defined word */
+};
+
+
+/*
+ *  A sparse matrix
+ */
+struct sm_matrix_struct {
+    sm_row **rows;        /* pointer to row headers (by row #) */
+    int rows_size;        /* alloc'ed size of above array */
+    sm_col **cols;        /* pointer to column headers (by col #) */
+    int cols_size;        /* alloc'ed size of above array */
+    sm_row *first_row;        /* first row (linked list of all rows) */
+    sm_row *last_row;        /* last row (linked list of all rows) */
+    int nrows;            /* number of rows */
+    sm_col *first_col;        /* first column (linked list of columns) */
+    sm_col *last_col;        /* last column (linked list of columns) */
+    int ncols;            /* number of columns */
+    char *user_word;        /* user-defined word */
+};
+
+
+#define sm_get_col(A, colnum)    \
+    (((colnum) >= 0 && (colnum) < (A)->cols_size) ? \
+    (A)->cols[colnum] : (sm_col *) 0)
+
+#define sm_get_row(A, rownum)    \
+    (((rownum) >= 0 && (rownum) < (A)->rows_size) ? \
+    (A)->rows[rownum] : (sm_row *) 0)
+
+#define sm_foreach_row(A, prow)    \
+    for(prow = A->first_row; prow != 0; prow = prow->next_row)
+
+#define sm_foreach_col(A, pcol)    \
+    for(pcol = A->first_col; pcol != 0; pcol = pcol->next_col)
+
+#define sm_foreach_row_element(prow, p)    \
+    for(p = prow->first_col; p != 0; p = p->next_col)
+
+#define sm_foreach_col_element(pcol, p)    \
+    for(p = pcol->first_row; p != 0; p = p->next_row)
+
+#define sm_put(x, val) \
+    (x->user_word = (char *) val)
+
+#define sm_get(type, x) \
+    ((type) (x->user_word))
+
+extern sm_matrix *sm_alloc(), *sm_alloc_size(), *sm_dup();
+extern void sm_free(), sm_delrow(), sm_delcol(), sm_resize();
+extern void sm_write(), sm_print(), sm_dump(), sm_cleanup();
+extern void sm_copy_row(), sm_copy_col();
+extern void sm_remove(), sm_remove_element();
+extern sm_element *sm_insert(), *sm_find();
+extern sm_row *sm_longest_row();
+extern sm_col *sm_longest_col();
+extern int sm_read(), sm_read_compressed();
+
+extern sm_row *sm_row_alloc(), *sm_row_dup(), *sm_row_and();
+extern void sm_row_free(), sm_row_remove(), sm_row_print();
+extern sm_element *sm_row_insert(), *sm_row_find();
+extern int sm_row_contains(), sm_row_intersects();
+extern int sm_row_compare(), sm_row_hash();
+
+extern sm_col *sm_col_alloc(), *sm_col_dup(), *sm_col_and();
+extern void sm_col_free(), sm_col_remove(), sm_col_print();
+extern sm_element *sm_col_insert(), *sm_col_find();
+extern int sm_col_contains(), sm_col_intersects();
+extern int sm_col_compare(), sm_col_hash();
+
+extern int sm_row_dominance(), sm_col_dominance(), sm_block_partition();
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/misc/espresso/sparse_int.h b/src/misc/espresso/sparse_int.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..49b2509a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/espresso/sparse_int.h
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+/*
+ * Revision Control Information
+ *
+ * $Source$
+ * $Author$
+ * $Revision$
+ * $Date$
+ *
+ */
+//#include "port.h"
+//#include "utility.h"
+#include "sparse.h"
+
+#include "util_hack.h" // added
+
+
+
+/*
+ *  sorted, double-linked list insertion
+ *
+ *  type: object type
+ *
+ *  first, last: fields (in header) to head and tail of the list
+ *  count: field (in header) of length of the list
+ *
+ *  next, prev: fields (in object) to link next and previous objects
+ *  value: field (in object) which controls the order
+ *
+ *  newval: value field for new object
+ *  e: an object to use if insertion needed (set to actual value used)
+ */
+
+#define sorted_insert(type, first, last, count, next, prev, value, newval, e) \
+    if (last == 0) { \
+    e->value = newval; \
+    first = e; \
+    last = e; \
+    e->next = 0; \
+    e->prev = 0; \
+    count++; \
+    } else if (last->value < newval) { \
+    e->value = newval; \
+    last->next = e; \
+    e->prev = last; \
+    last = e; \
+    e->next = 0; \
+    count++; \
+    } else if (first->value > newval) { \
+    e->value = newval; \
+    first->prev = e; \
+    e->next = first; \
+    first = e; \
+    e->prev = 0; \
+    count++; \
+    } else { \
+    type *p; \
+    for(p = first; p->value < newval; p = p->next) \
+        ; \
+    if (p->value > newval) { \
+        e->value = newval; \
+        p = p->prev; \
+        p->next->prev = e; \
+        e->next = p->next; \
+        p->next = e; \
+        e->prev = p; \
+        count++; \
+    } else { \
+        e = p; \
+    } \
+    }
+
+
+/*
+ *  double linked-list deletion
+ */
+#define dll_unlink(p, first, last, next, prev, count) { \
+    if (p->prev == 0) { \
+    first = p->next; \
+    } else { \
+    p->prev->next = p->next; \
+    } \
+    if (p->next == 0) { \
+    last = p->prev; \
+    } else { \
+    p->next->prev = p->prev; \
+    } \
+    count--; \
+}
+
+
+#ifdef FAST_AND_LOOSE
+extern sm_element *sm_element_freelist;
+extern sm_row *sm_row_freelist;
+extern sm_col *sm_col_freelist;
+
+#define sm_element_alloc(newobj) \
+    if (sm_element_freelist == NIL(sm_element)) { \
+    newobj = ALLOC(sm_element, 1); \
+    } else { \
+    newobj = sm_element_freelist; \
+    sm_element_freelist = sm_element_freelist->next_col; \
+    } \
+    newobj->user_word = NIL(char); \
+
+#define sm_element_free(e) \
+    (e->next_col = sm_element_freelist, sm_element_freelist = e)
+
+#else
+
+#define sm_element_alloc(newobj)    \
+    newobj = ALLOC(sm_element, 1);    \
+    newobj->user_word = NIL(char);
+#define sm_element_free(e)        \
+    FREE(e)
+#endif
+
+
+extern void sm_row_remove_element();
+extern void sm_col_remove_element();
+
+/* LINTLIBRARY */
diff --git a/src/misc/espresso/unate.c b/src/misc/espresso/unate.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bd71207f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/espresso/unate.c
@@ -0,0 +1,441 @@
+/*
+ * Revision Control Information
+ *
+ * $Source$
+ * $Author$
+ * $Revision$
+ * $Date$
+ *
+ */
+/*
+ *  unate.c -- routines for dealing with unate functions
+ */
+
+#include "espresso.h"
+
+static pset_family abs_covered();
+static pset_family abs_covered_many();
+static int abs_select_restricted();
+
+pcover map_cover_to_unate(T)
+pcube *T;
+{
+    register unsigned int word_test, word_set, bit_test, bit_set;
+    register pcube p, pA;
+    pset_family A;
+    pcube *T1;
+    int ncol, i;
+
+    A = sf_new(CUBELISTSIZE(T), cdata.vars_unate);
+    A->count = CUBELISTSIZE(T);
+    foreachi_set(A, i, p) {
+    (void) set_clear(p, A->sf_size);
+    }
+    ncol = 0;
+
+    for(i = 0; i < cube.size; i++) {
+    if (cdata.part_zeros[i] > 0) {
+        assert(ncol <= cdata.vars_unate);
+
+        /* Copy a column from T to A */
+        word_test = WHICH_WORD(i);
+        bit_test = 1 << WHICH_BIT(i);
+        word_set = WHICH_WORD(ncol);
+        bit_set = 1 << WHICH_BIT(ncol);
+
+        pA = A->data;
+        for(T1 = T+2; (p = *T1++) != 0; ) {
+        if ((p[word_test] & bit_test) == 0) {
+            pA[word_set] |= bit_set;
+        }
+        pA += A->wsize;
+        }
+
+        ncol++;
+    }
+    }
+
+    return A;
+}
+
+pcover map_unate_to_cover(A)
+pset_family A;
+{
+    register int i, ncol, lp;
+    register pcube p, pB;
+    int var, nunate, *unate;
+    pcube last;
+    pset_family B;
+
+    B = sf_new(A->count, cube.size);
+    B->count = A->count;
+
+    /* Find the unate variables */
+    unate = ALLOC(int, cube.num_vars);
+    nunate = 0;
+    for(var = 0; var < cube.num_vars; var++) {
+    if (cdata.is_unate[var]) {
+        unate[nunate++] = var;
+    }
+    }
+
+    /* Loop for each set of A */
+    pB = B->data;
+    foreach_set(A, last, p) {
+
+    /* Initialize this set of B */
+    INLINEset_fill(pB, cube.size);
+
+    /* Now loop for the unate variables; if the part is in A,
+     * then this variable of B should be a single 1 in the unate
+     * part.
+     */
+    for(ncol = 0; ncol < nunate; ncol++) {
+        if (is_in_set(p, ncol)) {
+        lp = cube.last_part[unate[ncol]];
+        for(i = cube.first_part[unate[ncol]]; i <= lp; i++) {
+            if (cdata.part_zeros[i] == 0) {
+            set_remove(pB, i);
+            }
+        }
+        }
+    }
+    pB += B->wsize;
+    }
+
+    FREE(unate);
+    return B;
+}
+
+/*
+ *  unate_compl
+ */
+
+pset_family unate_compl(A)
+pset_family A;
+{
+    register pset p, last;
+
+    /* Make sure A is single-cube containment minimal */
+/*    A = sf_rev_contain(A);*/
+
+    foreach_set(A, last, p) {
+    PUTSIZE(p, set_ord(p));
+    }
+
+    /* Recursively find the complement */
+    A = unate_complement(A);
+
+    /* Now, we can guarantee a minimal result by containing the result */
+    A = sf_rev_contain(A);
+    return A;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ *  Assume SIZE(p) records the size of each set
+ */
+pset_family unate_complement(A)
+pset_family A;            /* disposes of A */
+{
+    pset_family Abar;
+    register pset p, p1, restrict;
+    register int i;
+    int max_i, min_set_ord, j;
+
+    /* Check for no sets in the matrix -- complement is the universe */
+    if (A->count == 0) {
+    sf_free(A);
+    Abar = sf_new(1, A->sf_size);
+    (void) set_clear(GETSET(Abar, Abar->count++), A->sf_size);
+
+    /* Check for a single set in the maxtrix -- compute de Morgan complement */
+    } else if (A->count == 1) {
+    p = A->data;
+    Abar = sf_new(A->sf_size, A->sf_size);
+    for(i = 0; i < A->sf_size; i++) {
+        if (is_in_set(p, i)) {
+        p1 = set_clear(GETSET(Abar, Abar->count++), A->sf_size);
+        set_insert(p1, i);
+        }
+    }
+    sf_free(A);
+
+    } else {
+
+    /* Select splitting variable as the variable which belongs to a set
+     * of the smallest size, and which has greatest column count
+     */
+    restrict = set_new(A->sf_size);
+    min_set_ord = A->sf_size + 1;
+    foreachi_set(A, i, p) {
+        if (SIZE(p) < min_set_ord) {
+        set_copy(restrict, p);
+        min_set_ord = SIZE(p);
+        } else if (SIZE(p) == min_set_ord) {
+        set_or(restrict, restrict, p);
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* Check for no data (shouldn't happen ?) */
+    if (min_set_ord == 0) {
+        A->count = 0;
+        Abar = A;
+
+    /* Check for "essential" columns */
+    } else if (min_set_ord == 1) {
+        Abar = unate_complement(abs_covered_many(A, restrict));
+        sf_free(A);
+        foreachi_set(Abar, i, p) {
+        set_or(p, p, restrict);
+        }
+
+    /* else, recur as usual */
+    } else {
+        max_i = abs_select_restricted(A, restrict);
+
+        /* Select those rows of A which are not covered by max_i,
+         * recursively find all minimal covers of these rows, and
+         * then add back in max_i
+         */
+        Abar = unate_complement(abs_covered(A, max_i));
+        foreachi_set(Abar, i, p) {
+        set_insert(p, max_i);
+        }
+
+        /* Now recur on A with all zero's on column max_i */
+        foreachi_set(A, i, p) {
+        if (is_in_set(p, max_i)) {
+            set_remove(p, max_i);
+            j = SIZE(p) - 1;
+            PUTSIZE(p, j);
+        }
+        }
+
+        Abar = sf_append(Abar, unate_complement(A));
+    }
+    set_free(restrict);
+    }
+
+    return Abar;
+}
+
+pset_family exact_minimum_cover(T)
+IN pset_family T;
+{
+    register pset p, last, p1;
+    register int i, n;
+    int lev, lvl;
+    pset nlast;
+    pset_family temp;
+    long start = ptime();
+    struct {
+    pset_family sf;
+    int level;
+    } stack[32];                /* 32 suffices for 2 ** 32 cubes ! */
+
+    if (T->count <= 0)
+    return sf_new(1, T->sf_size);
+    for(n = T->count, lev = 0; n != 0; n >>= 1, lev++)   ;
+
+    /* A simple heuristic ordering */
+    T = lex_sort(sf_save(T));
+
+    /* Push a full set on the stack to get things started */
+    n = 1;
+    stack[0].sf = sf_new(1, T->sf_size);
+    stack[0].level = lev;
+    set_fill(GETSET(stack[0].sf, stack[0].sf->count++), T->sf_size);
+
+    nlast = GETSET(T, T->count - 1);
+    foreach_set(T, last, p) {
+
+    /* "unstack" the set into a family */
+    temp = sf_new(set_ord(p), T->sf_size);
+    for(i = 0; i < T->sf_size; i++)
+        if (is_in_set(p, i)) {
+        p1 = set_fill(GETSET(temp, temp->count++), T->sf_size);
+        set_remove(p1, i);
+        }
+    stack[n].sf = temp;
+    stack[n++].level = lev;
+
+    /* Pop the stack and perform (leveled) intersections */
+    while (n > 1 && (stack[n-1].level==stack[n-2].level || p == nlast)) {
+        temp = unate_intersect(stack[n-1].sf, stack[n-2].sf, FALSE);
+        lvl = MIN(stack[n-1].level, stack[n-2].level) - 1;
+        if (debug & MINCOV && lvl < 10) {
+        printf("# EXACT_MINCOV[%d]: %4d = %4d x %4d, time = %s\n",
+            lvl, temp->count, stack[n-1].sf->count,
+            stack[n-2].sf->count, print_time(ptime() - start));
+        (void) fflush(stdout);
+        }
+        sf_free(stack[n-2].sf);
+        sf_free(stack[n-1].sf);
+        stack[n-2].sf = temp;
+        stack[n-2].level = lvl;
+        n--;
+    }
+    }
+
+    temp = stack[0].sf;
+    p1 = set_fill(set_new(T->sf_size), T->sf_size);
+    foreach_set(temp, last, p)
+    INLINEset_diff(p, p1, p);
+    set_free(p1);
+    if (debug & MINCOV1) {
+    printf("MINCOV: family of all minimal coverings is\n");
+    sf_print(temp);
+    }
+    sf_free(T);         /* this is the copy of T we made ... */
+    return temp;
+}
+
+/*
+ *  unate_intersect -- intersect two unate covers
+ *
+ *  If largest_only is TRUE, then only the largest cube(s) are returned
+ */
+
+#define MAGIC 500               /* save 500 cubes before containment */
+
+pset_family unate_intersect(A, B, largest_only)
+pset_family A, B;
+bool largest_only;
+{
+    register pset pi, pj, lasti, lastj, pt;
+    pset_family T, Tsave;
+    bool save;
+    int maxord, ord;
+
+    /* How large should each temporary result cover be ? */
+    T = sf_new(MAGIC, A->sf_size);
+    Tsave = NULL;
+    maxord = 0;
+    pt = T->data;
+
+    /* Form pairwise intersection of each set of A with each cube of B */
+    foreach_set(A, lasti, pi) {
+
+    foreach_set(B, lastj, pj) {
+
+        save = set_andp(pt, pi, pj);
+
+        /* Check if we want the largest only */
+        if (save && largest_only) {
+        if ((ord = set_ord(pt)) > maxord) {
+            /* discard Tsave and T */
+            if (Tsave != NULL) {
+            sf_free(Tsave);
+            Tsave = NULL;
+            }
+            pt = T->data;
+            T->count = 0;
+            /* Re-create pt (which was just thrown away) */
+            (void) set_and(pt, pi, pj);
+            maxord = ord;
+        } else if (ord < maxord) {
+            save = FALSE;
+        }
+        }
+
+        if (save) {
+        if (++T->count >= T->capacity) {
+            T = sf_contain(T);
+            Tsave = (Tsave == NULL) ? T : sf_union(Tsave, T);
+            T = sf_new(MAGIC, A->sf_size);
+            pt = T->data;
+        } else {
+            pt += T->wsize;
+        }
+        }
+    }
+    }
+
+
+    /* Contain the final result and merge it into Tsave */
+    T = sf_contain(T);
+    Tsave = (Tsave == NULL) ? T : sf_union(Tsave, T);
+
+    return Tsave;
+}
+
+/*
+ *  abs_covered -- after selecting a new column for the selected set,
+ *  create a new matrix which is only those rows which are still uncovered
+ */
+static pset_family
+abs_covered(A, pick)
+pset_family A;
+register int pick;
+{
+    register pset last, p, pdest;
+    register pset_family Aprime;
+
+    Aprime = sf_new(A->count, A->sf_size);
+    pdest = Aprime->data;
+    foreach_set(A, last, p)
+    if (! is_in_set(p, pick)) {
+        INLINEset_copy(pdest, p);
+        Aprime->count++;
+        pdest += Aprime->wsize;
+    }
+    return Aprime;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ *  abs_covered_many -- after selecting many columns for ther selected set,
+ *  create a new matrix which is only those rows which are still uncovered
+ */
+static pset_family
+abs_covered_many(A, pick_set)
+pset_family A;
+register pset pick_set;
+{
+    register pset last, p, pdest;
+    register pset_family Aprime;
+
+    Aprime = sf_new(A->count, A->sf_size);
+    pdest = Aprime->data;
+    foreach_set(A, last, p)
+    if (setp_disjoint(p, pick_set)) {
+        INLINEset_copy(pdest, p);
+        Aprime->count++;
+        pdest += Aprime->wsize;
+    }
+    return Aprime;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ *  abs_select_restricted -- select the column of maximum column count which
+ *  also belongs to the set "restrict"; weight each column of a set as
+ *  1 / (set_ord(p) - 1).
+ */
+static int
+abs_select_restricted(A, restrict)
+pset_family A;
+pset restrict;
+{
+    register int i, best_var, best_count, *count;
+
+    /* Sum the elements in these columns */
+    count = sf_count_restricted(A, restrict);
+
+    /* Find which variable has maximum weight */
+    best_var = -1;
+    best_count = 0;
+    for(i = 0; i < A->sf_size; i++) {
+    if (count[i] > best_count) {
+        best_var = i;
+        best_count = count[i];
+    }
+    }
+    FREE(count);
+
+    if (best_var == -1)
+    fatal("abs_select_restricted: should not have best_var == -1");
+
+    return best_var;
+}
diff --git a/src/misc/espresso/util_old.h b/src/misc/espresso/util_old.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5451cbe9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/espresso/util_old.h
@@ -0,0 +1,301 @@
+/*
+ * Revision Control Information
+ *
+ * $Source: /vol/opua/opua2/sis/sis-1.2/common/src/sis/util/RCS/util.h,v $
+ * $Author: sis $
+ * $Revision: 1.9 $
+ * $Date: 1993/06/07 21:04:07 $
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef UTIL_H
+#define UTIL_H
+
+#if defined(_IBMR2)
+#ifndef _POSIX_SOURCE
+#define _POSIX_SOURCE           /* Argh!  IBM strikes again */
+#endif
+#ifndef _ALL_SOURCE
+#define _ALL_SOURCE             /* Argh!  IBM strikes again */
+#endif
+#ifndef _ANSI_C_SOURCE
+#define _ANSI_C_SOURCE          /* Argh!  IBM strikes again */
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(sprite) || defined(_IBMR2) || defined(__osf__)
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined(_IBMR2) && !defined(__STDC__)
+#define _BSD
+#endif
+
+#include "ansi.h"    /* since some files don't include sis.h */
+
+/* This was taken out and defined at compile time in the SIS Makefile
+   that uses the OctTools.  When the OctTools are used, USE_MM is defined,
+   because the OctTools contain libmm.a.  Otherwise, USE_MM is not defined,
+   since the mm package is not distributed with SIS, only with Oct. */
+
+/* #define USE_MM */        /* choose libmm.a as the memory allocator */
+
+#define NIL(type)        ((type *) 0)
+
+#ifdef USE_MM
+/*
+ *  assumes the memory manager is libmm.a
+ *    - allows malloc(0) or realloc(obj, 0)
+ *    - catches out of memory (and calls MMout_of_memory())
+ *    - catch free(0) and realloc(0, size) in the macros
+ */
+#define ALLOC(type, num)    \
+    ((type *) malloc(sizeof(type) * (num)))
+#define REALLOC(type, obj, num)    \
+    (obj) ? ((type *) realloc((char *) obj, sizeof(type) * (num))) : \
+        ((type *) malloc(sizeof(type) * (num)))
+#define FREE(obj)        \
+    ((obj) ? (free((char *) (obj)), (obj) = 0) : 0)
+#else
+/*
+ *  enforce strict semantics on the memory allocator
+ *    - when in doubt, delete the '#define USE_MM' above
+ */
+#define ALLOC(type, num)    \
+    ((type *) MMalloc((long) sizeof(type) * (long) (num)))
+#define REALLOC(type, obj, num)    \
+    ((type *) MMrealloc((char *) (obj), (long) sizeof(type) * (long) (num)))
+#define FREE(obj)        \
+    ((obj) ? (free((void *) (obj)), (obj) = 0) : 0)
+#endif
+
+
+/* Ultrix (and SABER) have 'fixed' certain functions which used to be int */
+#if defined(ultrix) || defined(SABER) || defined(aiws) || defined(__hpux) || defined(__STDC__) || defined(apollo)
+#define VOID_HACK void
+#else
+#define VOID_HACK int
+#endif
+
+
+/* No machines seem to have much of a problem with these */
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+
+/* Some machines fail to define some functions in stdio.h */
+#if !defined(__STDC__) && !defined(sprite) && !defined(_IBMR2) && !defined(__osf__)
+extern FILE *popen(), *tmpfile();
+extern int pclose();
+#ifndef clearerr        /* is a macro on many machines, but not all */
+extern VOID_HACK clearerr();
+#endif
+#ifndef rewind
+extern VOID_HACK rewind();
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PORT_H
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#if defined(ultrix)
+#if defined(_SIZE_T_)
+#define ultrix4
+#else
+#if defined(SIGLOST)
+#define ultrix3
+#else
+#define ultrix2
+#endif
+#endif
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* most machines don't give us a header file for these */
+#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(sprite) || defined(_IBMR2) || defined(__osf__) || defined(sunos4) || defined(__hpux)
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#if defined(__hpux)
+#include <errno.h>    /* For perror() defininition */
+#endif /* __hpux */
+#else
+extern VOID_HACK abort(), free(), exit(), perror();
+extern char *getenv();
+#ifdef ultrix4
+extern void *malloc(), *realloc(), *calloc();
+#else
+extern char *malloc(), *realloc(), *calloc();
+#endif
+#if defined(aiws) 
+extern int sprintf();
+#else
+#ifndef _IBMR2
+extern char *sprintf();
+#endif
+#endif
+extern int system();
+extern double atof();
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PORT_H
+#if defined(ultrix3) || defined(sunos4) || defined(_IBMR2) || defined(__STDC__)
+#define SIGNAL_FN       void
+#else
+/* sequent, ultrix2, 4.3BSD (vax, hp), sunos3 */
+#define SIGNAL_FN       int
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* some call it strings.h, some call it string.h; others, also have memory.h */
+#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(sprite)
+#include <string.h>
+#else
+#if defined(ultrix4) || defined(__hpux)
+#include <strings.h>
+#else
+#if defined(_IBMR2) || defined(__osf__)
+#include<string.h>
+#include<strings.h>
+#else
+/* ANSI C string.h -- 1/11/88 Draft Standard */
+/* ugly, awful hack */
+#ifndef PORT_H
+extern char *strcpy(), *strncpy(), *strcat(), *strncat(), *strerror();
+extern char *strpbrk(), *strtok(), *strchr(), *strrchr(), *strstr();
+extern int strcoll(), strxfrm(), strncmp(), strlen(), strspn(), strcspn();
+extern char *memmove(), *memccpy(), *memchr(), *memcpy(), *memset();
+extern int memcmp(), strcmp();
+#endif
+#endif
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* a few extras */
+#if defined(__hpux)
+#define random() lrand48()
+#define srandom(a) srand48(a)
+#define bzero(a,b) memset(a, 0, b)
+#else
+#if !defined(__osf__) && !defined(linux)
+/* these are defined as macros in stdlib.h */
+extern VOID_HACK srandom();
+extern long random();
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* code from sis-1.3 commented out below
+#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(sprite)
+#include <assert.h>
+#else
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+#define assert(ex) {\
+    if (! (ex)) {\
+    (void) fprintf(stderr,\
+        "Assertion failed: file %s, line %d\n\"%s\"\n",\
+        __FILE__, __LINE__, "ex");\
+    (void) fflush(stdout);\
+    abort();\
+    }\
+}
+#else
+#define assert(ex) {ex;}
+#endif
+#endif
+*/
+
+   /* Sunil 5/3/97:
+   sis-1.4: dont let the assert call go to the OS, since
+   much of the code in SIS has actual computation done in
+   the assert function. %$#$@@#! The OS version of assert
+   will do nothing if NDEBUG is set. We cant let that happen...
+   */
+#  ifdef NDEBUG
+#    define assert(ex) {ex;}
+#  else
+#    define assert(ex) {\
+    if (! (ex)) {\
+    (void) fprintf(stderr,\
+        "Assertion failed: file %s, line %d\n\"%s\"\n",\
+        __FILE__, __LINE__, "ex");\
+    (void) fflush(stdout);\
+    abort();\
+    }\
+}
+#  endif
+
+
+#define fail(why) {\
+    (void) fprintf(stderr, "Fatal error: file %s, line %d\n%s\n",\
+    __FILE__, __LINE__, why);\
+    (void) fflush(stdout);\
+    abort();\
+}
+
+
+#ifdef lint
+#undef putc            /* correct lint '_flsbuf' bug */
+#undef ALLOC            /* allow for lint -h flag */
+#undef REALLOC
+#define ALLOC(type, num)    (((type *) 0) + (num))
+#define REALLOC(type, obj, num)    ((obj) + (num))
+#endif
+
+/*
+#if !defined(__osf__)
+#define MAXPATHLEN 1024
+#endif
+*/
+
+/* These arguably do NOT belong in util.h */
+#ifndef ABS
+#define ABS(a)            ((a) < 0 ? -(a) : (a))
+#endif
+#ifndef MAX
+#define MAX(a,b)        ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
+#endif
+#ifndef MIN
+#define MIN(a,b)        ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef USE_MM
+EXTERN void MMout_of_memory ARGS((long));
+EXTERN char *MMalloc ARGS((long));
+EXTERN char *MMrealloc ARGS((char *, long));
+EXTERN void MMfree ARGS((char *));
+#endif
+
+EXTERN void util_print_cpu_stats ARGS((FILE *));
+EXTERN long util_cpu_time ARGS((void));
+EXTERN void util_getopt_reset ARGS((void));
+EXTERN int util_getopt ARGS((int, char **, char *));
+EXTERN char *util_path_search ARGS((char *));
+EXTERN char *util_file_search ARGS((char *, char *, char *));
+EXTERN int util_pipefork ARGS((char **, FILE **, FILE **, int *));
+EXTERN char *util_print_time ARGS((long));
+EXTERN int util_save_image ARGS((char *, char *));
+EXTERN char *util_strsav ARGS((char *));
+EXTERN int util_do_nothing ARGS((void));
+EXTERN char *util_tilde_expand ARGS((char *));
+EXTERN char *util_tempnam ARGS((char *, char *));
+EXTERN FILE *util_tmpfile ARGS((void));
+EXTERN long getSoftDataLimit();
+
+#define ptime()         util_cpu_time()
+#define print_time(t)   util_print_time(t)
+
+/* util_getopt() global variables (ack !) */
+extern int util_optind;
+extern char *util_optarg;
+
+#include <math.h>
+#ifndef HUGE_VAL
+#ifndef HUGE
+#define HUGE  8.9884656743115790e+307
+#endif
+#define HUGE_VAL HUGE
+#endif
+#ifndef MAXINT
+#define MAXINT (1 << 30)
+#endif
+
+#include <varargs.h>
+#endif
diff --git a/src/misc/espresso/verify.c b/src/misc/espresso/verify.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..64342787
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/espresso/verify.c
@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
+/*
+ * Revision Control Information
+ *
+ * $Source$
+ * $Author$
+ * $Revision$
+ * $Date$
+ *
+ */
+/*
+ */
+
+#include "espresso.h"
+
+/*
+ *  verify -- check that all minterms of F are contained in (Fold u Dold)
+ *  and that all minterms of Fold are contained in (F u Dold).
+ */
+bool verify(F, Fold, Dold)
+pcover F, Fold, Dold;
+{
+    pcube p, last, *FD;
+    bool verify_error = FALSE;
+
+    /* Make sure the function didn't grow too large */
+    FD = cube2list(Fold, Dold);
+    foreach_set(F, last, p)
+    if (! cube_is_covered(FD, p)) {
+        printf("some minterm in F is not covered by Fold u Dold\n");
+        verify_error = TRUE;
+        if (verbose_debug) printf("%s\n", pc1(p)); else break;
+    }
+    free_cubelist(FD);
+
+    /* Make sure minimized function covers the original function */
+    FD = cube2list(F, Dold);
+    foreach_set(Fold, last, p)
+    if (! cube_is_covered(FD, p)) {
+        printf("some minterm in Fold is not covered by F u Dold\n");
+        verify_error = TRUE;
+        if (verbose_debug) printf("%s\n", pc1(p)); else break;
+    }
+    free_cubelist(FD);
+
+    return verify_error;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ *  PLA_verify -- verify that two PLA's are identical
+ *
+ *  If names are given, row and column permutations are done to make
+ *  the comparison meaningful.
+ *
+ */
+bool PLA_verify(PLA1, PLA2)
+pPLA PLA1, PLA2;
+{
+    /* Check if both have names given; if so, attempt to permute to
+     * match the names
+     */
+    if (PLA1->label != NULL && PLA1->label[0] != NULL &&
+       PLA2->label != NULL && PLA2->label[0] != NULL) {
+    PLA_permute(PLA1, PLA2);
+    } else {
+    (void) fprintf(stderr, "Warning: cannot permute columns without names\n");
+    return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    if (PLA1->F->sf_size != PLA2->F->sf_size) {
+    (void) fprintf(stderr, "PLA_verify: PLA's are not the same size\n");
+    return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    return verify(PLA2->F, PLA1->F, PLA1->D);
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ *  Permute the columns of PLA1 so that they match the order of PLA2
+ *  Discard any columns of PLA1 which are not in PLA2
+ *  Association is strictly by the names of the columns of the cover.
+ */
+PLA_permute(PLA1, PLA2)
+pPLA PLA1, PLA2;
+{
+    register int i, j, *permute, npermute;
+    register char *labi;
+    char **label;
+
+    /* determine which columns of PLA1 to save, and place these in the list
+     * "permute"; the order in this list is the final output order
+     */
+    npermute = 0;
+    permute = ALLOC(int, PLA2->F->sf_size);
+    for(i = 0; i < PLA2->F->sf_size; i++) {
+    labi = PLA2->label[i];
+    for(j = 0; j < PLA1->F->sf_size; j++) {
+        if (strcmp(labi, PLA1->label[j]) == 0) {
+        permute[npermute++] = j;
+        break;
+        }
+    }
+    }
+
+    /* permute columns */
+    if (PLA1->F != NULL) {
+    PLA1->F = sf_permute(PLA1->F, permute, npermute);
+    }
+    if (PLA1->R != NULL) {
+    PLA1->R = sf_permute(PLA1->R, permute, npermute);
+    }
+    if (PLA1->D != NULL) {
+    PLA1->D = sf_permute(PLA1->D, permute, npermute);
+    }
+
+    /* permute the labels */
+    label = ALLOC(char *, cube.size);
+    for(i = 0; i < npermute; i++) {
+    label[i] = PLA1->label[permute[i]];
+    }
+    for(i = npermute; i < cube.size; i++) {
+    label[i] = NULL;
+    }
+    FREE(PLA1->label);
+    PLA1->label = label;
+
+    FREE(permute);
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ *  check_consistency -- test that the ON-set, OFF-set and DC-set form
+ *  a partition of the boolean space.
+ */
+bool check_consistency(PLA)
+pPLA PLA;
+{
+    bool verify_error = FALSE;
+    pcover T;
+
+    T = cv_intersect(PLA->F, PLA->D);
+    if (T->count == 0)
+    printf("ON-SET and DC-SET are disjoint\n");
+    else {
+    printf("Some minterm(s) belong to both the ON-SET and DC-SET !\n");
+    if (verbose_debug)
+        cprint(T);
+    verify_error = TRUE;
+    }
+    (void) fflush(stdout);
+    free_cover(T);
+
+    T = cv_intersect(PLA->F, PLA->R);
+    if (T->count == 0)
+    printf("ON-SET and OFF-SET are disjoint\n");
+    else {
+    printf("Some minterm(s) belong to both the ON-SET and OFF-SET !\n");
+    if (verbose_debug)
+        cprint(T);
+    verify_error = TRUE;
+    }
+    (void) fflush(stdout);
+    free_cover(T);
+
+    T = cv_intersect(PLA->D, PLA->R);
+    if (T->count == 0)
+    printf("DC-SET and OFF-SET are disjoint\n");
+    else {
+    printf("Some minterm(s) belong to both the OFF-SET and DC-SET !\n");
+    if (verbose_debug)
+        cprint(T);
+    verify_error = TRUE;
+    }
+    (void) fflush(stdout);
+    free_cover(T);
+
+    if (tautology(cube3list(PLA->F, PLA->D, PLA->R)))
+    printf("Union of ON-SET, OFF-SET and DC-SET is the universe\n");
+    else {
+    T = complement(cube3list(PLA->F, PLA->D, PLA->R));
+    printf("There are minterms left unspecified !\n");
+    if (verbose_debug)
+        cprint(T);
+    verify_error = TRUE;
+    free_cover(T);
+    }
+    (void) fflush(stdout);
+    return verify_error;
+}
diff --git a/src/misc/extra/extra.h b/src/misc/extra/extra.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..314257a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/extra/extra.h
@@ -0,0 +1,626 @@
+/**CFile****************************************************************
+
+  FileName    [extra.h]
+
+  SystemName  [ABC: Logic synthesis and verification system.]
+
+  PackageName [extra]
+
+  Synopsis    [Various reusable software utilities.]
+
+  Description [This library contains a number of operators and 
+  traversal routines developed to extend the functionality of 
+  CUDD v.2.3.x, by Fabio Somenzi (http://vlsi.colorado.edu/~fabio/)
+  To compile your code with the library, #include "extra.h" 
+  in your source files and link your project to CUDD and this 
+  library. Use the library at your own risk and with caution. 
+  Note that debugging of some operators still continues.]
+
+  Author      [Alan Mishchenko]
+  
+  Affiliation [UC Berkeley]
+
+  Date        [Ver. 1.0. Started - June 20, 2005.]
+
+  Revision    [$Id: extra.h,v 1.00 2005/06/20 00:00:00 alanmi Exp $]
+
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef __EXTRA_H__
+#define __EXTRA_H__
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#define inline __inline // compatible with MS VS 6.0
+#endif
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Nested includes                                                           */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+// this include should be the first one in the list
+// it is used to catch memory leaks on Windows
+#include "leaks.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include "st.h"
+#include "cuddInt.h"
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Constant declarations                                                     */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Stucture declarations                                                     */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Type declarations                                                         */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Variable declarations                                                     */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Macro declarations                                                        */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+typedef unsigned char      uint8;
+typedef unsigned short     uint16;
+typedef unsigned int       uint32;
+#ifdef WIN32
+typedef unsigned __int64   uint64;
+#else
+typedef unsigned long long uint64;
+#endif
+
+/* constants of the manager */
+#define     b0     Cudd_Not((dd)->one)
+#define     b1              (dd)->one
+#define     z0              (dd)->zero
+#define     z1              (dd)->one
+#define     a0              (dd)->zero
+#define     a1              (dd)->one
+
+// hash key macros
+#define hashKey1(a,TSIZE) \
+((unsigned)(a) % TSIZE)
+
+#define hashKey2(a,b,TSIZE) \
+(((unsigned)(a) + (unsigned)(b) * DD_P1) % TSIZE)
+
+#define hashKey3(a,b,c,TSIZE) \
+(((((unsigned)(a) + (unsigned)(b)) * DD_P1 + (unsigned)(c)) * DD_P2 ) % TSIZE)
+
+#define hashKey4(a,b,c,d,TSIZE) \
+((((((unsigned)(a) + (unsigned)(b)) * DD_P1 + (unsigned)(c)) * DD_P2 + \
+   (unsigned)(d)) * DD_P3) % TSIZE)
+
+#define hashKey5(a,b,c,d,e,TSIZE) \
+(((((((unsigned)(a) + (unsigned)(b)) * DD_P1 + (unsigned)(c)) * DD_P2 + \
+   (unsigned)(d)) * DD_P3 + (unsigned)(e)) * DD_P1) % TSIZE)
+
+#ifndef PRT
+#define PRT(a,t)  printf("%s = ", (a)); printf("%6.2f sec\n", (float)(t)/(float)(CLOCKS_PER_SEC))
+#define PRTn(a,t)  printf("%s = ", (a)); printf("%6.2f sec  ", (float)(t)/(float)(CLOCKS_PER_SEC))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PRTP
+#define PRTP(a,t,T)  printf("%s = ", (a)); printf("%6.2f sec (%6.2f %%)\n", (float)(t)/(float)(CLOCKS_PER_SEC), (T)? 100.0*(t)/(T) : 0.0)
+#endif
+
+/*===========================================================================*/
+/*     Various Utilities                                                     */
+/*===========================================================================*/
+
+/*=== extraBddAuto.c ========================================================*/
+
+extern DdNode *     Extra_bddSpaceFromFunctionFast( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bFunc );
+extern DdNode *     Extra_bddSpaceFromFunction( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bF, DdNode * bG );
+extern DdNode *      extraBddSpaceFromFunction( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bF, DdNode * bG );
+extern DdNode *     Extra_bddSpaceFromFunctionPos( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bFunc );
+extern DdNode *      extraBddSpaceFromFunctionPos( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bFunc );
+extern DdNode *     Extra_bddSpaceFromFunctionNeg( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bFunc );
+extern DdNode *      extraBddSpaceFromFunctionNeg( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bFunc );
+
+extern DdNode *     Extra_bddSpaceCanonVars( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bSpace );
+extern DdNode *      extraBddSpaceCanonVars( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bSpace );
+
+extern DdNode *     Extra_bddSpaceEquations( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bSpace );
+extern DdNode *     Extra_bddSpaceEquationsNeg( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bSpace );
+extern DdNode *      extraBddSpaceEquationsNeg( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bSpace );
+extern DdNode *     Extra_bddSpaceEquationsPos( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bSpace );
+extern DdNode *      extraBddSpaceEquationsPos( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bSpace );
+
+extern DdNode *     Extra_bddSpaceFromMatrixPos( DdManager * dd, DdNode * zA );
+extern DdNode *      extraBddSpaceFromMatrixPos( DdManager * dd, DdNode * zA );
+extern DdNode *     Extra_bddSpaceFromMatrixNeg( DdManager * dd, DdNode * zA );
+extern DdNode *      extraBddSpaceFromMatrixNeg( DdManager * dd, DdNode * zA );
+
+extern DdNode *     Extra_bddSpaceReduce( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bFunc, DdNode * bCanonVars );
+extern DdNode **    Extra_bddSpaceExorGates( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bFuncRed, DdNode * zEquations );
+
+/*=== extraBddCas.c =============================================================*/
+
+/* performs the binary encoding of the set of function using the given vars */
+extern DdNode *     Extra_bddEncodingBinary( DdManager * dd, DdNode ** pbFuncs, int nFuncs, DdNode ** pbVars, int nVars );
+/* solves the column encoding problem using a sophisticated method */
+extern DdNode *     Extra_bddEncodingNonStrict( DdManager * dd, DdNode ** pbColumns, int nColumns, DdNode * bVarsCol, DdNode ** pCVars, int nMulti, int * pSimple );
+/* collects the nodes under the cut and, for each node, computes the sum of paths leading to it from the root */
+extern st_table *   Extra_bddNodePathsUnderCut( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bFunc, int CutLevel );
+/* collects the nodes under the cut starting from the given set of ADD nodes */
+extern int          Extra_bddNodePathsUnderCutArray( DdManager * dd, DdNode ** paNodes, DdNode ** pbCubes, int nNodes, DdNode ** paNodesRes, DdNode ** pbCubesRes, int CutLevel );
+/* find the profile of a DD (the number of edges crossing each level) */
+extern int          Extra_ProfileWidth( DdManager * dd, DdNode * F, int * Profile, int CutLevel );
+
+/*=== extraBddMisc.c ========================================================*/
+
+extern DdNode *     Extra_TransferPermute( DdManager * ddSource, DdManager * ddDestination, DdNode * f, int * Permute );
+extern DdNode *     Extra_TransferLevelByLevel( DdManager * ddSource, DdManager * ddDestination, DdNode * f );
+extern DdNode *     Extra_bddRemapUp( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bF );
+extern DdNode *     Extra_bddMove( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bF, int fShiftUp );
+extern DdNode *     extraBddMove( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bF, DdNode * bFlag );
+extern void         Extra_StopManager( DdManager * dd );
+extern void         Extra_bddPrint( DdManager * dd, DdNode * F );
+extern void         extraDecomposeCover( DdManager* dd, DdNode*  zC, DdNode** zC0, DdNode** zC1, DdNode** zC2 );
+extern int          Extra_bddSuppSize( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bSupp );
+extern int          Extra_bddSuppContainVar( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bS, DdNode * bVar );
+extern int          Extra_bddSuppOverlapping( DdManager * dd, DdNode * S1, DdNode * S2 );
+extern int          Extra_bddSuppDifferentVars( DdManager * dd, DdNode * S1, DdNode * S2, int DiffMax );
+extern int          Extra_bddSuppCheckContainment( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bL, DdNode * bH, DdNode ** bLarge, DdNode ** bSmall );
+extern int *        Extra_SupportArray( DdManager * dd, DdNode * F, int * support );
+extern int *        Extra_VectorSupportArray( DdManager * dd, DdNode ** F, int n, int * support );
+extern DdNode *     Extra_bddFindOneCube( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bF );
+extern DdNode *     Extra_bddGetOneCube( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bFunc );
+extern DdNode *     Extra_bddComputeRangeCube( DdManager * dd, int iStart, int iStop );
+extern DdNode *     Extra_bddBitsToCube( DdManager * dd, int Code, int CodeWidth, DdNode ** pbVars, int fMsbFirst );
+extern DdNode *     Extra_bddSupportNegativeCube( DdManager * dd, DdNode * f );
+extern int          Extra_bddIsVar( DdNode * bFunc );
+extern DdNode *     Extra_bddCreateAnd( DdManager * dd, int nVars );
+extern DdNode *     Extra_bddCreateOr( DdManager * dd, int nVars );
+extern DdNode *     Extra_bddCreateExor( DdManager * dd, int nVars );
+extern DdNode *     Extra_zddPrimes( DdManager * dd, DdNode * F );
+extern void         Extra_bddPermuteArray( DdManager * dd, DdNode ** bNodesIn, DdNode ** bNodesOut, int nNodes, int *permut );
+
+/*=== extraBddKmap.c ================================================================*/
+
+/* displays the Karnaugh Map of a function */
+extern void        Extra_PrintKMap( FILE * pFile, DdManager * dd, DdNode * OnSet, DdNode * OffSet, int nVars, DdNode ** XVars, int fSuppType, char ** pVarNames );
+/* displays the Karnaugh Map of a relation */
+extern void        Extra_PrintKMapRelation( FILE * pFile, DdManager * dd, DdNode * OnSet, DdNode * OffSet, int nXVars, int nYVars, DdNode ** XVars, DdNode ** YVars );
+
+/*=== extraBddSymm.c =================================================================*/
+
+typedef struct Extra_SymmInfo_t_  Extra_SymmInfo_t;
+struct Extra_SymmInfo_t_ {
+    int nVars;      // the number of variables in the support
+    int nVarsMax;   // the number of variables in the DD manager
+    int nSymms;     // the number of pair-wise symmetries
+    int nNodes;     // the number of nodes in a ZDD (if applicable)
+    int * pVars;    // the list of all variables present in the support
+    char ** pSymms; // the symmetry information
+};
+
+/* computes the classical symmetry information for the function - recursive */
+extern Extra_SymmInfo_t *  Extra_SymmPairsCompute( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bFunc );
+/* computes the classical symmetry information for the function - using naive approach */
+extern Extra_SymmInfo_t *  Extra_SymmPairsComputeNaive( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bFunc );
+extern int         Extra_bddCheckVarsSymmetricNaive( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bF, int iVar1, int iVar2 );
+
+/* allocates the data structure */
+extern Extra_SymmInfo_t *  Extra_SymmPairsAllocate( int nVars );
+/* deallocates the data structure */
+extern void        Extra_SymmPairsDissolve( Extra_SymmInfo_t * );
+/* print the contents the data structure */
+extern void        Extra_SymmPairsPrint( Extra_SymmInfo_t * );
+/* converts the ZDD into the Extra_SymmInfo_t structure */
+extern Extra_SymmInfo_t *  Extra_SymmPairsCreateFromZdd( DdManager * dd, DdNode * zPairs, DdNode * bVars );
+
+/* computes the classical symmetry information as a ZDD */
+extern DdNode *    Extra_zddSymmPairsCompute( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bF, DdNode * bVars );
+extern DdNode *     extraZddSymmPairsCompute( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bF, DdNode * bVars );
+/* returns a singleton-set ZDD containing all variables that are symmetric with the given one */
+extern DdNode *    Extra_zddGetSymmetricVars( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bF, DdNode * bG, DdNode * bVars );
+extern DdNode *     extraZddGetSymmetricVars( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bF, DdNode * bG, DdNode * bVars );
+/* converts a set of variables into a set of singleton subsets */
+extern DdNode *    Extra_zddGetSingletons( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bVars );
+extern DdNode *     extraZddGetSingletons( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bVars );
+/* filters the set of variables using the support of the function */
+extern DdNode *    Extra_bddReduceVarSet( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bVars, DdNode * bF );
+extern DdNode *     extraBddReduceVarSet( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bVars, DdNode * bF );
+
+/* checks the possibility that the two vars are symmetric */
+extern int         Extra_bddCheckVarsSymmetric( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bF, int iVar1, int iVar2 );
+extern DdNode *     extraBddCheckVarsSymmetric( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bF, DdNode * bVars );
+
+/* build the set of all tuples of K variables out of N from the BDD cube */
+extern DdNode *    Extra_zddTuplesFromBdd( DdManager * dd, int K, DdNode * bVarsN );
+extern DdNode *     extraZddTuplesFromBdd( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bVarsK, DdNode * bVarsN );
+/* selects one subset from a ZDD representing the set of subsets */
+extern DdNode *    Extra_zddSelectOneSubset( DdManager * dd, DdNode * zS );
+extern DdNode *     extraZddSelectOneSubset( DdManager * dd, DdNode * zS );
+
+/*=== extraBddUnate.c =================================================================*/
+
+typedef struct Extra_UnateVar_t_  Extra_UnateVar_t;
+struct Extra_UnateVar_t_ {
+    unsigned    iVar : 30;  // index of the variable
+    unsigned    Pos  :  1;  // 1 if positive unate
+    unsigned    Neg  :  1;  // 1 if negative unate
+};
+
+typedef struct Extra_UnateInfo_t_  Extra_UnateInfo_t;
+struct Extra_UnateInfo_t_ {
+    int nVars;      // the number of variables in the support
+    int nVarsMax;   // the number of variables in the DD manager
+    int nUnate;     // the number of unate variables
+    Extra_UnateVar_t * pVars;    // the array of variables present in the support
+};
+
+/* allocates the data structure */
+extern Extra_UnateInfo_t *  Extra_UnateInfoAllocate( int nVars );
+/* deallocates the data structure */
+extern void        Extra_UnateInfoDissolve( Extra_UnateInfo_t * );
+/* print the contents the data structure */
+extern void        Extra_UnateInfoPrint( Extra_UnateInfo_t * );
+/* converts the ZDD into the Extra_SymmInfo_t structure */
+extern Extra_UnateInfo_t *  Extra_UnateInfoCreateFromZdd( DdManager * dd, DdNode * zUnate, DdNode * bVars );
+/* naive check of unateness of one variable */
+extern int         Extra_bddCheckUnateNaive( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bF, int iVar );
+
+/* computes the unateness information for the function */
+extern Extra_UnateInfo_t *  Extra_UnateComputeFast( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bFunc );
+extern Extra_UnateInfo_t *  Extra_UnateComputeSlow( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bFunc );
+
+/* computes the classical symmetry information as a ZDD */
+extern DdNode *    Extra_zddUnateInfoCompute( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bF, DdNode * bVars );
+extern DdNode *     extraZddUnateInfoCompute( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bF, DdNode * bVars );
+
+/* converts a set of variables into a set of singleton subsets */
+extern DdNode *    Extra_zddGetSingletonsBoth( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bVars );
+extern DdNode *     extraZddGetSingletonsBoth( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bVars );
+
+/*=== extraUtilBitMatrix.c ================================================================*/
+
+typedef struct Extra_BitMat_t_ Extra_BitMat_t;
+extern Extra_BitMat_t * Extra_BitMatrixStart( int nSize );
+extern void         Extra_BitMatrixClean( Extra_BitMat_t * p );
+extern void         Extra_BitMatrixStop( Extra_BitMat_t * p );
+extern void         Extra_BitMatrixPrint( Extra_BitMat_t * p );
+extern int          Extra_BitMatrixReadSize( Extra_BitMat_t * p );
+extern void         Extra_BitMatrixInsert1( Extra_BitMat_t * p, int i, int k );
+extern int          Extra_BitMatrixLookup1( Extra_BitMat_t * p, int i, int k );
+extern void         Extra_BitMatrixDelete1( Extra_BitMat_t * p, int i, int k );
+extern void         Extra_BitMatrixInsert2( Extra_BitMat_t * p, int i, int k );
+extern int          Extra_BitMatrixLookup2( Extra_BitMat_t * p, int i, int k );
+extern void         Extra_BitMatrixDelete2( Extra_BitMat_t * p, int i, int k );
+extern void         Extra_BitMatrixOr( Extra_BitMat_t * p, int i, unsigned * pInfo );
+extern void         Extra_BitMatrixOrTwo( Extra_BitMat_t * p, int i, int j );
+extern int          Extra_BitMatrixCountOnesUpper( Extra_BitMat_t * p );
+extern int          Extra_BitMatrixIsDisjoint( Extra_BitMat_t * p1, Extra_BitMat_t * p2 );
+extern int          Extra_BitMatrixIsClique( Extra_BitMat_t * p );
+
+/*=== extraUtilFile.c ========================================================*/
+
+extern char *       Extra_FileGetSimilarName( char * pFileNameWrong, char * pS1, char * pS2, char * pS3, char * pS4, char * pS5 );
+extern char *       Extra_FileNameExtension( char * FileName );
+extern char *       Extra_FileNameAppend( char * pBase, char * pSuffix );
+extern char *       Extra_FileNameGeneric( char * FileName );
+extern int          Extra_FileSize( char * pFileName );
+extern char *       Extra_FileRead( FILE * pFile );
+extern char *       Extra_TimeStamp();
+extern char *       Extra_StringAppend( char * pStrGiven, char * pStrAdd );
+extern unsigned     Extra_ReadBinary( char * Buffer );
+extern void         Extra_PrintBinary( FILE * pFile, unsigned Sign[], int nBits );
+extern int          Extra_ReadHexadecimal( unsigned Sign[], char * pString, int nVars );
+extern void         Extra_PrintHexadecimal( FILE * pFile, unsigned Sign[], int nVars );
+extern void         Extra_PrintHexadecimalString( char * pString, unsigned Sign[], int nVars );
+extern void         Extra_PrintHex( FILE * pFile, unsigned uTruth, int nVars );
+extern void         Extra_PrintSymbols( FILE * pFile, char Char, int nTimes, int fPrintNewLine );
+
+/*=== extraUtilReader.c ========================================================*/
+
+typedef struct Extra_FileReader_t_ Extra_FileReader_t;
+extern Extra_FileReader_t * Extra_FileReaderAlloc( char * pFileName, 
+    char * pCharsComment, char * pCharsStop, char * pCharsClean );
+extern void         Extra_FileReaderFree( Extra_FileReader_t * p );
+extern char *       Extra_FileReaderGetFileName( Extra_FileReader_t * p );
+extern int          Extra_FileReaderGetFileSize( Extra_FileReader_t * p );
+extern int          Extra_FileReaderGetCurPosition( Extra_FileReader_t * p );
+extern void *       Extra_FileReaderGetTokens( Extra_FileReader_t * p );
+extern int          Extra_FileReaderGetLineNumber( Extra_FileReader_t * p, int iToken );
+
+/*=== extraUtilMemory.c ========================================================*/
+
+typedef struct Extra_MmFixed_t_    Extra_MmFixed_t;    
+typedef struct Extra_MmFlex_t_     Extra_MmFlex_t;     
+typedef struct Extra_MmStep_t_     Extra_MmStep_t;     
+
+// fixed-size-block memory manager
+extern Extra_MmFixed_t *  Extra_MmFixedStart( int nEntrySize );
+extern void        Extra_MmFixedStop( Extra_MmFixed_t * p );
+extern char *      Extra_MmFixedEntryFetch( Extra_MmFixed_t * p );
+extern void        Extra_MmFixedEntryRecycle( Extra_MmFixed_t * p, char * pEntry );
+extern void        Extra_MmFixedRestart( Extra_MmFixed_t * p );
+extern int         Extra_MmFixedReadMemUsage( Extra_MmFixed_t * p );
+extern int         Extra_MmFixedReadMaxEntriesUsed( Extra_MmFixed_t * p );
+// flexible-size-block memory manager
+extern Extra_MmFlex_t * Extra_MmFlexStart();
+extern void        Extra_MmFlexStop( Extra_MmFlex_t * p );
+extern void        Extra_MmFlexPrint( Extra_MmFlex_t * p );
+extern char *      Extra_MmFlexEntryFetch( Extra_MmFlex_t * p, int nBytes );
+extern int         Extra_MmFlexReadMemUsage( Extra_MmFlex_t * p );
+// hierarchical memory manager
+extern Extra_MmStep_t * Extra_MmStepStart( int nSteps );
+extern void        Extra_MmStepStop( Extra_MmStep_t * p );
+extern char *      Extra_MmStepEntryFetch( Extra_MmStep_t * p, int nBytes );
+extern void        Extra_MmStepEntryRecycle( Extra_MmStep_t * p, char * pEntry, int nBytes );
+extern int         Extra_MmStepReadMemUsage( Extra_MmStep_t * p );
+
+/*=== extraUtilMisc.c ========================================================*/
+
+/* finds the smallest integer larger or equal than the logarithm */
+extern int         Extra_Base2Log( unsigned Num );
+extern int         Extra_Base2LogDouble( double Num );
+extern int         Extra_Base10Log( unsigned Num );
+/* returns the power of two as a double */
+extern double      Extra_Power2( int Num );
+extern int         Extra_Power3( int Num );
+/* the number of combinations of k elements out of n */
+extern int         Extra_NumCombinations( int k, int n  );
+extern int *       Extra_DeriveRadixCode( int Number, int Radix, int nDigits );
+/* counts the number of 1s in the bitstring */
+extern int         Extra_CountOnes( unsigned char * pBytes, int nBytes );
+/* the factorial of number */
+extern int         Extra_Factorial( int n );
+/* the permutation of the given number of elements */
+extern char **     Extra_Permutations( int n );
+/* permutation and complementation of a truth table */
+unsigned           Extra_TruthPermute( unsigned Truth, char * pPerms, int nVars, int fReverse );
+unsigned           Extra_TruthPolarize( unsigned uTruth, int Polarity, int nVars );
+/* canonical forms of a truth table */
+extern unsigned    Extra_TruthCanonN( unsigned uTruth, int nVars );
+extern unsigned    Extra_TruthCanonNN( unsigned uTruth, int nVars );
+extern unsigned    Extra_TruthCanonP( unsigned uTruth, int nVars );
+extern unsigned    Extra_TruthCanonNP( unsigned uTruth, int nVars );
+extern unsigned    Extra_TruthCanonNPN( unsigned uTruth, int nVars );
+/* canonical forms of 4-variable functions */
+extern void        Extra_Truth4VarNPN( unsigned short ** puCanons, char ** puPhases, char ** puPerms, unsigned char ** puMap );
+extern void        Extra_Truth4VarN( unsigned short ** puCanons, char *** puPhases, char ** ppCounters, int nPhasesMax );
+/* permutation mapping */
+extern unsigned short Extra_TruthPerm4One( unsigned uTruth, int Phase );
+extern unsigned    Extra_TruthPerm5One( unsigned uTruth, int Phase );
+extern void        Extra_TruthPerm6One( unsigned * uTruth, int Phase, unsigned * uTruthRes );
+extern void        Extra_TruthExpand( int nVars, int nWords, unsigned * puTruth, unsigned uPhase, unsigned * puTruthR );
+/* precomputing tables for permutation mapping */
+extern void **     Extra_ArrayAlloc( int nCols, int nRows, int Size );
+extern unsigned short ** Extra_TruthPerm43();
+extern unsigned ** Extra_TruthPerm53();
+extern unsigned ** Extra_TruthPerm54();
+/* bubble sort for small number of entries */
+extern void        Extra_BubbleSort( int Order[], int Costs[], int nSize, int fIncreasing );
+/* for independence from CUDD */
+extern unsigned int Cudd_PrimeCopy( unsigned int  p );
+
+/*=== extraUtilCanon.c ========================================================*/
+
+/* fast computation of N-canoninical form up to 6 inputs */
+extern int         Extra_TruthCanonFastN( int nVarsMax, int nVarsReal, unsigned * pt, unsigned ** pptRes, char ** ppfRes );
+
+/*=== extraUtilProgress.c ================================================================*/
+
+typedef struct ProgressBarStruct ProgressBar;
+
+extern ProgressBar * Extra_ProgressBarStart( FILE * pFile, int nItemsTotal );
+extern void        Extra_ProgressBarStop( ProgressBar * p );
+extern void        Extra_ProgressBarUpdate_int( ProgressBar * p, int nItemsCur, char * pString );
+
+static inline void Extra_ProgressBarUpdate( ProgressBar * p, int nItemsCur, char * pString ) 
+{  if ( p && nItemsCur < *((int*)p) ) return; Extra_ProgressBarUpdate_int(p, nItemsCur, pString); }
+
+/*=== extraUtilTruth.c ================================================================*/
+
+static inline int   Extra_Float2Int( float Val )     { return *((int *)&Val);               }
+static inline float Extra_Int2Float( int Num )       { return *((float *)&Num);             }
+static inline int   Extra_BitWordNum( int nBits )    { return nBits/(8*sizeof(unsigned)) + ((nBits%(8*sizeof(unsigned))) > 0);  }
+static inline int   Extra_TruthWordNum( int nVars )  { return nVars <= 5 ? 1 : (1 << (nVars - 5)); }
+
+static inline void  Extra_TruthSetBit( unsigned * p, int Bit )   { p[Bit>>5] |= (1<<(Bit & 31));               }
+static inline void  Extra_TruthXorBit( unsigned * p, int Bit )   { p[Bit>>5] ^= (1<<(Bit & 31));               }
+static inline int   Extra_TruthHasBit( unsigned * p, int Bit )   { return (p[Bit>>5] & (1<<(Bit & 31))) > 0;   }
+
+static inline int Extra_WordCountOnes( unsigned uWord )
+{
+    uWord = (uWord & 0x55555555) + ((uWord>>1) & 0x55555555);
+    uWord = (uWord & 0x33333333) + ((uWord>>2) & 0x33333333);
+    uWord = (uWord & 0x0F0F0F0F) + ((uWord>>4) & 0x0F0F0F0F);
+    uWord = (uWord & 0x00FF00FF) + ((uWord>>8) & 0x00FF00FF);
+    return  (uWord & 0x0000FFFF) + (uWord>>16);
+}
+static inline int Extra_TruthCountOnes( unsigned * pIn, int nVars )
+{
+    int w, Counter = 0;
+    for ( w = Extra_TruthWordNum(nVars)-1; w >= 0; w-- )
+        Counter += Extra_WordCountOnes(pIn[w]);
+    return Counter;
+}
+static inline int Extra_TruthIsEqual( unsigned * pIn0, unsigned * pIn1, int nVars )
+{
+    int w;
+    for ( w = Extra_TruthWordNum(nVars)-1; w >= 0; w-- )
+        if ( pIn0[w] != pIn1[w] )
+            return 0;
+    return 1;
+}
+static inline int Extra_TruthIsConst0( unsigned * pIn, int nVars )
+{
+    int w;
+    for ( w = Extra_TruthWordNum(nVars)-1; w >= 0; w-- )
+        if ( pIn[w] )
+            return 0;
+    return 1;
+}
+static inline int Extra_TruthIsConst1( unsigned * pIn, int nVars )
+{
+    int w;
+    for ( w = Extra_TruthWordNum(nVars)-1; w >= 0; w-- )
+        if ( pIn[w] != ~(unsigned)0 )
+            return 0;
+    return 1;
+}
+static inline int Extra_TruthIsImply( unsigned * pIn1, unsigned * pIn2, int nVars )
+{
+    int w;
+    for ( w = Extra_TruthWordNum(nVars)-1; w >= 0; w-- )
+        if ( pIn1[w] & ~pIn2[w] )
+            return 0;
+    return 1;
+}
+static inline void Extra_TruthCopy( unsigned * pOut, unsigned * pIn, int nVars )
+{
+    int w;
+    for ( w = Extra_TruthWordNum(nVars)-1; w >= 0; w-- )
+        pOut[w] = pIn[w];
+}
+static inline void Extra_TruthClear( unsigned * pOut, int nVars )
+{
+    int w;
+    for ( w = Extra_TruthWordNum(nVars)-1; w >= 0; w-- )
+        pOut[w] = 0;
+}
+static inline void Extra_TruthFill( unsigned * pOut, int nVars )
+{
+    int w;
+    for ( w = Extra_TruthWordNum(nVars)-1; w >= 0; w-- )
+        pOut[w] = ~(unsigned)0;
+}
+static inline void Extra_TruthNot( unsigned * pOut, unsigned * pIn, int nVars )
+{
+    int w;
+    for ( w = Extra_TruthWordNum(nVars)-1; w >= 0; w-- )
+        pOut[w] = ~pIn[w];
+}
+static inline void Extra_TruthAnd( unsigned * pOut, unsigned * pIn0, unsigned * pIn1, int nVars )
+{
+    int w;
+    for ( w = Extra_TruthWordNum(nVars)-1; w >= 0; w-- )
+        pOut[w] = pIn0[w] & pIn1[w];
+}
+static inline void Extra_TruthOr( unsigned * pOut, unsigned * pIn0, unsigned * pIn1, int nVars )
+{
+    int w;
+    for ( w = Extra_TruthWordNum(nVars)-1; w >= 0; w-- )
+        pOut[w] = pIn0[w] | pIn1[w];
+}
+static inline void Extra_TruthSharp( unsigned * pOut, unsigned * pIn0, unsigned * pIn1, int nVars )
+{
+    int w;
+    for ( w = Extra_TruthWordNum(nVars)-1; w >= 0; w-- )
+        pOut[w] = pIn0[w] & ~pIn1[w];
+}
+static inline void Extra_TruthNand( unsigned * pOut, unsigned * pIn0, unsigned * pIn1, int nVars )
+{
+    int w;
+    for ( w = Extra_TruthWordNum(nVars)-1; w >= 0; w-- )
+        pOut[w] = ~(pIn0[w] & pIn1[w]);
+}
+static inline void Extra_TruthAndPhase( unsigned * pOut, unsigned * pIn0, unsigned * pIn1, int nVars, int fCompl0, int fCompl1 )
+{
+    int w;
+    if ( fCompl0 && fCompl1 )
+    {
+        for ( w = Extra_TruthWordNum(nVars)-1; w >= 0; w-- )
+            pOut[w] = ~(pIn0[w] | pIn1[w]);
+    }
+    else if ( fCompl0 && !fCompl1 )
+    {
+        for ( w = Extra_TruthWordNum(nVars)-1; w >= 0; w-- )
+            pOut[w] = ~pIn0[w] & pIn1[w];
+    }
+    else if ( !fCompl0 && fCompl1 )
+    {
+        for ( w = Extra_TruthWordNum(nVars)-1; w >= 0; w-- )
+            pOut[w] = pIn0[w] & ~pIn1[w];
+    }
+    else // if ( !fCompl0 && !fCompl1 )
+    {
+        for ( w = Extra_TruthWordNum(nVars)-1; w >= 0; w-- )
+            pOut[w] = pIn0[w] & pIn1[w];
+    }
+}
+
+extern unsigned ** Extra_TruthElementary( int nVars );
+extern void        Extra_TruthSwapAdjacentVars( unsigned * pOut, unsigned * pIn, int nVars, int Start );
+extern void        Extra_TruthStretch( unsigned * pOut, unsigned * pIn, int nVars, int nVarsAll, unsigned Phase );
+extern void        Extra_TruthShrink( unsigned * pOut, unsigned * pIn, int nVars, int nVarsAll, unsigned Phase );
+extern int         Extra_TruthVarInSupport( unsigned * pTruth, int nVars, int iVar );
+extern int         Extra_TruthSupportSize( unsigned * pTruth, int nVars );
+extern int         Extra_TruthSupport( unsigned * pTruth, int nVars );
+extern void        Extra_TruthCofactor0( unsigned * pTruth, int nVars, int iVar );
+extern void        Extra_TruthCofactor1( unsigned * pTruth, int nVars, int iVar );
+extern void        Extra_TruthExist( unsigned * pTruth, int nVars, int iVar );
+extern void        Extra_TruthForall( unsigned * pTruth, int nVars, int iVar );
+extern void        Extra_TruthMux( unsigned * pOut, unsigned * pCof0, unsigned * pCof1, int nVars, int iVar );
+extern void        Extra_TruthChangePhase( unsigned * pTruth, int nVars, int iVar );
+extern int         Extra_TruthMinCofSuppOverlap( unsigned * pTruth, int nVars, int * pVarMin );
+extern void        Extra_TruthCountOnesInCofs( unsigned * pTruth, int nVars, short * pStore );
+extern unsigned    Extra_TruthHash( unsigned * pIn, int nWords );
+extern unsigned    Extra_TruthSemiCanonicize( unsigned * pInOut, unsigned * pAux, int nVars, char * pCanonPerm, short * pStore );
+
+/*=== extraUtilUtil.c ================================================================*/
+
+#ifndef ABS
+#define ABS(a)            ((a) < 0 ? -(a) : (a))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MAX
+#define MAX(a,b)        ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MIN
+#define MIN(a,b)        ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ALLOC
+#define ALLOC(type, num)     ((type *) malloc(sizeof(type) * (num)))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef FREE
+#define FREE(obj)             ((obj) ? (free((char *) (obj)), (obj) = 0) : 0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef REALLOC
+#define REALLOC(type, obj, num)    \
+        ((obj) ? ((type *) realloc((char *)(obj), sizeof(type) * (num))) : \
+         ((type *) malloc(sizeof(type) * (num))))
+#endif
+
+
+extern long        Extra_CpuTime();
+extern int         Extra_GetSoftDataLimit();
+extern void        Extra_UtilGetoptReset();
+extern int         Extra_UtilGetopt( int argc, char *argv[], char *optstring );
+extern char *      Extra_UtilPrintTime( long t );
+extern char *      Extra_UtilStrsav( char *s );
+extern char *      Extra_UtilTildeExpand( char *fname );
+extern char *      Extra_UtilFileSearch( char *file, char *path, char *mode );
+extern void        (*Extra_UtilMMoutOfMemory)();
+
+extern char *      globalUtilOptarg;
+extern int         globalUtilOptind;
+
+/**AutomaticEnd***************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __EXTRA_H__ */
diff --git a/src/misc/extra/extraBddAuto.c b/src/misc/extra/extraBddAuto.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..21a969ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/extra/extraBddAuto.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1558 @@
+/**CFile****************************************************************
+
+  FileName    [extraBddAuto.c]
+
+  PackageName [extra]
+
+  Synopsis    [Computation of autosymmetries.]
+
+  Author      [Alan Mishchenko]
+
+  Affiliation [UC Berkeley]
+
+  Date        [Ver. 2.0. Started - September 1, 2003.]
+
+  Revision    [$Id: extraBddAuto.c,v 1.0 2003/05/21 18:03:50 alanmi Exp $]
+
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "extra.h"
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Constant declarations                                                     */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Stucture declarations                                                     */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Type declarations                                                         */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Variable declarations                                                     */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Macro declarations                                                        */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+/**AutomaticStart*************************************************************/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Static function prototypes                                                */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**AutomaticEnd***************************************************************/
+
+
+/*
+    LinearSpace(f) = Space(f,f)
+
+    Space(f,g)
+    {
+        if ( f = const )
+        { 
+            if ( f = g )  return 1;
+            else          return 0;
+        }
+        if ( g = const )  return 0;
+        return x' * Space(fx',gx') * Space(fx,gx) + x * Space(fx',gx) * Space(fx,gx');
+    }
+
+    Equations(s) = Pos(s) + Neg(s);
+
+    Pos(s)
+    {
+        if ( s  = 0 )   return 1;
+        if ( s  = 1 )   return 0;
+        if ( sx'= 0 )   return Pos(sx) + x;
+        if ( sx = 0 )   return Pos(sx');
+        return 1 * [Pos(sx') & Pos(sx)] + x * [Pos(sx') & Neg(sx)];
+    }
+
+    Neg(s)
+    {
+        if ( s  = 0 )   return 1;
+        if ( s  = 1 )   return 0;
+        if ( sx'= 0 )   return Neg(sx);
+        if ( sx = 0 )   return Neg(sx') + x;
+        return 1 * [Neg(sx') & Neg(sx)] + x * [Neg(sx') & Pos(sx)];
+    }
+
+
+    SpaceP(A)
+    {
+        if ( A = 0 )    return 1;
+        if ( A = 1 )    return 1;
+        return x' * SpaceP(Ax') * SpaceP(Ax) + x * SpaceP(Ax') * SpaceN(Ax);
+    }
+
+    SpaceN(A)
+    {
+        if ( A = 0 )    return 1;
+        if ( A = 1 )    return 0;
+        return x' * SpaceN(Ax') * SpaceN(Ax) + x * SpaceN(Ax') * SpaceP(Ax);
+    }
+
+
+    LinInd(A)
+    {
+        if ( A = const )     return 1;
+        if ( !LinInd(Ax') )  return 0;
+        if ( !LinInd(Ax)  )  return 0;
+        if (  LinSumOdd(Ax')  & LinSumEven(Ax) != 0 )  return 0;
+        if (  LinSumEven(Ax') & LinSumEven(Ax) != 0 )  return 0;
+        return 1;
+    }
+
+    LinSumOdd(A)
+    {
+        if ( A = 0 )    return 0;                 // Odd0  ---e-- Odd1
+        if ( A = 1 )    return 1;                 //       \   o
+        Odd0  = LinSumOdd(Ax');  // x is absent   //         \ 
+        Even0 = LinSumEven(Ax'); // x is absent   //       /   o  
+        Odd1  = LinSumOdd(Ax);   // x is present  // Even0 ---e-- Even1 
+        Even1 = LinSumEven(Ax);  // x is absent
+        return 1 * [Odd0 + ExorP(Odd0, Even1)] + x * [Odd1 + ExorP(Odd1, Even0)];
+    }
+
+    LinSumEven(A)
+    {
+        if ( A = 0 )    return 0;
+        if ( A = 1 )    return 0;
+        Odd0  = LinSumOdd(Ax');  // x is absent
+        Even0 = LinSumEven(Ax'); // x is absent
+        Odd1  = LinSumOdd(Ax);   // x is present
+        Even1 = LinSumEven(Ax);  // x is absent
+        return 1 * [Even0 + Even1 + ExorP(Even0, Even1)] + x * [ExorP(Odd0, Odd1)];
+    }
+    
+*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Definition of exported functions                                          */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+DdNode * Extra_bddSpaceFromFunctionFast( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bFunc )
+{
+    int * pSupport;
+    int * pPermute;
+    int * pPermuteBack;
+    DdNode ** pCompose;
+    DdNode * bCube, * bTemp;
+    DdNode * bSpace, * bFunc1, * bFunc2, * bSpaceShift;
+    int nSupp, Counter;
+    int i, lev;
+
+    // get the support
+    pSupport = ALLOC( int, ddMax(dd->size,dd->sizeZ) );
+    Extra_SupportArray( dd, bFunc, pSupport );
+    nSupp = 0;
+    for ( i = 0; i < dd->size; i++ )
+        if ( pSupport[i] )
+            nSupp++;
+
+    // make sure the manager has enough variables
+    if ( 2*nSupp > dd->size )
+    {
+        printf( "Cannot derive linear space, because DD manager does not have enough variables.\n" );
+        fflush( stdout );
+        free( pSupport );
+        return NULL;
+    }
+
+    // create the permutation arrays
+    pPermute     = ALLOC( int, dd->size );
+    pPermuteBack = ALLOC( int, dd->size );
+    pCompose     = ALLOC( DdNode *, dd->size );
+    for ( i = 0; i < dd->size; i++ )
+    {
+        pPermute[i]     = i;
+        pPermuteBack[i] = i;
+        pCompose[i]     = dd->vars[i];   Cudd_Ref( pCompose[i] );
+    }
+
+    // remap the function in such a way that the variables are interleaved
+    Counter = 0;
+    bCube = b1;  Cudd_Ref( bCube );
+    for ( lev = 0; lev < dd->size; lev++ )
+        if ( pSupport[ dd->invperm[lev] ] )
+        {   // var "dd->invperm[lev]" on level "lev" should go to level 2*Counter;
+            pPermute[ dd->invperm[lev] ] = dd->invperm[2*Counter];
+            // var from level 2*Counter+1 should go back to the place of this var
+            pPermuteBack[ dd->invperm[2*Counter+1] ] = dd->invperm[lev];
+            // the permutation should be defined in such a way that variable
+            // on level 2*Counter is replaced by an EXOR of itself and var on the next level
+            Cudd_Deref( pCompose[ dd->invperm[2*Counter] ] );
+            pCompose[ dd->invperm[2*Counter] ] = 
+                Cudd_bddXor( dd, dd->vars[ dd->invperm[2*Counter] ], dd->vars[ dd->invperm[2*Counter+1] ] );  
+            Cudd_Ref( pCompose[ dd->invperm[2*Counter] ] );
+            // add this variable to the cube
+            bCube = Cudd_bddAnd( dd, bTemp = bCube, dd->vars[ dd->invperm[2*Counter] ] );  Cudd_Ref( bCube );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bTemp );
+            // increment the counter
+            Counter ++;
+        }
+
+    // permute the functions
+    bFunc1 = Cudd_bddPermute( dd, bFunc, pPermute );         Cudd_Ref( bFunc1 );
+    // compose to gate the function depending on both vars
+    bFunc2 = Cudd_bddVectorCompose( dd, bFunc1, pCompose );  Cudd_Ref( bFunc2 );
+    // gate the vector space
+    // L(a) = ForAll x [ F(x) = F(x+a) ] = Not( Exist x [ F(x) (+) F(x+a) ] )
+    bSpaceShift = Cudd_bddXorExistAbstract( dd, bFunc1, bFunc2, bCube );  Cudd_Ref( bSpaceShift );
+    bSpaceShift = Cudd_Not( bSpaceShift );
+    // permute the space back into the original mapping
+    bSpace = Cudd_bddPermute( dd, bSpaceShift, pPermuteBack ); Cudd_Ref( bSpace );
+    Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bFunc1 );
+    Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bFunc2 );
+    Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bSpaceShift );
+    Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bCube );
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < dd->size; i++ )
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, pCompose[i] );
+    free( pPermute );
+    free( pPermuteBack );
+    free( pCompose );
+    free( pSupport );
+
+    Cudd_Deref( bSpace );
+    return bSpace;
+}
+
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+DdNode * Extra_bddSpaceFromFunction( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bF, DdNode * bG )
+{
+    DdNode * bRes;
+    do {
+        dd->reordered = 0;
+        bRes = extraBddSpaceFromFunction( dd, bF, bG );
+    } while (dd->reordered == 1);
+    return bRes;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+DdNode * Extra_bddSpaceFromFunctionPos( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bFunc )
+{
+    DdNode * bRes;
+    do {
+        dd->reordered = 0;
+        bRes = extraBddSpaceFromFunctionPos( dd, bFunc );
+    } while (dd->reordered == 1);
+    return bRes;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+DdNode * Extra_bddSpaceFromFunctionNeg( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bFunc )
+{
+    DdNode * bRes;
+    do {
+        dd->reordered = 0;
+        bRes = extraBddSpaceFromFunctionNeg( dd, bFunc );
+    } while (dd->reordered == 1);
+    return bRes;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+DdNode * Extra_bddSpaceCanonVars( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bSpace )
+{
+    DdNode * bRes;
+    do {
+        dd->reordered = 0;
+        bRes = extraBddSpaceCanonVars( dd, bSpace );
+    } while (dd->reordered == 1);
+    return bRes;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+DdNode * Extra_bddSpaceReduce( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bFunc, DdNode * bCanonVars )
+{
+    DdNode * bNegCube;
+    DdNode * bResult;
+    bNegCube = Extra_bddSupportNegativeCube( dd, bCanonVars );  Cudd_Ref( bNegCube );
+    bResult  = Cudd_Cofactor( dd, bFunc, bNegCube );            Cudd_Ref( bResult );
+    Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bNegCube );
+    Cudd_Deref( bResult );
+    return bResult;
+}
+
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+DdNode * Extra_bddSpaceEquations( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bSpace )
+{
+    DdNode * zRes;
+    DdNode * zEquPos;
+    DdNode * zEquNeg;
+    zEquPos = Extra_bddSpaceEquationsPos( dd, bSpace );  Cudd_Ref( zEquPos );
+    zEquNeg = Extra_bddSpaceEquationsNeg( dd, bSpace );  Cudd_Ref( zEquNeg );
+    zRes    = Cudd_zddUnion( dd, zEquPos, zEquNeg );     Cudd_Ref( zRes );
+    Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zEquPos );
+    Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zEquNeg );
+    Cudd_Deref( zRes );
+    return zRes;
+}
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+DdNode * Extra_bddSpaceEquationsPos( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bSpace )
+{
+    DdNode * zRes;
+    do {
+        dd->reordered = 0;
+        zRes = extraBddSpaceEquationsPos( dd, bSpace );
+    } while (dd->reordered == 1);
+    return zRes;
+}
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+DdNode * Extra_bddSpaceEquationsNeg( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bSpace )
+{
+    DdNode * zRes;
+    do {
+        dd->reordered = 0;
+        zRes = extraBddSpaceEquationsNeg( dd, bSpace );
+    } while (dd->reordered == 1);
+    return zRes;
+}
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+DdNode * Extra_bddSpaceFromMatrixPos( DdManager * dd, DdNode * zA )
+{
+    DdNode * bRes;
+    do {
+        dd->reordered = 0;
+        bRes = extraBddSpaceFromMatrixPos( dd, zA );
+    } while (dd->reordered == 1);
+    return bRes;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+DdNode * Extra_bddSpaceFromMatrixNeg( DdManager * dd, DdNode * zA )
+{
+    DdNode * bRes;
+    do {
+        dd->reordered = 0;
+        bRes = extraBddSpaceFromMatrixNeg( dd, zA );
+    } while (dd->reordered == 1);
+    return bRes;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Counts the number of literals in one combination.]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Extra_zddLitCountComb( DdManager * dd, DdNode * zComb )
+{
+    int Counter;
+    if ( zComb == z0 )
+        return 0;
+    Counter = 0;
+    for ( ; zComb != z1; zComb = cuddT(zComb) )
+        Counter++;
+    return Counter;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description [Returns the array of ZDDs with the number equal to the number of 
+  vars in the DD manager. If the given var is non-canonical, this array contains
+  the referenced ZDD representing literals in the corresponding EXOR equation.]
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+DdNode ** Extra_bddSpaceExorGates( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bFuncRed, DdNode * zEquations )
+{
+    DdNode ** pzRes;
+    int * pVarsNonCan;
+    DdNode * zEquRem;
+    int iVarNonCan;
+    DdNode * zExor, * zTemp;
+
+    // get the set of non-canonical variables
+    pVarsNonCan = ALLOC( int, ddMax(dd->size,dd->sizeZ) );
+    Extra_SupportArray( dd, bFuncRed, pVarsNonCan );
+
+    // allocate storage for the EXOR sets
+    pzRes = ALLOC( DdNode *, dd->size );
+    memset( pzRes, 0, sizeof(DdNode *) * dd->size );
+
+    // go through all the equations
+    zEquRem = zEquations;  Cudd_Ref( zEquRem );
+    while ( zEquRem != z0 )
+    {
+        // extract one product
+        zExor = Extra_zddSelectOneSubset( dd, zEquRem );   Cudd_Ref( zExor );
+        // remove it from the set
+        zEquRem = Cudd_zddDiff( dd, zTemp = zEquRem, zExor );  Cudd_Ref( zEquRem );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zTemp );
+
+        // locate the non-canonical variable
+        iVarNonCan = -1;
+        for ( zTemp = zExor; zTemp != z1; zTemp = cuddT(zTemp) )
+        {
+            if ( pVarsNonCan[zTemp->index/2] == 1 )
+            {
+                assert( iVarNonCan == -1 );
+                iVarNonCan = zTemp->index/2;
+            }
+        }
+        assert( iVarNonCan != -1 );
+
+        if ( Extra_zddLitCountComb( dd, zExor ) > 1 )
+            pzRes[ iVarNonCan ] = zExor; // takes ref
+        else
+            Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zExor );
+    }
+    Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zEquRem );
+
+    free( pVarsNonCan );
+    return pzRes;
+}
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Definition of internal functions                                          */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Performs the recursive steps of Extra_bddSpaceFromFunction.]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+DdNode * extraBddSpaceFromFunction( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bF, DdNode * bG )
+{
+    DdNode * bRes;
+    DdNode * bFR, * bGR;
+
+    bFR = Cudd_Regular( bF ); 
+    bGR = Cudd_Regular( bG ); 
+    if ( cuddIsConstant(bFR) )
+    {
+        if ( bF == bG )
+            return b1;
+        else 
+            return b0;
+    }
+    if ( cuddIsConstant(bGR) )
+        return b0;
+    // both bFunc and bCore are not constants
+
+    // the operation is commutative - normalize the problem
+    if ( (unsigned)bF > (unsigned)bG )
+        return extraBddSpaceFromFunction(dd, bG, bF);
+
+
+    if ( bRes = cuddCacheLookup2(dd, extraBddSpaceFromFunction, bF, bG) )
+        return bRes;
+    else
+    {
+        DdNode * bF0, * bF1;
+        DdNode * bG0, * bG1;
+        DdNode * bTemp1, * bTemp2;
+        DdNode * bRes0, * bRes1;
+        int LevelF, LevelG;
+        int index;
+
+        LevelF = dd->perm[bFR->index];
+        LevelG = dd->perm[bGR->index];
+        if ( LevelF <= LevelG )
+        {
+            index = dd->invperm[LevelF];
+            if ( bFR != bF )
+            {
+                bF0 = Cudd_Not( cuddE(bFR) );
+                bF1 = Cudd_Not( cuddT(bFR) );
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                bF0 = cuddE(bFR);
+                bF1 = cuddT(bFR);
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            index = dd->invperm[LevelG];
+            bF0 = bF1 = bF;
+        }
+
+        if ( LevelG <= LevelF )
+        {
+            if ( bGR != bG )
+            {
+                bG0 = Cudd_Not( cuddE(bGR) );
+                bG1 = Cudd_Not( cuddT(bGR) );
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                bG0 = cuddE(bGR);
+                bG1 = cuddT(bGR);
+            }
+        }
+        else
+            bG0 = bG1 = bG;
+
+        bTemp1 = extraBddSpaceFromFunction( dd, bF0, bG0 );
+        if ( bTemp1 == NULL ) 
+            return NULL;
+        cuddRef( bTemp1 );
+
+        bTemp2 = extraBddSpaceFromFunction( dd, bF1, bG1 );
+        if ( bTemp2 == NULL ) 
+        {
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bTemp1 );
+            return NULL;
+        }
+        cuddRef( bTemp2 );
+
+
+        bRes0  = cuddBddAndRecur( dd, bTemp1, bTemp2 );
+        if ( bRes0 == NULL )
+        {
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bTemp1 );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bTemp2 );
+            return NULL;
+        }
+        cuddRef( bRes0 );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bTemp1 );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bTemp2 );
+
+
+        bTemp1  = extraBddSpaceFromFunction( dd, bF0, bG1 );
+        if ( bTemp1 == NULL )
+        {
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bRes0 );
+            return NULL;
+        }
+        cuddRef( bTemp1 );
+
+        bTemp2  = extraBddSpaceFromFunction( dd, bF1, bG0 );
+        if ( bTemp2 == NULL )
+        {
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bRes0 );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bTemp1 );
+            return NULL;
+        }
+        cuddRef( bTemp2 );
+
+        bRes1  = cuddBddAndRecur( dd, bTemp1, bTemp2 );
+        if ( bRes1 == NULL )
+        {
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bRes0 );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bTemp1 );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bTemp2 );
+            return NULL;
+        }
+        cuddRef( bRes1 );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bTemp1 );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bTemp2 );
+
+
+
+        // consider the case when Res0 and Res1 are the same node 
+        if ( bRes0 == bRes1 )
+            bRes = bRes1;
+        // consider the case when Res1 is complemented 
+        else if ( Cudd_IsComplement(bRes1) ) 
+        {
+            bRes = cuddUniqueInter(dd, index, Cudd_Not(bRes1), Cudd_Not(bRes0));
+            if ( bRes == NULL ) 
+            {
+                Cudd_RecursiveDeref(dd,bRes0);
+                Cudd_RecursiveDeref(dd,bRes1);
+                return NULL;
+            }
+            bRes = Cudd_Not(bRes);
+        } 
+        else 
+        {
+            bRes = cuddUniqueInter( dd, index, bRes1, bRes0 );
+            if ( bRes == NULL ) 
+            {
+                Cudd_RecursiveDeref(dd,bRes0);
+                Cudd_RecursiveDeref(dd,bRes1);
+                return NULL;
+            }
+        }
+        cuddDeref( bRes0 );
+        cuddDeref( bRes1 );
+            
+        // insert the result into cache 
+        cuddCacheInsert2(dd, extraBddSpaceFromFunction, bF, bG, bRes);
+        return bRes;
+    }
+}  /* end of extraBddSpaceFromFunction */
+
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Performs the recursive step of Extra_bddSpaceFromFunctionPos().]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+DdNode * extraBddSpaceFromFunctionPos( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bF )
+{
+    DdNode * bRes, * bFR;
+    statLine( dd );
+
+    bFR = Cudd_Regular(bF);
+    if ( cuddIsConstant(bFR) )
+        return b1;
+
+    if ( bRes = cuddCacheLookup1(dd, extraBddSpaceFromFunctionPos, bF) )
+        return bRes;
+    else
+    {
+        DdNode * bF0,   * bF1;
+        DdNode * bPos0, * bPos1;
+        DdNode * bNeg0, * bNeg1;
+        DdNode * bRes0, * bRes1; 
+
+        if ( bFR != bF ) // bF is complemented 
+        {
+            bF0 = Cudd_Not( cuddE(bFR) );
+            bF1 = Cudd_Not( cuddT(bFR) );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            bF0 = cuddE(bFR);
+            bF1 = cuddT(bFR);
+        }
+
+
+        bPos0  = extraBddSpaceFromFunctionPos( dd, bF0 );
+        if ( bPos0 == NULL )
+            return NULL;
+        cuddRef( bPos0 );
+
+        bPos1  = extraBddSpaceFromFunctionPos( dd, bF1 );
+        if ( bPos1 == NULL )
+        {
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bPos0 );
+            return NULL;
+        }
+        cuddRef( bPos1 );
+
+        bRes0  = cuddBddAndRecur( dd, bPos0, bPos1 );
+        if ( bRes0 == NULL )
+        {
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bPos0 );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bPos1 );
+            return NULL;
+        }
+        cuddRef( bRes0 );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bPos0 );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bPos1 );
+
+
+        bNeg0  = extraBddSpaceFromFunctionNeg( dd, bF0 );
+        if ( bNeg0 == NULL )
+        {
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bRes0 );
+            return NULL;
+        }
+        cuddRef( bNeg0 );
+
+        bNeg1  = extraBddSpaceFromFunctionNeg( dd, bF1 );
+        if ( bNeg1 == NULL )
+        {
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bRes0 );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bNeg0 );
+            return NULL;
+        }
+        cuddRef( bNeg1 );
+
+        bRes1  = cuddBddAndRecur( dd, bNeg0, bNeg1 );
+        if ( bRes1 == NULL )
+        {
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bRes0 );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bNeg0 );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bNeg1 );
+            return NULL;
+        }
+        cuddRef( bRes1 );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bNeg0 );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bNeg1 );
+
+
+        // consider the case when Res0 and Res1 are the same node 
+        if ( bRes0 == bRes1 )
+            bRes = bRes1;
+        // consider the case when Res1 is complemented 
+        else if ( Cudd_IsComplement(bRes1) ) 
+        {
+            bRes = cuddUniqueInter( dd, bFR->index, Cudd_Not(bRes1), Cudd_Not(bRes0) );
+            if ( bRes == NULL ) 
+            {
+                Cudd_RecursiveDeref(dd,bRes0);
+                Cudd_RecursiveDeref(dd,bRes1);
+                return NULL;
+            }
+            bRes = Cudd_Not(bRes);
+        } 
+        else 
+        {
+            bRes = cuddUniqueInter( dd, bFR->index, bRes1, bRes0 );
+            if ( bRes == NULL ) 
+            {
+                Cudd_RecursiveDeref(dd,bRes0);
+                Cudd_RecursiveDeref(dd,bRes1);
+                return NULL;
+            }
+        }
+        cuddDeref( bRes0 );
+        cuddDeref( bRes1 );
+
+        cuddCacheInsert1( dd, extraBddSpaceFromFunctionPos, bF, bRes );
+        return bRes;
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Performs the recursive step of Extra_bddSpaceFromFunctionPos().]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+DdNode * extraBddSpaceFromFunctionNeg( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bF )
+{
+    DdNode * bRes, * bFR;
+    statLine( dd );
+
+    bFR = Cudd_Regular(bF);
+    if ( cuddIsConstant(bFR) )
+        return b0;
+
+    if ( bRes = cuddCacheLookup1(dd, extraBddSpaceFromFunctionNeg, bF) )
+        return bRes;
+    else
+    {
+        DdNode * bF0,   * bF1;
+        DdNode * bPos0, * bPos1;
+        DdNode * bNeg0, * bNeg1;
+        DdNode * bRes0, * bRes1; 
+
+        if ( bFR != bF ) // bF is complemented 
+        {
+            bF0 = Cudd_Not( cuddE(bFR) );
+            bF1 = Cudd_Not( cuddT(bFR) );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            bF0 = cuddE(bFR);
+            bF1 = cuddT(bFR);
+        }
+
+
+        bPos0  = extraBddSpaceFromFunctionNeg( dd, bF0 );
+        if ( bPos0 == NULL )
+            return NULL;
+        cuddRef( bPos0 );
+
+        bPos1  = extraBddSpaceFromFunctionNeg( dd, bF1 );
+        if ( bPos1 == NULL )
+        {
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bPos0 );
+            return NULL;
+        }
+        cuddRef( bPos1 );
+
+        bRes0  = cuddBddAndRecur( dd, bPos0, bPos1 );
+        if ( bRes0 == NULL )
+        {
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bPos0 );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bPos1 );
+            return NULL;
+        }
+        cuddRef( bRes0 );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bPos0 );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bPos1 );
+
+
+        bNeg0  = extraBddSpaceFromFunctionPos( dd, bF0 );
+        if ( bNeg0 == NULL )
+        {
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bRes0 );
+            return NULL;
+        }
+        cuddRef( bNeg0 );
+
+        bNeg1  = extraBddSpaceFromFunctionPos( dd, bF1 );
+        if ( bNeg1 == NULL )
+        {
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bRes0 );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bNeg0 );
+            return NULL;
+        }
+        cuddRef( bNeg1 );
+
+        bRes1  = cuddBddAndRecur( dd, bNeg0, bNeg1 );
+        if ( bRes1 == NULL )
+        {
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bRes0 );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bNeg0 );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bNeg1 );
+            return NULL;
+        }
+        cuddRef( bRes1 );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bNeg0 );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bNeg1 );
+
+
+        // consider the case when Res0 and Res1 are the same node 
+        if ( bRes0 == bRes1 )
+            bRes = bRes1;
+        // consider the case when Res1 is complemented 
+        else if ( Cudd_IsComplement(bRes1) ) 
+        {
+            bRes = cuddUniqueInter( dd, bFR->index, Cudd_Not(bRes1), Cudd_Not(bRes0) );
+            if ( bRes == NULL ) 
+            {
+                Cudd_RecursiveDeref(dd,bRes0);
+                Cudd_RecursiveDeref(dd,bRes1);
+                return NULL;
+            }
+            bRes = Cudd_Not(bRes);
+        } 
+        else 
+        {
+            bRes = cuddUniqueInter( dd, bFR->index, bRes1, bRes0 );
+            if ( bRes == NULL ) 
+            {
+                Cudd_RecursiveDeref(dd,bRes0);
+                Cudd_RecursiveDeref(dd,bRes1);
+                return NULL;
+            }
+        }
+        cuddDeref( bRes0 );
+        cuddDeref( bRes1 );
+
+        cuddCacheInsert1( dd, extraBddSpaceFromFunctionNeg, bF, bRes );
+        return bRes;
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Performs the recursive step of Extra_bddSpaceCanonVars().]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+DdNode * extraBddSpaceCanonVars( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bF )
+{
+    DdNode * bRes, * bFR;
+    statLine( dd );
+
+    bFR = Cudd_Regular(bF);
+    if ( cuddIsConstant(bFR) )
+        return bF;
+
+    if ( bRes = cuddCacheLookup1(dd, extraBddSpaceCanonVars, bF) )
+        return bRes;
+    else
+    {
+        DdNode * bF0,  * bF1;
+        DdNode * bRes, * bRes0; 
+
+        if ( bFR != bF ) // bF is complemented 
+        {
+            bF0 = Cudd_Not( cuddE(bFR) );
+            bF1 = Cudd_Not( cuddT(bFR) );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            bF0 = cuddE(bFR);
+            bF1 = cuddT(bFR);
+        }
+
+        if ( bF0 == b0 )
+        {
+            bRes = extraBddSpaceCanonVars( dd, bF1 );
+            if ( bRes == NULL )
+                return NULL;
+        }
+        else if ( bF1 == b0 )
+        {
+            bRes = extraBddSpaceCanonVars( dd, bF0 );
+            if ( bRes == NULL )
+                return NULL;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            bRes0 = extraBddSpaceCanonVars( dd, bF0 );
+            if ( bRes0 == NULL )
+                return NULL;
+            cuddRef( bRes0 );
+
+            bRes = cuddUniqueInter( dd, bFR->index, bRes0, b0 );
+            if ( bRes == NULL ) 
+            {
+                Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd,bRes0 );
+                return NULL;
+            }
+            cuddDeref( bRes0 );
+        }
+
+        cuddCacheInsert1( dd, extraBddSpaceCanonVars, bF, bRes );
+        return bRes;
+    }
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Performs the recursive step of Extra_bddSpaceEquationsPos().]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+DdNode * extraBddSpaceEquationsPos( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bF )
+{
+    DdNode * zRes;
+    statLine( dd );
+
+    if ( bF == b0 )
+        return z1;
+    if ( bF == b1 )
+        return z0;
+    
+    if ( zRes = cuddCacheLookup1Zdd(dd, extraBddSpaceEquationsPos, bF) )
+        return zRes;
+    else
+    {
+        DdNode * bFR, * bF0,  * bF1;
+        DdNode * zPos0, * zPos1, * zNeg1; 
+        DdNode * zRes, * zRes0, * zRes1;
+
+        bFR = Cudd_Regular(bF);
+        if ( bFR != bF ) // bF is complemented 
+        {
+            bF0 = Cudd_Not( cuddE(bFR) );
+            bF1 = Cudd_Not( cuddT(bFR) );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            bF0 = cuddE(bFR);
+            bF1 = cuddT(bFR);
+        }
+
+        if ( bF0 == b0 )
+        {
+            zRes1 = extraBddSpaceEquationsPos( dd, bF1 );
+            if ( zRes1 == NULL )
+                return NULL;
+            cuddRef( zRes1 );
+
+            // add the current element to the set
+            zRes = cuddZddGetNode( dd, 2*bFR->index, z1, zRes1 );
+            if ( zRes == NULL ) 
+            {
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd(dd, zRes1);
+                return NULL;
+            }
+            cuddDeref( zRes1 );
+        }
+        else if ( bF1 == b0 )
+        {
+            zRes = extraBddSpaceEquationsPos( dd, bF0 );
+            if ( zRes == NULL )
+                return NULL;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            zPos0 = extraBddSpaceEquationsPos( dd, bF0 );
+            if ( zPos0 == NULL )
+                return NULL;
+            cuddRef( zPos0 );
+
+            zPos1 = extraBddSpaceEquationsPos( dd, bF1 );
+            if ( zPos1 == NULL )
+            {
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd(dd, zPos0);
+                return NULL;
+            }
+            cuddRef( zPos1 );
+
+            zNeg1 = extraBddSpaceEquationsNeg( dd, bF1 );
+            if ( zNeg1 == NULL )
+            {
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd(dd, zPos0);
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd(dd, zPos1);
+                return NULL;
+            }
+            cuddRef( zNeg1 );
+
+
+            zRes0 = cuddZddIntersect( dd, zPos0, zPos1 );
+            if ( zRes0 == NULL )
+            {
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd(dd, zNeg1);
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd(dd, zPos0);
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd(dd, zPos1);
+                return NULL;
+            }
+            cuddRef( zRes0 );
+
+            zRes1 = cuddZddIntersect( dd, zPos0, zNeg1 );
+            if ( zRes1 == NULL )
+            {
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd(dd, zRes0);
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd(dd, zNeg1);
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd(dd, zPos0);
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd(dd, zPos1);
+                return NULL;
+            }
+            cuddRef( zRes1 );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd(dd, zNeg1);
+            Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd(dd, zPos0);
+            Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd(dd, zPos1);
+            // only zRes0 and zRes1 are refed at this point
+
+            zRes = cuddZddGetNode( dd, 2*bFR->index, zRes1, zRes0 );
+            if ( zRes == NULL ) 
+            {
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd(dd, zRes0);
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd(dd, zRes1);
+                return NULL;
+            }
+            cuddDeref( zRes0 );
+            cuddDeref( zRes1 );
+        }
+
+        cuddCacheInsert1( dd, extraBddSpaceEquationsPos, bF, zRes );
+        return zRes;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Performs the recursive step of Extra_bddSpaceEquationsNev().]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+DdNode * extraBddSpaceEquationsNeg( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bF )
+{
+    DdNode * zRes;
+    statLine( dd );
+
+    if ( bF == b0 )
+        return z1;
+    if ( bF == b1 )
+        return z0;
+    
+    if ( zRes = cuddCacheLookup1Zdd(dd, extraBddSpaceEquationsNeg, bF) )
+        return zRes;
+    else
+    {
+        DdNode * bFR, * bF0,  * bF1;
+        DdNode * zPos0, * zPos1, * zNeg1; 
+        DdNode * zRes, * zRes0, * zRes1;
+
+        bFR = Cudd_Regular(bF);
+        if ( bFR != bF ) // bF is complemented 
+        {
+            bF0 = Cudd_Not( cuddE(bFR) );
+            bF1 = Cudd_Not( cuddT(bFR) );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            bF0 = cuddE(bFR);
+            bF1 = cuddT(bFR);
+        }
+
+        if ( bF0 == b0 )
+        {
+            zRes = extraBddSpaceEquationsNeg( dd, bF1 );
+            if ( zRes == NULL )
+                return NULL;
+        }
+        else if ( bF1 == b0 )
+        {
+            zRes0 = extraBddSpaceEquationsNeg( dd, bF0 );
+            if ( zRes0 == NULL )
+                return NULL;
+            cuddRef( zRes0 );
+
+            // add the current element to the set
+            zRes = cuddZddGetNode( dd, 2*bFR->index, z1, zRes0 );
+            if ( zRes == NULL ) 
+            {
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd(dd, zRes0);
+                return NULL;
+            }
+            cuddDeref( zRes0 );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            zPos0 = extraBddSpaceEquationsNeg( dd, bF0 );
+            if ( zPos0 == NULL )
+                return NULL;
+            cuddRef( zPos0 );
+
+            zPos1 = extraBddSpaceEquationsNeg( dd, bF1 );
+            if ( zPos1 == NULL )
+            {
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd(dd, zPos0);
+                return NULL;
+            }
+            cuddRef( zPos1 );
+
+            zNeg1 = extraBddSpaceEquationsPos( dd, bF1 );
+            if ( zNeg1 == NULL )
+            {
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd(dd, zPos0);
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd(dd, zPos1);
+                return NULL;
+            }
+            cuddRef( zNeg1 );
+
+
+            zRes0 = cuddZddIntersect( dd, zPos0, zPos1 );
+            if ( zRes0 == NULL )
+            {
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd(dd, zNeg1);
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd(dd, zPos0);
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd(dd, zPos1);
+                return NULL;
+            }
+            cuddRef( zRes0 );
+
+            zRes1 = cuddZddIntersect( dd, zPos0, zNeg1 );
+            if ( zRes1 == NULL )
+            {
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd(dd, zRes0);
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd(dd, zNeg1);
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd(dd, zPos0);
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd(dd, zPos1);
+                return NULL;
+            }
+            cuddRef( zRes1 );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd(dd, zNeg1);
+            Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd(dd, zPos0);
+            Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd(dd, zPos1);
+            // only zRes0 and zRes1 are refed at this point
+
+            zRes = cuddZddGetNode( dd, 2*bFR->index, zRes1, zRes0 );
+            if ( zRes == NULL ) 
+            {
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd(dd, zRes0);
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd(dd, zRes1);
+                return NULL;
+            }
+            cuddDeref( zRes0 );
+            cuddDeref( zRes1 );
+        }
+
+        cuddCacheInsert1( dd, extraBddSpaceEquationsNeg, bF, zRes );
+        return zRes;
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Performs the recursive step of Extra_bddSpaceFromFunctionPos().]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+DdNode * extraBddSpaceFromMatrixPos( DdManager * dd, DdNode * zA )
+{
+    DdNode * bRes;
+    statLine( dd );
+
+    if ( zA == z0 )
+        return b1;
+    if ( zA == z1 )
+        return b1;
+
+    if ( bRes = cuddCacheLookup1(dd, extraBddSpaceFromMatrixPos, zA) )
+        return bRes;
+    else
+    {
+        DdNode * bP0, * bP1;
+        DdNode * bN0, * bN1;
+        DdNode * bRes0, * bRes1; 
+
+        bP0  = extraBddSpaceFromMatrixPos( dd, cuddE(zA) );
+        if ( bP0 == NULL )
+            return NULL;
+        cuddRef( bP0 );
+
+        bP1  = extraBddSpaceFromMatrixPos( dd, cuddT(zA) );
+        if ( bP1 == NULL )
+        {
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bP0 );
+            return NULL;
+        }
+        cuddRef( bP1 );
+
+        bRes0  = cuddBddAndRecur( dd, bP0, bP1 );
+        if ( bRes0 == NULL )
+        {
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bP0 );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bP1 );
+            return NULL;
+        }
+        cuddRef( bRes0 );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bP0 );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bP1 );
+
+
+        bN0  = extraBddSpaceFromMatrixPos( dd, cuddE(zA) );
+        if ( bN0 == NULL )
+        {
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bRes0 );
+            return NULL;
+        }
+        cuddRef( bN0 );
+
+        bN1  = extraBddSpaceFromMatrixNeg( dd, cuddT(zA) );
+        if ( bN1 == NULL )
+        {
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bRes0 );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bN0 );
+            return NULL;
+        }
+        cuddRef( bN1 );
+
+        bRes1  = cuddBddAndRecur( dd, bN0, bN1 );
+        if ( bRes1 == NULL )
+        {
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bRes0 );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bN0 );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bN1 );
+            return NULL;
+        }
+        cuddRef( bRes1 );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bN0 );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bN1 );
+
+
+        // consider the case when Res0 and Res1 are the same node 
+        if ( bRes0 == bRes1 )
+            bRes = bRes1;
+        // consider the case when Res1 is complemented 
+        else if ( Cudd_IsComplement(bRes1) ) 
+        {
+            bRes = cuddUniqueInter( dd, zA->index/2, Cudd_Not(bRes1), Cudd_Not(bRes0) );
+            if ( bRes == NULL ) 
+            {
+                Cudd_RecursiveDeref(dd,bRes0);
+                Cudd_RecursiveDeref(dd,bRes1);
+                return NULL;
+            }
+            bRes = Cudd_Not(bRes);
+        } 
+        else 
+        {
+            bRes = cuddUniqueInter( dd, zA->index/2, bRes1, bRes0 );
+            if ( bRes == NULL ) 
+            {
+                Cudd_RecursiveDeref(dd,bRes0);
+                Cudd_RecursiveDeref(dd,bRes1);
+                return NULL;
+            }
+        }
+        cuddDeref( bRes0 );
+        cuddDeref( bRes1 );
+
+        cuddCacheInsert1( dd, extraBddSpaceFromMatrixPos, zA, bRes );
+        return bRes;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Performs the recursive step of Extra_bddSpaceFromFunctionPos().]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+DdNode * extraBddSpaceFromMatrixNeg( DdManager * dd, DdNode * zA )
+{
+    DdNode * bRes;
+    statLine( dd );
+
+    if ( zA == z0 )
+        return b1;
+    if ( zA == z1 )
+        return b0;
+
+    if ( bRes = cuddCacheLookup1(dd, extraBddSpaceFromMatrixNeg, zA) )
+        return bRes;
+    else
+    {
+        DdNode * bP0, * bP1;
+        DdNode * bN0, * bN1;
+        DdNode * bRes0, * bRes1; 
+
+        bP0  = extraBddSpaceFromMatrixNeg( dd, cuddE(zA) );
+        if ( bP0 == NULL )
+            return NULL;
+        cuddRef( bP0 );
+
+        bP1  = extraBddSpaceFromMatrixNeg( dd, cuddT(zA) );
+        if ( bP1 == NULL )
+        {
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bP0 );
+            return NULL;
+        }
+        cuddRef( bP1 );
+
+        bRes0  = cuddBddAndRecur( dd, bP0, bP1 );
+        if ( bRes0 == NULL )
+        {
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bP0 );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bP1 );
+            return NULL;
+        }
+        cuddRef( bRes0 );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bP0 );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bP1 );
+
+
+        bN0  = extraBddSpaceFromMatrixNeg( dd, cuddE(zA) );
+        if ( bN0 == NULL )
+        {
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bRes0 );
+            return NULL;
+        }
+        cuddRef( bN0 );
+
+        bN1  = extraBddSpaceFromMatrixPos( dd, cuddT(zA) );
+        if ( bN1 == NULL )
+        {
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bRes0 );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bN0 );
+            return NULL;
+        }
+        cuddRef( bN1 );
+
+        bRes1  = cuddBddAndRecur( dd, bN0, bN1 );
+        if ( bRes1 == NULL )
+        {
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bRes0 );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bN0 );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bN1 );
+            return NULL;
+        }
+        cuddRef( bRes1 );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bN0 );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bN1 );
+
+
+        // consider the case when Res0 and Res1 are the same node 
+        if ( bRes0 == bRes1 )
+            bRes = bRes1;
+        // consider the case when Res1 is complemented 
+        else if ( Cudd_IsComplement(bRes1) ) 
+        {
+            bRes = cuddUniqueInter( dd, zA->index/2, Cudd_Not(bRes1), Cudd_Not(bRes0) );
+            if ( bRes == NULL ) 
+            {
+                Cudd_RecursiveDeref(dd,bRes0);
+                Cudd_RecursiveDeref(dd,bRes1);
+                return NULL;
+            }
+            bRes = Cudd_Not(bRes);
+        } 
+        else 
+        {
+            bRes = cuddUniqueInter( dd, zA->index/2, bRes1, bRes0 );
+            if ( bRes == NULL ) 
+            {
+                Cudd_RecursiveDeref(dd,bRes0);
+                Cudd_RecursiveDeref(dd,bRes1);
+                return NULL;
+            }
+        }
+        cuddDeref( bRes0 );
+        cuddDeref( bRes1 );
+
+        cuddCacheInsert1( dd, extraBddSpaceFromMatrixNeg, zA, bRes );
+        return bRes;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Definition of static functions                                            */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
diff --git a/src/misc/extra/extraBddCas.c b/src/misc/extra/extraBddCas.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..29382bfb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/extra/extraBddCas.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1230 @@
+/**CFile****************************************************************
+
+  FileName    [extraBddCas.c]
+
+  PackageName [extra]
+
+  Synopsis    [Procedures related to LUT cascade synthesis.]
+
+  Author      [Alan Mishchenko]
+
+  Affiliation [UC Berkeley]
+
+  Date        [Ver. 2.0. Started - September 1, 2003.]
+
+  Revision    [$Id: extraBddCas.c,v 1.0 2003/05/21 18:03:50 alanmi Exp $]
+
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "extra.h"
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Constant declarations                                                     */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Stucture declarations                                                     */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Type declarations                                                         */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+// the table to store cofactor operations
+#define _TABLESIZE_COF  51113
+typedef struct 
+{
+    unsigned Sign;  
+    DdNode * Arg1;  
+} _HashEntry_cof;
+_HashEntry_cof HHTable1[_TABLESIZE_COF];
+
+// the table to store the result of computation of the number of minterms
+#define _TABLESIZE_MINT  15113
+typedef struct 
+{
+    DdNode * Arg1;  
+    unsigned Arg2;  
+    unsigned Res;  
+} _HashEntry_mint;
+_HashEntry_mint HHTable2[_TABLESIZE_MINT];
+
+typedef struct 
+{
+    int      nEdges;  // the number of in-coming edges of the node
+    DdNode * bSum;    // the sum of paths of the incoming edges
+} traventry;
+
+// the signature used for hashing
+static unsigned s_Signature = 1;
+
+static int s_CutLevel = 0;
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Variable declarations                                                     */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+// because the proposed solution to the optimal encoding problem has exponential complexity
+// we limit the depth of the branch and bound procedure to 5 levels
+static int s_MaxDepth = 5;      
+
+static int s_nVarsBest;          // the number of vars in the best ordering
+static int s_VarOrderBest[32];   // storing the best ordering of vars in the "simple encoding"
+static int s_VarOrderCur[32];    // storing the current ordering of vars
+ 
+// the place to store the supports of the encoded function
+static DdNode * s_Field[8][256]; // the size should be K, 2^K, where K is no less than MaxDepth
+static DdNode * s_Encoded;       // this is the original function
+static DdNode * s_VarAll;        // the set of all column variables
+static int s_MultiStart;         // the total number of encoding variables used
+// the array field now stores the supports
+
+static DdNode ** s_pbTemp;       // the temporary storage for the columns
+
+static int s_BackTracks;
+static int s_BackTrackLimit = 100;
+
+static DdNode * s_Terminal;      // the terminal value for counting minterms
+
+
+static int s_EncodingVarsLevel;
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Macro declarations                                                        */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+/**AutomaticStart*************************************************************/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Static function prototypes                                                */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static DdNode * CreateTheCodes_rec( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bEncoded, int Level, DdNode ** pCVars );
+static void EvaluateEncodings_rec( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bVarsCol, int nVarsCol, int nMulti, int Level );
+// functions called from EvaluateEncodings_rec()
+static DdNode * ComputeVarSetAndCountMinterms( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bVars, DdNode * bVarTop, unsigned * Cost );
+static DdNode * ComputeVarSetAndCountMinterms2( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bVars, DdNode * bVarTop, unsigned * Cost );
+unsigned Extra_CountCofactorMinterms( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bFunc, DdNode * bVarsCof, DdNode * bVarsAll );
+static unsigned Extra_CountMintermsSimple( DdNode * bFunc, unsigned max );
+
+static void CountNodeVisits_rec( DdManager * dd, DdNode * aFunc, st_table * Visited );
+static void CollectNodesAndComputePaths_rec( DdManager * dd, DdNode * aFunc, DdNode * bCube, st_table * Visited, st_table * CutNodes );
+
+/**AutomaticEnd***************************************************************/
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Definition of exported functions                                          */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Performs the binary encoding of the set of function using the given vars.]
+
+  Description [Performs a straight binary encoding of the set of functions using 
+  the variable cubes formed from the given set of variables. ]
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+DdNode * 
+Extra_bddEncodingBinary( 
+  DdManager * dd, 
+  DdNode ** pbFuncs,    // pbFuncs is the array of columns to be encoded
+  int nFuncs,           // nFuncs is the number of columns in the array
+  DdNode ** pbVars,     // pbVars is the array of variables to use for the codes
+  int nVars )           // nVars is the column multiplicity, [log2(nFuncs)]
+{
+    int i;
+    DdNode * bResult;
+    DdNode * bCube, * bTemp, * bProd;
+
+    assert( nVars >= Extra_Base2Log(nFuncs) );
+
+    bResult = b0;   Cudd_Ref( bResult );
+    for ( i = 0; i < nFuncs; i++ )
+    {
+        bCube   = Extra_bddBitsToCube( dd, i, nVars, pbVars, 1 );   Cudd_Ref( bCube );
+        bProd   = Cudd_bddAnd( dd, bCube, pbFuncs[i] );         Cudd_Ref( bProd );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bCube );
+
+        bResult = Cudd_bddOr( dd, bProd, bTemp = bResult );     Cudd_Ref( bResult );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bTemp );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bProd );
+    }
+
+    Cudd_Deref( bResult );
+    return bResult;
+} /* end of Extra_bddEncodingBinary */
+
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Solves the column encoding problem using a sophisticated method.]
+
+  Description [The encoding is based on the idea of deriving functions which 
+  depend on only one variable, which corresponds to the case of non-disjoint 
+  decompostion. It is assumed that the variables pCVars are ordered below the variables
+  representing the solumns, and the first variable pCVars[0] is the topmost one.]
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     [Extra_bddEncodingBinary]
+
+******************************************************************************/
+
+DdNode * 
+Extra_bddEncodingNonStrict( 
+  DdManager * dd, 
+  DdNode ** pbColumns,   // pbColumns is the array of columns to be encoded;
+  int nColumns,          // nColumns is the number of columns in the array
+  DdNode * bVarsCol,     // bVarsCol is the cube of variables on which the columns depend
+  DdNode ** pCVars,      // pCVars is the array of variables to use for the codes
+  int nMulti,            // nMulti is the column multiplicity, [log2(nColumns)]
+  int * pSimple )        // pSimple gets the number of code variables taken from the input varibles without change
+{
+    DdNode * bEncoded, * bResult;
+    int nVarsCol = Cudd_SupportSize(dd,bVarsCol);
+    long clk;
+
+    // cannot work with more that 32-bit codes
+    assert( nMulti < 32 );
+
+    // perform the preliminary encoding using the straight binary code
+    bEncoded = Extra_bddEncodingBinary( dd, pbColumns, nColumns, pCVars, nMulti );   Cudd_Ref( bEncoded );
+    //printf( "Node count = %d", Cudd_DagSize(bEncoded) );
+
+    // set the backgroup value for counting minterms
+    s_Terminal = b0;
+    // set the level of the encoding variables
+    s_EncodingVarsLevel = dd->invperm[pCVars[0]->index];
+
+    // the current number of backtracks
+    s_BackTracks = 0;
+    // the variables that are cofactored on the topmost level where everything starts (no vars)
+    s_Field[0][0] = b1;   
+    // the size of the best set of "simple" encoding variables found so far
+    s_nVarsBest   = 0;
+
+    // set the relation to be accessible to traversal procedures
+    s_Encoded = bEncoded;
+    // the set of all vars to be accessible to traversal procedures
+    s_VarAll  = bVarsCol;
+    // the column multiplicity
+    s_MultiStart  = nMulti;
+
+
+    clk = clock();
+    // find the simplest encoding
+    if ( nColumns > 2 )
+    EvaluateEncodings_rec( dd, bVarsCol, nVarsCol, nMulti, 1 );
+//    printf( "The number of backtracks = %d\n", s_BackTracks );
+//    s_EncSearchTime += clock() - clk;
+
+    // allocate the temporary storage for the columns
+    s_pbTemp = (DdNode **) malloc( nColumns * sizeof(DdNode *) );
+
+//    clk = clock();
+    bResult = CreateTheCodes_rec( dd, bEncoded, 0, pCVars );   Cudd_Ref( bResult );
+//    s_EncComputeTime += clock() - clk;
+    
+    // delocate the preliminarily encoded set
+    Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bEncoded );
+//    Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, aEncoded );
+
+    free( s_pbTemp );
+
+    *pSimple = s_nVarsBest;
+    Cudd_Deref( bResult );
+    return bResult;
+}
+ 
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Collects the nodes under the cut and, for each node, computes the sum of paths leading to it from the root.]
+
+  Description [The table returned contains the set of BDD nodes pointed to under the cut
+  and, for each node, the BDD of the sum of paths leading to this node from the root
+  The sums of paths in the table are referenced. CutLevel is the first DD level 
+  considered to be under the cut.]
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     [Extra_bddNodePaths]
+
+******************************************************************************/
+st_table * Extra_bddNodePathsUnderCut( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bFunc, int CutLevel )
+{
+    st_table * Visited;  // temporary table to remember the visited nodes
+    st_table * CutNodes; // the result goes here
+    st_table * Result; // the result goes here
+    DdNode * aFunc;
+
+    s_CutLevel = CutLevel;
+
+    Result  = st_init_table(st_ptrcmp,st_ptrhash);
+    // the terminal cases
+    if ( Cudd_IsConstant( bFunc ) )
+    {
+        if ( bFunc == b1 )
+        {
+            st_insert( Result, (char*)b1, (char*)b1 );
+            Cudd_Ref( b1 );
+            Cudd_Ref( b1 );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            st_insert( Result, (char*)b0, (char*)b0 );
+            Cudd_Ref( b0 );
+            Cudd_Ref( b0 );
+        }
+        return Result;
+    }
+
+    // create the ADD to simplify processing (no complemented edges)
+    aFunc = Cudd_BddToAdd( dd, bFunc );   Cudd_Ref( aFunc );
+
+    // Step 1: Start the tables and collect information about the nodes above the cut 
+    // this information tells how many edges point to each node
+    Visited  = st_init_table(st_ptrcmp,st_ptrhash);
+    CutNodes = st_init_table(st_ptrcmp,st_ptrhash);
+
+    CountNodeVisits_rec( dd, aFunc, Visited );
+
+    // Step 2: Traverse the BDD using the visited table and compute the sum of paths
+    CollectNodesAndComputePaths_rec( dd, aFunc, b1, Visited, CutNodes );
+
+    // at this point the table of cut nodes is ready and the table of visited is useless
+    {
+        st_generator * gen;
+        DdNode * aNode;
+        traventry * p;
+        st_foreach_item( Visited, gen, (char**)&aNode, (char**)&p ) 
+        {
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, p->bSum );
+            free( p );
+        }
+        st_free_table( Visited );
+    }
+
+    // go through the table CutNodes and create the BDD and the path to be returned
+    {
+        st_generator * gen;
+        DdNode * aNode, * bNode, * bSum;
+        st_foreach_item( CutNodes, gen, (char**)&aNode, (char**)&bSum) 
+        {
+            // aNode is not referenced, because aFunc is holding it
+            bNode = Cudd_addBddPattern( dd, aNode );  Cudd_Ref( bNode ); 
+            st_insert( Result, (char*)bNode, (char*)bSum );
+            // the new table takes both refs
+        }
+        st_free_table( CutNodes );
+    }
+
+    // dereference the ADD
+    Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, aFunc );
+
+    // return the table
+    return Result;
+
+} /* end of Extra_bddNodePathsUnderCut */
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Collects the nodes under the cut in the ADD starting from the given set of ADD nodes.]
+
+  Description [Takes the array, paNodes, of ADD nodes to start the traversal,
+  the array, pbCubes, of BDD cubes to start the traversal with in each node, 
+  and the number, nNodes, of ADD nodes and BDD cubes in paNodes and pbCubes. 
+  Returns the number of columns found. Fills in paNodesRes (pbCubesRes) 
+  with the set of ADD columns (BDD paths). These arrays should be allocated 
+  by the user.]
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     [Extra_bddNodePaths]
+
+******************************************************************************/
+int Extra_bddNodePathsUnderCutArray( DdManager * dd, DdNode ** paNodes, DdNode ** pbCubes, int nNodes, DdNode ** paNodesRes, DdNode ** pbCubesRes, int CutLevel )
+{
+    st_table * Visited;  // temporary table to remember the visited nodes
+    st_table * CutNodes; // the nodes under the cut go here
+    int i, Counter;
+
+    s_CutLevel = CutLevel;
+
+    // there should be some nodes
+    assert( nNodes > 0 );
+    if ( nNodes == 1 && Cudd_IsConstant( paNodes[0] ) )
+    {
+        if ( paNodes[0] == a1 )
+        {
+            paNodesRes[0] = a1;          Cudd_Ref( a1 );
+            pbCubesRes[0] = pbCubes[0];  Cudd_Ref( pbCubes[0] );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            paNodesRes[0] = a0;          Cudd_Ref( a0 );
+            pbCubesRes[0] = pbCubes[0];  Cudd_Ref( pbCubes[0] );
+        }
+        return 1;
+    }
+
+    // Step 1: Start the table and collect information about the nodes above the cut 
+    // this information tells how many edges point to each node
+    CutNodes = st_init_table(st_ptrcmp,st_ptrhash);
+    Visited  = st_init_table(st_ptrcmp,st_ptrhash);
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < nNodes; i++ )
+        CountNodeVisits_rec( dd, paNodes[i], Visited );
+
+    // Step 2: Traverse the BDD using the visited table and compute the sum of paths
+    for ( i = 0; i < nNodes; i++ )
+        CollectNodesAndComputePaths_rec( dd, paNodes[i], pbCubes[i], Visited, CutNodes );
+
+    // at this point, the table of cut nodes is ready and the table of visited is useless
+    {
+        st_generator * gen;
+        DdNode * aNode;
+        traventry * p;
+        st_foreach_item( Visited, gen, (char**)&aNode, (char**)&p ) 
+        {
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, p->bSum );
+            free( p );
+        }
+        st_free_table( Visited );
+    }
+
+    // go through the table CutNodes and create the BDD and the path to be returned
+    {
+        st_generator * gen;
+        DdNode * aNode, * bSum;
+        Counter = 0;
+        st_foreach_item( CutNodes, gen, (char**)&aNode, (char**)&bSum) 
+        {
+            paNodesRes[Counter] = aNode;   Cudd_Ref( aNode ); 
+            pbCubesRes[Counter] = bSum;
+            Counter++;
+        }
+        st_free_table( CutNodes );
+    }
+
+    // return the number of cofactors found
+    return Counter;
+
+} /* end of Extra_bddNodePathsUnderCutArray */
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Collects all the BDD nodes into the table.]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void extraCollectNodes( DdNode * Func, st_table * tNodes )
+{
+    DdNode * FuncR;
+    FuncR = Cudd_Regular(Func);
+    if ( st_find_or_add( tNodes, (char*)FuncR, NULL ) )
+        return;
+    if ( cuddIsConstant(FuncR) )
+        return;
+    extraCollectNodes( cuddE(FuncR), tNodes );
+    extraCollectNodes( cuddT(FuncR), tNodes );
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Collects all the nodes of one DD into the table.]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+st_table * Extra_CollectNodes( DdNode * Func )
+{
+    st_table * tNodes;
+    tNodes = st_init_table( st_ptrcmp, st_ptrhash );
+    extraCollectNodes( Func, tNodes );
+    return tNodes;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Updates the topmost level from which the given node is referenced.]
+
+  Description [Takes the table which maps each BDD nodes (including the constants)
+  into the topmost level on which this node counts as a cofactor. Takes the topmost
+  level, on which this node counts as a cofactor (see Extra_ProfileWidthFast(). 
+  Takes the node, for which the table entry should be updated.]
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void extraProfileUpdateTopLevel( st_table * tNodeTopRef, int TopLevelNew, DdNode * node )
+{
+    int * pTopLevel;
+
+    if ( st_find_or_add( tNodeTopRef, (char*)node, (char***)&pTopLevel ) )
+    { // the node is already referenced
+        // the current top level should be updated if it is larger than the new level
+        if ( *pTopLevel > TopLevelNew ) 
+             *pTopLevel = TopLevelNew;
+    }
+    else
+    { // the node is not referenced
+        // its level should be set to the current new level
+        *pTopLevel = TopLevelNew;
+    }
+}
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Fast computation of the BDD profile.]
+
+  Description [The array to store the profile is given by the user and should
+  contain at least as many entries as there is the maximum of the BDD/ZDD
+  size of the manager PLUS ONE.
+  When we say that the widths of the DD on level L is W, we mean the following.
+  Let us create the cut between the level L-1 and the level L and count the number
+  of different DD nodes pointed to across the cut. This number is the width W.
+  From this it follows the on level 0, the width is equal to the number of external
+  pointers to the considered DDs. If there is only one DD, then the profile on 
+  level 0 is always 1. If this DD is rooted in the topmost variable, then the width
+  on level 1 is always 2, etc. The width at the level equal to dd->size is the
+  number of terminal nodes in the DD. (Because we consider the first level #0
+  and the last level #dd->size, the profile array should contain dd->size+1 entries.)
+  ]
+
+  SideEffects [This procedure will not work for BDDs w/ complement edges, only for ADDs and ZDDs]
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Extra_ProfileWidth( DdManager * dd, DdNode * Func, int * pProfile, int CutLevel )
+{
+    st_generator * gen;
+    st_table * tNodeTopRef; // this table stores the top level from which this node is pointed to
+    st_table * tNodes;
+    DdNode * node;
+    DdNode * nodeR;
+    int LevelStart, Limit;
+    int    i, size;
+    int WidthMax;
+  
+    // start the mapping table
+    tNodeTopRef = st_init_table(st_ptrcmp,st_ptrhash);
+    // add the topmost node to the profile
+    extraProfileUpdateTopLevel( tNodeTopRef, 0, Func );
+
+    // collect all nodes
+    tNodes = Extra_CollectNodes( Func );
+    // go though all the nodes and set the top level the cofactors are pointed from
+//    Cudd_ForeachNode( dd, Func, genDD, node )
+    st_foreach_item( tNodes, gen, (char**)&node, NULL )
+    {
+//        assert( Cudd_Regular(node) );  // this procedure works only with ADD/ZDD (not BDD w/ compl.edges)
+        nodeR = Cudd_Regular(node);
+        if ( cuddIsConstant(nodeR) )
+            continue;
+        // this node is not a constant - consider its cofactors
+        extraProfileUpdateTopLevel( tNodeTopRef, dd->perm[node->index]+1, cuddE(nodeR) );
+        extraProfileUpdateTopLevel( tNodeTopRef, dd->perm[node->index]+1, cuddT(nodeR) );
+    }
+    st_free_table( tNodes );
+
+    // clean the profile
+    size = ddMax(dd->size, dd->sizeZ) + 1;
+    for ( i = 0; i < size; i++ ) 
+        pProfile[i] = 0;
+
+    // create the profile
+    st_foreach_item( tNodeTopRef, gen, (char**)&node, (char**)&LevelStart )
+    {
+        nodeR = Cudd_Regular(node);
+        Limit = (cuddIsConstant(nodeR))? dd->size: dd->perm[nodeR->index];
+        for ( i = LevelStart; i <= Limit; i++ )
+            pProfile[i]++;
+    }
+
+    if ( CutLevel != -1 && CutLevel != 0  )
+        size = CutLevel;
+
+    // get the max width
+    WidthMax = 0;
+    for ( i = 0; i < size; i++ ) 
+        if ( WidthMax < pProfile[i] )
+            WidthMax = pProfile[i];
+
+    // deref the table
+    st_free_table( tNodeTopRef );
+
+    return WidthMax;
+} /* end of Extra_ProfileWidth */
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Definition of internal functions                                          */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Definition of static functions                                            */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Computes the non-strict codes when evaluation is finished.]
+
+  Description [The information about the best code is stored in s_VarOrderBest,
+  which has s_nVarsBest entries.]
+
+  SideEffects [None]
+
+******************************************************************************/
+DdNode * CreateTheCodes_rec( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bEncoded, int Level, DdNode ** pCVars )
+// bEncoded is the preliminarily encoded set of columns
+// Level is the current level in the recursion
+// pCVars are the variables to be used for encoding
+{
+    DdNode * bRes;
+    if ( Level == s_nVarsBest )
+    { // the terminal case, when we need to remap the encoded function 
+        // from the preliminary encoded variables to the new ones
+        st_table * CutNodes;
+        int nCols;
+//        double nMints;
+/*
+#ifdef _DEBUG
+
+        {
+        DdNode * bTemp;
+        // make sure that the given number of variables is enough
+        bTemp  = Cudd_bddExistAbstract( dd, bEncoded, s_VarAll );           Cudd_Ref( bTemp );
+//        nMints = Cudd_CountMinterm( dd, bTemp, s_MultiStart );
+        nMints = Extra_CountMintermsSimple( bTemp, (1<<s_MultiStart) );
+        if ( nMints > Extra_Power2( s_MultiStart-Level ) ) 
+        {  // the number of minterms is too large to encode the columns 
+           // using the given minimum number of encoding variables
+            assert( 0 );
+        }
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bTemp );
+        }
+#endif
+*/
+        // get the columns to be re-encoded
+        CutNodes = Extra_bddNodePathsUnderCut( dd, bEncoded, s_EncodingVarsLevel );
+        // LUT size is the cut level because because the temporary encoding variables 
+        // are above the functional variables - this is not true!!!
+        // the temporary variables are below!
+
+        // put the entries from the table into the temporary array
+        { 
+            st_generator * gen;
+            DdNode * bColumn, * bCode;
+            nCols = 0;
+            st_foreach_item( CutNodes, gen, (char**)&bCode, (char**)&bColumn ) 
+            {
+                if ( bCode == b0 )
+                { // the unused part of the columns
+                    Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bColumn );
+                    Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bCode );
+                    continue;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    s_pbTemp[ nCols ] = bColumn; // takes ref
+                    Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bCode );
+                    nCols++;
+                }
+            }
+            st_free_table( CutNodes );
+//            assert( nCols == (int)nMints );
+        }
+
+        // encode the columns
+        if ( s_MultiStart-Level == 0 ) // we reached the bottom level of recursion
+        {
+            assert( nCols       == 1 );
+//            assert( (int)nMints == 1 );
+            bRes = s_pbTemp[0];     Cudd_Ref( bRes );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            bRes = Extra_bddEncodingBinary( dd, s_pbTemp, nCols, pCVars+Level, s_MultiStart-Level ); Cudd_Ref( bRes );
+        }
+
+        // deref the columns
+        {
+            int i;
+            for ( i = 0; i < nCols; i++ )
+                Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, s_pbTemp[i] );
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // cofactor the problem as specified in the best solution
+        DdNode * bCof0,  * bCof1;
+        DdNode * bRes0,  * bRes1;
+        DdNode * bProd0, * bProd1;
+        DdNode * bTemp;
+        DdNode * bVarNext = dd->vars[ s_VarOrderBest[Level] ];
+
+        bCof0  = Cudd_Cofactor( dd, bEncoded,  Cudd_Not( bVarNext ) );   Cudd_Ref( bCof0 );
+        bCof1  = Cudd_Cofactor( dd, bEncoded,            bVarNext   );   Cudd_Ref( bCof1 );
+
+        // call recursively
+        bRes0 = CreateTheCodes_rec( dd, bCof0, Level+1, pCVars );  Cudd_Ref( bRes0 );
+        bRes1 = CreateTheCodes_rec( dd, bCof1, Level+1, pCVars );  Cudd_Ref( bRes1 );
+
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bCof0 );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bCof1 );
+
+        // compose the result using the identity (bVarNext <=> pCVars[Level])  - this is wrong!
+        // compose the result as follows: x'y'F0 + xyF1
+        bProd0 = Cudd_bddAnd( dd, Cudd_Not(bVarNext), Cudd_Not(pCVars[Level]) );   Cudd_Ref( bProd0 );
+        bProd1 = Cudd_bddAnd( dd,          bVarNext ,          pCVars[Level]  );   Cudd_Ref( bProd1 );
+
+        bProd0 = Cudd_bddAnd( dd, bTemp = bProd0, bRes0 );   Cudd_Ref( bProd0 );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bTemp );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bRes0 );
+
+        bProd1 = Cudd_bddAnd( dd, bTemp = bProd1, bRes1 );   Cudd_Ref( bProd1 );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bTemp );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bRes1 );
+
+        bRes = Cudd_bddOr( dd, bProd0, bProd1 );             Cudd_Ref( bRes );
+
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bProd0 );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bProd1 );
+    }
+    Cudd_Deref( bRes );
+    return bRes;
+}
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Computes the current set of variables and counts the number of minterms.]
+
+  Description [Old implementation.]
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+void EvaluateEncodings_rec( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bVarsCol, int nVarsCol, int nMulti, int Level )
+// bVarsCol is the set of remaining variables
+// nVarsCol is the number of remaining variables
+// nMulti is the number of encoding variables to be used
+// Level is the level of recursion, from which this function is called
+// if we successfully finish this procedure, Level also stands for how many encoding variabled we saved
+{
+    int i, k;
+    int nEntries = (1<<(Level-1)); // the number of entries in the field of the previous level
+    DdNode * bVars0, * bVars1; // the cofactors
+    unsigned nMint0, nMint1;   // the number of minterms
+    DdNode * bTempV;
+    DdNode * bVarTop;
+    int fBreak;
+
+
+    // there is no need to search above this level
+    if ( Level > s_MaxDepth )
+        return;
+
+    // if there are no variables left, quit the research
+    if ( bVarsCol == b1 )
+        return;
+
+    if ( s_BackTracks > s_BackTrackLimit )
+        return;
+
+    s_BackTracks++;
+
+    // otherwise, go through the remaining variables
+    for ( bTempV = bVarsCol; bTempV != b1; bTempV = cuddT(bTempV) )
+    {
+        // the currently tested variable
+        bVarTop = dd->vars[bTempV->index];
+
+        // put it into the array
+        s_VarOrderCur[Level-1] = bTempV->index;
+
+        // go through the entries and fill them out by cofactoring
+        fBreak = 0;
+        for ( i = 0; i < nEntries; i++ )
+        {
+            bVars0 = ComputeVarSetAndCountMinterms( dd, s_Field[Level-1][i], Cudd_Not(bVarTop), &nMint0 );
+            Cudd_Ref( bVars0 );
+
+            if ( nMint0 > Extra_Power2( nMulti-1 ) ) 
+            {
+                // there is no way to encode - dereference and return
+                Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bVars0 );
+                fBreak = 1;
+                break;
+            }
+
+            bVars1 = ComputeVarSetAndCountMinterms( dd, s_Field[Level-1][i], bVarTop, &nMint1 );
+            Cudd_Ref( bVars1 );
+
+            if ( nMint1 > Extra_Power2( nMulti-1 ) ) 
+            {
+                // there is no way to encode - dereference and return
+                Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bVars0 );
+                Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bVars1 );
+                fBreak = 1;
+                break;
+            }
+
+            // otherwise, add these two cofactors
+            s_Field[Level][2*i + 0] = bVars0; // takes ref
+            s_Field[Level][2*i + 1] = bVars1; // takes ref
+        } 
+
+        if ( !fBreak )
+        {
+            DdNode * bVarsRem;
+            // if we ended up here, it means that the cofactors w.r.t. variable bVarTop satisfy the condition
+            // save this situation
+            if ( s_nVarsBest < Level )
+            {
+                s_nVarsBest = Level;
+                // copy the variable assignment
+                for ( k = 0; k < Level; k++ )
+                    s_VarOrderBest[k] = s_VarOrderCur[k];
+            }
+
+            // call recursively
+            // get the new variable set
+            if ( nMulti-1 > 0 )
+            {
+                bVarsRem = Cudd_bddExistAbstract( dd, bVarsCol, bVarTop );   Cudd_Ref( bVarsRem );
+                EvaluateEncodings_rec( dd, bVarsRem, nVarsCol-1, nMulti-1, Level+1 );
+                Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bVarsRem );
+            }
+        }
+
+        // deref the contents of the array
+        for ( k = 0; k < i; k++ )
+        {
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, s_Field[Level][2*k + 0] );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, s_Field[Level][2*k + 1] );
+        }
+
+        // if the solution is found, there is no need to continue
+        if ( s_nVarsBest == s_MaxDepth )
+            return;
+
+        // if the solution is found, there is no need to continue
+        if ( s_nVarsBest == s_MultiStart )
+            return;
+    }
+    // at this point, we have tried all possible directions in the space of variables
+}
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Computes the current set of variables and counts the number of minterms.]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+DdNode * ComputeVarSetAndCountMinterms( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bVars, DdNode * bVarTop, unsigned * Cost )
+// takes bVars - the variables cofactored so far (some of them may be in negative polarity)
+// bVarTop - the topmost variable w.r.t. which to cofactor (may be in negative polarity)
+// returns the cost and the new set of variables (bVars & bVarTop)
+{
+    DdNode * bVarsRes;
+
+    // get the resulting set of variables
+    bVarsRes = Cudd_bddAnd( dd, bVars, bVarTop );  Cudd_Ref( bVarsRes );
+
+    // increment signature before calling Cudd_CountCofactorMinterms()
+    s_Signature++;
+    *Cost = Extra_CountCofactorMinterms( dd, s_Encoded, bVarsRes, s_VarAll );
+
+    Cudd_Deref( bVarsRes );
+//    s_CountCalls++;
+    return bVarsRes;
+}
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Computes the current set of variables and counts the number of minterms.]
+
+  Description [The old implementation, which is approximately 4 times slower.]
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+DdNode * ComputeVarSetAndCountMinterms2( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bVars, DdNode * bVarTop, unsigned * Cost )
+{
+    DdNode * bVarsRes;
+    DdNode * bCof, * bFun;
+
+    bVarsRes = Cudd_bddAnd( dd, bVars, bVarTop );             Cudd_Ref( bVarsRes );
+
+    bCof  = Cudd_Cofactor( dd, s_Encoded,  bVarsRes );        Cudd_Ref( bCof );
+    bFun  = Cudd_bddExistAbstract( dd, bCof, s_VarAll );      Cudd_Ref( bFun );
+    *Cost = (unsigned)Cudd_CountMinterm( dd, bFun, s_MultiStart );
+    Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bFun );
+    Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bCof );
+
+    Cudd_Deref( bVarsRes );
+//    s_CountCalls++;
+    return bVarsRes;
+}
+
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Counts the number of encoding minterms pointed to by the cofactor of the function.]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects [None]
+
+******************************************************************************/
+unsigned Extra_CountCofactorMinterms( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bFunc, DdNode * bVarsCof, DdNode * bVarsAll )
+// this function computes how many minterms depending on the encoding variables
+// are there in the cofactor of bFunc w.r.t. variables bVarsCof
+// bFunc is assumed to depend on variables s_VarsAll
+// the variables s_VarsAll should be ordered above the encoding variables
+{
+    unsigned HKey;
+    DdNode * bFuncR;
+
+    // if the function is zero, there are no minterms
+//    if ( bFunc == b0 )
+//        return 0;
+
+//    if ( st_lookup(Visited, (char*)bFunc, NULL) )
+//        return 0;
+
+//    HKey = hashKey2c( s_Signature, bFuncR );
+//    if ( HHTable1[HKey].Sign == s_Signature && HHTable1[HKey].Arg1 == bFuncR ) // this node is visited
+//        return 0;
+
+
+    // check the hash-table 
+    bFuncR = Cudd_Regular(bFunc);
+//    HKey = hashKey2( s_Signature, bFuncR, _TABLESIZE_COF );
+    HKey = hashKey2( s_Signature, bFunc, _TABLESIZE_COF );
+    for ( ;  HHTable1[HKey].Sign == s_Signature; HKey = (HKey+1) % _TABLESIZE_COF )
+//        if ( HHTable1[HKey].Arg1 == bFuncR ) // this node is visited
+        if ( HHTable1[HKey].Arg1 == bFunc ) // this node is visited
+            return 0;
+
+
+    // if the function is already the code
+    if ( dd->perm[bFuncR->index] >= s_EncodingVarsLevel )
+    {
+//        st_insert(Visited, (char*)bFunc, NULL);
+
+//        HHTable1[HKey].Sign = s_Signature;
+//        HHTable1[HKey].Arg1 = bFuncR;
+
+        assert( HHTable1[HKey].Sign != s_Signature );
+        HHTable1[HKey].Sign = s_Signature;
+//        HHTable1[HKey].Arg1 = bFuncR;
+        HHTable1[HKey].Arg1 = bFunc;
+
+        return Extra_CountMintermsSimple( bFunc, (1<<s_MultiStart) );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        DdNode * bFunc0,    * bFunc1;
+        DdNode * bVarsCof0, * bVarsCof1;
+        DdNode * bVarsCofR = Cudd_Regular(bVarsCof);
+        unsigned Res;
+
+        // get the levels
+        int LevelF = dd->perm[bFuncR->index];
+        int LevelC = cuddI(dd,bVarsCofR->index);
+        int LevelA = dd->perm[bVarsAll->index];
+
+        int LevelTop = LevelF;
+
+        if ( LevelTop > LevelC )
+             LevelTop = LevelC;
+
+        if ( LevelTop > LevelA )
+             LevelTop = LevelA;
+
+        // the top var in the function or in cofactoring vars always belongs to the set of all vars
+        assert( !( LevelTop == LevelF || LevelTop == LevelC ) || LevelTop == LevelA );
+
+        // cofactor the function
+        if ( LevelTop == LevelF )
+        {
+            if ( bFuncR != bFunc ) // bFunc is complemented 
+            {
+                bFunc0 = Cudd_Not( cuddE(bFuncR) );
+                bFunc1 = Cudd_Not( cuddT(bFuncR) );
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                bFunc0 = cuddE(bFuncR);
+                bFunc1 = cuddT(bFuncR);
+            }
+        }
+        else // bVars is higher in the variable order 
+            bFunc0 = bFunc1 = bFunc;
+
+        // cofactor the cube
+        if ( LevelTop == LevelC )
+        {
+            if ( bVarsCofR != bVarsCof ) // bFunc is complemented 
+            {
+                bVarsCof0 = Cudd_Not( cuddE(bVarsCofR) );
+                bVarsCof1 = Cudd_Not( cuddT(bVarsCofR) );
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                bVarsCof0 = cuddE(bVarsCofR);
+                bVarsCof1 = cuddT(bVarsCofR);
+            }
+        }
+        else // bVars is higher in the variable order 
+            bVarsCof0 = bVarsCof1 = bVarsCof;
+
+        // there are two cases: 
+        // (1) the top variable belongs to the cofactoring variables
+        // (2) the top variable does not belong to the cofactoring variables
+
+        // (1) the top variable belongs to the cofactoring variables
+        Res = 0;
+        if ( LevelTop == LevelC )
+        {
+            if ( bVarsCof1 == b0 ) // this is a negative cofactor
+            {
+                if ( bFunc0 != b0 )
+                Res = Extra_CountCofactorMinterms( dd, bFunc0, bVarsCof0, cuddT(bVarsAll) );
+            }
+            else                        // this is a positive cofactor
+            {
+                if ( bFunc1 != b0 )
+                Res = Extra_CountCofactorMinterms( dd, bFunc1, bVarsCof1, cuddT(bVarsAll) );
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            if ( bFunc0 != b0 )
+            Res += Extra_CountCofactorMinterms( dd, bFunc0, bVarsCof0, cuddT(bVarsAll) );
+            
+            if ( bFunc1 != b0 )
+            Res += Extra_CountCofactorMinterms( dd, bFunc1, bVarsCof1, cuddT(bVarsAll) );
+        }
+
+//        st_insert(Visited, (char*)bFunc, NULL);
+
+//        HHTable1[HKey].Sign = s_Signature;
+//        HHTable1[HKey].Arg1 = bFuncR;
+
+        // skip through the entries with the same signatures 
+        // (these might have been created at the time of recursive calls)
+        for ( ; HHTable1[HKey].Sign == s_Signature; HKey = (HKey+1) % _TABLESIZE_COF );
+        assert( HHTable1[HKey].Sign != s_Signature );
+        HHTable1[HKey].Sign = s_Signature;
+//        HHTable1[HKey].Arg1 = bFuncR;
+        HHTable1[HKey].Arg1 = bFunc;
+
+        return Res;
+    }
+}
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Counts the number of minterms.]
+
+  Description [This function counts minterms for functions up to 32 variables
+  using a local cache. The terminal value (s_Termina) should be adjusted for
+  BDDs and ADDs.]
+
+  SideEffects [None]
+
+******************************************************************************/
+unsigned Extra_CountMintermsSimple( DdNode * bFunc, unsigned max )
+{
+    unsigned HKey;
+
+    // normalize
+    if ( Cudd_IsComplement(bFunc) )
+        return max - Extra_CountMintermsSimple( Cudd_Not(bFunc), max );
+
+    // now it is known that the function is not complemented
+    if ( cuddIsConstant(bFunc) )
+        return ((bFunc==s_Terminal)? 0: max);
+
+    // check cache
+    HKey = hashKey2( bFunc, max, _TABLESIZE_MINT );
+    if ( HHTable2[HKey].Arg1 == bFunc && HHTable2[HKey].Arg2 == max )
+        return HHTable2[HKey].Res;
+    else
+    {
+        // min = min0/2 + min1/2;
+        unsigned min = (Extra_CountMintermsSimple( cuddE(bFunc), max ) >> 1) +
+                       (Extra_CountMintermsSimple( cuddT(bFunc), max ) >> 1);
+
+        HHTable2[HKey].Arg1 = bFunc;
+        HHTable2[HKey].Arg2 = max;
+        HHTable2[HKey].Res  = min;
+
+        return min;
+    }
+}    /* end of Extra_CountMintermsSimple */
+
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Visits the nodes.]
+
+  Description [Visits the nodes above the cut and the nodes pointed to below the cut;
+  collects the visited nodes, counts how many times each node is visited, and sets 
+  the path-sum to be the constant zero BDD.]
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+void CountNodeVisits_rec( DdManager * dd, DdNode * aFunc, st_table * Visited )
+
+{
+    traventry * p;
+    char **slot;
+    if ( st_find_or_add(Visited, (char*)aFunc, &slot) )
+    { // the entry already exists
+        p = (traventry*) *slot;
+        // increment the counter of incoming edges
+        p->nEdges++;
+        return; 
+    }
+    // this node has not been visited
+    assert( !Cudd_IsComplement(aFunc) );
+
+    // create the new traversal entry
+    p = (traventry *) malloc( sizeof(traventry) );
+    // set the initial sum of edges to zero BDD
+    p->bSum = b0;   Cudd_Ref( b0 );
+    // set the starting number of incoming edges
+    p->nEdges = 1;
+    // set this entry into the slot
+    *slot = (char*)p;
+
+    // recur if the node is above the cut
+    if ( cuddI(dd,aFunc->index) < s_CutLevel )
+    {
+        CountNodeVisits_rec( dd, cuddE(aFunc), Visited );
+        CountNodeVisits_rec( dd, cuddT(aFunc), Visited );
+    }
+} /* end of CountNodeVisits_rec */
+
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Revisits the nodes and computes the paths.]
+
+  Description [This function visits the nodes above the cut having the goal of 
+  summing all the incomming BDD edges; when this function comes across the node 
+  below the cut, it saves this node in the CutNode table.]
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+void CollectNodesAndComputePaths_rec( DdManager * dd, DdNode * aFunc, DdNode * bCube, st_table * Visited, st_table * CutNodes )
+{    
+    // find the node in the visited table
+    DdNode * bTemp;
+    traventry * p;
+    char **slot;
+    if ( st_find_or_add(Visited, (char*)aFunc, &slot) )
+    { // the node is found
+        // get the pointer to the traversal entry
+        p = (traventry*) *slot;
+
+        // make sure that the counter of incoming edges is positive
+        assert( p->nEdges > 0 );
+
+        // add the cube to the currently accumulated cubes
+        p->bSum = Cudd_bddOr( dd, bTemp = p->bSum, bCube );  Cudd_Ref( p->bSum );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bTemp );
+
+        // decrement the number of visits
+        p->nEdges--;
+
+        // if more visits to this node are expected, return
+        if ( p->nEdges ) 
+            return;
+        else // if ( p->nEdges == 0 )
+        { // this is the last visit - propagate the cube
+
+            // check where this node is
+            if ( cuddI(dd,aFunc->index) < s_CutLevel )
+            { // the node is above the cut
+                DdNode * bCube0, * bCube1;
+
+                // get the top-most variable
+                DdNode * bVarTop = dd->vars[aFunc->index];
+
+                // compute the propagated cubes
+                bCube0 = Cudd_bddAnd( dd, p->bSum, Cudd_Not( bVarTop ) );   Cudd_Ref( bCube0 );
+                bCube1 = Cudd_bddAnd( dd, p->bSum,           bVarTop   );   Cudd_Ref( bCube1 );
+
+                // call recursively
+                CollectNodesAndComputePaths_rec( dd, cuddE(aFunc), bCube0, Visited, CutNodes );
+                CollectNodesAndComputePaths_rec( dd, cuddT(aFunc), bCube1, Visited, CutNodes );
+
+                // dereference the cubes
+                Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bCube0 );
+                Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bCube1 );
+                return;
+            }
+            else
+            { // the node is below the cut
+                // add this node to the cut node table, if it is not yet there
+
+//                DdNode * bNode;
+//                bNode = Cudd_addBddPattern( dd, aFunc );  Cudd_Ref( bNode );
+                if ( st_find_or_add(CutNodes, (char*)aFunc, &slot) )
+                { // the node exists - should never happen
+                    assert( 0 );
+                }
+                *slot = (char*) p->bSum;   Cudd_Ref( p->bSum );
+                // the table takes the reference of bNode
+                return;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    // the node does not exist in the visited table - should never happen
+    assert(0);
+
+} /* end of CollectNodesAndComputePaths_rec */
+
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                           END OF FILE                            ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
diff --git a/src/misc/extra/extraBddKmap.c b/src/misc/extra/extraBddKmap.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bb43db68
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/extra/extraBddKmap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,783 @@
+/**CFile****************************************************************
+
+  FileName    [extraBddKmap.c]
+
+  PackageName [extra]
+
+  Synopsis    [Visualizing the K-map.]
+
+  Author      [Alan Mishchenko]
+  
+  Affiliation [UC Berkeley]
+
+  Date        [Ver. 2.0. Started - September 1, 2003.]
+
+  Revision    [$Id: extraBddKmap.c,v 1.0 2003/05/21 18:03:50 alanmi Exp $]
+
+***********************************************************************/
+
+///      K-map visualization using pseudo graphics      ///
+///       Version 1.0. Started - August 20, 2000        ///
+///     Version 2.0. Added to EXTRA - July 17, 2001     ///
+
+#include "extra.h"
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Constant declarations                                                     */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+// the maximum number of variables in the Karnaugh Map
+#define MAXVARS 20
+
+/*
+// single line
+#define SINGLE_VERTICAL     (char)179
+#define SINGLE_HORIZONTAL   (char)196
+#define SINGLE_TOP_LEFT     (char)218
+#define SINGLE_TOP_RIGHT    (char)191
+#define SINGLE_BOT_LEFT     (char)192
+#define SINGLE_BOT_RIGHT    (char)217
+
+// double line
+#define DOUBLE_VERTICAL     (char)186
+#define DOUBLE_HORIZONTAL   (char)205
+#define DOUBLE_TOP_LEFT     (char)201
+#define DOUBLE_TOP_RIGHT    (char)187
+#define DOUBLE_BOT_LEFT     (char)200
+#define DOUBLE_BOT_RIGHT    (char)188
+
+// line intersections
+#define SINGLES_CROSS       (char)197
+#define DOUBLES_CROSS       (char)206
+#define S_HOR_CROSS_D_VER   (char)215
+#define S_VER_CROSS_D_HOR   (char)216
+
+// single line joining
+#define S_JOINS_S_VER_LEFT  (char)180
+#define S_JOINS_S_VER_RIGHT (char)195
+#define S_JOINS_S_HOR_TOP   (char)193
+#define S_JOINS_S_HOR_BOT   (char)194
+
+// double line joining
+#define D_JOINS_D_VER_LEFT  (char)185
+#define D_JOINS_D_VER_RIGHT (char)204
+#define D_JOINS_D_HOR_TOP   (char)202
+#define D_JOINS_D_HOR_BOT   (char)203
+
+// single line joining double line
+#define S_JOINS_D_VER_LEFT  (char)182
+#define S_JOINS_D_VER_RIGHT (char)199
+#define S_JOINS_D_HOR_TOP   (char)207
+#define S_JOINS_D_HOR_BOT   (char)209
+*/
+
+// single line
+#define SINGLE_VERTICAL     (char)'|'
+#define SINGLE_HORIZONTAL   (char)'-'
+#define SINGLE_TOP_LEFT     (char)'+'
+#define SINGLE_TOP_RIGHT    (char)'+'
+#define SINGLE_BOT_LEFT     (char)'+'
+#define SINGLE_BOT_RIGHT    (char)'+'
+
+// double line
+#define DOUBLE_VERTICAL     (char)'|'
+#define DOUBLE_HORIZONTAL   (char)'-'
+#define DOUBLE_TOP_LEFT     (char)'+'
+#define DOUBLE_TOP_RIGHT    (char)'+'
+#define DOUBLE_BOT_LEFT     (char)'+'
+#define DOUBLE_BOT_RIGHT    (char)'+'
+
+// line intersections
+#define SINGLES_CROSS       (char)'+'
+#define DOUBLES_CROSS       (char)'+'
+#define S_HOR_CROSS_D_VER   (char)'+'
+#define S_VER_CROSS_D_HOR   (char)'+'
+
+// single line joining
+#define S_JOINS_S_VER_LEFT  (char)'+'
+#define S_JOINS_S_VER_RIGHT (char)'+'
+#define S_JOINS_S_HOR_TOP   (char)'+'
+#define S_JOINS_S_HOR_BOT   (char)'+'
+
+// double line joining
+#define D_JOINS_D_VER_LEFT  (char)'+'
+#define D_JOINS_D_VER_RIGHT (char)'+'
+#define D_JOINS_D_HOR_TOP   (char)'+'
+#define D_JOINS_D_HOR_BOT   (char)'+'
+
+// single line joining double line
+#define S_JOINS_D_VER_LEFT  (char)'+'
+#define S_JOINS_D_VER_RIGHT (char)'+'
+#define S_JOINS_D_HOR_TOP   (char)'+'
+#define S_JOINS_D_HOR_BOT   (char)'+'
+
+
+// other symbols
+#define UNDERSCORE          (char)95
+//#define SYMBOL_ZERO       (char)248   // degree sign
+//#define SYMBOL_ZERO         (char)'o'
+#define SYMBOL_ZERO         (char)' '
+#define SYMBOL_ONE          (char)'1'
+#define SYMBOL_DC           (char)'-'
+#define SYMBOL_OVERLAP      (char)'?'
+
+// full cells and half cells
+#define CELL_FREE           (char)32
+#define CELL_FULL           (char)219
+#define HALF_UPPER          (char)223
+#define HALF_LOWER          (char)220
+#define HALF_LEFT           (char)221
+#define HALF_RIGHT          (char)222
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Structure declarations                                                    */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Type declarations                                                         */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Variable declarations                                                     */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+// the array of BDD variables used internally
+static DdNode * s_XVars[MAXVARS];
+
+// flag which determines where the horizontal variable names are printed
+static int fHorizontalVarNamesPrintedAbove = 1;
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Macro declarations                                                        */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+/**AutomaticStart*************************************************************/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Static function prototypes                                                */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+// Oleg's way of generating the gray code
+static int GrayCode( int BinCode );
+static int BinCode ( int GrayCode );
+
+/**AutomaticEnd***************************************************************/
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Definition of exported functions                                          */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Prints the K-map of the function.]
+
+  Description [If the pointer to the array of variables XVars is NULL,
+               fSuppType determines how the support will be determined.
+               fSuppType == 0 -- takes the first nVars of the manager
+               fSuppType == 1 -- takes the topmost nVars of the manager
+               fSuppType == 2 -- determines support from the on-set and the offset
+               ]
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+void Extra_PrintKMap( 
+  FILE * Output,  /* the output stream */
+  DdManager * dd, 
+  DdNode * OnSet, 
+  DdNode * OffSet, 
+  int nVars, 
+  DdNode ** XVars, 
+  int fSuppType, /* the flag which determines how support is computed */
+  char ** pVarNames )
+{
+    int d, p, n, s, v, h, w;
+    int nVarsVer;
+    int nVarsHor;
+    int nCellsVer;
+    int nCellsHor;
+    int nSkipSpaces;
+
+    // make sure that on-set and off-set do not overlap
+    if ( !Cudd_bddLeq( dd, OnSet, Cudd_Not(OffSet) ) )
+    {
+        fprintf( Output, "PrintKMap(): The on-set and the off-set overlap\n" );
+        return;
+    }
+/*
+    if ( OnSet == b1 )
+    {
+        fprintf( Output, "PrintKMap(): Constant 1\n" );
+        return;
+    }
+    if ( OffSet == b1 )
+    {
+        fprintf( Output, "PrintKMap(): Constant 0\n" );
+        return;
+    }
+*/
+    if ( nVars < 0 || nVars > MAXVARS )
+    {
+        fprintf( Output, "PrintKMap(): The number of variables is less than zero or more than %d\n", MAXVARS );
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // determine the support if it is not given
+    if ( XVars == NULL )
+    {
+        if ( fSuppType == 0 )
+        {   // assume that the support includes the first nVars of the manager
+            assert( nVars );
+            for ( v = 0; v < nVars; v++ )
+                s_XVars[v] = Cudd_bddIthVar( dd, v );
+        }
+        else if ( fSuppType == 1 )
+        {   // assume that the support includes the topmost nVars of the manager
+            assert( nVars );
+            for ( v = 0; v < nVars; v++ )
+                s_XVars[v] = Cudd_bddIthVar( dd, dd->invperm[v] );
+        }
+        else // determine the support
+        {
+            DdNode * SuppOn, * SuppOff, * Supp;
+            int cVars = 0;
+            DdNode * TempSupp;
+
+            // determine support
+            SuppOn = Cudd_Support( dd, OnSet );         Cudd_Ref( SuppOn );
+            SuppOff = Cudd_Support( dd, OffSet );       Cudd_Ref( SuppOff );
+            Supp = Cudd_bddAnd( dd, SuppOn, SuppOff );  Cudd_Ref( Supp );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, SuppOn );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, SuppOff );
+
+            nVars = Cudd_SupportSize( dd, Supp );
+            if ( nVars > MAXVARS )
+            {
+                fprintf( Output, "PrintKMap(): The number of variables is more than %d\n", MAXVARS );
+                Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, Supp );
+                return;
+            }
+
+            // assign variables
+            for ( TempSupp = Supp; TempSupp != dd->one; TempSupp = Cudd_T(TempSupp), cVars++ )
+                s_XVars[cVars] = Cudd_bddIthVar( dd, TempSupp->index );
+
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, TempSupp );
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // copy variables
+        assert( XVars );
+        for ( v = 0; v < nVars; v++ )
+            s_XVars[v] = XVars[v];
+    }
+
+    ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+    // determine the Karnaugh map parameters
+    nVarsVer = nVars/2;
+    nVarsHor = nVars - nVarsVer;
+    nCellsVer = (1<<nVarsVer);
+    nCellsHor = (1<<nVarsHor);
+    nSkipSpaces = nVarsVer + 1;
+
+    ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+    // print variable names
+    fprintf( Output, "\n" );
+    for ( w = 0; w < nVarsVer; w++ )
+        if ( pVarNames == NULL )
+            fprintf( Output, "%c", 'a'+nVarsHor+w );
+        else
+            fprintf( Output, " %s", pVarNames[nVarsHor+w] );
+
+    if ( fHorizontalVarNamesPrintedAbove )
+    {
+        fprintf( Output, " \\ " );
+        for ( w = 0; w < nVarsHor; w++ )
+            if ( pVarNames == NULL )
+                fprintf( Output, "%c", 'a'+w );
+            else
+                fprintf( Output, "%s ", pVarNames[w] );
+    }
+    fprintf( Output, "\n" );
+
+    if ( fHorizontalVarNamesPrintedAbove )
+    {
+        ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+        // print horizontal digits
+        for ( d = 0; d < nVarsHor; d++ )
+        {
+            for ( p = 0; p < nSkipSpaces + 2; p++, fprintf( Output, " " ) );
+            for ( n = 0; n < nCellsHor; n++ )
+                if ( GrayCode(n) & (1<<(nVarsHor-1-d)) )
+                    fprintf( Output, "1   " );
+                else
+                    fprintf( Output, "0   " );
+            fprintf( Output, "\n" );
+        }
+    }
+
+    ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+    // print the upper line
+    for ( p = 0; p < nSkipSpaces; p++, fprintf( Output, " " ) );
+    fprintf( Output, "%c", DOUBLE_TOP_LEFT );
+    for ( s = 0; s < nCellsHor; s++ )
+    {
+        fprintf( Output, "%c", DOUBLE_HORIZONTAL );
+        fprintf( Output, "%c", DOUBLE_HORIZONTAL );
+        fprintf( Output, "%c", DOUBLE_HORIZONTAL );
+        if ( s != nCellsHor-1 )
+            if ( s&1 )
+                fprintf( Output, "%c", D_JOINS_D_HOR_BOT );
+            else
+                fprintf( Output, "%c", S_JOINS_D_HOR_BOT );
+    }
+    fprintf( Output, "%c", DOUBLE_TOP_RIGHT );
+    fprintf( Output, "\n" );
+
+    ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+    // print the map
+    for ( v = 0; v < nCellsVer; v++ )
+    {
+        DdNode * CubeVerBDD;
+
+        // print horizontal digits
+//      for ( p = 0; p < nSkipSpaces; p++, fprintf( Output, " " ) );
+        for ( n = 0; n < nVarsVer; n++ )
+            if ( GrayCode(v) & (1<<(nVarsVer-1-n)) )
+                fprintf( Output, "1" );
+            else
+                fprintf( Output, "0" );
+        fprintf( Output, " " );
+
+        // find vertical cube
+        CubeVerBDD = Extra_bddBitsToCube( dd, GrayCode(v), nVarsVer, s_XVars+nVarsHor, 1 );    Cudd_Ref( CubeVerBDD );
+
+        // print text line
+        fprintf( Output, "%c", DOUBLE_VERTICAL );
+        for ( h = 0; h < nCellsHor; h++ )
+        {
+            DdNode * CubeHorBDD, * Prod, * ValueOnSet, * ValueOffSet;
+
+            fprintf( Output, " " );
+//          fprintf( Output, "x" );
+            ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+            // determine what should be printed
+            CubeHorBDD  = Extra_bddBitsToCube( dd, GrayCode(h), nVarsHor, s_XVars, 1 );    Cudd_Ref( CubeHorBDD );
+            Prod = Cudd_bddAnd( dd, CubeHorBDD, CubeVerBDD );                   Cudd_Ref( Prod );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, CubeHorBDD );
+
+            ValueOnSet  = Cudd_Cofactor( dd, OnSet, Prod );                     Cudd_Ref( ValueOnSet );
+            ValueOffSet = Cudd_Cofactor( dd, OffSet, Prod );                    Cudd_Ref( ValueOffSet );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, Prod );
+
+            if ( ValueOnSet == b1 && ValueOffSet == b0 )
+                fprintf( Output, "%c", SYMBOL_ONE );
+            else if ( ValueOnSet == b0 && ValueOffSet == b1 )
+                fprintf( Output, "%c", SYMBOL_ZERO );
+            else if ( ValueOnSet == b0 && ValueOffSet == b0 ) 
+                fprintf( Output, "%c", SYMBOL_DC );
+            else if ( ValueOnSet == b1 && ValueOffSet == b1 ) 
+                fprintf( Output, "%c", SYMBOL_OVERLAP );
+            else
+                assert(0);
+
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, ValueOnSet );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, ValueOffSet );
+            ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+            fprintf( Output, " " );
+
+            if ( h != nCellsHor-1 )
+                if ( h&1 )
+                    fprintf( Output, "%c", DOUBLE_VERTICAL );
+                else
+                    fprintf( Output, "%c", SINGLE_VERTICAL );
+        }
+        fprintf( Output, "%c", DOUBLE_VERTICAL );
+        fprintf( Output, "\n" );
+
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, CubeVerBDD );
+
+        if ( v != nCellsVer-1 )
+        // print separator line
+        {
+            for ( p = 0; p < nSkipSpaces; p++, fprintf( Output, " " ) );
+            if ( v&1 )
+            {
+                fprintf( Output, "%c", D_JOINS_D_VER_RIGHT );
+                for ( s = 0; s < nCellsHor; s++ )
+                {
+                    fprintf( Output, "%c", DOUBLE_HORIZONTAL );
+                    fprintf( Output, "%c", DOUBLE_HORIZONTAL );
+                    fprintf( Output, "%c", DOUBLE_HORIZONTAL );
+                    if ( s != nCellsHor-1 )
+                        if ( s&1 )
+                            fprintf( Output, "%c", DOUBLES_CROSS );
+                        else
+                            fprintf( Output, "%c", S_VER_CROSS_D_HOR );
+                }
+                fprintf( Output, "%c", D_JOINS_D_VER_LEFT );
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                fprintf( Output, "%c", S_JOINS_D_VER_RIGHT );
+                for ( s = 0; s < nCellsHor; s++ )
+                {
+                    fprintf( Output, "%c", SINGLE_HORIZONTAL );
+                    fprintf( Output, "%c", SINGLE_HORIZONTAL );
+                    fprintf( Output, "%c", SINGLE_HORIZONTAL );
+                    if ( s != nCellsHor-1 )
+                        if ( s&1 )
+                            fprintf( Output, "%c", S_HOR_CROSS_D_VER );
+                        else
+                            fprintf( Output, "%c", SINGLES_CROSS );
+                }
+                fprintf( Output, "%c", S_JOINS_D_VER_LEFT );
+            }
+            fprintf( Output, "\n" );
+        }
+    }
+    
+    ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+    // print the lower line
+    for ( p = 0; p < nSkipSpaces; p++, fprintf( Output, " " ) );
+    fprintf( Output, "%c", DOUBLE_BOT_LEFT );
+    for ( s = 0; s < nCellsHor; s++ )
+    {
+        fprintf( Output, "%c", DOUBLE_HORIZONTAL );
+        fprintf( Output, "%c", DOUBLE_HORIZONTAL );
+        fprintf( Output, "%c", DOUBLE_HORIZONTAL );
+        if ( s != nCellsHor-1 )
+            if ( s&1 )
+                fprintf( Output, "%c", D_JOINS_D_HOR_TOP );
+            else
+                fprintf( Output, "%c", S_JOINS_D_HOR_TOP );
+    }
+    fprintf( Output, "%c", DOUBLE_BOT_RIGHT );
+    fprintf( Output, "\n" );
+
+    if ( !fHorizontalVarNamesPrintedAbove )
+    {
+        ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+        // print horizontal digits
+        for ( d = 0; d < nVarsHor; d++ )
+        {
+            for ( p = 0; p < nSkipSpaces + 2; p++, fprintf( Output, " " ) );
+            for ( n = 0; n < nCellsHor; n++ )
+                if ( GrayCode(n) & (1<<(nVarsHor-1-d)) )
+                    fprintf( Output, "1   " );
+                else
+                    fprintf( Output, "0   " );
+
+            /////////////////////////////////
+            fprintf( Output, "%c", (char)('a'+d) );
+            /////////////////////////////////
+            fprintf( Output, "\n" );
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Prints the K-map of the relation.]
+
+  Description [Assumes that the relation depends the first nXVars of XVars and 
+  the first nYVars of YVars. Draws X and Y vars and vertical and horizontal vars.]
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+void Extra_PrintKMapRelation( 
+  FILE * Output,  /* the output stream */
+  DdManager * dd, 
+  DdNode * OnSet, 
+  DdNode * OffSet, 
+  int nXVars, 
+  int nYVars, 
+  DdNode ** XVars, 
+  DdNode ** YVars ) /* the flag which determines how support is computed */
+{
+    int d, p, n, s, v, h, w;
+    int nVars;
+    int nVarsVer;
+    int nVarsHor;
+    int nCellsVer;
+    int nCellsHor;
+    int nSkipSpaces;
+
+    // make sure that on-set and off-set do not overlap
+    if ( !Cudd_bddLeq( dd, OnSet, Cudd_Not(OffSet) ) )
+    {
+        fprintf( Output, "PrintKMap(): The on-set and the off-set overlap\n" );
+        return;
+    }
+
+    if ( OnSet == b1 )
+    {
+        fprintf( Output, "PrintKMap(): Constant 1\n" );
+        return;
+    }
+    if ( OffSet == b1 )
+    {
+        fprintf( Output, "PrintKMap(): Constant 0\n" );
+        return;
+    }
+
+    nVars = nXVars + nYVars;
+    if ( nVars < 0 || nVars > MAXVARS )
+    {
+        fprintf( Output, "PrintKMap(): The number of variables is less than zero or more than %d\n", MAXVARS );
+        return;
+    }
+
+
+    ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+    // determine the Karnaugh map parameters
+    nVarsVer = nXVars;
+    nVarsHor = nYVars;
+    nCellsVer = (1<<nVarsVer);
+    nCellsHor = (1<<nVarsHor);
+    nSkipSpaces = nVarsVer + 1;
+
+    ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+    // print variable names
+    fprintf( Output, "\n" );
+    for ( w = 0; w < nVarsVer; w++ )
+        fprintf( Output, "%c", 'a'+nVarsHor+w );
+    if ( fHorizontalVarNamesPrintedAbove )
+    {
+        fprintf( Output, " \\ " );
+        for ( w = 0; w < nVarsHor; w++ )
+            fprintf( Output, "%c", 'a'+w );
+    }
+    fprintf( Output, "\n" );
+
+    if ( fHorizontalVarNamesPrintedAbove )
+    {
+        ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+        // print horizontal digits
+        for ( d = 0; d < nVarsHor; d++ )
+        {
+            for ( p = 0; p < nSkipSpaces + 2; p++, fprintf( Output, " " ) );
+            for ( n = 0; n < nCellsHor; n++ )
+                if ( GrayCode(n) & (1<<(nVarsHor-1-d)) )
+                    fprintf( Output, "1   " );
+                else
+                    fprintf( Output, "0   " );
+            fprintf( Output, "\n" );
+        }
+    }
+
+    ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+    // print the upper line
+    for ( p = 0; p < nSkipSpaces; p++, fprintf( Output, " " ) );
+    fprintf( Output, "%c", DOUBLE_TOP_LEFT );
+    for ( s = 0; s < nCellsHor; s++ )
+    {
+        fprintf( Output, "%c", DOUBLE_HORIZONTAL );
+        fprintf( Output, "%c", DOUBLE_HORIZONTAL );
+        fprintf( Output, "%c", DOUBLE_HORIZONTAL );
+        if ( s != nCellsHor-1 )
+            if ( s&1 )
+                fprintf( Output, "%c", D_JOINS_D_HOR_BOT );
+            else
+                fprintf( Output, "%c", S_JOINS_D_HOR_BOT );
+    }
+    fprintf( Output, "%c", DOUBLE_TOP_RIGHT );
+    fprintf( Output, "\n" );
+
+    ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+    // print the map
+    for ( v = 0; v < nCellsVer; v++ )
+    {
+        DdNode * CubeVerBDD;
+
+        // print horizontal digits
+//      for ( p = 0; p < nSkipSpaces; p++, fprintf( Output, " " ) );
+        for ( n = 0; n < nVarsVer; n++ )
+            if ( GrayCode(v) & (1<<(nVarsVer-1-n)) )
+                fprintf( Output, "1" );
+            else
+                fprintf( Output, "0" );
+        fprintf( Output, " " );
+
+        // find vertical cube
+//      CubeVerBDD = Extra_bddBitsToCube( dd, GrayCode(v), nVarsVer, s_XVars+nVarsHor );    Cudd_Ref( CubeVerBDD );
+        CubeVerBDD = Extra_bddBitsToCube( dd, GrayCode(v), nXVars, XVars, 1 );                 Cudd_Ref( CubeVerBDD );
+
+        // print text line
+        fprintf( Output, "%c", DOUBLE_VERTICAL );
+        for ( h = 0; h < nCellsHor; h++ )
+        {
+            DdNode * CubeHorBDD, * Prod, * ValueOnSet, * ValueOffSet;
+
+            fprintf( Output, " " );
+//          fprintf( Output, "x" );
+            ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+            // determine what should be printed
+//          CubeHorBDD  = Extra_bddBitsToCube( dd, GrayCode(h), nVarsHor, s_XVars );    Cudd_Ref( CubeHorBDD );
+            CubeHorBDD  = Extra_bddBitsToCube( dd, GrayCode(h), nYVars, YVars, 1 );        Cudd_Ref( CubeHorBDD );
+            Prod = Cudd_bddAnd( dd, CubeHorBDD, CubeVerBDD );                           Cudd_Ref( Prod );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, CubeHorBDD );
+
+            ValueOnSet  = Cudd_Cofactor( dd, OnSet, Prod );                     Cudd_Ref( ValueOnSet );
+            ValueOffSet = Cudd_Cofactor( dd, OffSet, Prod );                    Cudd_Ref( ValueOffSet );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, Prod );
+
+            if ( ValueOnSet == b1 && ValueOffSet == b0 )
+                fprintf( Output, "%c", SYMBOL_ONE );
+            else if ( ValueOnSet == b0 && ValueOffSet == b1 )
+                fprintf( Output, "%c", SYMBOL_ZERO );
+            else if ( ValueOnSet == b0 && ValueOffSet == b0 ) 
+                fprintf( Output, "%c", SYMBOL_DC );
+            else if ( ValueOnSet == b1 && ValueOffSet == b1 ) 
+                fprintf( Output, "%c", SYMBOL_OVERLAP );
+            else
+                assert(0);
+
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, ValueOnSet );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, ValueOffSet );
+            ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+            fprintf( Output, " " );
+
+            if ( h != nCellsHor-1 )
+                if ( h&1 )
+                    fprintf( Output, "%c", DOUBLE_VERTICAL );
+                else
+                    fprintf( Output, "%c", SINGLE_VERTICAL );
+        }
+        fprintf( Output, "%c", DOUBLE_VERTICAL );
+        fprintf( Output, "\n" );
+
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, CubeVerBDD );
+
+        if ( v != nCellsVer-1 )
+        // print separator line
+        {
+            for ( p = 0; p < nSkipSpaces; p++, fprintf( Output, " " ) );
+            if ( v&1 )
+            {
+                fprintf( Output, "%c", D_JOINS_D_VER_RIGHT );
+                for ( s = 0; s < nCellsHor; s++ )
+                {
+                    fprintf( Output, "%c", DOUBLE_HORIZONTAL );
+                    fprintf( Output, "%c", DOUBLE_HORIZONTAL );
+                    fprintf( Output, "%c", DOUBLE_HORIZONTAL );
+                    if ( s != nCellsHor-1 )
+                        if ( s&1 )
+                            fprintf( Output, "%c", DOUBLES_CROSS );
+                        else
+                            fprintf( Output, "%c", S_VER_CROSS_D_HOR );
+                }
+                fprintf( Output, "%c", D_JOINS_D_VER_LEFT );
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                fprintf( Output, "%c", S_JOINS_D_VER_RIGHT );
+                for ( s = 0; s < nCellsHor; s++ )
+                {
+                    fprintf( Output, "%c", SINGLE_HORIZONTAL );
+                    fprintf( Output, "%c", SINGLE_HORIZONTAL );
+                    fprintf( Output, "%c", SINGLE_HORIZONTAL );
+                    if ( s != nCellsHor-1 )
+                        if ( s&1 )
+                            fprintf( Output, "%c", S_HOR_CROSS_D_VER );
+                        else
+                            fprintf( Output, "%c", SINGLES_CROSS );
+                }
+                fprintf( Output, "%c", S_JOINS_D_VER_LEFT );
+            }
+            fprintf( Output, "\n" );
+        }
+    }
+    
+    ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+    // print the lower line
+    for ( p = 0; p < nSkipSpaces; p++, fprintf( Output, " " ) );
+    fprintf( Output, "%c", DOUBLE_BOT_LEFT );
+    for ( s = 0; s < nCellsHor; s++ )
+    {
+        fprintf( Output, "%c", DOUBLE_HORIZONTAL );
+        fprintf( Output, "%c", DOUBLE_HORIZONTAL );
+        fprintf( Output, "%c", DOUBLE_HORIZONTAL );
+        if ( s != nCellsHor-1 )
+            if ( s&1 )
+                fprintf( Output, "%c", D_JOINS_D_HOR_TOP );
+            else
+                fprintf( Output, "%c", S_JOINS_D_HOR_TOP );
+    }
+    fprintf( Output, "%c", DOUBLE_BOT_RIGHT );
+    fprintf( Output, "\n" );
+
+    if ( !fHorizontalVarNamesPrintedAbove )
+    {
+        ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+        // print horizontal digits
+        for ( d = 0; d < nVarsHor; d++ )
+        {
+            for ( p = 0; p < nSkipSpaces + 2; p++, fprintf( Output, " " ) );
+            for ( n = 0; n < nCellsHor; n++ )
+                if ( GrayCode(n) & (1<<(nVarsHor-1-d)) )
+                    fprintf( Output, "1   " );
+                else
+                    fprintf( Output, "0   " );
+
+            /////////////////////////////////
+            fprintf( Output, "%c", (char)('a'+d) );
+            /////////////////////////////////
+            fprintf( Output, "\n" );
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Definition of static functions                                            */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+int GrayCode ( int BinCode )
+{
+  return BinCode ^ ( BinCode >> 1 );
+}
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+int BinCode ( int GrayCode )
+{
+  int bc = GrayCode;
+  while( GrayCode >>= 1 ) bc ^= GrayCode;
+  return bc;
+}
+
+
diff --git a/src/misc/extra/extraBddMisc.c b/src/misc/extra/extraBddMisc.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a3320ad3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/extra/extraBddMisc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1614 @@
+/**CFile****************************************************************
+
+  FileName    [extraBddMisc.c]
+
+  SystemName  [ABC: Logic synthesis and verification system.]
+
+  PackageName [extra]
+
+  Synopsis    [DD-based utilities.]
+
+  Author      [Alan Mishchenko]
+  
+  Affiliation [UC Berkeley]
+
+  Date        [Ver. 1.0. Started - June 20, 2005.]
+
+  Revision    [$Id: extraBddMisc.c,v 1.4 2005/10/04 00:19:54 alanmi Exp $]
+
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "extra.h"
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Constant declarations                                                     */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Stucture declarations                                                     */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Type declarations                                                         */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Variable declarations                                                     */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Macro declarations                                                        */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+/**AutomaticStart*************************************************************/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Static function prototypes                                                */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+// file "extraDdTransfer.c"
+static DdNode * extraTransferPermuteRecur( DdManager * ddS, DdManager * ddD, DdNode * f, st_table * table, int * Permute );
+static DdNode * extraTransferPermute( DdManager * ddS, DdManager * ddD, DdNode * f, int * Permute );
+static DdNode * cuddBddPermuteRecur ARGS( ( DdManager * manager, DdHashTable * table, DdNode * node, int *permut ) );
+
+// file "cuddUtils.c"
+static void ddSupportStep(DdNode *f, int *support);
+static void ddClearFlag(DdNode *f);
+
+static DdNode* extraZddPrimes( DdManager *dd, DdNode* F );
+
+/**AutomaticEnd***************************************************************/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Definition of exported functions                                          */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Convert a {A,B}DD from a manager to another with variable remapping.]
+
+  Description [Convert a {A,B}DD from a manager to another one. The orders of the
+  variables in the two managers may be different. Returns a
+  pointer to the {A,B}DD in the destination manager if successful; NULL
+  otherwise. The i-th entry in the array Permute tells what is the index
+  of the i-th variable from the old manager in the new manager.]
+
+  SideEffects [None]
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+DdNode * Extra_TransferPermute( DdManager * ddSource, DdManager * ddDestination, DdNode * f, int * Permute )
+{
+    DdNode * bRes;
+    do
+    {
+        ddDestination->reordered = 0;
+        bRes = extraTransferPermute( ddSource, ddDestination, f, Permute );
+    }
+    while ( ddDestination->reordered == 1 );
+    return ( bRes );
+
+}                               /* end of Extra_TransferPermute */
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Transfers the BDD from one manager into another level by level.]
+
+  Description [Transfers the BDD from one manager into another while
+  preserving the correspondence between variables level by level.]
+
+  SideEffects [None]
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+DdNode * Extra_TransferLevelByLevel( DdManager * ddSource, DdManager * ddDestination, DdNode * f )
+{
+    DdNode * bRes;
+    int * pPermute;
+    int nMin, nMax, i;
+
+    nMin = ddMin(ddSource->size, ddDestination->size);
+    nMax = ddMax(ddSource->size, ddDestination->size);
+    pPermute = ALLOC( int, nMax );
+    // set up the variable permutation
+    for ( i = 0; i < nMin; i++ )
+        pPermute[ ddSource->invperm[i] ] = ddDestination->invperm[i];
+    if ( ddSource->size > ddDestination->size )
+    {
+        for (      ; i < nMax; i++ )
+            pPermute[ ddSource->invperm[i] ] = -1;
+    }
+    bRes = Extra_TransferPermute( ddSource, ddDestination, f, pPermute );
+    FREE( pPermute );
+    return bRes;
+}
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Remaps the function to depend on the topmost variables on the manager.]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+DdNode * Extra_bddRemapUp(
+  DdManager * dd,
+  DdNode * bF )
+{
+    int * pPermute;
+    DdNode * bSupp, * bTemp, * bRes;
+    int Counter;
+
+    pPermute = ALLOC( int, dd->size );
+
+    // get support
+    bSupp = Cudd_Support( dd, bF );    Cudd_Ref( bSupp );
+
+    // create the variable map
+    // to remap the DD into the upper part of the manager
+    Counter = 0;
+    for ( bTemp = bSupp; bTemp != dd->one; bTemp = cuddT(bTemp) )
+        pPermute[bTemp->index] = dd->invperm[Counter++];
+
+    // transfer the BDD and remap it
+    bRes = Cudd_bddPermute( dd, bF, pPermute );  Cudd_Ref( bRes );
+
+    // remove support
+    Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bSupp );
+
+    // return
+    Cudd_Deref( bRes );
+    free( pPermute );
+    return bRes;
+}
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Moves the BDD by the given number of variables up or down.]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     [Extra_bddShift]
+
+******************************************************************************/
+DdNode * Extra_bddMove( 
+  DdManager * dd,   /* the DD manager */
+  DdNode * bF,
+  int nVars) 
+{
+    DdNode * res;
+    DdNode * bVars;
+    if ( nVars == 0 )
+        return bF;
+    if ( Cudd_IsConstant(bF) )
+        return bF;
+    assert( nVars <= dd->size );
+    if ( nVars > 0 )
+        bVars = dd->vars[nVars];
+    else
+        bVars = Cudd_Not(dd->vars[-nVars]);
+
+    do {
+        dd->reordered = 0;
+        res = extraBddMove( dd, bF, bVars );
+    } while (dd->reordered == 1);
+    return(res);
+
+} /* end of Extra_bddMove */
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Extra_StopManager( DdManager * dd )
+{
+    int RetValue;
+    // check for remaining references in the package
+    RetValue = Cudd_CheckZeroRef( dd );
+    if ( RetValue > 0 )
+        printf( "\nThe number of referenced nodes = %d\n\n", RetValue );
+//  Cudd_PrintInfo( dd, stdout );
+    Cudd_Quit( dd );
+}
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Outputs the BDD in a readable format.]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects [None]
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+void Extra_bddPrint( DdManager * dd, DdNode * F )
+{
+    DdGen * Gen;
+    int * Cube;
+    CUDD_VALUE_TYPE Value;
+    int nVars = dd->size;
+    int fFirstCube = 1;
+    int i;
+
+    if ( F == NULL )
+    {
+        printf("NULL");
+        return;
+    }
+    if ( F == b0 )
+    {
+        printf("Constant 0");
+        return;
+    }
+    if ( F == b1 )
+    {
+        printf("Constant 1");
+        return;
+    }
+
+    Cudd_ForeachCube( dd, F, Gen, Cube, Value )
+    {
+        if ( fFirstCube )
+            fFirstCube = 0;
+        else
+//          Output << " + ";
+            printf( " + " );
+
+        for ( i = 0; i < nVars; i++ )
+            if ( Cube[i] == 0 )
+                printf( "[%d]'", i );
+//              printf( "%c'", (char)('a'+i) );
+            else if ( Cube[i] == 1 )
+                printf( "[%d]", i );
+//              printf( "%c", (char)('a'+i) );
+    }
+
+//  printf("\n");
+}
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns the size of the support.]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+int Extra_bddSuppSize( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bSupp )
+{
+    int Counter = 0;
+    while ( bSupp != b1 )
+    {
+        assert( !Cudd_IsComplement(bSupp) );
+        assert( cuddE(bSupp) == b0 );
+
+        bSupp = cuddT(bSupp);
+        Counter++;
+    }
+    return Counter;
+}
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns 1 if the support contains the given BDD variable.]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+int Extra_bddSuppContainVar( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bS, DdNode * bVar )   
+{ 
+    for( ; bS != b1; bS = cuddT(bS) )
+        if ( bS->index == bVar->index )
+            return 1;
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns 1 if two supports represented as BDD cubes are overlapping.]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+int Extra_bddSuppOverlapping( DdManager * dd, DdNode * S1, DdNode * S2 )
+{
+    while ( S1->index != CUDD_CONST_INDEX && S2->index != CUDD_CONST_INDEX )
+    {
+        // if the top vars are the same, they intersect
+        if ( S1->index == S2->index )
+            return 1;
+        // if the top vars are different, skip the one, which is higher
+        if ( dd->perm[S1->index] < dd->perm[S2->index] )
+            S1 = cuddT(S1);
+        else
+            S2 = cuddT(S2);
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns the number of different vars in two supports.]
+
+  Description [Counts the number of variables that appear in one support and 
+  does not appear in other support. If the number exceeds DiffMax, returns DiffMax.]
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+int Extra_bddSuppDifferentVars( DdManager * dd, DdNode * S1, DdNode * S2, int DiffMax )
+{
+    int Result = 0;
+    while ( S1->index != CUDD_CONST_INDEX && S2->index != CUDD_CONST_INDEX )
+    {
+        // if the top vars are the same, this var is the same
+        if ( S1->index == S2->index )
+        {
+            S1 = cuddT(S1);
+            S2 = cuddT(S2);
+            continue;
+        }
+        // the top var is different
+        Result++;
+
+        if ( Result >= DiffMax )
+            return DiffMax;
+
+        // if the top vars are different, skip the one, which is higher
+        if ( dd->perm[S1->index] < dd->perm[S2->index] )
+            S1 = cuddT(S1);
+        else
+            S2 = cuddT(S2);
+    }
+
+    // consider the remaining variables
+    if ( S1->index != CUDD_CONST_INDEX )
+        Result += Extra_bddSuppSize(dd,S1);
+    else if ( S2->index != CUDD_CONST_INDEX )
+        Result += Extra_bddSuppSize(dd,S2);
+
+    if ( Result >= DiffMax )
+        return DiffMax;
+    return Result;
+}
+
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Checks the support containment.]
+
+  Description [This function returns 1 if one support is contained in another.
+  In this case, bLarge (bSmall) is assigned to point to the larger (smaller) support.
+  If the supports are identical, return 0 and does not assign the supports!]
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+int Extra_bddSuppCheckContainment( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bL, DdNode * bH, DdNode ** bLarge, DdNode ** bSmall )
+{
+    DdNode * bSL = bL;
+    DdNode * bSH = bH;
+    int fLcontainsH = 1;
+    int fHcontainsL = 1;
+    int TopVar;
+    
+    if ( bSL == bSH )
+        return 0;
+
+    while ( bSL != b1 || bSH != b1 )
+    {
+        if ( bSL == b1 )
+        { // Low component has no vars; High components has some vars
+            fLcontainsH = 0;
+            if ( fHcontainsL == 0 )
+                return 0;
+            else
+                break;
+        }
+
+        if ( bSH == b1 )
+        { // similarly
+            fHcontainsL = 0;
+            if ( fLcontainsH == 0 )
+                return 0;
+            else
+                break;
+        }
+
+        // determine the topmost var of the supports by comparing their levels
+        if ( dd->perm[bSL->index] < dd->perm[bSH->index] )
+            TopVar = bSL->index;
+        else
+            TopVar = bSH->index;
+
+        if ( TopVar == bSL->index && TopVar == bSH->index ) 
+        { // they are on the same level
+            // it does not tell us anything about their containment
+            // skip this var
+            bSL = cuddT(bSL);
+            bSH = cuddT(bSH);
+        }
+        else if ( TopVar == bSL->index ) // and TopVar != bSH->index
+        { // Low components is higher and contains more vars
+            // it is not possible that High component contains Low
+            fHcontainsL = 0;
+            // skip this var
+            bSL = cuddT(bSL);
+        }
+        else // if ( TopVar == bSH->index ) // and TopVar != bSL->index
+        { // similarly
+            fLcontainsH = 0;
+            // skip this var
+            bSH = cuddT(bSH);
+        }
+
+        // check the stopping condition
+        if ( !fHcontainsL && !fLcontainsH )
+            return 0;
+    }
+    // only one of them can be true at the same time
+    assert( !fHcontainsL || !fLcontainsH );
+    if ( fHcontainsL )
+    {
+        *bLarge = bH;
+        *bSmall = bL;
+    }
+    else // fLcontainsH
+    {
+        *bLarge = bL;
+        *bSmall = bH;
+    }
+    return 1;
+}
+
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Finds variables on which the DD depends and returns them as am array.]
+
+  Description [Finds the variables on which the DD depends. Returns an array 
+  with entries set to 1 for those variables that belong to the support; 
+  NULL otherwise. The array is allocated by the user and should have at least
+  as many entries as the maximum number of variables in BDD and ZDD parts of 
+  the manager.]
+
+  SideEffects [None]
+
+  SeeAlso     [Cudd_Support Cudd_VectorSupport Cudd_ClassifySupport]
+
+******************************************************************************/
+int * 
+Extra_SupportArray(
+  DdManager * dd, /* manager */
+  DdNode * f,     /* DD whose support is sought */
+  int * support ) /* array allocated by the user */
+{
+    int i, size;
+
+    /* Initialize support array for ddSupportStep. */
+    size = ddMax(dd->size, dd->sizeZ);
+    for (i = 0; i < size; i++) 
+        support[i] = 0;
+    
+    /* Compute support and clean up markers. */
+    ddSupportStep(Cudd_Regular(f),support);
+    ddClearFlag(Cudd_Regular(f));
+
+    return(support);
+
+} /* end of Extra_SupportArray */
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Finds the variables on which a set of DDs depends.]
+
+  Description [Finds the variables on which a set of DDs depends.
+  The set must contain either BDDs and ADDs, or ZDDs.
+  Returns a BDD consisting of the product of the variables if
+  successful; NULL otherwise.]
+
+  SideEffects [None]
+
+  SeeAlso     [Cudd_Support Cudd_ClassifySupport]
+
+******************************************************************************/
+int *
+Extra_VectorSupportArray( 
+  DdManager * dd, /* manager */ 
+  DdNode ** F, /* array of DDs whose support is sought */ 
+  int n, /* size of the array */  
+  int * support ) /* array allocated by the user */
+{
+    int i, size;
+
+    /* Allocate and initialize support array for ddSupportStep. */
+    size = ddMax( dd->size, dd->sizeZ );
+    for ( i = 0; i < size; i++ )
+        support[i] = 0;
+
+    /* Compute support and clean up markers. */
+    for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
+        ddSupportStep( Cudd_Regular(F[i]), support );
+    for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
+        ddClearFlag( Cudd_Regular(F[i]) );
+
+    return support;
+}
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Find any cube belonging to the on-set of the function.]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+DdNode *  Extra_bddFindOneCube( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bF )
+{
+    char * s_Temp;
+    DdNode * bCube, * bTemp;
+    int v;
+
+    // get the vector of variables in the cube
+    s_Temp = ALLOC( char, dd->size );
+    Cudd_bddPickOneCube( dd, bF, s_Temp );
+
+    // start the cube
+    bCube = b1; Cudd_Ref( bCube );
+    for ( v = 0; v < dd->size; v++ )
+        if ( s_Temp[v] == 0 )
+        {
+//          Cube &= !s_XVars[v];
+            bCube = Cudd_bddAnd( dd, bTemp = bCube, Cudd_Not(dd->vars[v]) ); Cudd_Ref( bCube );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bTemp );
+        }
+        else if ( s_Temp[v] == 1 )
+        {
+//          Cube &=  s_XVars[v];
+            bCube = Cudd_bddAnd( dd, bTemp = bCube,          dd->vars[v]  ); Cudd_Ref( bCube );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bTemp );
+        }
+    Cudd_Deref(bCube);
+    free( s_Temp );
+    return bCube;
+}
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns one cube contained in the given BDD.]
+
+  Description [This function returns the cube with the smallest 
+  bits-to-integer value.]
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+DdNode * Extra_bddGetOneCube( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bFunc )
+{
+    DdNode * bFuncR, * bFunc0, * bFunc1;
+    DdNode * bRes0,  * bRes1,  * bRes;
+
+    bFuncR = Cudd_Regular(bFunc);
+    if ( cuddIsConstant(bFuncR) )
+        return bFunc;
+
+    // cofactor
+    if ( Cudd_IsComplement(bFunc) )
+    {
+        bFunc0 = Cudd_Not( cuddE(bFuncR) );
+        bFunc1 = Cudd_Not( cuddT(bFuncR) );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        bFunc0 = cuddE(bFuncR);
+        bFunc1 = cuddT(bFuncR);
+    }
+
+    // try to find the cube with the negative literal
+    bRes0 = Extra_bddGetOneCube( dd, bFunc0 );  Cudd_Ref( bRes0 );
+
+    if ( bRes0 != b0 )
+    {
+        bRes = Cudd_bddAnd( dd, bRes0, Cudd_Not(dd->vars[bFuncR->index]) ); Cudd_Ref( bRes );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bRes0 );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bRes0 );
+        // try to find the cube with the positive literal
+        bRes1 = Extra_bddGetOneCube( dd, bFunc1 );  Cudd_Ref( bRes1 );
+        assert( bRes1 != b0 );
+        bRes = Cudd_bddAnd( dd, bRes1, dd->vars[bFuncR->index] ); Cudd_Ref( bRes );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bRes1 );
+    }
+
+    Cudd_Deref( bRes );
+    return bRes;
+}
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Performs the reordering-sensitive step of Extra_bddMove().]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+DdNode * Extra_bddComputeRangeCube( DdManager * dd, int iStart, int iStop )
+{
+    DdNode * bTemp, * bProd;
+    int i;
+    assert( iStart <= iStop );
+    assert( iStart >= 0 && iStart <= dd->size );
+    assert( iStop >= 0  && iStop  <= dd->size );
+    bProd = b1;         Cudd_Ref( bProd );
+    for ( i = iStart; i < iStop; i++ )
+    {
+        bProd = Cudd_bddAnd( dd, bTemp = bProd, dd->vars[i] );      Cudd_Ref( bProd );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bTemp ); 
+    }
+    Cudd_Deref( bProd );
+    return bProd;
+}
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Computes the cube of BDD variables corresponding to bits it the bit-code]
+
+  Description [Returns a bdd composed of elementary bdds found in array BddVars[] such 
+  that the bdd vars encode the number Value of bit length CodeWidth (if fMsbFirst is 1, 
+  the most significant bit is encoded with the first bdd variable). If the variables 
+  BddVars are not specified, takes the first CodeWidth variables of the manager]
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+DdNode * Extra_bddBitsToCube( DdManager * dd, int Code, int CodeWidth, DdNode ** pbVars, int fMsbFirst )
+{
+    int z;
+    DdNode * bTemp, * bVar, * bVarBdd, * bResult;
+
+    bResult = b1;   Cudd_Ref( bResult );
+    for ( z = 0; z < CodeWidth; z++ )
+    {
+        bVarBdd = (pbVars)? pbVars[z]: dd->vars[z];
+        if ( fMsbFirst )
+            bVar = Cudd_NotCond( bVarBdd, (Code & (1 << (CodeWidth-1-z)))==0 );
+        else
+            bVar = Cudd_NotCond( bVarBdd, (Code & (1 << (z)))==0 );
+        bResult = Cudd_bddAnd( dd, bTemp = bResult, bVar );     Cudd_Ref( bResult );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bTemp );
+    }
+    Cudd_Deref( bResult );
+
+    return bResult;
+}  /* end of Extra_bddBitsToCube */
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Finds the support as a negative polarity cube.]
+
+  Description [Finds the variables on which a DD depends. Returns a BDD 
+  consisting of the product of the variables in the negative polarity 
+  if successful; NULL otherwise.]
+
+  SideEffects [None]
+
+  SeeAlso     [Cudd_VectorSupport Cudd_Support]
+
+******************************************************************************/
+DdNode * Extra_bddSupportNegativeCube( DdManager * dd, DdNode * f )
+{
+    int *support;
+    DdNode *res, *tmp, *var;
+    int i, j;
+    int size;
+
+    /* Allocate and initialize support array for ddSupportStep. */
+    size = ddMax( dd->size, dd->sizeZ );
+    support = ALLOC( int, size );
+    if ( support == NULL )
+    {
+        dd->errorCode = CUDD_MEMORY_OUT;
+        return ( NULL );
+    }
+    for ( i = 0; i < size; i++ )
+    {
+        support[i] = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* Compute support and clean up markers. */
+    ddSupportStep( Cudd_Regular( f ), support );
+    ddClearFlag( Cudd_Regular( f ) );
+
+    /* Transform support from array to cube. */
+    do
+    {
+        dd->reordered = 0;
+        res = DD_ONE( dd );
+        cuddRef( res );
+        for ( j = size - 1; j >= 0; j-- )
+        {                        /* for each level bottom-up */
+            i = ( j >= dd->size ) ? j : dd->invperm[j];
+            if ( support[i] == 1 )
+            {
+                var = cuddUniqueInter( dd, i, dd->one, Cudd_Not( dd->one ) );
+                //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+                var = Cudd_Not(var);
+                //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+                cuddRef( var );
+                tmp = cuddBddAndRecur( dd, res, var );
+                if ( tmp == NULL )
+                {
+                    Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, res );
+                    Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, var );
+                    res = NULL;
+                    break;
+                }
+                cuddRef( tmp );
+                Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, res );
+                Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, var );
+                res = tmp;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    while ( dd->reordered == 1 );
+
+    FREE( support );
+    if ( res != NULL )
+        cuddDeref( res );
+    return ( res );
+
+}                                /* end of Extra_SupportNeg */
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns 1 if the BDD is the BDD of elementary variable.]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+int Extra_bddIsVar( DdNode * bFunc )
+{
+    bFunc = Cudd_Regular( bFunc );
+    if ( cuddIsConstant(bFunc) )
+        return 0;
+    return cuddIsConstant( cuddT(bFunc) ) && cuddIsConstant( Cudd_Regular(cuddE(bFunc)) );
+}
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Creates AND composed of the first nVars of the manager.]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+DdNode * Extra_bddCreateAnd( DdManager * dd, int nVars )
+{
+    DdNode * bFunc, * bTemp;
+    int i;
+    bFunc = Cudd_ReadOne(dd); Cudd_Ref( bFunc );
+    for ( i = 0; i < nVars; i++ )
+    {
+        bFunc = Cudd_bddAnd( dd, bTemp = bFunc, Cudd_bddIthVar(dd,i) );  Cudd_Ref( bFunc );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bTemp );
+    }
+    Cudd_Deref( bFunc );
+    return bFunc;
+}
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Creates OR composed of the first nVars of the manager.]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+DdNode * Extra_bddCreateOr( DdManager * dd, int nVars )
+{
+    DdNode * bFunc, * bTemp;
+    int i;
+    bFunc = Cudd_ReadLogicZero(dd); Cudd_Ref( bFunc );
+    for ( i = 0; i < nVars; i++ )
+    {
+        bFunc = Cudd_bddOr( dd, bTemp = bFunc, Cudd_bddIthVar(dd,i) );  Cudd_Ref( bFunc );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bTemp );
+    }
+    Cudd_Deref( bFunc );
+    return bFunc;
+}
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Creates EXOR composed of the first nVars of the manager.]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+DdNode * Extra_bddCreateExor( DdManager * dd, int nVars )
+{
+    DdNode * bFunc, * bTemp;
+    int i;
+    bFunc = Cudd_ReadLogicZero(dd); Cudd_Ref( bFunc );
+    for ( i = 0; i < nVars; i++ )
+    {
+        bFunc = Cudd_bddXor( dd, bTemp = bFunc, Cudd_bddIthVar(dd,i) );  Cudd_Ref( bFunc );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bTemp );
+    }
+    Cudd_Deref( bFunc );
+    return bFunc;
+}
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Computes the set of primes as a ZDD.]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+DdNode * Extra_zddPrimes( DdManager * dd, DdNode * F )
+{
+    DdNode    *res;
+    do {
+        dd->reordered = 0;
+        res = extraZddPrimes(dd, F);
+        if ( dd->reordered == 1 )
+            printf("\nReordering in Extra_zddPrimes()\n");
+    } while (dd->reordered == 1);
+    return(res);
+
+} /* end of Extra_zddPrimes */
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Permutes the variables of the array of BDDs.]
+
+  Description [Given a permutation in array permut, creates a new BDD
+  with permuted variables. There should be an entry in array permut
+  for each variable in the manager. The i-th entry of permut holds the
+  index of the variable that is to substitute the i-th variable.
+  The DDs in the resulting array are already referenced.]
+
+  SideEffects [None]
+
+  SeeAlso     [Cudd_addPermute Cudd_bddSwapVariables]
+
+******************************************************************************/
+void Extra_bddPermuteArray( DdManager * manager, DdNode ** bNodesIn, DdNode ** bNodesOut, int nNodes, int *permut )
+{
+    DdHashTable *table;
+    int i, k;
+    do
+    {
+        manager->reordered = 0;
+        table = cuddHashTableInit( manager, 1, 2 );
+
+        /* permute the output functions one-by-one */
+        for ( i = 0; i < nNodes; i++ )
+        {
+            bNodesOut[i] = cuddBddPermuteRecur( manager, table, bNodesIn[i], permut );
+            if ( bNodesOut[i] == NULL )
+            {
+                /* deref the array of the already computed outputs */
+                for ( k = 0; k < i; k++ )
+                    Cudd_RecursiveDeref( manager, bNodesOut[k] );
+                break;
+            }
+            cuddRef( bNodesOut[i] );
+        }
+        /* Dispose of local cache. */
+        cuddHashTableQuit( table );
+    }
+    while ( manager->reordered == 1 );
+}    /* end of Extra_bddPermuteArray */
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Definition of internal functions                                          */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Performs the reordering-sensitive step of Extra_bddMove().]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+DdNode * extraBddMove( 
+  DdManager * dd,    /* the DD manager */
+  DdNode * bF,
+  DdNode * bDist) 
+{
+    DdNode * bRes;
+
+    if ( Cudd_IsConstant(bF) )
+        return bF;
+
+    if ( bRes = cuddCacheLookup2(dd, extraBddMove, bF, bDist) )
+        return bRes;
+    else
+    {
+        DdNode * bRes0, * bRes1;             
+        DdNode * bF0, * bF1;             
+        DdNode * bFR = Cudd_Regular(bF); 
+        int VarNew;
+        
+        if ( Cudd_IsComplement(bDist) )
+            VarNew = bFR->index - Cudd_Not(bDist)->index;
+        else
+            VarNew = bFR->index + bDist->index;
+        assert( VarNew < dd->size );
+
+        // cofactor the functions
+        if ( bFR != bF ) // bFunc is complemented 
+        {
+            bF0 = Cudd_Not( cuddE(bFR) );
+            bF1 = Cudd_Not( cuddT(bFR) );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            bF0 = cuddE(bFR);
+            bF1 = cuddT(bFR);
+        }
+
+        bRes0 = extraBddMove( dd, bF0, bDist );
+        if ( bRes0 == NULL ) 
+            return NULL;
+        cuddRef( bRes0 );
+
+        bRes1 = extraBddMove( dd, bF1, bDist );
+        if ( bRes1 == NULL ) 
+        {
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bRes0 );
+            return NULL;
+        }
+        cuddRef( bRes1 );
+
+        /* only bRes0 and bRes1 are referenced at this point */
+        bRes = cuddBddIteRecur( dd, dd->vars[VarNew], bRes1, bRes0 );
+        if ( bRes == NULL ) 
+        {
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bRes0 );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bRes1 );
+            return NULL;
+        }
+        cuddRef( bRes );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bRes0 );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bRes1 );
+
+        /* insert the result into cache */
+        cuddCacheInsert2( dd, extraBddMove, bF, bDist, bRes );
+        cuddDeref( bRes );
+        return bRes;
+    }
+} /* end of extraBddMove */
+
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Finds three cofactors of the cover w.r.t. to the topmost variable.]
+
+  Description [Finds three cofactors of the cover w.r.t. to the topmost variable.
+  Does not check the cover for being a constant. Assumes that ZDD variables encoding 
+  positive and negative polarities are adjacent in the variable order. Is different 
+  from cuddZddGetCofactors3() in that it does not compute the cofactors w.r.t. the 
+  given variable but takes the cofactors with respent to the topmost variable. 
+  This function is more efficient when used in recursive procedures because it does 
+  not require referencing of the resulting cofactors (compare cuddZddProduct() 
+  and extraZddPrimeProduct()).]
+
+  SideEffects [None]
+
+  SeeAlso     [cuddZddGetCofactors3]
+
+******************************************************************************/
+void 
+extraDecomposeCover( 
+  DdManager* dd,    /* the manager */
+  DdNode*  zC,      /* the cover */
+  DdNode** zC0,     /* the pointer to the negative var cofactor */ 
+  DdNode** zC1,     /* the pointer to the positive var cofactor */ 
+  DdNode** zC2 )    /* the pointer to the cofactor without var */ 
+{
+    if ( (zC->index & 1) == 0 ) 
+    { /* the top variable is present in positive polarity and maybe in negative */
+
+        DdNode *Temp = cuddE( zC );
+        *zC1  = cuddT( zC );
+        if ( cuddIZ(dd,Temp->index) == cuddIZ(dd,zC->index) + 1 )
+        {   /* Temp is not a terminal node 
+             * top var is present in negative polarity */
+            *zC2 = cuddE( Temp );
+            *zC0 = cuddT( Temp );
+        }
+        else
+        {   /* top var is not present in negative polarity */
+            *zC2 = Temp;
+            *zC0 = dd->zero;
+        }
+    }
+    else 
+    { /* the top variable is present only in negative */
+        *zC1 = dd->zero;
+        *zC2 = cuddE( zC );
+        *zC0 = cuddT( zC );
+    }
+} /* extraDecomposeCover */
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Definition of static Functions                                            */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Convert a BDD from a manager to another one.]
+
+  Description [Convert a BDD from a manager to another one. Returns a
+  pointer to the BDD in the destination manager if successful; NULL
+  otherwise.]
+
+  SideEffects [None]
+
+  SeeAlso     [Extra_TransferPermute]
+
+******************************************************************************/
+DdNode * extraTransferPermute( DdManager * ddS, DdManager * ddD, DdNode * f, int * Permute )
+{
+    DdNode *res;
+    st_table *table = NULL;
+    st_generator *gen = NULL;
+    DdNode *key, *value;
+
+    table = st_init_table( st_ptrcmp, st_ptrhash );
+    if ( table == NULL )
+        goto failure;
+    res = extraTransferPermuteRecur( ddS, ddD, f, table, Permute );
+    if ( res != NULL )
+        cuddRef( res );
+
+    /* Dereference all elements in the table and dispose of the table.
+       ** This must be done also if res is NULL to avoid leaks in case of
+       ** reordering. */
+    gen = st_init_gen( table );
+    if ( gen == NULL )
+        goto failure;
+    while ( st_gen( gen, ( char ** ) &key, ( char ** ) &value ) )
+    {
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( ddD, value );
+    }
+    st_free_gen( gen );
+    gen = NULL;
+    st_free_table( table );
+    table = NULL;
+
+    if ( res != NULL )
+        cuddDeref( res );
+    return ( res );
+
+  failure:
+    if ( table != NULL )
+        st_free_table( table );
+    if ( gen != NULL )
+        st_free_gen( gen );
+    return ( NULL );
+
+}                               /* end of extraTransferPermute */
+
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Performs the recursive step of Extra_TransferPermute.]
+
+  Description [Performs the recursive step of Extra_TransferPermute.
+  Returns a pointer to the result if successful; NULL otherwise.]
+
+  SideEffects [None]
+
+  SeeAlso     [extraTransferPermute]
+
+******************************************************************************/
+static DdNode * 
+extraTransferPermuteRecur( 
+  DdManager * ddS, 
+  DdManager * ddD, 
+  DdNode * f, 
+  st_table * table, 
+  int * Permute )
+{
+    DdNode *ft, *fe, *t, *e, *var, *res;
+    DdNode *one, *zero;
+    int index;
+    int comple = 0;
+
+    statLine( ddD );
+    one = DD_ONE( ddD );
+    comple = Cudd_IsComplement( f );
+
+    /* Trivial cases. */
+    if ( Cudd_IsConstant( f ) )
+        return ( Cudd_NotCond( one, comple ) );
+
+
+    /* Make canonical to increase the utilization of the cache. */
+    f = Cudd_NotCond( f, comple );
+    /* Now f is a regular pointer to a non-constant node. */
+
+    /* Check the cache. */
+    if ( st_lookup( table, ( char * ) f, ( char ** ) &res ) )
+        return ( Cudd_NotCond( res, comple ) );
+
+    /* Recursive step. */
+    if ( Permute )
+        index = Permute[f->index];
+    else
+        index = f->index;
+
+    ft = cuddT( f );
+    fe = cuddE( f );
+
+    t = extraTransferPermuteRecur( ddS, ddD, ft, table, Permute );
+    if ( t == NULL )
+    {
+        return ( NULL );
+    }
+    cuddRef( t );
+
+    e = extraTransferPermuteRecur( ddS, ddD, fe, table, Permute );
+    if ( e == NULL )
+    {
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( ddD, t );
+        return ( NULL );
+    }
+    cuddRef( e );
+
+    zero = Cudd_Not(ddD->one);
+    var = cuddUniqueInter( ddD, index, one, zero );
+    if ( var == NULL )
+    {
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( ddD, t );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( ddD, e );
+        return ( NULL );
+    }
+    res = cuddBddIteRecur( ddD, var, t, e );
+
+    if ( res == NULL )
+    {
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( ddD, t );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( ddD, e );
+        return ( NULL );
+    }
+    cuddRef( res );
+    Cudd_RecursiveDeref( ddD, t );
+    Cudd_RecursiveDeref( ddD, e );
+
+    if ( st_add_direct( table, ( char * ) f, ( char * ) res ) ==
+         ST_OUT_OF_MEM )
+    {
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( ddD, res );
+        return ( NULL );
+    }
+    return ( Cudd_NotCond( res, comple ) );
+
+}                               /* end of extraTransferPermuteRecur */
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Performs the recursive step of Cudd_Support.]
+
+  Description [Performs the recursive step of Cudd_Support. Performs a
+  DFS from f. The support is accumulated in supp as a side effect. Uses
+  the LSB of the then pointer as visited flag.]
+
+  SideEffects [None]
+
+  SeeAlso     [ddClearFlag]
+
+******************************************************************************/
+static void
+ddSupportStep(
+  DdNode * f,
+  int * support)
+{
+    if (cuddIsConstant(f) || Cudd_IsComplement(f->next)) {
+    return;
+    }
+
+    support[f->index] = 1;
+    ddSupportStep(cuddT(f),support);
+    ddSupportStep(Cudd_Regular(cuddE(f)),support);
+    /* Mark as visited. */
+    f->next = Cudd_Not(f->next);
+    return;
+
+} /* end of ddSupportStep */
+
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Performs a DFS from f, clearing the LSB of the next
+  pointers.]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects [None]
+
+  SeeAlso     [ddSupportStep ddDagInt]
+
+******************************************************************************/
+static void
+ddClearFlag(
+  DdNode * f)
+{
+    if (!Cudd_IsComplement(f->next)) {
+    return;
+    }
+    /* Clear visited flag. */
+    f->next = Cudd_Regular(f->next);
+    if (cuddIsConstant(f)) {
+    return;
+    }
+    ddClearFlag(cuddT(f));
+    ddClearFlag(Cudd_Regular(cuddE(f)));
+    return;
+
+} /* end of ddClearFlag */
+
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Composed three subcovers into one ZDD.]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects [None]
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+DdNode *
+extraComposeCover( 
+  DdManager* dd,    /* the manager */
+  DdNode* zC0,     /* the pointer to the negative var cofactor */ 
+  DdNode* zC1,     /* the pointer to the positive var cofactor */ 
+  DdNode* zC2,     /* the pointer to the cofactor without var */ 
+  int TopVar)    /* the index of the positive ZDD var */
+{
+    DdNode * zRes, * zTemp;
+    /* compose with-neg-var and without-var using the neg ZDD var */
+    zTemp = cuddZddGetNode( dd, 2*TopVar + 1, zC0, zC2 );
+    if ( zTemp == NULL ) 
+    {
+        Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd(dd, zC0);
+        Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd(dd, zC1);
+        Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd(dd, zC2);
+        return NULL;
+    }
+    cuddRef( zTemp );
+    cuddDeref( zC0 );
+    cuddDeref( zC2 );
+
+    /* compose with-pos-var and previous result using the pos ZDD var */
+    zRes = cuddZddGetNode( dd, 2*TopVar, zC1, zTemp );
+    if ( zRes == NULL ) 
+    {
+        Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd(dd, zC1);
+        Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd(dd, zTemp);
+        return NULL;
+    }
+    cuddDeref( zC1 );
+    cuddDeref( zTemp );
+    return zRes;
+} /* extraComposeCover */
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Performs the recursive step of prime computation.]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+DdNode* extraZddPrimes( DdManager *dd, DdNode* F )
+{
+    DdNode *zRes;
+
+    if ( F == Cudd_Not( dd->one ) )
+        return dd->zero;
+    if ( F == dd->one )
+        return dd->one;
+
+    /* check cache */
+    zRes = cuddCacheLookup1Zdd(dd, extraZddPrimes, F);
+    if (zRes)
+        return(zRes);
+    {
+        /* temporary variables */
+        DdNode *bF01, *zP0, *zP1;
+        /* three components of the prime set */
+        DdNode *zResE, *zResP, *zResN;
+        int fIsComp = Cudd_IsComplement( F );
+
+        /* find cofactors of F */
+        DdNode * bF0 = Cudd_NotCond( Cudd_E( F ), fIsComp );
+        DdNode * bF1 = Cudd_NotCond( Cudd_T( F ), fIsComp );
+
+        /* find the intersection of cofactors */
+        bF01 = cuddBddAndRecur( dd, bF0, bF1 );
+        if ( bF01 == NULL ) return NULL;
+        cuddRef( bF01 );
+
+        /* solve the problems for cofactors */
+        zP0 = extraZddPrimes( dd, bF0 );
+        if ( zP0 == NULL )
+        {
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bF01 );
+            return NULL;
+        }
+        cuddRef( zP0 );
+
+        zP1 = extraZddPrimes( dd, bF1 );
+        if ( zP1 == NULL )
+        {
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bF01 );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zP0 );
+            return NULL;
+        }
+        cuddRef( zP1 );
+
+        /* check for local unateness */
+        if ( bF01 == bF0 )       /* unate increasing */
+        {
+            /* intersection is useless */
+            cuddDeref( bF01 );
+            /* the primes of intersection are the primes of F0 */
+            zResE = zP0;
+            /* there are no primes with negative var */
+            zResN = dd->zero;
+            cuddRef( zResN );
+            /* primes with positive var are primes of F1 that are not primes of F01 */
+            zResP = cuddZddDiff( dd, zP1, zP0 );
+            if ( zResP == NULL )  
+            {
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zResE );
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zResN );
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zP1 );
+                return NULL;
+            }
+            cuddRef( zResP );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zP1 );
+        }
+        else if ( bF01 == bF1 ) /* unate decreasing */
+        {
+            /* intersection is useless */
+            cuddDeref( bF01 );
+            /* the primes of intersection are the primes of F1 */
+            zResE = zP1;
+            /* there are no primes with positive var */
+            zResP = dd->zero;
+            cuddRef( zResP );
+            /* primes with negative var are primes of F0 that are not primes of F01 */
+            zResN = cuddZddDiff( dd, zP0, zP1 );
+            if ( zResN == NULL )  
+            {
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zResE );
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zResP );
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zP0 );
+                return NULL;
+            }
+            cuddRef( zResN );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zP0 );
+        }
+        else /* not unate */
+        {
+            /* primes without the top var are primes of F10 */
+            zResE = extraZddPrimes( dd, bF01 );
+            if ( zResE == NULL )  
+            {
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, bF01 );
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zP0 );
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zP1 );
+                return NULL;
+            }
+            cuddRef( zResE );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bF01 );
+
+            /* primes with the negative top var are those of P0 that are not in F10 */
+            zResN = cuddZddDiff( dd, zP0, zResE );
+            if ( zResN == NULL )  
+            {
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zResE );
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zP0 );
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zP1 );
+                return NULL;
+            }
+            cuddRef( zResN );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zP0 );
+
+            /* primes with the positive top var are those of P1 that are not in F10 */
+            zResP = cuddZddDiff( dd, zP1, zResE );
+            if ( zResP == NULL )  
+            {
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zResE );
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zResN );
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zP1 );
+                return NULL;
+            }
+            cuddRef( zResP );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zP1 );
+        }
+
+        zRes = extraComposeCover( dd, zResN, zResP, zResE, Cudd_Regular(F)->index );
+        if ( zRes == NULL ) return NULL;
+
+        /* insert the result into cache */
+        cuddCacheInsert1(dd, extraZddPrimes, F, zRes);
+        return zRes;
+    }
+} /* end of extraZddPrimes */
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Implements the recursive step of Cudd_bddPermute.]
+
+  Description [ Recursively puts the BDD in the order given in the array permut.
+  Checks for trivial cases to terminate recursion, then splits on the
+  children of this node.  Once the solutions for the children are
+  obtained, it puts into the current position the node from the rest of
+  the BDD that should be here. Then returns this BDD.
+  The key here is that the node being visited is NOT put in its proper
+  place by this instance, but rather is switched when its proper position
+  is reached in the recursion tree.<p>
+  The DdNode * that is returned is the same BDD as passed in as node,
+  but in the new order.]
+
+  SideEffects [None]
+
+  SeeAlso     [Cudd_bddPermute cuddAddPermuteRecur]
+
+******************************************************************************/
+static DdNode *
+cuddBddPermuteRecur( DdManager * manager /* DD manager */ ,
+                     DdHashTable * table /* computed table */ ,
+                     DdNode * node /* BDD to be reordered */ ,
+                     int *permut /* permutation array */  )
+{
+    DdNode *N, *T, *E;
+    DdNode *res;
+    int index;
+
+    statLine( manager );
+    N = Cudd_Regular( node );
+
+    /* Check for terminal case of constant node. */
+    if ( cuddIsConstant( N ) )
+    {
+        return ( node );
+    }
+
+    /* If problem already solved, look up answer and return. */
+    if ( N->ref != 1 && ( res = cuddHashTableLookup1( table, N ) ) != NULL )
+    {
+#ifdef DD_DEBUG
+        bddPermuteRecurHits++;
+#endif
+        return ( Cudd_NotCond( res, N != node ) );
+    }
+
+    /* Split and recur on children of this node. */
+    T = cuddBddPermuteRecur( manager, table, cuddT( N ), permut );
+    if ( T == NULL )
+        return ( NULL );
+    cuddRef( T );
+    E = cuddBddPermuteRecur( manager, table, cuddE( N ), permut );
+    if ( E == NULL )
+    {
+        Cudd_IterDerefBdd( manager, T );
+        return ( NULL );
+    }
+    cuddRef( E );
+
+    /* Move variable that should be in this position to this position
+       ** by retrieving the single var BDD for that variable, and calling
+       ** cuddBddIteRecur with the T and E we just created.
+     */
+    index = permut[N->index];
+    res = cuddBddIteRecur( manager, manager->vars[index], T, E );
+    if ( res == NULL )
+    {
+        Cudd_IterDerefBdd( manager, T );
+        Cudd_IterDerefBdd( manager, E );
+        return ( NULL );
+    }
+    cuddRef( res );
+    Cudd_IterDerefBdd( manager, T );
+    Cudd_IterDerefBdd( manager, E );
+
+    /* Do not keep the result if the reference count is only 1, since
+       ** it will not be visited again.
+     */
+    if ( N->ref != 1 )
+    {
+        ptrint fanout = ( ptrint ) N->ref;
+        cuddSatDec( fanout );
+        if ( !cuddHashTableInsert1( table, N, res, fanout ) )
+        {
+            Cudd_IterDerefBdd( manager, res );
+            return ( NULL );
+        }
+    }
+    cuddDeref( res );
+    return ( Cudd_NotCond( res, N != node ) );
+
+}                                /* end of cuddBddPermuteRecur */
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                       END OF FILE                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
diff --git a/src/misc/extra/extraBddSymm.c b/src/misc/extra/extraBddSymm.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..358402b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/extra/extraBddSymm.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1469 @@
+/**CFile****************************************************************
+
+  FileName    [extraBddSymm.c]
+
+  PackageName [extra]
+
+  Synopsis    [Efficient methods to compute the information about
+  symmetric variables using the algorithm presented in the paper:
+  A. Mishchenko. Fast Computation of Symmetries in Boolean Functions. 
+  Transactions on CAD, Nov. 2003.]
+
+  Author      [Alan Mishchenko]
+  
+  Affiliation [UC Berkeley]
+
+  Date        [Ver. 2.0. Started - September 1, 2003.]
+
+  Revision    [$Id: extraBddSymm.c,v 1.0 2003/09/01 00:00:00 alanmi Exp $]
+
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "extra.h"
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Constant declarations                                                     */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Stucture declarations                                                     */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Type declarations                                                         */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Variable declarations                                                     */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Macro declarations                                                        */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define DD_GET_SYMM_VARS_TAG          0x0a /* former DD_BDD_XOR_EXIST_ABSTRACT_TAG */
+
+/**AutomaticStart*************************************************************/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Static function prototypes                                                */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**AutomaticEnd***************************************************************/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Definition of exported functions                                          */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Computes the classical symmetry information for the function.]
+
+  Description [Returns the symmetry information in the form of Extra_SymmInfo_t structure.]
+
+  SideEffects [If the ZDD variables are not derived from BDD variables with
+  multiplicity 2, this function may derive them in a wrong way.]
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+Extra_SymmInfo_t * Extra_SymmPairsCompute( 
+  DdManager * dd,   /* the manager */
+  DdNode * bFunc)   /* the function whose symmetries are computed */
+{
+    DdNode * bSupp;
+    DdNode * zRes;
+    Extra_SymmInfo_t * p;
+
+    bSupp = Cudd_Support( dd, bFunc );                      Cudd_Ref( bSupp );
+    zRes  = Extra_zddSymmPairsCompute( dd, bFunc, bSupp );  Cudd_Ref( zRes );
+
+    p = Extra_SymmPairsCreateFromZdd( dd, zRes, bSupp );
+
+    Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bSupp );
+    Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zRes );
+
+    return p;
+
+} /* end of Extra_SymmPairsCompute */
+
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Computes the classical symmetry information as a ZDD.]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+DdNode * Extra_zddSymmPairsCompute( 
+  DdManager * dd,   /* the DD manager */
+  DdNode * bF,
+  DdNode * bVars) 
+{
+    DdNode * res;
+    do {
+        dd->reordered = 0;
+        res = extraZddSymmPairsCompute( dd, bF, bVars );
+    } while (dd->reordered == 1);
+    return(res);
+
+} /* end of Extra_zddSymmPairsCompute */
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns a singleton-set ZDD containing all variables that are symmetric with the given one.]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+DdNode * Extra_zddGetSymmetricVars( 
+  DdManager * dd,    /* the DD manager */
+  DdNode * bF,       /* the first function  - originally, the positive cofactor */
+  DdNode * bG,       /* the second fucntion - originally, the negative cofactor */
+  DdNode * bVars)    /* the set of variables, on which F and G depend */
+{
+    DdNode * res;
+    do {
+        dd->reordered = 0;
+        res = extraZddGetSymmetricVars( dd, bF, bG, bVars );
+    } while (dd->reordered == 1);
+    return(res);
+
+} /* end of Extra_zddGetSymmetricVars */
+
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Converts a set of variables into a set of singleton subsets.]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+DdNode * Extra_zddGetSingletons( 
+  DdManager * dd,    /* the DD manager */
+  DdNode * bVars)    /* the set of variables */
+{
+    DdNode * res;
+    do {
+        dd->reordered = 0;
+        res = extraZddGetSingletons( dd, bVars );
+    } while (dd->reordered == 1);
+    return(res);
+
+} /* end of Extra_zddGetSingletons */
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Filters the set of variables using the support of the function.]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+DdNode * Extra_bddReduceVarSet( 
+  DdManager * dd,    /* the DD manager */
+  DdNode * bVars,    /* the set of variables to be reduced */
+  DdNode * bF)       /* the function whose support is used for reduction */
+{
+    DdNode * res;
+    do {
+        dd->reordered = 0;
+        res = extraBddReduceVarSet( dd, bVars, bF );
+    } while (dd->reordered == 1);
+    return(res);
+
+} /* end of Extra_bddReduceVarSet */
+
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Allocates symmetry information structure.]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+Extra_SymmInfo_t * Extra_SymmPairsAllocate( int nVars )
+{
+    int i;
+    Extra_SymmInfo_t * p;
+
+    // allocate and clean the storage for symmetry info
+    p = ALLOC( Extra_SymmInfo_t, 1 );
+    memset( p, 0, sizeof(Extra_SymmInfo_t) );
+    p->nVars     = nVars;
+    p->pVars     = ALLOC( int, nVars );  
+    p->pSymms    = ALLOC( char *, nVars );  
+    p->pSymms[0] = ALLOC( char  , nVars * nVars );
+    memset( p->pSymms[0], 0, nVars * nVars * sizeof(char) );
+
+    for ( i = 1; i < nVars; i++ )
+        p->pSymms[i] = p->pSymms[i-1] + nVars;
+
+    return p;
+} /* end of Extra_SymmPairsAllocate */
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Deallocates symmetry information structure.]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+void Extra_SymmPairsDissolve( Extra_SymmInfo_t * p )
+{
+    free( p->pVars );
+    free( p->pSymms[0] );
+    free( p->pSymms    );
+    free( p );
+} /* end of Extra_SymmPairsDissolve */
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Allocates symmetry information structure.]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+void Extra_SymmPairsPrint( Extra_SymmInfo_t * p )
+{
+    int i, k;
+    printf( "\n" );
+    for ( i = 0; i < p->nVars; i++ )
+    {
+        for ( k = 0; k <= i; k++ )
+            printf( " " );
+        for ( k = i+1; k < p->nVars; k++ )
+            if ( p->pSymms[i][k] )
+                printf( "1" );
+            else
+                printf( "." );
+        printf( "\n" );
+    }
+} /* end of Extra_SymmPairsPrint */
+
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Creates the symmetry information structure from ZDD.]
+
+  Description [ZDD representation of symmetries is the set of cubes, each
+  of which has two variables in the positive polarity. These variables correspond
+  to the symmetric variable pair.]
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+Extra_SymmInfo_t * Extra_SymmPairsCreateFromZdd( DdManager * dd, DdNode * zPairs, DdNode * bSupp )
+{
+    int i;
+    int nSuppSize;
+    Extra_SymmInfo_t * p;
+    int * pMapVars2Nums;
+    DdNode * bTemp;
+    DdNode * zSet, * zCube, * zTemp;
+    int iVar1, iVar2;
+
+    nSuppSize = Extra_bddSuppSize( dd, bSupp );
+
+    // allocate and clean the storage for symmetry info
+    p = Extra_SymmPairsAllocate( nSuppSize );
+
+    // allocate the storage for the temporary map
+    pMapVars2Nums = ALLOC( int, dd->size );
+    memset( pMapVars2Nums, 0, dd->size * sizeof(int) );
+
+    // assign the variables
+    p->nVarsMax = dd->size;
+//  p->nNodes   = Cudd_DagSize( zPairs );
+    p->nNodes   = 0;
+    for ( i = 0, bTemp = bSupp; bTemp != b1; bTemp = cuddT(bTemp), i++ )
+    {
+        p->pVars[i] = bTemp->index;
+        pMapVars2Nums[bTemp->index] = i;
+    }
+
+    // write the symmetry info into the structure
+    zSet = zPairs;   Cudd_Ref( zSet );
+    while ( zSet != z0 )
+    {
+        // get the next cube
+        zCube  = Extra_zddSelectOneSubset( dd, zSet );    Cudd_Ref( zCube );
+
+        // add these two variables to the data structure
+        assert( cuddT( cuddT(zCube) ) == z1 );
+        iVar1 = zCube->index/2;
+        iVar2 = cuddT(zCube)->index/2;
+        if ( pMapVars2Nums[iVar1] < pMapVars2Nums[iVar2] )
+            p->pSymms[ pMapVars2Nums[iVar1] ][ pMapVars2Nums[iVar2] ] = 1;
+        else
+            p->pSymms[ pMapVars2Nums[iVar2] ][ pMapVars2Nums[iVar1] ] = 1;
+        // count the symmetric pairs
+        p->nSymms ++;
+
+        // update the cuver and deref the cube
+        zSet = Cudd_zddDiff( dd, zTemp = zSet, zCube );     Cudd_Ref( zSet );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zTemp );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zCube );
+
+    } // for each cube 
+    Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zSet );
+
+    FREE( pMapVars2Nums );
+    return p;
+
+} /* end of Extra_SymmPairsCreateFromZdd */
+
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Checks the possibility of two variables being symmetric.]
+
+  Description [Returns 0 if vars are not symmetric. Return 1 if vars can be symmetric.]
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+int Extra_bddCheckVarsSymmetric( 
+  DdManager * dd,   /* the DD manager */
+  DdNode * bF,
+  int iVar1,
+  int iVar2) 
+{
+    DdNode * bVars;
+    int Res;
+
+//  return 1;
+
+    assert( iVar1 != iVar2 );
+    assert( iVar1 < dd->size );
+    assert( iVar2 < dd->size );
+
+    bVars = Cudd_bddAnd( dd, dd->vars[iVar1], dd->vars[iVar2] );   Cudd_Ref( bVars );
+
+    Res = (int)( extraBddCheckVarsSymmetric( dd, bF, bVars ) == b1 );
+
+    Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bVars );
+
+    return Res;
+} /* end of Extra_bddCheckVarsSymmetric */
+
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Computes the classical symmetry information for the function.]
+
+  Description [Uses the naive way of comparing cofactors.]
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+Extra_SymmInfo_t * Extra_SymmPairsComputeNaive( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bFunc )
+{
+    DdNode * bSupp, * bTemp;
+    int nSuppSize;
+    Extra_SymmInfo_t * p;
+    int i, k;
+
+    // compute the support
+    bSupp = Cudd_Support( dd, bFunc );   Cudd_Ref( bSupp );
+    nSuppSize = Extra_bddSuppSize( dd, bSupp );
+//printf( "Support = %d. ", nSuppSize );
+//Extra_bddPrint( dd, bSupp );
+//printf( "%d ", nSuppSize );
+
+    // allocate the storage for symmetry info
+    p = Extra_SymmPairsAllocate( nSuppSize );
+
+    // assign the variables
+    p->nVarsMax = dd->size;
+    for ( i = 0, bTemp = bSupp; bTemp != b1; bTemp = cuddT(bTemp), i++ )
+        p->pVars[i] = bTemp->index;
+
+    // go through the candidate pairs and check using Idea1
+    for ( i = 0; i < nSuppSize; i++ )
+    for ( k = i+1; k < nSuppSize; k++ )
+    {
+        p->pSymms[k][i] = p->pSymms[i][k] = Extra_bddCheckVarsSymmetricNaive( dd, bFunc, p->pVars[i], p->pVars[k] );
+        if ( p->pSymms[i][k] )
+             p->nSymms++;
+    }
+
+    Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bSupp );
+    return p;
+
+} /* end of Extra_SymmPairsComputeNaive */
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Checks if the two variables are symmetric.]
+
+  Description [Returns 0 if vars are not symmetric. Return 1 if vars are symmetric.]
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+int Extra_bddCheckVarsSymmetricNaive( 
+  DdManager * dd,   /* the DD manager */
+  DdNode * bF,
+  int iVar1,
+  int iVar2) 
+{
+    DdNode * bCube1, * bCube2;
+    DdNode * bCof01, * bCof10;
+    int Res;
+
+    assert( iVar1 != iVar2 );
+    assert( iVar1 < dd->size );
+    assert( iVar2 < dd->size );
+
+    bCube1 = Cudd_bddAnd( dd, Cudd_Not( dd->vars[iVar1] ), dd->vars[iVar2] );   Cudd_Ref( bCube1 );
+    bCube2 = Cudd_bddAnd( dd, Cudd_Not( dd->vars[iVar2] ), dd->vars[iVar1] );   Cudd_Ref( bCube2 );
+
+    bCof01 = Cudd_Cofactor( dd, bF, bCube1 );  Cudd_Ref( bCof01 );
+    bCof10 = Cudd_Cofactor( dd, bF, bCube2 );  Cudd_Ref( bCof10 );
+
+    Res = (int)( bCof10 == bCof01 );
+
+    Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bCof01 );
+    Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bCof10 );
+    Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bCube1 );
+    Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bCube2 );
+
+    return Res;
+} /* end of Extra_bddCheckVarsSymmetricNaive */
+
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Builds ZDD representing the set of fixed-size variable tuples.]
+
+  Description [Creates ZDD of all combinations of variables in Support that
+  is represented by a BDD.]
+
+  SideEffects [New ZDD variables are created if indices of the variables
+               present in the combination are larger than the currently
+               allocated number of ZDD variables.]
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+DdNode* Extra_zddTuplesFromBdd( 
+  DdManager * dd,   /* the DD manager */
+  int K,            /* the number of variables in tuples */
+  DdNode * bVarsN)   /* the set of all variables represented as a BDD */
+{
+    DdNode  *zRes;
+    int     autoDynZ;
+
+    autoDynZ = dd->autoDynZ;
+    dd->autoDynZ = 0;
+
+    do {
+        /* transform the numeric arguments (K) into a DdNode* argument;
+         * this allows us to use the standard internal CUDD cache */
+        DdNode *bVarSet = bVarsN, *bVarsK = bVarsN;
+        int     nVars = 0, i;
+
+        /* determine the number of variables in VarSet */
+        while ( bVarSet != b1 )
+        {
+            nVars++;
+            /* make sure that the VarSet is a cube */
+            if ( cuddE( bVarSet ) != b0 )
+                return NULL;
+            bVarSet = cuddT( bVarSet );
+        }
+        /* make sure that the number of variables in VarSet is less or equal 
+           that the number of variables that should be present in the tuples
+        */
+        if ( K > nVars )
+            return NULL;
+
+        /* the second argument in the recursive call stannds for <n>;
+        /* reate the first argument, which stands for <k> 
+         * as when we are talking about the tuple of <k> out of <n> */
+        for ( i = 0; i < nVars-K; i++ )
+            bVarsK = cuddT( bVarsK );
+
+        dd->reordered = 0;
+        zRes = extraZddTuplesFromBdd(dd, bVarsK, bVarsN );
+
+    } while (dd->reordered == 1);
+    dd->autoDynZ = autoDynZ;
+    return zRes;
+
+} /* end of Extra_zddTuplesFromBdd */
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Selects one subset from the set of subsets represented by a ZDD.]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects [None]
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+DdNode* Extra_zddSelectOneSubset( 
+  DdManager * dd,   /* the DD manager */
+  DdNode * zS)      /* the ZDD */
+{
+    DdNode  *res;
+    do {
+        dd->reordered = 0;
+        res = extraZddSelectOneSubset(dd, zS);
+    } while (dd->reordered == 1);
+    return(res);
+
+} /* end of Extra_zddSelectOneSubset */
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Definition of internal functions                                          */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Performs a recursive step of Extra_SymmPairsCompute.]
+
+  Description [Returns the set of symmetric variable pairs represented as a set 
+  of two-literal ZDD cubes. Both variables always appear in the positive polarity
+  in the cubes. This function works without building new BDD nodes. Some relatively 
+  small number of ZDD nodes may be built to ensure proper bookkeeping of the 
+  symmetry information.]
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+DdNode * 
+extraZddSymmPairsCompute( 
+  DdManager * dd,   /* the manager */
+  DdNode * bFunc,   /* the function whose symmetries are computed */
+  DdNode * bVars )  /* the set of variables on which this function depends */
+{
+    DdNode * zRes;
+    DdNode * bFR = Cudd_Regular(bFunc); 
+
+    if ( cuddIsConstant(bFR) )
+    {
+        int nVars, i;
+
+        // determine how many vars are in the bVars
+        nVars = Extra_bddSuppSize( dd, bVars );
+        if ( nVars < 2 )
+            return z0;
+        else
+        {
+            DdNode * bVarsK;
+
+            // create the BDD bVarsK corresponding to K = 2;
+            bVarsK = bVars;
+            for ( i = 0; i < nVars-2; i++ )
+                bVarsK = cuddT( bVarsK );
+            return extraZddTuplesFromBdd( dd, bVarsK, bVars );
+        }
+    }
+    assert( bVars != b1 );
+
+    if ( zRes = cuddCacheLookup2Zdd(dd, extraZddSymmPairsCompute, bFunc, bVars) )
+        return zRes;
+    else
+    {
+        DdNode * zRes0, * zRes1;
+        DdNode * zTemp, * zPlus, * zSymmVars;             
+        DdNode * bF0, * bF1;             
+        DdNode * bVarsNew;
+        int nVarsExtra;
+        int LevelF;
+
+        // every variable in bF should be also in bVars, therefore LevelF cannot be above LevelV
+        // if LevelF is below LevelV, scroll through the vars in bVars to the same level as F
+        // count how many extra vars are there in bVars
+        nVarsExtra = 0;
+        LevelF = dd->perm[bFR->index];
+        for ( bVarsNew = bVars; LevelF > dd->perm[bVarsNew->index]; bVarsNew = cuddT(bVarsNew) )
+            nVarsExtra++; 
+        // the indexes (level) of variables should be synchronized now
+        assert( bFR->index == bVarsNew->index );
+
+        // cofactor the function
+        if ( bFR != bFunc ) // bFunc is complemented 
+        {
+            bF0 = Cudd_Not( cuddE(bFR) );
+            bF1 = Cudd_Not( cuddT(bFR) );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            bF0 = cuddE(bFR);
+            bF1 = cuddT(bFR);
+        }
+
+        // solve subproblems
+        zRes0 = extraZddSymmPairsCompute( dd, bF0, cuddT(bVarsNew) );
+        if ( zRes0 == NULL )
+            return NULL;
+        cuddRef( zRes0 );
+
+        // if there is no symmetries in the negative cofactor
+        // there is no need to test the positive cofactor
+        if ( zRes0 == z0 )
+            zRes = zRes0;  // zRes takes reference
+        else
+        {
+            zRes1 = extraZddSymmPairsCompute( dd, bF1, cuddT(bVarsNew) );
+            if ( zRes1 == NULL )
+            {
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zRes0 );
+                return NULL;
+            }
+            cuddRef( zRes1 );
+
+            // only those variables are pair-wise symmetric 
+            // that are pair-wise symmetric in both cofactors
+            // therefore, intersect the solutions
+            zRes = cuddZddIntersect( dd, zRes0, zRes1 );
+            if ( zRes == NULL )
+            {
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zRes0 );
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zRes1 );
+                return NULL;
+            }
+            cuddRef( zRes );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zRes0 );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zRes1 );
+        }
+
+        // consider the current top-most variable and find all the vars
+        // that are pairwise symmetric with it
+        // these variables are returned as a set of ZDD singletons
+        zSymmVars = extraZddGetSymmetricVars( dd, bF1, bF0, cuddT(bVarsNew) );
+        if ( zSymmVars == NULL )
+        {
+            Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zRes );
+            return NULL;
+        }
+        cuddRef( zSymmVars );
+
+        // attach the topmost variable to the set, to get the variable pairs
+        // use the positive polarity ZDD variable for the purpose
+
+        // there is no need to do so, if zSymmVars is empty
+        if ( zSymmVars == z0 )
+            Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zSymmVars );
+        else
+        {
+            zPlus = cuddZddGetNode( dd, 2*bFR->index, zSymmVars, z0 );
+            if ( zPlus == NULL ) 
+            {
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zRes );
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zSymmVars );
+                return NULL;
+            }
+            cuddRef( zPlus );
+            cuddDeref( zSymmVars );
+
+            // add these variable pairs to the result
+            zRes = cuddZddUnion( dd, zTemp = zRes, zPlus );
+            if ( zRes == NULL )
+            {
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zTemp );
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zPlus );
+                return NULL;
+            }
+            cuddRef( zRes );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zTemp );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zPlus );
+        }
+
+        // only zRes is referenced at this point
+
+        // if we skipped some variables, these variables cannot be symmetric with
+        // any variables that are currently in the support of bF, but they can be 
+        // symmetric with the variables that are in bVars but not in the support of bF
+        if ( nVarsExtra )
+        {
+            // it is possible to improve this step:
+            // (1) there is no need to enter here, if nVarsExtra < 2
+
+            // create the set of topmost nVarsExtra in bVars
+            DdNode * bVarsExtra;
+            int nVars;
+
+            // remove from bVars all the variable that are in the support of bFunc
+            bVarsExtra = extraBddReduceVarSet( dd, bVars, bFunc );  
+            if ( bVarsExtra == NULL )
+            {
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zRes );
+                return NULL;
+            }
+            cuddRef( bVarsExtra );
+
+            // determine how many vars are in the bVarsExtra
+            nVars = Extra_bddSuppSize( dd, bVarsExtra );
+            if ( nVars < 2 )
+            {
+                Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bVarsExtra );
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                int i;
+                DdNode * bVarsK;
+
+                // create the BDD bVarsK corresponding to K = 2;
+                bVarsK = bVarsExtra;
+                for ( i = 0; i < nVars-2; i++ )
+                    bVarsK = cuddT( bVarsK );
+
+                // create the 2 variable tuples
+                zPlus = extraZddTuplesFromBdd( dd, bVarsK, bVarsExtra );
+                if ( zPlus == NULL )
+                {
+                    Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bVarsExtra );
+                    Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zRes );
+                    return NULL;
+                }
+                cuddRef( zPlus );
+                Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bVarsExtra );
+
+                // add these to the result
+                zRes = cuddZddUnion( dd, zTemp = zRes, zPlus );
+                if ( zRes == NULL )
+                {
+                    Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zTemp );
+                    Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zPlus );
+                    return NULL;
+                }
+                cuddRef( zRes );
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zTemp );
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zPlus );
+            }
+        }
+        cuddDeref( zRes );
+
+
+        /* insert the result into cache */
+        cuddCacheInsert2(dd, extraZddSymmPairsCompute, bFunc, bVars, zRes);
+        return zRes;
+    }
+} /* end of extraZddSymmPairsCompute */
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Performs a recursive step of Extra_zddGetSymmetricVars.]
+
+  Description [Returns the set of ZDD singletons, containing those positive
+  ZDD variables that correspond to BDD variables x, for which it is true 
+  that bF(x=0) == bG(x=1).]
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+DdNode * extraZddGetSymmetricVars( 
+  DdManager * dd,    /* the DD manager */
+  DdNode * bF,       /* the first function  - originally, the positive cofactor */
+  DdNode * bG,       /* the second function - originally, the negative cofactor */
+  DdNode * bVars)    /* the set of variables, on which F and G depend */
+{
+    DdNode * zRes;
+    DdNode * bFR = Cudd_Regular(bF); 
+    DdNode * bGR = Cudd_Regular(bG); 
+
+    if ( cuddIsConstant(bFR) && cuddIsConstant(bGR) )
+    {
+        if ( bF == bG )
+            return extraZddGetSingletons( dd, bVars );
+        else 
+            return z0;
+    }
+    assert( bVars != b1 );
+
+    if ( zRes = cuddCacheLookupZdd(dd, DD_GET_SYMM_VARS_TAG, bF, bG, bVars) )
+        return zRes;
+    else
+    {
+        DdNode * zRes0, * zRes1;             
+        DdNode * zPlus, * zTemp;
+        DdNode * bF0, * bF1;             
+        DdNode * bG0, * bG1;             
+        DdNode * bVarsNew;
+    
+        int LevelF = cuddI(dd,bFR->index);
+        int LevelG = cuddI(dd,bGR->index);
+        int LevelFG;
+
+        if ( LevelF < LevelG )
+            LevelFG = LevelF;
+        else
+            LevelFG = LevelG;
+
+        // at least one of the arguments is not a constant
+        assert( LevelFG < dd->size );
+
+        // every variable in bF and bG should be also in bVars, therefore LevelFG cannot be above LevelV
+        // if LevelFG is below LevelV, scroll through the vars in bVars to the same level as LevelFG
+        for ( bVarsNew = bVars; LevelFG > dd->perm[bVarsNew->index]; bVarsNew = cuddT(bVarsNew) );
+        assert( LevelFG == dd->perm[bVarsNew->index] );
+
+        // cofactor the functions
+        if ( LevelF == LevelFG )
+        {
+            if ( bFR != bF ) // bF is complemented 
+            {
+                bF0 = Cudd_Not( cuddE(bFR) );
+                bF1 = Cudd_Not( cuddT(bFR) );
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                bF0 = cuddE(bFR);
+                bF1 = cuddT(bFR);
+            }
+        }
+        else 
+            bF0 = bF1 = bF;
+
+        if ( LevelG == LevelFG )
+        {
+            if ( bGR != bG ) // bG is complemented 
+            {
+                bG0 = Cudd_Not( cuddE(bGR) );
+                bG1 = Cudd_Not( cuddT(bGR) );
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                bG0 = cuddE(bGR);
+                bG1 = cuddT(bGR);
+            }
+        }
+        else 
+            bG0 = bG1 = bG;
+
+        // solve subproblems
+        zRes0 = extraZddGetSymmetricVars( dd, bF0, bG0, cuddT(bVarsNew) );
+        if ( zRes0 == NULL ) 
+            return NULL;
+        cuddRef( zRes0 );
+
+        // if there is not symmetries in the negative cofactor
+        // there is no need to test the positive cofactor
+        if ( zRes0 == z0 )
+            zRes = zRes0;  // zRes takes reference
+        else
+        {
+            zRes1 = extraZddGetSymmetricVars( dd, bF1, bG1, cuddT(bVarsNew) );
+            if ( zRes1 == NULL ) 
+            {
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zRes0 );
+                return NULL;
+            }
+            cuddRef( zRes1 );
+
+            // only those variables should belong to the resulting set 
+            // for which the property is true for both cofactors
+            zRes = cuddZddIntersect( dd, zRes0, zRes1 );
+            if ( zRes == NULL )
+            {
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zRes0 );
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zRes1 );
+                return NULL;
+            }
+            cuddRef( zRes );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zRes0 );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zRes1 );
+        }
+
+        // add one more singleton if the property is true for this variable
+        if ( bF0 == bG1 )
+        {
+            zPlus = cuddZddGetNode( dd, 2*bVarsNew->index, z1, z0 );
+            if ( zPlus == NULL ) 
+            {
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zRes );
+                return NULL;
+            }
+            cuddRef( zPlus );
+
+            // add these variable pairs to the result
+            zRes = cuddZddUnion( dd, zTemp = zRes, zPlus );
+            if ( zRes == NULL )
+            {
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zTemp );
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zPlus );
+                return NULL;
+            }
+            cuddRef( zRes );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zTemp );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zPlus );
+        }
+
+        if ( bF == bG && bVars != bVarsNew )
+        { 
+            // if the functions are equal, so are their cofactors
+            // add those variables from V that are above F and G 
+
+            DdNode * bVarsExtra;
+
+            assert( LevelFG > dd->perm[bVars->index] );
+
+            // create the BDD of the extra variables
+            bVarsExtra = cuddBddExistAbstractRecur( dd, bVars, bVarsNew );
+            if ( bVarsExtra == NULL )
+            {
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zRes );
+                return NULL;
+            }
+            cuddRef( bVarsExtra );
+
+            zPlus = extraZddGetSingletons( dd, bVarsExtra );
+            if ( zPlus == NULL )
+            {
+                Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bVarsExtra );
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zRes );
+                return NULL;
+            }
+            cuddRef( zPlus );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bVarsExtra );
+
+            // add these to the result
+            zRes = cuddZddUnion( dd, zTemp = zRes, zPlus );
+            if ( zRes == NULL )
+            {
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zTemp );
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zPlus );
+                return NULL;
+            }
+            cuddRef( zRes );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zTemp );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zPlus );
+        }
+        cuddDeref( zRes );
+
+        cuddCacheInsert( dd, DD_GET_SYMM_VARS_TAG, bF, bG, bVars, zRes );
+        return zRes;
+    }
+}   /* end of extraZddGetSymmetricVars */
+
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Performs a recursive step of Extra_zddGetSingletons.]
+
+  Description [Returns the set of ZDD singletons, containing those positive 
+  polarity ZDD variables that correspond to the BDD variables in bVars.]
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+DdNode * extraZddGetSingletons( 
+  DdManager * dd,    /* the DD manager */
+  DdNode * bVars)    /* the set of variables */
+{
+    DdNode * zRes;
+
+    if ( bVars == b1 )
+//    if ( bVars == b0 )  // bug fixed by Jin Zhang, Jan 23, 2004
+        return z1;
+
+    if ( zRes = cuddCacheLookup1Zdd(dd, extraZddGetSingletons, bVars) )
+        return zRes;
+    else
+    {
+        DdNode * zTemp, * zPlus;          
+
+        // solve subproblem
+        zRes = extraZddGetSingletons( dd, cuddT(bVars) );
+        if ( zRes == NULL ) 
+            return NULL;
+        cuddRef( zRes );
+        
+        zPlus = cuddZddGetNode( dd, 2*bVars->index, z1, z0 );
+        if ( zPlus == NULL ) 
+        {
+            Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zRes );
+            return NULL;
+        }
+        cuddRef( zPlus );
+
+        // add these to the result
+        zRes = cuddZddUnion( dd, zTemp = zRes, zPlus );
+        if ( zRes == NULL )
+        {
+            Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zTemp );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zPlus );
+            return NULL;
+        }
+        cuddRef( zRes );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zTemp );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zPlus );
+        cuddDeref( zRes );
+
+        cuddCacheInsert1( dd, extraZddGetSingletons, bVars, zRes );
+        return zRes;
+    }
+}   /* end of extraZddGetSingletons */
+
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Performs a recursive step of Extra_bddReduceVarSet.]
+
+  Description [Returns the set of all variables in the given set that are not in the 
+  support of the given function.]
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+DdNode * extraBddReduceVarSet( 
+  DdManager * dd,    /* the DD manager */
+  DdNode * bVars,    /* the set of variables to be reduced */
+  DdNode * bF)       /* the function whose support is used for reduction */
+{
+    DdNode * bRes;
+    DdNode * bFR = Cudd_Regular(bF);
+
+    if ( cuddIsConstant(bFR) || bVars == b1 )
+        return bVars;
+
+    if ( bRes = cuddCacheLookup2(dd, extraBddReduceVarSet, bVars, bF) )
+        return bRes;
+    else
+    {
+        DdNode * bF0, * bF1;             
+        DdNode * bVarsThis, * bVarsLower, * bTemp;
+        int LevelF;
+
+        // if LevelF is below LevelV, scroll through the vars in bVars 
+        LevelF = dd->perm[bFR->index];
+        for ( bVarsThis = bVars; LevelF > cuddI(dd,bVarsThis->index); bVarsThis = cuddT(bVarsThis) );
+        // scroll also through the current var, because it should be not be added
+        if ( LevelF == cuddI(dd,bVarsThis->index) )
+            bVarsLower = cuddT(bVarsThis);
+        else
+            bVarsLower = bVarsThis;
+
+        // cofactor the function
+        if ( bFR != bF ) // bFunc is complemented 
+        {
+            bF0 = Cudd_Not( cuddE(bFR) );
+            bF1 = Cudd_Not( cuddT(bFR) );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            bF0 = cuddE(bFR);
+            bF1 = cuddT(bFR);
+        }
+
+        // solve subproblems
+        bRes = extraBddReduceVarSet( dd, bVarsLower, bF0 );
+        if ( bRes == NULL ) 
+            return NULL;
+        cuddRef( bRes );
+
+        bRes = extraBddReduceVarSet( dd, bTemp = bRes, bF1 );
+        if ( bRes == NULL ) 
+        {
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bTemp );
+            return NULL;
+        }
+        cuddRef( bRes );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bTemp );
+
+        // the current var should not be added
+        // add the skipped vars
+        if ( bVarsThis != bVars )
+        {
+            DdNode * bVarsExtra;
+
+            // extract the skipped variables
+            bVarsExtra = cuddBddExistAbstractRecur( dd, bVars, bVarsThis );
+            if ( bVarsExtra == NULL )
+            {
+                Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bRes );
+                return NULL;
+            }
+            cuddRef( bVarsExtra );
+
+            // add these variables
+            bRes = cuddBddAndRecur( dd, bTemp = bRes, bVarsExtra );
+            if ( bRes == NULL ) 
+            {
+                Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bTemp );
+                Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bVarsExtra );
+                return NULL;
+            }
+            cuddRef( bRes );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bTemp );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bVarsExtra );
+        }
+        cuddDeref( bRes );
+
+        cuddCacheInsert2( dd, extraBddReduceVarSet, bVars, bF, bRes );
+        return bRes;
+    }
+}   /* end of extraBddReduceVarSet */
+
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Performs the recursive step of Extra_bddCheckVarsSymmetric().]
+
+  Description [Returns b0 if the variables are not symmetric. Returns b1 if the
+  variables can be symmetric. The variables are represented in the form of a 
+  two-variable cube. In case the cube contains one variable (below Var1 level),
+  the cube's pointer is complemented if the variable Var1 occurred on the 
+  current path; otherwise, the cube's pointer is regular. Uses additional 
+  complemented bit (Hash_Not) to mark the result if in the BDD rooted that this
+  node there is a branch passing though the node labeled with Var2.]
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+DdNode * extraBddCheckVarsSymmetric( 
+  DdManager * dd,    /* the DD manager */
+  DdNode * bF,
+  DdNode * bVars) 
+{
+    DdNode * bRes;
+
+    if ( bF == b0 )
+        return b1;
+
+    assert( bVars != b1 );
+    
+    if ( bRes = cuddCacheLookup2(dd, extraBddCheckVarsSymmetric, bF, bVars) )
+        return bRes;
+    else
+    {
+        DdNode * bRes0, * bRes1;
+        DdNode * bF0, * bF1;             
+        DdNode * bFR = Cudd_Regular(bF);
+        int LevelF = cuddI(dd,bFR->index);
+
+        DdNode * bVarsR = Cudd_Regular(bVars);
+        int fVar1Pres;
+        int iLev1;
+        int iLev2;
+
+        if ( bVarsR != bVars ) // cube's pointer is complemented
+        {
+            assert( cuddT(bVarsR) == b1 );
+            fVar1Pres = 1;                    // the first var is present on the path
+            iLev1 = -1;                       // we are already below the first var level
+            iLev2 = dd->perm[bVarsR->index];  // the level of the second var
+        }
+        else  // cube's pointer is NOT complemented
+        {
+            fVar1Pres = 0;                    // the first var is absent on the path
+            if ( cuddT(bVars) == b1 )
+            {
+                iLev1 = -1;                             // we are already below the first var level 
+                iLev2 = dd->perm[bVars->index];         // the level of the second var
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                assert( cuddT(cuddT(bVars)) == b1 );
+                iLev1 = dd->perm[bVars->index];         // the level of the first var 
+                iLev2 = dd->perm[cuddT(bVars)->index];  // the level of the second var
+            }
+        }
+
+        // cofactor the function
+        // the cofactors are needed only if we are above the second level
+        if ( LevelF < iLev2 )
+        {
+            if ( bFR != bF ) // bFunc is complemented 
+            {
+                bF0 = Cudd_Not( cuddE(bFR) );
+                bF1 = Cudd_Not( cuddT(bFR) );
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                bF0 = cuddE(bFR);
+                bF1 = cuddT(bFR);
+            }
+        }
+        else
+            bF0 = bF1 = NULL;
+
+        // consider five cases:
+        // (1) F is above iLev1
+        // (2) F is on the level iLev1
+        // (3) F is between iLev1 and iLev2
+        // (4) F is on the level iLev2
+        // (5) F is below iLev2
+
+        // (1) F is above iLev1
+        if ( LevelF < iLev1 )
+        {
+            // the returned result cannot have the hash attribute
+            // because we still did not reach the level of Var1;
+            // the attribute never travels above the level of Var1
+            bRes0 = extraBddCheckVarsSymmetric( dd, bF0, bVars );
+//          assert( !Hash_IsComplement( bRes0 ) );
+            assert( bRes0 != z0 );
+            if ( bRes0 == b0 )
+                bRes = b0;
+            else
+                bRes = extraBddCheckVarsSymmetric( dd, bF1, bVars );
+//          assert( !Hash_IsComplement( bRes ) );
+            assert( bRes != z0 );
+        }
+        // (2) F is on the level iLev1
+        else if ( LevelF == iLev1 )
+        {
+            bRes0 = extraBddCheckVarsSymmetric( dd, bF0, Cudd_Not( cuddT(bVars) ) );
+            if ( bRes0 == b0 )
+                bRes = b0;
+            else
+            {
+                bRes1 = extraBddCheckVarsSymmetric( dd, bF1, Cudd_Not( cuddT(bVars) ) );
+                if ( bRes1 == b0 )
+                    bRes = b0;
+                else
+                {
+//                  if ( Hash_IsComplement( bRes0 ) || Hash_IsComplement( bRes1 ) )
+                    if ( bRes0 == z0 || bRes1 == z0 )
+                        bRes = b1;
+                    else
+                        bRes = b0;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        // (3) F is between iLev1 and iLev2
+        else if ( LevelF < iLev2 )
+        {
+            bRes0 = extraBddCheckVarsSymmetric( dd, bF0, bVars );
+            if ( bRes0 == b0 )
+                bRes = b0;
+            else
+            {
+                bRes1 = extraBddCheckVarsSymmetric( dd, bF1, bVars );
+                if ( bRes1 == b0 )
+                    bRes = b0;
+                else
+                {
+//                  if ( Hash_IsComplement( bRes0 ) || Hash_IsComplement( bRes1 ) )
+//                      bRes = Hash_Not( b1 );
+                    if ( bRes0 == z0 || bRes1 == z0 )
+                        bRes = z0;
+                    else
+                        bRes = b1;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        // (4) F is on the level iLev2
+        else if ( LevelF == iLev2 )
+        {
+            // this is the only place where the hash attribute (Hash_Not) can be added 
+            // to the result; it can be added only if the path came through the node
+            // lebeled with Var1; therefore, the hash attribute cannot be returned
+            // to the caller function
+            if ( fVar1Pres )
+//              bRes = Hash_Not( b1 );
+                bRes = z0;
+            else 
+                bRes = b0;
+        }
+        // (5) F is below iLev2
+        else // if ( LevelF > iLev2 )
+        {
+            // it is possible that the path goes through the node labeled by Var1
+            // and still everything is okay; we do not label with Hash_Not here
+            // because the path does not go through node labeled by Var2
+            bRes = b1;
+        }
+
+        cuddCacheInsert2(dd, extraBddCheckVarsSymmetric, bF, bVars, bRes);
+        return bRes;
+    }
+} /* end of extraBddCheckVarsSymmetric */
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Performs the reordering-sensitive step of Extra_zddTupleFromBdd().]
+
+  Description [Generates in a bottom-up fashion ZDD for all combinations
+               composed of k variables out of variables belonging to Support.]
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+DdNode* extraZddTuplesFromBdd( 
+  DdManager * dd,   /* the DD manager */
+  DdNode * bVarsK,   /* the number of variables in tuples */
+  DdNode * bVarsN)   /* the set of all variables */
+{
+    DdNode *zRes, *zRes0, *zRes1;
+    statLine(dd); 
+
+    /* terminal cases */
+/*  if ( k < 0 || k > n )
+ *      return dd->zero;
+ *  if ( n == 0 )
+ *      return dd->one; 
+ */
+    if ( cuddI( dd, bVarsK->index ) < cuddI( dd, bVarsN->index ) )
+        return z0;
+    if ( bVarsN == b1 )
+        return z1;
+
+    /* check cache */
+    zRes = cuddCacheLookup2Zdd(dd, extraZddTuplesFromBdd, bVarsK, bVarsN);
+    if (zRes)
+        return(zRes);
+
+    /* ZDD in which this variable is 0 */
+/*  zRes0 = extraZddTuplesFromBdd( dd, k,     n-1 ); */
+    zRes0 = extraZddTuplesFromBdd( dd, bVarsK, cuddT(bVarsN) );
+    if ( zRes0 == NULL ) 
+        return NULL;
+    cuddRef( zRes0 );
+
+    /* ZDD in which this variable is 1 */
+/*  zRes1 = extraZddTuplesFromBdd( dd, k-1,          n-1 ); */
+    if ( bVarsK == b1 )
+    {
+        zRes1 = z0;
+        cuddRef( zRes1 );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        zRes1 = extraZddTuplesFromBdd( dd, cuddT(bVarsK), cuddT(bVarsN) );
+        if ( zRes1 == NULL ) 
+        {
+            Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zRes0 );
+            return NULL;
+        }
+        cuddRef( zRes1 );
+    }
+
+    /* compose Res0 and Res1 with the given ZDD variable */
+    zRes = cuddZddGetNode( dd, 2*bVarsN->index, zRes1, zRes0 );
+    if ( zRes == NULL ) 
+    {
+        Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zRes0 );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zRes1 );
+        return NULL;
+    }
+    cuddDeref( zRes0 );
+    cuddDeref( zRes1 );
+
+    /* insert the result into cache */
+    cuddCacheInsert2(dd, extraZddTuplesFromBdd, bVarsK, bVarsN, zRes);
+    return zRes;
+
+} /* end of extraZddTuplesFromBdd */
+
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Performs the recursive step of Extra_zddSelectOneSubset.]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects [None]
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+DdNode * extraZddSelectOneSubset( 
+  DdManager * dd, 
+  DdNode * zS )
+// selects one subset from the ZDD zS
+// returns z0 if and only if zS is an empty set of cubes
+{
+    DdNode * zRes;
+
+    if ( zS == z0 )    return z0;
+    if ( zS == z1 )    return z1;
+    
+    // check cache
+    if ( zRes = cuddCacheLookup1Zdd( dd, extraZddSelectOneSubset, zS ) )
+        return zRes;
+    else
+    {
+        DdNode * zS0, * zS1, * zTemp; 
+
+        zS0 = cuddE(zS);
+        zS1 = cuddT(zS);
+
+        if ( zS0 != z0 )
+        {
+            zRes = extraZddSelectOneSubset( dd, zS0 );
+            if ( zRes == NULL )
+                return NULL;
+        }
+        else // if ( zS0 == z0 )
+        {
+            assert( zS1 != z0 );
+            zRes = extraZddSelectOneSubset( dd, zS1 );
+            if ( zRes == NULL )
+                return NULL;
+            cuddRef( zRes );
+
+            zRes = cuddZddGetNode( dd, zS->index, zTemp = zRes, z0 );
+            if ( zRes == NULL ) 
+            {
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zTemp );
+                return NULL;
+            }
+            cuddDeref( zTemp );
+        }
+
+        // insert the result into cache
+        cuddCacheInsert1( dd, extraZddSelectOneSubset, zS, zRes );
+        return zRes;
+    }       
+} /* end of extraZddSelectOneSubset */
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Definition of static Functions                                            */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
diff --git a/src/misc/extra/extraBddUnate.c b/src/misc/extra/extraBddUnate.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b0297c77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/extra/extraBddUnate.c
@@ -0,0 +1,641 @@
+/**CFile****************************************************************
+
+  FileName    [extraBddUnate.c]
+
+  PackageName [extra]
+
+  Synopsis    [Efficient methods to compute the information about
+  unate variables using an algorithm that is conceptually similar to
+  the algorithm for two-variable symmetry computation presented in:
+  A. Mishchenko. Fast Computation of Symmetries in Boolean Functions. 
+  Transactions on CAD, Nov. 2003.]
+
+  Author      [Alan Mishchenko]
+  
+  Affiliation [UC Berkeley]
+
+  Date        [Ver. 2.0. Started - September 1, 2003.]
+
+  Revision    [$Id: extraBddUnate.c,v 1.0 2003/09/01 00:00:00 alanmi Exp $]
+
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "extra.h"
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Constant declarations                                                     */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Stucture declarations                                                     */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Type declarations                                                         */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Variable declarations                                                     */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Macro declarations                                                        */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**AutomaticStart*************************************************************/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Static function prototypes                                                */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**AutomaticEnd***************************************************************/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Definition of exported functions                                          */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Computes the classical symmetry information for the function.]
+
+  Description [Returns the symmetry information in the form of Extra_UnateInfo_t structure.]
+
+  SideEffects [If the ZDD variables are not derived from BDD variables with
+  multiplicity 2, this function may derive them in a wrong way.]
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+Extra_UnateInfo_t * Extra_UnateComputeFast( 
+  DdManager * dd,   /* the manager */
+  DdNode * bFunc)   /* the function whose symmetries are computed */
+{
+    DdNode * bSupp;
+    DdNode * zRes;
+    Extra_UnateInfo_t * p;
+
+    bSupp = Cudd_Support( dd, bFunc );                      Cudd_Ref( bSupp );
+    zRes  = Extra_zddUnateInfoCompute( dd, bFunc, bSupp );  Cudd_Ref( zRes );
+
+    p = Extra_UnateInfoCreateFromZdd( dd, zRes, bSupp );
+
+    Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bSupp );
+    Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zRes );
+
+    return p;
+
+} /* end of Extra_UnateInfoCompute */
+
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Computes the classical symmetry information as a ZDD.]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+DdNode * Extra_zddUnateInfoCompute( 
+  DdManager * dd,   /* the DD manager */
+  DdNode * bF,
+  DdNode * bVars) 
+{
+    DdNode * res;
+    do {
+        dd->reordered = 0;
+        res = extraZddUnateInfoCompute( dd, bF, bVars );
+    } while (dd->reordered == 1);
+    return(res);
+
+} /* end of Extra_zddUnateInfoCompute */
+
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Converts a set of variables into a set of singleton subsets.]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+DdNode * Extra_zddGetSingletonsBoth( 
+  DdManager * dd,    /* the DD manager */
+  DdNode * bVars)    /* the set of variables */
+{
+    DdNode * res;
+    do {
+        dd->reordered = 0;
+        res = extraZddGetSingletonsBoth( dd, bVars );
+    } while (dd->reordered == 1);
+    return(res);
+
+} /* end of Extra_zddGetSingletonsBoth */
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Allocates unateness information structure.]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+Extra_UnateInfo_t *  Extra_UnateInfoAllocate( int nVars )
+{
+    Extra_UnateInfo_t * p;
+    // allocate and clean the storage for unateness info
+    p = ALLOC( Extra_UnateInfo_t, 1 );
+    memset( p, 0, sizeof(Extra_UnateInfo_t) );
+    p->nVars     = nVars;
+    p->pVars     = ALLOC( Extra_UnateVar_t, nVars );  
+    memset( p->pVars, 0, nVars * sizeof(Extra_UnateVar_t) );
+    return p;
+} /* end of Extra_UnateInfoAllocate */
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Deallocates symmetry information structure.]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+void Extra_UnateInfoDissolve( Extra_UnateInfo_t * p )
+{
+    free( p->pVars );
+    free( p );
+} /* end of Extra_UnateInfoDissolve */
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Allocates symmetry information structure.]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+void Extra_UnateInfoPrint( Extra_UnateInfo_t * p )
+{
+    char * pBuffer;
+    int i;
+    pBuffer = ALLOC( char, p->nVarsMax+1 );
+    memset( pBuffer, ' ', p->nVarsMax );
+    pBuffer[p->nVarsMax] = 0;
+    for ( i = 0; i < p->nVars; i++ )
+        if ( p->pVars[i].Neg )
+            pBuffer[ p->pVars[i].iVar ] = 'n';
+        else if ( p->pVars[i].Pos )
+            pBuffer[ p->pVars[i].iVar ] = 'p';
+        else
+            pBuffer[ p->pVars[i].iVar ] = '.';
+    printf( "%s\n", pBuffer );
+    free( pBuffer );
+} /* end of Extra_UnateInfoPrint */
+
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Creates the symmetry information structure from ZDD.]
+
+  Description [ZDD representation of symmetries is the set of cubes, each
+  of which has two variables in the positive polarity. These variables correspond
+  to the symmetric variable pair.]
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+Extra_UnateInfo_t * Extra_UnateInfoCreateFromZdd( DdManager * dd, DdNode * zPairs, DdNode * bSupp )
+{
+    Extra_UnateInfo_t * p;
+    DdNode * bTemp, * zSet, * zCube, * zTemp;
+    int * pMapVars2Nums;
+    int i, nSuppSize;
+
+    nSuppSize = Extra_bddSuppSize( dd, bSupp );
+
+    // allocate and clean the storage for symmetry info
+    p = Extra_UnateInfoAllocate( nSuppSize );
+
+    // allocate the storage for the temporary map
+    pMapVars2Nums = ALLOC( int, dd->size );
+    memset( pMapVars2Nums, 0, dd->size * sizeof(int) );
+
+    // assign the variables
+    p->nVarsMax = dd->size;
+    for ( i = 0, bTemp = bSupp; bTemp != b1; bTemp = cuddT(bTemp), i++ )
+    {
+        p->pVars[i].iVar = bTemp->index;
+        pMapVars2Nums[bTemp->index] = i;
+    }
+
+    // write the symmetry info into the structure
+    zSet = zPairs;   Cudd_Ref( zSet );
+//    Cudd_zddPrintCover( dd, zPairs );    printf( "\n" );
+    while ( zSet != z0 )
+    {
+        // get the next cube
+        zCube  = Extra_zddSelectOneSubset( dd, zSet );    Cudd_Ref( zCube );
+
+        // add this var to the data structure
+        assert( cuddT(zCube) == z1 && cuddE(zCube) == z0 );
+        if ( zCube->index & 1 ) // neg
+            p->pVars[ pMapVars2Nums[zCube->index/2] ].Neg = 1;
+        else
+            p->pVars[ pMapVars2Nums[zCube->index/2] ].Pos = 1;
+        // count the unate vars
+        p->nUnate++;
+
+        // update the cuver and deref the cube
+        zSet = Cudd_zddDiff( dd, zTemp = zSet, zCube );     Cudd_Ref( zSet );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zTemp );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zCube );
+
+    } // for each cube 
+    Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zSet );
+    FREE( pMapVars2Nums );
+    return p;
+
+} /* end of Extra_UnateInfoCreateFromZdd */
+
+
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Computes the classical unateness information for the function.]
+
+  Description [Uses the naive way of comparing cofactors.]
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+Extra_UnateInfo_t * Extra_UnateComputeSlow( DdManager * dd, DdNode * bFunc )
+{
+    int nSuppSize;
+    DdNode * bSupp, * bTemp;
+    Extra_UnateInfo_t * p;
+    int i, Res;
+
+    // compute the support
+    bSupp = Cudd_Support( dd, bFunc );   Cudd_Ref( bSupp );
+    nSuppSize = Extra_bddSuppSize( dd, bSupp );
+//printf( "Support = %d. ", nSuppSize );
+//Extra_bddPrint( dd, bSupp );
+//printf( "%d ", nSuppSize );
+
+    // allocate the storage for symmetry info
+    p = Extra_UnateInfoAllocate( nSuppSize );
+
+    // assign the variables
+    p->nVarsMax = dd->size;
+    for ( i = 0, bTemp = bSupp; bTemp != b1; bTemp = cuddT(bTemp), i++ )
+    {
+        Res = Extra_bddCheckUnateNaive( dd, bFunc, bTemp->index );
+        p->pVars[i].iVar = bTemp->index;
+        if ( Res == -1 )
+            p->pVars[i].Neg = 1;
+        else if ( Res == 1 )
+            p->pVars[i].Pos = 1;
+        p->nUnate += (Res != 0);
+    }
+    Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bSupp );
+    return p;
+
+} /* end of Extra_UnateComputeSlow */
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Checks if the two variables are symmetric.]
+
+  Description [Returns 0 if vars are not unate. Return -1/+1 if the var is neg/pos unate.]
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+int Extra_bddCheckUnateNaive( 
+  DdManager * dd,   /* the DD manager */
+  DdNode * bF,
+  int iVar) 
+{
+    DdNode * bCof0, * bCof1;
+    int Res;
+
+    assert( iVar < dd->size );
+
+    bCof0 = Cudd_Cofactor( dd, bF, Cudd_Not(Cudd_bddIthVar(dd,iVar)) );  Cudd_Ref( bCof0 );
+    bCof1 = Cudd_Cofactor( dd, bF, Cudd_bddIthVar(dd,iVar) );            Cudd_Ref( bCof1 );
+
+    if ( Cudd_bddLeq( dd, bCof0, bCof1 ) )
+        Res = 1;
+    else if ( Cudd_bddLeq( dd, bCof1, bCof0 ) )
+        Res =-1;
+    else
+        Res = 0;
+
+    Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bCof0 );
+    Cudd_RecursiveDeref( dd, bCof1 );
+    return Res;
+} /* end of Extra_bddCheckUnateNaive */
+
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Definition of internal functions                                          */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Performs a recursive step of Extra_UnateInfoCompute.]
+
+  Description [Returns the set of symmetric variable pairs represented as a set 
+  of two-literal ZDD cubes. Both variables always appear in the positive polarity
+  in the cubes. This function works without building new BDD nodes. Some relatively 
+  small number of ZDD nodes may be built to ensure proper bookkeeping of the 
+  symmetry information.]
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+DdNode * 
+extraZddUnateInfoCompute( 
+  DdManager * dd,   /* the manager */
+  DdNode * bFunc,   /* the function whose symmetries are computed */
+  DdNode * bVars )  /* the set of variables on which this function depends */
+{
+    DdNode * zRes;
+    DdNode * bFR = Cudd_Regular(bFunc); 
+
+    if ( cuddIsConstant(bFR) )
+    {
+        if ( cuddIsConstant(bVars) )
+            return z0;
+        return extraZddGetSingletonsBoth( dd, bVars );
+    }
+    assert( bVars != b1 );
+
+    if ( zRes = cuddCacheLookup2Zdd(dd, extraZddUnateInfoCompute, bFunc, bVars) )
+        return zRes;
+    else
+    {
+        DdNode * zRes0, * zRes1;
+        DdNode * zTemp, * zPlus;             
+        DdNode * bF0, * bF1;             
+        DdNode * bVarsNew;
+        int nVarsExtra;
+        int LevelF;
+        int AddVar;
+
+        // every variable in bF should be also in bVars, therefore LevelF cannot be above LevelV
+        // if LevelF is below LevelV, scroll through the vars in bVars to the same level as F
+        // count how many extra vars are there in bVars
+        nVarsExtra = 0;
+        LevelF = dd->perm[bFR->index];
+        for ( bVarsNew = bVars; LevelF > dd->perm[bVarsNew->index]; bVarsNew = cuddT(bVarsNew) )
+            nVarsExtra++; 
+        // the indexes (level) of variables should be synchronized now
+        assert( bFR->index == bVarsNew->index );
+
+        // cofactor the function
+        if ( bFR != bFunc ) // bFunc is complemented 
+        {
+            bF0 = Cudd_Not( cuddE(bFR) );
+            bF1 = Cudd_Not( cuddT(bFR) );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            bF0 = cuddE(bFR);
+            bF1 = cuddT(bFR);
+        }
+
+        // solve subproblems
+        zRes0 = extraZddUnateInfoCompute( dd, bF0, cuddT(bVarsNew) );
+        if ( zRes0 == NULL )
+            return NULL;
+        cuddRef( zRes0 );
+
+        // if there is no symmetries in the negative cofactor
+        // there is no need to test the positive cofactor
+        if ( zRes0 == z0 )
+            zRes = zRes0;  // zRes takes reference
+        else
+        {
+            zRes1 = extraZddUnateInfoCompute( dd, bF1, cuddT(bVarsNew) );
+            if ( zRes1 == NULL )
+            {
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zRes0 );
+                return NULL;
+            }
+            cuddRef( zRes1 );
+
+            // only those variables are pair-wise symmetric 
+            // that are pair-wise symmetric in both cofactors
+            // therefore, intersect the solutions
+            zRes = cuddZddIntersect( dd, zRes0, zRes1 );
+            if ( zRes == NULL )
+            {
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zRes0 );
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zRes1 );
+                return NULL;
+            }
+            cuddRef( zRes );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zRes0 );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zRes1 );
+        }
+
+        // consider the current top-most variable
+        AddVar = -1;
+        if ( Cudd_bddLeq( dd, bF0, bF1 ) ) // pos
+            AddVar = 0;
+        else if ( Cudd_bddLeq( dd, bF1, bF0 ) ) // neg
+            AddVar = 1;
+        if ( AddVar >= 0 )
+        {
+            // create the singleton
+            zPlus = cuddZddGetNode( dd, 2*bFR->index + AddVar, z1, z0 );
+            if ( zPlus == NULL ) 
+            {
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zRes );
+                return NULL;
+            }
+            cuddRef( zPlus );
+
+            // add these to the result
+            zRes = cuddZddUnion( dd, zTemp = zRes, zPlus );
+            if ( zRes == NULL )
+            {
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zTemp );
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zPlus );
+                return NULL;
+            }
+            cuddRef( zRes );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zTemp );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zPlus );
+        }
+        // only zRes is referenced at this point
+
+        // if we skipped some variables, these variables cannot be symmetric with
+        // any variables that are currently in the support of bF, but they can be 
+        // symmetric with the variables that are in bVars but not in the support of bF
+        for ( bVarsNew = bVars; LevelF > dd->perm[bVarsNew->index]; bVarsNew = cuddT(bVarsNew) )
+        {
+            // create the negative singleton
+            zPlus = cuddZddGetNode( dd, 2*bVarsNew->index+1, z1, z0 );
+            if ( zPlus == NULL ) 
+            {
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zRes );
+                return NULL;
+            }
+            cuddRef( zPlus );
+
+            // add these to the result
+            zRes = cuddZddUnion( dd, zTemp = zRes, zPlus );
+            if ( zRes == NULL )
+            {
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zTemp );
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zPlus );
+                return NULL;
+            }
+            cuddRef( zRes );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zTemp );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zPlus );
+        
+
+            // create the positive singleton
+            zPlus = cuddZddGetNode( dd, 2*bVarsNew->index, z1, z0 );
+            if ( zPlus == NULL ) 
+            {
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zRes );
+                return NULL;
+            }
+            cuddRef( zPlus );
+
+            // add these to the result
+            zRes = cuddZddUnion( dd, zTemp = zRes, zPlus );
+            if ( zRes == NULL )
+            {
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zTemp );
+                Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zPlus );
+                return NULL;
+            }
+            cuddRef( zRes );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zTemp );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zPlus );
+        }
+        cuddDeref( zRes );
+
+        /* insert the result into cache */
+        cuddCacheInsert2(dd, extraZddUnateInfoCompute, bFunc, bVars, zRes);
+        return zRes;
+    }
+} /* end of extraZddUnateInfoCompute */
+
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Performs a recursive step of Extra_zddGetSingletons.]
+
+  Description [Returns the set of ZDD singletons, containing those pos/neg 
+  polarity ZDD variables that correspond to the BDD variables in bVars.]
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+DdNode * extraZddGetSingletonsBoth( 
+  DdManager * dd,    /* the DD manager */
+  DdNode * bVars)    /* the set of variables */
+{
+    DdNode * zRes;
+
+    if ( bVars == b1 )
+        return z1;
+
+    if ( zRes = cuddCacheLookup1Zdd(dd, extraZddGetSingletonsBoth, bVars) )
+        return zRes;
+    else
+    {
+        DdNode * zTemp, * zPlus;          
+
+        // solve subproblem
+        zRes = extraZddGetSingletonsBoth( dd, cuddT(bVars) );
+        if ( zRes == NULL ) 
+            return NULL;
+        cuddRef( zRes );
+
+        
+        // create the negative singleton
+        zPlus = cuddZddGetNode( dd, 2*bVars->index+1, z1, z0 );
+        if ( zPlus == NULL ) 
+        {
+            Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zRes );
+            return NULL;
+        }
+        cuddRef( zPlus );
+
+        // add these to the result
+        zRes = cuddZddUnion( dd, zTemp = zRes, zPlus );
+        if ( zRes == NULL )
+        {
+            Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zTemp );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zPlus );
+            return NULL;
+        }
+        cuddRef( zRes );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zTemp );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zPlus );
+        
+
+        // create the positive singleton
+        zPlus = cuddZddGetNode( dd, 2*bVars->index, z1, z0 );
+        if ( zPlus == NULL ) 
+        {
+            Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zRes );
+            return NULL;
+        }
+        cuddRef( zPlus );
+
+        // add these to the result
+        zRes = cuddZddUnion( dd, zTemp = zRes, zPlus );
+        if ( zRes == NULL )
+        {
+            Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zTemp );
+            Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zPlus );
+            return NULL;
+        }
+        cuddRef( zRes );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zTemp );
+        Cudd_RecursiveDerefZdd( dd, zPlus );
+
+        cuddDeref( zRes );
+        cuddCacheInsert1( dd, extraZddGetSingletonsBoth, bVars, zRes );
+        return zRes;
+    }
+}   /* end of extraZddGetSingletonsBoth */
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Definition of static Functions                                            */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
diff --git a/src/misc/extra/extraUtilBitMatrix.c b/src/misc/extra/extraUtilBitMatrix.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b860a538
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/extra/extraUtilBitMatrix.c
@@ -0,0 +1,415 @@
+/**CFile****************************************************************
+
+  FileName    [extraUtilBitMatrix.c]
+
+  PackageName [extra]
+
+  Synopsis    [Various reusable software utilities.]
+
+  Author      [Alan Mishchenko]
+  
+  Affiliation [UC Berkeley]
+
+  Date        [Ver. 1.0. Started - September 1, 2003.]
+
+  Revision    [$Id: extraUtilBitMatrix.c,v 1.0 2003/09/01 00:00:00 alanmi Exp $]
+
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "extra.h"
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Constant declarations                                                     */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Stucture declarations                                                     */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+struct Extra_BitMat_t_
+{
+    unsigned ** ppData;      // bit data
+    int         nSize;       // the number of bits in one dimension
+    int         nWords;      // the number of words in one dimension
+    int         nBitShift;   // the number of bits to shift to get words
+    unsigned    uMask;       // the mask to get the number of bits in the word
+    int         nLookups;    // the number of lookups  
+    int         nInserts;    // the number of inserts
+    int         nDeletes;    // the number of deletions
+};
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Type declarations                                                         */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Variable declarations                                                     */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Macro declarations                                                        */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+/**AutomaticStart*************************************************************/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Static function prototypes                                                */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**AutomaticEnd***************************************************************/
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Definition of exported functions                                          */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Starts the bit matrix.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+Extra_BitMat_t * Extra_BitMatrixStart( int nSize )
+{
+    Extra_BitMat_t * p;
+    int i;
+    p = ALLOC( Extra_BitMat_t, 1 );
+    memset( p, 0, sizeof(Extra_BitMat_t) );
+    p->nSize     = nSize;
+    p->nBitShift = (sizeof(unsigned) == 4) ?  5:  6;
+    p->uMask     = (sizeof(unsigned) == 4) ? 31: 63;
+    p->nWords    = nSize / (8 * sizeof(unsigned)) + ((nSize % (8 * sizeof(unsigned))) > 0);
+    p->ppData    = ALLOC( unsigned *, nSize );
+    p->ppData[0] = ALLOC( unsigned, nSize * p->nWords );
+    memset( p->ppData[0], 0, sizeof(unsigned) * nSize * p->nWords );
+    for ( i = 1; i < nSize; i++ )
+        p->ppData[i] = p->ppData[i-1] + p->nWords;
+    return p;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Stops the bit matrix.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Extra_BitMatrixClean( Extra_BitMat_t * p )
+{
+    memset( p->ppData[0], 0, sizeof(unsigned) * p->nSize * p->nWords );
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Stops the bit matrix.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Extra_BitMatrixStop( Extra_BitMat_t * p )
+{
+    FREE( p->ppData[0] );
+    FREE( p->ppData );
+    FREE( p );
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Prints the bit-matrix.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Extra_BitMatrixPrint( Extra_BitMat_t * pMat )
+{
+    int i, k, nVars;
+    printf( "\n" );
+    nVars = Extra_BitMatrixReadSize( pMat );
+    for ( i = 0; i < nVars; i++ )
+    {
+        for ( k = 0; k <= i; k++ )
+            printf( " " );
+        for ( k = i+1; k < nVars; k++ )
+            if ( Extra_BitMatrixLookup1( pMat, i, k ) )
+                printf( "1" );
+            else
+                printf( "." );
+        printf( "\n" );
+    }
+}
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Reads the matrix size.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Extra_BitMatrixReadSize( Extra_BitMat_t * p )
+{
+    return p->nSize;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Inserts the element into the upper part.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Extra_BitMatrixInsert1( Extra_BitMat_t * p, int i, int k )
+{
+    p->nInserts++;
+    if ( i < k )
+        p->ppData[i][k>>p->nBitShift] |= (1<<(k & p->uMask));
+    else
+        p->ppData[k][i>>p->nBitShift] |= (1<<(i & p->uMask));
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Inserts the element into the upper part.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Extra_BitMatrixLookup1( Extra_BitMat_t * p, int i, int k )
+{
+    p->nLookups++;
+    if ( i < k )
+        return ((p->ppData[i][k>>p->nBitShift] & (1<<(k & p->uMask))) > 0);
+    else
+        return ((p->ppData[k][i>>p->nBitShift] & (1<<(i & p->uMask))) > 0);
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Inserts the element into the upper part.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Extra_BitMatrixDelete1( Extra_BitMat_t * p, int i, int k )
+{
+    p->nDeletes++;
+    if ( i < k )
+        p->ppData[i][k>>p->nBitShift] &= ~(1<<(k & p->uMask));
+    else
+        p->ppData[k][i>>p->nBitShift] &= ~(1<<(i & p->uMask));
+}
+
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Inserts the element into the upper part.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Extra_BitMatrixInsert2( Extra_BitMat_t * p, int i, int k )
+{
+    p->nInserts++;
+    if ( i > k )
+        p->ppData[i][k>>p->nBitShift] |= (1<<(k & p->uMask));
+    else
+        p->ppData[k][i>>p->nBitShift] |= (1<<(i & p->uMask));
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Inserts the element into the upper part.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Extra_BitMatrixLookup2( Extra_BitMat_t * p, int i, int k )
+{
+    p->nLookups++;
+    if ( i > k )
+        return ((p->ppData[i][k>>p->nBitShift] & (1<<(k & p->uMask))) > 0);
+    else
+        return ((p->ppData[k][i>>p->nBitShift] & (1<<(i & p->uMask))) > 0);
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Inserts the element into the upper part.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Extra_BitMatrixDelete2( Extra_BitMat_t * p, int i, int k )
+{
+    p->nDeletes++;
+    if ( i > k )
+        p->ppData[i][k>>p->nBitShift] &= ~(1<<(k & p->uMask));
+    else
+        p->ppData[k][i>>p->nBitShift] &= ~(1<<(i & p->uMask));
+}
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Inserts the element into the upper part.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Extra_BitMatrixOr( Extra_BitMat_t * p, int i, unsigned * pInfo )
+{
+    int w;
+    for ( w = 0; w < p->nWords; w++ )
+        p->ppData[i][w] |= pInfo[w];
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Inserts the element into the upper part.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Extra_BitMatrixOrTwo( Extra_BitMat_t * p, int i, int j )
+{
+    int w;
+    for ( w = 0; w < p->nWords; w++ )
+        p->ppData[i][w] = p->ppData[j][w] = (p->ppData[i][w] | p->ppData[j][w]);
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Counts the number of 1's in the upper rectangle.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Extra_BitMatrixCountOnesUpper( Extra_BitMat_t * p )
+{
+    int i, k, nTotal = 0;
+    for ( i = 0; i < p->nSize; i++ )
+        for ( k = i + 1; k < p->nSize; k++ )
+            nTotal += ( (p->ppData[i][k>>5] & (1 << (k&31))) > 0 );
+    return nTotal;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns 1 if the matrices have no entries in common.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Extra_BitMatrixIsDisjoint( Extra_BitMat_t * p1, Extra_BitMat_t * p2 )
+{
+    int i, w;
+    assert( p1->nSize == p2->nSize );
+    for ( i = 0; i < p1->nSize; i++ )
+        for ( w = 0; w < p1->nWords; w++ )
+            if ( p1->ppData[i][w] & p2->ppData[i][w] )
+                return 0;
+    return 1;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns 1 if the matrix is a set of cliques.]
+
+  Description [For example pairwise symmetry info should satisfy this property.]
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Extra_BitMatrixIsClique( Extra_BitMat_t * pMat )
+{
+    int v, u, i;
+    for ( v = 0; v < pMat->nSize; v++ )
+    for ( u = v+1; u < pMat->nSize; u++ )
+    {
+        if ( !Extra_BitMatrixLookup1( pMat, v, u ) )
+            continue;
+        // v and u are symmetric
+        for ( i = 0; i < pMat->nSize; i++ )
+        {
+            if ( i == v || i == u )
+                continue;
+            // i is neither v nor u
+            // the symmetry status of i is the same w.r.t. to v and u
+            if ( Extra_BitMatrixLookup1( pMat, i, v ) != Extra_BitMatrixLookup1( pMat, i, u ) )
+                return 0;
+        }
+    }
+    return 1;
+}
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                       END OF FILE                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
diff --git a/src/misc/extra/extraUtilCanon.c b/src/misc/extra/extraUtilCanon.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fcc7d84d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/extra/extraUtilCanon.c
@@ -0,0 +1,701 @@
+/**CFile****************************************************************
+
+  FileName    [extraUtilMisc.c]
+
+  SystemName  [ABC: Logic synthesis and verification system.]
+
+  PackageName [extra]
+
+  Synopsis    [Computing canonical forms of Boolean functions using truth tables.]
+
+  Author      [Alan Mishchenko]
+  
+  Affiliation [UC Berkeley]
+
+  Date        [Ver. 1.0. Started - June 20, 2005.]
+
+  Revision    [$Id: extraUtilMisc.c,v 1.0 2003/09/01 00:00:00 alanmi Exp $]
+
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "extra.h"
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Constant declarations                                                     */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Stucture declarations                                                     */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Type declarations                                                         */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Variable declarations                                                     */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static unsigned s_Truths3[256];
+static char s_Phases3[256][9];
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Macro declarations                                                        */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+/**AutomaticStart*************************************************************/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Static function prototypes                                                */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static int Extra_TruthCanonN_rec( int nVars, unsigned char * pt, unsigned ** pptRes, char ** ppfRes, int Flag );
+
+/**AutomaticEnd***************************************************************/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Definition of exported functions                                          */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Computes the N-canonical form of the Boolean function up to 6 inputs.]
+
+  Description [The N-canonical form is defined as the truth table with 
+  the minimum integer value. This function exhaustively enumerates 
+  through the complete set of 2^N phase assignments.
+  Returns pointers to the static storage to the truth table and phases. 
+  This data should be used before the function is called again.]
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+int Extra_TruthCanonFastN( int nVarsMax, int nVarsReal, unsigned * pt, unsigned ** pptRes, char ** ppfRes )
+{
+    static unsigned uTruthStore6[2];
+    int RetValue;
+    assert( nVarsMax <= 6 );
+    assert( nVarsReal <= nVarsMax );
+    RetValue = Extra_TruthCanonN_rec( nVarsReal <= 3? 3: nVarsReal, (unsigned char *)pt, pptRes, ppfRes, 0 );
+    if ( nVarsMax == 6 && nVarsReal < nVarsMax )
+    {
+        uTruthStore6[0] = **pptRes;
+        uTruthStore6[1] = **pptRes;
+        *pptRes = uTruthStore6;
+    }
+    return RetValue;
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Definition of internal functions                                          */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Recursive implementation of the above.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects [This procedure has a bug, which shows on Solaris.
+  Most likely has something to do with the casts, i.g *((unsigned *)pt0)]
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Extra_TruthCanonN_rec( int nVars, unsigned char * pt, unsigned ** pptRes, char ** ppfRes, int Flag )
+{
+    static unsigned uTruthStore[7][2][2];
+    static char uPhaseStore[7][2][64];
+
+    unsigned char * pt0, * pt1;
+    unsigned * ptRes0, * ptRes1, * ptRes;
+    unsigned uInit0, uInit1, uTruth0, uTruth1, uTemp;
+    char * pfRes0, * pfRes1, * pfRes;
+    int nf0, nf1, nfRes, i, nVarsN;
+
+    // table lookup for three vars
+    if ( nVars == 3 )
+    {
+        *pptRes = &s_Truths3[*pt];
+        *ppfRes = s_Phases3[*pt]+1;
+        return s_Phases3[*pt][0];
+    }
+
+    // number of vars for the next call
+    nVarsN = nVars-1;
+    // truth table for the next call
+    pt0 = pt;
+    pt1 = pt + (1 << nVarsN) / 8;
+    // 5-var truth tables for this call
+//    uInit0 = *((unsigned *)pt0);
+//    uInit1 = *((unsigned *)pt1);
+    if ( nVarsN == 3 )
+    {
+        uInit0 = (pt0[0] << 24) | (pt0[0] << 16) | (pt0[0] << 8) | pt0[0];
+        uInit1 = (pt1[0] << 24) | (pt1[0] << 16) | (pt1[0] << 8) | pt1[0];
+    }
+    else if ( nVarsN == 4 )
+    {
+        uInit0 = (pt0[1] << 24) | (pt0[0] << 16) | (pt0[1] << 8) | pt0[0];
+        uInit1 = (pt1[1] << 24) | (pt1[0] << 16) | (pt1[1] << 8) | pt1[0];
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        uInit0 = (pt0[3] << 24) | (pt0[2] << 16) | (pt0[1] << 8) | pt0[0];
+        uInit1 = (pt1[3] << 24) | (pt1[2] << 16) | (pt1[1] << 8) | pt1[0];
+    }
+
+    // storage for truth tables and phases
+    ptRes  = uTruthStore[nVars][Flag];
+    pfRes  = uPhaseStore[nVars][Flag];
+
+    // solve trivial cases
+    if ( uInit1 == 0 )
+    {
+        nf0 = Extra_TruthCanonN_rec( nVarsN, pt0, &ptRes0, &pfRes0, 0 );
+        uTruth1 = uInit1;
+        uTruth0 = *ptRes0;
+        nfRes   = 0;
+        for ( i = 0; i < nf0; i++ )
+            pfRes[nfRes++] = pfRes0[i];
+        goto finish;
+    }
+    if ( uInit0 == 0 )
+    {
+        nf1 = Extra_TruthCanonN_rec( nVarsN, pt1, &ptRes1, &pfRes1, 1 );
+        uTruth1 = uInit0;
+        uTruth0 = *ptRes1;
+        nfRes   = 0;
+        for ( i = 0; i < nf1; i++ )
+            pfRes[nfRes++] = pfRes1[i] | (1<<nVarsN);
+        goto finish;
+    }
+
+    if ( uInit1 == 0xFFFFFFFF )
+    {
+        nf0 = Extra_TruthCanonN_rec( nVarsN, pt0, &ptRes0, &pfRes0, 0 );
+        uTruth1 = *ptRes0;
+        uTruth0 = uInit1;
+        nfRes   = 0;
+        for ( i = 0; i < nf0; i++ )
+            pfRes[nfRes++] = pfRes0[i] | (1<<nVarsN);
+        goto finish;
+    }
+    if ( uInit0 == 0xFFFFFFFF )
+    {
+        nf1 = Extra_TruthCanonN_rec( nVarsN, pt1, &ptRes1, &pfRes1, 1 );
+        uTruth1 = *ptRes1;
+        uTruth0 = uInit0;
+        nfRes   = 0;
+        for ( i = 0; i < nf1; i++ )
+            pfRes[nfRes++] = pfRes1[i];
+        goto finish;
+    }
+
+    // solve the problem for cofactors
+    nf0 = Extra_TruthCanonN_rec( nVarsN, pt0, &ptRes0, &pfRes0, 0 );
+    nf1 = Extra_TruthCanonN_rec( nVarsN, pt1, &ptRes1, &pfRes1, 1 );
+
+    // combine the result
+    if ( *ptRes1 < *ptRes0 )
+    {
+        uTruth0 = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+        nfRes   = 0;
+        for ( i = 0; i < nf1; i++ )
+        {
+            uTemp = Extra_TruthPolarize( uInit0, pfRes1[i], nVarsN );
+            if ( uTruth0 > uTemp )
+            {
+                nfRes          = 0;
+                uTruth0        = uTemp;
+                pfRes[nfRes++] = pfRes1[i];
+            }
+            else if ( uTruth0 == uTemp ) 
+                pfRes[nfRes++] = pfRes1[i];
+        }
+        uTruth1 = *ptRes1;
+    }
+    else if ( *ptRes1 > *ptRes0 )
+    {
+        uTruth0 = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+        nfRes   = 0;
+        for ( i = 0; i < nf0; i++ )
+        {
+            uTemp = Extra_TruthPolarize( uInit1, pfRes0[i], nVarsN );
+            if ( uTruth0 > uTemp )
+            {
+                nfRes          = 0;
+                uTruth0        = uTemp;
+                pfRes[nfRes++] = pfRes0[i] | (1<<nVarsN);
+            }
+            else if ( uTruth0 == uTemp ) 
+                pfRes[nfRes++] = pfRes0[i] | (1<<nVarsN);
+        }
+        uTruth1 = *ptRes0;
+    }
+    else 
+    {
+        assert( nf0 == nf1 );
+        nfRes = 0; 
+        for ( i = 0; i < nf1; i++ )
+            pfRes[nfRes++] = pfRes1[i];
+        for ( i = 0; i < nf0; i++ )
+            pfRes[nfRes++] = pfRes0[i] | (1<<nVarsN);
+        uTruth0 = Extra_TruthPolarize( uInit0, pfRes1[0], nVarsN );
+        uTruth1 = *ptRes0;
+    }
+
+finish :
+    if ( nVarsN == 3 )
+    {
+        uTruth0 &= 0xFF;
+        uTruth1 &= 0xFF;
+        uTemp = (uTruth1 << 8) | uTruth0;
+        *ptRes = (uTemp << 16) | uTemp;
+    }
+    else if ( nVarsN == 4 )
+    {
+        uTruth0 &= 0xFFFF;
+        uTruth1 &= 0xFFFF;
+        *ptRes = (uTruth1 << 16) | uTruth0;
+    }
+    else if ( nVarsN == 5 )
+    {
+        *(ptRes+0) = uTruth0;
+        *(ptRes+1) = uTruth1;
+    }
+
+    *pptRes = ptRes;
+    *ppfRes = pfRes;
+    return nfRes;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Map_Var3Print()
+{
+    extern void Extra_Truth3VarN( unsigned ** puCanons, char *** puPhases, char ** ppCounters );
+
+    unsigned * uCanons;
+    char ** uPhases;
+    char * pCounters;
+    int i, k;
+
+    Extra_Truth3VarN( &uCanons, &uPhases, &pCounters );
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < 256; i++ )
+    {
+        if ( i % 8 == 0 )
+            printf( "\n" );
+        Extra_PrintHex( stdout, uCanons[i], 5 ); 
+        printf( ", " );
+    }
+    printf( "\n" );
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < 256; i++ )
+    {
+        printf( "%3d */  { %2d,   ", i, pCounters[i] );
+        for ( k = 0; k < pCounters[i]; k++ )            
+            printf( "%s%d", k? ", ":"", uPhases[i][k] );
+        printf( " }\n" );
+    }
+    printf( "\n" );
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Map_Var3Test()
+{
+    extern void Extra_Truth3VarN( unsigned ** puCanons, char *** puPhases, char ** ppCounters );
+
+    unsigned * uCanons;
+    char ** uPhases;
+    char * pCounters;
+    int i;
+    unsigned * ptRes;
+    char * pfRes;
+    unsigned uTruth;
+    int Count;
+
+    Extra_Truth3VarN( &uCanons, &uPhases, &pCounters );
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < 256; i++ )
+    {
+        uTruth = i;
+        Count =  Extra_TruthCanonFastN( 5, 3, &uTruth, &ptRes, &pfRes );
+        if ( *ptRes != uCanons[i] || Count != pCounters[i] )
+        {
+            int k = 0;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Map_Var4Test()
+{
+    extern void Extra_Truth4VarN( unsigned short ** puCanons, char *** puPhases, char ** ppCounters, int PhaseMax );
+
+    unsigned short * uCanons;
+    char ** uPhases;
+    char * pCounters;
+    int i, k;
+    unsigned * ptRes;
+    char * pfRes;
+    unsigned uTruth;
+    int Count;
+
+    Extra_Truth4VarN( &uCanons, &uPhases, &pCounters, 16 );
+
+    for ( i = 0; i < 256*256; i++ )
+    {
+        uTruth = i;
+        Count =  Extra_TruthCanonFastN( 5, 4, &uTruth, &ptRes, &pfRes );
+        if ( (*ptRes & 0xFFFF) != uCanons[i] || Count != pCounters[i] )
+        {
+            int k = 0;
+        }
+        for ( k = 0; k < Count; k++ )
+            if ( uPhases[i][k] != pfRes[k] )
+            {
+                int v = 0;
+            }
+    }
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Definition of static Functions                                            */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static unsigned s_Truths3[256] = 
+{
+    0x00000000, 0x01010101, 0x01010101, 0x03030303, 0x01010101, 0x05050505, 0x06060606, 0x07070707,
+    0x01010101, 0x06060606, 0x05050505, 0x07070707, 0x03030303, 0x07070707, 0x07070707, 0x0f0f0f0f,
+    0x01010101, 0x11111111, 0x12121212, 0x13131313, 0x14141414, 0x15151515, 0x16161616, 0x17171717,
+    0x18181818, 0x19191919, 0x1a1a1a1a, 0x1b1b1b1b, 0x1c1c1c1c, 0x1d1d1d1d, 0x1e1e1e1e, 0x1f1f1f1f,
+    0x01010101, 0x12121212, 0x11111111, 0x13131313, 0x18181818, 0x1a1a1a1a, 0x19191919, 0x1b1b1b1b,
+    0x14141414, 0x16161616, 0x15151515, 0x17171717, 0x1c1c1c1c, 0x1e1e1e1e, 0x1d1d1d1d, 0x1f1f1f1f,
+    0x03030303, 0x13131313, 0x13131313, 0x33333333, 0x1c1c1c1c, 0x35353535, 0x36363636, 0x37373737,
+    0x1c1c1c1c, 0x36363636, 0x35353535, 0x37373737, 0x3c3c3c3c, 0x3d3d3d3d, 0x3d3d3d3d, 0x3f3f3f3f,
+    0x01010101, 0x14141414, 0x18181818, 0x1c1c1c1c, 0x11111111, 0x15151515, 0x19191919, 0x1d1d1d1d,
+    0x12121212, 0x16161616, 0x1a1a1a1a, 0x1e1e1e1e, 0x13131313, 0x17171717, 0x1b1b1b1b, 0x1f1f1f1f,
+    0x05050505, 0x15151515, 0x1a1a1a1a, 0x35353535, 0x15151515, 0x55555555, 0x56565656, 0x57575757,
+    0x1a1a1a1a, 0x56565656, 0x5a5a5a5a, 0x5b5b5b5b, 0x35353535, 0x57575757, 0x5b5b5b5b, 0x5f5f5f5f,
+    0x06060606, 0x16161616, 0x19191919, 0x36363636, 0x19191919, 0x56565656, 0x66666666, 0x67676767,
+    0x16161616, 0x69696969, 0x56565656, 0x6b6b6b6b, 0x36363636, 0x6b6b6b6b, 0x67676767, 0x6f6f6f6f,
+    0x07070707, 0x17171717, 0x1b1b1b1b, 0x37373737, 0x1d1d1d1d, 0x57575757, 0x67676767, 0x77777777,
+    0x1e1e1e1e, 0x6b6b6b6b, 0x5b5b5b5b, 0x7b7b7b7b, 0x3d3d3d3d, 0x7d7d7d7d, 0x7e7e7e7e, 0x7f7f7f7f,
+    0x01010101, 0x18181818, 0x14141414, 0x1c1c1c1c, 0x12121212, 0x1a1a1a1a, 0x16161616, 0x1e1e1e1e,
+    0x11111111, 0x19191919, 0x15151515, 0x1d1d1d1d, 0x13131313, 0x1b1b1b1b, 0x17171717, 0x1f1f1f1f,
+    0x06060606, 0x19191919, 0x16161616, 0x36363636, 0x16161616, 0x56565656, 0x69696969, 0x6b6b6b6b,
+    0x19191919, 0x66666666, 0x56565656, 0x67676767, 0x36363636, 0x67676767, 0x6b6b6b6b, 0x6f6f6f6f,
+    0x05050505, 0x1a1a1a1a, 0x15151515, 0x35353535, 0x1a1a1a1a, 0x5a5a5a5a, 0x56565656, 0x5b5b5b5b,
+    0x15151515, 0x56565656, 0x55555555, 0x57575757, 0x35353535, 0x5b5b5b5b, 0x57575757, 0x5f5f5f5f,
+    0x07070707, 0x1b1b1b1b, 0x17171717, 0x37373737, 0x1e1e1e1e, 0x5b5b5b5b, 0x6b6b6b6b, 0x7b7b7b7b,
+    0x1d1d1d1d, 0x67676767, 0x57575757, 0x77777777, 0x3d3d3d3d, 0x7e7e7e7e, 0x7d7d7d7d, 0x7f7f7f7f,
+    0x03030303, 0x1c1c1c1c, 0x1c1c1c1c, 0x3c3c3c3c, 0x13131313, 0x35353535, 0x36363636, 0x3d3d3d3d,
+    0x13131313, 0x36363636, 0x35353535, 0x3d3d3d3d, 0x33333333, 0x37373737, 0x37373737, 0x3f3f3f3f,
+    0x07070707, 0x1d1d1d1d, 0x1e1e1e1e, 0x3d3d3d3d, 0x17171717, 0x57575757, 0x6b6b6b6b, 0x7d7d7d7d,
+    0x1b1b1b1b, 0x67676767, 0x5b5b5b5b, 0x7e7e7e7e, 0x37373737, 0x77777777, 0x7b7b7b7b, 0x7f7f7f7f,
+    0x07070707, 0x1e1e1e1e, 0x1d1d1d1d, 0x3d3d3d3d, 0x1b1b1b1b, 0x5b5b5b5b, 0x67676767, 0x7e7e7e7e,
+    0x17171717, 0x6b6b6b6b, 0x57575757, 0x7d7d7d7d, 0x37373737, 0x7b7b7b7b, 0x77777777, 0x7f7f7f7f,
+    0x0f0f0f0f, 0x1f1f1f1f, 0x1f1f1f1f, 0x3f3f3f3f, 0x1f1f1f1f, 0x5f5f5f5f, 0x6f6f6f6f, 0x7f7f7f7f,
+    0x1f1f1f1f, 0x6f6f6f6f, 0x5f5f5f5f, 0x7f7f7f7f, 0x3f3f3f3f, 0x7f7f7f7f, 0x7f7f7f7f, 0xffffffff
+};
+
+static char s_Phases3[256][9] = 
+{
+/*   0 */  {  8,   0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 }, 
+/*   1 */  {  1,   0 }, 
+/*   2 */  {  1,   1 }, 
+/*   3 */  {  2,   0, 1 }, 
+/*   4 */  {  1,   2 }, 
+/*   5 */  {  2,   0, 2 }, 
+/*   6 */  {  2,   0, 3 }, 
+/*   7 */  {  1,   0 }, 
+/*   8 */  {  1,   3 }, 
+/*   9 */  {  2,   1, 2 }, 
+/*  10 */  {  2,   1, 3 }, 
+/*  11 */  {  1,   1 }, 
+/*  12 */  {  2,   2, 3 }, 
+/*  13 */  {  1,   2 }, 
+/*  14 */  {  1,   3 }, 
+/*  15 */  {  4,   0, 1, 2, 3 }, 
+/*  16 */  {  1,   4 }, 
+/*  17 */  {  2,   0, 4 }, 
+/*  18 */  {  2,   0, 5 }, 
+/*  19 */  {  1,   0 }, 
+/*  20 */  {  2,   0, 6 }, 
+/*  21 */  {  1,   0 }, 
+/*  22 */  {  1,   0 }, 
+/*  23 */  {  1,   0 }, 
+/*  24 */  {  2,   0, 7 }, 
+/*  25 */  {  1,   0 }, 
+/*  26 */  {  1,   0 }, 
+/*  27 */  {  1,   0 }, 
+/*  28 */  {  1,   0 }, 
+/*  29 */  {  1,   0 }, 
+/*  30 */  {  1,   0 }, 
+/*  31 */  {  1,   0 }, 
+/*  32 */  {  1,   5 }, 
+/*  33 */  {  2,   1, 4 }, 
+/*  34 */  {  2,   1, 5 }, 
+/*  35 */  {  1,   1 }, 
+/*  36 */  {  2,   1, 6 }, 
+/*  37 */  {  1,   1 }, 
+/*  38 */  {  1,   1 }, 
+/*  39 */  {  1,   1 }, 
+/*  40 */  {  2,   1, 7 }, 
+/*  41 */  {  1,   1 }, 
+/*  42 */  {  1,   1 }, 
+/*  43 */  {  1,   1 }, 
+/*  44 */  {  1,   1 }, 
+/*  45 */  {  1,   1 }, 
+/*  46 */  {  1,   1 }, 
+/*  47 */  {  1,   1 }, 
+/*  48 */  {  2,   4, 5 }, 
+/*  49 */  {  1,   4 }, 
+/*  50 */  {  1,   5 }, 
+/*  51 */  {  4,   0, 1, 4, 5 }, 
+/*  52 */  {  1,   6 }, 
+/*  53 */  {  1,   0 }, 
+/*  54 */  {  1,   0 }, 
+/*  55 */  {  1,   0 }, 
+/*  56 */  {  1,   7 }, 
+/*  57 */  {  1,   1 }, 
+/*  58 */  {  1,   1 }, 
+/*  59 */  {  1,   1 }, 
+/*  60 */  {  4,   0, 1, 6, 7 }, 
+/*  61 */  {  1,   0 }, 
+/*  62 */  {  1,   1 }, 
+/*  63 */  {  2,   0, 1 }, 
+/*  64 */  {  1,   6 }, 
+/*  65 */  {  2,   2, 4 }, 
+/*  66 */  {  2,   2, 5 }, 
+/*  67 */  {  1,   2 }, 
+/*  68 */  {  2,   2, 6 }, 
+/*  69 */  {  1,   2 }, 
+/*  70 */  {  1,   2 }, 
+/*  71 */  {  1,   2 }, 
+/*  72 */  {  2,   2, 7 }, 
+/*  73 */  {  1,   2 }, 
+/*  74 */  {  1,   2 }, 
+/*  75 */  {  1,   2 }, 
+/*  76 */  {  1,   2 }, 
+/*  77 */  {  1,   2 }, 
+/*  78 */  {  1,   2 }, 
+/*  79 */  {  1,   2 }, 
+/*  80 */  {  2,   4, 6 }, 
+/*  81 */  {  1,   4 }, 
+/*  82 */  {  1,   5 }, 
+/*  83 */  {  1,   4 }, 
+/*  84 */  {  1,   6 }, 
+/*  85 */  {  4,   0, 2, 4, 6 }, 
+/*  86 */  {  1,   0 }, 
+/*  87 */  {  1,   0 }, 
+/*  88 */  {  1,   7 }, 
+/*  89 */  {  1,   2 }, 
+/*  90 */  {  4,   0, 2, 5, 7 }, 
+/*  91 */  {  1,   0 }, 
+/*  92 */  {  1,   6 }, 
+/*  93 */  {  1,   2 }, 
+/*  94 */  {  1,   2 }, 
+/*  95 */  {  2,   0, 2 }, 
+/*  96 */  {  2,   4, 7 }, 
+/*  97 */  {  1,   4 }, 
+/*  98 */  {  1,   5 }, 
+/*  99 */  {  1,   4 }, 
+/* 100 */  {  1,   6 }, 
+/* 101 */  {  1,   4 }, 
+/* 102 */  {  4,   0, 3, 4, 7 }, 
+/* 103 */  {  1,   0 }, 
+/* 104 */  {  1,   7 }, 
+/* 105 */  {  4,   0, 3, 5, 6 }, 
+/* 106 */  {  1,   7 }, 
+/* 107 */  {  1,   0 }, 
+/* 108 */  {  1,   7 }, 
+/* 109 */  {  1,   3 }, 
+/* 110 */  {  1,   3 }, 
+/* 111 */  {  2,   0, 3 }, 
+/* 112 */  {  1,   4 }, 
+/* 113 */  {  1,   4 }, 
+/* 114 */  {  1,   5 }, 
+/* 115 */  {  1,   4 }, 
+/* 116 */  {  1,   6 }, 
+/* 117 */  {  1,   4 }, 
+/* 118 */  {  1,   4 }, 
+/* 119 */  {  2,   0, 4 }, 
+/* 120 */  {  1,   7 }, 
+/* 121 */  {  1,   5 }, 
+/* 122 */  {  1,   5 }, 
+/* 123 */  {  2,   0, 5 }, 
+/* 124 */  {  1,   6 }, 
+/* 125 */  {  2,   0, 6 }, 
+/* 126 */  {  2,   0, 7 }, 
+/* 127 */  {  1,   0 }, 
+/* 128 */  {  1,   7 }, 
+/* 129 */  {  2,   3, 4 }, 
+/* 130 */  {  2,   3, 5 }, 
+/* 131 */  {  1,   3 }, 
+/* 132 */  {  2,   3, 6 }, 
+/* 133 */  {  1,   3 }, 
+/* 134 */  {  1,   3 }, 
+/* 135 */  {  1,   3 }, 
+/* 136 */  {  2,   3, 7 }, 
+/* 137 */  {  1,   3 }, 
+/* 138 */  {  1,   3 }, 
+/* 139 */  {  1,   3 }, 
+/* 140 */  {  1,   3 }, 
+/* 141 */  {  1,   3 }, 
+/* 142 */  {  1,   3 }, 
+/* 143 */  {  1,   3 }, 
+/* 144 */  {  2,   5, 6 }, 
+/* 145 */  {  1,   4 }, 
+/* 146 */  {  1,   5 }, 
+/* 147 */  {  1,   5 }, 
+/* 148 */  {  1,   6 }, 
+/* 149 */  {  1,   6 }, 
+/* 150 */  {  4,   1, 2, 4, 7 }, 
+/* 151 */  {  1,   1 }, 
+/* 152 */  {  1,   7 }, 
+/* 153 */  {  4,   1, 2, 5, 6 }, 
+/* 154 */  {  1,   5 }, 
+/* 155 */  {  1,   1 }, 
+/* 156 */  {  1,   6 }, 
+/* 157 */  {  1,   2 }, 
+/* 158 */  {  1,   2 }, 
+/* 159 */  {  2,   1, 2 }, 
+/* 160 */  {  2,   5, 7 }, 
+/* 161 */  {  1,   4 }, 
+/* 162 */  {  1,   5 }, 
+/* 163 */  {  1,   5 }, 
+/* 164 */  {  1,   6 }, 
+/* 165 */  {  4,   1, 3, 4, 6 }, 
+/* 166 */  {  1,   3 }, 
+/* 167 */  {  1,   1 }, 
+/* 168 */  {  1,   7 }, 
+/* 169 */  {  1,   1 }, 
+/* 170 */  {  4,   1, 3, 5, 7 }, 
+/* 171 */  {  1,   1 }, 
+/* 172 */  {  1,   7 }, 
+/* 173 */  {  1,   3 }, 
+/* 174 */  {  1,   3 }, 
+/* 175 */  {  2,   1, 3 }, 
+/* 176 */  {  1,   5 }, 
+/* 177 */  {  1,   4 }, 
+/* 178 */  {  1,   5 }, 
+/* 179 */  {  1,   5 }, 
+/* 180 */  {  1,   6 }, 
+/* 181 */  {  1,   4 }, 
+/* 182 */  {  1,   4 }, 
+/* 183 */  {  2,   1, 4 }, 
+/* 184 */  {  1,   7 }, 
+/* 185 */  {  1,   5 }, 
+/* 186 */  {  1,   5 }, 
+/* 187 */  {  2,   1, 5 }, 
+/* 188 */  {  1,   7 }, 
+/* 189 */  {  2,   1, 6 }, 
+/* 190 */  {  2,   1, 7 }, 
+/* 191 */  {  1,   1 }, 
+/* 192 */  {  2,   6, 7 }, 
+/* 193 */  {  1,   4 }, 
+/* 194 */  {  1,   5 }, 
+/* 195 */  {  4,   2, 3, 4, 5 }, 
+/* 196 */  {  1,   6 }, 
+/* 197 */  {  1,   2 }, 
+/* 198 */  {  1,   3 }, 
+/* 199 */  {  1,   2 }, 
+/* 200 */  {  1,   7 }, 
+/* 201 */  {  1,   2 }, 
+/* 202 */  {  1,   3 }, 
+/* 203 */  {  1,   3 }, 
+/* 204 */  {  4,   2, 3, 6, 7 }, 
+/* 205 */  {  1,   2 }, 
+/* 206 */  {  1,   3 }, 
+/* 207 */  {  2,   2, 3 }, 
+/* 208 */  {  1,   6 }, 
+/* 209 */  {  1,   4 }, 
+/* 210 */  {  1,   5 }, 
+/* 211 */  {  1,   4 }, 
+/* 212 */  {  1,   6 }, 
+/* 213 */  {  1,   6 }, 
+/* 214 */  {  1,   7 }, 
+/* 215 */  {  2,   2, 4 }, 
+/* 216 */  {  1,   7 }, 
+/* 217 */  {  1,   6 }, 
+/* 218 */  {  1,   7 }, 
+/* 219 */  {  2,   2, 5 }, 
+/* 220 */  {  1,   6 }, 
+/* 221 */  {  2,   2, 6 }, 
+/* 222 */  {  2,   2, 7 }, 
+/* 223 */  {  1,   2 }, 
+/* 224 */  {  1,   7 }, 
+/* 225 */  {  1,   4 }, 
+/* 226 */  {  1,   5 }, 
+/* 227 */  {  1,   5 }, 
+/* 228 */  {  1,   6 }, 
+/* 229 */  {  1,   6 }, 
+/* 230 */  {  1,   7 }, 
+/* 231 */  {  2,   3, 4 }, 
+/* 232 */  {  1,   7 }, 
+/* 233 */  {  1,   6 }, 
+/* 234 */  {  1,   7 }, 
+/* 235 */  {  2,   3, 5 }, 
+/* 236 */  {  1,   7 }, 
+/* 237 */  {  2,   3, 6 }, 
+/* 238 */  {  2,   3, 7 }, 
+/* 239 */  {  1,   3 }, 
+/* 240 */  {  4,   4, 5, 6, 7 }, 
+/* 241 */  {  1,   4 }, 
+/* 242 */  {  1,   5 }, 
+/* 243 */  {  2,   4, 5 }, 
+/* 244 */  {  1,   6 }, 
+/* 245 */  {  2,   4, 6 }, 
+/* 246 */  {  2,   4, 7 }, 
+/* 247 */  {  1,   4 }, 
+/* 248 */  {  1,   7 }, 
+/* 249 */  {  2,   5, 6 }, 
+/* 250 */  {  2,   5, 7 }, 
+/* 251 */  {  1,   5 }, 
+/* 252 */  {  2,   6, 7 }, 
+/* 253 */  {  1,   6 }, 
+/* 254 */  {  1,   7 }, 
+/* 255 */  {  8,   0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 }
+};
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                       END OF FILE                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
diff --git a/src/misc/extra/extraUtilFile.c b/src/misc/extra/extraUtilFile.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4c51b8b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/extra/extraUtilFile.c
@@ -0,0 +1,495 @@
+/**CFile****************************************************************
+
+  FileName    [extraUtilFile.c]
+
+  SystemName  [ABC: Logic synthesis and verification system.]
+
+  PackageName [extra]
+
+  Synopsis    [File management utilities.]
+
+  Author      [Alan Mishchenko]
+  
+  Affiliation [UC Berkeley]
+
+  Date        [Ver. 1.0. Started - June 20, 2005.]
+
+  Revision    [$Id: extraUtilFile.c,v 1.00 2005/06/20 00:00:00 alanmi Exp $]
+
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "extra.h"
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Constant declarations                                                     */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Stucture declarations                                                     */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Type declarations                                                         */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Variable declarations                                                     */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Macro declarations                                                        */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+/**AutomaticStart*************************************************************/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Static function prototypes                                                */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**AutomaticEnd***************************************************************/
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Definition of exported functions                                          */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Tries to find a file name with a different extension.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+char * Extra_FileGetSimilarName( char * pFileNameWrong, char * pS1, char * pS2, char * pS3, char * pS4, char * pS5 )
+{
+    FILE * pFile;
+    char * pFileNameOther;
+    char * pFileGen;
+
+    if ( pS1 == NULL )
+        return NULL;
+
+    // get the generic file name
+    pFileGen = Extra_FileNameGeneric( pFileNameWrong );
+    pFileNameOther = Extra_FileNameAppend( pFileGen, pS1 );
+    pFile = fopen( pFileNameOther, "r" );
+    if ( pFile == NULL && pS2 )
+    { // try one more
+        pFileNameOther = Extra_FileNameAppend( pFileGen, pS2 );
+        pFile = fopen( pFileNameOther, "r" );
+        if ( pFile == NULL && pS3 )
+        { // try one more
+            pFileNameOther = Extra_FileNameAppend( pFileGen, pS3 );
+            pFile = fopen( pFileNameOther, "r" );
+            if ( pFile == NULL && pS4 )
+            { // try one more
+                pFileNameOther = Extra_FileNameAppend( pFileGen, pS4 );
+                pFile = fopen( pFileNameOther, "r" );
+                if ( pFile == NULL && pS5 )
+                { // try one more
+                    pFileNameOther = Extra_FileNameAppend( pFileGen, pS5 );
+                    pFile = fopen( pFileNameOther, "r" );
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    FREE( pFileGen );
+    if ( pFile )
+    {
+        fclose( pFile );
+        return pFileNameOther;
+    }
+    // did not find :(
+    return NULL;            
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns the pointer to the file extension.]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+char * Extra_FileNameExtension( char * FileName )
+{
+    char * pDot;
+    // find the last "dot" in the file name, if it is present
+    for ( pDot = FileName + strlen(FileName)-1; pDot >= FileName; pDot-- )
+        if ( *pDot == '.' )
+            return pDot + 1;
+   return NULL;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns the composite name of the file.]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+char * Extra_FileNameAppend( char * pBase, char * pSuffix )
+{
+    static char Buffer[500];
+    sprintf( Buffer, "%s%s", pBase, pSuffix );
+    return Buffer;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+char * Extra_FileNameGeneric( char * FileName )
+{
+    char * pDot;
+    char * pUnd;
+    char * pRes;
+    
+    // find the generic name of the file
+    pRes = Extra_UtilStrsav( FileName );
+    // find the pointer to the "." symbol in the file name
+//  pUnd = strstr( FileName, "_" );
+    pUnd = NULL;
+    pDot = strstr( FileName, "." );
+    if ( pUnd )
+        pRes[pUnd - FileName] = 0;
+    else if ( pDot )
+        pRes[pDot - FileName] = 0;
+    return pRes;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns the file size.]
+
+  Description [The file should be closed.]
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Extra_FileSize( char * pFileName )
+{
+    FILE * pFile;
+    int nFileSize;
+    pFile = fopen( pFileName, "r" );
+    if ( pFile == NULL )
+    {
+        printf( "Extra_FileSize(): The file is unavailable (absent or open).\n" );
+        return 0;
+    }
+    fseek( pFile, 0, SEEK_END );  
+    nFileSize = ftell( pFile ); 
+    fclose( pFile );
+    return nFileSize;
+}
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Read the file into the internal buffer.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+char * Extra_FileRead( FILE * pFile )
+{
+    int nFileSize;
+    char * pBuffer;
+    // get the file size, in bytes
+    fseek( pFile, 0, SEEK_END );  
+    nFileSize = ftell( pFile );  
+    // move the file current reading position to the beginning
+    rewind( pFile ); 
+    // load the contents of the file into memory
+    pBuffer = ALLOC( char, nFileSize + 3 );
+    fread( pBuffer, nFileSize, 1, pFile );
+    // terminate the string with '\0'
+    pBuffer[ nFileSize + 0] = '\n';
+    pBuffer[ nFileSize + 1] = '\0';
+    return pBuffer;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns the time stamp.]
+
+  Description [The file should be closed.]
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+char * Extra_TimeStamp()
+{
+    static char Buffer[100];
+    char * TimeStamp;
+    time_t ltime;
+    // get the current time
+    time( &ltime );
+    TimeStamp = asctime( localtime( &ltime ) );
+    TimeStamp[ strlen(TimeStamp) - 1 ] = 0;
+    strcpy( Buffer, TimeStamp );
+    return Buffer;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+unsigned Extra_ReadBinary( char * Buffer )
+{
+    unsigned Result;
+    int i;
+
+    Result = 0;
+    for ( i = 0; Buffer[i]; i++ )
+        if ( Buffer[i] == '0' || Buffer[i] == '1' )
+            Result = Result * 2 + Buffer[i] - '0';
+        else
+        {
+            assert( 0 );
+        }
+    return Result;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Prints the bit string.]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Extra_PrintBinary( FILE * pFile, unsigned Sign[], int nBits )
+{
+    int Remainder, nWords;
+    int w, i;
+
+    Remainder = (nBits%(sizeof(unsigned)*8));
+    nWords    = (nBits/(sizeof(unsigned)*8)) + (Remainder>0);
+
+    for ( w = nWords-1; w >= 0; w-- )
+        for ( i = ((w == nWords-1 && Remainder)? Remainder-1: 31); i >= 0; i-- )
+            fprintf( pFile, "%c", '0' + (int)((Sign[w] & (1<<i)) > 0) );
+
+//  fprintf( pFile, "\n" );
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Reads the hex unsigned into the bit-string.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Extra_ReadHexadecimal( unsigned Sign[], char * pString, int nVars )
+{
+    int nWords, nDigits, Digit, k, c;
+    nWords = Extra_TruthWordNum( nVars );
+    for ( k = 0; k < nWords; k++ )
+        Sign[k] = 0;
+    // read the number from the string
+    nDigits = (1 << nVars) / 4;
+    if ( nDigits == 0 )
+        nDigits = 1;
+    for ( k = 0; k < nDigits; k++ )
+    {
+        c = nDigits-1-k;
+        if ( pString[c] >= '0' && pString[c] <= '9' )
+            Digit = pString[c] - '0';
+        else if ( pString[c] >= 'A' && pString[c] <= 'F' )
+            Digit = pString[c] - 'A' + 10;
+        else if ( pString[c] >= 'a' && pString[c] <= 'f' )
+            Digit = pString[c] - 'a' + 10;
+        else { assert( 0 ); return 0; }
+        Sign[k/8] |= ( (Digit & 15) << ((k%8) * 4) );
+    }
+    return 1;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Prints the hex unsigned into a file.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Extra_PrintHexadecimal( FILE * pFile, unsigned Sign[], int nVars )
+{
+    int nDigits, Digit, k;
+    // write the number into the file
+    nDigits = (1 << nVars) / 4;
+    for ( k = nDigits - 1; k >= 0; k-- )
+    {
+        Digit = ((Sign[k/8] >> ((k%8) * 4)) & 15);
+        if ( Digit < 10 )
+            fprintf( pFile, "%d", Digit );
+        else
+            fprintf( pFile, "%c", 'a' + Digit-10 );
+    }
+//    fprintf( pFile, "\n" );
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Prints the hex unsigned into a file.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Extra_PrintHexadecimalString( char * pString, unsigned Sign[], int nVars )
+{
+    int nDigits, Digit, k;
+    // write the number into the file
+    nDigits = (1 << nVars) / 4;
+    for ( k = nDigits - 1; k >= 0; k-- )
+    {
+        Digit = ((Sign[k/8] >> ((k%8) * 4)) & 15);
+        if ( Digit < 10 )
+            *pString++ = '0' + Digit;
+        else
+            *pString++ = 'a' + Digit-10;
+    }
+//    fprintf( pFile, "\n" );
+    *pString = 0;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Prints the hex unsigned into a file.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Extra_PrintHex( FILE * pFile, unsigned uTruth, int nVars )
+{
+    int nMints, nDigits, Digit, k;
+
+    // write the number into the file
+    fprintf( pFile, "0x" );
+    nMints  = (1 << nVars);
+    nDigits = nMints / 4;
+    for ( k = nDigits - 1; k >= 0; k-- )
+    {
+        Digit = ((uTruth >> (k * 4)) & 15);
+        if ( Digit < 10 )
+            fprintf( pFile, "%d", Digit );
+        else
+            fprintf( pFile, "%c", 'a' + Digit-10 );
+    }
+//    fprintf( pFile, "\n" );
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns the composite name of the file.]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Extra_PrintSymbols( FILE * pFile, char Char, int nTimes, int fPrintNewLine )
+{
+    int i;
+    for ( i = 0; i < nTimes; i++ )
+        printf( "%c", Char );
+    if ( fPrintNewLine )
+        printf( "\n" );
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Appends the string.]
+
+  Description [Assumes that the given string (pStrGiven) has been allocated
+  before using malloc(). The additional string has not been allocated.
+  Allocs more root, appends the additional part, frees the old given string.]
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+char * Extra_StringAppend( char * pStrGiven, char * pStrAdd )
+{
+    char * pTemp;
+    if ( pStrGiven )
+    {
+        pTemp = ALLOC( char, strlen(pStrGiven) + strlen(pStrAdd) + 2 );
+        sprintf( pTemp, "%s%s", pStrGiven, pStrAdd );
+        free( pStrGiven );
+    }
+    else
+        pTemp = Extra_UtilStrsav( pStrAdd );
+    return pTemp;
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Definition of internal functions                                          */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Definition of static Functions                                            */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                       END OF FILE                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
diff --git a/src/misc/extra/extraUtilMemory.c b/src/misc/extra/extraUtilMemory.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6eccf015
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/extra/extraUtilMemory.c
@@ -0,0 +1,625 @@
+/**CFile****************************************************************
+
+  FileName    [extraUtilMemory.c]
+
+  SystemName  [ABC: Logic synthesis and verification system.]
+
+  PackageName [extra]
+
+  Synopsis    [Memory managers.]
+
+  Author      [Alan Mishchenko]
+  
+  Affiliation [UC Berkeley]
+
+  Date        [Ver. 1.0. Started - June 20, 2005.]
+
+  Revision    [$Id: extraUtilMemory.c,v 1.00 2005/06/20 00:00:00 alanmi Exp $]
+
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "extra.h"
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Constant declarations                                                     */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Stucture declarations                                                     */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+struct Extra_MmFixed_t_
+{
+    // information about individual entries
+    int           nEntrySize;    // the size of one entry
+    int           nEntriesAlloc; // the total number of entries allocated
+    int           nEntriesUsed;  // the number of entries in use
+    int           nEntriesMax;   // the max number of entries in use
+    char *        pEntriesFree;  // the linked list of free entries
+
+    // this is where the memory is stored
+    int           nChunkSize;    // the size of one chunk
+    int           nChunksAlloc;  // the maximum number of memory chunks 
+    int           nChunks;       // the current number of memory chunks 
+    char **       pChunks;       // the allocated memory
+
+    // statistics
+    int           nMemoryUsed;   // memory used in the allocated entries
+    int           nMemoryAlloc;  // memory allocated
+};
+
+struct Extra_MmFlex_t_
+{
+    // information about individual entries
+    int           nEntriesUsed;  // the number of entries allocated
+    char *        pCurrent;      // the current pointer to free memory
+    char *        pEnd;          // the first entry outside the free memory
+
+    // this is where the memory is stored
+    int           nChunkSize;    // the size of one chunk
+    int           nChunksAlloc;  // the maximum number of memory chunks 
+    int           nChunks;       // the current number of memory chunks 
+    char **       pChunks;       // the allocated memory
+
+    // statistics
+    int           nMemoryUsed;   // memory used in the allocated entries
+    int           nMemoryAlloc;  // memory allocated
+};
+
+
+struct Extra_MmStep_t_
+{
+    int                nMems;    // the number of fixed memory managers employed
+    Extra_MmFixed_t ** pMems;    // memory managers: 2^1 words, 2^2 words, etc
+    int                nMapSize; // the size of the memory array
+    Extra_MmFixed_t ** pMap;     // maps the number of bytes into its memory manager
+    int                nLargeChunksAlloc;  // the maximum number of large memory chunks 
+    int                nLargeChunks;       // the current number of large memory chunks 
+    void **            pLargeChunks;       // the allocated large memory chunks
+};
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Type declarations                                                         */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Variable declarations                                                     */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Macro declarations                                                        */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+/**AutomaticStart*************************************************************/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Static function prototypes                                                */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**AutomaticEnd***************************************************************/
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Definition of exported functions                                          */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Allocates memory pieces of fixed size.]
+
+  Description [The size of the chunk is computed as the minimum of
+  1024 entries and 64K. Can only work with entry size at least 4 byte long.]
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+Extra_MmFixed_t * Extra_MmFixedStart( int nEntrySize )
+{
+    Extra_MmFixed_t * p;
+
+    p = ALLOC( Extra_MmFixed_t, 1 );
+    memset( p, 0, sizeof(Extra_MmFixed_t) );
+
+    p->nEntrySize    = nEntrySize;
+    p->nEntriesAlloc = 0;
+    p->nEntriesUsed  = 0;
+    p->pEntriesFree  = NULL;
+
+    if ( nEntrySize * (1 << 10) < (1<<16) )
+        p->nChunkSize = (1 << 10);
+    else
+        p->nChunkSize = (1<<16) / nEntrySize;
+    if ( p->nChunkSize < 8 )
+        p->nChunkSize = 8;
+
+    p->nChunksAlloc  = 64;
+    p->nChunks       = 0;
+    p->pChunks       = ALLOC( char *, p->nChunksAlloc );
+
+    p->nMemoryUsed   = 0;
+    p->nMemoryAlloc  = 0;
+    return p;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Extra_MmFixedPrint( Extra_MmFixed_t * p )
+{
+    printf( "Fixed memory manager: Entry = %5d. Chunk = %5d. Chunks used = %5d.\n",
+        p->nEntrySize, p->nChunkSize, p->nChunks );
+    printf( "   Entries used = %8d. Entries peak = %8d. Memory used = %8d. Memory alloc = %8d.\n",
+        p->nEntriesUsed, p->nEntriesMax, p->nEntrySize * p->nEntriesUsed, p->nMemoryAlloc );
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Extra_MmFixedStop( Extra_MmFixed_t * p )
+{
+    int i;
+    if ( p == NULL )
+        return;
+    for ( i = 0; i < p->nChunks; i++ )
+        free( p->pChunks[i] );
+    free( p->pChunks );
+    free( p );
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+char * Extra_MmFixedEntryFetch( Extra_MmFixed_t * p )
+{
+    char * pTemp;
+    int i;
+
+    // check if there are still free entries
+    if ( p->nEntriesUsed == p->nEntriesAlloc )
+    { // need to allocate more entries
+        assert( p->pEntriesFree == NULL );
+        if ( p->nChunks == p->nChunksAlloc )
+        {
+            p->nChunksAlloc *= 2;
+            p->pChunks = REALLOC( char *, p->pChunks, p->nChunksAlloc ); 
+        }
+        p->pEntriesFree = ALLOC( char, p->nEntrySize * p->nChunkSize );
+        p->nMemoryAlloc += p->nEntrySize * p->nChunkSize;
+        // transform these entries into a linked list
+        pTemp = p->pEntriesFree;
+        for ( i = 1; i < p->nChunkSize; i++ )
+        {
+            *((char **)pTemp) = pTemp + p->nEntrySize;
+            pTemp += p->nEntrySize;
+        }
+        // set the last link
+        *((char **)pTemp) = NULL;
+        // add the chunk to the chunk storage
+        p->pChunks[ p->nChunks++ ] = p->pEntriesFree;
+        // add to the number of entries allocated
+        p->nEntriesAlloc += p->nChunkSize;
+    }
+    // incrememt the counter of used entries
+    p->nEntriesUsed++;
+    if ( p->nEntriesMax < p->nEntriesUsed )
+        p->nEntriesMax = p->nEntriesUsed;
+    // return the first entry in the free entry list
+    pTemp = p->pEntriesFree;
+    p->pEntriesFree = *((char **)pTemp);
+    return pTemp;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Extra_MmFixedEntryRecycle( Extra_MmFixed_t * p, char * pEntry )
+{
+    // decrement the counter of used entries
+    p->nEntriesUsed--;
+    // add the entry to the linked list of free entries
+    *((char **)pEntry) = p->pEntriesFree;
+    p->pEntriesFree = pEntry;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description [Relocates all the memory except the first chunk.]
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Extra_MmFixedRestart( Extra_MmFixed_t * p )
+{
+    int i;
+    char * pTemp;
+
+    // deallocate all chunks except the first one
+    for ( i = 1; i < p->nChunks; i++ )
+        free( p->pChunks[i] );
+    p->nChunks = 1;
+    // transform these entries into a linked list
+    pTemp = p->pChunks[0];
+    for ( i = 1; i < p->nChunkSize; i++ )
+    {
+        *((char **)pTemp) = pTemp + p->nEntrySize;
+        pTemp += p->nEntrySize;
+    }
+    // set the last link
+    *((char **)pTemp) = NULL;
+    // set the free entry list
+    p->pEntriesFree  = p->pChunks[0];
+    // set the correct statistics
+    p->nMemoryAlloc  = p->nEntrySize * p->nChunkSize;
+    p->nMemoryUsed   = 0;
+    p->nEntriesAlloc = p->nChunkSize;
+    p->nEntriesUsed  = 0;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Extra_MmFixedReadMemUsage( Extra_MmFixed_t * p )
+{
+    return p->nMemoryAlloc;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Extra_MmFixedReadMaxEntriesUsed( Extra_MmFixed_t * p )
+{
+    return p->nEntriesMax;
+}
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Allocates entries of flexible size.]
+
+  Description [Can only work with entry size at least 4 byte long.]
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+Extra_MmFlex_t * Extra_MmFlexStart()
+{
+    Extra_MmFlex_t * p;
+//printf( "allocing flex\n" );
+    p = ALLOC( Extra_MmFlex_t, 1 );
+    memset( p, 0, sizeof(Extra_MmFlex_t) );
+
+    p->nEntriesUsed  = 0;
+    p->pCurrent      = NULL;
+    p->pEnd          = NULL;
+
+    p->nChunkSize    = (1 << 10);
+    p->nChunksAlloc  = 64;
+    p->nChunks       = 0;
+    p->pChunks       = ALLOC( char *, p->nChunksAlloc );
+
+    p->nMemoryUsed   = 0;
+    p->nMemoryAlloc  = 0;
+    return p;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Extra_MmFlexPrint( Extra_MmFlex_t * p )
+{
+    printf( "Flexible memory manager: Chunk size = %d. Chunks used = %d.\n",
+        p->nChunkSize, p->nChunks );
+    printf( "   Entries used = %d. Memory used = %d. Memory alloc = %d.\n",
+        p->nEntriesUsed, p->nMemoryUsed, p->nMemoryAlloc );
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Extra_MmFlexStop( Extra_MmFlex_t * p )
+{
+    int i;
+    if ( p == NULL )
+        return;
+//printf( "deleting flex\n" );
+    for ( i = 0; i < p->nChunks; i++ )
+        free( p->pChunks[i] );
+    free( p->pChunks );
+    free( p );
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+char * Extra_MmFlexEntryFetch( Extra_MmFlex_t * p, int nBytes )
+{
+    char * pTemp;
+    // check if there are still free entries
+    if ( p->pCurrent == NULL || p->pCurrent + nBytes > p->pEnd )
+    { // need to allocate more entries
+        if ( p->nChunks == p->nChunksAlloc )
+        {
+            p->nChunksAlloc *= 2;
+            p->pChunks = REALLOC( char *, p->pChunks, p->nChunksAlloc ); 
+        }
+        if ( nBytes > p->nChunkSize )
+        {
+            // resize the chunk size if more memory is requested than it can give
+            // (ideally, this should never happen)
+            p->nChunkSize = 2 * nBytes;
+        }
+        p->pCurrent = ALLOC( char, p->nChunkSize );
+        p->pEnd     = p->pCurrent + p->nChunkSize;
+        p->nMemoryAlloc += p->nChunkSize;
+        // add the chunk to the chunk storage
+        p->pChunks[ p->nChunks++ ] = p->pCurrent;
+    }
+    assert( p->pCurrent + nBytes <= p->pEnd );
+    // increment the counter of used entries
+    p->nEntriesUsed++;
+    // keep track of the memory used
+    p->nMemoryUsed += nBytes;
+    // return the next entry
+    pTemp = p->pCurrent;
+    p->pCurrent += nBytes;
+    return pTemp;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Extra_MmFlexReadMemUsage( Extra_MmFlex_t * p )
+{
+    return p->nMemoryAlloc;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Starts the hierarchical memory manager.]
+
+  Description [This manager can allocate entries of any size.
+  Iternally they are mapped into the entries with the number of bytes
+  equal to the power of 2. The smallest entry size is 8 bytes. The
+  next one is 16 bytes etc. So, if the user requests 6 bytes, he gets 
+  8 byte entry. If we asks for 25 bytes, he gets 32 byte entry etc.
+  The input parameters "nSteps" says how many fixed memory managers
+  are employed internally. Calling this procedure with nSteps equal
+  to 10 results in 10 hierarchically arranged internal memory managers, 
+  which can allocate up to 4096 (1Kb) entries. Requests for larger 
+  entries are handed over to malloc() and then free()ed.]
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+Extra_MmStep_t * Extra_MmStepStart( int nSteps )
+{
+    Extra_MmStep_t * p;
+    int i, k;
+    p = ALLOC( Extra_MmStep_t, 1 );
+    memset( p, 0, sizeof(Extra_MmStep_t) );
+    p->nMems = nSteps;
+    // start the fixed memory managers
+    p->pMems = ALLOC( Extra_MmFixed_t *, p->nMems );
+    for ( i = 0; i < p->nMems; i++ )
+        p->pMems[i] = Extra_MmFixedStart( (8<<i) );
+    // set up the mapping of the required memory size into the corresponding manager
+    p->nMapSize = (4<<p->nMems);
+    p->pMap = ALLOC( Extra_MmFixed_t *, p->nMapSize+1 );
+    p->pMap[0] = NULL;
+    for ( k = 1; k <= 4; k++ )
+        p->pMap[k] = p->pMems[0];
+    for ( i = 0; i < p->nMems; i++ )
+        for ( k = (4<<i)+1; k <= (8<<i); k++ )
+            p->pMap[k] = p->pMems[i];
+//for ( i = 1; i < 100; i ++ )
+//printf( "%10d: size = %10d\n", i, p->pMap[i]->nEntrySize );
+    return p;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Stops the memory manager.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Extra_MmStepStop( Extra_MmStep_t * p )
+{
+    int i;
+    for ( i = 0; i < p->nMems; i++ )
+        Extra_MmFixedStop( p->pMems[i] );
+//    if ( p->pLargeChunks ) 
+//    {
+//      for ( i = 0; i < p->nLargeChunks; i++ )
+//          free( p->pLargeChunks[i] );
+//      free( p->pLargeChunks );
+//    }
+    free( p->pMems );
+    free( p->pMap );
+    free( p );
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Creates the entry.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+char * Extra_MmStepEntryFetch( Extra_MmStep_t * p, int nBytes )
+{
+    if ( nBytes == 0 )
+        return NULL;
+    if ( nBytes > p->nMapSize )
+    {
+//        printf( "Allocating %d bytes.\n", nBytes );
+/*
+        if ( p->nLargeChunks == p->nLargeChunksAlloc )
+        {
+            if ( p->nLargeChunksAlloc == 0 )
+                p->nLargeChunksAlloc = 5;
+            p->nLargeChunksAlloc *= 2;
+            p->pLargeChunks = REALLOC( char *, p->pLargeChunks, p->nLargeChunksAlloc ); 
+        }
+        p->pLargeChunks[ p->nLargeChunks++ ] = ALLOC( char, nBytes );
+        return p->pLargeChunks[ p->nLargeChunks - 1 ];
+*/
+        return ALLOC( char, nBytes );
+    }
+    return Extra_MmFixedEntryFetch( p->pMap[nBytes] );
+}
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Recycles the entry.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Extra_MmStepEntryRecycle( Extra_MmStep_t * p, char * pEntry, int nBytes )
+{
+    if ( nBytes == 0 )
+        return;
+    if ( nBytes > p->nMapSize )
+    {
+        free( pEntry );
+        return;
+    }
+    Extra_MmFixedEntryRecycle( p->pMap[nBytes], pEntry );
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Extra_MmStepReadMemUsage( Extra_MmStep_t * p )
+{
+    int i, nMemTotal = 0;
+    for ( i = 0; i < p->nMems; i++ )
+        nMemTotal += p->pMems[i]->nMemoryAlloc;
+    return nMemTotal;
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Definition of internal functions                                          */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Definition of static functions                                            */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
diff --git a/src/misc/extra/extraUtilMisc.c b/src/misc/extra/extraUtilMisc.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dff774bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/extra/extraUtilMisc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2235 @@
+/**CFile****************************************************************
+
+  FileName    [extraUtilMisc.c]
+
+  SystemName  [ABC: Logic synthesis and verification system.]
+
+  PackageName [extra]
+
+  Synopsis    [Misc procedures.]
+
+  Author      [Alan Mishchenko]
+  
+  Affiliation [UC Berkeley]
+
+  Date        [Ver. 1.0. Started - June 20, 2005.]
+
+  Revision    [$Id: extraUtilMisc.c,v 1.0 2003/09/01 00:00:00 alanmi Exp $]
+
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "extra.h"
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Constant declarations                                                     */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Stucture declarations                                                     */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Type declarations                                                         */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Variable declarations                                                     */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Macro declarations                                                        */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+/**AutomaticStart*************************************************************/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Static function prototypes                                                */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**AutomaticEnd***************************************************************/
+
+static void Extra_Permutations_rec( char ** pRes, int nFact, int n, char Array[] );
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Definition of exported functions                                          */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Finds the smallest integer larger of equal than the logarithm.]
+
+  Description [Returns [Log2(Num)].]
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+int Extra_Base2Log( unsigned Num )
+{
+    int Res;
+    assert( Num >= 0 );
+    if ( Num == 0 ) return 0;
+    if ( Num == 1 ) return 1;
+    for ( Res = 0, Num--; Num; Num >>= 1, Res++ );
+    return Res;
+} /* end of Extra_Base2Log */
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Finds the smallest integer larger of equal than the logarithm.]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+int Extra_Base2LogDouble( double Num )
+{
+    double Res;
+    int ResInt;
+
+    Res    = log(Num)/log(2.0);
+    ResInt = (int)Res;
+    if ( ResInt == Res )
+        return ResInt;
+    else 
+        return ResInt+1;
+}
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Finds the smallest integer larger of equal than the logarithm.]
+
+  Description [Returns [Log10(Num)].]
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+int Extra_Base10Log( unsigned Num )
+{
+    int Res;
+    assert( Num >= 0 );
+    if ( Num == 0 ) return 0;
+    if ( Num == 1 ) return 1;
+    for ( Res = 0, Num--;  Num;  Num /= 10,  Res++ );
+    return Res;
+} /* end of Extra_Base2Log */
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns the power of two as a double.]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+double Extra_Power2( int Degree )
+{
+    double Res;
+    assert( Degree >= 0 );
+    if ( Degree < 32 )
+        return (double)(01<<Degree); 
+    for ( Res = 1.0; Degree; Res *= 2.0, Degree-- );
+    return Res;
+}
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Extra_Power3( int Num )
+{
+    int i;
+    int Res;
+    Res = 1;
+    for ( i = 0; i < Num; i++ )
+        Res *= 3;
+    return Res;
+}
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Finds the number of combinations of k elements out of n.]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+int Extra_NumCombinations( int k, int n )
+{
+    int i, Res = 1;
+    for ( i = 1; i <= k; i++ )
+            Res = Res * (n-i+1) / i;
+    return Res;
+} /* end of Extra_NumCombinations */
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int * Extra_DeriveRadixCode( int Number, int Radix, int nDigits )
+{
+    static int Code[100];
+    int i;
+    assert( nDigits < 100 );
+    for ( i = 0; i < nDigits; i++ )
+    {
+        Code[i] = Number % Radix;
+        Number  = Number / Radix;
+    }
+    assert( Number == 0 );
+    return Code;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Counts the number of ones in the bitstring.]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Extra_CountOnes( unsigned char * pBytes, int nBytes )
+{
+    static int bit_count[256] = {
+      0,1,1,2,1,2,2,3,1,2,2,3,2,3,3,4,1,2,2,3,2,3,3,4,2,3,3,4,3,4,4,5,
+      1,2,2,3,2,3,3,4,2,3,3,4,3,4,4,5,2,3,3,4,3,4,4,5,3,4,4,5,4,5,5,6,
+      1,2,2,3,2,3,3,4,2,3,3,4,3,4,4,5,2,3,3,4,3,4,4,5,3,4,4,5,4,5,5,6,
+      2,3,3,4,3,4,4,5,3,4,4,5,4,5,5,6,3,4,4,5,4,5,5,6,4,5,5,6,5,6,6,7,
+      1,2,2,3,2,3,3,4,2,3,3,4,3,4,4,5,2,3,3,4,3,4,4,5,3,4,4,5,4,5,5,6,
+      2,3,3,4,3,4,4,5,3,4,4,5,4,5,5,6,3,4,4,5,4,5,5,6,4,5,5,6,5,6,6,7,
+      2,3,3,4,3,4,4,5,3,4,4,5,4,5,5,6,3,4,4,5,4,5,5,6,4,5,5,6,5,6,6,7,
+      3,4,4,5,4,5,5,6,4,5,5,6,5,6,6,7,4,5,5,6,5,6,6,7,5,6,6,7,6,7,7,8
+    };
+
+    int i, Counter;
+    Counter = 0;
+    for ( i = 0; i < nBytes; i++ )
+        Counter += bit_count[ *(pBytes+i) ];
+    return Counter;
+}
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Computes the factorial.]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+int Extra_Factorial( int n )
+{
+    int i, Res = 1;
+    for ( i = 1; i <= n; i++ )
+        Res *= i;
+    return Res;
+}
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Computes the set of all permutations.]
+
+  Description [The number of permutations in the array is n!. The number of
+  entries in each permutation is n. Therefore, the resulting array is a 
+  two-dimentional array of the size: n! x n. To free the resulting array,
+  call free() on the pointer returned by this procedure.]
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+char ** Extra_Permutations( int n )
+{
+    char Array[50];
+    char ** pRes;
+    int nFact, i;
+    // allocate memory
+    nFact = Extra_Factorial( n );
+    pRes  = (char **)Extra_ArrayAlloc( nFact, n, sizeof(char) );
+    // fill in the permutations
+    for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
+        Array[i] = i;
+    Extra_Permutations_rec( pRes, nFact, n, Array );
+    // print the permutations
+/*
+    {
+    int i, k;
+    for ( i = 0; i < nFact; i++ )
+    {
+        printf( "{" );
+        for ( k = 0; k < n; k++ )
+            printf( " %d", pRes[i][k] );
+        printf( " }\n" );
+    }
+    }
+*/
+    return pRes;
+}
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Fills in the array of permutations.]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+void Extra_Permutations_rec( char ** pRes, int nFact, int n, char Array[] )
+{
+    char ** pNext;
+    int nFactNext;
+    int iTemp, iCur, iLast, k;
+
+    if ( n == 1 )
+    {
+        pRes[0][0] = Array[0];
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // get the next factorial
+    nFactNext = nFact / n;
+    // get the last entry
+    iLast = n - 1;
+
+    for ( iCur = 0; iCur < n; iCur++ )
+    {
+        // swap Cur and Last
+        iTemp        = Array[iCur];
+        Array[iCur]  = Array[iLast];
+        Array[iLast] = iTemp;
+
+        // get the pointer to the current section
+        pNext = pRes + (n - 1 - iCur) * nFactNext;
+
+        // set the last entry 
+        for ( k = 0; k < nFactNext; k++ )
+            pNext[k][iLast] = Array[iLast];
+
+        // call recursively for this part
+        Extra_Permutations_rec( pNext, nFactNext, n - 1, Array );
+
+        // swap them back
+        iTemp        = Array[iCur];
+        Array[iCur]  = Array[iLast];
+        Array[iLast] = iTemp;
+    }
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Permutes the given vector of minterms.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Extra_TruthPermute_int( int * pMints, int nMints, char * pPerm, int nVars, int * pMintsP )
+{
+    int m, v;
+    // clean the storage for minterms
+    memset( pMintsP, 0, sizeof(int) * nMints );
+    // go through minterms and add the variables
+    for ( m = 0; m < nMints; m++ )
+        for ( v = 0; v < nVars; v++ )
+            if ( pMints[m] & (1 << v) )
+                pMintsP[m] |= (1 << pPerm[v]);
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Permutes the function.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+unsigned Extra_TruthPermute( unsigned Truth, char * pPerms, int nVars, int fReverse )
+{
+    unsigned Result;
+    int * pMints;
+    int * pMintsP;
+    int nMints;
+    int i, m;
+
+    assert( nVars < 6 );
+    nMints  = (1 << nVars);
+    pMints  = ALLOC( int, nMints );
+    pMintsP = ALLOC( int, nMints );
+    for ( i = 0; i < nMints; i++ )
+        pMints[i] = i;
+
+    Extra_TruthPermute_int( pMints, nMints, pPerms, nVars, pMintsP );
+
+    Result = 0;
+    if ( fReverse )
+    {
+        for ( m = 0; m < nMints; m++ )
+            if ( Truth & (1 << pMintsP[m]) )
+                Result |= (1 << m);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        for ( m = 0; m < nMints; m++ )
+            if ( Truth & (1 << m) )
+                Result |= (1 << pMintsP[m]);
+    }
+
+    free( pMints );
+    free( pMintsP );
+
+    return Result;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Changes the phase of the function.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+unsigned Extra_TruthPolarize( unsigned uTruth, int Polarity, int nVars )
+{
+    // elementary truth tables
+    static unsigned Signs[5] = {
+        0xAAAAAAAA,    // 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010
+        0xCCCCCCCC,    // 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010 1010
+        0xF0F0F0F0,    // 1111 0000 1111 0000 1111 0000 1111 0000
+        0xFF00FF00,    // 1111 1111 0000 0000 1111 1111 0000 0000
+        0xFFFF0000     // 1111 1111 1111 1111 0000 0000 0000 0000
+    };
+    unsigned uTruthRes, uCof0, uCof1;
+    int nMints, Shift, v;
+    assert( nVars < 6 );
+    nMints = (1 << nVars);
+    uTruthRes = uTruth;
+    for ( v = 0; v < nVars; v++ )
+        if ( Polarity & (1 << v) )
+        {
+            uCof0  = uTruth & ~Signs[v];
+            uCof1  = uTruth &  Signs[v];
+            Shift  = (1 << v);
+            uCof0 <<= Shift;
+            uCof1 >>= Shift;
+            uTruth = uCof0 | uCof1;
+        }
+    return uTruth;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Computes N-canonical form using brute-force methods.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+unsigned Extra_TruthCanonN( unsigned uTruth, int nVars )
+{
+    unsigned uTruthMin, uPhase;
+    int nMints, i;
+    nMints    = (1 << nVars);
+    uTruthMin = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+    for ( i = 0; i < nMints; i++ )
+    {
+        uPhase = Extra_TruthPolarize( uTruth, i, nVars ); 
+        if ( uTruthMin > uPhase )
+            uTruthMin = uPhase;
+    }
+    return uTruthMin;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Computes NN-canonical form using brute-force methods.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+unsigned Extra_TruthCanonNN( unsigned uTruth, int nVars )
+{
+    unsigned uTruthMin, uTruthC, uPhase;
+    int nMints, i;
+    nMints    = (1 << nVars);
+    uTruthC   = (unsigned)( (~uTruth) & ((~((unsigned)0)) >> (32-nMints)) );
+    uTruthMin = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+    for ( i = 0; i < nMints; i++ )
+    {
+        uPhase = Extra_TruthPolarize( uTruth, i, nVars ); 
+        if ( uTruthMin > uPhase )
+            uTruthMin = uPhase;
+        uPhase = Extra_TruthPolarize( uTruthC, i, nVars ); 
+        if ( uTruthMin > uPhase )
+            uTruthMin = uPhase;
+    }
+    return uTruthMin;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Computes P-canonical form using brute-force methods.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+unsigned Extra_TruthCanonP( unsigned uTruth, int nVars )
+{
+    static int nVarsOld, nPerms;
+    static char ** pPerms = NULL;
+
+    unsigned uTruthMin, uPerm;
+    int k;
+
+    if ( pPerms == NULL )
+    {
+        nPerms = Extra_Factorial( nVars );   
+        pPerms = Extra_Permutations( nVars );
+        nVarsOld = nVars;
+    }
+    else if ( nVarsOld != nVars )
+    {
+        free( pPerms );
+        nPerms = Extra_Factorial( nVars );   
+        pPerms = Extra_Permutations( nVars );
+        nVarsOld = nVars;
+    }
+
+    uTruthMin = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+    for ( k = 0; k < nPerms; k++ )
+    {
+        uPerm = Extra_TruthPermute( uTruth, pPerms[k], nVars, 0 );
+        if ( uTruthMin > uPerm )
+            uTruthMin = uPerm;
+    }
+    return uTruthMin;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Computes NP-canonical form using brute-force methods.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+unsigned Extra_TruthCanonNP( unsigned uTruth, int nVars )
+{
+    static int nVarsOld, nPerms;
+    static char ** pPerms = NULL;
+
+    unsigned uTruthMin, uPhase, uPerm;
+    int nMints, k, i;
+
+    if ( pPerms == NULL )
+    {
+        nPerms = Extra_Factorial( nVars );   
+        pPerms = Extra_Permutations( nVars );
+        nVarsOld = nVars;
+    }
+    else if ( nVarsOld != nVars )
+    {
+        free( pPerms );
+        nPerms = Extra_Factorial( nVars );   
+        pPerms = Extra_Permutations( nVars );
+        nVarsOld = nVars;
+    }
+
+    nMints    = (1 << nVars);
+    uTruthMin = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+    for ( i = 0; i < nMints; i++ )
+    {
+        uPhase = Extra_TruthPolarize( uTruth, i, nVars ); 
+        for ( k = 0; k < nPerms; k++ )
+        {
+            uPerm = Extra_TruthPermute( uPhase, pPerms[k], nVars, 0 );
+            if ( uTruthMin > uPerm )
+                uTruthMin = uPerm;
+        }
+    }
+    return uTruthMin;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Computes NPN-canonical form using brute-force methods.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+unsigned Extra_TruthCanonNPN( unsigned uTruth, int nVars )
+{
+    static int nVarsOld, nPerms;
+    static char ** pPerms = NULL;
+
+    unsigned uTruthMin, uTruthC, uPhase, uPerm;
+    int nMints, k, i;
+
+    if ( pPerms == NULL )
+    {
+        nPerms = Extra_Factorial( nVars );   
+        pPerms = Extra_Permutations( nVars );
+        nVarsOld = nVars;
+    }
+    else if ( nVarsOld != nVars )
+    {
+        free( pPerms );
+        nPerms = Extra_Factorial( nVars );   
+        pPerms = Extra_Permutations( nVars );
+        nVarsOld = nVars;
+    }
+
+    nMints    = (1 << nVars);
+    uTruthC   = (unsigned)( (~uTruth) & ((~((unsigned)0)) >> (32-nMints)) );
+    uTruthMin = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+    for ( i = 0; i < nMints; i++ )
+    {
+        uPhase = Extra_TruthPolarize( uTruth, i, nVars ); 
+        for ( k = 0; k < nPerms; k++ )
+        {
+            uPerm = Extra_TruthPermute( uPhase, pPerms[k], nVars, 0 );
+            if ( uTruthMin > uPerm )
+                uTruthMin = uPerm;
+        }
+        uPhase = Extra_TruthPolarize( uTruthC, i, nVars ); 
+        for ( k = 0; k < nPerms; k++ )
+        {
+            uPerm = Extra_TruthPermute( uPhase, pPerms[k], nVars, 0 );
+            if ( uTruthMin > uPerm )
+                uTruthMin = uPerm;
+        }
+    }
+    return uTruthMin;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Computes NPN canonical forms for 4-variable functions.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Extra_Truth4VarNPN( unsigned short ** puCanons, char ** puPhases, char ** puPerms, unsigned char ** puMap )
+{
+    unsigned short * uCanons;
+    unsigned char * uMap;
+    unsigned uTruth, uPhase, uPerm;
+    char ** pPerms4, * uPhases, * uPerms;
+    int nFuncs, nClasses;
+    int i, k;
+
+    nFuncs  = (1 << 16);
+    uCanons = ALLOC( unsigned short, nFuncs );
+    uPhases = ALLOC( char, nFuncs );
+    uPerms  = ALLOC( char, nFuncs );
+    uMap    = ALLOC( unsigned char, nFuncs );
+    memset( uCanons, 0, sizeof(unsigned short) * nFuncs );
+    memset( uPhases, 0, sizeof(char) * nFuncs );
+    memset( uPerms,  0, sizeof(char) * nFuncs );
+    memset( uMap,    0, sizeof(unsigned char) * nFuncs );
+    pPerms4 = Extra_Permutations( 4 );
+
+    nClasses = 1;
+    nFuncs = (1 << 15);
+    for ( uTruth = 1; uTruth < (unsigned)nFuncs; uTruth++ )
+    {
+        // skip already assigned
+        if ( uCanons[uTruth] )
+        {
+            assert( uTruth > uCanons[uTruth] );
+            uMap[~uTruth & 0xFFFF] = uMap[uTruth] = uMap[uCanons[uTruth]];
+            continue;
+        }
+        uMap[uTruth] = nClasses++;
+        for ( i = 0; i < 16; i++ )
+        {
+            uPhase = Extra_TruthPolarize( uTruth, i, 4 );
+            for ( k = 0; k < 24; k++ )
+            {
+                uPerm = Extra_TruthPermute( uPhase, pPerms4[k], 4, 0 );
+                if ( uCanons[uPerm] == 0 )
+                {
+                    uCanons[uPerm] = uTruth;
+                    uPhases[uPerm] = i;
+                    uPerms[uPerm]  = k;
+
+                    uPerm = ~uPerm & 0xFFFF;
+                    uCanons[uPerm] = uTruth;
+                    uPhases[uPerm] = i | 16;
+                    uPerms[uPerm]  = k;
+                }
+                else
+                    assert( uCanons[uPerm] == uTruth );
+            }
+            uPhase = Extra_TruthPolarize( ~uTruth & 0xFFFF, i, 4 ); 
+            for ( k = 0; k < 24; k++ )
+            {
+                uPerm = Extra_TruthPermute( uPhase, pPerms4[k], 4, 0 );
+                if ( uCanons[uPerm] == 0 )
+                {
+                    uCanons[uPerm] = uTruth;
+                    uPhases[uPerm] = i;
+                    uPerms[uPerm]  = k;
+
+                    uPerm = ~uPerm & 0xFFFF;
+                    uCanons[uPerm] = uTruth;
+                    uPhases[uPerm] = i | 16;
+                    uPerms[uPerm]  = k;
+                }
+                else
+                    assert( uCanons[uPerm] == uTruth );
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    uPhases[(1<<16)-1] = 16;
+    assert( nClasses == 222 );
+    free( pPerms4 );
+    if ( puCanons ) 
+        *puCanons = uCanons;
+    else
+        free( uCanons );
+    if ( puPhases ) 
+        *puPhases = uPhases;
+    else
+        free( uPhases );
+    if ( puPerms ) 
+        *puPerms = uPerms;
+    else
+        free( uPerms );
+    if ( puMap ) 
+        *puMap = uMap;
+    else
+        free( uMap );
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Computes NPN canonical forms for 4-variable functions.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Extra_Truth3VarN( unsigned ** puCanons, char *** puPhases, char ** ppCounters )
+{
+    int nPhasesMax = 8;
+    unsigned * uCanons;
+    unsigned uTruth, uPhase, uTruth32;
+    char ** uPhases, * pCounters;
+    int nFuncs, nClasses, i;
+
+    nFuncs  = (1 << 8);
+    uCanons = ALLOC( unsigned, nFuncs );
+    memset( uCanons, 0, sizeof(unsigned) * nFuncs );
+    pCounters = ALLOC( char, nFuncs );
+    memset( pCounters, 0, sizeof(char) * nFuncs );
+    uPhases = (char **)Extra_ArrayAlloc( nFuncs, nPhasesMax, sizeof(char) );
+    nClasses = 0;
+    for ( uTruth = 0; uTruth < (unsigned)nFuncs; uTruth++ )
+    {
+        // skip already assigned
+        uTruth32 = ((uTruth << 24) | (uTruth << 16) | (uTruth << 8) | uTruth);
+        if ( uCanons[uTruth] )
+        {
+            assert( uTruth32 > uCanons[uTruth] );
+            continue;
+        }
+        nClasses++;
+        for ( i = 0; i < 8; i++ )
+        {
+            uPhase = Extra_TruthPolarize( uTruth, i, 3 );
+            if ( uCanons[uPhase] == 0 && (uTruth || i==0) )
+            {
+                uCanons[uPhase]    = uTruth32;
+                uPhases[uPhase][0] = i;
+                pCounters[uPhase]  = 1;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                assert( uCanons[uPhase] == uTruth32 );
+                if ( pCounters[uPhase] < nPhasesMax )
+                    uPhases[uPhase][ pCounters[uPhase]++ ] = i;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    if ( puCanons ) 
+        *puCanons = uCanons;
+    else
+        free( uCanons );
+    if ( puPhases ) 
+        *puPhases = uPhases;
+    else
+        free( uPhases );
+    if ( ppCounters ) 
+        *ppCounters = pCounters;
+    else
+        free( pCounters );
+//    printf( "The number of 3N-classes = %d.\n", nClasses );
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Computes NPN canonical forms for 4-variable functions.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Extra_Truth4VarN( unsigned short ** puCanons, char *** puPhases, char ** ppCounters, int nPhasesMax )
+{
+    unsigned short * uCanons;
+    unsigned uTruth, uPhase;
+    char ** uPhases, * pCounters;
+    int nFuncs, nClasses, i;
+
+    nFuncs  = (1 << 16);
+    uCanons = ALLOC( unsigned short, nFuncs );
+    memset( uCanons, 0, sizeof(unsigned short) * nFuncs );
+    pCounters = ALLOC( char, nFuncs );
+    memset( pCounters, 0, sizeof(char) * nFuncs );
+    uPhases = (char **)Extra_ArrayAlloc( nFuncs, nPhasesMax, sizeof(char) );
+    nClasses = 0;
+    for ( uTruth = 0; uTruth < (unsigned)nFuncs; uTruth++ )
+    {
+        // skip already assigned
+        if ( uCanons[uTruth] )
+        {
+            assert( uTruth > uCanons[uTruth] );
+            continue;
+        }
+        nClasses++;
+        for ( i = 0; i < 16; i++ )
+        {
+            uPhase = Extra_TruthPolarize( uTruth, i, 4 );
+            if ( uCanons[uPhase] == 0 && (uTruth || i==0) )
+            {
+                uCanons[uPhase]    = uTruth;
+                uPhases[uPhase][0] = i;
+                pCounters[uPhase]  = 1;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                assert( uCanons[uPhase] == uTruth );
+                if ( pCounters[uPhase] < nPhasesMax )
+                    uPhases[uPhase][ pCounters[uPhase]++ ] = i;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    if ( puCanons ) 
+        *puCanons = uCanons;
+    else
+        free( uCanons );
+    if ( puPhases ) 
+        *puPhases = uPhases;
+    else
+        free( uPhases );
+    if ( ppCounters ) 
+        *ppCounters = pCounters;
+    else
+        free( pCounters );
+//    printf( "The number of 4N-classes = %d.\n", nClasses );
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Allocated one-memory-chunk array.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void ** Extra_ArrayAlloc( int nCols, int nRows, int Size )
+{
+    char ** pRes;
+    char * pBuffer;
+    int i;
+    assert( nCols > 0 && nRows > 0 && Size > 0 );
+    pBuffer = ALLOC( char, nCols * (sizeof(void *) + nRows * Size) );
+    pRes = (char **)pBuffer;
+    pRes[0] = pBuffer + nCols * sizeof(void *);
+    for ( i = 1; i < nCols; i++ )
+        pRes[i] = pRes[0] + i * nRows * Size;
+    return pRes;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Computes a phase of the 3-var function.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+unsigned short Extra_TruthPerm4One( unsigned uTruth, int Phase )
+{
+    // cases
+    static unsigned short Cases[16] = {
+        0,      // 0000  - skip
+        0,      // 0001  - skip
+        0xCCCC, // 0010  - single var
+        0,      // 0011  - skip
+        0xF0F0, // 0100  - single var
+        1,      // 0101
+        1,      // 0110
+        0,      // 0111  - skip
+        0xFF00, // 1000  - single var
+        1,      // 1001
+        1,      // 1010
+        1,      // 1011
+        1,      // 1100
+        1,      // 1101
+        1,      // 1110
+        0       // 1111  - skip
+    };
+    // permutations
+    static int Perms[16][4] = {
+        { 0, 0, 0, 0 }, // 0000  - skip
+        { 0, 0, 0, 0 }, // 0001  - skip
+        { 0, 0, 0, 0 }, // 0010  - single var
+        { 0, 0, 0, 0 }, // 0011  - skip
+        { 0, 0, 0, 0 }, // 0100  - single var
+        { 0, 2, 1, 3 }, // 0101
+        { 2, 0, 1, 3 }, // 0110
+        { 0, 0, 0, 0 }, // 0111  - skip
+        { 0, 0, 0, 0 }, // 1000  - single var
+        { 0, 2, 3, 1 }, // 1001
+        { 2, 0, 3, 1 }, // 1010
+        { 0, 1, 3, 2 }, // 1011
+        { 2, 3, 0, 1 }, // 1100
+        { 0, 3, 1, 2 }, // 1101
+        { 3, 0, 1, 2 }, // 1110
+        { 0, 0, 0, 0 }  // 1111  - skip
+    };
+    int i, k, iRes;
+    unsigned uTruthRes;
+    assert( Phase >= 0 && Phase < 16 );
+    if ( Cases[Phase] == 0 )
+        return uTruth;
+    if ( Cases[Phase] > 1 )
+        return Cases[Phase];
+    uTruthRes = 0;
+    for ( i = 0; i < 16; i++ )
+        if ( uTruth & (1 << i) )
+        {
+            for ( iRes = 0, k = 0; k < 4; k++ )
+                if ( i & (1 << Perms[Phase][k]) )
+                    iRes |= (1 << k);
+            uTruthRes |= (1 << iRes);
+        }
+    return uTruthRes;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Computes a phase of the 3-var function.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+unsigned Extra_TruthPerm5One( unsigned uTruth, int Phase )
+{
+    // cases
+    static unsigned Cases[32] = {
+        0,          // 00000  - skip
+        0,          // 00001  - skip
+        0xCCCCCCCC, // 00010  - single var
+        0,          // 00011  - skip
+        0xF0F0F0F0, // 00100  - single var
+        1,          // 00101
+        1,          // 00110
+        0,          // 00111  - skip
+        0xFF00FF00, // 01000  - single var
+        1,          // 01001
+        1,          // 01010
+        1,          // 01011
+        1,          // 01100
+        1,          // 01101
+        1,          // 01110
+        0,          // 01111  - skip
+        0xFFFF0000, // 10000  - skip
+        1,          // 10001
+        1,          // 10010
+        1,          // 10011
+        1,          // 10100
+        1,          // 10101
+        1,          // 10110
+        1,          // 10111  - four var
+        1,          // 11000
+        1,          // 11001
+        1,          // 11010
+        1,          // 11011  - four var
+        1,          // 11100
+        1,          // 11101  - four var
+        1,          // 11110  - four var
+        0           // 11111  - skip
+    };
+    // permutations
+    static int Perms[32][5] = {
+        { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, // 00000  - skip
+        { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, // 00001  - skip
+        { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, // 00010  - single var
+        { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, // 00011  - skip
+        { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, // 00100  - single var
+        { 0, 2, 1, 3, 4 }, // 00101
+        { 2, 0, 1, 3, 4 }, // 00110
+        { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, // 00111  - skip
+        { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, // 01000  - single var
+        { 0, 2, 3, 1, 4 }, // 01001
+        { 2, 0, 3, 1, 4 }, // 01010
+        { 0, 1, 3, 2, 4 }, // 01011
+        { 2, 3, 0, 1, 4 }, // 01100
+        { 0, 3, 1, 2, 4 }, // 01101
+        { 3, 0, 1, 2, 4 }, // 01110
+        { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, // 01111  - skip
+        { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, // 10000  - single var
+        { 0, 4, 2, 3, 1 }, // 10001
+        { 4, 0, 2, 3, 1 }, // 10010
+        { 0, 1, 3, 4, 2 }, // 10011
+        { 2, 3, 0, 4, 1 }, // 10100
+        { 0, 3, 1, 4, 2 }, // 10101
+        { 3, 0, 1, 4, 2 }, // 10110
+        { 0, 1, 2, 4, 3 }, // 10111  - four var
+        { 2, 3, 4, 0, 1 }, // 11000
+        { 0, 3, 4, 1, 2 }, // 11001
+        { 3, 0, 4, 1, 2 }, // 11010
+        { 0, 1, 4, 2, 3 }, // 11011  - four var
+        { 3, 4, 0, 1, 2 }, // 11100
+        { 0, 4, 1, 2, 3 }, // 11101  - four var
+        { 4, 0, 1, 2, 3 }, // 11110  - four var
+        { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }  // 11111  - skip
+    };
+    int i, k, iRes;
+    unsigned uTruthRes;
+    assert( Phase >= 0 && Phase < 32 );
+    if ( Cases[Phase] == 0 )
+        return uTruth;
+    if ( Cases[Phase] > 1 )
+        return Cases[Phase];
+    uTruthRes = 0;
+    for ( i = 0; i < 32; i++ )
+        if ( uTruth & (1 << i) )
+        {
+            for ( iRes = 0, k = 0; k < 5; k++ )
+                if ( i & (1 << Perms[Phase][k]) )
+                    iRes |= (1 << k);
+            uTruthRes |= (1 << iRes);
+        }
+    return uTruthRes;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Computes a phase of the 3-var function.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Extra_TruthPerm6One( unsigned * uTruth, int Phase, unsigned * uTruthRes )
+{
+    // cases
+    static unsigned Cases[64] = {
+        0,          // 000000  - skip
+        0,          // 000001  - skip
+        0xCCCCCCCC, // 000010  - single var
+        0,          // 000011  - skip
+        0xF0F0F0F0, // 000100  - single var
+        1,          // 000101
+        1,          // 000110
+        0,          // 000111  - skip
+        0xFF00FF00, // 001000  - single var
+        1,          // 001001
+        1,          // 001010
+        1,          // 001011
+        1,          // 001100
+        1,          // 001101
+        1,          // 001110
+        0,          // 001111  - skip
+        0xFFFF0000, // 010000  - skip
+        1,          // 010001
+        1,          // 010010
+        1,          // 010011
+        1,          // 010100
+        1,          // 010101
+        1,          // 010110
+        1,          // 010111  - four var
+        1,          // 011000
+        1,          // 011001
+        1,          // 011010
+        1,          // 011011  - four var
+        1,          // 011100
+        1,          // 011101  - four var
+        1,          // 011110  - four var
+        0,          // 011111  - skip
+        0xFFFFFFFF, // 100000  - single var
+        1,          // 100001 
+        1,          // 100010  
+        1,          // 100011  
+        1,          // 100100  
+        1,          // 100101
+        1,          // 100110
+        1,          // 100111  
+        1,          // 101000  
+        1,          // 101001
+        1,          // 101010
+        1,          // 101011
+        1,          // 101100
+        1,          // 101101
+        1,          // 101110
+        1,          // 101111  
+        1,          // 110000  
+        1,          // 110001
+        1,          // 110010
+        1,          // 110011
+        1,          // 110100
+        1,          // 110101
+        1,          // 110110
+        1,          // 110111  
+        1,          // 111000
+        1,          // 111001
+        1,          // 111010
+        1,          // 111011  
+        1,          // 111100
+        1,          // 111101  
+        1,          // 111110  
+        0           // 111111  - skip
+    };
+    // permutations
+    static int Perms[64][6] = {
+        { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, // 000000  - skip
+        { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, // 000001  - skip
+        { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, // 000010  - single var
+        { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, // 000011  - skip
+        { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, // 000100  - single var
+        { 0, 2, 1, 3, 4, 5 }, // 000101
+        { 2, 0, 1, 3, 4, 5 }, // 000110
+        { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, // 000111  - skip
+        { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, // 001000  - single var
+        { 0, 2, 3, 1, 4, 5 }, // 001001
+        { 2, 0, 3, 1, 4, 5 }, // 001010
+        { 0, 1, 3, 2, 4, 5 }, // 001011
+        { 2, 3, 0, 1, 4, 5 }, // 001100
+        { 0, 3, 1, 2, 4, 5 }, // 001101
+        { 3, 0, 1, 2, 4, 5 }, // 001110
+        { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, // 001111  - skip
+        { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, // 010000  - skip
+        { 0, 4, 2, 3, 1, 5 }, // 010001
+        { 4, 0, 2, 3, 1, 5 }, // 010010
+        { 0, 1, 3, 4, 2, 5 }, // 010011
+        { 2, 3, 0, 4, 1, 5 }, // 010100
+        { 0, 3, 1, 4, 2, 5 }, // 010101
+        { 3, 0, 1, 4, 2, 5 }, // 010110
+        { 0, 1, 2, 4, 3, 5 }, // 010111  - four var
+        { 2, 3, 4, 0, 1, 5 }, // 011000
+        { 0, 3, 4, 1, 2, 5 }, // 011001
+        { 3, 0, 4, 1, 2, 5 }, // 011010
+        { 0, 1, 4, 2, 3, 5 }, // 011011  - four var
+        { 3, 4, 0, 1, 2, 5 }, // 011100
+        { 0, 4, 1, 2, 3, 5 }, // 011101  - four var
+        { 4, 0, 1, 2, 3, 5 }, // 011110  - four var
+        { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, // 011111  - skip
+        { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, // 100000  - single var
+        { 0, 2, 3, 4, 5, 1 }, // 100001 
+        { 2, 0, 3, 4, 5, 1 }, // 100010  
+        { 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 2 }, // 100011  
+        { 2, 3, 0, 4, 5, 1 }, // 100100  
+        { 0, 3, 1, 4, 5, 2 }, // 100101
+        { 3, 0, 1, 4, 5, 2 }, // 100110
+        { 0, 1, 2, 4, 5, 3 }, // 100111  
+        { 2, 3, 4, 0, 5, 1 }, // 101000  
+        { 0, 3, 4, 1, 5, 2 }, // 101001
+        { 3, 0, 4, 1, 5, 2 }, // 101010
+        { 0, 1, 4, 2, 5, 3 }, // 101011
+        { 3, 4, 0, 1, 5, 2 }, // 101100
+        { 0, 4, 1, 2, 5, 3 }, // 101101
+        { 4, 0, 1, 2, 5, 3 }, // 101110
+        { 0, 1, 2, 3, 5, 4 }, // 101111  
+        { 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 1 }, // 110000  
+        { 0, 3, 4, 5, 1, 2 }, // 110001
+        { 3, 0, 4, 5, 1, 2 }, // 110010
+        { 0, 1, 4, 5, 2, 3 }, // 110011
+        { 3, 4, 0, 5, 1, 2 }, // 110100
+        { 0, 4, 1, 5, 2, 3 }, // 110101
+        { 4, 0, 1, 5, 2, 3 }, // 110110
+        { 0, 1, 2, 5, 3, 4 }, // 110111  
+        { 3, 4, 5, 0, 1, 2 }, // 111000
+        { 0, 4, 5, 1, 2, 3 }, // 111001
+        { 4, 0, 5, 1, 2, 3 }, // 111010
+        { 0, 1, 5, 2, 3, 4 }, // 111011  
+        { 4, 5, 0, 1, 2, 3 }, // 111100
+        { 0, 5, 1, 2, 3, 4 }, // 111101  
+        { 5, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 }, // 111110  
+        { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }  // 111111  - skip
+    };
+    int i, k, iRes;
+    assert( Phase >= 0 && Phase < 64 );
+    if ( Cases[Phase] == 0 )
+    {
+        uTruthRes[0] = uTruth[0];
+        uTruthRes[1] = uTruth[1];
+        return;
+    }
+    if ( Cases[Phase] > 1 )
+    {
+        if ( Phase == 32 )
+        {
+            uTruthRes[0] = 0x00000000;
+            uTruthRes[1] = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            uTruthRes[0] = Cases[Phase];
+            uTruthRes[1] = Cases[Phase];
+        }
+        return;
+    }
+    uTruthRes[0] = 0;
+    uTruthRes[1] = 0;
+    for ( i = 0; i < 64; i++ )
+    {
+        if ( i < 32 )
+        {
+            if ( uTruth[0] & (1 << i) )
+            {
+                for ( iRes = 0, k = 0; k < 6; k++ )
+                    if ( i & (1 << Perms[Phase][k]) )
+                        iRes |= (1 << k);
+                if ( iRes < 32 )
+                    uTruthRes[0] |= (1 << iRes);
+                else
+                    uTruthRes[1] |= (1 << (iRes-32));
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            if ( uTruth[1] & (1 << (i-32)) )
+            {
+                for ( iRes = 0, k = 0; k < 6; k++ )
+                    if ( i & (1 << Perms[Phase][k]) )
+                        iRes |= (1 << k);
+                if ( iRes < 32 )
+                    uTruthRes[0] |= (1 << iRes);
+                else
+                    uTruthRes[1] |= (1 << (iRes-32));
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Computes a phase of the 8-var function.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Extra_TruthExpand( int nVars, int nWords, unsigned * puTruth, unsigned uPhase, unsigned * puTruthR )
+{
+    // elementary truth tables
+    static unsigned uTruths[8][8] = {
+        { 0xAAAAAAAA,0xAAAAAAAA,0xAAAAAAAA,0xAAAAAAAA,0xAAAAAAAA,0xAAAAAAAA,0xAAAAAAAA,0xAAAAAAAA },
+        { 0xCCCCCCCC,0xCCCCCCCC,0xCCCCCCCC,0xCCCCCCCC,0xCCCCCCCC,0xCCCCCCCC,0xCCCCCCCC,0xCCCCCCCC },
+        { 0xF0F0F0F0,0xF0F0F0F0,0xF0F0F0F0,0xF0F0F0F0,0xF0F0F0F0,0xF0F0F0F0,0xF0F0F0F0,0xF0F0F0F0 },
+        { 0xFF00FF00,0xFF00FF00,0xFF00FF00,0xFF00FF00,0xFF00FF00,0xFF00FF00,0xFF00FF00,0xFF00FF00 },
+        { 0xFFFF0000,0xFFFF0000,0xFFFF0000,0xFFFF0000,0xFFFF0000,0xFFFF0000,0xFFFF0000,0xFFFF0000 }, 
+        { 0x00000000,0xFFFFFFFF,0x00000000,0xFFFFFFFF,0x00000000,0xFFFFFFFF,0x00000000,0xFFFFFFFF }, 
+        { 0x00000000,0x00000000,0xFFFFFFFF,0xFFFFFFFF,0x00000000,0x00000000,0xFFFFFFFF,0xFFFFFFFF }, 
+        { 0x00000000,0x00000000,0x00000000,0x00000000,0xFFFFFFFF,0xFFFFFFFF,0xFFFFFFFF,0xFFFFFFFF } 
+    };
+    static char Cases[256] = {
+         0, // 00000000
+         0, // 00000001
+         1, // 00000010
+         0, // 00000011
+         2, // 00000100
+        -1, // 00000101
+        -1, // 00000110
+         0, // 00000111
+         3, // 00001000
+        -1, // 00001001
+        -1, // 00001010
+        -1, // 00001011
+        -1, // 00001100
+        -1, // 00001101
+        -1, // 00001110
+         0, // 00001111
+         4, // 00010000
+        -1, // 00010001
+        -1, // 00010010
+        -1, // 00010011
+        -1, // 00010100
+        -1, // 00010101
+        -1, // 00010110
+        -1, // 00010111
+        -1, // 00011000
+        -1, // 00011001
+        -1, // 00011010
+        -1, // 00011011
+        -1, // 00011100
+        -1, // 00011101
+        -1, // 00011110
+         0, // 00011111
+         5, // 00100000
+        -1, // 00100001
+        -1, // 00100010
+        -1, // 00100011
+        -1, // 00100100
+        -1, // 00100101
+        -1, // 00100110
+        -1, // 00100111
+        -1, // 00101000
+        -1, // 00101001
+        -1, // 00101010
+        -1, // 00101011
+        -1, // 00101100
+        -1, // 00101101
+        -1, // 00101110
+        -1, // 00101111
+        -1, // 00110000
+        -1, // 00110001
+        -1, // 00110010
+        -1, // 00110011
+        -1, // 00110100
+        -1, // 00110101
+        -1, // 00110110
+        -1, // 00110111
+        -1, // 00111000
+        -1, // 00111001
+        -1, // 00111010
+        -1, // 00111011
+        -1, // 00111100
+        -1, // 00111101
+        -1, // 00111110
+         0, // 00111111
+         6, // 01000000
+        -1, // 01000001
+        -1, // 01000010
+        -1, // 01000011
+        -1, // 01000100
+        -1, // 01000101
+        -1, // 01000110
+        -1, // 01000111
+        -1, // 01001000
+        -1, // 01001001
+        -1, // 01001010
+        -1, // 01001011
+        -1, // 01001100
+        -1, // 01001101
+        -1, // 01001110
+        -1, // 01001111
+        -1, // 01010000
+        -1, // 01010001
+        -1, // 01010010
+        -1, // 01010011
+        -1, // 01010100
+        -1, // 01010101
+        -1, // 01010110
+        -1, // 01010111
+        -1, // 01011000
+        -1, // 01011001
+        -1, // 01011010
+        -1, // 01011011
+        -1, // 01011100
+        -1, // 01011101
+        -1, // 01011110
+        -1, // 01011111
+        -1, // 01100000
+        -1, // 01100001
+        -1, // 01100010
+        -1, // 01100011
+        -1, // 01100100
+        -1, // 01100101
+        -1, // 01100110
+        -1, // 01100111
+        -1, // 01101000
+        -1, // 01101001
+        -1, // 01101010
+        -1, // 01101011
+        -1, // 01101100
+        -1, // 01101101
+        -1, // 01101110
+        -1, // 01101111
+        -1, // 01110000
+        -1, // 01110001
+        -1, // 01110010
+        -1, // 01110011
+        -1, // 01110100
+        -1, // 01110101
+        -1, // 01110110
+        -1, // 01110111
+        -1, // 01111000
+        -1, // 01111001
+        -1, // 01111010
+        -1, // 01111011
+        -1, // 01111100
+        -1, // 01111101
+        -1, // 01111110
+         0, // 01111111
+         7, // 10000000
+        -1, // 10000001
+        -1, // 10000010
+        -1, // 10000011
+        -1, // 10000100
+        -1, // 10000101
+        -1, // 10000110
+        -1, // 10000111
+        -1, // 10001000
+        -1, // 10001001
+        -1, // 10001010
+        -1, // 10001011
+        -1, // 10001100
+        -1, // 10001101
+        -1, // 10001110
+        -1, // 10001111
+        -1, // 10010000
+        -1, // 10010001
+        -1, // 10010010
+        -1, // 10010011
+        -1, // 10010100
+        -1, // 10010101
+        -1, // 10010110
+        -1, // 10010111
+        -1, // 10011000
+        -1, // 10011001
+        -1, // 10011010
+        -1, // 10011011
+        -1, // 10011100
+        -1, // 10011101
+        -1, // 10011110
+        -1, // 10011111
+        -1, // 10100000
+        -1, // 10100001
+        -1, // 10100010
+        -1, // 10100011
+        -1, // 10100100
+        -1, // 10100101
+        -1, // 10100110
+        -1, // 10100111
+        -1, // 10101000
+        -1, // 10101001
+        -1, // 10101010
+        -1, // 10101011
+        -1, // 10101100
+        -1, // 10101101
+        -1, // 10101110
+        -1, // 10101111
+        -1, // 10110000
+        -1, // 10110001
+        -1, // 10110010
+        -1, // 10110011
+        -1, // 10110100
+        -1, // 10110101
+        -1, // 10110110
+        -1, // 10110111
+        -1, // 10111000
+        -1, // 10111001
+        -1, // 10111010
+        -1, // 10111011
+        -1, // 10111100
+        -1, // 10111101
+        -1, // 10111110
+        -1, // 10111111
+        -1, // 11000000
+        -1, // 11000001
+        -1, // 11000010
+        -1, // 11000011
+        -1, // 11000100
+        -1, // 11000101
+        -1, // 11000110
+        -1, // 11000111
+        -1, // 11001000
+        -1, // 11001001
+        -1, // 11001010
+        -1, // 11001011
+        -1, // 11001100
+        -1, // 11001101
+        -1, // 11001110
+        -1, // 11001111
+        -1, // 11010000
+        -1, // 11010001
+        -1, // 11010010
+        -1, // 11010011
+        -1, // 11010100
+        -1, // 11010101
+        -1, // 11010110
+        -1, // 11010111
+        -1, // 11011000
+        -1, // 11011001
+        -1, // 11011010
+        -1, // 11011011
+        -1, // 11011100
+        -1, // 11011101
+        -1, // 11011110
+        -1, // 11011111
+        -1, // 11100000
+        -1, // 11100001
+        -1, // 11100010
+        -1, // 11100011
+        -1, // 11100100
+        -1, // 11100101
+        -1, // 11100110
+        -1, // 11100111
+        -1, // 11101000
+        -1, // 11101001
+        -1, // 11101010
+        -1, // 11101011
+        -1, // 11101100
+        -1, // 11101101
+        -1, // 11101110
+        -1, // 11101111
+        -1, // 11110000
+        -1, // 11110001
+        -1, // 11110010
+        -1, // 11110011
+        -1, // 11110100
+        -1, // 11110101
+        -1, // 11110110
+        -1, // 11110111
+        -1, // 11111000
+        -1, // 11111001
+        -1, // 11111010
+        -1, // 11111011
+        -1, // 11111100
+        -1, // 11111101
+        -1, // 11111110
+         0  // 11111111
+    };
+    static char Perms[256][8] = {
+        { 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 }, // 00000000
+        { 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 }, // 00000001
+        { 1, 0, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 }, // 00000010
+        { 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 }, // 00000011
+        { 1, 2, 0, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 }, // 00000100
+        { 0, 2, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 }, // 00000101
+        { 2, 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 }, // 00000110
+        { 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 }, // 00000111
+        { 1, 2, 3, 0, 4, 5, 6, 7 }, // 00001000
+        { 0, 2, 3, 1, 4, 5, 6, 7 }, // 00001001
+        { 2, 0, 3, 1, 4, 5, 6, 7 }, // 00001010
+        { 0, 1, 3, 2, 4, 5, 6, 7 }, // 00001011
+        { 2, 3, 0, 1, 4, 5, 6, 7 }, // 00001100
+        { 0, 3, 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 7 }, // 00001101
+        { 3, 0, 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 7 }, // 00001110
+        { 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 }, // 00001111
+        { 1, 2, 3, 4, 0, 5, 6, 7 }, // 00010000
+        { 0, 2, 3, 4, 1, 5, 6, 7 }, // 00010001
+        { 2, 0, 3, 4, 1, 5, 6, 7 }, // 00010010
+        { 0, 1, 3, 4, 2, 5, 6, 7 }, // 00010011
+        { 2, 3, 0, 4, 1, 5, 6, 7 }, // 00010100
+        { 0, 3, 1, 4, 2, 5, 6, 7 }, // 00010101
+        { 3, 0, 1, 4, 2, 5, 6, 7 }, // 00010110
+        { 0, 1, 2, 4, 3, 5, 6, 7 }, // 00010111
+        { 2, 3, 4, 0, 1, 5, 6, 7 }, // 00011000
+        { 0, 3, 4, 1, 2, 5, 6, 7 }, // 00011001
+        { 3, 0, 4, 1, 2, 5, 6, 7 }, // 00011010
+        { 0, 1, 4, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7 }, // 00011011
+        { 3, 4, 0, 1, 2, 5, 6, 7 }, // 00011100
+        { 0, 4, 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7 }, // 00011101
+        { 4, 0, 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7 }, // 00011110
+        { 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 }, // 00011111
+        { 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 6, 7 }, // 00100000
+        { 0, 2, 3, 4, 5, 1, 6, 7 }, // 00100001
+        { 2, 0, 3, 4, 5, 1, 6, 7 }, // 00100010
+        { 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 2, 6, 7 }, // 00100011
+        { 2, 3, 0, 4, 5, 1, 6, 7 }, // 00100100
+        { 0, 3, 1, 4, 5, 2, 6, 7 }, // 00100101
+        { 3, 0, 1, 4, 5, 2, 6, 7 }, // 00100110
+        { 0, 1, 2, 4, 5, 3, 6, 7 }, // 00100111
+        { 2, 3, 4, 0, 5, 1, 6, 7 }, // 00101000
+        { 0, 3, 4, 1, 5, 2, 6, 7 }, // 00101001
+        { 3, 0, 4, 1, 5, 2, 6, 7 }, // 00101010
+        { 0, 1, 4, 2, 5, 3, 6, 7 }, // 00101011
+        { 3, 4, 0, 1, 5, 2, 6, 7 }, // 00101100
+        { 0, 4, 1, 2, 5, 3, 6, 7 }, // 00101101
+        { 4, 0, 1, 2, 5, 3, 6, 7 }, // 00101110
+        { 0, 1, 2, 3, 5, 4, 6, 7 }, // 00101111
+        { 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 1, 6, 7 }, // 00110000
+        { 0, 3, 4, 5, 1, 2, 6, 7 }, // 00110001
+        { 3, 0, 4, 5, 1, 2, 6, 7 }, // 00110010
+        { 0, 1, 4, 5, 2, 3, 6, 7 }, // 00110011
+        { 3, 4, 0, 5, 1, 2, 6, 7 }, // 00110100
+        { 0, 4, 1, 5, 2, 3, 6, 7 }, // 00110101
+        { 4, 0, 1, 5, 2, 3, 6, 7 }, // 00110110
+        { 0, 1, 2, 5, 3, 4, 6, 7 }, // 00110111
+        { 3, 4, 5, 0, 1, 2, 6, 7 }, // 00111000
+        { 0, 4, 5, 1, 2, 3, 6, 7 }, // 00111001
+        { 4, 0, 5, 1, 2, 3, 6, 7 }, // 00111010
+        { 0, 1, 5, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7 }, // 00111011
+        { 4, 5, 0, 1, 2, 3, 6, 7 }, // 00111100
+        { 0, 5, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7 }, // 00111101
+        { 5, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7 }, // 00111110
+        { 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 }, // 00111111
+        { 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 0, 7 }, // 01000000
+        { 0, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 1, 7 }, // 01000001
+        { 2, 0, 3, 4, 5, 6, 1, 7 }, // 01000010
+        { 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 2, 7 }, // 01000011
+        { 2, 3, 0, 4, 5, 6, 1, 7 }, // 01000100
+        { 0, 3, 1, 4, 5, 6, 2, 7 }, // 01000101
+        { 3, 0, 1, 4, 5, 6, 2, 7 }, // 01000110
+        { 0, 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 3, 7 }, // 01000111
+        { 2, 3, 4, 0, 5, 6, 1, 7 }, // 01001000
+        { 0, 3, 4, 1, 5, 6, 2, 7 }, // 01001001
+        { 3, 0, 4, 1, 5, 6, 2, 7 }, // 01001010
+        { 0, 1, 4, 2, 5, 6, 3, 7 }, // 01001011
+        { 3, 4, 0, 1, 5, 6, 2, 7 }, // 01001100
+        { 0, 4, 1, 2, 5, 6, 3, 7 }, // 01001101
+        { 4, 0, 1, 2, 5, 6, 3, 7 }, // 01001110
+        { 0, 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 4, 7 }, // 01001111
+        { 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 6, 1, 7 }, // 01010000
+        { 0, 3, 4, 5, 1, 6, 2, 7 }, // 01010001
+        { 3, 0, 4, 5, 1, 6, 2, 7 }, // 01010010
+        { 0, 1, 4, 5, 2, 6, 3, 7 }, // 01010011
+        { 3, 4, 0, 5, 1, 6, 2, 7 }, // 01010100
+        { 0, 4, 1, 5, 2, 6, 3, 7 }, // 01010101
+        { 4, 0, 1, 5, 2, 6, 3, 7 }, // 01010110
+        { 0, 1, 2, 5, 3, 6, 4, 7 }, // 01010111
+        { 3, 4, 5, 0, 1, 6, 2, 7 }, // 01011000
+        { 0, 4, 5, 1, 2, 6, 3, 7 }, // 01011001
+        { 4, 0, 5, 1, 2, 6, 3, 7 }, // 01011010
+        { 0, 1, 5, 2, 3, 6, 4, 7 }, // 01011011
+        { 4, 5, 0, 1, 2, 6, 3, 7 }, // 01011100
+        { 0, 5, 1, 2, 3, 6, 4, 7 }, // 01011101
+        { 5, 0, 1, 2, 3, 6, 4, 7 }, // 01011110
+        { 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 5, 7 }, // 01011111
+        { 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 0, 1, 7 }, // 01100000
+        { 0, 3, 4, 5, 6, 1, 2, 7 }, // 01100001
+        { 3, 0, 4, 5, 6, 1, 2, 7 }, // 01100010
+        { 0, 1, 4, 5, 6, 2, 3, 7 }, // 01100011
+        { 3, 4, 0, 5, 6, 1, 2, 7 }, // 01100100
+        { 0, 4, 1, 5, 6, 2, 3, 7 }, // 01100101
+        { 4, 0, 1, 5, 6, 2, 3, 7 }, // 01100110
+        { 0, 1, 2, 5, 6, 3, 4, 7 }, // 01100111
+        { 3, 4, 5, 0, 6, 1, 2, 7 }, // 01101000
+        { 0, 4, 5, 1, 6, 2, 3, 7 }, // 01101001
+        { 4, 0, 5, 1, 6, 2, 3, 7 }, // 01101010
+        { 0, 1, 5, 2, 6, 3, 4, 7 }, // 01101011
+        { 4, 5, 0, 1, 6, 2, 3, 7 }, // 01101100
+        { 0, 5, 1, 2, 6, 3, 4, 7 }, // 01101101
+        { 5, 0, 1, 2, 6, 3, 4, 7 }, // 01101110
+        { 0, 1, 2, 3, 6, 4, 5, 7 }, // 01101111
+        { 3, 4, 5, 6, 0, 1, 2, 7 }, // 01110000
+        { 0, 4, 5, 6, 1, 2, 3, 7 }, // 01110001
+        { 4, 0, 5, 6, 1, 2, 3, 7 }, // 01110010
+        { 0, 1, 5, 6, 2, 3, 4, 7 }, // 01110011
+        { 4, 5, 0, 6, 1, 2, 3, 7 }, // 01110100
+        { 0, 5, 1, 6, 2, 3, 4, 7 }, // 01110101
+        { 5, 0, 1, 6, 2, 3, 4, 7 }, // 01110110
+        { 0, 1, 2, 6, 3, 4, 5, 7 }, // 01110111
+        { 4, 5, 6, 0, 1, 2, 3, 7 }, // 01111000
+        { 0, 5, 6, 1, 2, 3, 4, 7 }, // 01111001
+        { 5, 0, 6, 1, 2, 3, 4, 7 }, // 01111010
+        { 0, 1, 6, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7 }, // 01111011
+        { 5, 6, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 7 }, // 01111100
+        { 0, 6, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7 }, // 01111101
+        { 6, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7 }, // 01111110
+        { 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 }, // 01111111
+        { 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 0 }, // 10000000
+        { 0, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 1 }, // 10000001
+        { 2, 0, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 1 }, // 10000010
+        { 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 2 }, // 10000011
+        { 2, 3, 0, 4, 5, 6, 7, 1 }, // 10000100
+        { 0, 3, 1, 4, 5, 6, 7, 2 }, // 10000101
+        { 3, 0, 1, 4, 5, 6, 7, 2 }, // 10000110
+        { 0, 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 3 }, // 10000111
+        { 2, 3, 4, 0, 5, 6, 7, 1 }, // 10001000
+        { 0, 3, 4, 1, 5, 6, 7, 2 }, // 10001001
+        { 3, 0, 4, 1, 5, 6, 7, 2 }, // 10001010
+        { 0, 1, 4, 2, 5, 6, 7, 3 }, // 10001011
+        { 3, 4, 0, 1, 5, 6, 7, 2 }, // 10001100
+        { 0, 4, 1, 2, 5, 6, 7, 3 }, // 10001101
+        { 4, 0, 1, 2, 5, 6, 7, 3 }, // 10001110
+        { 0, 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 4 }, // 10001111
+        { 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 6, 7, 1 }, // 10010000
+        { 0, 3, 4, 5, 1, 6, 7, 2 }, // 10010001
+        { 3, 0, 4, 5, 1, 6, 7, 2 }, // 10010010
+        { 0, 1, 4, 5, 2, 6, 7, 3 }, // 10010011
+        { 3, 4, 0, 5, 1, 6, 7, 2 }, // 10010100
+        { 0, 4, 1, 5, 2, 6, 7, 3 }, // 10010101
+        { 4, 0, 1, 5, 2, 6, 7, 3 }, // 10010110
+        { 0, 1, 2, 5, 3, 6, 7, 4 }, // 10010111
+        { 3, 4, 5, 0, 1, 6, 7, 2 }, // 10011000
+        { 0, 4, 5, 1, 2, 6, 7, 3 }, // 10011001
+        { 4, 0, 5, 1, 2, 6, 7, 3 }, // 10011010
+        { 0, 1, 5, 2, 3, 6, 7, 4 }, // 10011011
+        { 4, 5, 0, 1, 2, 6, 7, 3 }, // 10011100
+        { 0, 5, 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 4 }, // 10011101
+        { 5, 0, 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 4 }, // 10011110
+        { 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 5 }, // 10011111
+        { 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 0, 7, 1 }, // 10100000
+        { 0, 3, 4, 5, 6, 1, 7, 2 }, // 10100001
+        { 3, 0, 4, 5, 6, 1, 7, 2 }, // 10100010
+        { 0, 1, 4, 5, 6, 2, 7, 3 }, // 10100011
+        { 3, 4, 0, 5, 6, 1, 7, 2 }, // 10100100
+        { 0, 4, 1, 5, 6, 2, 7, 3 }, // 10100101
+        { 4, 0, 1, 5, 6, 2, 7, 3 }, // 10100110
+        { 0, 1, 2, 5, 6, 3, 7, 4 }, // 10100111
+        { 3, 4, 5, 0, 6, 1, 7, 2 }, // 10101000
+        { 0, 4, 5, 1, 6, 2, 7, 3 }, // 10101001
+        { 4, 0, 5, 1, 6, 2, 7, 3 }, // 10101010
+        { 0, 1, 5, 2, 6, 3, 7, 4 }, // 10101011
+        { 4, 5, 0, 1, 6, 2, 7, 3 }, // 10101100
+        { 0, 5, 1, 2, 6, 3, 7, 4 }, // 10101101
+        { 5, 0, 1, 2, 6, 3, 7, 4 }, // 10101110
+        { 0, 1, 2, 3, 6, 4, 7, 5 }, // 10101111
+        { 3, 4, 5, 6, 0, 1, 7, 2 }, // 10110000
+        { 0, 4, 5, 6, 1, 2, 7, 3 }, // 10110001
+        { 4, 0, 5, 6, 1, 2, 7, 3 }, // 10110010
+        { 0, 1, 5, 6, 2, 3, 7, 4 }, // 10110011
+        { 4, 5, 0, 6, 1, 2, 7, 3 }, // 10110100
+        { 0, 5, 1, 6, 2, 3, 7, 4 }, // 10110101
+        { 5, 0, 1, 6, 2, 3, 7, 4 }, // 10110110
+        { 0, 1, 2, 6, 3, 4, 7, 5 }, // 10110111
+        { 4, 5, 6, 0, 1, 2, 7, 3 }, // 10111000
+        { 0, 5, 6, 1, 2, 3, 7, 4 }, // 10111001
+        { 5, 0, 6, 1, 2, 3, 7, 4 }, // 10111010
+        { 0, 1, 6, 2, 3, 4, 7, 5 }, // 10111011
+        { 5, 6, 0, 1, 2, 3, 7, 4 }, // 10111100
+        { 0, 6, 1, 2, 3, 4, 7, 5 }, // 10111101
+        { 6, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 7, 5 }, // 10111110
+        { 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 6 }, // 10111111
+        { 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 0, 1 }, // 11000000
+        { 0, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 1, 2 }, // 11000001
+        { 3, 0, 4, 5, 6, 7, 1, 2 }, // 11000010
+        { 0, 1, 4, 5, 6, 7, 2, 3 }, // 11000011
+        { 3, 4, 0, 5, 6, 7, 1, 2 }, // 11000100
+        { 0, 4, 1, 5, 6, 7, 2, 3 }, // 11000101
+        { 4, 0, 1, 5, 6, 7, 2, 3 }, // 11000110
+        { 0, 1, 2, 5, 6, 7, 3, 4 }, // 11000111
+        { 3, 4, 5, 0, 6, 7, 1, 2 }, // 11001000
+        { 0, 4, 5, 1, 6, 7, 2, 3 }, // 11001001
+        { 4, 0, 5, 1, 6, 7, 2, 3 }, // 11001010
+        { 0, 1, 5, 2, 6, 7, 3, 4 }, // 11001011
+        { 4, 5, 0, 1, 6, 7, 2, 3 }, // 11001100
+        { 0, 5, 1, 2, 6, 7, 3, 4 }, // 11001101
+        { 5, 0, 1, 2, 6, 7, 3, 4 }, // 11001110
+        { 0, 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 4, 5 }, // 11001111
+        { 3, 4, 5, 6, 0, 7, 1, 2 }, // 11010000
+        { 0, 4, 5, 6, 1, 7, 2, 3 }, // 11010001
+        { 4, 0, 5, 6, 1, 7, 2, 3 }, // 11010010
+        { 0, 1, 5, 6, 2, 7, 3, 4 }, // 11010011
+        { 4, 5, 0, 6, 1, 7, 2, 3 }, // 11010100
+        { 0, 5, 1, 6, 2, 7, 3, 4 }, // 11010101
+        { 5, 0, 1, 6, 2, 7, 3, 4 }, // 11010110
+        { 0, 1, 2, 6, 3, 7, 4, 5 }, // 11010111
+        { 4, 5, 6, 0, 1, 7, 2, 3 }, // 11011000
+        { 0, 5, 6, 1, 2, 7, 3, 4 }, // 11011001
+        { 5, 0, 6, 1, 2, 7, 3, 4 }, // 11011010
+        { 0, 1, 6, 2, 3, 7, 4, 5 }, // 11011011
+        { 5, 6, 0, 1, 2, 7, 3, 4 }, // 11011100
+        { 0, 6, 1, 2, 3, 7, 4, 5 }, // 11011101
+        { 6, 0, 1, 2, 3, 7, 4, 5 }, // 11011110
+        { 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 7, 5, 6 }, // 11011111
+        { 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 0, 1, 2 }, // 11100000
+        { 0, 4, 5, 6, 7, 1, 2, 3 }, // 11100001
+        { 4, 0, 5, 6, 7, 1, 2, 3 }, // 11100010
+        { 0, 1, 5, 6, 7, 2, 3, 4 }, // 11100011
+        { 4, 5, 0, 6, 7, 1, 2, 3 }, // 11100100
+        { 0, 5, 1, 6, 7, 2, 3, 4 }, // 11100101
+        { 5, 0, 1, 6, 7, 2, 3, 4 }, // 11100110
+        { 0, 1, 2, 6, 7, 3, 4, 5 }, // 11100111
+        { 4, 5, 6, 0, 7, 1, 2, 3 }, // 11101000
+        { 0, 5, 6, 1, 7, 2, 3, 4 }, // 11101001
+        { 5, 0, 6, 1, 7, 2, 3, 4 }, // 11101010
+        { 0, 1, 6, 2, 7, 3, 4, 5 }, // 11101011
+        { 5, 6, 0, 1, 7, 2, 3, 4 }, // 11101100
+        { 0, 6, 1, 2, 7, 3, 4, 5 }, // 11101101
+        { 6, 0, 1, 2, 7, 3, 4, 5 }, // 11101110
+        { 0, 1, 2, 3, 7, 4, 5, 6 }, // 11101111
+        { 4, 5, 6, 7, 0, 1, 2, 3 }, // 11110000
+        { 0, 5, 6, 7, 1, 2, 3, 4 }, // 11110001
+        { 5, 0, 6, 7, 1, 2, 3, 4 }, // 11110010
+        { 0, 1, 6, 7, 2, 3, 4, 5 }, // 11110011
+        { 5, 6, 0, 7, 1, 2, 3, 4 }, // 11110100
+        { 0, 6, 1, 7, 2, 3, 4, 5 }, // 11110101
+        { 6, 0, 1, 7, 2, 3, 4, 5 }, // 11110110
+        { 0, 1, 2, 7, 3, 4, 5, 6 }, // 11110111
+        { 5, 6, 7, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 }, // 11111000
+        { 0, 6, 7, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 }, // 11111001
+        { 6, 0, 7, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 }, // 11111010
+        { 0, 1, 7, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 }, // 11111011
+        { 6, 7, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 }, // 11111100
+        { 0, 7, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 }, // 11111101
+        { 7, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 }, // 11111110
+        { 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 }  // 11111111
+    };
+
+    assert( uPhase > 0 && uPhase < (unsigned)(1 << nVars) );
+
+    // the same function
+    if ( Cases[uPhase] == 0 )
+    {
+        int i;
+        for ( i = 0; i < nWords; i++ )
+            puTruthR[i] = puTruth[i];
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // an elementary variable
+    if ( Cases[uPhase] > 0 )
+    {
+        int i;
+        for ( i = 0; i < nWords; i++ )
+            puTruthR[i] = uTruths[Cases[uPhase]][i];
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // truth table takes one word
+    if ( nWords == 1 )
+    {
+        int i, k, nMints, iRes;
+        char * pPerm = Perms[uPhase];
+        puTruthR[0] = 0;
+        nMints = (1 << nVars);
+        for ( i = 0; i < nMints; i++ )
+            if ( puTruth[0] & (1 << i) )
+            {
+                for ( iRes = 0, k = 0; k < nVars; k++ )
+                    if ( i & (1 << pPerm[k]) )
+                        iRes |= (1 << k);
+                puTruthR[0] |= (1 << iRes);
+            }
+        return;
+    }
+    else if ( nWords == 2 )
+    {
+        int i, k, iRes;
+        char * pPerm = Perms[uPhase];
+        puTruthR[0] = puTruthR[1] = 0;
+        for ( i = 0; i < 32; i++ )
+        {
+            if ( puTruth[0] & (1 << i) )
+            {
+                for ( iRes = 0, k = 0; k < 6; k++ )
+                    if ( i & (1 << pPerm[k]) )
+                        iRes |= (1 << k);
+                if ( iRes < 32 )
+                    puTruthR[0] |= (1 << iRes);
+                else
+                    puTruthR[1] |= (1 << (iRes-32));
+            }
+        }
+        for ( ; i < 64; i++ )
+        {
+            if ( puTruth[1] & (1 << (i-32)) )
+            {
+                for ( iRes = 0, k = 0; k < 6; k++ )
+                    if ( i & (1 << pPerm[k]) )
+                        iRes |= (1 << k);
+                if ( iRes < 32 )
+                    puTruthR[0] |= (1 << iRes);
+                else
+                    puTruthR[1] |= (1 << (iRes-32));
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    // truth table takes more than one word
+    else
+    {
+        int i, k, nMints, iRes;
+        char * pPerm = Perms[uPhase];
+        for ( i = 0; i < nWords; i++ )
+            puTruthR[i] = 0;
+        nMints = (1 << nVars);
+        for ( i = 0; i < nMints; i++ )
+            if ( puTruth[i>>5] & (1 << (i&31)) )
+            {
+                for ( iRes = 0, k = 0; k < 5; k++ )
+                    if ( i & (1 << pPerm[k]) )
+                        iRes |= (1 << k);
+                puTruthR[iRes>>5] |= (1 << (iRes&31));
+            }
+    }
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Allocated lookup table for truth table permutation.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+unsigned short ** Extra_TruthPerm43()
+{
+    unsigned short ** pTable;
+    unsigned uTruth;
+    int i, k;
+    pTable = (unsigned short **)Extra_ArrayAlloc( 256, 16, 2 );
+    for ( i = 0; i < 256; i++ )
+    {
+        uTruth = (i << 8) | i;
+        for ( k = 0; k < 16; k++ )
+            pTable[i][k] = Extra_TruthPerm4One( uTruth, k );
+    }
+    return pTable;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Allocated lookup table for truth table permutation.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+unsigned ** Extra_TruthPerm53()
+{
+    unsigned ** pTable;
+    unsigned uTruth;
+    int i, k;
+    pTable = (unsigned **)Extra_ArrayAlloc( 256, 32, 4 );
+    for ( i = 0; i < 256; i++ )
+    {
+        uTruth = (i << 24) | (i << 16) | (i << 8) | i;
+        for ( k = 0; k < 32; k++ )
+            pTable[i][k] = Extra_TruthPerm5One( uTruth, k );
+    }
+    return pTable;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Allocated lookup table for truth table permutation.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+unsigned ** Extra_TruthPerm54()
+{
+    unsigned ** pTable;
+    unsigned uTruth;
+    int i;
+    pTable = (unsigned **)Extra_ArrayAlloc( 256*256, 4, 4 );
+    for ( i = 0; i < 256*256; i++ )
+    {
+        uTruth = (i << 16) | i;
+        pTable[i][0] = Extra_TruthPerm5One( uTruth, 31-8 );
+        pTable[i][1] = Extra_TruthPerm5One( uTruth, 31-4 );
+        pTable[i][2] = Extra_TruthPerm5One( uTruth, 31-2 );
+        pTable[i][3] = Extra_TruthPerm5One( uTruth, 31-1 );
+    }
+    return pTable;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Allocated lookup table for truth table permutation.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+unsigned ** Extra_TruthPerm63()
+{
+    unsigned ** pTable;
+    unsigned uTruth[2];
+    int i, k;
+    pTable = (unsigned **)Extra_ArrayAlloc( 256, 64, 8 );
+    for ( i = 0; i < 256; i++ )
+    {
+        uTruth[0] = (i << 24) | (i << 16) | (i << 8) | i;
+        uTruth[1] = uTruth[0];
+        for ( k = 0; k < 64; k++ )
+            Extra_TruthPerm6One( uTruth, k, &pTable[i][k] );
+    }
+    return pTable;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns the pointer to the elementary truth tables.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+unsigned ** Extra_Truths8()
+{
+    static unsigned uTruths[8][8] = {
+        { 0xAAAAAAAA,0xAAAAAAAA,0xAAAAAAAA,0xAAAAAAAA,0xAAAAAAAA,0xAAAAAAAA,0xAAAAAAAA,0xAAAAAAAA },
+        { 0xCCCCCCCC,0xCCCCCCCC,0xCCCCCCCC,0xCCCCCCCC,0xCCCCCCCC,0xCCCCCCCC,0xCCCCCCCC,0xCCCCCCCC },
+        { 0xF0F0F0F0,0xF0F0F0F0,0xF0F0F0F0,0xF0F0F0F0,0xF0F0F0F0,0xF0F0F0F0,0xF0F0F0F0,0xF0F0F0F0 },
+        { 0xFF00FF00,0xFF00FF00,0xFF00FF00,0xFF00FF00,0xFF00FF00,0xFF00FF00,0xFF00FF00,0xFF00FF00 },
+        { 0xFFFF0000,0xFFFF0000,0xFFFF0000,0xFFFF0000,0xFFFF0000,0xFFFF0000,0xFFFF0000,0xFFFF0000 }, 
+        { 0x00000000,0xFFFFFFFF,0x00000000,0xFFFFFFFF,0x00000000,0xFFFFFFFF,0x00000000,0xFFFFFFFF }, 
+        { 0x00000000,0x00000000,0xFFFFFFFF,0xFFFFFFFF,0x00000000,0x00000000,0xFFFFFFFF,0xFFFFFFFF }, 
+        { 0x00000000,0x00000000,0x00000000,0x00000000,0xFFFFFFFF,0xFFFFFFFF,0xFFFFFFFF,0xFFFFFFFF } 
+    };
+    static unsigned * puResult[8] = {
+        uTruths[0], uTruths[1], uTruths[2], uTruths[3], uTruths[4], uTruths[5], uTruths[6], uTruths[7] 
+    };
+    return (unsigned **)puResult;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Bubble-sorts components by scores in increasing order.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Extra_BubbleSort( int Order[], int Costs[], int nSize, int fIncreasing )
+{
+    int i, Temp, fChanges;
+    assert( nSize < 1000 );
+    for ( i = 0; i < nSize; i++ )
+        Order[i] = i;
+    if ( fIncreasing )
+    {
+        do {
+            fChanges = 0;
+            for ( i = 0; i < nSize - 1; i++ )
+            {
+                if ( Costs[Order[i]] <= Costs[Order[i+1]] )
+                    continue;
+                Temp = Order[i];
+                Order[i] = Order[i+1];
+                Order[i+1] = Temp;
+                fChanges = 1;
+            }
+        } while ( fChanges );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        do {
+            fChanges = 0;
+            for ( i = 0; i < nSize - 1; i++ )
+            {
+                if ( Costs[Order[i]] >= Costs[Order[i+1]] )
+                    continue;
+                Temp = Order[i];
+                Order[i] = Order[i+1];
+                Order[i+1] = Temp;
+                fChanges = 1;
+            }
+        } while ( fChanges );
+    }
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns the smallest prime larger than the number.]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+unsigned int Cudd_PrimeCopy( unsigned int  p)
+{
+    int i,pn;
+
+    p--;
+    do {
+        p++;
+        if (p&1) {
+        pn = 1;
+        i = 3;
+        while ((unsigned) (i * i) <= p) {
+        if (p % i == 0) {
+            pn = 0;
+            break;
+        }
+        i += 2;
+        }
+    } else {
+        pn = 0;
+    }
+    } while (!pn);
+    return(p);
+
+} /* end of Cudd_Prime */
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Definition of internal functions                                          */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Definition of static Functions                                            */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Computes the permutation table for 8 variables.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Extra_TruthExpandGeneratePermTable()
+{
+    int i, k, nOnes, Last1, First0;
+    int iOne, iZero;
+
+    printf( "\nstatic char Cases[256] = {\n" );
+    for ( i = 0; i < 256; i++ )
+    {
+        nOnes = 0;
+        Last1 = First0 = -1;
+        for ( k = 0; k < 8; k++ )
+        {
+            if ( i & (1 << k) )
+            {
+                nOnes++;
+                Last1 = k;
+            }
+            else if ( First0 == -1 )
+                First0 = k;
+        }
+        if ( Last1 + 1 == First0 || i == 255 )
+            printf( "     %d%s", 0, (i==255? " ":",") );
+        else if ( nOnes == 1 )
+            printf( "     %d,", Last1 );
+        else
+            printf( "    -%d,", 1 );
+        printf( " // " );
+        Extra_PrintBinary( stdout, (unsigned*)&i, 8 );
+        printf( "\n" );
+    }
+    printf( "};\n" );
+
+    printf( "\nstatic char Perms[256][8] = {\n" );
+    for ( i = 0; i < 256; i++ )
+    {
+        printf( "    {" );
+        nOnes = 0;
+        for ( k = 0; k < 8; k++ )
+            if ( i & (1 << k) )
+                nOnes++;
+        iOne = 0;
+        iZero = nOnes;
+        for ( k = 0; k < 8; k++ )
+            if ( i & (1 << k) )
+                printf( "%s %d", (k==0? "":","), iOne++ );
+            else
+                printf( "%s %d", (k==0? "":","), iZero++ );
+        assert( iOne + iZero == 8 );
+        printf( " }%s // ", (i==255? " ":",") );
+        Extra_PrintBinary( stdout, (unsigned*)&i, 8 );
+        printf( "\n" );
+    }
+    printf( "};\n" );
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                       END OF FILE                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
diff --git a/src/misc/extra/extraUtilProgress.c b/src/misc/extra/extraUtilProgress.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6b6d5132
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/extra/extraUtilProgress.c
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+/**CFile****************************************************************
+
+  FileName    [extraUtilProgress.c]
+
+  SystemName  [ABC: Logic synthesis and verification system.]
+
+  PackageName [extra]
+
+  Synopsis    [Progress bar.]
+
+  Author      [Alan Mishchenko]
+  
+  Affiliation [UC Berkeley]
+
+  Date        [Ver. 1.0. Started - June 20, 2005.]
+
+  Revision    [$Id: extraUtilProgress.c,v 1.0 2003/02/01 00:00:00 alanmi Exp $]
+
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "extra.h"
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                        DECLARATIONS                              ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+struct ProgressBarStruct
+{
+    int              nItemsNext;   // the number of items for the next update of the progress bar
+    int              nItemsTotal;  // the total number of items
+    int              posTotal;     // the total number of positions
+    int              posCur;       // the current position
+    FILE *           pFile;        // the output stream 
+};
+
+static void Extra_ProgressBarShow( ProgressBar * p, char * pString );
+static void Extra_ProgressBarClean( ProgressBar * p );
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                     FUNCTION DEFINITIONS                         ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Starts the progress bar.]
+
+  Description [The first parameter is the output stream (pFile), where
+  the progress is printed. The current printing position should be the
+  first one on the given line. The second parameters is the total
+  number of items that correspond to 100% position of the progress bar.]
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+ProgressBar * Extra_ProgressBarStart( FILE * pFile, int nItemsTotal )
+{
+    ProgressBar * p;
+    extern int Abc_FrameShowProgress( void * p );
+    extern void * Abc_FrameGetGlobalFrame();
+
+    if ( !Abc_FrameShowProgress(Abc_FrameGetGlobalFrame()) ) return NULL;
+    p = ALLOC( ProgressBar, 1 );
+    memset( p, 0, sizeof(ProgressBar) );
+    p->pFile       = pFile;
+    p->nItemsTotal = nItemsTotal;
+    p->posTotal    = 78;
+    p->posCur      = 1;
+    p->nItemsNext  = (int)((7.0+p->posCur)*p->nItemsTotal/p->posTotal);
+    Extra_ProgressBarShow( p, NULL );
+    return p;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Updates the progress bar.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Extra_ProgressBarUpdate_int( ProgressBar * p, int nItemsCur, char * pString )
+{
+    if ( p == NULL ) return;
+    if ( nItemsCur < p->nItemsNext )
+        return;
+    if ( nItemsCur >= p->nItemsTotal )
+    {
+        p->posCur = 78;
+        p->nItemsNext = 0x7FFFFFFF;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        p->posCur += 7;
+        p->nItemsNext = (int)((7.0+p->posCur)*p->nItemsTotal/p->posTotal);
+    }
+    Extra_ProgressBarShow( p, pString );
+}
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Stops the progress bar.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Extra_ProgressBarStop( ProgressBar * p )
+{
+    if ( p == NULL ) return;
+    Extra_ProgressBarClean( p );
+    FREE( p );
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Prints the progress bar of the given size.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Extra_ProgressBarShow( ProgressBar * p, char * pString )
+{
+    int i;
+    if ( p == NULL ) return;
+    if ( pString )
+        fprintf( p->pFile, "%s ", pString );
+    for ( i = (pString? strlen(pString) + 1 : 0); i < p->posCur; i++ )
+        fprintf( p->pFile, "-" );
+    if ( i == p->posCur )
+        fprintf( p->pFile, ">" );
+    for ( i++  ; i <= p->posTotal; i++ )
+        fprintf( p->pFile, " " );
+    fprintf( p->pFile, "\r" );
+    fflush( stdout );
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Cleans the progress bar before quitting.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Extra_ProgressBarClean( ProgressBar * p )
+{
+    int i;
+    if ( p == NULL ) return;
+    for ( i = 0; i <= p->posTotal; i++ )
+        fprintf( p->pFile, " " );
+    fprintf( p->pFile, "\r" );
+    fflush( stdout );
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                       END OF FILE                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
diff --git a/src/misc/extra/extraUtilReader.c b/src/misc/extra/extraUtilReader.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c165b989
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/extra/extraUtilReader.c
@@ -0,0 +1,383 @@
+/**CFile****************************************************************
+
+  FileName    [extraUtilReader.c]
+
+  SystemName  [ABC: Logic synthesis and verification system.]
+
+  PackageName [extra]
+
+  Synopsis    [File reading utilities.]
+
+  Author      [Alan Mishchenko]
+  
+  Affiliation [UC Berkeley]
+
+  Date        [Ver. 1.0. Started - June 20, 2005.]
+
+  Revision    [$Id: extraUtilReader.c,v 1.00 2005/06/20 00:00:00 alanmi Exp $]
+
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "extra.h"
+#include "vec.h"
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                        DECLARATIONS                              ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#define EXTRA_BUFFER_SIZE        4*1048576    // 1M   - size of the data chunk stored in memory
+#define EXTRA_OFFSET_SIZE           4096    // 4K   - load new data when less than this is left
+
+#define EXTRA_MINIMUM(a,b)       (((a) < (b))? (a) : (b))
+
+struct Extra_FileReader_t_
+{
+    // the input file
+    char *           pFileName;     // the input file name
+    FILE *           pFile;         // the input file pointer
+    int              nFileSize;     // the total number of bytes in the file
+    int              nFileRead;     // the number of bytes currently read from file
+    // info about processing different types of input chars
+    char             pCharMap[256]; // the character map
+    // temporary storage for data 
+    char *           pBuffer;       // the buffer
+    int              nBufferSize;   // the size of the buffer
+    char *           pBufferCur;    // the current reading position
+    char *           pBufferEnd;    // the first position not used by currently loaded data
+    char *           pBufferStop;   // the position where loading new data will be done
+    // tokens given to the user
+    Vec_Ptr_t *      vTokens;       // the vector of tokens returned to the user
+    Vec_Int_t *      vLines;        // the vector of line numbers for each token
+    int              nLineCounter;  // the counter of lines processed
+    // status of the parser
+    int              fStop;         // this flag goes high when the end of file is reached
+};
+
+// character types
+typedef enum { 
+    EXTRA_CHAR_COMMENT,  // a character that begins the comment
+    EXTRA_CHAR_NORMAL,   // a regular character
+    EXTRA_CHAR_STOP,     // a character that delimits a series of tokens
+    EXTRA_CHAR_CLEAN     // a character that should be cleaned
+} Extra_CharType_t;
+
+// the static functions
+static void * Extra_FileReaderGetTokens_int( Extra_FileReader_t * p );
+static void Extra_FileReaderReload( Extra_FileReader_t * p );
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                     FUNCTION DEFINITIONS                         ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Starts the file reader.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+Extra_FileReader_t * Extra_FileReaderAlloc( char * pFileName, 
+    char * pCharsComment, char * pCharsStop, char * pCharsClean )
+{
+    Extra_FileReader_t * p;
+    FILE * pFile;
+    char * pChar;
+    int nCharsToRead;
+    // check if the file can be opened
+    pFile = fopen( pFileName, "rb" );
+    if ( pFile == NULL )
+    {
+        printf( "Extra_FileReaderAlloc(): Cannot open input file \"%s\".\n", pFileName );
+        return NULL;
+    }
+    // start the file reader    
+    p = ALLOC( Extra_FileReader_t, 1 );
+    memset( p, 0, sizeof(Extra_FileReader_t) );
+    p->pFileName   = pFileName;
+    p->pFile       = pFile;
+    // set the character map
+    memset( p->pCharMap, EXTRA_CHAR_NORMAL, 256 );
+    for ( pChar = pCharsComment; *pChar; pChar++ )
+        p->pCharMap[(unsigned char)*pChar] = EXTRA_CHAR_COMMENT;
+    for ( pChar = pCharsStop; *pChar; pChar++ )
+        p->pCharMap[(unsigned char)*pChar] = EXTRA_CHAR_STOP;
+    for ( pChar = pCharsClean; *pChar; pChar++ )
+        p->pCharMap[(unsigned char)*pChar] = EXTRA_CHAR_CLEAN;
+    // get the file size, in bytes
+    fseek( pFile, 0, SEEK_END );  
+    p->nFileSize = ftell( pFile );  
+    rewind( pFile ); 
+    // allocate the buffer
+    p->pBuffer = ALLOC( char, EXTRA_BUFFER_SIZE+1 );
+    p->nBufferSize = EXTRA_BUFFER_SIZE;
+    p->pBufferCur  = p->pBuffer;
+    // determine how many chars to read
+    nCharsToRead = EXTRA_MINIMUM(p->nFileSize, EXTRA_BUFFER_SIZE);
+    // load the first part into the buffer
+    fread( p->pBuffer, nCharsToRead, 1, p->pFile );
+    p->nFileRead = nCharsToRead;
+    // set the ponters to the end and the stopping point
+    p->pBufferEnd  = p->pBuffer + nCharsToRead;
+    p->pBufferStop = (p->nFileRead == p->nFileSize)? p->pBufferEnd : p->pBuffer + EXTRA_BUFFER_SIZE - EXTRA_OFFSET_SIZE;
+    // start the arrays
+    p->vTokens = Vec_PtrAlloc( 100 );
+    p->vLines = Vec_IntAlloc( 100 );
+    p->nLineCounter = 1; // 1-based line counting
+    return p;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Stops the file reader.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Extra_FileReaderFree( Extra_FileReader_t * p )
+{
+    if ( p->pFile )
+        fclose( p->pFile );
+    FREE( p->pBuffer );
+    Vec_PtrFree( p->vTokens );
+    Vec_IntFree( p->vLines );
+    free( p );
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns the file size.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+char * Extra_FileReaderGetFileName( Extra_FileReader_t * p )
+{
+    return p->pFileName;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns the file size.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Extra_FileReaderGetFileSize( Extra_FileReader_t * p )
+{
+    return p->nFileSize;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns the current reading position.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Extra_FileReaderGetCurPosition( Extra_FileReader_t * p )
+{
+    return p->nFileRead - (p->pBufferEnd - p->pBufferCur);
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns the line number for the given token.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Extra_FileReaderGetLineNumber( Extra_FileReader_t * p, int iToken )
+{
+    assert( iToken >= 0 && iToken < p->vTokens->nSize );
+    return p->vLines->pArray[iToken];
+}
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns the next set of tokens.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void * Extra_FileReaderGetTokens( Extra_FileReader_t * p )
+{
+    Vec_Ptr_t * vTokens;
+    while ( vTokens = Extra_FileReaderGetTokens_int( p ) )
+        if ( vTokens->nSize > 0 )
+            break;
+    return vTokens;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns the next set of tokens.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void * Extra_FileReaderGetTokens_int( Extra_FileReader_t * p )
+{
+    char * pChar;
+    int fTokenStarted, MapValue;
+    if ( p->fStop )
+        return NULL;
+    // reset the token info
+    p->vTokens->nSize = 0;
+    p->vLines->nSize = 0;
+    fTokenStarted = 0;
+    // check if the new data should to be loaded
+    if ( p->pBufferCur > p->pBufferStop )
+        Extra_FileReaderReload( p );
+
+//    printf( "%d\n", p->pBufferEnd - p->pBufferCur );
+
+    // process the string starting from the current position
+    for ( pChar = p->pBufferCur; pChar < p->pBufferEnd; pChar++ )
+    {
+        // count the lines
+        if ( *pChar == '\n' )
+            p->nLineCounter++;
+        // switch depending on the character
+        MapValue = p->pCharMap[*pChar];
+
+//        printf( "Char value = %d. Map value = %d.\n", *pChar, MapValue );
+
+
+        switch ( MapValue )
+        {
+            case EXTRA_CHAR_COMMENT:
+                if ( *pChar != '/' || *(pChar+1) == '/' ) 
+                { // dealing with the need to have // as a comment
+                    // if the token was being written, stop it
+                    if ( fTokenStarted )
+                        fTokenStarted = 0;
+                    // eraze the comment till the end of line
+                    while ( *pChar != '\n' )
+                    {
+                        *pChar++ = 0;
+                        if ( pChar == p->pBufferEnd )
+                        {   // this failure is due to the fact the comment continued 
+                            // through EXTRA_OFFSET_SIZE chars till the end of the buffer
+                            printf( "Extra_FileReader failed to parse the file \"%s\".\n", p->pFileName );
+                            return NULL;
+                        }
+                    }
+                    pChar--;
+                    break;
+                }
+                // otherwise it is a normal character
+            case EXTRA_CHAR_NORMAL:
+                if ( !fTokenStarted )
+                {
+                    Vec_PtrPush( p->vTokens, pChar );
+                    Vec_IntPush( p->vLines, p->nLineCounter );
+                    fTokenStarted = 1;
+                }
+                break;
+            case EXTRA_CHAR_STOP:
+                if ( fTokenStarted )
+                    fTokenStarted = 0;
+                *pChar = 0;
+                // prepare before leaving
+                p->pBufferCur = pChar + 1;
+                return p->vTokens;
+            case EXTRA_CHAR_CLEAN:
+                if ( fTokenStarted )
+                    fTokenStarted = 0;
+                *pChar = 0;
+                break;
+            default:
+                assert( 0 );
+        }
+    }
+    // the file is finished or the last part continued 
+    // through EXTRA_OFFSET_SIZE chars till the end of the buffer
+    if ( p->pBufferStop == p->pBufferEnd ) // end of file
+    {
+        *pChar = 0;
+        p->fStop = 1;
+        return p->vTokens;
+    }
+    printf( "Extra_FileReader failed to parse the file \"%s\".\n", p->pFileName );
+/*
+    {
+        int i;
+        for ( i = 0; i < p->vTokens->nSize; i++ )
+            printf( "%s ", p->vTokens->pArray[i] );
+        printf( "\n" );
+    }
+*/
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Loads new data into the file reader.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Extra_FileReaderReload( Extra_FileReader_t * p )
+{
+    int nCharsUsed, nCharsToRead;
+    assert( !p->fStop );
+    assert( p->pBufferCur > p->pBufferStop );
+    assert( p->pBufferCur < p->pBufferEnd );
+    // figure out how many chars are still not processed
+    nCharsUsed = p->pBufferEnd - p->pBufferCur;
+    // move the remaining data to the beginning of the buffer
+    memmove( p->pBuffer, p->pBufferCur, nCharsUsed );
+    p->pBufferCur = p->pBuffer;
+    // determine how many chars we will read
+    nCharsToRead = EXTRA_MINIMUM( p->nBufferSize - nCharsUsed, p->nFileSize - p->nFileRead );
+    // read the chars
+    fread( p->pBuffer + nCharsUsed, nCharsToRead, 1, p->pFile );
+    p->nFileRead += nCharsToRead;
+    // set the ponters to the end and the stopping point
+    p->pBufferEnd  = p->pBuffer + nCharsUsed + nCharsToRead;
+    p->pBufferStop = (p->nFileRead == p->nFileSize)? p->pBufferEnd : p->pBuffer + EXTRA_BUFFER_SIZE - EXTRA_OFFSET_SIZE;
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                       END OF FILE                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
diff --git a/src/misc/extra/extraUtilTruth.c b/src/misc/extra/extraUtilTruth.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3b0b16eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/extra/extraUtilTruth.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1148 @@
+/**CFile****************************************************************
+
+  FileName    [extraUtilMisc.c]
+
+  SystemName  [ABC: Logic synthesis and verification system.]
+
+  PackageName [extra]
+
+  Synopsis    [Various procedures for truth table manipulation.]
+
+  Author      [Alan Mishchenko]
+  
+  Affiliation [UC Berkeley]
+
+  Date        [Ver. 1.0. Started - June 20, 2005.]
+
+  Revision    [$Id: extraUtilMisc.c,v 1.0 2003/09/01 00:00:00 alanmi Exp $]
+
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "extra.h"
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Constant declarations                                                     */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Stucture declarations                                                     */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Type declarations                                                         */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Variable declarations                                                     */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static unsigned s_VarMasks[5][2] = {
+    { 0x33333333, 0xAAAAAAAA },
+    { 0x55555555, 0xCCCCCCCC },
+    { 0x0F0F0F0F, 0xF0F0F0F0 },
+    { 0x00FF00FF, 0xFF00FF00 },
+    { 0x0000FFFF, 0xFFFF0000 }
+};
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Macro declarations                                                        */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**AutomaticStart*************************************************************/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Static function prototypes                                                */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**AutomaticEnd***************************************************************/
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Definition of exported functions                                          */
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Derive elementary truth tables.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+unsigned ** Extra_TruthElementary( int nVars )
+{
+    unsigned ** pRes;
+    int i, k, nWords;
+    nWords = Extra_TruthWordNum(nVars);
+    pRes = (unsigned **)Extra_ArrayAlloc( nVars, nWords, 4 );
+    for ( i = 0; i < nVars; i++ )
+    {
+        if ( i < 5 )
+        {
+            for ( k = 0; k < nWords; k++ )
+                pRes[i][k] = s_VarMasks[i][1];
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            for ( k = 0; k < nWords; k++ )
+                if ( k & (1 << (i-5)) )
+                    pRes[i][k] = ~(unsigned)0;
+                else
+                    pRes[i][k] = 0;
+        }
+    }
+    return pRes;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Swaps two adjacent variables in the truth table.]
+
+  Description [Swaps var number Start and var number Start+1 (0-based numbers).
+  The input truth table is pIn. The output truth table is pOut.]
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Extra_TruthSwapAdjacentVars( unsigned * pOut, unsigned * pIn, int nVars, int iVar )
+{
+    static unsigned PMasks[4][3] = {
+        { 0x99999999, 0x22222222, 0x44444444 },
+        { 0xC3C3C3C3, 0x0C0C0C0C, 0x30303030 },
+        { 0xF00FF00F, 0x00F000F0, 0x0F000F00 },
+        { 0xFF0000FF, 0x0000FF00, 0x00FF0000 }
+    };
+    int nWords = Extra_TruthWordNum( nVars );
+    int i, k, Step, Shift;
+
+    assert( iVar < nVars - 1 );
+    if ( iVar < 4 )
+    {
+        Shift = (1 << iVar);
+        for ( i = 0; i < nWords; i++ )
+            pOut[i] = (pIn[i] & PMasks[iVar][0]) | ((pIn[i] & PMasks[iVar][1]) << Shift) | ((pIn[i] & PMasks[iVar][2]) >> Shift);
+    }
+    else if ( iVar > 4 )
+    {
+        Step = (1 << (iVar - 5));
+        for ( k = 0; k < nWords; k += 4*Step )
+        {
+            for ( i = 0; i < Step; i++ )
+                pOut[i] = pIn[i];
+            for ( i = 0; i < Step; i++ )
+                pOut[Step+i] = pIn[2*Step+i];
+            for ( i = 0; i < Step; i++ )
+                pOut[2*Step+i] = pIn[Step+i];
+            for ( i = 0; i < Step; i++ )
+                pOut[3*Step+i] = pIn[3*Step+i];
+            pIn  += 4*Step;
+            pOut += 4*Step;
+        }
+    }
+    else // if ( iVar == 4 )
+    {
+        for ( i = 0; i < nWords; i += 2 )
+        {
+            pOut[i]   = (pIn[i]   & 0x0000FFFF) | ((pIn[i+1] & 0x0000FFFF) << 16);
+            pOut[i+1] = (pIn[i+1] & 0xFFFF0000) | ((pIn[i]   & 0xFFFF0000) >> 16);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Swaps two adjacent variables in the truth table.]
+
+  Description [Swaps var number Start and var number Start+1 (0-based numbers).
+  The input truth table is pIn. The output truth table is pOut.]
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Extra_TruthSwapAdjacentVars2( unsigned * pIn, unsigned * pOut, int nVars, int Start )
+{
+    int nWords = (nVars <= 5)? 1 : (1 << (nVars-5));
+    int i, k, Step;
+
+    assert( Start < nVars - 1 );
+    switch ( Start )
+    {
+    case 0:
+        for ( i = 0; i < nWords; i++ )
+            pOut[i] = (pIn[i] & 0x99999999) | ((pIn[i] & 0x22222222) << 1) | ((pIn[i] & 0x44444444) >> 1);
+        return;
+    case 1:
+        for ( i = 0; i < nWords; i++ )
+            pOut[i] = (pIn[i] & 0xC3C3C3C3) | ((pIn[i] & 0x0C0C0C0C) << 2) | ((pIn[i] & 0x30303030) >> 2);
+        return;
+    case 2:
+        for ( i = 0; i < nWords; i++ )
+            pOut[i] = (pIn[i] & 0xF00FF00F) | ((pIn[i] & 0x00F000F0) << 4) | ((pIn[i] & 0x0F000F00) >> 4);
+        return;
+    case 3:
+        for ( i = 0; i < nWords; i++ )
+            pOut[i] = (pIn[i] & 0xFF0000FF) | ((pIn[i] & 0x0000FF00) << 8) | ((pIn[i] & 0x00FF0000) >> 8);
+        return;
+    case 4:
+        for ( i = 0; i < nWords; i += 2 )
+        {
+            pOut[i]   = (pIn[i]   & 0x0000FFFF) | ((pIn[i+1] & 0x0000FFFF) << 16);
+            pOut[i+1] = (pIn[i+1] & 0xFFFF0000) | ((pIn[i]   & 0xFFFF0000) >> 16);
+        }
+        return;
+    default:
+        Step = (1 << (Start - 5));
+        for ( k = 0; k < nWords; k += 4*Step )
+        {
+            for ( i = 0; i < Step; i++ )
+                pOut[i] = pIn[i];
+            for ( i = 0; i < Step; i++ )
+                pOut[Step+i] = pIn[2*Step+i];
+            for ( i = 0; i < Step; i++ )
+                pOut[2*Step+i] = pIn[Step+i];
+            for ( i = 0; i < Step; i++ )
+                pOut[3*Step+i] = pIn[3*Step+i];
+            pIn  += 4*Step;
+            pOut += 4*Step;
+        }
+        return;
+    }
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Expands the truth table according to the phase.]
+
+  Description [The input and output truth tables are in pIn/pOut. The current number
+  of variables is nVars. The total number of variables in nVarsAll. The last argument
+  (Phase) contains shows where the variables should go.]
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Extra_TruthStretch( unsigned * pOut, unsigned * pIn, int nVars, int nVarsAll, unsigned Phase )
+{
+    unsigned * pTemp;
+    int i, k, Var = nVars - 1, Counter = 0;
+    for ( i = nVarsAll - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
+        if ( Phase & (1 << i) )
+        {
+            for ( k = Var; k < i; k++ )
+            {
+                Extra_TruthSwapAdjacentVars( pOut, pIn, nVarsAll, k );
+                pTemp = pIn; pIn = pOut; pOut = pTemp;
+                Counter++;
+            }
+            Var--;
+        }
+    assert( Var == -1 );
+    // swap if it was moved an even number of times
+    if ( !(Counter & 1) )
+        Extra_TruthCopy( pOut, pIn, nVarsAll );
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Shrinks the truth table according to the phase.]
+
+  Description [The input and output truth tables are in pIn/pOut. The current number
+  of variables is nVars. The total number of variables in nVarsAll. The last argument
+  (Phase) contains shows what variables should remain.]
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Extra_TruthShrink( unsigned * pOut, unsigned * pIn, int nVars, int nVarsAll, unsigned Phase )
+{
+    unsigned * pTemp;
+    int i, k, Var = 0, Counter = 0;
+    for ( i = 0; i < nVarsAll; i++ )
+        if ( Phase & (1 << i) )
+        {
+            for ( k = i-1; k >= Var; k-- )
+            {
+                Extra_TruthSwapAdjacentVars( pOut, pIn, nVarsAll, k );
+                pTemp = pIn; pIn = pOut; pOut = pTemp;
+                Counter++;
+            }
+            Var++;
+        }
+    assert( Var == nVars );
+    // swap if it was moved an even number of times
+    if ( !(Counter & 1) )
+        Extra_TruthCopy( pOut, pIn, nVarsAll );
+}
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns 1 if TT depends on the given variable.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Extra_TruthVarInSupport( unsigned * pTruth, int nVars, int iVar )
+{
+    int nWords = Extra_TruthWordNum( nVars );
+    int i, k, Step;
+
+    assert( iVar < nVars );
+    switch ( iVar )
+    {
+    case 0:
+        for ( i = 0; i < nWords; i++ )
+            if ( (pTruth[i] & 0x55555555) != ((pTruth[i] & 0xAAAAAAAA) >> 1) )
+                return 1;
+        return 0;
+    case 1:
+        for ( i = 0; i < nWords; i++ )
+            if ( (pTruth[i] & 0x33333333) != ((pTruth[i] & 0xCCCCCCCC) >> 2) )
+                return 1;
+        return 0;
+    case 2:
+        for ( i = 0; i < nWords; i++ )
+            if ( (pTruth[i] & 0x0F0F0F0F) != ((pTruth[i] & 0xF0F0F0F0) >> 4) )
+                return 1;
+        return 0;
+    case 3:
+        for ( i = 0; i < nWords; i++ )
+            if ( (pTruth[i] & 0x00FF00FF) != ((pTruth[i] & 0xFF00FF00) >> 8) )
+                return 1;
+        return 0;
+    case 4:
+        for ( i = 0; i < nWords; i++ )
+            if ( (pTruth[i] & 0x0000FFFF) != ((pTruth[i] & 0xFFFF0000) >> 16) )
+                return 1;
+        return 0;
+    default:
+        Step = (1 << (iVar - 5));
+        for ( k = 0; k < nWords; k += 2*Step )
+        {
+            for ( i = 0; i < Step; i++ )
+                if ( pTruth[i] != pTruth[Step+i] )
+                    return 1;
+            pTruth += 2*Step;
+        }
+        return 0;
+    }
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns the number of support vars.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Extra_TruthSupportSize( unsigned * pTruth, int nVars )
+{
+    int i, Counter = 0;
+    for ( i = 0; i < nVars; i++ )
+        Counter += Extra_TruthVarInSupport( pTruth, nVars, i );
+    return Counter;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns support of the function.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Extra_TruthSupport( unsigned * pTruth, int nVars )
+{
+    int i, Support = 0;
+    for ( i = 0; i < nVars; i++ )
+        if ( Extra_TruthVarInSupport( pTruth, nVars, i ) )
+            Support |= (1 << i);
+    return Support;
+}
+
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Computes positive cofactor of the function.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Extra_TruthCofactor1( unsigned * pTruth, int nVars, int iVar )
+{
+    int nWords = Extra_TruthWordNum( nVars );
+    int i, k, Step;
+
+    assert( iVar < nVars );
+    switch ( iVar )
+    {
+    case 0:
+        for ( i = 0; i < nWords; i++ )
+            pTruth[i] = (pTruth[i] & 0xAAAAAAAA) | ((pTruth[i] & 0xAAAAAAAA) >> 1);
+        return;
+    case 1:
+        for ( i = 0; i < nWords; i++ )
+            pTruth[i] = (pTruth[i] & 0xCCCCCCCC) | ((pTruth[i] & 0xCCCCCCCC) >> 2);
+        return;
+    case 2:
+        for ( i = 0; i < nWords; i++ )
+            pTruth[i] = (pTruth[i] & 0xF0F0F0F0) | ((pTruth[i] & 0xF0F0F0F0) >> 4);
+        return;
+    case 3:
+        for ( i = 0; i < nWords; i++ )
+            pTruth[i] = (pTruth[i] & 0xFF00FF00) | ((pTruth[i] & 0xFF00FF00) >> 8);
+        return;
+    case 4:
+        for ( i = 0; i < nWords; i++ )
+            pTruth[i] = (pTruth[i] & 0xFFFF0000) | ((pTruth[i] & 0xFFFF0000) >> 16);
+        return;
+    default:
+        Step = (1 << (iVar - 5));
+        for ( k = 0; k < nWords; k += 2*Step )
+        {
+            for ( i = 0; i < Step; i++ )
+                pTruth[i] = pTruth[Step+i];
+            pTruth += 2*Step;
+        }
+        return;
+    }
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Computes negative cofactor of the function.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Extra_TruthCofactor0( unsigned * pTruth, int nVars, int iVar )
+{
+    int nWords = Extra_TruthWordNum( nVars );
+    int i, k, Step;
+
+    assert( iVar < nVars );
+    switch ( iVar )
+    {
+    case 0:
+        for ( i = 0; i < nWords; i++ )
+            pTruth[i] = (pTruth[i] & 0x55555555) | ((pTruth[i] & 0x55555555) << 1);
+        return;
+    case 1:
+        for ( i = 0; i < nWords; i++ )
+            pTruth[i] = (pTruth[i] & 0x33333333) | ((pTruth[i] & 0x33333333) << 2);
+        return;
+    case 2:
+        for ( i = 0; i < nWords; i++ )
+            pTruth[i] = (pTruth[i] & 0x0F0F0F0F) | ((pTruth[i] & 0x0F0F0F0F) << 4);
+        return;
+    case 3:
+        for ( i = 0; i < nWords; i++ )
+            pTruth[i] = (pTruth[i] & 0x00FF00FF) | ((pTruth[i] & 0x00FF00FF) << 8);
+        return;
+    case 4:
+        for ( i = 0; i < nWords; i++ )
+            pTruth[i] = (pTruth[i] & 0x0000FFFF) | ((pTruth[i] & 0x0000FFFF) << 16);
+        return;
+    default:
+        Step = (1 << (iVar - 5));
+        for ( k = 0; k < nWords; k += 2*Step )
+        {
+            for ( i = 0; i < Step; i++ )
+                pTruth[Step+i] = pTruth[i];
+            pTruth += 2*Step;
+        }
+        return;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Existentially quantifies the variable.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Extra_TruthExist( unsigned * pTruth, int nVars, int iVar )
+{
+    int nWords = Extra_TruthWordNum( nVars );
+    int i, k, Step;
+
+    assert( iVar < nVars );
+    switch ( iVar )
+    {
+    case 0:
+        for ( i = 0; i < nWords; i++ )
+            pTruth[i] |=  ((pTruth[i] & 0xAAAAAAAA) >> 1) | ((pTruth[i] & 0x55555555) << 1);
+        return;
+    case 1:
+        for ( i = 0; i < nWords; i++ )
+            pTruth[i] |=  ((pTruth[i] & 0xCCCCCCCC) >> 2) | ((pTruth[i] & 0x33333333) << 2);
+        return;
+    case 2:
+        for ( i = 0; i < nWords; i++ )
+            pTruth[i] |=  ((pTruth[i] & 0xF0F0F0F0) >> 4) | ((pTruth[i] & 0x0F0F0F0F) << 4);
+        return;
+    case 3:
+        for ( i = 0; i < nWords; i++ )
+            pTruth[i] |=  ((pTruth[i] & 0xFF00FF00) >> 8) | ((pTruth[i] & 0x00FF00FF) << 8);
+        return;
+    case 4:
+        for ( i = 0; i < nWords; i++ )
+            pTruth[i] |=  ((pTruth[i] & 0xFFFF0000) >> 16) | ((pTruth[i] & 0x0000FFFF) << 16);
+        return;
+    default:
+        Step = (1 << (iVar - 5));
+        for ( k = 0; k < nWords; k += 2*Step )
+        {
+            for ( i = 0; i < Step; i++ )
+            {
+                pTruth[i]     |= pTruth[Step+i];
+                pTruth[Step+i] = pTruth[i];
+            }
+            pTruth += 2*Step;
+        }
+        return;
+    }
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Existentially quantifies the variable.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Extra_TruthForall( unsigned * pTruth, int nVars, int iVar )
+{
+    int nWords = Extra_TruthWordNum( nVars );
+    int i, k, Step;
+
+    assert( iVar < nVars );
+    switch ( iVar )
+    {
+    case 0:
+        for ( i = 0; i < nWords; i++ )
+            pTruth[i] &=  ((pTruth[i] & 0xAAAAAAAA) >> 1) | ((pTruth[i] & 0x55555555) << 1);
+        return;
+    case 1:
+        for ( i = 0; i < nWords; i++ )
+            pTruth[i] &=  ((pTruth[i] & 0xCCCCCCCC) >> 2) | ((pTruth[i] & 0x33333333) << 2);
+        return;
+    case 2:
+        for ( i = 0; i < nWords; i++ )
+            pTruth[i] &=  ((pTruth[i] & 0xF0F0F0F0) >> 4) | ((pTruth[i] & 0x0F0F0F0F) << 4);
+        return;
+    case 3:
+        for ( i = 0; i < nWords; i++ )
+            pTruth[i] &=  ((pTruth[i] & 0xFF00FF00) >> 8) | ((pTruth[i] & 0x00FF00FF) << 8);
+        return;
+    case 4:
+        for ( i = 0; i < nWords; i++ )
+            pTruth[i] &=  ((pTruth[i] & 0xFFFF0000) >> 16) | ((pTruth[i] & 0x0000FFFF) << 16);
+        return;
+    default:
+        Step = (1 << (iVar - 5));
+        for ( k = 0; k < nWords; k += 2*Step )
+        {
+            for ( i = 0; i < Step; i++ )
+            {
+                pTruth[i]     &= pTruth[Step+i];
+                pTruth[Step+i] = pTruth[i];
+            }
+            pTruth += 2*Step;
+        }
+        return;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Computes negative cofactor of the function.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Extra_TruthMux( unsigned * pOut, unsigned * pCof0, unsigned * pCof1, int nVars, int iVar )
+{
+    int nWords = Extra_TruthWordNum( nVars );
+    int i, k, Step;
+
+    assert( iVar < nVars );
+    switch ( iVar )
+    {
+    case 0:
+        for ( i = 0; i < nWords; i++ )
+            pOut[i] = (pCof0[i] & 0x55555555) | (pCof1[i] & 0xAAAAAAAA);
+        return;
+    case 1:
+        for ( i = 0; i < nWords; i++ )
+            pOut[i] = (pCof0[i] & 0x33333333) | (pCof1[i] & 0xCCCCCCCC);
+        return;
+    case 2:
+        for ( i = 0; i < nWords; i++ )
+            pOut[i] = (pCof0[i] & 0x0F0F0F0F) | (pCof1[i] & 0xF0F0F0F0);
+        return;
+    case 3:
+        for ( i = 0; i < nWords; i++ )
+            pOut[i] = (pCof0[i] & 0x00FF00FF) | (pCof1[i] & 0xFF00FF00);
+        return;
+    case 4:
+        for ( i = 0; i < nWords; i++ )
+            pOut[i] = (pCof0[i] & 0x0000FFFF) | (pCof1[i] & 0xFFFF0000);
+        return;
+    default:
+        Step = (1 << (iVar - 5));
+        for ( k = 0; k < nWords; k += 2*Step )
+        {
+            for ( i = 0; i < Step; i++ )
+            {
+                pOut[i]      = pCof0[i];
+                pOut[Step+i] = pCof1[Step+i];
+            }
+            pOut += 2*Step;
+        }
+        return;
+    }
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Checks symmetry of two variables.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Extra_TruthVarsSymm( unsigned * pTruth, int nVars, int iVar0, int iVar1 )
+{
+    static unsigned uTemp0[16], uTemp1[16];
+    assert( nVars <= 9 );
+    // compute Cof01
+    Extra_TruthCopy( uTemp0, pTruth, nVars );
+    Extra_TruthCofactor0( uTemp0, nVars, iVar0 );
+    Extra_TruthCofactor1( uTemp0, nVars, iVar1 );
+    // compute Cof10
+    Extra_TruthCopy( uTemp1, pTruth, nVars );
+    Extra_TruthCofactor1( uTemp1, nVars, iVar0 );
+    Extra_TruthCofactor0( uTemp1, nVars, iVar1 );
+    // compare
+    return Extra_TruthIsEqual( uTemp0, uTemp1, nVars );
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Checks antisymmetry of two variables.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Extra_TruthVarsAntiSymm( unsigned * pTruth, int nVars, int iVar0, int iVar1 )
+{
+    static unsigned uTemp0[16], uTemp1[16];
+    assert( nVars <= 9 );
+    // compute Cof00
+    Extra_TruthCopy( uTemp0, pTruth, nVars );
+    Extra_TruthCofactor0( uTemp0, nVars, iVar0 );
+    Extra_TruthCofactor0( uTemp0, nVars, iVar1 );
+    // compute Cof11
+    Extra_TruthCopy( uTemp1, pTruth, nVars );
+    Extra_TruthCofactor1( uTemp1, nVars, iVar0 );
+    Extra_TruthCofactor1( uTemp1, nVars, iVar1 );
+    // compare
+    return Extra_TruthIsEqual( uTemp0, uTemp1, nVars );
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Changes phase of the function w.r.t. one variable.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Extra_TruthChangePhase( unsigned * pTruth, int nVars, int iVar )
+{
+    int nWords = Extra_TruthWordNum( nVars );
+    int i, k, Step;
+    unsigned Temp;
+
+    assert( iVar < nVars );
+    switch ( iVar )
+    {
+    case 0:
+        for ( i = 0; i < nWords; i++ )
+            pTruth[i] = ((pTruth[i] & 0x55555555) << 1) | ((pTruth[i] & 0xAAAAAAAA) >> 1);
+        return;
+    case 1:
+        for ( i = 0; i < nWords; i++ )
+            pTruth[i] = ((pTruth[i] & 0x33333333) << 2) | ((pTruth[i] & 0xCCCCCCCC) >> 2);
+        return;
+    case 2:
+        for ( i = 0; i < nWords; i++ )
+            pTruth[i] = ((pTruth[i] & 0x0F0F0F0F) << 4) | ((pTruth[i] & 0xF0F0F0F0) >> 4);
+        return;
+    case 3:
+        for ( i = 0; i < nWords; i++ )
+            pTruth[i] = ((pTruth[i] & 0x00FF00FF) << 8) | ((pTruth[i] & 0xFF00FF00) >> 8);
+        return;
+    case 4:
+        for ( i = 0; i < nWords; i++ )
+            pTruth[i] = ((pTruth[i] & 0x0000FFFF) << 16) | ((pTruth[i] & 0xFFFF0000) >> 16);
+        return;
+    default:
+        Step = (1 << (iVar - 5));
+        for ( k = 0; k < nWords; k += 2*Step )
+        {
+            for ( i = 0; i < Step; i++ )
+            {
+                Temp = pTruth[i];
+                pTruth[i] = pTruth[Step+i];
+                pTruth[Step+i] = Temp;
+            }
+            pTruth += 2*Step;
+        }
+        return;
+    }
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Computes minimum overlap in supports of cofactors.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Extra_TruthMinCofSuppOverlap( unsigned * pTruth, int nVars, int * pVarMin )
+{
+    static unsigned uCofactor[16];
+    int i, ValueCur, ValueMin, VarMin;
+    unsigned uSupp0, uSupp1;
+    int nVars0, nVars1;
+    assert( nVars <= 9 );
+    ValueMin = 32;
+    VarMin   = -1;
+    for ( i = 0; i < nVars; i++ )
+    {
+        // get negative cofactor
+        Extra_TruthCopy( uCofactor, pTruth, nVars );
+        Extra_TruthCofactor0( uCofactor, nVars, i );
+        uSupp0 = Extra_TruthSupport( uCofactor, nVars );
+        nVars0 = Extra_WordCountOnes( uSupp0 );
+//Extra_PrintBinary( stdout, &uSupp0, 8 ); printf( "\n" );
+        // get positive cofactor
+        Extra_TruthCopy( uCofactor, pTruth, nVars );
+        Extra_TruthCofactor1( uCofactor, nVars, i );
+        uSupp1 = Extra_TruthSupport( uCofactor, nVars );
+        nVars1 = Extra_WordCountOnes( uSupp1 );
+//Extra_PrintBinary( stdout, &uSupp1, 8 ); printf( "\n" );
+        // get the number of common vars
+        ValueCur = Extra_WordCountOnes( uSupp0 & uSupp1 );
+        if ( ValueMin > ValueCur && nVars0 <= 5 && nVars1 <= 5 )
+        {
+            ValueMin = ValueCur;
+            VarMin = i;
+        }
+        if ( ValueMin == 0 )
+            break;
+    }
+    if ( pVarMin )
+        *pVarMin = VarMin;
+    return ValueMin;
+}
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Counts the number of 1's in each cofactor.]
+
+  Description [The resulting numbers are stored in the array of shorts, 
+  whose length is 2*nVars. The number of 1's is counted in a different
+  space than the original function. For example, if the function depends 
+  on k variables, the cofactors are assumed to depend on k-1 variables.]
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Extra_TruthCountOnesInCofs( unsigned * pTruth, int nVars, short * pStore )
+{
+    int nWords = Extra_TruthWordNum( nVars );
+    int i, k, Counter;
+    memset( pStore, 0, sizeof(short) * 2 * nVars );
+    if ( nVars <= 5 )
+    {
+        if ( nVars > 0 )
+        {
+            pStore[2*0+0] = Extra_WordCountOnes( pTruth[0] & 0x55555555 );
+            pStore[2*0+1] = Extra_WordCountOnes( pTruth[0] & 0xAAAAAAAA );
+        }
+        if ( nVars > 1 )
+        {
+            pStore[2*1+0] = Extra_WordCountOnes( pTruth[0] & 0x33333333 );
+            pStore[2*1+1] = Extra_WordCountOnes( pTruth[0] & 0xCCCCCCCC );
+        }
+        if ( nVars > 2 )
+        {
+            pStore[2*2+0] = Extra_WordCountOnes( pTruth[0] & 0x0F0F0F0F );
+            pStore[2*2+1] = Extra_WordCountOnes( pTruth[0] & 0xF0F0F0F0 );
+        }
+        if ( nVars > 3 )
+        {
+            pStore[2*3+0] = Extra_WordCountOnes( pTruth[0] & 0x00FF00FF );
+            pStore[2*3+1] = Extra_WordCountOnes( pTruth[0] & 0xFF00FF00 );
+        }
+        if ( nVars > 4 )
+        {
+            pStore[2*4+0] = Extra_WordCountOnes( pTruth[0] & 0x0000FFFF );
+            pStore[2*4+1] = Extra_WordCountOnes( pTruth[0] & 0xFFFF0000 );
+        }
+        return;
+    }
+    // nVars >= 6
+    // count 1's for all other variables
+    for ( k = 0; k < nWords; k++ )
+    {
+        Counter = Extra_WordCountOnes( pTruth[k] );
+        for ( i = 5; i < nVars; i++ )
+            if ( k & (1 << (i-5)) )
+                pStore[2*i+1] += Counter;
+            else
+                pStore[2*i+0] += Counter;
+    }
+    // count 1's for the first five variables
+    for ( k = 0; k < nWords/2; k++ )
+    {
+        pStore[2*0+0] += Extra_WordCountOnes( (pTruth[0] & 0x55555555) | ((pTruth[1] & 0x55555555) <<  1) );
+        pStore[2*0+1] += Extra_WordCountOnes( (pTruth[0] & 0xAAAAAAAA) | ((pTruth[1] & 0xAAAAAAAA) >>  1) );
+        pStore[2*1+0] += Extra_WordCountOnes( (pTruth[0] & 0x33333333) | ((pTruth[1] & 0x33333333) <<  2) );
+        pStore[2*1+1] += Extra_WordCountOnes( (pTruth[0] & 0xCCCCCCCC) | ((pTruth[1] & 0xCCCCCCCC) >>  2) );
+        pStore[2*2+0] += Extra_WordCountOnes( (pTruth[0] & 0x0F0F0F0F) | ((pTruth[1] & 0x0F0F0F0F) <<  4) );
+        pStore[2*2+1] += Extra_WordCountOnes( (pTruth[0] & 0xF0F0F0F0) | ((pTruth[1] & 0xF0F0F0F0) >>  4) );
+        pStore[2*3+0] += Extra_WordCountOnes( (pTruth[0] & 0x00FF00FF) | ((pTruth[1] & 0x00FF00FF) <<  8) );
+        pStore[2*3+1] += Extra_WordCountOnes( (pTruth[0] & 0xFF00FF00) | ((pTruth[1] & 0xFF00FF00) >>  8) );
+        pStore[2*4+0] += Extra_WordCountOnes( (pTruth[0] & 0x0000FFFF) | ((pTruth[1] & 0x0000FFFF) << 16) );
+        pStore[2*4+1] += Extra_WordCountOnes( (pTruth[0] & 0xFFFF0000) | ((pTruth[1] & 0xFFFF0000) >> 16) );
+        pTruth += 2;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Canonicize the truth table.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+unsigned Extra_TruthHash( unsigned * pIn, int nWords )
+{
+    // The 1,024 smallest prime numbers used to compute the hash value
+    // http://www.math.utah.edu/~alfeld/math/primelist.html
+    static int HashPrimes[1024] = { 2, 3, 5, 
+    7, 11, 13, 17, 19, 23, 29, 31, 37, 41, 43, 47, 53, 59, 61, 67, 71, 73, 79, 83, 89, 97, 
+    101, 103, 107, 109, 113, 127, 131, 137, 139, 149, 151, 157, 163, 167, 173, 179, 181, 191, 
+    193, 197, 199, 211, 223, 227, 229, 233, 239, 241, 251, 257, 263, 269, 271, 277, 281, 283, 
+    293, 307, 311, 313, 317, 331, 337, 347, 349, 353, 359, 367, 373, 379, 383, 389, 397, 401, 
+    409, 419, 421, 431, 433, 439, 443, 449, 457, 461, 463, 467, 479, 487, 491, 499, 503, 509, 
+    521, 523, 541, 547, 557, 563, 569, 571, 577, 587, 593, 599, 601, 607, 613, 617, 619, 631, 
+    641, 643, 647, 653, 659, 661, 673, 677, 683, 691, 701, 709, 719, 727, 733, 739, 743, 751, 
+    757, 761, 769, 773, 787, 797, 809, 811, 821, 823, 827, 829, 839, 853, 857, 859, 863, 877, 
+    881, 883, 887, 907, 911, 919, 929, 937, 941, 947, 953, 967, 971, 977, 983, 991, 997, 
+    1009, 1013, 1019, 1021, 1031, 1033, 1039, 1049, 1051, 1061, 1063, 1069, 1087, 1091, 
+    1093, 1097, 1103, 1109, 1117, 1123, 1129, 1151, 1153, 1163, 1171, 1181, 1187, 1193, 
+    1201, 1213, 1217, 1223, 1229, 1231, 1237, 1249, 1259, 1277, 1279, 1283, 1289, 1291, 
+    1297, 1301, 1303, 1307, 1319, 1321, 1327, 1361, 1367, 1373, 1381, 1399, 1409, 1423, 
+    1427, 1429, 1433, 1439, 1447, 1451, 1453, 1459, 1471, 1481, 1483, 1487, 1489, 1493, 
+    1499, 1511, 1523, 1531, 1543, 1549, 1553, 1559, 1567, 1571, 1579, 1583, 1597, 1601, 
+    1607, 1609, 1613, 1619, 1621, 1627, 1637, 1657, 1663, 1667, 1669, 1693, 1697, 1699, 
+    1709, 1721, 1723, 1733, 1741, 1747, 1753, 1759, 1777, 1783, 1787, 1789, 1801, 1811, 
+    1823, 1831, 1847, 1861, 1867, 1871, 1873, 1877, 1879, 1889, 1901, 1907, 1913, 1931, 
+    1933, 1949, 1951, 1973, 1979, 1987, 1993, 1997, 1999, 2003, 2011, 2017, 2027, 2029, 
+    2039, 2053, 2063, 2069, 2081, 2083, 2087, 2089, 2099, 2111, 2113, 2129, 2131, 2137, 
+    2141, 2143, 2153, 2161, 2179, 2203, 2207, 2213, 2221, 2237, 2239, 2243, 2251, 2267, 
+    2269, 2273, 2281, 2287, 2293, 2297, 2309, 2311, 2333, 2339, 2341, 2347, 2351, 2357, 
+    2371, 2377, 2381, 2383, 2389, 2393, 2399, 2411, 2417, 2423, 2437, 2441, 2447, 2459, 
+    2467, 2473, 2477, 2503, 2521, 2531, 2539, 2543, 2549, 2551, 2557, 2579, 2591, 2593, 
+    2609, 2617, 2621, 2633, 2647, 2657, 2659, 2663, 2671, 2677, 2683, 2687, 2689, 2693, 
+    2699, 2707, 2711, 2713, 2719, 2729, 2731, 2741, 2749, 2753, 2767, 2777, 2789, 2791, 
+    2797, 2801, 2803, 2819, 2833, 2837, 2843, 2851, 2857, 2861, 2879, 2887, 2897, 2903, 
+    2909, 2917, 2927, 2939, 2953, 2957, 2963, 2969, 2971, 2999, 3001, 3011, 3019, 3023, 
+    3037, 3041, 3049, 3061, 3067, 3079, 3083, 3089, 3109, 3119, 3121, 3137, 3163, 3167, 
+    3169, 3181, 3187, 3191, 3203, 3209, 3217, 3221, 3229, 3251, 3253, 3257, 3259, 3271, 
+    3299, 3301, 3307, 3313, 3319, 3323, 3329, 3331, 3343, 3347, 3359, 3361, 3371, 3373, 
+    3389, 3391, 3407, 3413, 3433, 3449, 3457, 3461, 3463, 3467, 3469, 3491, 3499, 3511, 
+    3517, 3527, 3529, 3533, 3539, 3541, 3547, 3557, 3559, 3571, 3581, 3583, 3593, 3607, 
+    3613, 3617, 3623, 3631, 3637, 3643, 3659, 3671, 3673, 3677, 3691, 3697, 3701, 3709, 
+    3719, 3727, 3733, 3739, 3761, 3767, 3769, 3779, 3793, 3797, 3803, 3821, 3823, 3833, 
+    3847, 3851, 3853, 3863, 3877, 3881, 3889, 3907, 3911, 3917, 3919, 3923, 3929, 3931, 
+    3943, 3947, 3967, 3989, 4001, 4003, 4007, 4013, 4019, 4021, 4027, 4049, 4051, 4057, 
+    4073, 4079, 4091, 4093, 4099, 4111, 4127, 4129, 4133, 4139, 4153, 4157, 4159, 4177, 
+    4201, 4211, 4217, 4219, 4229, 4231, 4241, 4243, 4253, 4259, 4261, 4271, 4273, 4283, 
+    4289, 4297, 4327, 4337, 4339, 4349, 4357, 4363, 4373, 4391, 4397, 4409, 4421, 4423, 
+    4441, 4447, 4451, 4457, 4463, 4481, 4483, 4493, 4507, 4513, 4517, 4519, 4523, 4547, 
+    4549, 4561, 4567, 4583, 4591, 4597, 4603, 4621, 4637, 4639, 4643, 4649, 4651, 4657, 
+    4663, 4673, 4679, 4691, 4703, 4721, 4723, 4729, 4733, 4751, 4759, 4783, 4787, 4789, 
+    4793, 4799, 4801, 4813, 4817, 4831, 4861, 4871, 4877, 4889, 4903, 4909, 4919, 4931, 
+    4933, 4937, 4943, 4951, 4957, 4967, 4969, 4973, 4987, 4993, 4999, 5003, 5009, 5011, 
+    5021, 5023, 5039, 5051, 5059, 5077, 5081, 5087, 5099, 5101, 5107, 5113, 5119, 5147, 
+    5153, 5167, 5171, 5179, 5189, 5197, 5209, 5227, 5231, 5233, 5237, 5261, 5273, 5279, 
+    5281, 5297, 5303, 5309, 5323, 5333, 5347, 5351, 5381, 5387, 5393, 5399, 5407, 5413, 
+    5417, 5419, 5431, 5437, 5441, 5443, 5449, 5471, 5477, 5479, 5483, 5501, 5503, 5507, 
+    5519, 5521, 5527, 5531, 5557, 5563, 5569, 5573, 5581, 5591, 5623, 5639, 5641, 5647, 
+    5651, 5653, 5657, 5659, 5669, 5683, 5689, 5693, 5701, 5711, 5717, 5737, 5741, 5743, 
+    5749, 5779, 5783, 5791, 5801, 5807, 5813, 5821, 5827, 5839, 5843, 5849, 5851, 5857, 
+    5861, 5867, 5869, 5879, 5881, 5897, 5903, 5923, 5927, 5939, 5953, 5981, 5987, 6007, 
+    6011, 6029, 6037, 6043, 6047, 6053, 6067, 6073, 6079, 6089, 6091, 6101, 6113, 6121, 
+    6131, 6133, 6143, 6151, 6163, 6173, 6197, 6199, 6203, 6211, 6217, 6221, 6229, 6247, 
+    6257, 6263, 6269, 6271, 6277, 6287, 6299, 6301, 6311, 6317, 6323, 6329, 6337, 6343, 
+    6353, 6359, 6361, 6367, 6373, 6379, 6389, 6397, 6421, 6427, 6449, 6451, 6469, 6473, 
+    6481, 6491, 6521, 6529, 6547, 6551, 6553, 6563, 6569, 6571, 6577, 6581, 6599, 6607, 
+    6619, 6637, 6653, 6659, 6661, 6673, 6679, 6689, 6691, 6701, 6703, 6709, 6719, 6733, 
+    6737, 6761, 6763, 6779, 6781, 6791, 6793, 6803, 6823, 6827, 6829, 6833, 6841, 6857, 
+    6863, 6869, 6871, 6883, 6899, 6907, 6911, 6917, 6947, 6949, 6959, 6961, 6967, 6971, 
+    6977, 6983, 6991, 6997, 7001, 7013, 7019, 7027, 7039, 7043, 7057, 7069, 7079, 7103, 
+    7109, 7121, 7127, 7129, 7151, 7159, 7177, 7187, 7193, 7207, 7211, 7213, 7219, 7229, 
+    7237, 7243, 7247, 7253, 7283, 7297, 7307, 7309, 7321, 7331, 7333, 7349, 7351, 7369, 
+    7393, 7411, 7417, 7433, 7451, 7457, 7459, 7477, 7481, 7487, 7489, 7499, 7507, 7517, 
+    7523, 7529, 7537, 7541, 7547, 7549, 7559, 7561, 7573, 7577, 7583, 7589, 7591, 7603, 
+    7607, 7621, 7639, 7643, 7649, 7669, 7673, 7681, 7687, 7691, 7699, 7703, 7717, 7723, 
+    7727, 7741, 7753, 7757, 7759, 7789, 7793, 7817, 7823, 7829, 7841, 7853, 7867, 7873, 
+    7877, 7879, 7883, 7901, 7907, 7919, 7927, 7933, 7937, 7949, 7951, 7963, 7993, 8009, 
+    8011, 8017, 8039, 8053, 8059, 8069, 8081, 8087, 8089, 8093, 8101, 8111, 8117, 8123, 
+    8147, 8161 };
+    int i;
+    unsigned uHashKey;
+    assert( nWords <= 1024 );
+    uHashKey = 0;
+    for ( i = 0; i < nWords; i++ )
+        uHashKey ^= HashPrimes[i] * pIn[i];
+    return uHashKey;
+}
+
+ 
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Canonicize the truth table.]
+
+  Description [Returns the phase. ]
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+unsigned Extra_TruthSemiCanonicize( unsigned * pInOut, unsigned * pAux, int nVars, char * pCanonPerm, short * pStore )
+{
+    unsigned * pIn = pInOut, * pOut = pAux, * pTemp;
+    int nWords = Extra_TruthWordNum( nVars );
+    int i, Temp, fChange, Counter, nOnes;//, k, j, w, Limit;
+    unsigned uCanonPhase;
+
+    // canonicize output
+    uCanonPhase = 0;
+    nOnes = Extra_TruthCountOnes(pIn, nVars);
+    if ( (nOnes > nWords * 16) || ((nOnes == nWords * 16) && (pIn[0] & 1)) )
+    {
+        uCanonPhase |= (1 << nVars);
+        Extra_TruthNot( pIn, pIn, nVars );
+    }
+
+    // collect the minterm counts
+    Extra_TruthCountOnesInCofs( pIn, nVars, pStore );
+
+    // canonicize phase
+    for ( i = 0; i < nVars; i++ )
+    {
+        if ( pStore[2*i+0] <= pStore[2*i+1] )
+            continue;
+        uCanonPhase |= (1 << i);
+        Temp = pStore[2*i+0];
+        pStore[2*i+0] = pStore[2*i+1];
+        pStore[2*i+1] = Temp;
+        Extra_TruthChangePhase( pIn, nVars, i );
+    }
+
+//    Extra_PrintHexadecimal( stdout, pIn, nVars );
+//    printf( "\n" );
+
+    // permute
+    Counter = 0;
+    do {
+        fChange = 0;
+        for ( i = 0; i < nVars-1; i++ )
+        {
+            if ( pStore[2*i] <= pStore[2*(i+1)] )
+                continue;
+            Counter++;
+            fChange = 1;
+
+            Temp = pCanonPerm[i];
+            pCanonPerm[i] = pCanonPerm[i+1];
+            pCanonPerm[i+1] = Temp;
+
+            Temp = pStore[2*i];
+            pStore[2*i] = pStore[2*(i+1)];
+            pStore[2*(i+1)] = Temp;
+
+            Temp = pStore[2*i+1];
+            pStore[2*i+1] = pStore[2*(i+1)+1];
+            pStore[2*(i+1)+1] = Temp;
+
+            Extra_TruthSwapAdjacentVars( pOut, pIn, nVars, i );
+            pTemp = pIn; pIn = pOut; pOut = pTemp;
+        }
+    } while ( fChange );
+
+/*
+    Extra_PrintBinary( stdout, &uCanonPhase, nVars+1 ); printf( " : " );
+    for ( i = 0; i < nVars; i++ )
+        printf( "%d=%d/%d  ", pCanonPerm[i], pStore[2*i], pStore[2*i+1] );
+    printf( "  C = %d\n", Counter );
+    Extra_PrintHexadecimal( stdout, pIn, nVars );
+    printf( "\n" );
+*/
+
+/*
+    // process symmetric variable groups
+    uSymms = 0;
+    for ( i = 0; i < nVars-1; i++ )
+    {
+        if ( pStore[2*i] != pStore[2*(i+1)] ) // i and i+1 cannot be symmetric
+            continue;
+        if ( pStore[2*i] != pStore[2*i+1] )
+            continue;
+        if ( Extra_TruthVarsSymm( pIn, nVars, i, i+1 ) )
+            continue;
+        if ( Extra_TruthVarsAntiSymm( pIn, nVars, i, i+1 ) )
+            Extra_TruthChangePhase( pIn, nVars, i+1 );
+    }
+*/
+
+/*
+    // process symmetric variable groups
+    uSymms = 0;
+    for ( i = 0; i < nVars-1; i++ )
+    {
+        if ( pStore[2*i] != pStore[2*(i+1)] ) // i and i+1 cannot be symmetric
+            continue;
+        // i and i+1 can be symmetric
+        // find the end of this group
+        for ( k = i+1; k < nVars; k++ )
+            if ( pStore[2*i] != pStore[2*k] ) 
+                break;
+        Limit = k;
+        assert( i < Limit-1 );
+        // go through the variables in this group
+        for ( j = i + 1; j < Limit; j++ )
+        {
+            // check symmetry
+            if ( Extra_TruthVarsSymm( pIn, nVars, i, j ) )
+            {
+                uSymms |= (1 << j);
+                continue;
+            }
+            // they are phase-unknown
+            if ( pStore[2*i] == pStore[2*i+1] ) 
+            {
+                if ( Extra_TruthVarsAntiSymm( pIn, nVars, i, j ) )
+                {
+                    Extra_TruthChangePhase( pIn, nVars, j );
+                    uCanonPhase ^= (1 << j);
+                    uSymms |= (1 << j);
+                    continue;
+                }
+            }
+
+            // they are not symmetric - move j as far as it goes in the group
+            for ( k = j; k < Limit-1; k++ )
+            {
+                Counter++;
+
+                Temp = pCanonPerm[k];
+                pCanonPerm[k] = pCanonPerm[k+1];
+                pCanonPerm[k+1] = Temp;
+
+                assert( pStore[2*k] == pStore[2*(k+1)] );
+                Extra_TruthSwapAdjacentVars( pOut, pIn, nVars, k );
+                pTemp = pIn; pIn = pOut; pOut = pTemp;
+            }
+            Limit--;
+            j--;
+        }
+        i = Limit - 1;
+    }
+*/
+
+    // swap if it was moved an even number of times
+    if ( Counter & 1 )
+        Extra_TruthCopy( pOut, pIn, nVars );
+    return uCanonPhase;
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                       END OF FILE                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
diff --git a/src/misc/extra/extraUtilUtil.c b/src/misc/extra/extraUtilUtil.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ee0c400a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/extra/extraUtilUtil.c
@@ -0,0 +1,330 @@
+/**CFile****************************************************************
+
+  FileName    [extraUtilUtil.c]
+
+  SystemName  [ABC: Logic synthesis and verification system.]
+
+  PackageName [extra]
+
+  Synopsis    [Old SIS utilities.]
+
+  Author      [Alan Mishchenko]
+  
+  Affiliation [UC Berkeley]
+
+  Date        [Ver. 1.0. Started - June 20, 2005.]
+
+  Revision    [$Id: extraUtilUtil.c,v 1.0 2003/02/01 00:00:00 alanmi Exp $]
+
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "extra.h"
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                        DECLARATIONS                              ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#define EXTRA_RLIMIT_DATA_DEFAULT 67108864  // assume 64MB by default 
+
+/*  File   : getopt.c
+ *  Author : Henry Spencer, University of Toronto
+ *  Updated: 28 April 1984
+ *
+ *  Changes: (R Rudell)
+ *  changed index() to strchr();
+ *  added getopt_reset() to reset the getopt argument parsing
+ *
+ *  Purpose: get option letter from argv.
+ */
+
+char * globalUtilOptarg;        // Global argument pointer (util_optarg)
+int    globalUtilOptind = 0;    // Global argv index (util_optind)
+
+static char *pScanStr;
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                     FUNCTION DEFINITIONS                         ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [util_cpu_time()]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+long Extra_CpuTime()
+{
+    return clock();
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [getSoftDataLimit()]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Extra_GetSoftDataLimit()
+{
+    return EXTRA_RLIMIT_DATA_DEFAULT;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [util_getopt_reset()]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Extra_UtilGetoptReset()
+{
+    globalUtilOptarg = 0;
+    globalUtilOptind = 0;
+    pScanStr = 0;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [util_getopt()]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Extra_UtilGetopt( int argc, char *argv[], char *optstring )
+{
+    register int c;
+    register char *place;
+
+    globalUtilOptarg = NULL;
+
+    if (pScanStr == NULL || *pScanStr == '\0') {
+    if (globalUtilOptind == 0) globalUtilOptind++;
+    if (globalUtilOptind >= argc) return EOF;
+    place = argv[globalUtilOptind];
+    if (place[0] != '-' || place[1] == '\0') return EOF;
+    globalUtilOptind++;
+    if (place[1] == '-' && place[2] == '\0') return EOF;
+    pScanStr = place+1;
+    }
+
+    c = *pScanStr++;
+    place = strchr(optstring, c);
+    if (place == NULL || c == ':') {
+    (void) fprintf(stderr, "%s: unknown option %c\n", argv[0], c);
+    return '?';
+    }
+    if (*++place == ':') {
+    if (*pScanStr != '\0') {
+        globalUtilOptarg = pScanStr;
+        pScanStr = NULL;
+    } else {
+        if (globalUtilOptind >= argc) {
+        (void) fprintf(stderr, "%s: %c requires an argument\n", 
+            argv[0], c);
+        return '?';
+        }
+        globalUtilOptarg = argv[globalUtilOptind];
+        globalUtilOptind++;
+    }
+    }
+    return c;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [util_print_time()]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+char * Extra_UtilPrintTime( long t )
+{
+    static char s[40];
+
+    (void) sprintf(s, "%ld.%02ld sec", t/1000, (t%1000)/10);
+    return s;
+}
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Extra_UtilStrsav()]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+char * Extra_UtilStrsav( char *s )
+{
+    if(s == NULL) {  /* added 7/95, for robustness */
+       return s;
+    }
+    else {
+       return strcpy(ALLOC(char, strlen(s)+1), s);
+    }
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [util_tilde_expand()]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+char * Extra_UtilTildeExpand( char *fname )
+{
+    return Extra_UtilStrsav( fname );
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [check_file()]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Extra_UtilCheckFile(char *filename, char *mode)
+{
+    FILE *fp;
+    int got_file;
+
+    if (strcmp(mode, "x") == 0) {
+    mode = "r";
+    }
+    fp = fopen(filename, mode);
+    got_file = (fp != 0);
+    if (fp != 0) {
+    (void) fclose(fp);
+    }
+    return got_file;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [util_file_search()]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+char * Extra_UtilFileSearch(char *file, char *path, char *mode)
+//char *file;            // file we're looking for 
+//char *path;            // search path, colon separated 
+//char *mode;            // "r", "w", or "x" 
+{
+    int quit;
+    char *buffer, *filename, *save_path, *cp;
+
+    if (path == 0 || strcmp(path, "") == 0) {
+    path = ".";        /* just look in the current directory */
+    }
+
+    save_path = path = Extra_UtilStrsav(path);
+    quit = 0;
+    do {
+    cp = strchr(path, ':');
+    if (cp != 0) {
+        *cp = '\0';
+    } else {
+        quit = 1;
+    }
+
+    /* cons up the filename out of the path and file name */
+    if (strcmp(path, ".") == 0) {
+        buffer = Extra_UtilStrsav(file);
+    } else {
+        buffer = ALLOC(char, strlen(path) + strlen(file) + 4);
+        (void) sprintf(buffer, "%s/%s", path, file);
+    }
+    filename = Extra_UtilTildeExpand(buffer);
+    FREE(buffer);
+
+    /* see if we can access it */
+    if (Extra_UtilCheckFile(filename, mode)) {
+        FREE(save_path);
+        return filename;
+    }
+    FREE(filename);
+    path = ++cp;
+    } while (! quit); 
+
+    FREE(save_path);
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [MMout_of_memory()]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+/* MMout_of_memory -- out of memory for lazy people, flush and exit */
+void Extra_UtilMMout_Of_Memory( long size )
+{
+    (void) fflush(stdout);
+    (void) fprintf(stderr, "\nout of memory allocating %u bytes\n",
+           (unsigned) size);
+    assert( 0 );
+    exit(1);
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [MMoutOfMemory()]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void (*Extra_UtilMMoutOfMemory)() = Extra_UtilMMout_Of_Memory;
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                       END OF FILE                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
diff --git a/src/misc/extra/module.make b/src/misc/extra/module.make
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ec8bca4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/extra/module.make
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+SRC +=    src/misc/extra/extraBddAuto.c \
+    src/misc/extra/extraBddCas.c \
+    src/misc/extra/extraBddKmap.c \
+    src/misc/extra/extraBddMisc.c \
+    src/misc/extra/extraBddSymm.c \
+    src/misc/extra/extraBddUnate.c \
+    src/misc/extra/extraUtilBitMatrix.c \
+    src/misc/extra/extraUtilCanon.c \
+    src/misc/extra/extraUtilFile.c \
+    src/misc/extra/extraUtilMemory.c \
+    src/misc/extra/extraUtilMisc.c \
+    src/misc/extra/extraUtilProgress.c \
+    src/misc/extra/extraUtilReader.c \
+    src/misc/extra/extraUtilTruth.c \
+    src/misc/extra/extraUtilUtil.c
diff --git a/src/misc/hash/hash.h b/src/misc/hash/hash.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..90e72868
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/hash/hash.h
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/**CFile****************************************************************
+
+  FileName    [hash.h]
+
+  SystemName  [ABC: Logic synthesis and verification system.]
+
+  PackageName [Hash map.]
+
+  Synopsis    [External declarations.]
+
+  Author      [Aaron P. Hurst]
+  
+  Affiliation [UC Berkeley]
+
+  Date        [Ver. 1.0. Started - May 16, 2005.]
+
+  Revision    [$Id: vec.h,v 1.00 2005/06/20 00:00:00 ahurst Exp $]
+
+***********************************************************************/
+ 
+#ifndef __HASH_H__
+#define __HASH_H__
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                          INCLUDES                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#define inline __inline // compatible with MS VS 6.0
+#endif
+
+#include "hashInt.h"
+#include "hashFlt.h"
+#include "hashPtr.h"
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                         PARAMETERS                               ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                         BASIC TYPES                              ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                      MACRO DEFINITIONS                           ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef ABS
+#define ABS(a)            ((a) < 0 ? -(a) : (a))
+#endif
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                    FUNCTION DECLARATIONS                         ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+int Hash_DefaultHashFunc(int key, int nBins) {
+  return ABS( ( (key+11)*(key)*7+3 ) % nBins );
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                       END OF FILE                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/src/misc/hash/hashFlt.h b/src/misc/hash/hashFlt.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..da20ee28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/hash/hashFlt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,330 @@
+/**CFile****************************************************************
+
+  FileName    [hashFlt.h]
+
+  SystemName  [ABC: Logic synthesis and verification system.]
+
+  PackageName [Hash maps.]
+
+  Synopsis    [Hash maps.]
+
+  Author      [Aaron P. Hurst]
+  
+  Affiliation [UC Berkeley]
+
+  Date        [Ver. 1.0. Started - May 16, 2006.]
+
+  Revision    [$Id: vecInt.h,v 1.00 2005/06/20 00:00:00 ahurst Exp $]
+
+***********************************************************************/
+ 
+#ifndef __HASH_FLT_H__
+#define __HASH_FLT_H__
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                          INCLUDES                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "extra.h"
+
+extern int Hash_DefaultHashFunc(int key, int nBins);
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                         PARAMETERS                               ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                         BASIC TYPES                              ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+typedef struct Hash_Flt_t_       Hash_Flt_t;
+typedef struct Hash_Flt_Entry_t_ Hash_Flt_Entry_t;
+
+struct Hash_Flt_Entry_t_
+{
+  int                              key;
+  float                            data;
+  struct Hash_Flt_Entry_t_ *       pNext;
+};
+
+struct Hash_Flt_t_ 
+{
+  int                             nSize;
+  int                             nBins;
+  int (* fHash)(int key, int nBins);
+  Hash_Flt_Entry_t **             pArray;
+};
+
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                      MACRO DEFINITIONS                           ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#define Hash_FltForEachEntry( pHash, pEntry, bin)   \
+  for(bin=-1, pEntry=NULL; bin < pHash->nBins; (!pEntry)?(pEntry=pHash->pArray[++bin]):(pEntry=pEntry->pNext)) \
+    if (pEntry)
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                     FUNCTION DEFINITIONS                         ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Allocates a hash map with the given number of bins.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline Hash_Flt_t * Hash_FltAlloc( int nBins )
+{
+  Hash_Flt_t * p;
+  int i;
+  assert(nBins > 0);
+  p = ALLOC( Hash_Flt_t, 1);
+  p->nBins = nBins;
+  p->fHash = Hash_DefaultHashFunc;
+  p->nSize  = 0;
+  p->pArray = ALLOC( Hash_Flt_Entry_t *, nBins );
+  for(i=0; i<nBins; i++)
+    p->pArray[i] = NULL;
+
+  return p;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns 1 if a key already exists.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline int Hash_FltExists( Hash_Flt_t *p, int key )
+{
+  int bin;
+  Hash_Flt_Entry_t *pEntry, **pLast;
+
+  // find the bin where this key would live
+  bin = (*(p->fHash))(key, p->nBins);
+
+  // search for key
+  pLast = &(p->pArray[bin]);
+  pEntry = p->pArray[bin];
+  while(pEntry) {
+    if (pEntry->key == key) {
+      return 1;
+    }
+    pLast = &(pEntry->pNext);
+    pEntry = pEntry->pNext;
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Finds or creates an entry with a key and writes value.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Hash_FltWriteEntry( Hash_Flt_t *p, int key, float data )
+{
+  int bin;
+  Hash_Flt_Entry_t *pEntry, **pLast;
+
+  // find the bin where this key would live
+  bin = (*(p->fHash))(key, p->nBins);
+
+  // search for key
+  pLast = &(p->pArray[bin]);
+  pEntry = p->pArray[bin];
+  while(pEntry) {
+    if (pEntry->key == key) {
+      pEntry->data = data;
+      return;
+    }
+    pLast = &(pEntry->pNext);
+    pEntry = pEntry->pNext;
+  }
+
+  // this key does not currently exist
+  // create a new entry and add to bin
+  p->nSize++;
+  (*pLast) = pEntry = ALLOC( Hash_Flt_Entry_t, 1 );
+  pEntry->pNext = NULL;
+  pEntry->key = key;
+  pEntry->data = data;
+
+  return;
+}
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Finds or creates an entry with a key.]
+
+  Description [fCreate specifies whether new entries should be created.]
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline float Hash_FltEntry( Hash_Flt_t *p, int key, int fCreate )
+{
+  int bin;
+  Hash_Flt_Entry_t *pEntry, **pLast;
+
+  // find the bin where this key would live
+  bin = (*(p->fHash))(key, p->nBins);
+
+  // search for key
+  pLast = &(p->pArray[bin]);
+  pEntry = p->pArray[bin];
+  while(pEntry) {
+    if (pEntry->key == key)
+      return pEntry->data;
+    pLast = &(pEntry->pNext);
+    pEntry = pEntry->pNext;
+  }
+
+  // this key does not currently exist
+  if (fCreate) {
+    // create a new entry and add to bin
+    p->nSize++;
+    (*pLast) = pEntry = ALLOC( Hash_Flt_Entry_t, 1 );
+    pEntry->pNext = NULL;
+    pEntry->key = key;
+    pEntry->data = 0.0;
+    return pEntry->data;
+  }
+
+  return 0.0;
+}
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Finds or creates an entry with a key and returns the pointer to it.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline float* Hash_FltEntryPtr( Hash_Flt_t *p, int key )
+{
+  int bin;
+  Hash_Flt_Entry_t *pEntry, **pLast;
+
+  // find the bin where this key would live
+  bin = (*(p->fHash))(key, p->nBins);
+
+  // search for key
+  pLast = &(p->pArray[bin]);
+  pEntry = p->pArray[bin];
+  while(pEntry) {
+    if (pEntry->key == key)
+      return &(pEntry->data);
+    pLast = &(pEntry->pNext);
+    pEntry = pEntry->pNext;
+  }
+
+  // this key does not currently exist
+  // create a new entry and add to bin
+  p->nSize++;
+  (*pLast) = pEntry = ALLOC( Hash_Flt_Entry_t, 1 );
+  pEntry->pNext = NULL;
+  pEntry->key = key;
+  pEntry->data = 0.0;
+
+  return &(pEntry->data);
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Deletes an entry.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Hash_FltRemove( Hash_Flt_t *p, int key )
+{
+  int    bin;
+  Hash_Flt_Entry_t *pEntry, **pLast;
+
+  // find the bin where this key would live
+  bin = (*(p->fHash))(key, p->nBins);
+
+  // search for key
+  pLast = &(p->pArray[bin]);
+  pEntry = p->pArray[bin];
+  while(pEntry) {
+    if (pEntry->key == key) {
+      p->nSize--;
+      *pLast = pEntry->pNext;
+      FREE( pEntry );
+      return;
+    }
+    pLast = &(pEntry->pNext);
+    pEntry = pEntry->pNext;
+  }
+    
+  // could not find key
+  return;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Frees the hash.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Hash_FltFree( Hash_Flt_t *p ) {
+  int bin;
+  Hash_Flt_Entry_t *pEntry;
+
+  // free bins
+  for(bin = 0; bin < p->nBins; bin++) {
+    pEntry = p->pArray[bin];
+    while(pEntry) {
+      pEntry = pEntry->pNext;
+      FREE( pEntry );
+    }
+  }
+ 
+  // free hash
+  FREE( p->pArray );
+  FREE( p );
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                       END OF FILE                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/misc/hash/hashInt.h b/src/misc/hash/hashInt.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3b91f5df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/hash/hashInt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,293 @@
+/**CFile****************************************************************
+
+  FileName    [hashInt.h]
+
+  SystemName  [ABC: Logic synthesis and verification system.]
+
+  PackageName [Hash maps.]
+
+  Synopsis    [Hash maps.]
+
+  Author      [Aaron P. Hurst]
+  
+  Affiliation [UC Berkeley]
+
+  Date        [Ver. 1.0. Started - May 16, 2006.]
+
+  Revision    [$Id: vecInt.h,v 1.00 2005/06/20 00:00:00 ahurst Exp $]
+
+***********************************************************************/
+ 
+#ifndef __HASH_INT_H__
+#define __HASH_INT_H__
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                          INCLUDES                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "extra.h"
+
+extern int Hash_DefaultHashFunc(int key, int nBins);
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                         PARAMETERS                               ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                         BASIC TYPES                              ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+typedef struct Hash_Int_t_       Hash_Int_t;
+typedef struct Hash_Int_Entry_t_ Hash_Int_Entry_t;
+
+struct Hash_Int_Entry_t_
+{
+  int                              key;
+  int                            data;
+  struct Hash_Int_Entry_t_ *       pNext;
+};
+
+struct Hash_Int_t_ 
+{
+  int                             nSize;
+  int                             nBins;
+  int (* fHash)(int key, int nBins);
+  Hash_Int_Entry_t **             pArray;
+};
+
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                      MACRO DEFINITIONS                           ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#define Hash_IntForEachEntry( pHash, pEntry, bin)   \
+  for(bin=-1, pEntry=NULL; bin < pHash->nBins; (!pEntry)?(pEntry=pHash->pArray[++bin]):(pEntry=pEntry->pNext)) \
+    if (pEntry)
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                     FUNCTION DEFINITIONS                         ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Allocates a hash map with the given number of bins.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline Hash_Int_t * Hash_IntAlloc( int nBins )
+{
+  Hash_Int_t * p;
+  int i;
+  assert(nBins > 0);
+  p = ALLOC( Hash_Int_t, 1);
+  p->nBins = nBins;
+  p->fHash = Hash_DefaultHashFunc;
+  p->nSize  = 0;
+  p->pArray = ALLOC( Hash_Int_Entry_t *, nBins );
+  for(i=0; i<nBins; i++)
+    p->pArray[i] = NULL;
+
+  return p;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns 1 if a key already exists.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline int Hash_IntExists( Hash_Int_t *p, int key)
+{
+  int bin;
+  Hash_Int_Entry_t *pEntry, **pLast;
+
+  // find the bin where this key would live
+  bin = (*(p->fHash))(key, p->nBins);
+
+  // search for key
+  pLast = &(p->pArray[bin]);
+  pEntry = p->pArray[bin];
+  while(pEntry) {
+    if (pEntry->key == key) {
+      return 1;
+    }
+    pLast = &(pEntry->pNext);
+    pEntry = pEntry->pNext;
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Finds or creates an entry with a key and writes value.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Hash_IntWriteEntry( Hash_Int_t *p, int key, int data )
+{
+  int bin;
+  Hash_Int_Entry_t *pEntry, **pLast;
+
+  // find the bin where this key would live
+  bin = (*(p->fHash))(key, p->nBins);
+
+  // search for key
+  pLast = &(p->pArray[bin]);
+  pEntry = p->pArray[bin];
+  while(pEntry) {
+    if (pEntry->key == key) {
+      pEntry->data = data;
+      return;
+    }
+    pLast = &(pEntry->pNext);
+    pEntry = pEntry->pNext;
+  }
+
+  // this key does not currently exist
+  // create a new entry and add to bin
+  p->nSize++;
+  (*pLast) = pEntry = ALLOC( Hash_Int_Entry_t, 1 );
+  pEntry->pNext = NULL;
+  pEntry->key = key;
+  pEntry->data = data;
+
+  return;
+}
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Finds or creates an entry with a key.]
+
+  Description [fCreate specifies whether new entries will be created.]
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline int Hash_IntEntry( Hash_Int_t *p, int key, int fCreate )
+{
+  int bin;
+  Hash_Int_Entry_t *pEntry, **pLast;
+
+  // find the bin where this key would live
+  bin = (*(p->fHash))(key, p->nBins);
+
+  // search for key
+  pLast = &(p->pArray[bin]);
+  pEntry = p->pArray[bin];
+  while(pEntry) {
+    if (pEntry->key == key)
+      return pEntry->data;
+    pLast = &(pEntry->pNext);
+    pEntry = pEntry->pNext;
+  }
+
+  // this key does not currently exist
+  if (fCreate) {
+    // create a new entry and add to bin
+    p->nSize++;
+    (*pLast) = pEntry = ALLOC( Hash_Int_Entry_t, 1 );
+    pEntry->pNext = NULL;
+    pEntry->key = key;
+    pEntry->data = 0;
+    return pEntry->data;
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Finds or creates an entry with a key and returns the pointer to it.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline int* Hash_IntEntryPtr( Hash_Int_t *p, int key )
+{
+  int bin;
+  Hash_Int_Entry_t *pEntry, **pLast;
+
+  // find the bin where this key would live
+  bin = (*(p->fHash))(key, p->nBins);
+
+  // search for key
+  pLast = &(p->pArray[bin]);
+  pEntry = p->pArray[bin];
+  while(pEntry) {
+    if (pEntry->key == key)
+      return &(pEntry->data);
+    pLast = &(pEntry->pNext);
+    pEntry = pEntry->pNext;
+  }
+
+  // this key does not currently exist
+  // create a new entry and add to bin
+  p->nSize++;
+  (*pLast) = pEntry = ALLOC( Hash_Int_Entry_t, 1 );
+  pEntry->pNext = NULL;
+  pEntry->key = key;
+  pEntry->data = 0;
+
+  return &(pEntry->data);
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Frees the hash.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Hash_IntFree( Hash_Int_t *p ) {
+  int bin;
+  Hash_Int_Entry_t *pEntry;
+
+  // free bins
+  for(bin = 0; bin < p->nBins; bin++) {
+    pEntry = p->pArray[bin];
+    while(pEntry) {
+      pEntry = pEntry->pNext;
+      FREE( pEntry );
+    }
+  }
+ 
+  // free hash
+  FREE( p->pArray );
+  FREE( p );
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                       END OF FILE                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/misc/hash/hashPtr.h b/src/misc/hash/hashPtr.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..15398a8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/hash/hashPtr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,331 @@
+/**CFile****************************************************************
+
+  FileName    [hashFlt.h]
+
+  SystemName  [ABC: Logic synthesis and verification system.]
+
+  PackageName [Hash maps.]
+
+  Synopsis    [Hash maps.]
+
+  Author      [Aaron P. Hurst]
+  
+  Affiliation [UC Berkeley]
+
+  Date        [Ver. 1.0. Started - May 16, 2006.]
+
+  Revision    [$Id: vecInt.h,v 1.00 2005/06/20 00:00:00 ahurst Exp $]
+
+***********************************************************************/
+ 
+#ifndef __HASH_PTR_H__
+#define __HASH_PTR_H__
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                          INCLUDES                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "extra.h"
+
+extern int Hash_DefaultHashFunc(int key, int nBins);
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                         PARAMETERS                               ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                         BASIC TYPES                              ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+typedef struct Hash_Ptr_t_       Hash_Ptr_t;
+typedef struct Hash_Ptr_Entry_t_ Hash_Ptr_Entry_t;
+
+struct Hash_Ptr_Entry_t_
+{
+  int                              key;
+  void *                           data;
+  struct Hash_Ptr_Entry_t_ *       pNext;
+};
+
+struct Hash_Ptr_t_ 
+{
+  int                             nSize;
+  int                             nBins;
+  int (* fHash)(int key, int nBins);
+  Hash_Ptr_Entry_t **             pArray;
+};
+
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                      MACRO DEFINITIONS                           ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#define Hash_PtrForEachEntry( pHash, pEntry, bin )   \
+  for(bin=-1, pEntry=NULL; bin < pHash->nBins; (!pEntry)?(pEntry=pHash->pArray[++bin]):(pEntry=pEntry->pNext)) \
+    if (pEntry)
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                     FUNCTION DEFINITIONS                         ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Allocates a hash map with the given number of bins.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline Hash_Ptr_t * Hash_PtrAlloc( int nBins )
+{
+  Hash_Ptr_t * p;
+  int i;
+  assert(nBins > 0);
+  p = ALLOC( Hash_Ptr_t, 1);
+  p->nBins = nBins;
+  p->fHash = Hash_DefaultHashFunc;
+  p->nSize  = 0;
+  p->pArray = ALLOC( Hash_Ptr_Entry_t *, nBins );
+  for(i=0; i<nBins; i++)
+    p->pArray[i] = NULL;
+
+  return p;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns 1 if a key already exists.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline int Hash_PtrExists( Hash_Ptr_t *p, int key )
+{
+  int bin;
+  Hash_Ptr_Entry_t *pEntry, **pLast;
+
+  // find the bin where this key would live
+  bin = (*(p->fHash))(key, p->nBins);
+
+  // search for key
+  pLast = &(p->pArray[bin]);
+  pEntry = p->pArray[bin];
+  while(pEntry) {
+    if (pEntry->key == key) {
+      return 1;
+    }
+    pLast = &(pEntry->pNext);
+    pEntry = pEntry->pNext;
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Finds or creates an entry with a key and writes value.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Hash_PtrWriteEntry( Hash_Ptr_t *p, int key, void * data )
+{
+  int bin;
+  Hash_Ptr_Entry_t *pEntry, **pLast;
+
+  // find the bin where this key would live
+  bin = (*(p->fHash))(key, p->nBins);
+
+  // search for key
+  pLast = &(p->pArray[bin]);
+  pEntry = p->pArray[bin];
+  while(pEntry) {
+    if (pEntry->key == key) {
+      pEntry->data = data;
+      return;
+    }
+    pLast = &(pEntry->pNext);
+    pEntry = pEntry->pNext;
+  }
+
+  // this key does not currently exist
+  // create a new entry and add to bin
+  p->nSize++;
+  (*pLast) = pEntry = ALLOC( Hash_Ptr_Entry_t, 1 );
+  pEntry->pNext = NULL;
+  pEntry->key = key;
+  pEntry->data = data;
+
+  return;
+}
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Finds or creates an entry with a key.]
+
+  Description [fCreate specifies whether a new entry should be created.]
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void * Hash_PtrEntry( Hash_Ptr_t *p, int key, int fCreate )
+{
+  int bin;
+  Hash_Ptr_Entry_t *pEntry, **pLast;
+
+  // find the bin where this key would live
+  bin = (*(p->fHash))(key, p->nBins);
+
+  // search for key
+  pLast = &(p->pArray[bin]);
+  pEntry = p->pArray[bin];
+  while(pEntry) {
+    if (pEntry->key == key)
+      return pEntry->data;
+    pLast = &(pEntry->pNext);
+    pEntry = pEntry->pNext;
+  }
+
+  // this key does not currently exist
+  if (fCreate) {
+    // create a new entry and add to bin
+    p->nSize++;
+    (*pLast) = pEntry = ALLOC( Hash_Ptr_Entry_t, 1 );
+    pEntry->pNext = NULL;
+    pEntry->key = key;
+    pEntry->data = NULL;
+    return pEntry->data;
+  }
+
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Finds or creates an entry with a key and returns the pointer to it.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void** Hash_PtrEntryPtr( Hash_Ptr_t *p, int key )
+{
+  int bin;
+  Hash_Ptr_Entry_t *pEntry, **pLast;
+
+  // find the bin where this key would live
+  bin = (*(p->fHash))(key, p->nBins);
+
+  // search for key
+  pLast = &(p->pArray[bin]);
+  pEntry = p->pArray[bin];
+  while(pEntry) {
+    if (pEntry->key == key)
+      return &(pEntry->data);
+    pLast = &(pEntry->pNext);
+    pEntry = pEntry->pNext;
+  }
+
+  // this key does not currently exist
+  // create a new entry and add to bin
+  p->nSize++;
+  (*pLast) = pEntry = ALLOC( Hash_Ptr_Entry_t, 1 );
+  pEntry->pNext = NULL;
+  pEntry->key = key;
+  pEntry->data = NULL;
+
+  return &(pEntry->data);
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Deletes an entry.]
+
+  Description [Returns data, if there was any.]
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void* Hash_PtrRemove( Hash_Ptr_t *p, int key )
+{
+  int    bin;
+  void * data;
+  Hash_Ptr_Entry_t *pEntry, **pLast;
+
+  // find the bin where this key would live
+  bin = (*(p->fHash))(key, p->nBins);
+
+  // search for key
+  pLast = &(p->pArray[bin]);
+  pEntry = p->pArray[bin];
+  while(pEntry) {
+    if (pEntry->key == key) {
+      p->nSize--;
+      data = pEntry->data;
+      *pLast = pEntry->pNext;
+      return data;
+    }
+    pLast = &(pEntry->pNext);
+    pEntry = pEntry->pNext;
+  }
+    
+  // could not find key
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Frees the hash.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Hash_PtrFree( Hash_Ptr_t *p ) {
+  int bin;
+  Hash_Ptr_Entry_t *pEntry;
+
+  // free bins
+  for(bin = 0; bin < p->nBins; bin++) {
+    pEntry = p->pArray[bin];
+    while(pEntry) {
+      pEntry = pEntry->pNext;
+      FREE( pEntry );
+    }
+  }
+ 
+  // free hash
+  FREE( p->pArray );
+  FREE( p );
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                       END OF FILE                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/misc/hash/module.make b/src/misc/hash/module.make
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d6d908e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/hash/module.make
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+SRC += 
diff --git a/src/misc/mvc/module.make b/src/misc/mvc/module.make
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..23735ca2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/mvc/module.make
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+SRC +=  src/misc/mvc/mvc.c \
+    src/misc/mvc/mvcApi.c \
+    src/misc/mvc/mvcCompare.c \
+    src/misc/mvc/mvcContain.c \
+    src/misc/mvc/mvcCover.c \
+    src/misc/mvc/mvcCube.c \
+    src/misc/mvc/mvcDivide.c \
+    src/misc/mvc/mvcDivisor.c \
+    src/misc/mvc/mvcList.c \
+    src/misc/mvc/mvcLits.c \
+    src/misc/mvc/mvcMan.c \
+    src/misc/mvc/mvcOpAlg.c \
+    src/misc/mvc/mvcOpBool.c \
+    src/misc/mvc/mvcPrint.c \
+    src/misc/mvc/mvcSort.c \
+    src/misc/mvc/mvcUtils.c
diff --git a/src/misc/mvc/mvc.c b/src/misc/mvc/mvc.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..001b1c63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/mvc/mvc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/**CFile****************************************************************
+
+  FileName    [mvc.c]
+
+  PackageName [MVSIS 2.0: Multi-valued logic synthesis system.]
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Author      [MVSIS Group]
+  
+  Affiliation [UC Berkeley]
+
+  Date        [Ver. 1.0. Started - February 1, 2003.]
+
+  Revision    [$Id: mvc.c,v 1.3 2003/03/19 19:50:26 alanmi Exp $]
+
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "mvc.h"
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                        DECLARATIONS                              ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                     FUNCTION DEFINITIONS                         ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                       END OF FILE                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
diff --git a/src/misc/mvc/mvc.h b/src/misc/mvc/mvc.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..70834e0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/mvc/mvc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,732 @@
+/**CFile****************************************************************
+
+  FileName    [mvc.h]
+
+  PackageName [MVSIS 2.0: Multi-valued logic synthesis system.]
+
+  Synopsis    [Data structure for MV cube/cover manipulation.]
+
+  Author      [MVSIS Group]
+  
+  Affiliation [UC Berkeley]
+
+  Date        [Ver. 1.0. Started - February 1, 2003.]
+
+  Revision    [$Id: mvc.h,v 1.10 2003/05/02 23:23:59 wjiang Exp $]
+
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef __MVC_H__
+#define __MVC_H__
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                          INCLUDES                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "extra.h"
+#include "extra.h"
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                         PARAMETERS                               ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+// this is the only part of Mvc package, which should be modified
+// when compiling the package for other platforms
+
+// these parameters can be computed but setting them manually makes it faster
+#define BITS_PER_WORD         32                      // sizeof(Mvc_CubeWord_t) * 8 
+#define BITS_PER_WORD_MINUS   31                      // the same minus 1
+#define BITS_PER_WORD_LOG     5                       // log2(sizeof(Mvc_CubeWord_t) * 8)
+#define BITS_DISJOINT         ((Mvc_CubeWord_t)0x55555555)  // the mask of the type "01010101"
+#define BITS_FULL             ((Mvc_CubeWord_t)0xffffffff)  // the mask of the type "11111111"
+
+// uncomment this macro to switch to standard memory management
+//#define USE_SYSTEM_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT 
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                    STRUCTURE DEFINITIONS                         ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+// cube/list/cover/data
+typedef unsigned int               Mvc_CubeWord_t;
+typedef struct MvcCubeStruct       Mvc_Cube_t;
+typedef struct MvcListStruct       Mvc_List_t;
+typedef struct MvcCoverStruct      Mvc_Cover_t;
+typedef struct MvcDataStruct       Mvc_Data_t;
+typedef struct MvcManagerStruct    Mvc_Manager_t;
+
+// the cube data structure
+struct MvcCubeStruct
+{
+    Mvc_Cube_t *    pNext;        // the next cube in the linked list
+    unsigned        iLast   :  8; // the index of the last word
+    unsigned        nUnused :  6; // the number of unused bits in the last word
+    unsigned        fPrime  :  1; // marks the prime cube
+    unsigned        fEssen  :  1; // marks the essential cube
+    unsigned        nOnes   : 16; // the number of 1's in the bit data
+    Mvc_CubeWord_t  pData[1];     // the first Mvc_CubeWord_t filled with bit data
+};
+
+// the single-linked list of cubes in the cover
+struct MvcListStruct
+{
+    Mvc_Cube_t *    pHead;        // the first cube in the list
+    Mvc_Cube_t *    pTail;        // the last cube in the list
+    int             nItems;       // the number of cubes in the list
+};
+
+// the cover data structure
+struct MvcCoverStruct
+{
+    char            nWords;       // the number of machine words
+    char            nUnused;      // the number of unused bits in the last word
+    short           nBits;        // the number of used data bits in the cube
+    Mvc_List_t      lCubes;       // the single-linked list of cubes
+    Mvc_Cube_t **   pCubes;       // the array of cubes (for sorting)
+    int             nCubesAlloc;  // the size of allocated storage
+    int *           pLits;        // the counter of lit occurrances in cubes
+    Mvc_Cube_t *    pMask;        // the multipurpose mask
+    Mvc_Manager_t * pMem;         // the memory manager
+};
+
+// data structure to store information about MV variables
+struct MvcDataStruct
+{
+    Mvc_Manager_t * pMan;         // the memory manager
+//    Vm_VarMap_t *   pVm;          // the MV variable data
+    int             nBinVars;     // the number of binary variables
+    Mvc_Cube_t *    pMaskBin;     // the mask to select the binary bits only
+    Mvc_Cube_t **   ppMasks;      // the mask to select each MV variable
+    Mvc_Cube_t *    ppTemp[3];    // the temporary cubes
+};
+
+// the manager of covers and cubes (as of today, only managing memory)
+struct MvcManagerStruct
+{
+    Extra_MmFixed_t * pManC;        // the manager for covers
+    Extra_MmFixed_t * pMan1;        // the manager for 1-word cubes
+    Extra_MmFixed_t * pMan2;        // the manager for 2-word cubes
+    Extra_MmFixed_t * pMan4;        // the manager for 3-word cubes
+};
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                       MACRO DEFINITIONS                          ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+// reading data from the header of the cube
+#define Mvc_CubeReadNext(Cube)       ((Cube)->pNext)
+#define Mvc_CubeReadNextP(Cube)      (&(Cube)->pNext)
+#define Mvc_CubeReadLast(Cube)       ((Cube)->iLast)
+#define Mvc_CubeReadSize(Cube)       ((Cube)->nOnes)
+// setting data to the header of the cube
+#define Mvc_CubeSetNext(Cube,Next)   ((Cube)->pNext = (Next))
+#define Mvc_CubeSetLast(Cube,Last)   ((Cube)->iLast = (Last))
+#define Mvc_CubeSetSize(Cube,Size)   ((Cube)->nOnes = (Size))
+// checking the number of words
+
+#define Mvc_Cube1Words(Cube)         ((Cube)->iLast == 0) 
+#define Mvc_Cube2Words(Cube)         ((Cube)->iLast == 1) 
+#define Mvc_CubeNWords(Cube)         ((Cube)->iLast >  1) 
+// getting one data bit
+#define Mvc_CubeWhichWord(Bit)       ((Bit) >> BITS_PER_WORD_LOG)
+#define Mvc_CubeWhichBit(Bit)        ((Bit) &  BITS_PER_WORD_MINUS)
+// accessing individual bits
+#define Mvc_CubeBitValue(Cube, Bit) (((Cube)->pData[Mvc_CubeWhichWord(Bit)] &   (((Mvc_CubeWord_t)1)<<(Mvc_CubeWhichBit(Bit)))) > 0)
+#define Mvc_CubeBitInsert(Cube, Bit) ((Cube)->pData[Mvc_CubeWhichWord(Bit)] |=  (((Mvc_CubeWord_t)1)<<(Mvc_CubeWhichBit(Bit))))
+#define Mvc_CubeBitRemove(Cube, Bit) ((Cube)->pData[Mvc_CubeWhichWord(Bit)] &= ~(((Mvc_CubeWord_t)1)<<(Mvc_CubeWhichBit(Bit))))
+// accessing values of the binary variables
+#define Mvc_CubeVarValue(Cube, Var) (((Cube)->pData[Mvc_CubeWhichWord(2*(Var))] >> (Mvc_CubeWhichBit(2*(Var)))) & ((Mvc_CubeWord_t)3))
+
+// various macros
+
+// cleaning the data bits of the cube
+#define Mvc_Cube1BitClean( Cube )\
+          ((Cube)->pData[0] = 0)
+#define Mvc_Cube2BitClean( Cube )\
+         (((Cube)->pData[0] = 0),\
+          ((Cube)->pData[1] = 0))
+#define Mvc_CubeNBitClean( Cube  )\
+{\
+    int _i_;\
+    for( _i_ = (Cube)->iLast; _i_ >= 0; _i_--)\
+           (Cube)->pData[_i_] = 0;\
+}
+
+// cleaning the unused part of the lat word
+#define Mvc_CubeBitCleanUnused( Cube )\
+    ((Cube)->pData[(Cube)->iLast] &= (BITS_FULL >> (Cube)->nUnused))
+
+// filling the used data bits with 1's
+#define Mvc_Cube1BitFill( Cube )\
+           (Cube)->pData[0] = (BITS_FULL >> (Cube)->nUnused);
+#define Mvc_Cube2BitFill( Cube )\
+         (((Cube)->pData[0] =  BITS_FULL),\
+          ((Cube)->pData[1] = (BITS_FULL >> (Cube)->nUnused))) 
+#define Mvc_CubeNBitFill( Cube )\
+{\
+    int _i_;\
+    (Cube)->pData[(Cube)->iLast] = (BITS_FULL >> (Cube)->nUnused);\
+    for( _i_ = (Cube)->iLast - 1; _i_ >= 0; _i_-- )\
+        (Cube)->pData[_i_] =  BITS_FULL;\
+}
+
+// complementing the data bits
+#define Mvc_Cube1BitNot( Cube )\
+          ((Cube)->pData[0] ^= (BITS_FULL >> (Cube)->nUnused))
+#define Mvc_Cube2BitNot( Cube )\
+         (((Cube)->pData[0] ^=  BITS_FULL),\
+          ((Cube)->pData[1] ^= (BITS_FULL >> (Cube)->nUnused)))
+#define Mvc_CubeNBitNot( Cube )\
+{\
+    int _i_;\
+    (Cube)->pData[(Cube)->iLast] ^= (BITS_FULL >> (Cube)->nUnused);\
+    for( _i_ = (Cube)->iLast - 1; _i_ >= 0; _i_-- )\
+        (Cube)->pData[_i_] ^=  BITS_FULL;\
+}
+
+#define Mvc_Cube1BitCopy( Cube1, Cube2 )\
+         (((Cube1)->pData[0]) = ((Cube2)->pData[0]))
+#define Mvc_Cube2BitCopy( Cube1, Cube2 )\
+        ((((Cube1)->pData[0]) = ((Cube2)->pData[0])),\
+         (((Cube1)->pData[1])=  ((Cube2)->pData[1])))
+#define Mvc_CubeNBitCopy( Cube1, Cube2 )\
+{\
+    int _i_;\
+    for (_i_ = (Cube1)->iLast; _i_ >= 0; _i_--)\
+        ((Cube1)->pData[_i_]) = ((Cube2)->pData[_i_]);\
+}
+
+#define Mvc_Cube1BitOr( CubeR, Cube1, Cube2 )\
+         (((CubeR)->pData[0]) = ((Cube1)->pData[0] | (Cube2)->pData[0]))
+#define Mvc_Cube2BitOr( CubeR, Cube1, Cube2 )\
+        ((((CubeR)->pData[0]) = ((Cube1)->pData[0] | (Cube2)->pData[0])),\
+         (((CubeR)->pData[1]) = ((Cube1)->pData[1] | (Cube2)->pData[1])))
+#define Mvc_CubeNBitOr( CubeR, Cube1, Cube2 )\
+{\
+    int _i_;\
+    for (_i_ = (Cube1)->iLast; _i_ >= 0; _i_--)\
+        (((CubeR)->pData[_i_]) = ((Cube1)->pData[_i_] | (Cube2)->pData[_i_]));\
+}
+
+#define Mvc_Cube1BitExor( CubeR, Cube1, Cube2 )\
+         (((CubeR)->pData[0]) = ((Cube1)->pData[0] ^ (Cube2)->pData[0]))
+#define Mvc_Cube2BitExor( CubeR, Cube1, Cube2 )\
+        ((((CubeR)->pData[0]) = ((Cube1)->pData[0] ^ (Cube2)->pData[0])),\
+         (((CubeR)->pData[1]) = ((Cube1)->pData[1] ^ (Cube2)->pData[1])))
+#define Mvc_CubeNBitExor( CubeR, Cube1, Cube2 )\
+{\
+    int _i_;\
+    for (_i_ = (Cube1)->iLast; _i_ >= 0; _i_--)\
+        (((CubeR)->pData[_i_]) = ((Cube1)->pData[_i_] ^ (Cube2)->pData[_i_]));\
+}
+
+#define Mvc_Cube1BitAnd( CubeR, Cube1, Cube2 )\
+         (((CubeR)->pData[0]) = ((Cube1)->pData[0] & (Cube2)->pData[0]))
+#define Mvc_Cube2BitAnd( CubeR, Cube1, Cube2 )\
+        ((((CubeR)->pData[0]) = ((Cube1)->pData[0] & (Cube2)->pData[0])),\
+         (((CubeR)->pData[1]) = ((Cube1)->pData[1] & (Cube2)->pData[1])))
+#define Mvc_CubeNBitAnd( CubeR, Cube1, Cube2 )\
+{\
+    int _i_;\
+    for (_i_ = (Cube1)->iLast; _i_ >= 0; _i_--)\
+        (((CubeR)->pData[_i_]) = ((Cube1)->pData[_i_] & (Cube2)->pData[_i_]));\
+} 
+
+#define Mvc_Cube1BitSharp( CubeR, Cube1, Cube2 )\
+         (((CubeR)->pData[0]) = ((Cube1)->pData[0] & ~((Cube2)->pData[0])))
+#define Mvc_Cube2BitSharp( CubeR, Cube1, Cube2 )\
+        ((((CubeR)->pData[0]) = ((Cube1)->pData[0] & ~((Cube2)->pData[0]))),\
+         (((CubeR)->pData[1]) = ((Cube1)->pData[1] & ~((Cube2)->pData[1]))))
+#define Mvc_CubeNBitSharp( CubeR, Cube1, Cube2 )\
+{\
+    int _i_;\
+    for (_i_ = (Cube1)->iLast; _i_ >= 0; _i_--)\
+        (((CubeR)->pData[_i_]) = ((Cube1)->pData[_i_] & ~(Cube2)->pData[_i_]));\
+}  
+
+#define Mvc_Cube1BitEmpty( Res, Cube )\
+  (Res = ((Cube)->pData[0] == 0))
+#define Mvc_Cube2BitEmpty( Res, Cube )\
+  (Res = ((Cube)->pData[0] == 0 && (Cube)->pData[1] == 0))
+#define Mvc_CubeNBitEmpty( Res, Cube )\
+{\
+    int _i_; Res = 1;\
+    for (_i_ = (Cube)->iLast; _i_ >= 0; _i_--)\
+        if ( (Cube)->pData[_i_] )\
+           { Res = 0; break; }\
+}
+
+#define Mvc_Cube1BitEqual( Res, Cube1, Cube2 )\
+  (Res = (((Cube1)->pData[0]) == ((Cube2)->pData[0])))
+#define Mvc_Cube2BitEqual( Res, Cube1, Cube2 )\
+ (Res = ((((Cube1)->pData[0]) == ((Cube2)->pData[0])) &&\
+         (((Cube1)->pData[1]) == ((Cube2)->pData[1]))))
+#define Mvc_CubeNBitEqual( Res, Cube1, Cube2 )\
+{\
+    int _i_; Res = 1;\
+    for (_i_ = (Cube1)->iLast; _i_ >= 0; _i_--)\
+         if (((Cube1)->pData[_i_]) != ((Cube2)->pData[_i_]))\
+              { Res = 0; break; }\
+}
+
+#define Mvc_Cube1BitLess( Res, Cube1, Cube2 )\
+  (Res = (((Cube1)->pData[0]) <  ((Cube2)->pData[0])))
+#define Mvc_Cube2BitLess( Res, Cube1, Cube2 )\
+ (Res = ((((Cube1)->pData[0]) <  ((Cube2)->pData[0])) ||\
+        ((((Cube1)->pData[0]) == ((Cube2)->pData[0])) && (((Cube1)->pData[1]) <  ((Cube2)->pData[1])))))
+#define Mvc_CubeNBitLess( Res, Cube1, Cube2 )\
+{\
+    int _i_; Res = 1;\
+    for (_i_ = (Cube1)->iLast; _i_ >= 0; _i_--)\
+         if (((Cube1)->pData[_i_]) >= ((Cube2)->pData[_i_]))\
+             { Res = 0; break; }\
+}        
+
+#define Mvc_Cube1BitMore( Res, Cube1, Cube2 )\
+  (Res = (((Cube1)->pData[0]) >  ((Cube2)->pData[0])))
+#define Mvc_Cube2BitMore( Res, Cube1, Cube2 )\
+ (Res = ((((Cube1)->pData[0]) >  ((Cube2)->pData[0])) ||\
+        ((((Cube1)->pData[0]) == ((Cube2)->pData[0])) && (((Cube1)->pData[1]) >  ((Cube2)->pData[1])))))
+#define Mvc_CubeNBitMore( Res, Cube1, Cube2 )\
+{\
+    int _i_; Res = 1;\
+    for (_i_ = (Cube1)->iLast; _i_ >= 0; _i_--)\
+        if (((Cube1)->pData[_i_]) <= ((Cube2)->pData[_i_]))\
+             { Res = 0; break; }\
+}         
+
+#define Mvc_Cube1BitNotImpl( Res, Cube1, Cube2 )\
+  (Res = (((Cube1)->pData[0])  & ~((Cube2)->pData[0])))
+#define Mvc_Cube2BitNotImpl( Res, Cube1, Cube2 )\
+ (Res = ((((Cube1)->pData[0]) & ~((Cube2)->pData[0])) ||\
+         (((Cube1)->pData[1]) & ~((Cube2)->pData[1]))))
+#define Mvc_CubeNBitNotImpl( Res, Cube1, Cube2 )\
+{\
+    int _i_; Res = 0;\
+    for (_i_ = (Cube1)->iLast; _i_ >= 0; _i_--)\
+        if (((Cube1)->pData[_i_]) & ~((Cube2)->pData[_i_]))\
+            { Res = 1; break; }\
+}         
+
+#define Mvc_Cube1BitDisjoint( Res, Cube1, Cube2 )\
+  (Res = ((((Cube1)->pData[0]) &  ((Cube2)->pData[0])) == 0 ))
+#define Mvc_Cube2BitDisjoint( Res, Cube1, Cube2 )\
+ (Res = (((((Cube1)->pData[0]) &  ((Cube2)->pData[0])) == 0 ) &&\
+         ((((Cube1)->pData[1]) &  ((Cube2)->pData[1])) == 0 )))
+#define Mvc_CubeNBitDisjoint( Res, Cube1, Cube2 )\
+{\
+    int _i_; Res = 1;\
+    for (_i_ = (Cube1)->iLast; _i_ >= 0; _i_--)\
+        if (((Cube1)->pData[_i_]) & ((Cube2)->pData[_i_]))\
+             { Res = 0; break; }\
+}             
+
+#define Mvc_Cube1BitEqualUnderMask( Res, Cube1, Cube2, Mask )\
+  (Res = ((((Cube1)->pData[0]) & ((Mask)->pData[0])) == (((Cube2)->pData[0]) & ((Mask)->pData[0]))))
+#define Mvc_Cube2BitEqualUnderMask( Res, Cube1, Cube2, Mask )\
+ (Res = (((((Cube1)->pData[0]) & ((Mask)->pData[0])) == (((Cube2)->pData[0]) & ((Mask)->pData[0])))  &&\
+         ((((Cube1)->pData[1]) & ((Mask)->pData[1])) == (((Cube2)->pData[1]) & ((Mask)->pData[1])))))
+#define Mvc_CubeNBitEqualUnderMask( Res, Cube1, Cube2, Mask )\
+{\
+    int _i_; Res = 1;\
+    for (_i_ = (Cube1)->iLast; _i_ >= 0; _i_--)\
+        if ((((Cube1)->pData[_i_]) & ((Mask)->pData[_i_])) != (((Cube2)->pData[_i_]) & ((Mask)->pData[_i_])))\
+            { Res = 0; break; }\
+}               
+
+#define Mvc_Cube1BitEqualOutsideMask( Res, Cube1, Cube2, Mask )\
+  (Res = ((((Cube1)->pData[0]) | ((Mask)->pData[0])) == (((Cube2)->pData[0]) | ((Mask)->pData[0]))))
+#define Mvc_Cube2BitEqualOutsideMask( Res, Cube1, Cube2, Mask )\
+ (Res = (((((Cube1)->pData[0]) | ((Mask)->pData[0])) == (((Cube2)->pData[0]) | ((Mask)->pData[0])))  &&\
+         ((((Cube1)->pData[1]) | ((Mask)->pData[1])) == (((Cube2)->pData[1]) | ((Mask)->pData[1])))))
+#define Mvc_CubeNBitEqualOutsideMask( Res, Cube1, Cube2, Mask )\
+{\
+    int _i_; Res = 1;\
+    for (_i_ = (Cube1)->iLast; _i_ >= 0; _i_--)\
+        if ((((Cube1)->pData[_i_]) | ((Mask)->pData[_i_])) != (((Cube2)->pData[_i_]) | ((Mask)->pData[_i_])))\
+            { Res = 0; break; }\
+}              
+
+#define Mvc_Cube1BitIntersectUnderMask( Res, Cube1, Cube2, Mask)\
+  (Res = ((((Cube1)->pData[0]) & ((Cube2)->pData[0]) & ((Mask)->pData[0])) > 0))
+#define Mvc_Cube2BitIntersectUnderMask( Res, Cube1, Cube2, Mask)\
+ (Res = (((((Cube1)->pData[0]) & ((Cube2)->pData[0]) & ((Mask)->pData[0])) > 0) ||\
+         ((((Cube1)->pData[1]) & ((Cube2)->pData[1]) & ((Mask)->pData[1])) > 0)))
+#define Mvc_CubeNBitIntersectUnderMask( Res, Cube1, Cube2, Mask)\
+{\
+    int _i_; Res = 0;\
+    for (_i_ = (Cube1)->iLast; _i_ >= 0; _i_--)\
+        if (((Cube1)->pData[_i_]) & ((Cube2)->pData[_i_]) & ((Mask)->pData[_i_]))\
+           { Res = 1; break; }\
+}       
+
+#define Mvc_Cube1BitNotImplUnderMask( Res, Cube1, Cube2, Mask )\
+  (Res = (((Mask)->pData[0]) & ((Cube1)->pData[0])  & ~((Cube2)->pData[0])))
+#define Mvc_Cube2BitNotImplUnderMask( Res, Cube1, Cube2, Mask )\
+ (Res = ((((Mask)->pData[0]) & ((Cube1)->pData[0]) & ~((Cube2)->pData[0])) ||\
+         (((Mask)->pData[1]) & ((Cube1)->pData[1]) & ~((Cube2)->pData[1]))))
+#define Mvc_CubeNBitNotImplUnderMask( Res, Cube1, Cube2, Mask )\
+{\
+    int _i_; Res = 0;\
+    for (_i_ = (Cube1)->iLast; _i_ >= 0; _i_--)\
+        if (((Mask)->pData[_i_]) & ((Cube1)->pData[_i_]) & ~((Cube2)->pData[_i_]))\
+            { Res = 1; break; }\
+}         
+
+// the following macros make no assumption about the cube's bitset size
+#define Mvc_CubeBitClean( Cube )\
+    if ( Mvc_Cube1Words(Cube) )      { Mvc_Cube1BitClean( Cube ); }\
+    else if ( Mvc_Cube2Words(Cube) ) { Mvc_Cube2BitClean( Cube ); }\
+    else                             { Mvc_CubeNBitClean( Cube ); }
+#define Mvc_CubeBitFill( Cube )\
+    if ( Mvc_Cube1Words(Cube) )      { Mvc_Cube1BitFill( Cube ); }\
+    else if ( Mvc_Cube2Words(Cube) ) { Mvc_Cube2BitFill( Cube ); }\
+    else                             { Mvc_CubeNBitFill( Cube ); }
+#define Mvc_CubeBitNot( Cube )\
+    if ( Mvc_Cube1Words(Cube) )      { Mvc_Cube1BitNot( Cube ); }\
+    else if ( Mvc_Cube2Words(Cube) ) { Mvc_Cube2BitNot( Cube ); }\
+    else                             { Mvc_CubeNBitNot( Cube ); }
+#define Mvc_CubeBitCopy( Cube1, Cube2 )\
+    if ( Mvc_Cube1Words(Cube1) )     { Mvc_Cube1BitCopy( Cube1, Cube2 ); }\
+    else if ( Mvc_Cube2Words(Cube1) ){ Mvc_Cube2BitCopy( Cube1, Cube2 ); }\
+    else                             { Mvc_CubeNBitCopy( Cube1, Cube2 ); }
+#define Mvc_CubeBitOr( CubeR, Cube1, Cube2 )\
+    if ( Mvc_Cube1Words(Cube1) )     { Mvc_Cube1BitOr( CubeR, Cube1, Cube2 ); }\
+    else if ( Mvc_Cube2Words(Cube1) ){ Mvc_Cube2BitOr( CubeR, Cube1, Cube2 ); }\
+    else                             { Mvc_CubeNBitOr( CubeR, Cube1, Cube2 ); }
+#define Mvc_CubeBitExor( CubeR, Cube1, Cube2 )\
+    if ( Mvc_Cube1Words(Cube1) )     { Mvc_Cube1BitExor( CubeR, Cube1, Cube2 ); }\
+    else if ( Mvc_Cube2Words(Cube1) ){ Mvc_Cube2BitExor( CubeR, Cube1, Cube2 ); }\
+    else                             { Mvc_CubeNBitExor( CubeR, Cube1, Cube2 ); }
+#define Mvc_CubeBitAnd( CubeR, Cube1, Cube2 )\
+    if ( Mvc_Cube1Words(Cube1) )     { Mvc_Cube1BitAnd( CubeR, Cube1, Cube2 ); }\
+    else if ( Mvc_Cube2Words(Cube1) ){ Mvc_Cube2BitAnd( CubeR, Cube1, Cube2 ); }\
+    else                             { Mvc_CubeNBitAnd( CubeR, Cube1, Cube2 ); }
+#define Mvc_CubeBitSharp( CubeR, Cube1, Cube2 )\
+    if ( Mvc_Cube1Words(Cube1) )     { Mvc_Cube1BitSharp( CubeR, Cube1, Cube2 ); }\
+    else if ( Mvc_Cube2Words(Cube1) ){ Mvc_Cube2BitSharp( CubeR, Cube1, Cube2 ); }\
+    else                             { Mvc_CubeNBitSharp( CubeR, Cube1, Cube2 ); }
+#define Mvc_CubeBitEmpty( Res, Cube )\
+    if ( Mvc_Cube1Words(Cube) )      { Mvc_Cube1BitEmpty( Res, Cube ); }\
+    else if ( Mvc_Cube2Words(Cube) ) { Mvc_Cube2BitEmpty( Res, Cube ); }\
+    else                             { Mvc_CubeNBitEmpty( Res, Cube ); }
+#define Mvc_CubeBitEqual( Res, Cube1, Cube2 )\
+    if ( Mvc_Cube1Words(Cube1) )     { Mvc_Cube1BitEqual( Res, Cube1, Cube2 ); }\
+    else if ( Mvc_Cube2Words(Cube1) ){ Mvc_Cube2BitEqual( Res, Cube1, Cube2 ); }\
+    else                             { Mvc_CubeNBitEqual( Res, Cube1, Cube2 ); }
+#define Mvc_CubeBitLess( Res, Cube1, Cube2 )\
+    if ( Mvc_Cube1Words(Cube1) )     { Mvc_Cube1BitLess( Res, Cube1, Cube2 ); }\
+    else if ( Mvc_Cube2Words(Cube1) ){ Mvc_Cube2BitLess( Res, Cube1, Cube2 ); }\
+    else                             { Mvc_CubeNBitLess( Res, Cube1, Cube2 ); }
+#define Mvc_CubeBitMore( Res, Cube1, Cube2 )\
+    if ( Mvc_Cube1Words(Cube1) )     { Mvc_Cube1BitMore( Res, Cube1, Cube2 ); }\
+    else if ( Mvc_Cube2Words(Cube1) ){ Mvc_Cube2BitMore( Res, Cube1, Cube2 ); }\
+    else                             { Mvc_CubeNBitMore( Res, Cube1, Cube2 ); }
+#define Mvc_CubeBitNotImpl( Res, Cube1, Cube2 )\
+    if ( Mvc_Cube1Words(Cube1) )     { Mvc_Cube1BitNotImpl( Res, Cube1, Cube2 ); }\
+    else if ( Mvc_Cube2Words(Cube1) ){ Mvc_Cube2BitNotImpl( Res, Cube1, Cube2 ); }\
+    else                             { Mvc_CubeNBitNotImpl( Res, Cube1, Cube2 ); }
+#define Mvc_CubeBitDisjoint( Res, Cube1, Cube2 )\
+    if ( Mvc_Cube1Words(Cube1) )     { Mvc_Cube1BitDisjoint( Res, Cube1, Cube2 ); }\
+    else if ( Mvc_Cube2Words(Cube1) ){ Mvc_Cube2BitDisjoint( Res, Cube1, Cube2 ); }\
+    else                             { Mvc_CubeNBitDisjoint( Res, Cube1, Cube2 ); }
+#define Mvc_CubeBitEqualUnderMask( Res, Cube1, Cube2, Mask )\
+    if ( Mvc_Cube1Words(Cube1) )     { Mvc_Cube1BitEqualUnderMask( Res, Cube1, Cube2, Mask ); }\
+    else if ( Mvc_Cube2Words(Cube1) ){ Mvc_Cube2BitEqualUnderMask( Res, Cube1, Cube2, Mask ); }\
+    else                             { Mvc_CubeNBitEqualUnderMask( Res, Cube1, Cube2, Mask ); }
+#define Mvc_CubeBitEqualOutsideMask( Res, Cube1, Cube2, Mask )\
+    if ( Mvc_Cube1Words(Cube1) )     { Mvc_Cube1BitEqualOutsideMask( Res, Cube1, Cube2, Mask ); }\
+    else if ( Mvc_Cube2Words(Cube1) ){ Mvc_Cube2BitEqualOutsideMask( Res, Cube1, Cube2, Mask ); }\
+    else                             { Mvc_CubeNBitEqualOutsideMask( Res, Cube1, Cube2, Mask ); }
+#define Mvc_CubeBitIntersectUnderMask( Res, Cube1, Cube2, Mask )\
+    if ( Mvc_Cube1Words(Cube1) )     { Mvc_Cube1BitIntersectUnderMask( Res, Cube1, Cube2, Mask ); }\
+    else if ( Mvc_Cube2Words(Cube1) ){ Mvc_Cube2BitIntersectUnderMask( Res, Cube1, Cube2, Mask ); }\
+    else                             { Mvc_CubeNBitIntersectUnderMask( Res, Cube1, Cube2, Mask ); }
+#define Mvc_CubeBitNotImplUnderMask( Res, Cube1, Cube2, Mask )\
+    if ( Mvc_Cube1Words(Cube1) )     { Mvc_Cube1BitNotImplUnderMask( Res, Cube1, Cube2, Mask ); }\
+    else if ( Mvc_Cube2Words(Cube1) ){ Mvc_Cube2BitNotImplUnderMask( Res, Cube1, Cube2, Mask ); }\
+    else                             { Mvc_CubeNBitNotImplUnderMask( Res, Cube1, Cube2, Mask ); }
+
+
+// managing linked lists
+#define Mvc_ListAddCubeHead( pList, pCube )\
+    {\
+        if ( pList->pHead == NULL )\
+        {\
+            Mvc_CubeSetNext( pCube, NULL );\
+            pList->pHead = pCube;\
+            pList->pTail = pCube;\
+        }\
+        else\
+        {\
+            Mvc_CubeSetNext( pCube, pList->pHead );\
+            pList->pHead = pCube;\
+        }\
+        pList->nItems++;\
+    }
+#define Mvc_ListAddCubeTail( pList, pCube )\
+    {\
+        if ( pList->pHead == NULL )\
+            pList->pHead = pCube;\
+        else\
+            Mvc_CubeSetNext( pList->pTail, pCube );\
+        pList->pTail    = pCube;\
+        Mvc_CubeSetNext( pCube, NULL );\
+        pList->nItems++;\
+    }
+#define Mvc_ListDeleteCube( pList, pPrev, pCube )\
+{\
+    if ( pPrev == NULL )\
+        pList->pHead = pCube->pNext;\
+    else\
+        pPrev->pNext = pCube->pNext;\
+    if ( pList->pTail == pCube )\
+    {\
+        assert( pCube->pNext == NULL );\
+        pList->pTail = pPrev;\
+    }\
+    pList->nItems--;\
+}
+
+// managing linked lists inside the cover
+#define Mvc_CoverAddCubeHead( pCover, pCube )\
+{\
+    Mvc_List_t * pList = &pCover->lCubes;\
+    Mvc_ListAddCubeHead( pList, pCube );\
+}
+#define Mvc_CoverAddCubeTail( pCover, pCube )\
+{\
+    Mvc_List_t * pList = &pCover->lCubes;\
+    Mvc_ListAddCubeTail( pList, pCube );\
+}
+#define Mvc_CoverDeleteCube( pCover, pPrev, pCube )\
+{\
+    Mvc_List_t * pList = &pCover->lCubes;\
+    Mvc_ListDeleteCube( pList, pPrev, pCube );\
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+// iterator through the cubes in the cube list
+#define Mvc_ListForEachCube( List, Cube )\
+    for ( Cube = List->pHead;\
+          Cube;\
+          Cube = Cube->pNext )
+#define Mvc_ListForEachCubeSafe( List, Cube, Cube2 )\
+    for ( Cube = List->pHead, Cube2 = (Cube? Cube->pNext: NULL);\
+          Cube;\
+          Cube = Cube2, Cube2 = (Cube? Cube->pNext: NULL) )
+
+// iterator through cubes in the cover
+#define Mvc_CoverForEachCube( Cover, Cube )\
+    for ( Cube = (Cover)->lCubes.pHead;\
+          Cube;\
+          Cube = Cube->pNext )
+#define Mvc_CoverForEachCubeWithIndex( Cover, Cube, Index )\
+    for ( Index = 0, Cube = (Cover)->lCubes.pHead;\
+          Cube;\
+          Index++, Cube = Cube->pNext )
+#define Mvc_CoverForEachCubeSafe( Cover, Cube, Cube2 )\
+    for ( Cube = (Cover)->lCubes.pHead, Cube2 = (Cube? Cube->pNext: NULL);\
+          Cube;\
+          Cube = Cube2, Cube2 = (Cube? Cube->pNext: NULL) )
+
+// iterator which starts from the given cube
+#define Mvc_CoverForEachCubeStart( Start, Cube )\
+    for ( Cube = Start;\
+          Cube;\
+          Cube = Cube->pNext )
+#define Mvc_CoverForEachCubeStartSafe( Start, Cube, Cube2 )\
+    for ( Cube = Start, Cube2 = (Cube? Cube->pNext: NULL);\
+          Cube;\
+          Cube = Cube2, Cube2 = (Cube? Cube->pNext: NULL) )
+
+
+// iterator through literals of the cube
+#define Mvc_CubeForEachBit( Cover, Cube, iBit, Value )\
+    for ( iBit = 0;\
+          iBit < Cover->nBits && ((Value = Mvc_CubeBitValue(Cube,iBit))>=0);\
+          iBit++ )
+// iterator through values of binary variables
+#define Mvc_CubeForEachVarValue( Cover, Cube, iVar, Value )\
+    for ( iVar = 0;\
+          iVar < Cover->nBits/2 && (Value = Mvc_CubeVarValue(Cube,iVar));\
+          iVar++ )
+
+
+// macros which work with memory
+// MEM_ALLOC: allocate the given number (Size) of items of type (Type)
+// MEM_FREE:  deallocate the pointer (Pointer) to the given number (Size) of items of type (Type)
+#define MEM_ALLOC( Manager, Type, Size )          ((Type *)malloc( (Size) * sizeof(Type) ))
+#define MEM_FREE( Manager, Type, Size, Pointer )  if ( Pointer ) { free(Pointer); Pointer = NULL; }
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                     FUNCTION DEFINITIONS                         ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+/*=== mvcApi.c ====================================================*/
+extern int              Mvc_CoverReadWordNum( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover );
+extern int              Mvc_CoverReadBitNum( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover );
+extern int              Mvc_CoverReadCubeNum( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover );
+extern Mvc_Cube_t *     Mvc_CoverReadCubeHead( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover );
+extern Mvc_Cube_t *     Mvc_CoverReadCubeTail( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover );
+extern Mvc_List_t *     Mvc_CoverReadCubeList( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover );
+extern int              Mvc_ListReadCubeNum( Mvc_List_t * pList );
+extern Mvc_Cube_t *     Mvc_ListReadCubeHead( Mvc_List_t * pList );
+extern Mvc_Cube_t *     Mvc_ListReadCubeTail( Mvc_List_t * pList );
+extern void             Mvc_CoverSetCubeNum( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover,int nItems );
+extern void             Mvc_CoverSetCubeHead( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_Cube_t * pCube );
+extern void             Mvc_CoverSetCubeTail( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_Cube_t * pCube );
+extern void             Mvc_CoverSetCubeList( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_List_t * pList );
+extern int              Mvc_CoverIsEmpty( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover );
+extern int              Mvc_CoverIsTautology( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover );
+extern int              Mvc_CoverIsBinaryBuffer( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover );
+extern void             Mvc_CoverMakeEmpty( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover );
+extern void             Mvc_CoverMakeTautology( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover );
+extern Mvc_Cover_t *    Mvc_CoverCreateEmpty( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover );
+extern Mvc_Cover_t *    Mvc_CoverCreateTautology( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover );
+/*=== mvcCover.c ====================================================*/
+extern Mvc_Cover_t *    Mvc_CoverAlloc( Mvc_Manager_t * pMem, int nBits );
+extern Mvc_Cover_t *    Mvc_CoverCreateConst( Mvc_Manager_t * pMem, int nBits, int  Phase );
+extern Mvc_Cover_t *    Mvc_CoverClone( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover );
+extern Mvc_Cover_t *    Mvc_CoverDup( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover );
+extern void             Mvc_CoverFree( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover );
+extern void             Mvc_CoverAllocateMask( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover );
+extern void             Mvc_CoverAllocateArrayLits( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover );
+extern void             Mvc_CoverAllocateArrayCubes( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover );
+extern void             Mvc_CoverDeallocateMask( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover );
+extern void             Mvc_CoverDeallocateArrayLits( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover );
+/*=== mvcCube.c ====================================================*/
+extern Mvc_Cube_t *     Mvc_CubeAlloc( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover );
+extern Mvc_Cube_t *     Mvc_CubeDup( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_Cube_t * pCube );
+extern void             Mvc_CubeFree( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_Cube_t * pCube );
+extern void             Mvc_CubeBitRemoveDcs( Mvc_Cube_t * pCube );
+/*=== mvcCompare.c ====================================================*/
+extern int              Mvc_CubeCompareInt( Mvc_Cube_t * pC1, Mvc_Cube_t * pC2, Mvc_Cube_t * pMask );
+extern int              Mvc_CubeCompareSizeAndInt( Mvc_Cube_t * pC1, Mvc_Cube_t * pC2, Mvc_Cube_t * pMask );
+extern int              Mvc_CubeCompareIntUnderMask( Mvc_Cube_t * pC1, Mvc_Cube_t * pC2, Mvc_Cube_t * pMask );
+extern int              Mvc_CubeCompareIntOutsideMask( Mvc_Cube_t * pC1, Mvc_Cube_t * pC2, Mvc_Cube_t * pMask );
+extern int              Mvc_CubeCompareIntOutsideAndUnderMask( Mvc_Cube_t * pC1, Mvc_Cube_t * pC2, Mvc_Cube_t * pMask );
+/*=== mvcDd.c ====================================================*/
+/*
+extern DdNode *         Mvc_CoverConvertToBdd( DdManager * dd, Mvc_Cover_t * pCover );
+extern DdNode *         Mvc_CoverConvertToZdd( DdManager * dd, Mvc_Cover_t * pCover );
+extern DdNode *         Mvc_CoverConvertToZdd2( DdManager * dd, Mvc_Cover_t * pCover );
+extern DdNode *         Mvc_CubeConvertToBdd( DdManager * dd, Mvc_Cube_t * pCube );
+extern DdNode *         Mvc_CubeConvertToZdd( DdManager * dd, Mvc_Cube_t * pCube );
+extern DdNode *         Mvc_CubeConvertToZdd2( DdManager * dd, Mvc_Cube_t * pCube );
+*/
+/*=== mvcDivisor.c ====================================================*/
+extern Mvc_Cover_t *    Mvc_CoverDivisor( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover );
+/*=== mvcDivide.c ====================================================*/
+extern void             Mvc_CoverDivide( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_Cover_t * pDiv, Mvc_Cover_t ** ppQuo, Mvc_Cover_t ** ppRem );
+extern void             Mvc_CoverDivideInternal( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_Cover_t * pDiv, Mvc_Cover_t ** ppQuo, Mvc_Cover_t ** ppRem );
+extern void             Mvc_CoverDivideByLiteral( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_Cover_t * pDiv, Mvc_Cover_t ** ppQuo, Mvc_Cover_t ** ppRem );
+extern void             Mvc_CoverDivideByCube( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_Cover_t * pDiv, Mvc_Cover_t ** ppQuo, Mvc_Cover_t ** ppRem );
+extern void             Mvc_CoverDivideByLiteralQuo( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, int iLit );
+/*=== mvcList.c ====================================================*/
+// these functions are available as macros
+extern void             Mvc_ListAddCubeHead_( Mvc_List_t * pList, Mvc_Cube_t * pCube );
+extern void             Mvc_ListAddCubeTail_( Mvc_List_t * pList, Mvc_Cube_t * pCube );
+extern void             Mvc_ListDeleteCube_( Mvc_List_t * pList, Mvc_Cube_t * pPrev, Mvc_Cube_t * pCube );
+extern void             Mvc_CoverAddCubeHead_( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_Cube_t * pCube );
+extern void             Mvc_CoverAddCubeTail_( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_Cube_t * pCube );
+extern void             Mvc_CoverDeleteCube_( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_Cube_t * pPrev, Mvc_Cube_t * pCube );
+extern void             Mvc_CoverAddDupCubeHead( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_Cube_t * pCube );
+extern void             Mvc_CoverAddDupCubeTail( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_Cube_t * pCube );
+// other functions
+extern void             Mvc_CoverAddLiteralsOfCube( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_Cube_t * pCube );
+extern void             Mvc_CoverDeleteLiteralsOfCube( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_Cube_t * pCube );
+extern void             Mvc_CoverList2Array( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover );
+extern void             Mvc_CoverArray2List( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover );
+extern Mvc_Cube_t *     Mvc_ListGetTailFromHead( Mvc_Cube_t * pHead );
+/*=== mvcPrint.c ====================================================*/
+extern void             Mvc_CoverPrint( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover );
+extern void             Mvc_CubePrint( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_Cube_t * pCube );
+extern void             Mvc_CoverPrintMv( Mvc_Data_t * pData, Mvc_Cover_t * pCover );
+extern void             Mvc_CubePrintMv( Mvc_Data_t * pData, Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_Cube_t * pCube );
+/*=== mvcSort.c ====================================================*/
+extern void             Mvc_CoverSort( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_Cube_t * pMask, int (* pCompareFunc)(Mvc_Cube_t *, Mvc_Cube_t *, Mvc_Cube_t *) );
+/*=== mvcUtils.c ====================================================*/
+extern void             Mvc_CoverSupport( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_Cube_t * pSupp );
+extern int              Mvc_CoverSupportSizeBinary( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover );
+extern int              Mvc_CoverSupportVarBelongs( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, int iVar );
+extern void             Mvc_CoverCommonCube( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_Cube_t * pComCube );
+extern int              Mvc_CoverIsCubeFree( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover );
+extern void             Mvc_CoverMakeCubeFree( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover );
+extern Mvc_Cover_t *    Mvc_CoverCommonCubeCover( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover );
+extern int              Mvc_CoverCheckSuppContainment( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover1, Mvc_Cover_t * pCover2 );
+extern int              Mvc_CoverSetCubeSizes( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover );
+extern int              Mvc_CoverGetCubeSize( Mvc_Cube_t * pCube );
+extern int              Mvc_CoverCountCubePairDiffs( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, unsigned char pDiffs[] );
+extern Mvc_Cover_t *    Mvc_CoverRemap( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, int * pVarsRem, int nVarsRem );
+extern void             Mvc_CoverInverse( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover );
+extern Mvc_Cover_t *    Mvc_CoverRemoveDontCareLits( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover );
+extern Mvc_Cover_t *    Mvc_CoverCofactor( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, int iValue, int iValueOther );
+extern Mvc_Cover_t *    Mvc_CoverFlipVar( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, int iValue0, int iValue1 );
+extern Mvc_Cover_t *    Mvc_CoverUnivQuantify( Mvc_Cover_t * p, int iValueA0, int iValueA1, int iValueB0, int iValueB1 );
+extern Mvc_Cover_t **   Mvc_CoverCofactors( Mvc_Data_t * pData, Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, int iVar );
+extern int              Mvr_CoverCountLitsWithValue( Mvc_Data_t * pData, Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, int iVar, int iValue );
+//extern Mvc_Cover_t *    Mvc_CoverCreateExpanded( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Vm_VarMap_t * pVmNew );
+extern Mvc_Cover_t *    Mvc_CoverTranspose( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover );
+extern int              Mvc_UtilsCheckUnusedZeros( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover );
+/*=== mvcLits.c ====================================================*/
+extern int              Mvc_CoverAnyLiteral( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_Cube_t * pMask );
+extern int              Mvc_CoverBestLiteral( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_Cube_t * pMask );
+extern int              Mvc_CoverWorstLiteral( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_Cube_t * pMask );
+extern Mvc_Cover_t *    Mvc_CoverBestLiteralCover( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_Cover_t * pSimple );
+extern int              Mvc_CoverFirstCubeFirstLit( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover );
+extern int              Mvc_CoverCountLiterals( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover );
+extern int              Mvc_CoverIsOneLiteral( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover );
+/*=== mvcOpAlg.c ====================================================*/
+extern Mvc_Cover_t *    Mvc_CoverAlgebraicMultiply( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover1, Mvc_Cover_t * pCover2 );
+extern Mvc_Cover_t *    Mvc_CoverAlgebraicSubtract( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover1, Mvc_Cover_t * pCover2 );
+extern int              Mvc_CoverAlgebraicEqual( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover1, Mvc_Cover_t * pCover2 );
+/*=== mvcOpBool.c ====================================================*/
+extern Mvc_Cover_t *    Mvc_CoverBooleanOr( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover1, Mvc_Cover_t * pCover2 );
+extern Mvc_Cover_t *    Mvc_CoverBooleanAnd( Mvc_Data_t * p, Mvc_Cover_t * pCover1, Mvc_Cover_t * pCover2 );
+extern int              Mvc_CoverBooleanEqual( Mvc_Data_t * p, Mvc_Cover_t * pCover1, Mvc_Cover_t * pCover2 );
+
+/*=== mvcContain.c ====================================================*/
+extern int              Mvc_CoverContain( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover );
+/*=== mvcTau.c ====================================================*/
+extern int              Mvc_CoverTautology( Mvc_Data_t * p, Mvc_Cover_t * pCover );
+/*=== mvcCompl.c ====================================================*/
+extern Mvc_Cover_t *    Mvc_CoverComplement( Mvc_Data_t * p, Mvc_Cover_t * pCover );
+/*=== mvcSharp.c ====================================================*/
+extern Mvc_Cover_t *    Mvc_CoverSharp( Mvc_Data_t * p, Mvc_Cover_t * pA, Mvc_Cover_t * pB );
+extern int              Mvc_CoverDist0Cubes( Mvc_Data_t * pData, Mvc_Cube_t * pA, Mvc_Cube_t * pB );
+extern void             Mvc_CoverIntersectCubes( Mvc_Data_t * pData, Mvc_Cover_t * pC1, Mvc_Cover_t * pC2 );
+extern int              Mvc_CoverIsIntersecting( Mvc_Data_t * pData, Mvc_Cover_t * pC1, Mvc_Cover_t * pC2 );
+extern void             Mvc_CoverAppendCubes( Mvc_Cover_t * pC1, Mvc_Cover_t * pC2 );
+extern void             Mvc_CoverCopyAndAppendCubes( Mvc_Cover_t * pC1, Mvc_Cover_t * pC2 );
+extern void             Mvc_CoverRemoveCubes( Mvc_Cover_t * pC );
+
+/*=== mvcReshape.c ====================================================*/
+extern void             Mvc_CoverMinimizeByReshape( Mvc_Data_t * pData, Mvc_Cover_t * pCover );
+
+/*=== mvcMerge.c ====================================================*/
+extern void             Mvc_CoverDist1Merge( Mvc_Data_t * p, Mvc_Cover_t * pCover );
+
+/*=== mvcData.c ====================================================*/
+//extern Mvc_Data_t *     Mvc_CoverDataAlloc( Vm_VarMap_t * pVm, Mvc_Cover_t * pCover );
+//extern void             Mvc_CoverDataFree( Mvc_Data_t * p, Mvc_Cover_t * pCover );
+
+/*=== mvcMan.c ====================================================*/
+extern void             Mvc_ManagerFree( Mvc_Manager_t * p );
+extern Mvc_Manager_t *  Mvc_ManagerStart();
+extern Mvc_Manager_t *  Mvc_ManagerAllocCover();
+extern Mvc_Manager_t *  Mvc_ManagerAllocCube( int nWords );
+extern Mvc_Manager_t *  Mvc_ManagerFreeCover( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover );
+extern Mvc_Manager_t *  Mvc_ManagerFreeCube( Mvc_Cover_t * pCube, int nWords );
+
+#endif
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                       END OF FILE                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
diff --git a/src/misc/mvc/mvcApi.c b/src/misc/mvc/mvcApi.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..eb942f93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/mvc/mvcApi.c
@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
+/**CFile****************************************************************
+
+  FileName    [mvcApi.c]
+
+  PackageName [MVSIS 2.0: Multi-valued logic synthesis system.]
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Author      [MVSIS Group]
+  
+  Affiliation [UC Berkeley]
+
+  Date        [Ver. 1.0. Started - February 1, 2003.]
+
+  Revision    [$Id: mvcApi.c,v 1.4 2003/04/03 06:31:48 alanmi Exp $]
+
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "mvc.h"
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                        DECLARATIONS                              ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                     FUNCTION DEFINITIONS                         ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int          Mvc_CoverReadWordNum( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover )   { return pCover->nWords;         }
+int          Mvc_CoverReadBitNum( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover )    { return pCover->nBits;          }
+int          Mvc_CoverReadCubeNum( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover )   { return pCover->lCubes.nItems; }
+Mvc_Cube_t * Mvc_CoverReadCubeHead( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover )  { return pCover->lCubes.pHead;  }
+Mvc_Cube_t * Mvc_CoverReadCubeTail( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover )  { return pCover->lCubes.pTail;  }
+Mvc_List_t * Mvc_CoverReadCubeList( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover )  { return &pCover->lCubes;        }
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int          Mvc_ListReadCubeNum( Mvc_List_t * pList )   { return pList->nItems; }
+Mvc_Cube_t * Mvc_ListReadCubeHead( Mvc_List_t * pList )  { return pList->pHead;  }
+Mvc_Cube_t * Mvc_ListReadCubeTail( Mvc_List_t * pList )  { return pList->pTail;  }
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void         Mvc_CoverSetCubeNum( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover,int nItems )           { pCover->lCubes.nItems = nItems; }
+void         Mvc_CoverSetCubeHead( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_Cube_t * pCube ) { pCover->lCubes.pHead = pCube;   }
+void         Mvc_CoverSetCubeTail( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_Cube_t * pCube ) { pCover->lCubes.pTail = pCube;   }
+void         Mvc_CoverSetCubeList( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_List_t * pList ) { pCover->lCubes = *pList;        }
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Mvc_CoverIsEmpty( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover )
+{
+    return Mvc_CoverReadCubeNum(pCover) == 0;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Mvc_CoverIsTautology( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover )
+{
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCube;
+    int iBit, Value;
+
+    if ( Mvc_CoverReadCubeNum(pCover) != 1 )
+        return 0;
+
+    pCube = Mvc_CoverReadCubeHead( pCover );
+    Mvc_CubeForEachBit( pCover, pCube, iBit, Value )
+        if ( Value == 0 )
+            return 0;
+    return 1;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns 1 if the cover is a binary buffer.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Mvc_CoverIsBinaryBuffer( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover )
+{
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCube;
+    if ( pCover->nBits != 2 )
+        return 0;
+    if ( Mvc_CoverReadCubeNum(pCover) != 1 )
+        return 0;
+    pCube = pCover->lCubes.pHead;
+    if ( Mvc_CubeBitValue(pCube, 0) == 0 && Mvc_CubeBitValue(pCube, 1) == 1 )
+        return 1;
+    return 0;
+}
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Mvc_CoverMakeEmpty( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover )
+{
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCube, * pCube2;
+    Mvc_CoverForEachCubeSafe( pCover, pCube, pCube2 )
+        Mvc_CubeFree( pCover, pCube );
+    pCover->lCubes.nItems = 0;
+    pCover->lCubes.pHead = NULL;
+    pCover->lCubes.pTail = NULL;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Mvc_CoverMakeTautology( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover )
+{
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCubeNew;
+    Mvc_CoverMakeEmpty( pCover );
+    pCubeNew = Mvc_CubeAlloc( pCover );
+    Mvc_CubeBitFill( pCubeNew );
+    Mvc_CoverAddCubeTail( pCover, pCubeNew );
+}
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+Mvc_Cover_t * Mvc_CoverCreateEmpty( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover )
+{
+    Mvc_Cover_t * pCoverNew;
+    pCoverNew = Mvc_CoverAlloc( pCover->pMem, pCover->nBits );
+    return pCoverNew;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+Mvc_Cover_t * Mvc_CoverCreateTautology( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover )
+{
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCubeNew;
+    Mvc_Cover_t * pCoverNew;
+    pCoverNew = Mvc_CoverAlloc( pCover->pMem, pCover->nBits );
+    pCubeNew = Mvc_CubeAlloc( pCoverNew );
+    Mvc_CubeBitFill( pCubeNew );
+    Mvc_CoverAddCubeTail( pCoverNew, pCubeNew );
+    return pCoverNew;
+}
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                       END OF FILE                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
diff --git a/src/misc/mvc/mvcCompare.c b/src/misc/mvc/mvcCompare.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9cff99cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/mvc/mvcCompare.c
@@ -0,0 +1,369 @@
+/**CFile****************************************************************
+
+  FileName    [mvcCompare.c]
+
+  PackageName [MVSIS 2.0: Multi-valued logic synthesis system.]
+
+  Synopsis    [Various cube comparison functions.]
+
+  Author      [MVSIS Group]
+  
+  Affiliation [UC Berkeley]
+
+  Date        [Ver. 1.0. Started - February 1, 2003.]
+
+  Revision    [$Id: mvcCompare.c,v 1.5 2003/04/03 23:25:41 alanmi Exp $]
+
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "mvc.h"
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                        DECLARATIONS                              ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                     FUNCTION DEFINITIONS                         ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Compares two cubes according to their integer value.]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Mvc_CubeCompareInt( Mvc_Cube_t * pC1, Mvc_Cube_t * pC2, Mvc_Cube_t * pMask )
+{
+    if ( Mvc_Cube1Words(pC1) )
+    {
+        if ( pC1->pData[0] < pC2->pData[0] )
+            return -1;
+        if ( pC1->pData[0] > pC2->pData[0] )
+            return 1;
+        return 0;
+    }
+    else if ( Mvc_Cube2Words(pC1) )
+    {
+        if ( pC1->pData[1] < pC2->pData[1] )
+            return -1;
+        if ( pC1->pData[1] > pC2->pData[1] )
+            return 1;
+        if ( pC1->pData[0] < pC2->pData[0] )
+            return -1;
+        if ( pC1->pData[0] > pC2->pData[0] )
+            return 1;
+        return 0;
+    }
+    else                            
+    {
+        int i = Mvc_CubeReadLast(pC1);
+        for(; i >= 0; i--)
+        {
+            if ( pC1->pData[i] < pC2->pData[i] )
+                return -1;
+            if ( pC1->pData[i] > pC2->pData[i] )
+                return 1;
+        }
+        return 0;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Compares the cubes (1) by size, (2) by integer value.]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Mvc_CubeCompareSizeAndInt( Mvc_Cube_t * pC1, Mvc_Cube_t * pC2, Mvc_Cube_t * pMask )
+{
+    // compare the cubes by size
+    if ( Mvc_CubeReadSize( pC1 ) < Mvc_CubeReadSize( pC2 ) )
+        return 1;
+    if ( Mvc_CubeReadSize( pC1 ) > Mvc_CubeReadSize( pC2 ) )
+        return -1;
+    // the cubes have the same size
+
+    // compare the cubes as integers
+    if ( Mvc_Cube1Words( pC1 ) )
+    {
+        if ( pC1->pData[0] < pC2->pData[0] )
+            return -1;
+        if ( pC1->pData[0] > pC2->pData[0] )
+            return 1;
+        return 0;
+    }
+    else if ( Mvc_Cube2Words( pC1 ) )
+    {
+        if ( pC1->pData[1] < pC2->pData[1] )
+            return -1;
+        if ( pC1->pData[1] > pC2->pData[1] )
+            return 1;
+        if ( pC1->pData[0] < pC2->pData[0] )
+            return -1;
+        if ( pC1->pData[0] > pC2->pData[0] )
+            return 1;
+        return 0;
+    }
+    else                            
+    {
+        int i = Mvc_CubeReadLast( pC1 );
+        for(; i >= 0; i--)
+        {
+            if ( pC1->pData[i] < pC2->pData[i] )
+                return -1;
+            if ( pC1->pData[i] > pC2->pData[i] )
+                return 1;
+        }
+        return 0;
+    }
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Compares two cubes under the mask.]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Mvc_CubeCompareIntUnderMask( Mvc_Cube_t * pC1, Mvc_Cube_t * pC2, Mvc_Cube_t * pMask )
+{
+    unsigned uBits1, uBits2;
+
+    // compare the cubes under the mask
+    if ( Mvc_Cube1Words(pC1) )
+    {
+        uBits1 = pC1->pData[0] & pMask->pData[0];
+        uBits2 = pC2->pData[0] & pMask->pData[0];
+        if ( uBits1 < uBits2 )
+            return -1;
+        if ( uBits1 > uBits2 )
+            return 1;
+        // cubes are equal
+        return 0;
+    }
+    else if ( Mvc_Cube2Words(pC1) )
+    {
+        uBits1 = pC1->pData[1] & pMask->pData[1];
+        uBits2 = pC2->pData[1] & pMask->pData[1];
+        if ( uBits1 < uBits2 )
+            return -1;
+        if ( uBits1 > uBits2 )
+            return 1;
+        uBits1 = pC1->pData[0] & pMask->pData[0];
+        uBits2 = pC2->pData[0] & pMask->pData[0];
+        if ( uBits1 < uBits2 )
+            return -1;
+        if ( uBits1 > uBits2 )
+            return 1;
+        return 0;
+    }
+    else                            
+    {
+        int i = Mvc_CubeReadLast(pC1);
+        for(; i >= 0; i--)
+        {
+            uBits1 = pC1->pData[i] & pMask->pData[i];
+            uBits2 = pC2->pData[i] & pMask->pData[i];
+            if ( uBits1 < uBits2 )
+                return -1;
+            if ( uBits1 > uBits2 )
+                return 1;
+        }
+        return 0;
+    }
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Compares two cubes under the mask.]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Mvc_CubeCompareIntOutsideMask( Mvc_Cube_t * pC1, Mvc_Cube_t * pC2, Mvc_Cube_t * pMask )
+{
+    unsigned uBits1, uBits2;
+
+    // compare the cubes under the mask
+    if ( Mvc_Cube1Words(pC1) )
+    {
+        uBits1 = pC1->pData[0] | pMask->pData[0];
+        uBits2 = pC2->pData[0] | pMask->pData[0];
+        if ( uBits1 < uBits2 )
+            return -1;
+        if ( uBits1 > uBits2 )
+            return 1;
+        // cubes are equal
+        return 0;
+    }
+    else if ( Mvc_Cube2Words(pC1) )
+    {
+        uBits1 = pC1->pData[1] | pMask->pData[1];
+        uBits2 = pC2->pData[1] | pMask->pData[1];
+        if ( uBits1 < uBits2 )
+            return -1;
+        if ( uBits1 > uBits2 )
+            return 1;
+        uBits1 = pC1->pData[0] | pMask->pData[0];
+        uBits2 = pC2->pData[0] | pMask->pData[0];
+        if ( uBits1 < uBits2 )
+            return -1;
+        if ( uBits1 > uBits2 )
+            return 1;
+        return 0;
+    }
+    else                            
+    {
+        int i = Mvc_CubeReadLast(pC1);
+        for(; i >= 0; i--)
+        {
+            uBits1 = pC1->pData[i] | pMask->pData[i];
+            uBits2 = pC2->pData[i] | pMask->pData[i];
+            if ( uBits1 < uBits2 )
+                return -1;
+            if ( uBits1 > uBits2 )
+                return 1;
+        }
+        return 0;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Compares the cubes (1) outside the mask, (2) under the mask.]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Mvc_CubeCompareIntOutsideAndUnderMask( Mvc_Cube_t * pC1, Mvc_Cube_t * pC2, Mvc_Cube_t * pMask )
+{
+    unsigned uBits1, uBits2;
+
+    if ( Mvc_Cube1Words(pC1) )
+    {
+        // compare the cubes outside the mask
+        uBits1 = pC1->pData[0] & ~(pMask->pData[0]);
+        uBits2 = pC2->pData[0] & ~(pMask->pData[0]);
+        if ( uBits1 < uBits2 )
+            return -1;
+        if ( uBits1 > uBits2 )
+            return 1;
+
+        // compare the cubes under the mask
+        uBits1 = pC1->pData[0] & pMask->pData[0];
+        uBits2 = pC2->pData[0] & pMask->pData[0];
+        if ( uBits1 < uBits2 )
+            return -1;
+        if ( uBits1 > uBits2 )
+            return 1;
+        // cubes are equal
+        // should never happen
+        assert( 0 );
+        return 0;
+    }
+    else if ( Mvc_Cube2Words(pC1) )
+    {
+        // compare the cubes outside the mask
+        uBits1 = pC1->pData[1] & ~(pMask->pData[1]);
+        uBits2 = pC2->pData[1] & ~(pMask->pData[1]);
+        if ( uBits1 < uBits2 )
+            return -1;
+        if ( uBits1 > uBits2 )
+            return 1;
+
+        uBits1 = pC1->pData[0] & ~(pMask->pData[0]);
+        uBits2 = pC2->pData[0] & ~(pMask->pData[0]);
+        if ( uBits1 < uBits2 )
+            return -1;
+        if ( uBits1 > uBits2 )
+            return 1;
+
+        // compare the cubes under the mask
+        uBits1 = pC1->pData[1] & pMask->pData[1];
+        uBits2 = pC2->pData[1] & pMask->pData[1];
+        if ( uBits1 < uBits2 )
+            return -1;
+        if ( uBits1 > uBits2 )
+            return 1;
+
+        uBits1 = pC1->pData[0] & pMask->pData[0];
+        uBits2 = pC2->pData[0] & pMask->pData[0];
+        if ( uBits1 < uBits2 )
+            return -1;
+        if ( uBits1 > uBits2 )
+            return 1;
+
+        // cubes are equal
+        // should never happen
+        assert( 0 );
+        return 0;
+    }
+    else                            
+    {
+        int i;
+
+        // compare the cubes outside the mask
+        for( i = Mvc_CubeReadLast(pC1); i >= 0; i-- )
+        {
+            uBits1 = pC1->pData[i] & ~(pMask->pData[i]);
+            uBits2 = pC2->pData[i] & ~(pMask->pData[i]);
+            if ( uBits1 < uBits2 )
+                return -1;
+            if ( uBits1 > uBits2 )
+                return 1;
+        }
+        // compare the cubes under the mask
+        for( i = Mvc_CubeReadLast(pC1); i >= 0; i-- )
+        {
+            uBits1 = pC1->pData[i] & pMask->pData[i];
+            uBits2 = pC2->pData[i] & pMask->pData[i];
+            if ( uBits1 < uBits2 )
+                return -1;
+            if ( uBits1 > uBits2 )
+                return 1;
+        }
+/*
+        {
+            Mvc_Cover_t * pCover;
+            pCover = Mvc_CoverAlloc( NULL, 96 );
+            Mvc_CubePrint( pCover, pC1 );
+            Mvc_CubePrint( pCover, pC2 );
+            Mvc_CubePrint( pCover, pMask );
+        }
+*/
+        // cubes are equal
+        // should never happen
+        assert( 0 );
+        return 0;
+    }
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                       END OF FILE                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
diff --git a/src/misc/mvc/mvcContain.c b/src/misc/mvc/mvcContain.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a9eae06e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/mvc/mvcContain.c
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+/**CFile****************************************************************
+
+  FileName    [mvcContain.c]
+
+  PackageName [MVSIS 2.0: Multi-valued logic synthesis system.]
+
+  Synopsis    [Making the cover single-cube containment free.]
+
+  Author      [MVSIS Group]
+  
+  Affiliation [UC Berkeley]
+
+  Date        [Ver. 1.0. Started - February 1, 2003.]
+
+  Revision    [$Id: mvcContain.c,v 1.4 2003/04/03 23:25:42 alanmi Exp $]
+
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "mvc.h"
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                        DECLARATIONS                              ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+static void Mvc_CoverRemoveDuplicates( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover );
+static void Mvc_CoverRemoveContained( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover );
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                     FUNCTION DEFINITIONS                         ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Removes the contained cubes.]
+
+  Description [Returns 1 if the cover has been changed.]
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int  Mvc_CoverContain( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover )
+{
+    int nCubes;
+    nCubes = Mvc_CoverReadCubeNum( pCover );
+    if ( nCubes < 2 )
+        return 0;
+    Mvc_CoverSetCubeSizes(pCover);
+    Mvc_CoverSort( pCover, NULL, Mvc_CubeCompareSizeAndInt );
+    Mvc_CoverRemoveDuplicates( pCover );
+    if ( nCubes > 1 )
+        Mvc_CoverRemoveContained( pCover );
+    return (nCubes != Mvc_CoverReadCubeNum(pCover));
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Removes adjacent duplicated cubes from the cube list.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Mvc_CoverRemoveDuplicates( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover )
+{
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pPrev, * pCube, * pCube2;
+    int  fEqual;
+
+    // set the first cube of the cover
+    pPrev = Mvc_CoverReadCubeHead(pCover);
+    // go through all the cubes after this one
+    Mvc_CoverForEachCubeStartSafe( Mvc_CubeReadNext(pPrev), pCube, pCube2 )
+    {
+        // compare the current cube with the prev cube
+        Mvc_CubeBitEqual( fEqual, pPrev, pCube );
+        if ( fEqual )
+        { // they are equal - remove the current cube
+            Mvc_CoverDeleteCube( pCover, pPrev, pCube );
+            Mvc_CubeFree( pCover, pCube );
+            // don't change the previous cube cube
+        }
+        else
+        { // they are not equal - update the previous cube
+            pPrev = pCube;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Removes contained cubes from the sorted cube list.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Mvc_CoverRemoveContained( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover )
+{
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCubeBeg, * pCubeEnd, * pCubeLarge;
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCube, * pCube2, * pPrev;
+    unsigned sizeCur;
+    int  Result;
+
+    // since the cubes are sorted by size, it is sufficient 
+    // to compare each cube with other cubes that have larger sizes
+    // if the given cube implies a larger cube, the larger cube is removed
+    pCubeBeg = Mvc_CoverReadCubeHead(pCover);
+    do
+    {
+        // get the current cube size
+        sizeCur = Mvc_CubeReadSize(pCubeBeg);
+
+        // initialize the end of the given size group
+        pCubeEnd = pCubeBeg;
+        // find the beginning of the next size group
+        Mvc_CoverForEachCubeStart( Mvc_CubeReadNext(pCubeBeg), pCube )
+        {
+            if ( sizeCur == Mvc_CubeReadSize(pCube) ) 
+                pCubeEnd = pCube;
+            else // pCube is the first cube in the new size group
+                break;
+        }
+        // if we could not find the next size group
+        // the containment check is finished
+        if ( pCube == NULL )
+            break;
+        // otherwise, pCubeBeg/pCubeEnd are the first/last cubes of the group
+
+        // go through all the cubes between pCubeBeg and pCubeEnd, inclusive,
+        // and for each of them, try removing cubes after pCubeEnd
+        Mvc_CoverForEachCubeStart( pCubeBeg, pCubeLarge )
+        {
+            pPrev = pCubeEnd;
+            Mvc_CoverForEachCubeStartSafe( Mvc_CubeReadNext(pCubeEnd), pCube, pCube2 )
+            {
+                // check containment
+                Mvc_CubeBitNotImpl( Result, pCube, pCubeLarge );
+                if ( !Result )
+                { // pCubeLarge implies pCube - remove pCube
+                    Mvc_CoverDeleteCube( pCover, pPrev, pCube );
+                    Mvc_CubeFree( pCover, pCube );
+                    // don't update the previous cube
+                }
+                else
+                {   // update the previous cube
+                    pPrev = pCube;
+                }
+            }
+            // quit, if the main cube was the last one of this size
+            if ( pCubeLarge == pCubeEnd )
+                break;
+        }
+
+        // set the beginning of the next group
+        pCubeBeg = Mvc_CubeReadNext(pCubeEnd);
+    }
+    while ( pCubeBeg );
+}
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                       END OF FILE                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
diff --git a/src/misc/mvc/mvcCover.c b/src/misc/mvc/mvcCover.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d8584446
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/mvc/mvcCover.c
@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
+/**CFile****************************************************************
+
+  FileName    [mvcCover.c]
+
+  PackageName [MVSIS 2.0: Multi-valued logic synthesis system.]
+
+  Synopsis    [Basic procedures to manipulate unate cube covers.]
+
+  Author      [MVSIS Group]
+  
+  Affiliation [UC Berkeley]
+
+  Date        [Ver. 1.0. Started - February 1, 2003.]
+
+  Revision    [$Id: mvcCover.c,v 1.5 2003/04/09 18:02:05 alanmi Exp $]
+
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "mvc.h"
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                        DECLARATIONS                              ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                     FUNCTION DEFINITIONS                         ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+Mvc_Cover_t * Mvc_CoverAlloc( Mvc_Manager_t * pMem, int nBits )
+{
+    Mvc_Cover_t * p;
+    int nBitsInUnsigned;
+
+    nBitsInUnsigned  = 8 * sizeof(Mvc_CubeWord_t);
+#ifdef USE_SYSTEM_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
+    p                = (Mvc_Cover_t *)malloc( sizeof(Mvc_Cover_t) );
+#else
+    p                = (Mvc_Cover_t *)Extra_MmFixedEntryFetch( pMem->pManC );
+#endif
+    p->pMem          = pMem;
+    p->nBits         = nBits;
+    p->nWords        = nBits / nBitsInUnsigned + (int)(nBits % nBitsInUnsigned > 0);
+    p->nUnused       = p->nWords * nBitsInUnsigned - p->nBits;
+    p->lCubes.nItems = 0;
+    p->lCubes.pHead  = NULL;
+    p->lCubes.pTail  = NULL;
+    p->nCubesAlloc   = 0;
+    p->pCubes        = NULL;
+    p->pMask         = NULL;
+    p->pLits         = NULL;
+    return p;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+Mvc_Cover_t * Mvc_CoverClone( Mvc_Cover_t * p )
+{
+    Mvc_Cover_t * pCover;
+#ifdef USE_SYSTEM_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
+    pCover                = (Mvc_Cover_t *)malloc( sizeof(Mvc_Cover_t) );
+#else
+    pCover                = (Mvc_Cover_t *)Extra_MmFixedEntryFetch( p->pMem->pManC );
+#endif
+    pCover->pMem          = p->pMem;
+    pCover->nBits         = p->nBits;
+    pCover->nWords        = p->nWords;
+    pCover->nUnused       = p->nUnused;
+    pCover->lCubes.nItems = 0;
+    pCover->lCubes.pHead  = NULL;
+    pCover->lCubes.pTail  = NULL;
+    pCover->nCubesAlloc   = 0;
+    pCover->pCubes        = NULL;
+    pCover->pMask         = NULL;
+    pCover->pLits         = NULL;
+    return pCover;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+Mvc_Cover_t * Mvc_CoverDup( Mvc_Cover_t * p )
+{
+    Mvc_Cover_t * pCover;
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCube, * pCubeCopy;
+    // clone the cover
+    pCover = Mvc_CoverClone( p );
+    // copy the cube list
+    Mvc_CoverForEachCube( p, pCube )
+    {
+        pCubeCopy = Mvc_CubeDup( p, pCube );
+        Mvc_CoverAddCubeTail( pCover, pCubeCopy );
+    }
+    return pCover;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Mvc_CoverFree( Mvc_Cover_t * p )
+{
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCube, * pCube2;
+    // recycle cube list
+    Mvc_CoverForEachCubeSafe( p, pCube, pCube2 )
+        Mvc_CubeFree( p, pCube );
+    // recycle other pointers
+    Mvc_CubeFree( p, p->pMask );
+    MEM_FREE( p->pMem, Mvc_Cube_t *, p->nCubesAlloc, p->pCubes );
+    MEM_FREE( p->pMem, int,          p->nBits,       p->pLits  );
+
+#ifdef USE_SYSTEM_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
+    free( p );
+#else
+    Extra_MmFixedEntryRecycle( p->pMem->pManC, (char *)p );
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Mvc_CoverAllocateMask( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover ) 
+{ 
+    if ( pCover->pMask == NULL )
+        pCover->pMask = Mvc_CubeAlloc( pCover );
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Mvc_CoverAllocateArrayLits( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover ) 
+{ 
+    if ( pCover->pLits == NULL )
+        pCover->pLits = MEM_ALLOC( pCover->pMem, int, pCover->nBits );
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Mvc_CoverAllocateArrayCubes( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover ) 
+{ 
+    if ( pCover->nCubesAlloc < pCover->lCubes.nItems )
+    {
+        if ( pCover->nCubesAlloc > 0 )
+            MEM_FREE( pCover->pMem, Mvc_Cube_t *, pCover->nCubesAlloc, pCover->pCubes );
+        pCover->nCubesAlloc = pCover->lCubes.nItems;
+        pCover->pCubes = MEM_ALLOC( pCover->pMem, Mvc_Cube_t *, pCover->nCubesAlloc );
+    }
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Mvc_CoverDeallocateMask( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover ) 
+{ 
+    Mvc_CubeFree( pCover, pCover->pMask );
+    pCover->pMask = NULL;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Mvc_CoverDeallocateArrayLits( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover ) 
+{ 
+    if ( pCover->pLits )
+    {
+        MEM_FREE( pCover->pMem, int, pCover->nBits, pCover->pLits );
+        pCover->pLits = NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                       END OF FILE                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
diff --git a/src/misc/mvc/mvcCube.c b/src/misc/mvc/mvcCube.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e157879f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/mvc/mvcCube.c
@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+/**CFile****************************************************************
+
+  FileName    [mvcCube.c]
+
+  PackageName [MVSIS 2.0: Multi-valued logic synthesis system.]
+
+  Synopsis    [Manipulating unate cubes.]
+
+  Author      [MVSIS Group]
+  
+  Affiliation [UC Berkeley]
+
+  Date        [Ver. 1.0. Started - February 1, 2003.]
+
+  Revision    [$Id: mvcCube.c,v 1.4 2003/04/03 06:31:49 alanmi Exp $]
+
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "mvc.h"
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                        DECLARATIONS                              ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                     FUNCTION DEFINITIONS                         ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+Mvc_Cube_t * Mvc_CubeAlloc( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover )
+{
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCube;
+
+    assert( pCover->nWords >= 0 );
+    // allocate the cube
+#ifdef USE_SYSTEM_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
+    if ( pCover->nWords == 0 )
+        pCube = (Mvc_Cube_t *)malloc( sizeof(Mvc_Cube_t) );
+    else
+        pCube = (Mvc_Cube_t *)malloc( sizeof(Mvc_Cube_t) + sizeof(Mvc_CubeWord_t) * (pCover->nWords - 1) );
+#else
+    switch( pCover->nWords )
+    {
+    case 0:
+    case 1:
+        pCube = (Mvc_Cube_t *)Extra_MmFixedEntryFetch( pCover->pMem->pMan1 );
+        break;
+    case 2:
+        pCube = (Mvc_Cube_t *)Extra_MmFixedEntryFetch( pCover->pMem->pMan2 );
+        break;
+    case 3:
+    case 4:
+        pCube = (Mvc_Cube_t *)Extra_MmFixedEntryFetch( pCover->pMem->pMan4 );
+        break;
+    default:
+        pCube = (Mvc_Cube_t *)malloc( sizeof(Mvc_Cube_t) + sizeof(Mvc_CubeWord_t) * (pCover->nWords - 1) );
+        break;
+    }
+#endif
+    // set the parameters charactering this cube
+    if ( pCover->nWords == 0 )
+        pCube->iLast   = pCover->nWords;
+    else
+        pCube->iLast   = pCover->nWords - 1;
+    pCube->nUnused = pCover->nUnused;
+    return pCube;
+}
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+Mvc_Cube_t * Mvc_CubeDup( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_Cube_t * pCube )
+{
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCubeCopy;
+    pCubeCopy = Mvc_CubeAlloc( pCover );
+    Mvc_CubeBitCopy( pCubeCopy, pCube );
+    return pCubeCopy;
+}
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Mvc_CubeFree( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_Cube_t * pCube )
+{
+    if ( pCube == NULL )
+        return;
+
+    // verify the parameters charactering this cube
+    assert( pCube->iLast == 0 || ((int)pCube->iLast) == pCover->nWords - 1 );
+    assert( ((int)pCube->nUnused) == pCover->nUnused );
+
+    // deallocate the cube
+#ifdef USE_SYSTEM_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
+    free( pCube );
+#else
+    switch( pCover->nWords )
+    {
+    case 0:
+    case 1:
+        Extra_MmFixedEntryRecycle( pCover->pMem->pMan1, (char *)pCube );
+        break;
+    case 2:
+        Extra_MmFixedEntryRecycle( pCover->pMem->pMan2, (char *)pCube );
+        break;
+    case 3:
+    case 4:
+        Extra_MmFixedEntryRecycle( pCover->pMem->pMan4, (char *)pCube );
+        break;
+    default:
+        free( pCube );
+        break;
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Removes the don't-care variable from the cube.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Mvc_CubeBitRemoveDcs( Mvc_Cube_t * pCube )
+{
+    unsigned Mask;
+    int i;
+    for ( i = Mvc_CubeReadLast(pCube); i >= 0; i-- )
+    {
+        // detect those variables that are different (not DCs)
+        Mask = (pCube->pData[i] ^ (pCube->pData[i] >> 1)) & BITS_DISJOINT; 
+        // create the mask of all that are different
+        Mask |= (Mask << 1);
+        // remove other bits from the set
+        pCube->pData[i] &= Mask;
+    }
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                       END OF FILE                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
diff --git a/src/misc/mvc/mvcDivide.c b/src/misc/mvc/mvcDivide.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..03643dcf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/mvc/mvcDivide.c
@@ -0,0 +1,436 @@
+/**CFile****************************************************************
+
+  FileName    [mvcDivide.c]
+
+  PackageName [MVSIS 2.0: Multi-valued logic synthesis system.]
+
+  Synopsis    [Procedures for algebraic division.]
+
+  Author      [MVSIS Group]
+  
+  Affiliation [UC Berkeley]
+
+  Date        [Ver. 1.0. Started - February 1, 2003.]
+
+  Revision    [$Id: mvcDivide.c,v 1.5 2003/04/26 20:41:36 alanmi Exp $]
+
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "mvc.h"
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                        DECLARATIONS                              ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+static void Mvc_CoverVerifyDivision( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_Cover_t * pDiv, Mvc_Cover_t * pQuo, Mvc_Cover_t * pRem );
+
+int s_fVerbose = 0;
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                     FUNCTION DEFINITIONS                         ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Mvc_CoverDivide( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_Cover_t * pDiv, Mvc_Cover_t ** ppQuo, Mvc_Cover_t ** ppRem )
+{
+    // check the number of cubes
+    if ( Mvc_CoverReadCubeNum( pCover ) < Mvc_CoverReadCubeNum( pDiv ) )
+    {
+        *ppQuo = NULL;
+        *ppRem = NULL;
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // make sure that support of pCover contains that of pDiv
+    if ( !Mvc_CoverCheckSuppContainment( pCover, pDiv ) )
+    {
+        *ppQuo = NULL;
+        *ppRem = NULL;
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // perform the general division
+    Mvc_CoverDivideInternal( pCover, pDiv, ppQuo, ppRem );
+}
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Merge the cubes inside the groups.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Mvc_CoverDivideInternal( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_Cover_t * pDiv, Mvc_Cover_t ** ppQuo, Mvc_Cover_t ** ppRem )
+{
+    Mvc_Cover_t * pQuo, * pRem;
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCubeC, * pCubeD, * pCubeCopy;
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCube1, * pCube2;
+    int * pGroups, nGroups;    // the cube groups
+    int nCubesC, nCubesD, nMerges, iCubeC, iCubeD, iMerge;
+    int fSkipG, GroupSize, g, c, RetValue;
+    int nCubes;
+
+    // get cover sizes
+    nCubesD = Mvc_CoverReadCubeNum( pDiv );
+    nCubesC = Mvc_CoverReadCubeNum( pCover );
+
+    // check trivial cases
+    if ( nCubesD == 1 )
+    {
+        if ( Mvc_CoverIsOneLiteral( pDiv ) )
+            Mvc_CoverDivideByLiteral( pCover, pDiv, ppQuo, ppRem );
+        else
+            Mvc_CoverDivideByCube( pCover, pDiv, ppQuo, ppRem );
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // create the divisor and the remainder 
+    pQuo = Mvc_CoverAlloc( pCover->pMem, pCover->nBits );
+    pRem = Mvc_CoverAlloc( pCover->pMem, pCover->nBits );
+
+    // get the support of the divisor
+    Mvc_CoverAllocateMask( pDiv );
+    Mvc_CoverSupport( pDiv, pDiv->pMask );
+
+    // sort the cubes of the divisor
+    Mvc_CoverSort( pDiv, NULL, Mvc_CubeCompareInt );
+    // sort the cubes of the cover
+    Mvc_CoverSort( pCover, pDiv->pMask, Mvc_CubeCompareIntOutsideAndUnderMask );
+
+    // allocate storage for cube groups
+    pGroups = MEM_ALLOC( pCover->pMem, int, nCubesC + 1 );
+
+    // mask contains variables in the support of Div
+    // split the cubes into groups using the mask
+    Mvc_CoverList2Array( pCover );
+    Mvc_CoverList2Array( pDiv );
+    pGroups[0] = 0;
+    nGroups    = 1;
+    for ( c = 1; c < nCubesC; c++ )
+    {
+        // get the cubes
+        pCube1 = pCover->pCubes[c-1];
+        pCube2 = pCover->pCubes[c  ];
+        // compare the cubes
+        Mvc_CubeBitEqualOutsideMask( RetValue, pCube1, pCube2, pDiv->pMask );
+        if ( !RetValue )
+            pGroups[nGroups++] = c;
+    }
+    // finish off the last group
+    pGroups[nGroups] = nCubesC;
+
+    // consider each group separately and decide
+    // whether it can produce a quotient cube
+    nCubes = 0;
+    for ( g = 0; g < nGroups; g++ )
+    {
+        // if the group has less than nCubesD cubes, 
+        // there is no way it can produce the quotient cube
+        // copy the cubes to the remainder
+        GroupSize = pGroups[g+1] - pGroups[g];
+        if ( GroupSize < nCubesD )
+        {
+            for ( c = pGroups[g]; c < pGroups[g+1]; c++ )
+            {
+                pCubeCopy = Mvc_CubeDup( pRem, pCover->pCubes[c] );
+                Mvc_CoverAddCubeTail( pRem, pCubeCopy );
+                nCubes++;
+            }
+            continue;
+        }
+
+        // mark the cubes as those that should be added to the remainder
+        for ( c = pGroups[g]; c < pGroups[g+1]; c++ )
+            Mvc_CubeSetSize( pCover->pCubes[c], 1 );
+
+        // go through the cubes in the group and at the same time
+        // go through the cubes in the divisor
+        iCubeD  = 0;
+        iCubeC  = 0;
+        pCubeD  = pDiv->pCubes[iCubeD++];
+        pCubeC  = pCover->pCubes[pGroups[g]+iCubeC++];
+        fSkipG  = 0;
+        nMerges = 0;
+
+        while ( 1 )
+        {
+            // compare the topmost cubes in F and in D
+            RetValue = Mvc_CubeCompareIntUnderMask( pCubeC, pCubeD, pDiv->pMask );
+            // cube are ordered in increasing order of their int value
+            if ( RetValue == -1 ) // pCubeC is above pCubeD
+            {  // cube in C should be added to the remainder
+                // check that there is enough cubes in the group
+                if ( GroupSize - iCubeC < nCubesD - nMerges )
+                {
+                    fSkipG = 1;
+                    break;
+                }
+                // get the next cube in the cover
+                pCubeC = pCover->pCubes[pGroups[g]+iCubeC++];
+                continue;
+            }
+            if ( RetValue == 1 ) // pCubeD is above pCubeC
+            { // given cube in D does not have a corresponding cube in the cover
+                fSkipG = 1;
+                break;
+            }
+            // mark the cube as the one that should NOT be added to the remainder
+            Mvc_CubeSetSize( pCubeC, 0 );
+            // remember this merged cube
+            iMerge = iCubeC-1;
+            nMerges++;
+
+            // stop if we considered the last cube of the group
+            if ( iCubeD == nCubesD )
+                break;
+
+            // advance the cube of the divisor
+            assert( iCubeD < nCubesD );
+            pCubeD = pDiv->pCubes[iCubeD++];
+
+            // advance the cube of the group
+            assert( pGroups[g]+iCubeC < nCubesC );
+            pCubeC = pCover->pCubes[pGroups[g]+iCubeC++];
+        }
+
+        if ( fSkipG )
+        { 
+            // the group has failed, add all the cubes to the remainder
+            for ( c = pGroups[g]; c < pGroups[g+1]; c++ )
+            {
+                pCubeCopy = Mvc_CubeDup( pRem, pCover->pCubes[c] );
+                Mvc_CoverAddCubeTail( pRem, pCubeCopy );
+                nCubes++;
+            }
+            continue;
+        }
+
+        // the group has worked, add left-over cubes to the remainder
+        for ( c = pGroups[g]; c < pGroups[g+1]; c++ )
+        {
+            pCubeC = pCover->pCubes[c];
+            if ( Mvc_CubeReadSize(pCubeC) )
+            {
+                pCubeCopy = Mvc_CubeDup( pRem, pCubeC );
+                Mvc_CoverAddCubeTail( pRem, pCubeCopy );
+                nCubes++;
+            }
+        }
+
+        // create the quotient cube
+        pCube1 = Mvc_CubeAlloc( pQuo );
+        Mvc_CubeBitSharp( pCube1, pCover->pCubes[pGroups[g]+iMerge], pDiv->pMask );
+        // add the cube to the quotient
+        Mvc_CoverAddCubeTail( pQuo, pCube1 );
+        nCubes += nCubesD;
+    }
+    assert( nCubes == nCubesC );
+
+    // deallocate the memory
+    MEM_FREE( pCover->pMem, int, nCubesC + 1, pGroups );
+
+    // return the results
+    *ppRem = pRem;
+    *ppQuo = pQuo;
+//    Mvc_CoverVerifyDivision( pCover, pDiv, pQuo, pRem );
+}
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Divides the cover by a cube.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Mvc_CoverDivideByCube( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_Cover_t * pDiv, Mvc_Cover_t ** ppQuo, Mvc_Cover_t ** ppRem )
+{
+    Mvc_Cover_t * pQuo, * pRem;
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCubeC, * pCubeD, * pCubeCopy;
+    int CompResult;
+
+    // get the only cube of D
+    assert( Mvc_CoverReadCubeNum(pDiv) == 1 );
+
+    // start the quotient and the remainder
+    pQuo = Mvc_CoverAlloc( pCover->pMem, pCover->nBits );
+    pRem = Mvc_CoverAlloc( pCover->pMem, pCover->nBits );
+
+    // get the first and only cube of the divisor
+    pCubeD = Mvc_CoverReadCubeHead( pDiv );
+
+    // iterate through the cubes in the cover
+    Mvc_CoverForEachCube( pCover, pCubeC )
+    {
+        // check the containment of literals from pCubeD in pCube
+        Mvc_Cube2BitNotImpl( CompResult, pCubeD, pCubeC );
+        if ( !CompResult )
+        { // this cube belongs to the quotient
+            // alloc the cube
+            pCubeCopy = Mvc_CubeAlloc( pQuo );
+            // clean the support of D
+            Mvc_CubeBitSharp( pCubeCopy, pCubeC, pCubeD );
+            // add the cube to the quotient
+            Mvc_CoverAddCubeTail( pQuo, pCubeCopy );
+        }
+        else
+        { 
+            // copy the cube
+            pCubeCopy = Mvc_CubeDup( pRem, pCubeC );
+            // add the cube to the remainder
+            Mvc_CoverAddCubeTail( pRem, pCubeCopy );
+        }
+    }
+    // return the results
+    *ppRem = pRem;
+    *ppQuo = pQuo;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Divides the cover by a literal.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Mvc_CoverDivideByLiteral( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_Cover_t * pDiv, Mvc_Cover_t ** ppQuo, Mvc_Cover_t ** ppRem )
+{
+    Mvc_Cover_t * pQuo, * pRem;
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCubeC, * pCubeCopy;
+    int iLit;
+
+    // get the only cube of D
+    assert( Mvc_CoverReadCubeNum(pDiv) == 1 );
+
+    // start the quotient and the remainder
+    pQuo = Mvc_CoverAlloc( pCover->pMem, pCover->nBits );
+    pRem = Mvc_CoverAlloc( pCover->pMem, pCover->nBits );
+
+    // get the first and only literal in the divisor cube
+    iLit = Mvc_CoverFirstCubeFirstLit( pDiv );
+
+    // iterate through the cubes in the cover
+    Mvc_CoverForEachCube( pCover, pCubeC )
+    {
+        // copy the cube
+        pCubeCopy = Mvc_CubeDup( pCover, pCubeC );
+        // add the cube to the quotient or to the remainder depending on the literal
+        if ( Mvc_CubeBitValue( pCubeCopy, iLit ) )
+        {   // remove the literal
+            Mvc_CubeBitRemove( pCubeCopy, iLit );
+            // add the cube ot the quotient
+            Mvc_CoverAddCubeTail( pQuo, pCubeCopy );
+        }
+        else
+        {   // add the cube ot the remainder
+            Mvc_CoverAddCubeTail( pRem, pCubeCopy );
+        }
+    }
+    // return the results
+    *ppRem = pRem;
+    *ppQuo = pQuo;
+}
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Derives the quotient of division by literal.]
+
+  Description [Reduces the cover to be the equal to the result of
+  division of the given cover by the literal.]
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Mvc_CoverDivideByLiteralQuo( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, int iLit )
+{
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCube, * pCube2, * pPrev;
+    // delete those cubes that do not have this literal
+    // remove this literal from other cubes
+    pPrev = NULL;
+    Mvc_CoverForEachCubeSafe( pCover, pCube, pCube2 )
+    {
+        if ( Mvc_CubeBitValue( pCube, iLit ) == 0 )
+        { // delete the cube from the cover
+            Mvc_CoverDeleteCube( pCover, pPrev, pCube );
+            Mvc_CubeFree( pCover, pCube );
+            // don't update the previous cube
+        }
+        else
+        { // delete this literal from the cube
+            Mvc_CubeBitRemove( pCube, iLit );
+            // update the previous cube
+            pPrev = pCube;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Verifies that the result of algebraic division is correct.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Mvc_CoverVerifyDivision( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_Cover_t * pDiv, Mvc_Cover_t * pQuo, Mvc_Cover_t * pRem )
+{   
+    Mvc_Cover_t * pProd;
+    Mvc_Cover_t * pDiff;
+
+    pProd = Mvc_CoverAlgebraicMultiply( pDiv, pQuo );
+    pDiff = Mvc_CoverAlgebraicSubtract( pCover, pProd );
+
+    if ( Mvc_CoverAlgebraicEqual( pDiff, pRem ) )
+        printf( "Verification OKAY!\n" );
+    else
+    {
+        printf( "Verification FAILED!\n" );
+        printf( "pCover:\n" );
+        Mvc_CoverPrint( pCover );
+        printf( "pDiv:\n" );
+        Mvc_CoverPrint( pDiv );
+        printf( "pRem:\n" );
+        Mvc_CoverPrint( pRem );
+        printf( "pQuo:\n" );
+        Mvc_CoverPrint( pQuo );
+    }
+
+    Mvc_CoverFree( pProd );
+    Mvc_CoverFree( pDiff );
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                       END OF FILE                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
diff --git a/src/misc/mvc/mvcDivisor.c b/src/misc/mvc/mvcDivisor.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ecdea75b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/mvc/mvcDivisor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/**CFile****************************************************************
+
+  FileName    [mvcDivisor.c]
+
+  PackageName [MVSIS 2.0: Multi-valued logic synthesis system.]
+
+  Synopsis    [Procedures for compute the quick divisor.]
+
+  Author      [MVSIS Group]
+  
+  Affiliation [UC Berkeley]
+
+  Date        [Ver. 1.0. Started - February 1, 2003.]
+
+  Revision    [$Id: mvcDivisor.c,v 1.1 2003/04/03 15:34:08 alanmi Exp $]
+
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "mvc.h"
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                        DECLARATIONS                              ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+static void  Mvc_CoverDivisorZeroKernel( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover );
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                     FUNCTION DEFINITIONS                         ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns the quick divisor of the cover.]
+
+  Description [Returns NULL, if there is not divisor other than
+  trivial.]
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+Mvc_Cover_t * Mvc_CoverDivisor( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover )
+{
+    Mvc_Cover_t * pKernel;
+    if ( Mvc_CoverReadCubeNum(pCover) <= 1 )
+        return NULL;
+    // allocate the literal array and count literals
+    if ( Mvc_CoverAnyLiteral( pCover, NULL ) == -1 )
+        return NULL;
+    // duplicate the cover
+    pKernel = Mvc_CoverDup(pCover);
+    // perform the kerneling
+    Mvc_CoverDivisorZeroKernel( pKernel );
+    assert( Mvc_CoverReadCubeNum(pKernel) );
+    return pKernel;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Computes a level-zero kernel.]
+
+  Description [Modifies the cover to contain one level-zero kernel.]
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Mvc_CoverDivisorZeroKernel( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover )
+{
+    int iLit;
+    // find any literal that occurs at least two times
+//    iLit = Mvc_CoverAnyLiteral( pCover, NULL );
+    iLit = Mvc_CoverWorstLiteral( pCover, NULL );
+//    iLit = Mvc_CoverBestLiteral( pCover, NULL );
+    if ( iLit == -1 )
+        return;
+    // derive the cube-free quotient
+    Mvc_CoverDivideByLiteralQuo( pCover, iLit ); // the same cover
+    Mvc_CoverMakeCubeFree( pCover );             // the same cover
+    // call recursively
+    Mvc_CoverDivisorZeroKernel( pCover );              // the same cover
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                       END OF FILE                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
diff --git a/src/misc/mvc/mvcList.c b/src/misc/mvc/mvcList.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8a82f911
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/mvc/mvcList.c
@@ -0,0 +1,362 @@
+/**CFile****************************************************************
+
+  FileName    [mvcList.c]
+
+  PackageName [MVSIS 2.0: Multi-valued logic synthesis system.]
+
+  Synopsis    [Manipulating list of cubes in the cover.]
+
+  Author      [MVSIS Group]
+  
+  Affiliation [UC Berkeley]
+
+  Date        [Ver. 1.0. Started - February 1, 2003.]
+
+  Revision    [$Id: mvcList.c,v 1.4 2003/04/03 06:31:50 alanmi Exp $]
+
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "mvc.h"
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                        DECLARATIONS                              ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                     FUNCTION DEFINITIONS                         ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Mvc_ListAddCubeHead_( Mvc_List_t * pList, Mvc_Cube_t * pCube )
+{
+    if ( pList->pHead == NULL )
+    {
+        Mvc_CubeSetNext( pCube, NULL );
+        pList->pHead = pCube;
+        pList->pTail = pCube;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        Mvc_CubeSetNext( pCube, pList->pHead );
+        pList->pHead = pCube;
+    }
+    pList->nItems++;
+}
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Mvc_ListAddCubeTail_( Mvc_List_t * pList, Mvc_Cube_t * pCube )
+{
+    if ( pList->pHead == NULL )
+        pList->pHead = pCube;
+    else
+        Mvc_CubeSetNext( pList->pTail, pCube );
+    pList->pTail    = pCube;
+    Mvc_CubeSetNext( pCube, NULL );
+    pList->nItems++;
+}
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Mvc_ListDeleteCube_( Mvc_List_t * pList, Mvc_Cube_t * pPrev, Mvc_Cube_t * pCube )
+{
+    if ( pPrev == NULL ) // deleting the head cube
+        pList->pHead = Mvc_CubeReadNext(pCube);
+    else
+        pPrev->pNext = pCube->pNext;
+    if ( pList->pTail == pCube ) // deleting the tail cube
+    {
+        assert( Mvc_CubeReadNext(pCube) == NULL );
+        pList->pTail = pPrev;
+    }
+    pList->nItems--;
+}
+
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Mvc_CoverAddCubeHead_( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_Cube_t * pCube )
+{
+    Mvc_List_t * pList = &pCover->lCubes;
+    if ( pList->pHead == NULL )
+    {
+        Mvc_CubeSetNext( pCube, NULL );
+        pList->pHead = pCube;
+        pList->pTail = pCube;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        Mvc_CubeSetNext( pCube, pList->pHead );
+        pList->pHead = pCube;
+    }
+    pList->nItems++;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Mvc_CoverAddCubeTail_( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_Cube_t * pCube )
+{
+    Mvc_List_t * pList = &pCover->lCubes;
+
+    if ( pList->pHead == NULL )
+        pList->pHead = pCube;
+    else
+        Mvc_CubeSetNext( pList->pTail, pCube );
+    pList->pTail    = pCube;
+    Mvc_CubeSetNext( pCube, NULL );
+    pList->nItems++;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Mvc_CoverDeleteCube_( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_Cube_t * pPrev, Mvc_Cube_t * pCube )
+{
+    Mvc_List_t * pList = &pCover->lCubes;
+ 
+    if ( pPrev == NULL ) // deleting the head cube
+        pList->pHead = Mvc_CubeReadNext(pCube);
+    else
+        pPrev->pNext = pCube->pNext;
+    if ( pList->pTail == pCube ) // deleting the tail cube
+    {
+        assert( Mvc_CubeReadNext(pCube) == NULL );
+        pList->pTail = pPrev;
+    }
+    pList->nItems--;
+}
+
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Mvc_CoverAddDupCubeHead( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_Cube_t * pCube )
+{
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCubeNew;
+    pCubeNew = Mvc_CubeAlloc( pCover );
+    Mvc_CubeBitCopy( pCubeNew, pCube );
+    Mvc_CoverAddCubeHead( pCover, pCubeNew );
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Mvc_CoverAddDupCubeTail( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_Cube_t * pCube )
+{
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCubeNew;
+    // copy the cube as part of this cover
+    pCubeNew = Mvc_CubeAlloc( pCover );
+    Mvc_CubeBitCopy( pCubeNew, pCube );
+    // clean the last bits of the new cube
+//    pCubeNew->pData[pCubeNew->iLast] &= (BITS_FULL >> pCubeNew->nUnused);
+    // add the cube at the end
+    Mvc_CoverAddCubeTail( pCover, pCubeNew );
+}
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Mvc_CoverAddLiteralsOfCube( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_Cube_t * pCube )
+{
+//    int iBit, Value;
+//    assert( pCover->pLits );
+//    Mvc_CubeForEachBit( pCover, pCube, iBit, Value )
+//        if ( Value )
+//            pCover->pLits[iBit] += Value;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Mvc_CoverDeleteLiteralsOfCube( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_Cube_t * pCube )
+{
+//    int iBit, Value;
+//    assert( pCover->pLits );
+//    Mvc_CubeForEachBit( pCover, pCube, iBit, Value )
+//        if ( Value )
+//            pCover->pLits[iBit] -= Value;
+}
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Transfers the cubes from the list into the array.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Mvc_CoverList2Array( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover )
+{
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCube;
+    int Counter;
+    // resize storage if necessary
+    Mvc_CoverAllocateArrayCubes( pCover );
+    // iterate through the cubes
+    Counter = 0;
+    Mvc_CoverForEachCube( pCover, pCube )
+        pCover->pCubes[ Counter++ ] = pCube;
+    assert( Counter == Mvc_CoverReadCubeNum(pCover) );
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Transfers the cubes from the array into list.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Mvc_CoverArray2List( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover )
+{
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCube;
+    int nCubes, i;
+
+    assert( pCover->pCubes );
+
+    nCubes = Mvc_CoverReadCubeNum(pCover);
+    if ( nCubes == 0 )
+        return;
+    if ( nCubes == 1 )
+    {
+        pCube    = pCover->pCubes[0];
+        pCube->pNext = NULL;
+        pCover->lCubes.pHead = pCover->lCubes.pTail = pCube;
+        return;
+    }
+    // set up the first cube
+    pCube = pCover->pCubes[0];
+    pCover->lCubes.pHead = pCube;
+    // set up the last cube
+    pCube = pCover->pCubes[nCubes-1];
+    pCube->pNext = NULL;
+    pCover->lCubes.pTail = pCube;
+
+    // link all cubes starting from the first one
+    for ( i = 0; i < nCubes - 1; i++ )
+        pCover->pCubes[i]->pNext = pCover->pCubes[i+1];
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns the tail of the linked list given by the head.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+Mvc_Cube_t * Mvc_ListGetTailFromHead( Mvc_Cube_t * pHead )
+{
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCube, * pTail;
+    for ( pTail = pCube = pHead; 
+          pCube; 
+          pTail = pCube, pCube = Mvc_CubeReadNext(pCube) );
+    return pTail;
+}
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                       END OF FILE                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
diff --git a/src/misc/mvc/mvcLits.c b/src/misc/mvc/mvcLits.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..910158e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/mvc/mvcLits.c
@@ -0,0 +1,345 @@
+/**CFile****************************************************************
+
+  FileName    [mvcLits.c]
+
+  PackageName [MVSIS 2.0: Multi-valued logic synthesis system.]
+
+  Synopsis    [Literal counting/updating procedures.]
+
+  Author      [MVSIS Group]
+  
+  Affiliation [UC Berkeley]
+
+  Date        [Ver. 1.0. Started - February 1, 2003.]
+
+  Revision    [$Id: mvcLits.c,v 1.4 2003/04/03 06:31:50 alanmi Exp $]
+
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "mvc.h"
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                        DECLARATIONS                              ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                     FUNCTION DEFINITIONS                         ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Find the any literal that occurs more than once.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Mvc_CoverAnyLiteral( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_Cube_t * pMask )
+{
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCube;
+    int nWord, nBit, i;
+    int nLitsCur;
+    int fUseFirst = 0;
+
+    // go through each literal
+    if ( fUseFirst )
+    {
+        for ( i = 0; i < pCover->nBits; i++ )
+            if ( !pMask || Mvc_CubeBitValue(pMask,i) )
+            {
+                // get the word and bit of this literal
+                nWord = Mvc_CubeWhichWord(i);
+                nBit  = Mvc_CubeWhichBit(i);
+                // go through all the cubes
+                nLitsCur = 0;
+                Mvc_CoverForEachCube( pCover, pCube )
+                    if ( pCube->pData[nWord] & (1<<nBit) )
+                    {
+                        nLitsCur++;
+                        if ( nLitsCur > 1 )
+                            return i;
+                    }
+            }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        for ( i = pCover->nBits - 1; i >=0; i-- )
+            if ( !pMask || Mvc_CubeBitValue(pMask,i) )
+            {
+                // get the word and bit of this literal
+                nWord = Mvc_CubeWhichWord(i);
+                nBit  = Mvc_CubeWhichBit(i);
+                // go through all the cubes
+                nLitsCur = 0;
+                Mvc_CoverForEachCube( pCover, pCube )
+                    if ( pCube->pData[nWord] & (1<<nBit) )
+                    {
+                        nLitsCur++;
+                        if ( nLitsCur > 1 )
+                            return i;
+                    }
+            }
+    }
+    return -1;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Find the most often occurring literal.]
+
+  Description [Find the most often occurring literal among those
+  that occur more than once.]
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Mvc_CoverBestLiteral( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_Cube_t * pMask )
+{
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCube;
+    int nWord, nBit;
+    int i, iMax, nLitsMax, nLitsCur;
+    int fUseFirst = 1;
+
+    // go through each literal
+    iMax = -1;
+    nLitsMax = -1;
+    for ( i = 0; i < pCover->nBits; i++ )
+        if ( !pMask || Mvc_CubeBitValue(pMask,i) )
+        {
+            // get the word and bit of this literal
+            nWord = Mvc_CubeWhichWord(i);
+            nBit  = Mvc_CubeWhichBit(i);
+            // go through all the cubes
+            nLitsCur = 0;
+            Mvc_CoverForEachCube( pCover, pCube )
+                if ( pCube->pData[nWord] & (1<<nBit) )
+                    nLitsCur++;
+
+            // check if this is the best literal
+            if ( fUseFirst )
+            {
+                if ( nLitsMax < nLitsCur )
+                {
+                    nLitsMax = nLitsCur;
+                    iMax = i;
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                if ( nLitsMax <= nLitsCur )
+                {
+                    nLitsMax = nLitsCur;
+                    iMax = i;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+    if ( nLitsMax > 1 )
+        return iMax;
+    return -1;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Find the most often occurring literal.]
+
+  Description [Find the most often occurring literal among those
+  that occur more than once.]
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Mvc_CoverWorstLiteral( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_Cube_t * pMask )
+{
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCube;
+    int nWord, nBit;
+    int i, iMin, nLitsMin, nLitsCur;
+    int fUseFirst = 1;
+
+    // go through each literal
+    iMin = -1;
+    nLitsMin = 1000000;
+    for ( i = 0; i < pCover->nBits; i++ )
+        if ( !pMask || Mvc_CubeBitValue(pMask,i) )
+        {
+            // get the word and bit of this literal
+            nWord = Mvc_CubeWhichWord(i);
+            nBit  = Mvc_CubeWhichBit(i);
+            // go through all the cubes
+            nLitsCur = 0;
+            Mvc_CoverForEachCube( pCover, pCube )
+                if ( pCube->pData[nWord] & (1<<nBit) )
+                    nLitsCur++;
+
+            // skip the literal that does not occur or occurs once
+            if ( nLitsCur < 2 )
+                continue;
+
+            // check if this is the best literal
+            if ( fUseFirst )
+            {
+                if ( nLitsMin > nLitsCur )
+                {
+                    nLitsMin = nLitsCur;
+                    iMin = i;
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                if ( nLitsMin >= nLitsCur )
+                {
+                    nLitsMin = nLitsCur;
+                    iMin = i;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+    if ( nLitsMin < 1000000 )
+        return iMin;
+    return -1;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+Mvc_Cover_t * Mvc_CoverBestLiteralCover( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_Cover_t * pSimple )
+{
+    Mvc_Cover_t * pCoverNew;
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCubeNew;
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCubeS;
+    int iLitBest;
+
+    // create the new cover
+    pCoverNew = Mvc_CoverClone( pCover );
+    // get the new cube
+    pCubeNew = Mvc_CubeAlloc( pCoverNew );
+    // clean the cube
+    Mvc_CubeBitClean( pCubeNew );
+
+    // get the first cube of pSimple
+    assert( Mvc_CoverReadCubeNum(pSimple) == 1 );
+    pCubeS = Mvc_CoverReadCubeHead( pSimple );
+    // find the best literal among those of pCubeS
+    iLitBest = Mvc_CoverBestLiteral( pCover, pCubeS );
+
+    // insert this literal into the cube
+    Mvc_CubeBitInsert( pCubeNew, iLitBest );
+    // add the cube to the cover
+    Mvc_CoverAddCubeTail( pCoverNew, pCubeNew );
+    return pCoverNew;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Mvc_CoverFirstCubeFirstLit( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover )
+{
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCube;
+    int iBit, Value;
+
+    // get the first cube
+    pCube = Mvc_CoverReadCubeHead( pCover );
+    // get the first literal
+    Mvc_CubeForEachBit( pCover, pCube, iBit, Value )
+        if ( Value )
+            return iBit;
+    return -1;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns the number of literals in the cover.]
+
+  Description [Allocates storage for literal counters and fills it up
+  using the current information.]
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Mvc_CoverCountLiterals( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover )
+{
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCube;
+    int nWord, nBit;
+    int i, CounterTot, CounterCur;
+
+    // allocate/clean the storage for literals
+//    Mvc_CoverAllocateArrayLits( pCover );
+//    memset( pCover->pLits, 0, pCover->nBits * sizeof(int) );
+    // go through each literal
+    CounterTot = 0;
+    for ( i = 0; i < pCover->nBits; i++ )
+    {
+        // get the word and bit of this literal
+        nWord = Mvc_CubeWhichWord(i);
+        nBit  = Mvc_CubeWhichBit(i);
+        // go through all the cubes
+        CounterCur = 0;
+        Mvc_CoverForEachCube( pCover, pCube )
+            if ( pCube->pData[nWord] & (1<<nBit) )
+                CounterCur++;
+        CounterTot += CounterCur;
+    }
+    return CounterTot;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns the number of literals in the cover.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Mvc_CoverIsOneLiteral( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover )
+{
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCube;
+    int iBit, Counter, Value;
+    if ( Mvc_CoverReadCubeNum(pCover) != 1 )
+        return 0;
+    pCube = Mvc_CoverReadCubeHead(pCover);
+    // count literals
+    Counter = 0;
+    Mvc_CubeForEachBit( pCover, pCube, iBit, Value )
+    {
+        if ( Value )
+        {
+            if ( Counter++ )
+                return 0;
+        }
+    }
+    return 1;
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                       END OF FILE                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
diff --git a/src/misc/mvc/mvcMan.c b/src/misc/mvc/mvcMan.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7b4ef2af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/mvc/mvcMan.c
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/**CFile****************************************************************
+
+  FileName    [mvcMan.c]
+
+  PackageName [MVSIS 2.0: Multi-valued logic synthesis system.]
+
+  Synopsis    [Procedures working with the MVC memory manager.]
+
+  Author      [MVSIS Group]
+  
+  Affiliation [UC Berkeley]
+
+  Date        [Ver. 1.0. Started - February 1, 2003.]
+
+  Revision    [$Id: mvcMan.c,v 1.3 2003/03/19 19:50:26 alanmi Exp $]
+
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include <string.h>
+#include "mvc.h"
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                        DECLARATIONS                              ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                     FUNCTION DEFINITIONS                         ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+Mvc_Manager_t * Mvc_ManagerStart()
+{
+    Mvc_Manager_t * p;
+    p = ALLOC( Mvc_Manager_t, 1 );
+    memset( p, 0, sizeof(Mvc_Manager_t) );
+    p->pMan1 = Extra_MmFixedStart( sizeof(Mvc_Cube_t)                              );
+    p->pMan2 = Extra_MmFixedStart( sizeof(Mvc_Cube_t) +     sizeof(Mvc_CubeWord_t) );
+    p->pMan4 = Extra_MmFixedStart( sizeof(Mvc_Cube_t) + 3 * sizeof(Mvc_CubeWord_t) );
+    p->pManC = Extra_MmFixedStart( sizeof(Mvc_Cover_t) );
+    return p;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Mvc_ManagerFree( Mvc_Manager_t * p )
+{
+    Extra_MmFixedStop( p->pMan1 );
+    Extra_MmFixedStop( p->pMan2 );
+    Extra_MmFixedStop( p->pMan4 );
+    Extra_MmFixedStop( p->pManC );
+    free( p );
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                       END OF FILE                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
diff --git a/src/misc/mvc/mvcOpAlg.c b/src/misc/mvc/mvcOpAlg.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..65c02fa5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/mvc/mvcOpAlg.c
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+/**CFile****************************************************************
+
+  FileName    [mvcOperAlg.c]
+
+  PackageName [MVSIS 2.0: Multi-valued logic synthesis system.]
+
+  Synopsis    [Miscellaneous operations on covers.]
+
+  Author      [MVSIS Group]
+  
+  Affiliation [UC Berkeley]
+
+  Date        [Ver. 1.0. Started - February 1, 2003.]
+
+  Revision    [$Id: mvcOpAlg.c,v 1.4 2003/04/26 20:41:36 alanmi Exp $]
+
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "mvc.h"
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                        DECLARATIONS                              ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                     FUNCTION DEFINITIONS                         ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Multiplies two disjoint-support covers.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+Mvc_Cover_t * Mvc_CoverAlgebraicMultiply( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover1, Mvc_Cover_t * pCover2 )
+{
+    Mvc_Cover_t * pCover;
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCube1, * pCube2, * pCube;
+    int CompResult;
+
+    // covers should be the same base
+    assert( pCover1->nBits == pCover2->nBits );
+    // make sure that supports do not overlap
+    Mvc_CoverAllocateMask( pCover1 );
+    Mvc_CoverAllocateMask( pCover2 );
+    Mvc_CoverSupport( pCover1, pCover1->pMask );
+    Mvc_CoverSupport( pCover2, pCover2->pMask );
+    // check if the cubes are bit-wise disjoint
+    Mvc_CubeBitDisjoint( CompResult, pCover1->pMask, pCover2->pMask );
+    if ( !CompResult )
+        printf( "Mvc_CoverMultiply(): Cover supports are not disjoint!\n" );
+
+    // iterate through the cubes
+    pCover = Mvc_CoverClone( pCover1 );
+    Mvc_CoverForEachCube( pCover1, pCube1 )
+        Mvc_CoverForEachCube( pCover2, pCube2 )
+        { 
+            // create the product cube
+            pCube = Mvc_CubeAlloc( pCover );
+            // set the product cube equal to the product of the two cubes
+            Mvc_CubeBitOr( pCube, pCube1, pCube2 );
+            // add the cube to the cover
+            Mvc_CoverAddCubeTail( pCover, pCube );
+        }
+    return pCover;
+}
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Subtracts the second cover from the first.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+Mvc_Cover_t * Mvc_CoverAlgebraicSubtract( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover1, Mvc_Cover_t * pCover2 )
+{
+    Mvc_Cover_t * pCover;
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCube1, * pCube2, * pCube;
+    int fFound;
+    int CompResult;
+
+    // covers should be the same base
+    assert( pCover1->nBits == pCover2->nBits );
+
+    // iterate through the cubes
+    pCover = Mvc_CoverClone( pCover1 );
+    Mvc_CoverForEachCube( pCover1, pCube1 )
+    {
+        fFound = 0;
+        Mvc_CoverForEachCube( pCover2, pCube2 )
+        {
+            Mvc_CubeBitEqual( CompResult, pCube1, pCube2 );
+            if ( CompResult )
+            {
+                fFound = 1;
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+        if ( !fFound )
+        { 
+            // create the copy of the cube
+            pCube = Mvc_CubeDup( pCover, pCube1 );
+            // add the cube copy to the cover
+            Mvc_CoverAddCubeTail( pCover, pCube );
+        }
+    }
+    return pCover;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Mvc_CoverAlgebraicEqual( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover1, Mvc_Cover_t * pCover2 )
+{
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCube1, * pCube2;
+    int fFound;
+    int CompResult;
+
+    // covers should be the same base
+    assert( pCover1->nBits == pCover2->nBits );
+    // iterate through the cubes
+    Mvc_CoverForEachCube( pCover1, pCube1 )
+    {
+        fFound = 0;
+        Mvc_CoverForEachCube( pCover2, pCube2 )
+        {
+            Mvc_CubeBitEqual( CompResult, pCube1, pCube2 );
+            if ( CompResult )
+            {
+                fFound = 1;
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+        if ( !fFound )
+            return 0;
+    }
+    return 1;
+}
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                       END OF FILE                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
diff --git a/src/misc/mvc/mvcOpBool.c b/src/misc/mvc/mvcOpBool.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0b34f1de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/mvc/mvcOpBool.c
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+/**CFile****************************************************************
+
+  FileName    [mvcProc.c]
+
+  PackageName [MVSIS 2.0: Multi-valued logic synthesis system.]
+
+  Synopsis    [Various boolean procedures working with covers.]
+
+  Author      [MVSIS Group]
+  
+  Affiliation [UC Berkeley]
+
+  Date        [Ver. 1.0. Started - February 1, 2003.]
+
+  Revision    [$Id: mvcOpBool.c,v 1.4 2003/04/16 01:55:37 alanmi Exp $]
+
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "mvc.h"
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                        DECLARATIONS                              ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                     FUNCTION DEFINITIONS                         ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+Mvc_Cover_t * Mvc_CoverBooleanOr( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover1, Mvc_Cover_t * pCover2 )
+{
+    Mvc_Cover_t * pCover;
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCube, * pCubeCopy;
+    // make sure the covers are compatible
+    assert( pCover1->nBits == pCover2->nBits );
+    // clone the cover
+    pCover = Mvc_CoverClone( pCover1 );
+    // create the cubes by making pair-wise products
+    // of cubes in pCover1 and pCover2
+    Mvc_CoverForEachCube( pCover1, pCube )
+    {
+        pCubeCopy = Mvc_CubeDup( pCover, pCube );
+        Mvc_CoverAddCubeTail( pCover, pCubeCopy );
+    }
+    Mvc_CoverForEachCube( pCover2, pCube )
+    {
+        pCubeCopy = Mvc_CubeDup( pCover, pCube );
+        Mvc_CoverAddCubeTail( pCover, pCubeCopy );
+    }
+    return pCover;
+}
+
+#if 0
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+Mvc_Cover_t * Mvc_CoverBooleanAnd( Mvc_Data_t * p, Mvc_Cover_t * pCover1, Mvc_Cover_t * pCover2 )
+{
+    Mvc_Cover_t * pCover;
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCube1, * pCube2, * pCubeCopy;
+    // make sure the covers are compatible
+    assert( pCover1->nBits == pCover2->nBits );
+    // clone the cover
+    pCover = Mvc_CoverClone( pCover1 );
+    // create the cubes by making pair-wise products
+    // of cubes in pCover1 and pCover2
+    Mvc_CoverForEachCube( pCover1, pCube1 )
+    {
+        Mvc_CoverForEachCube( pCover2, pCube2 )
+        {
+            if ( Mvc_CoverDist0Cubes( p, pCube1, pCube2 ) )
+            {
+                pCubeCopy = Mvc_CubeAlloc( pCover );
+                Mvc_CubeBitAnd( pCubeCopy, pCube1, pCube2 );
+                Mvc_CoverAddCubeTail( pCover, pCubeCopy );
+            }
+        }
+        // if the number of cubes in the new cover is too large
+        // try compressing them
+        if ( Mvc_CoverReadCubeNum( pCover ) > 500 )
+            Mvc_CoverContain( pCover );
+    }
+    return pCover;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns 1 if the two covers are equal.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Mvc_CoverBooleanEqual( Mvc_Data_t * p, Mvc_Cover_t * pCover1, Mvc_Cover_t * pCover2 )
+{
+    Mvc_Cover_t * pSharp;
+
+    pSharp = Mvc_CoverSharp( p, pCover1, pCover2 );
+    if ( Mvc_CoverReadCubeNum( pSharp ) )
+    {
+Mvc_CoverContain( pSharp );
+printf( "Sharp \n" );
+Mvc_CoverPrint( pSharp );
+        Mvc_CoverFree( pSharp );
+        return 0;
+    }
+    Mvc_CoverFree( pSharp );
+
+    pSharp = Mvc_CoverSharp( p, pCover2, pCover1 );
+    if ( Mvc_CoverReadCubeNum( pSharp ) )
+    {
+Mvc_CoverContain( pSharp );
+printf( "Sharp \n" );
+Mvc_CoverPrint( pSharp );
+        Mvc_CoverFree( pSharp );
+        return 0;
+    }
+    Mvc_CoverFree( pSharp );
+
+    return 1;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                       END OF FILE                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
diff --git a/src/misc/mvc/mvcPrint.c b/src/misc/mvc/mvcPrint.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..52ac76b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/mvc/mvcPrint.c
@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
+/**CFile****************************************************************
+
+  FileName    [mvcPrint.c]
+
+  PackageName [MVSIS 2.0: Multi-valued logic synthesis system.]
+
+  Synopsis    [Printing cubes and covers.]
+
+  Author      [MVSIS Group]
+  
+  Affiliation [UC Berkeley]
+
+  Date        [Ver. 1.0. Started - February 1, 2003.]
+
+  Revision    [$Id: mvcPrint.c,v 1.6 2003/04/09 18:02:06 alanmi Exp $]
+
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "mvc.h"
+//#include "vm.h"
+//#include "vmInt.h"
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                        DECLARATIONS                              ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+static void Mvc_CubePrintBinary( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_Cube_t * pCube );
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                     FUNCTION DEFINITIONS                         ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Mvc_CoverPrint( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover )
+{
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCube;
+    int i;
+    // print general statistics
+    printf( "The cover contains %d cubes (%d bits and %d words)\n", 
+        pCover->lCubes.nItems, pCover->nBits, pCover->nWords );
+    // iterate through the cubes
+    Mvc_CoverForEachCube( pCover, pCube )
+        Mvc_CubePrint( pCover, pCube );
+
+    if ( pCover->pLits )
+    {
+        for ( i = 0; i < pCover->nBits; i++ )
+            printf( " %d", pCover->pLits[i] );
+        printf( "\n" ); 
+    }
+    printf( "End of cover printout\n" ); 
+}
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Mvc_CubePrint( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_Cube_t * pCube )
+{
+    int iBit, Value;
+    // iterate through the literals
+//    printf( "Size = %2d   ", Mvc_CubeReadSize(pCube) );
+    Mvc_CubeForEachBit( pCover, pCube, iBit, Value )
+        printf( "%c", '0' + Value );
+    printf( "\n" );
+}
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Mvc_CoverPrintBinary( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover )
+{
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCube;
+    int i;
+    // print general statistics
+    printf( "The cover contains %d cubes (%d bits and %d words)\n", 
+        pCover->lCubes.nItems, pCover->nBits, pCover->nWords );
+    // iterate through the cubes
+    Mvc_CoverForEachCube( pCover, pCube )
+        Mvc_CubePrintBinary( pCover, pCube );
+
+    if ( pCover->pLits )
+    {
+        for ( i = 0; i < pCover->nBits; i++ )
+            printf( " %d", pCover->pLits[i] );
+        printf( "\n" ); 
+    }
+    printf( "End of cover printout\n" ); 
+}
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Mvc_CubePrintBinary( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_Cube_t * pCube )
+{
+    int iVar, Value;
+    // iterate through the literals
+//    printf( "Size = %2d   ", Mvc_CubeReadSize(pCube) );
+    Mvc_CubeForEachVarValue( pCover, pCube, iVar, Value )
+    {
+        assert( Value != 0 );
+        if ( Value == 3 )
+            printf( "-" );
+        else if ( Value == 1 )
+            printf( "0" );
+        else 
+            printf( "1" );
+    }
+    printf( "\n" );
+}
+
+#if 0
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Mvc_CoverPrintMv( Mvc_Data_t * pData, Mvc_Cover_t * pCover )
+{
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCube;
+    int i;
+    // print general statistics
+    printf( "The cover contains %d cubes (%d bits and %d words)\n", 
+        pCover->lCubes.nItems, pCover->nBits, pCover->nWords );
+    // iterate through the cubes
+    Mvc_CoverForEachCube( pCover, pCube )
+        Mvc_CubePrintMv( pData, pCover, pCube );
+
+    if ( pCover->pLits )
+    {
+        for ( i = 0; i < pCover->nBits; i++ )
+            printf( " %d", pCover->pLits[i] );
+        printf( "\n" ); 
+    }
+    printf( "End of cover printout\n" ); 
+}
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Mvc_CubePrintMv( Mvc_Data_t * pData, Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_Cube_t * pCube )
+{
+    int iLit, iVar;
+    // iterate through the literals
+    printf( "Size = %2d   ", Mvc_CubeReadSize(pCube) );
+    iVar = 0;
+    for ( iLit = 0; iLit < pData->pVm->nValuesIn; iLit++ )
+    {
+        if ( iLit == pData->pVm->pValuesFirst[iVar+1] )
+        {
+            printf( " " );
+            iVar++;
+        }
+        if ( Mvc_CubeBitValue( pCube, iLit ) )
+            printf( "%c", '0' + iLit - pData->pVm->pValuesFirst[iVar] );
+        else
+            printf( "-" );
+    }
+    printf( "\n" );
+}
+
+#endif
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                       END OF FILE                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
diff --git a/src/misc/mvc/mvcSort.c b/src/misc/mvc/mvcSort.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3c975cb3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/mvc/mvcSort.c
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+/**CFile****************************************************************
+
+  FileName    [mvcSort.c]
+
+  PackageName [MVSIS 2.0: Multi-valued logic synthesis system.]
+
+  Synopsis    [Sorting cubes in the cover with the mask.]
+
+  Author      [MVSIS Group]
+  
+  Affiliation [uC Berkeley]
+
+  Date        [Ver. 1.0. Started - February 1, 2003.]
+
+  Revision    [$Id: mvcSort.c,v 1.5 2003/04/27 01:03:45 wjiang Exp $]
+
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "mvc.h"
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                        DECLARATIONS                              ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
+Mvc_Cube_t * Mvc_CoverSort_rec( Mvc_Cube_t * pList, int nItems, Mvc_Cube_t * pMask, int (* pCompareFunc)(Mvc_Cube_t *, Mvc_Cube_t *, Mvc_Cube_t *) );
+Mvc_Cube_t * Mvc_CoverSortMerge( Mvc_Cube_t * pList1, Mvc_Cube_t * pList2, Mvc_Cube_t * pMask, int (* pCompareFunc)(Mvc_Cube_t *, Mvc_Cube_t *, Mvc_Cube_t *) );
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                     FuNCTION DEFINITIONS                         ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Sorts cubes using the given cost function.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Mvc_CoverSort( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_Cube_t * pMask, int (* pCompareFunc)(Mvc_Cube_t *, Mvc_Cube_t *, Mvc_Cube_t *) )
+{
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pHead;
+    int nCubes;
+    // one cube does not need sorting
+    nCubes = Mvc_CoverReadCubeNum(pCover);
+    if ( nCubes <= 1 )
+        return;
+    // sort the cubes 
+    pHead = Mvc_CoverSort_rec( Mvc_CoverReadCubeHead(pCover), nCubes, pMask, pCompareFunc ); 
+    // insert the sorted list into the cover
+    Mvc_CoverSetCubeHead( pCover, pHead );
+    Mvc_CoverSetCubeTail( pCover, Mvc_ListGetTailFromHead(pHead) );
+    // make sure that the list is sorted in the increasing order
+    assert( pCompareFunc( Mvc_CoverReadCubeHead(pCover), Mvc_CoverReadCubeTail(pCover), pMask ) <= 0 );
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Recursive part of Mvc_CoverSort()]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+Mvc_Cube_t * Mvc_CoverSort_rec( Mvc_Cube_t * pList, int nItems, Mvc_Cube_t * pMask, int (* pCompareFunc)(Mvc_Cube_t *, Mvc_Cube_t *, Mvc_Cube_t *) )
+{
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pList1, * pList2;
+    int nItems1, nItems2, i;
+
+    // trivial case
+    if ( nItems == 1 )
+    {
+        Mvc_CubeSetNext( pList, NULL );
+        return pList;
+    }
+
+    // select the new sizes
+    nItems1 = nItems/2;
+    nItems2 = nItems - nItems1;
+
+    // set the new beginnings
+    pList1 = pList2 = pList;
+    for ( i = 0; i < nItems1; i++ )
+        pList2 = Mvc_CubeReadNext( pList2 );
+
+    // solve recursively
+    pList1 = Mvc_CoverSort_rec( pList1, nItems1, pMask, pCompareFunc );
+    pList2 = Mvc_CoverSort_rec( pList2, nItems2, pMask, pCompareFunc );
+
+    // merge
+    return Mvc_CoverSortMerge( pList1, pList2, pMask, pCompareFunc );
+}
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Merges two NULL-terminated linked lists.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+Mvc_Cube_t * Mvc_CoverSortMerge( Mvc_Cube_t * pList1, Mvc_Cube_t * pList2, Mvc_Cube_t * pMask, int (* pCompareFunc)(Mvc_Cube_t *, Mvc_Cube_t *, Mvc_Cube_t *) )
+{
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pList = NULL, ** ppTail = &pList;
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCube;
+    while ( pList1 && pList2 )
+    {
+        if ( pCompareFunc( pList1, pList2, pMask ) < 0 )
+        {
+            pCube = pList1;
+            pList1 = Mvc_CubeReadNext(pList1);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            pCube = pList2;
+            pList2 = Mvc_CubeReadNext(pList2);
+        }
+        *ppTail = pCube;
+        ppTail = Mvc_CubeReadNextP(pCube);
+    }
+    *ppTail = pList1? pList1: pList2;
+    return pList;
+}
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                       END OF FILE                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
diff --git a/src/misc/mvc/mvcUtils.c b/src/misc/mvc/mvcUtils.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4b13b23d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/mvc/mvcUtils.c
@@ -0,0 +1,868 @@
+/**CFile****************************************************************
+
+  FileName    [mvcUtils.c]
+
+  PackageName [MVSIS 2.0: Multi-valued logic synthesis system.]
+
+  Synopsis    [Various cover handling utilities.]
+
+  Author      [MVSIS Group]
+  
+  Affiliation [UC Berkeley]
+
+  Date        [Ver. 1.0. Started - February 1, 2003.]
+
+  Revision    [$Id: mvcUtils.c,v 1.7 2003/04/26 20:41:36 alanmi Exp $]
+
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "mvc.h"
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                        DECLARATIONS                              ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+static int bit_count[256] = {
+  0,1,1,2,1,2,2,3,1,2,2,3,2,3,3,4,1,2,2,3,2,3,3,4,2,3,3,4,3,4,4,5,
+  1,2,2,3,2,3,3,4,2,3,3,4,3,4,4,5,2,3,3,4,3,4,4,5,3,4,4,5,4,5,5,6,
+  1,2,2,3,2,3,3,4,2,3,3,4,3,4,4,5,2,3,3,4,3,4,4,5,3,4,4,5,4,5,5,6,
+  2,3,3,4,3,4,4,5,3,4,4,5,4,5,5,6,3,4,4,5,4,5,5,6,4,5,5,6,5,6,6,7,
+  1,2,2,3,2,3,3,4,2,3,3,4,3,4,4,5,2,3,3,4,3,4,4,5,3,4,4,5,4,5,5,6,
+  2,3,3,4,3,4,4,5,3,4,4,5,4,5,5,6,3,4,4,5,4,5,5,6,4,5,5,6,5,6,6,7,
+  2,3,3,4,3,4,4,5,3,4,4,5,4,5,5,6,3,4,4,5,4,5,5,6,4,5,5,6,5,6,6,7,
+  3,4,4,5,4,5,5,6,4,5,5,6,5,6,6,7,4,5,5,6,5,6,6,7,5,6,6,7,6,7,7,8
+};
+
+
+static void Mvc_CoverCopyColumn( Mvc_Cover_t * pCoverOld, Mvc_Cover_t * pCoverNew, int iColOld, int iColNew );
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                     FUNCTION DEFINITIONS                         ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Mvc_CoverSupport( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_Cube_t * pSupp )
+{
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCube;
+    // clean the support
+    Mvc_CubeBitClean( pSupp );
+    // collect the support
+    Mvc_CoverForEachCube( pCover, pCube )
+        Mvc_CubeBitOr( pSupp, pSupp, pCube );
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Mvc_CoverSupportAnd( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_Cube_t * pSupp )
+{
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCube;
+    // clean the support
+    Mvc_CubeBitFill( pSupp );
+    // collect the support
+    Mvc_CoverForEachCube( pCover, pCube )
+        Mvc_CubeBitAnd( pSupp, pSupp, pCube );
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Mvc_CoverSupportSizeBinary( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover )
+{
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pSupp;
+    int Counter, i, v0, v1;
+    // compute the support
+    pSupp = Mvc_CubeAlloc( pCover );
+    Mvc_CoverSupportAnd( pCover, pSupp );
+    Counter = pCover->nBits/2;
+    for ( i = 0; i < pCover->nBits/2; i++ )
+    {
+        v0 = Mvc_CubeBitValue( pSupp, 2*i   );
+        v1 = Mvc_CubeBitValue( pSupp, 2*i+1 );
+        if ( v0 && v1 )
+            Counter--;
+    }
+    Mvc_CubeFree( pCover, pSupp );
+    return Counter;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Mvc_CoverSupportVarBelongs( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, int iVar )
+{
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pSupp;
+    int RetValue, v0, v1;
+    // compute the support
+    pSupp = Mvc_CubeAlloc( pCover );
+    Mvc_CoverSupportAnd( pCover, pSupp );
+    v0 = Mvc_CubeBitValue( pSupp, 2*iVar   );
+    v1 = Mvc_CubeBitValue( pSupp, 2*iVar+1 );
+    RetValue = (int)( !v0 || !v1 );
+    Mvc_CubeFree( pCover, pSupp );
+    return RetValue;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Mvc_CoverCommonCube( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Mvc_Cube_t * pComCube )
+{
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCube;
+    // clean the support
+    Mvc_CubeBitFill( pComCube );
+    // collect the support
+    Mvc_CoverForEachCube( pCover, pCube )
+        Mvc_CubeBitAnd( pComCube, pComCube, pCube );
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Mvc_CoverIsCubeFree( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover )
+{
+    int Result;
+    // get the common cube
+    Mvc_CoverAllocateMask( pCover );
+    Mvc_CoverCommonCube( pCover, pCover->pMask );
+    // check whether the common cube is empty
+    Mvc_CubeBitEmpty( Result, pCover->pMask );
+    return Result;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Mvc_CoverMakeCubeFree( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover )
+{
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCube;
+    // get the common cube
+    Mvc_CoverAllocateMask( pCover );
+    Mvc_CoverCommonCube( pCover, pCover->pMask );
+    // remove this cube from the cubes in the cover
+    Mvc_CoverForEachCube( pCover, pCube )
+        Mvc_CubeBitSharp( pCube, pCube, pCover->pMask );
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+Mvc_Cover_t * Mvc_CoverCommonCubeCover( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover )
+{
+    Mvc_Cover_t * pRes;
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCube;
+    // create the new cover
+    pRes = Mvc_CoverClone( pCover );
+    // get the new cube
+    pCube = Mvc_CubeAlloc( pRes );
+    // get the common cube
+    Mvc_CoverCommonCube( pCover, pCube );
+    // add the cube to the cover
+    Mvc_CoverAddCubeTail( pRes, pCube );
+    return pRes;
+}
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns 1 if the support of cover2 is contained in the support of cover1.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Mvc_CoverCheckSuppContainment( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover1, Mvc_Cover_t * pCover2 )
+{
+    int Result;
+    assert( pCover1->nBits == pCover2->nBits );
+    // set the supports
+    Mvc_CoverAllocateMask( pCover1 );
+    Mvc_CoverSupport( pCover1, pCover1->pMask );
+    Mvc_CoverAllocateMask( pCover2 );
+    Mvc_CoverSupport( pCover2, pCover2->pMask );
+    // check the containment
+    Mvc_CubeBitNotImpl( Result, pCover2->pMask, pCover1->pMask );
+    return !Result;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Counts the cube sizes.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Mvc_CoverSetCubeSizes( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover )
+{
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCube;
+    unsigned char * pByte, * pByteStart, * pByteStop;
+    int nBytes, nOnes;
+
+    // get the number of unsigned chars in the cube's bit strings
+    nBytes = pCover->nBits / (8 * sizeof(unsigned char)) + (int)(pCover->nBits % (8 * sizeof(unsigned char)) > 0);
+    // iterate through the cubes
+    Mvc_CoverForEachCube( pCover, pCube )
+    {
+        // clean the counter of ones
+        nOnes = 0;
+        // set the starting and stopping positions
+        pByteStart = (unsigned char *)pCube->pData;
+        pByteStop  = pByteStart + nBytes;
+        // iterate through the positions
+        for ( pByte = pByteStart; pByte < pByteStop; pByte++ )
+            nOnes += bit_count[*pByte];
+        // set the nOnes
+        Mvc_CubeSetSize( pCube, nOnes );
+    }
+    return 1;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Counts the cube sizes.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Mvc_CoverGetCubeSize( Mvc_Cube_t * pCube )
+{
+    unsigned char * pByte, * pByteStart, * pByteStop;
+    int nOnes, nBytes, nBits;
+    // get the number of unsigned chars in the cube's bit strings
+    nBits = (pCube->iLast + 1) * sizeof(Mvc_CubeWord_t) * 8 - pCube->nUnused;
+    nBytes = nBits / (8 * sizeof(unsigned char)) + (int)(nBits % (8 * sizeof(unsigned char)) > 0);
+    // clean the counter of ones
+    nOnes = 0;
+    // set the starting and stopping positions
+    pByteStart = (unsigned char *)pCube->pData;
+    pByteStop  = pByteStart + nBytes;
+    // iterate through the positions
+    for ( pByte = pByteStart; pByte < pByteStop; pByte++ )
+        nOnes += bit_count[*pByte];
+    return nOnes;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Counts the differences in each cube pair in the cover.]
+
+  Description [Takes the cover (pCover) and the array where the
+  diff counters go (pDiffs). The array pDiffs should have as many
+  entries as there are different pairs of cubes in the cover: n(n-1)/2.
+  Fills out the array pDiffs with the following info: For each cube
+  pair, included in the array is the number of literals in both cubes
+  after they are made cube free.]
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Mvc_CoverCountCubePairDiffs( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, unsigned char pDiffs[] )
+{
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCube1;
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCube2;
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pMask;
+    unsigned char * pByte, * pByteStart, * pByteStop;
+    int nBytes, nOnes;
+    int nCubePairs;
+
+    // allocate a temporary mask
+    pMask = Mvc_CubeAlloc( pCover );
+    // get the number of unsigned chars in the cube's bit strings
+    nBytes = pCover->nBits / (8 * sizeof(unsigned char)) + (int)(pCover->nBits % (8 * sizeof(unsigned char)) > 0);
+    // iterate through the cubes
+    nCubePairs = 0;
+    Mvc_CoverForEachCube( pCover, pCube1 )
+    {
+        Mvc_CoverForEachCubeStart( Mvc_CubeReadNext(pCube1), pCube2 )
+        {
+            // find the bit-wise exor of cubes
+            Mvc_CubeBitExor( pMask, pCube1, pCube2 );
+            // set the starting and stopping positions
+            pByteStart = (unsigned char *)pMask->pData;
+            pByteStop  = pByteStart + nBytes;
+            // clean the counter of ones
+            nOnes = 0;
+            // iterate through the positions
+            for ( pByte = pByteStart; pByte < pByteStop; pByte++ )
+                nOnes += bit_count[*pByte];
+            // set the nOnes
+            pDiffs[nCubePairs++] = nOnes;
+        }
+    }
+    // deallocate the mask
+    Mvc_CubeFree( pCover, pMask );
+    return 1;
+}
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Creates a new cover containing some literals of the old cover.]
+
+  Description [Creates the new cover containing the given number (nVarsRem)
+  literals of the old cover. All the bits of the new cover are initialized
+  to "1". The selected bits from the old cover are copied on top. The numbers
+  of the selected bits to copy are given in the array pVarsRem. The i-set
+  entry in this array is the index of the bit in the old cover which goes
+  to the i-th place in the new cover. If the i-th entry in pVarsRem is -1, 
+  it means that the i-th bit does not change (remains composed of all 1's).
+  This is a useful feature to speed up remapping covers, which are known
+  to depend only on a subset of input variables.]
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+Mvc_Cover_t * Mvc_CoverRemap( Mvc_Cover_t * p, int * pVarsRem, int nVarsRem )
+{
+    Mvc_Cover_t * pCover;
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCube, * pCubeCopy;
+    int i;
+    // clone the cover
+    pCover = Mvc_CoverAlloc( p->pMem, nVarsRem );
+    // copy the cube list
+    Mvc_CoverForEachCube( p, pCube )
+    {
+        pCubeCopy = Mvc_CubeAlloc( pCover );
+        //Mvc_CubeBitClean( pCubeCopy );   //changed by wjiang
+        Mvc_CubeBitFill( pCubeCopy );      //changed by wjiang
+        Mvc_CoverAddCubeTail( pCover, pCubeCopy );
+    }
+    // copy the corresponding columns
+    for ( i = 0; i < nVarsRem; i++ )
+    {
+        if (pVarsRem[i] < 0) 
+            continue;     //added by wjiang
+        assert( pVarsRem[i] >= 0 && pVarsRem[i] < p->nBits );
+        Mvc_CoverCopyColumn( p, pCover, pVarsRem[i], i );
+    }
+    return pCover;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Copies a column from the old cover to the new cover.]
+
+  Description [Copies the column (iColOld) of the old cover (pCoverOld)
+  into the column (iColNew) of the new cover (pCoverNew). Assumes that 
+  the number of cubes is the same in both covers. Makes no assuptions 
+  about the current contents of the column in the new cover.]
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Mvc_CoverCopyColumn( Mvc_Cover_t * pCoverOld, Mvc_Cover_t * pCoverNew, 
+                         int iColOld, int iColNew )
+{
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCubeOld, * pCubeNew;
+    int iWordOld, iWordNew, iBitOld, iBitNew;
+
+    assert( Mvc_CoverReadCubeNum(pCoverOld) == Mvc_CoverReadCubeNum(pCoverNew) );
+
+    // get the place of the old and new columns
+    iWordOld = Mvc_CubeWhichWord(iColOld);
+    iBitOld  = Mvc_CubeWhichBit(iColOld);
+    iWordNew = Mvc_CubeWhichWord(iColNew);
+    iBitNew  = Mvc_CubeWhichBit(iColNew);
+
+    // go through the cubes of both covers
+    pCubeNew = Mvc_CoverReadCubeHead(pCoverNew);
+    Mvc_CoverForEachCube( pCoverOld, pCubeOld )
+    {
+        if ( pCubeOld->pData[iWordOld] & (1<<iBitOld) )
+            pCubeNew->pData[iWordNew] |= (1<<iBitNew);
+        else
+            pCubeNew->pData[iWordNew] &= ~(1<<iBitNew);  // added by wjiang
+        pCubeNew = Mvc_CubeReadNext( pCubeNew );
+    }
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Mvc_CoverInverse( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover )
+{
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCube;
+    // complement the cubes
+    Mvc_CoverForEachCube( pCover, pCube )
+        Mvc_CubeBitNot( pCube );
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [This function dups the cover and removes DC literals from cubes.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+Mvc_Cover_t * Mvc_CoverRemoveDontCareLits( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover )
+{
+    Mvc_Cover_t * pCoverNew;
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCube;
+
+    pCoverNew = Mvc_CoverDup( pCover );
+    Mvc_CoverForEachCube( pCoverNew, pCube )
+        Mvc_CubeBitRemoveDcs( pCube );
+    return pCoverNew;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns the cofactor w.r.t. to a binary var.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+Mvc_Cover_t * Mvc_CoverCofactor( Mvc_Cover_t * p, int iValue, int iValueOther )
+{
+    Mvc_Cover_t * pCover;
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCube, * pCubeCopy;
+    // clone the cover
+    pCover = Mvc_CoverClone( p );
+    // copy the cube list
+    Mvc_CoverForEachCube( p, pCube )
+        if ( Mvc_CubeBitValue( pCube, iValue ) )
+        {
+            pCubeCopy = Mvc_CubeDup( pCover, pCube );
+            Mvc_CoverAddCubeTail( pCover, pCubeCopy );
+            Mvc_CubeBitInsert( pCubeCopy, iValueOther );
+        }
+    return pCover;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns the cover, in which the binary var is complemented.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+Mvc_Cover_t * Mvc_CoverFlipVar( Mvc_Cover_t * p, int iValue0, int iValue1 )
+{
+    Mvc_Cover_t * pCover;
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCube, * pCubeCopy;
+    int Value0, Value1, Temp;
+
+    assert( iValue0 + 1 == iValue1 ); // should be adjacent
+
+    // clone the cover
+    pCover = Mvc_CoverClone( p );
+    // copy the cube list
+    Mvc_CoverForEachCube( p, pCube )
+    {
+        pCubeCopy = Mvc_CubeDup( pCover, pCube );
+        Mvc_CoverAddCubeTail( pCover, pCubeCopy );
+
+        // get the bits
+        Value0 = Mvc_CubeBitValue( pCubeCopy, iValue0 );
+        Value1 = Mvc_CubeBitValue( pCubeCopy, iValue1 );
+
+        // if both bits are one, nothing to swap
+        if ( Value0 && Value1 )
+            continue;
+        // cannot be both zero because they belong to the same var
+        assert( Value0 || Value1 ); 
+
+        // swap the bits
+        Temp   = Value0;
+        Value0 = Value1;
+        Value1 = Temp;
+
+        // set the bits after the swap
+        if ( Value0 )
+            Mvc_CubeBitInsert( pCubeCopy, iValue0 );
+        else
+            Mvc_CubeBitRemove( pCubeCopy, iValue0 );
+
+        if ( Value1 )
+            Mvc_CubeBitInsert( pCubeCopy, iValue1 );
+        else
+            Mvc_CubeBitRemove( pCubeCopy, iValue1 );
+    }
+    return pCover;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns the cover derived by universal quantification.]
+
+  Description [Returns the cover computed by universal quantification
+  as follows: CoverNew = Univ(B) [Cover & (A==B)]. Removes the second 
+  binary var from the support (given by values iValueB0 and iValueB1). 
+  Leaves the first binary variable (given by values iValueA0 and iValueA1) 
+  in the support.]
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+Mvc_Cover_t * Mvc_CoverUnivQuantify( Mvc_Cover_t * p, 
+    int iValueA0, int iValueA1, int iValueB0, int iValueB1 )
+{
+    Mvc_Cover_t * pCover;
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCube, * pCubeCopy;
+    int ValueA0, ValueA1, ValueB0, ValueB1;
+
+    // clone the cover
+    pCover = Mvc_CoverClone( p );
+    // copy the cube list
+    Mvc_CoverForEachCube( p, pCube )
+    {
+        // get the bits
+        ValueA0 = Mvc_CubeBitValue( pCube, iValueA0 );
+        ValueA1 = Mvc_CubeBitValue( pCube, iValueA1 );
+        ValueB0 = Mvc_CubeBitValue( pCube, iValueB0 );
+        ValueB1 = Mvc_CubeBitValue( pCube, iValueB1 );
+
+        // cannot be both zero because they belong to the same var
+        assert( ValueA0 || ValueA1 ); 
+        assert( ValueB0 || ValueB1 ); 
+
+        // if the values of this var are different, do not add the cube
+        if ( ValueA0 != ValueB0 && ValueA1 != ValueB1 )
+            continue;
+
+        // create the cube
+        pCubeCopy = Mvc_CubeDup( pCover, pCube );
+        Mvc_CoverAddCubeTail( pCover, pCubeCopy );
+
+        // insert 1's into for the first var, if both have this value
+        if ( ValueA0 && ValueB0 )
+            Mvc_CubeBitInsert( pCubeCopy, iValueA0 );
+        else
+            Mvc_CubeBitRemove( pCubeCopy, iValueA0 );
+
+        if ( ValueA1 && ValueB1 )
+            Mvc_CubeBitInsert( pCubeCopy, iValueA1 );
+        else
+            Mvc_CubeBitRemove( pCubeCopy, iValueA1 );
+            
+        // insert 1's into for the second var (the cover does not depend on it)
+        Mvc_CubeBitInsert( pCubeCopy, iValueB0 );
+        Mvc_CubeBitInsert( pCubeCopy, iValueB1 );
+    }
+    return pCover;
+}
+
+#if 0
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Derives the cofactors of the cover.]
+
+  Description [Derives the cofactors w.r.t. a variable and also cubes
+  that do not depend on this variable.]
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+Mvc_Cover_t ** Mvc_CoverCofactors( Mvc_Data_t * pData, Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, int iVar )
+{
+    Mvc_Cover_t ** ppCofs;
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCube, * pCubeNew;
+    int i, nValues, iValueFirst, Res;
+
+    // start the covers for cofactors
+    iValueFirst = Vm_VarMapReadValuesFirst(pData->pVm, iVar);
+    nValues = Vm_VarMapReadValues(pData->pVm, iVar);
+    ppCofs = ALLOC( Mvc_Cover_t *, nValues + 1 );
+    for ( i = 0; i <= nValues; i++ )
+        ppCofs[i] = Mvc_CoverClone( pCover );
+
+    // go through the cubes
+    Mvc_CoverForEachCube( pCover, pCube )
+    {
+        // if the literal if a full literal, add it to last "cofactor"
+        Mvc_CubeBitEqualUnderMask( Res, pCube, pData->ppMasks[iVar], pData->ppMasks[iVar] );
+        if ( Res )
+        {
+            pCubeNew = Mvc_CubeDup(pCover, pCube);
+            Mvc_CoverAddCubeTail( ppCofs[nValues], pCubeNew );
+            continue;
+        }
+
+        // otherwise, add it to separate values
+        for ( i = 0; i < nValues; i++ )
+            if ( Mvc_CubeBitValue( pCube, iValueFirst + i ) )
+            {
+                pCubeNew = Mvc_CubeDup(pCover, pCube);
+                Mvc_CubeBitOr( pCubeNew, pCubeNew, pData->ppMasks[iVar] );
+                Mvc_CoverAddCubeTail( ppCofs[i], pCubeNew );
+            }
+    }
+    return ppCofs;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Count the cubes with non-trivial literals with the given value.]
+
+  Description [The data and the cover are given (pData, pCover). Also given 
+  are the variable number and the number of a value of this variable.
+  This procedure returns the number of cubes having a non-trivial literal
+  of this variable that have the given value present.]
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Mvr_CoverCountLitsWithValue( Mvc_Data_t * pData, Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, int iVar, int iValue )
+{
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCube;
+    int iValueFirst, Res, Counter;
+
+    Counter = 0;
+    iValueFirst = Vm_VarMapReadValuesFirst( pData->pVm, iVar );
+    Mvc_CoverForEachCube( pCover, pCube )
+    {
+        // check if the given literal is the full literal
+        Mvc_CubeBitEqualUnderMask( Res, pCube, pData->ppMasks[iVar], pData->ppMasks[iVar] );
+        if ( Res )
+            continue;
+        // this literal is not a full literal; check if it has this value
+        Counter += Mvc_CubeBitValue( pCube, iValueFirst + iValue );
+    }
+    return Counter;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Creates the expanded cover.]
+
+  Description [The original cover is expanded by adding some variables.
+  These variables are the additional variables in pVmNew, compared to
+  pCvr->pVm. The resulting cover is the same as the original one, except
+  that it contains the additional variables present as full literals
+  in every cube.]
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+Mvc_Cover_t * Mvc_CoverCreateExpanded( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover, Vm_VarMap_t * pVmNew )
+{
+    Mvc_Cover_t * pCoverNew;
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCube, * pCubeNew;
+    int i, iLast, iLastNew;
+
+    // create the new cover
+    pCoverNew = Mvc_CoverAlloc( pCover->pMem, Vm_VarMapReadValuesInNum(pVmNew) );
+
+    // get the cube composed of extra bits
+    Mvc_CoverAllocateMask( pCoverNew );
+    Mvc_CubeBitClean( pCoverNew->pMask );
+    for ( i = pCover->nBits; i < pCoverNew->nBits; i++ )
+        Mvc_CubeBitInsert( pCoverNew->pMask, i );
+
+    // get the indexes of the last words in both covers
+    iLast    = pCover->nWords?    pCover->nWords - 1: 0;
+    iLastNew = pCoverNew->nWords? pCoverNew->nWords - 1: 0;
+
+    // create the cubes of the new cover
+    Mvc_CoverForEachCube( pCover, pCube )
+    {
+        pCubeNew = Mvc_CubeAlloc( pCoverNew );
+        Mvc_CubeBitClean( pCubeNew );
+        // copy the bits (cannot immediately use Mvc_CubeBitCopy, 
+        // because covers have different numbers of bits)
+        Mvc_CubeSetLast( pCubeNew, iLast );
+        Mvc_CubeBitCopy( pCubeNew, pCube );
+        Mvc_CubeSetLast( pCubeNew, iLastNew );
+        // add the extra bits
+        Mvc_CubeBitOr( pCubeNew, pCubeNew, pCoverNew->pMask );
+        // add the cube to the new cover
+        Mvc_CoverAddCubeTail( pCoverNew, pCubeNew );
+    }
+    return pCoverNew;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Transposes the cube cover.]
+
+  Description [Returns the cube cover that looks like a transposed
+  matrix, compared to the matrix derived from the original cover.]
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+Mvc_Cover_t * Mvc_CoverTranspose( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover )
+{
+    Mvc_Cover_t * pRes;
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCubeRes, * pCube;
+    int nWord, nBit, i, iCube;
+
+    pRes = Mvc_CoverAlloc( pCover->pMem, Mvc_CoverReadCubeNum(pCover) );
+    for ( i = 0; i < pCover->nBits; i++ )
+    {
+        // get the word and bit of this literal
+        nWord = Mvc_CubeWhichWord(i);
+        nBit  = Mvc_CubeWhichBit(i);
+        // get the transposed cube
+        pCubeRes = Mvc_CubeAlloc( pRes );
+        Mvc_CubeBitClean( pCubeRes );
+        iCube = 0;
+        Mvc_CoverForEachCube( pCover, pCube )
+        {
+            if ( pCube->pData[nWord] & (1<<nBit) )
+                Mvc_CubeBitInsert( pCubeRes, iCube );
+            iCube++;
+        }
+        Mvc_CoverAddCubeTail( pRes, pCubeRes ); 
+    }
+    return pRes;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Checks that the cubes of the cover have 0's in unused bits.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Mvc_UtilsCheckUnusedZeros( Mvc_Cover_t * pCover )
+{
+    unsigned Unsigned;
+    Mvc_Cube_t * pCube;
+    int nCubes;
+
+    nCubes = 0;
+    Mvc_CoverForEachCube( pCover, pCube )
+    {
+        if ( pCube->nUnused == 0 )
+            continue;
+
+        Unsigned = ( pCube->pData[pCube->iLast] & 
+                    (BITS_FULL << (32-pCube->nUnused)) );
+        if( Unsigned )
+        {
+            printf( "Cube %2d out of %2d contains dirty bits.\n", nCubes, 
+                Mvc_CoverReadCubeNum(pCover) );
+        }
+        nCubes++;
+    }
+    return 1;
+}
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                       END OF FILE                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
diff --git a/src/misc/nm/module.make b/src/misc/nm/module.make
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2a3820c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/nm/module.make
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+SRC +=  src/misc/nm/nmApi.c \
+    src/misc/nm/nmTable.c
diff --git a/src/misc/nm/nm.h b/src/misc/nm/nm.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c6344bbf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/nm/nm.h
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/**CFilextern e****************************************************************
+
+  FileName    [nm.h]
+
+  SystemName  [ABC: Logic synthesis and verification system.]
+
+  PackageName [Name manager.]
+
+  Synopsis    [External declarations.]
+
+  Author      [Alan Mishchenko]
+  
+  Affiliation [UC Berkeley]
+
+  Date        [Ver. 1.0. Started - June 20, 2005.]
+
+  Revision    [$Id: nm.h,v 1.00 2005/06/20 00:00:00 alanmi Exp $]
+
+***********************************************************************/
+ 
+#ifndef __NM_H__
+#define __NM_H__
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*
+    This manager is designed to store ID-to-name and name-to-ID mapping
+    for Boolean networks and And-Inverter Graphs.
+    
+    In a netlist, net names are unique. In this case, there is a one-to-one
+    mapping between IDs and names.
+
+    In a logic network, which do not have nets, several objects may have
+    the same name. For example, a latch output and a primary output.
+    Another example, a primary input and an input to a black box.
+    In this case, for each ID on an object there is only one name, 
+    but for each name may be several IDs of objects having this name.
+
+    The name manager maps ID-to-name uniquely but it allows one name to 
+    be mapped into several IDs. When a query to find an ID of the object
+    by its name is submitted, it is possible to specify the object type, 
+    which will help select one of several IDs. If the type is -1, and 
+    there is more than one object with the given name, any object with 
+    the given name is returned.
+*/
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                          INCLUDES                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                         PARAMETERS                               ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                         BASIC TYPES                              ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+typedef struct Nm_Man_t_ Nm_Man_t;
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                      MACRO DEFINITIONS                           ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                    FUNCTION DECLARATIONS                         ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+/*=== nmApi.c ==========================================================*/
+extern Nm_Man_t *   Nm_ManCreate( int nSize );
+extern void         Nm_ManFree( Nm_Man_t * p );
+extern int          Nm_ManNumEntries( Nm_Man_t * p );
+extern char *       Nm_ManStoreIdName( Nm_Man_t * p, int ObjId, int Type, char * pName, char * pSuffix );
+extern void         Nm_ManDeleteIdName( Nm_Man_t * p, int ObjId );
+extern char *       Nm_ManCreateUniqueName( Nm_Man_t * p, int ObjId );
+extern char *       Nm_ManFindNameById( Nm_Man_t * p, int ObjId );
+extern int          Nm_ManFindIdByName( Nm_Man_t * p, char * pName, int Type );
+extern int          Nm_ManFindIdByNameTwoTypes( Nm_Man_t * p, char * pName, int Type1, int Type2 );
+extern Vec_Int_t *  Nm_ManReturnNameIds( Nm_Man_t * p );
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                       END OF FILE                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
diff --git a/src/misc/nm/nmApi.c b/src/misc/nm/nmApi.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9165922f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/nm/nmApi.c
@@ -0,0 +1,272 @@
+/**CFile****************************************************************
+
+  FileName    [nmApi.c]
+
+  SystemName  [ABC: Logic synthesis and verification system.]
+
+  PackageName [Name manager.]
+
+  Synopsis    [APIs of the name manager.]
+
+  Author      [Alan Mishchenko]
+  
+  Affiliation [UC Berkeley]
+
+  Date        [Ver. 1.0. Started - June 20, 2005.]
+
+  Revision    [$Id: nmApi.c,v 1.00 2005/06/20 00:00:00 alanmi Exp $]
+
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "nmInt.h"
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                        DECLARATIONS                              ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                     FUNCTION DEFINITIONS                         ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Allocates the name manager.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+Nm_Man_t * Nm_ManCreate( int nSize )
+{
+    Nm_Man_t * p;
+    // allocate the table
+    p = ALLOC( Nm_Man_t, 1 );
+    memset( p, 0, sizeof(Nm_Man_t) );
+    // set the parameters
+    p->nSizeFactor   = 2; // determined the limit on the grow of data before the table resizes
+    p->nGrowthFactor = 3; // determined how much the table grows after resizing
+    // allocate and clean the bins
+    p->nBins = Cudd_PrimeNm(nSize);
+    p->pBinsI2N = ALLOC( Nm_Entry_t *, p->nBins );
+    p->pBinsN2I = ALLOC( Nm_Entry_t *, p->nBins );
+    memset( p->pBinsI2N, 0, sizeof(Nm_Entry_t *) * p->nBins );
+    memset( p->pBinsN2I, 0, sizeof(Nm_Entry_t *) * p->nBins );
+    // start the memory manager
+    p->pMem = Extra_MmFlexStart();
+    return p;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Deallocates the name manager.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Nm_ManFree( Nm_Man_t * p )
+{
+    Extra_MmFlexStop( p->pMem );
+    FREE( p->pBinsI2N );
+    FREE( p->pBinsN2I );
+    FREE( p );
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns the number of objects with names.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Nm_ManNumEntries( Nm_Man_t * p )
+{
+    return p->nEntries;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Creates a new entry in the name manager.]
+
+  Description [Returns 1 if the entry with the given object ID
+  already exists in the name manager.]
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+char * Nm_ManStoreIdName( Nm_Man_t * p, int ObjId, int Type, char * pName, char * pSuffix )
+{
+    Nm_Entry_t * pEntry;
+    int RetValue, nEntrySize;
+    // check if the object with this ID is already stored
+    if ( pEntry = Nm_ManTableLookupId(p, ObjId) )
+    {
+        printf( "Nm_ManStoreIdName(): Entry with the same ID already exists.\n" );
+        return NULL;
+    }
+    // create a new entry
+    nEntrySize = sizeof(Nm_Entry_t) + strlen(pName) + (pSuffix?strlen(pSuffix):0) + 1;
+    nEntrySize = (nEntrySize / 4 + ((nEntrySize % 4) > 0)) * 4;
+    pEntry = (Nm_Entry_t *)Extra_MmFlexEntryFetch( p->pMem, nEntrySize );
+    pEntry->pNextI2N = pEntry->pNextN2I = pEntry->pNameSake = NULL;
+    pEntry->ObjId = ObjId;
+    pEntry->Type = Type;
+    sprintf( pEntry->Name, "%s%s", pName, pSuffix? pSuffix : "" );
+    // add the entry to the hash table
+    RetValue = Nm_ManTableAdd( p, pEntry );
+    assert( RetValue == 1 );
+    return pEntry->Name;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Creates a new entry in the name manager.]
+
+  Description [Returns 1 if the entry with the given object ID
+  already exists in the name manager.]
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Nm_ManDeleteIdName( Nm_Man_t * p, int ObjId )
+{
+    Nm_Entry_t * pEntry;
+    pEntry = Nm_ManTableLookupId(p, ObjId);
+    if ( pEntry == NULL )
+    {
+        printf( "Nm_ManDeleteIdName(): This entry is not in the table.\n" );
+        return;
+    }
+    // remove entry from the table
+    Nm_ManTableDelete( p, ObjId );
+}
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Finds a unique name for the node.]
+
+  Description [If the name exists, tries appending numbers to it until 
+  it becomes unique. The name is not added to the table.]
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+char * Nm_ManCreateUniqueName( Nm_Man_t * p, int ObjId )
+{
+    static char NameStr[1000];
+    Nm_Entry_t * pEntry;
+    int i;
+    if ( pEntry = Nm_ManTableLookupId(p, ObjId) )
+        return pEntry->Name;
+    sprintf( NameStr, "n%d", ObjId );
+    for ( i = 1; Nm_ManTableLookupName(p, NameStr, -1); i++ )
+        sprintf( NameStr, "n%d_%d", ObjId, i );
+    return NameStr;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns name of the object if the ID is known.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+char * Nm_ManFindNameById( Nm_Man_t * p, int ObjId )
+{
+    Nm_Entry_t * pEntry;
+    if ( pEntry = Nm_ManTableLookupId(p, ObjId) )
+        return pEntry->Name;
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns ID of the object if its name is known.]
+
+  Description [This procedure may return two IDs because POs and latches 
+  may have the same name (the only allowed case of name duplication).]
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Nm_ManFindIdByName( Nm_Man_t * p, char * pName, int Type )
+{
+    Nm_Entry_t * pEntry;
+    if ( pEntry = Nm_ManTableLookupName(p, pName, Type) )
+        return pEntry->ObjId;
+    return -1;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns ID of the object if its name is known.]
+
+  Description [This procedure may return two IDs because POs and latches 
+  may have the same name (the only allowed case of name duplication).]
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Nm_ManFindIdByNameTwoTypes( Nm_Man_t * p, char * pName, int Type1, int Type2 )
+{
+    int iNodeId;
+    iNodeId = Nm_ManFindIdByName( p, pName, Type1 );
+    if ( iNodeId == -1 )
+        iNodeId = Nm_ManFindIdByName( p, pName, Type2 );
+    if ( iNodeId == -1 )
+        return -1;
+    return iNodeId;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Return the IDs of objects with names.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+Vec_Int_t * Nm_ManReturnNameIds( Nm_Man_t * p )
+{
+    Vec_Int_t * vNameIds;
+    int i;
+    vNameIds = Vec_IntAlloc( p->nEntries );
+    for ( i = 0; i < p->nBins; i++ )
+        if ( p->pBinsI2N[i] )
+            Vec_IntPush( vNameIds, p->pBinsI2N[i]->ObjId );
+    return vNameIds;
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                       END OF FILE                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
diff --git a/src/misc/nm/nmInt.h b/src/misc/nm/nmInt.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..028316e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/nm/nmInt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+/**CFile****************************************************************
+
+  FileName    [nmInt.h]
+
+  SystemName  [ABC: Logic synthesis and verification system.]
+
+  PackageName [Name manager.]
+
+  Synopsis    [Internal declarations.]
+
+  Author      [Alan Mishchenko]
+  
+  Affiliation [UC Berkeley]
+
+  Date        [Ver. 1.0. Started - June 20, 2005.]
+
+  Revision    [$Id: nmInt.h,v 1.00 2005/06/20 00:00:00 alanmi Exp $]
+
+***********************************************************************/
+ 
+#ifndef __NM_INT_H__
+#define __NM_INT_H__
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                          INCLUDES                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#include "extra.h"
+#include "vec.h"
+#include "nm.h"
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                         PARAMETERS                               ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                         BASIC TYPES                              ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+typedef struct Nm_Entry_t_ Nm_Entry_t;
+struct Nm_Entry_t_
+{
+    unsigned         Type   :  4;   // object type
+    unsigned         ObjId  : 28;   // object ID
+    Nm_Entry_t *     pNextI2N;      // the next entry in the ID hash table
+    Nm_Entry_t *     pNextN2I;      // the next entry in the name hash table
+    Nm_Entry_t *     pNameSake;     // the next entry with the same name
+    char             Name[0];       // name of the object
+};
+
+struct Nm_Man_t_
+{
+    Nm_Entry_t **    pBinsI2N;      // mapping IDs into names
+    Nm_Entry_t **    pBinsN2I;      // mapping names into IDs 
+    int              nBins;         // the number of bins in tables
+    int              nEntries;      // the number of entries
+    int              nSizeFactor;   // determined how much larger the table should be
+    int              nGrowthFactor; // determined how much the table grows after resizing
+    Extra_MmFlex_t * pMem;          // memory manager for entries (and names)
+};
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                      MACRO DEFINITIONS                           ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                    FUNCTION DECLARATIONS                         ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+/*=== nmTable.c ==========================================================*/
+extern int              Nm_ManTableAdd( Nm_Man_t * p, Nm_Entry_t * pEntry );
+extern int              Nm_ManTableDelete( Nm_Man_t * p, int ObjId );
+extern Nm_Entry_t *     Nm_ManTableLookupId( Nm_Man_t * p, int ObjId );
+extern Nm_Entry_t *     Nm_ManTableLookupName( Nm_Man_t * p, char * pName, int Type );
+extern unsigned int     Cudd_PrimeNm( unsigned int p );
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                       END OF FILE                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
diff --git a/src/misc/nm/nmTable.c b/src/misc/nm/nmTable.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f97a2f0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/nm/nmTable.c
@@ -0,0 +1,340 @@
+/**CFile****************************************************************
+
+  FileName    [nmTable.c]
+
+  SystemName  [ABC: Logic synthesis and verification system.]
+
+  PackageName [Name manager.]
+
+  Synopsis    [Hash table for the name manager.]
+
+  Author      [Alan Mishchenko]
+  
+  Affiliation [UC Berkeley]
+
+  Date        [Ver. 1.0. Started - June 20, 2005.]
+
+  Revision    [$Id: nmTable.c,v 1.00 2005/06/20 00:00:00 alanmi Exp $]
+
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#include "nmInt.h"
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                        DECLARATIONS                              ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+// hashing for integers
+static unsigned Nm_HashNumber( int Num, int TableSize ) 
+{
+    unsigned Key = 0;
+    Key ^= ( Num        & 0xFF) * 7937;
+    Key ^= ((Num >>  8) & 0xFF) * 2971;
+    Key ^= ((Num >> 16) & 0xFF) * 911;
+    Key ^= ((Num >> 24) & 0xFF) * 353;
+    return Key % TableSize;
+}
+
+// hashing for strings
+static unsigned Nm_HashString( char * pName, int TableSize ) 
+{
+    static int s_Primes[10] = { 
+        1291, 1699, 2357, 4177, 5147, 
+        5647, 6343, 7103, 7873, 8147
+    };
+    unsigned i, Key = 0;
+    for ( i = 0; pName[i] != '\0'; i++ )
+        Key ^= s_Primes[i%10]*pName[i]*pName[i];
+    return Key % TableSize;
+}
+
+static void Nm_ManResize( Nm_Man_t * p );
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                     FUNCTION DEFINITIONS                         ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Adds an entry to two hash tables.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Nm_ManTableAdd( Nm_Man_t * p, Nm_Entry_t * pEntry )
+{
+    Nm_Entry_t ** ppSpot, * pOther;
+    // resize the tables if needed
+    if ( p->nEntries > p->nBins * p->nSizeFactor )
+        Nm_ManResize( p );
+    // add the entry to the table Id->Name
+    assert( Nm_ManTableLookupId(p, pEntry->ObjId) == NULL );
+    ppSpot = p->pBinsI2N + Nm_HashNumber(pEntry->ObjId, p->nBins);
+    pEntry->pNextI2N = *ppSpot;
+    *ppSpot = pEntry;
+    // check if an entry with the same name already exists
+    if ( pOther = Nm_ManTableLookupName(p, pEntry->Name, -1) )
+    {
+        // entry with the same name already exists - add it to the ring
+        pEntry->pNameSake = pOther->pNameSake? pOther->pNameSake : pOther;
+        pOther->pNameSake = pEntry;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // entry with the same name does not exist - add it to the table
+        ppSpot = p->pBinsN2I + Nm_HashString(pEntry->Name, p->nBins);
+        pEntry->pNextN2I = *ppSpot;
+        *ppSpot = pEntry;
+    }
+    // report successfully added entry
+    p->nEntries++;
+    return 1;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Deletes the entry from two hash tables.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+int Nm_ManTableDelete( Nm_Man_t * p, int ObjId )
+{
+    Nm_Entry_t ** ppSpot, * pEntry, * pPrev;
+    int fRemoved;
+    p->nEntries--;
+    // remove the entry from the table Id->Name
+    assert( Nm_ManTableLookupId(p, ObjId) != NULL );
+    ppSpot = p->pBinsI2N + Nm_HashNumber(ObjId, p->nBins);
+    while ( (*ppSpot)->ObjId != (unsigned)ObjId )
+        ppSpot = &(*ppSpot)->pNextI2N;
+    pEntry = *ppSpot; 
+    *ppSpot = (*ppSpot)->pNextI2N;
+    // remove the entry from the table Name->Id
+    ppSpot = p->pBinsN2I + Nm_HashString(pEntry->Name, p->nBins);
+    while ( *ppSpot && *ppSpot != pEntry )
+        ppSpot = &(*ppSpot)->pNextN2I;
+    // remember if we found this one in the list
+    fRemoved = (*ppSpot != NULL);
+    if ( *ppSpot )
+    {
+        assert( *ppSpot == pEntry );
+        *ppSpot = (*ppSpot)->pNextN2I;
+    }
+    // quit if this entry has no namesakes
+    if ( pEntry->pNameSake == NULL )
+    {
+        assert( fRemoved );
+        return 1;
+    }
+    // remove entry from the ring of namesakes
+    assert( pEntry->pNameSake != pEntry );
+    for ( pPrev = pEntry; pPrev->pNameSake != pEntry; pPrev = pPrev->pNameSake );
+    assert( !strcmp(pPrev->Name, pEntry->Name) );
+    assert( pPrev->pNameSake == pEntry );
+    if ( pEntry->pNameSake == pPrev ) // two entries in the ring
+        pPrev->pNameSake = NULL;
+    else
+        pPrev->pNameSake = pEntry->pNameSake;
+    // reinsert the ring back if we removed its connection with the list in the table
+    if ( fRemoved )
+    {
+        assert( pPrev->pNextN2I == NULL );
+        pPrev->pNextN2I = *ppSpot;
+        *ppSpot = pPrev;
+    }
+    return 1;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Looks up the entry by ID.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+Nm_Entry_t * Nm_ManTableLookupId( Nm_Man_t * p, int ObjId )
+{
+    Nm_Entry_t * pEntry;
+    for ( pEntry = p->pBinsI2N[ Nm_HashNumber(ObjId, p->nBins) ]; pEntry; pEntry = pEntry->pNextI2N )
+        if ( pEntry->ObjId == (unsigned)ObjId )
+            return pEntry;
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Looks up the entry by name and type.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+Nm_Entry_t * Nm_ManTableLookupName( Nm_Man_t * p, char * pName, int Type )
+{
+    Nm_Entry_t * pEntry, * pTemp;
+    int Counter = 0;
+    for ( pEntry = p->pBinsN2I[ Nm_HashString(pName, p->nBins) ]; pEntry; pEntry = pEntry->pNextN2I )
+    {
+        // check the entry itself
+        if ( !strcmp(pEntry->Name, pName) && (Type == -1 || pEntry->Type == (unsigned)Type) )
+            return pEntry;
+        // if there is no namesakes, continue
+        if ( pEntry->pNameSake == NULL )
+            continue;
+        // check the list of namesakes
+        for ( pTemp = pEntry->pNameSake; pTemp != pEntry; pTemp = pTemp->pNameSake )
+            if ( !strcmp(pTemp->Name, pName) && (Type == -1 || pTemp->Type == (unsigned)Type) )
+                return pTemp;
+    }
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Profiles hash tables.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Nm_ManProfile( Nm_Man_t * p )
+{
+    Nm_Entry_t * pEntry;
+    int Counter, e;
+    printf( "I2N table: " );
+    for ( e = 0; e < p->nBins; e++ )
+    {
+        Counter = 0;
+        for ( pEntry = p->pBinsI2N[e]; pEntry; pEntry = pEntry->pNextI2N )
+            Counter++;
+        printf( "%d ", Counter );
+    }
+    printf( "\n" );
+    printf( "N2I table: " );
+    for ( e = 0; e < p->nBins; e++ )
+    {
+        Counter = 0;
+        for ( pEntry = p->pBinsN2I[e]; pEntry; pEntry = pEntry->pNextN2I )
+            Counter++;
+        printf( "%d ", Counter );
+    }
+    printf( "\n" );
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Resizes the table.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+void Nm_ManResize( Nm_Man_t * p )
+{
+    Nm_Entry_t ** pBinsNewI2N, ** pBinsNewN2I, * pEntry, * pEntry2, ** ppSpot;
+    int nBinsNew, Counter, e, clk;
+
+clk = clock();
+    // get the new table size
+    nBinsNew = Cudd_PrimeCopy( p->nGrowthFactor * p->nBins ); 
+    // allocate a new array
+    pBinsNewI2N = ALLOC( Nm_Entry_t *, nBinsNew );
+    pBinsNewN2I = ALLOC( Nm_Entry_t *, nBinsNew );
+    memset( pBinsNewI2N, 0, sizeof(Nm_Entry_t *) * nBinsNew );
+    memset( pBinsNewN2I, 0, sizeof(Nm_Entry_t *) * nBinsNew );
+    // rehash entries in Id->Name table
+    Counter = 0;
+    for ( e = 0; e < p->nBins; e++ )
+        for ( pEntry = p->pBinsI2N[e], pEntry2 = pEntry? pEntry->pNextI2N : NULL; 
+              pEntry; pEntry = pEntry2, pEntry2 = pEntry? pEntry->pNextI2N : NULL )
+            {
+                ppSpot = pBinsNewI2N + Nm_HashNumber(pEntry->ObjId, nBinsNew);
+                pEntry->pNextI2N = *ppSpot;
+                *ppSpot = pEntry;
+                Counter++;
+            }
+    // rehash entries in Name->Id table
+    for ( e = 0; e < p->nBins; e++ )
+        for ( pEntry = p->pBinsN2I[e], pEntry2 = pEntry? pEntry->pNextN2I : NULL; 
+              pEntry; pEntry = pEntry2, pEntry2 = pEntry? pEntry->pNextN2I : NULL )
+            {
+                ppSpot = pBinsNewN2I + Nm_HashString(pEntry->Name, nBinsNew);
+                pEntry->pNextN2I = *ppSpot;
+                *ppSpot = pEntry;
+            }
+    assert( Counter == p->nEntries );
+//    printf( "Increasing the structural table size from %6d to %6d. ", p->nBins, nBinsNew );
+//    PRT( "Time", clock() - clk );
+    // replace the table and the parameters
+    free( p->pBinsI2N );
+    free( p->pBinsN2I );
+    p->pBinsI2N = pBinsNewI2N;
+    p->pBinsN2I = pBinsNewN2I;
+    p->nBins = nBinsNew;
+//    Nm_ManProfile( p );
+}
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns the smallest prime larger than the number.]
+
+  Description []
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+unsigned int Cudd_PrimeNm( unsigned int  p)
+{
+    int i,pn;
+
+    p--;
+    do {
+        p++;
+        if (p&1) {
+        pn = 1;
+        i = 3;
+        while ((unsigned) (i * i) <= p) {
+        if (p % i == 0) {
+            pn = 0;
+            break;
+        }
+        i += 2;
+        }
+    } else {
+        pn = 0;
+    }
+    } while (!pn);
+    return(p);
+
+} /* end of Cudd_Prime */
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                       END OF FILE                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
diff --git a/src/misc/st/module.make b/src/misc/st/module.make
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..33e442c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/st/module.make
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+SRC +=  src/misc/st/st.c \
+    src/misc/st/stmm.c
diff --git a/src/misc/st/st.c b/src/misc/st/st.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..872fe51b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/st/st.c
@@ -0,0 +1,625 @@
+/*
+ * Revision Control Information
+ *
+ * /projects/hsis/CVS/utilities/st/st.c,v
+ * serdar
+ * 1.1
+ * 1993/07/29 01:00:13
+ *
+ */
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "st.h"
+
+#ifndef ABS
+#  define ABS(a)            ((a) < 0 ? -(a) : (a))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ALLOC
+#define ALLOC(type, num)     ((type *) malloc(sizeof(type) * (num)))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef FREE
+#define FREE(obj)             ((obj) ? (free((char *) (obj)), (obj) = 0) : 0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef REALLOC
+#define REALLOC(type, obj, num)    \
+        ((obj) ? ((type *) realloc((char *)(obj), sizeof(type) * (num))) : \
+         ((type *) malloc(sizeof(type) * (num))))
+#endif
+
+#define ST_NUMCMP(x,y) ((x) != (y))
+#define ST_NUMHASH(x,size) (ABS((long)x)%(size))
+//#define ST_PTRHASH(x,size) ((int)((unsigned long)(x)>>2)%size)  // 64-bit bug fix 9/17/2007
+#define ST_PTRHASH(x,size) ((int)(((unsigned long)(x)>>2)%size))
+#define EQUAL(func, x, y) \
+    ((((func) == st_numcmp) || ((func) == st_ptrcmp)) ?\
+      (ST_NUMCMP((x),(y)) == 0) : ((*func)((x), (y)) == 0))
+
+
+#define do_hash(key, table)\
+    ((table->hash == st_ptrhash) ? ST_PTRHASH((key),(table)->num_bins) :\
+     (table->hash == st_numhash) ? ST_NUMHASH((key), (table)->num_bins) :\
+     (*table->hash)((key), (table)->num_bins))
+
+static int rehash();
+int st_numhash(), st_ptrhash(), st_numcmp(), st_ptrcmp();
+
+st_table *
+st_init_table_with_params(compare, hash, size, density, grow_factor,
+              reorder_flag)
+int (*compare)();
+int (*hash)();
+int size;
+int density;
+double grow_factor;
+int reorder_flag;
+{
+    int i;
+    st_table *new;
+
+    new = ALLOC(st_table, 1);
+    if (new == NULL) {
+    return NULL;
+    }
+    new->compare = compare;
+    new->hash = hash;
+    new->num_entries = 0;
+    new->max_density = density;
+    new->grow_factor = grow_factor;
+    new->reorder_flag = reorder_flag;
+    if (size <= 0) {
+    size = 1;
+    }
+    new->num_bins = size;
+    new->bins = ALLOC(st_table_entry *, size);
+    if (new->bins == NULL) {
+    FREE(new);
+    return NULL;
+    }
+    for(i = 0; i < size; i++) {
+    new->bins[i] = 0;
+    }
+    return new;
+}
+
+st_table *
+st_init_table(compare, hash)
+int (*compare)();
+int (*hash)();
+{
+    return st_init_table_with_params(compare, hash, ST_DEFAULT_INIT_TABLE_SIZE,
+                     ST_DEFAULT_MAX_DENSITY,
+                     ST_DEFAULT_GROW_FACTOR,
+                     ST_DEFAULT_REORDER_FLAG);
+}
+                
+void
+st_free_table(table)
+st_table *table;
+{
+    register st_table_entry *ptr, *next;
+    int i;
+
+    for(i = 0; i < table->num_bins ; i++) {
+    ptr = table->bins[i];
+    while (ptr != NULL) {
+        next = ptr->next;
+        FREE(ptr);
+        ptr = next;
+    }
+    }
+    FREE(table->bins);
+    FREE(table);
+}
+
+#define PTR_NOT_EQUAL(table, ptr, user_key)\
+(ptr != NULL && !EQUAL(table->compare, user_key, (ptr)->key))
+
+#define FIND_ENTRY(table, hash_val, key, ptr, last) \
+    (last) = &(table)->bins[hash_val];\
+    (ptr) = *(last);\
+    while (PTR_NOT_EQUAL((table), (ptr), (key))) {\
+    (last) = &(ptr)->next; (ptr) = *(last);\
+    }\
+    if ((ptr) != NULL && (table)->reorder_flag) {\
+    *(last) = (ptr)->next;\
+    (ptr)->next = (table)->bins[hash_val];\
+    (table)->bins[hash_val] = (ptr);\
+    }
+
+int
+st_lookup(table, key, value)
+st_table *table;
+register char *key;
+char **value;
+{
+    int hash_val;
+    register st_table_entry *ptr, **last;
+
+    hash_val = do_hash(key, table);
+
+    FIND_ENTRY(table, hash_val, key, ptr, last);
+    
+    if (ptr == NULL) {
+    return 0;
+    } else {
+    if (value != NULL) {
+        *value = ptr->record; 
+    }
+    return 1;
+    }
+}
+
+int
+st_lookup_int(table, key, value)
+st_table *table;
+register char *key;
+int *value;
+{
+    int hash_val;
+    register st_table_entry *ptr, **last;
+
+    hash_val = do_hash(key, table);
+
+    FIND_ENTRY(table, hash_val, key, ptr, last);
+    
+    if (ptr == NULL) {
+    return 0;
+    } else {
+    if (value != 0) {
+        *value = (long) ptr->record;
+    }
+    return 1;
+    }
+}
+
+/* This macro does not check if memory allocation fails. Use at you own risk */
+#define ADD_DIRECT(table, key, value, hash_val, new)\
+{\
+    if (table->num_entries/table->num_bins >= table->max_density) {\
+    rehash(table);\
+    hash_val = do_hash(key,table);\
+    }\
+    \
+    new = ALLOC(st_table_entry, 1);\
+    \
+    new->key = key;\
+    new->record = value;\
+    new->next = table->bins[hash_val];\
+    table->bins[hash_val] = new;\
+    table->num_entries++;\
+}
+
+int
+st_insert(table, key, value)
+register st_table *table;
+register char *key;
+char *value;
+{
+    int hash_val;
+    st_table_entry *new;
+    register st_table_entry *ptr, **last;
+
+    hash_val = do_hash(key, table);
+
+    FIND_ENTRY(table, hash_val, key, ptr, last);
+
+    if (ptr == NULL) {
+    if (table->num_entries/table->num_bins >= table->max_density) {
+        if (rehash(table) == ST_OUT_OF_MEM) {
+        return ST_OUT_OF_MEM;
+        }
+        hash_val = do_hash(key, table);
+    }
+    new = ALLOC(st_table_entry, 1);
+    if (new == NULL) {
+        return ST_OUT_OF_MEM;
+    }
+    new->key = key;
+    new->record = value;
+    new->next = table->bins[hash_val];
+    table->bins[hash_val] = new;
+    table->num_entries++;
+    return 0;
+    } else {
+    ptr->record = value;
+    return 1;
+    }
+}
+
+int
+st_add_direct(table, key, value)
+st_table *table;
+char *key;
+char *value;
+{
+    int hash_val;
+    st_table_entry *new;
+    
+    hash_val = do_hash(key, table);
+    if (table->num_entries / table->num_bins >= table->max_density) {
+    if (rehash(table) == ST_OUT_OF_MEM) {
+        return ST_OUT_OF_MEM;
+    }
+    }
+    hash_val = do_hash(key, table);
+    new = ALLOC(st_table_entry, 1);
+    if (new == NULL) {
+    return ST_OUT_OF_MEM;
+    }
+    new->key = key;
+    new->record = value;
+    new->next = table->bins[hash_val];
+    table->bins[hash_val] = new;
+    table->num_entries++;
+    return 1;
+}
+
+int
+st_find_or_add(table, key, slot)
+st_table *table;
+char *key;
+char ***slot;
+{
+    int hash_val;
+    st_table_entry *new, *ptr, **last;
+
+    hash_val = do_hash(key, table);
+
+    FIND_ENTRY(table, hash_val, key, ptr, last);
+
+    if (ptr == NULL) {
+    if (table->num_entries / table->num_bins >= table->max_density) {
+        if (rehash(table) == ST_OUT_OF_MEM) {
+        return ST_OUT_OF_MEM;
+        }
+        hash_val = do_hash(key, table);
+    }
+    new = ALLOC(st_table_entry, 1);
+    if (new == NULL) {
+        return ST_OUT_OF_MEM;
+    }
+    new->key = key;
+    new->record = (char *) 0;
+    new->next = table->bins[hash_val];
+    table->bins[hash_val] = new;
+    table->num_entries++;
+    if (slot != NULL) *slot = &new->record;
+    return 0;
+    } else {
+    if (slot != NULL) *slot = &ptr->record;
+    return 1;
+    }
+}
+
+int
+st_find(table, key, slot)
+st_table *table;
+char *key;
+char ***slot;
+{
+    int hash_val;
+    st_table_entry *ptr, **last;
+
+    hash_val = do_hash(key, table);
+
+    FIND_ENTRY(table, hash_val, key, ptr, last);
+
+    if (ptr == NULL) {
+    return 0;
+    } else {
+    if (slot != NULL) {
+        *slot = &ptr->record;
+    }
+    return 1;
+    }
+}
+
+static int
+rehash(table)
+register st_table *table;
+{
+    register st_table_entry *ptr, *next, **old_bins;
+    int             i, old_num_bins, hash_val, old_num_entries;
+
+    /* save old values */
+    old_bins = table->bins;
+    old_num_bins = table->num_bins;
+    old_num_entries = table->num_entries;
+
+    /* rehash */
+    table->num_bins = (int)(table->grow_factor * old_num_bins);
+    if (table->num_bins % 2 == 0) {
+    table->num_bins += 1;
+    }
+    table->num_entries = 0;
+    table->bins = ALLOC(st_table_entry *, table->num_bins);
+    if (table->bins == NULL) {
+    table->bins = old_bins;
+    table->num_bins = old_num_bins;
+    table->num_entries = old_num_entries;
+    return ST_OUT_OF_MEM;
+    }
+    /* initialize */
+    for (i = 0; i < table->num_bins; i++) {
+    table->bins[i] = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* copy data over */
+    for (i = 0; i < old_num_bins; i++) {
+    ptr = old_bins[i];
+    while (ptr != NULL) {
+        next = ptr->next;
+        hash_val = do_hash(ptr->key, table);
+        ptr->next = table->bins[hash_val];
+        table->bins[hash_val] = ptr;
+        table->num_entries++;
+        ptr = next;
+    }
+    }
+    FREE(old_bins);
+
+    return 1;
+}
+
+st_table *
+st_copy(old_table)
+st_table *old_table;
+{
+    st_table *new_table;
+    st_table_entry *ptr, *newptr, *next, *new;
+    int i, j, num_bins = old_table->num_bins;
+
+    new_table = ALLOC(st_table, 1);
+    if (new_table == NULL) {
+    return NULL;
+    }
+    
+    *new_table = *old_table;
+    new_table->bins = ALLOC(st_table_entry *, num_bins);
+    if (new_table->bins == NULL) {
+    FREE(new_table);
+    return NULL;
+    }
+    for(i = 0; i < num_bins ; i++) {
+    new_table->bins[i] = NULL;
+    ptr = old_table->bins[i];
+    while (ptr != NULL) {
+        new = ALLOC(st_table_entry, 1);
+        if (new == NULL) {
+        for (j = 0; j <= i; j++) {
+            newptr = new_table->bins[j];
+            while (newptr != NULL) {
+            next = newptr->next;
+            FREE(newptr);
+            newptr = next;
+            }
+        }
+        FREE(new_table->bins);
+        FREE(new_table);
+        return NULL;
+        }
+        *new = *ptr;
+        new->next = new_table->bins[i];
+        new_table->bins[i] = new;
+        ptr = ptr->next;
+    }
+    }
+    return new_table;
+}
+
+int
+st_delete(table, keyp, value)
+register st_table *table;
+register char **keyp;
+char **value;
+{
+    int hash_val;
+    char *key = *keyp;
+    register st_table_entry *ptr, **last;
+
+    hash_val = do_hash(key, table);
+
+    FIND_ENTRY(table, hash_val, key, ptr ,last);
+    
+    if (ptr == NULL) {
+    return 0;
+    }
+
+    *last = ptr->next;
+    if (value != NULL) *value = ptr->record;
+    *keyp = ptr->key;
+    FREE(ptr);
+    table->num_entries--;
+    return 1;
+}
+
+int
+st_delete_int(table, keyp, value)
+register st_table *table;
+register long *keyp;
+char **value;
+{
+    int hash_val;
+    char *key = (char *) *keyp;
+    register st_table_entry *ptr, **last;
+
+    hash_val = do_hash(key, table);
+
+    FIND_ENTRY(table, hash_val, key, ptr ,last);
+
+    if (ptr == NULL) {
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    *last = ptr->next;
+    if (value != NULL) *value = ptr->record;
+    *keyp = (long) ptr->key;
+    FREE(ptr);
+    table->num_entries--;
+    return 1;
+}
+
+int
+st_foreach(table, func, arg)
+st_table *table;
+enum st_retval (*func)();
+char *arg;
+{
+    st_table_entry *ptr, **last;
+    enum st_retval retval;
+    int i;
+
+    for(i = 0; i < table->num_bins; i++) {
+    last = &table->bins[i]; ptr = *last;
+    while (ptr != NULL) {
+        retval = (*func)(ptr->key, ptr->record, arg);
+        switch (retval) {
+        case ST_CONTINUE:
+        last = &ptr->next; ptr = *last;
+        break;
+        case ST_STOP:
+        return 0;
+        case ST_DELETE:
+        *last = ptr->next;
+        table->num_entries--;    /* cstevens@ic */
+        FREE(ptr);
+        ptr = *last;
+        }
+    }
+    }
+    return 1;
+}
+
+int
+st_strhash(string, modulus)
+register char *string;
+int modulus;
+{
+    register int val = 0;
+    register int c;
+    
+    while ((c = *string++) != '\0') {
+    val = val*997 + c;
+    }
+
+    return ((val < 0) ? -val : val)%modulus;
+}
+
+int
+st_numhash(x, size)
+char *x;
+int size;
+{
+    return ST_NUMHASH(x, size);
+}
+
+int
+st_ptrhash(x, size)
+char *x;
+int size;
+{
+    return ST_PTRHASH(x, size);
+}
+
+int
+st_numcmp(x, y)
+char *x;
+char *y;
+{
+    return ST_NUMCMP(x, y);
+}
+
+int
+st_ptrcmp(x, y)
+char *x;
+char *y;
+{
+    return ST_NUMCMP(x, y);
+}
+
+st_generator *
+st_init_gen(table)
+st_table *table;
+{
+    st_generator *gen;
+
+    gen = ALLOC(st_generator, 1);
+    if (gen == NULL) {
+    return NULL;
+    }
+    gen->table = table;
+    gen->entry = NULL;
+    gen->index = 0;
+    return gen;
+}
+
+
+int 
+st_gen(gen, key_p, value_p)
+st_generator *gen;
+char **key_p;
+char **value_p;
+{
+    register int i;
+
+    if (gen->entry == NULL) {
+    /* try to find next entry */
+    for(i = gen->index; i < gen->table->num_bins; i++) {
+        if (gen->table->bins[i] != NULL) {
+        gen->index = i+1;
+        gen->entry = gen->table->bins[i];
+        break;
+        }
+    }
+    if (gen->entry == NULL) {
+        return 0;        /* that's all folks ! */
+    }
+    }
+    *key_p = gen->entry->key;
+    if (value_p != 0) {
+    *value_p = gen->entry->record;
+    }
+    gen->entry = gen->entry->next;
+    return 1;
+}
+
+
+int 
+st_gen_int(gen, key_p, value_p)
+st_generator *gen;
+char **key_p;
+long *value_p;
+{
+    register int i;
+
+    if (gen->entry == NULL) {
+    /* try to find next entry */
+    for(i = gen->index; i < gen->table->num_bins; i++) {
+        if (gen->table->bins[i] != NULL) {
+        gen->index = i+1;
+        gen->entry = gen->table->bins[i];
+        break;
+        }
+    }
+    if (gen->entry == NULL) {
+        return 0;        /* that's all folks ! */
+    }
+    }
+    *key_p = gen->entry->key;
+    if (value_p != 0) {
+       *value_p = (long) gen->entry->record;
+    }
+    gen->entry = gen->entry->next;
+    return 1;
+}
+
+
+void
+st_free_gen(gen)
+st_generator *gen;
+{
+    FREE(gen);
+}
diff --git a/src/misc/st/st.h b/src/misc/st/st.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b15f3c83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/st/st.h
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+/*
+ * Revision Control Information
+ *
+ * /projects/hsis/CVS/utilities/st/st.h,v
+ * serdar
+ * 1.1
+ * 1993/07/29 01:00:21
+ *
+ */
+/* LINTLIBRARY */
+
+/* /projects/hsis/CVS/utilities/st/st.h,v 1.1 1993/07/29 01:00:21 serdar Exp */
+
+#ifndef ST_INCLUDED
+#define ST_INCLUDED
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef struct st_table_entry st_table_entry;
+struct st_table_entry {
+    char *key;
+    char *record;
+    st_table_entry *next;
+};
+
+typedef struct st_table st_table;
+struct st_table {
+    int (*compare)();
+    int (*hash)();
+    int num_bins;
+    int num_entries;
+    int max_density;
+    int reorder_flag;
+    double grow_factor;
+    st_table_entry **bins;
+};
+
+typedef struct st_generator st_generator;
+struct st_generator {
+    st_table *table;
+    st_table_entry *entry;
+    int index;
+};
+
+#define st_is_member(table,key) st_lookup(table,key,(char **) 0)
+#define st_count(table) ((table)->num_entries)
+
+enum st_retval {ST_CONTINUE, ST_STOP, ST_DELETE};
+
+typedef enum st_retval (*ST_PFSR)();
+typedef int (*ST_PFI)();
+
+extern st_table *st_init_table_with_params (ST_PFI, ST_PFI, int, int, double, int);
+extern st_table *st_init_table (ST_PFI, ST_PFI); 
+extern void st_free_table (st_table *);
+extern int st_lookup (st_table *, char *, char **);
+extern int st_lookup_int (st_table *, char *, int *);
+extern int st_insert (st_table *, char *, char *);
+extern int st_add_direct (st_table *, char *, char *);
+extern int st_find_or_add (st_table *, char *, char ***);
+extern int st_find (st_table *, char *, char ***);
+extern st_table *st_copy (st_table *);
+extern int st_delete (st_table *, char **, char **);
+extern int st_delete_int (st_table *, long *, char **);
+extern int st_foreach (st_table *, ST_PFSR, char *);
+extern int st_strhash (char *, int);
+extern int st_numhash (char *, int);
+extern int st_ptrhash (char *, int);
+extern int st_numcmp (char *, char *);
+extern int st_ptrcmp (char *, char *);
+extern st_generator *st_init_gen (st_table *);
+extern int st_gen (st_generator *, char **, char **);
+extern int st_gen_int (st_generator *, char **, long *);
+extern void st_free_gen (st_generator *);
+
+
+#define ST_DEFAULT_MAX_DENSITY 5
+#define ST_DEFAULT_INIT_TABLE_SIZE 11
+#define ST_DEFAULT_GROW_FACTOR 2.0
+#define ST_DEFAULT_REORDER_FLAG 0
+
+#define st_foreach_item(table, gen, key, value) \
+    for(gen=st_init_gen(table); st_gen(gen,key,value) || (st_free_gen(gen),0);)
+
+#define st_foreach_item_int(table, gen, key, value) \
+    for(gen=st_init_gen(table); st_gen_int(gen,key,value) || (st_free_gen(gen),0);)
+
+#define ST_OUT_OF_MEM -10000
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* ST_INCLUDED */
diff --git a/src/misc/st/stmm.c b/src/misc/st/stmm.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8dfacfe4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/st/stmm.c
@@ -0,0 +1,688 @@
+/*
+ * Revision Control Information
+ *
+ * /projects/hsis/CVS/utilities/st/st.c,v
+ * serdar
+ * 1.1
+ * 1993/07/29 01:00:13
+ *
+ */
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "extra.h"
+#include "stmm.h"
+
+#ifndef ABS
+#  define ABS(a)            ((a) < 0 ? -(a) : (a))
+#endif
+
+#define STMM_NUMCMP(x,y) ((x) != (y))
+#define STMM_NUMHASH(x,size) (ABS((long)x)%(size))
+//#define STMM_PTRHASH(x,size) ((int)((unsigned long)(x)>>2)%size) //  64-bit bug fix 9/17/2007
+#define STMM_PTRHASH(x,size) ((int)(((unsigned long)(x)>>2)%size))
+#define EQUAL(func, x, y) \
+    ((((func) == stmm_numcmp) || ((func) == stmm_ptrcmp)) ?\
+      (STMM_NUMCMP((x),(y)) == 0) : ((*func)((x), (y)) == 0))
+
+
+#define do_hash(key, table)\
+    ((table->hash == stmm_ptrhash) ? STMM_PTRHASH((key),(table)->num_bins) :\
+     (table->hash == stmm_numhash) ? STMM_NUMHASH((key), (table)->num_bins) :\
+     (*table->hash)((key), (table)->num_bins))
+
+static int rehash ();
+int stmm_numhash (), stmm_ptrhash (), stmm_numcmp (), stmm_ptrcmp ();
+
+stmm_table *
+stmm_init_table_with_params (compare, hash, size, density, grow_factor,
+                 reorder_flag)
+    int (*compare) ();
+    int (*hash) ();
+    int size;
+    int density;
+    double grow_factor;
+    int reorder_flag;
+{
+    int i;
+    stmm_table *new;
+
+    new = ALLOC (stmm_table, 1);
+    if (new == NULL) {
+    return NULL;
+    }
+    new->compare = compare;
+    new->hash = hash;
+    new->num_entries = 0;
+    new->max_density = density;
+    new->grow_factor = grow_factor;
+    new->reorder_flag = reorder_flag;
+    if (size <= 0) {
+    size = 1;
+    }
+    new->num_bins = size;
+    new->bins = ALLOC (stmm_table_entry *, size);
+    if (new->bins == NULL) {
+    FREE (new);
+    return NULL;
+    }
+    for (i = 0; i < size; i++) {
+    new->bins[i] = 0;
+    }
+
+    // added by alanmi
+    new->pMemMan = Extra_MmFixedStart(sizeof (stmm_table_entry));
+    return new;
+}
+
+stmm_table *
+stmm_init_table (compare, hash)
+    int (*compare) ();
+    int (*hash) ();
+{
+    return stmm_init_table_with_params (compare, hash,
+                    STMM_DEFAULT_INIT_TABLE_SIZE,
+                    STMM_DEFAULT_MAX_DENSITY,
+                    STMM_DEFAULT_GROW_FACTOR,
+                    STMM_DEFAULT_REORDER_FLAG);
+}
+
+void
+stmm_free_table (table)
+    stmm_table *table;
+{
+/*
+    register stmm_table_entry *ptr, *next;
+    int i;
+    for ( i = 0; i < table->num_bins; i++ )
+    {
+        ptr = table->bins[i];
+        while ( ptr != NULL )
+        {
+            next = ptr->next;
+            FREE( ptr );
+            ptr = next;
+        }
+    }
+*/
+    // no need to deallocate entries because they are in the memory manager now
+    // added by alanmi
+    if ( table->pMemMan )
+        Extra_MmFixedStop (table->pMemMan);
+    FREE (table->bins);
+    FREE (table);
+}
+
+// this function recycles all the bins
+void
+stmm_clean (table)
+    stmm_table *table;
+{
+    int i;
+    // clean the bins
+    for (i = 0; i < table->num_bins; i++)
+        table->bins[i] = NULL;
+    // reset the parameters
+    table->num_entries = 0;
+    // restart the memory manager
+    Extra_MmFixedRestart (table->pMemMan);
+}
+
+
+#define PTR_NOT_EQUAL(table, ptr, user_key)\
+(ptr != NULL && !EQUAL(table->compare, user_key, (ptr)->key))
+
+#define FIND_ENTRY(table, hash_val, key, ptr, last) \
+    (last) = &(table)->bins[hash_val];\
+    (ptr) = *(last);\
+    while (PTR_NOT_EQUAL((table), (ptr), (key))) {\
+    (last) = &(ptr)->next; (ptr) = *(last);\
+    }\
+    if ((ptr) != NULL && (table)->reorder_flag) {\
+    *(last) = (ptr)->next;\
+    (ptr)->next = (table)->bins[hash_val];\
+    (table)->bins[hash_val] = (ptr);\
+    }
+
+int
+stmm_lookup (table, key, value)
+    stmm_table *table;
+    register char *key;
+    char **value;
+{
+    int hash_val;
+    register stmm_table_entry *ptr, **last;
+
+    hash_val = do_hash (key, table);
+
+    FIND_ENTRY (table, hash_val, key, ptr, last);
+
+    if (ptr == NULL) {
+    return 0;
+    }
+    else {
+    if (value != NULL)
+    {
+        *value = ptr->record;
+    }
+    return 1;
+    }
+}
+
+int
+stmm_lookup_int (table, key, value)
+    stmm_table *table;
+    register char *key;
+    int *value;
+{
+    int hash_val;
+    register stmm_table_entry *ptr, **last;
+
+    hash_val = do_hash (key, table);
+
+    FIND_ENTRY (table, hash_val, key, ptr, last);
+
+    if (ptr == NULL) {
+    return 0;
+    }
+    else {
+    if (value != 0)
+    {
+        *value = (long) ptr->record;
+    }
+    return 1;
+    }
+}
+
+// This macro contained a line
+//    new = ALLOC(stmm_table_entry, 1);
+// which was modified by alanmi
+
+
+/* This macro does not check if memory allocation fails. Use at you own risk */
+#define ADD_DIRECT(table, key, value, hash_val, new)\
+{\
+    if (table->num_entries/table->num_bins >= table->max_density) {\
+    rehash(table);\
+    hash_val = do_hash(key,table);\
+    }\
+    \
+    new = (stmm_table_entry *)Extra_MmFixedEntryFetch( table->pMemMan );\
+    \
+    new->key = key;\
+    new->record = value;\
+    new->next = table->bins[hash_val];\
+    table->bins[hash_val] = new;\
+    table->num_entries++;\
+}
+
+int
+stmm_insert (table, key, value)
+    register stmm_table *table;
+    register char *key;
+    char *value;
+{
+    int hash_val;
+    stmm_table_entry *new;
+    register stmm_table_entry *ptr, **last;
+
+    hash_val = do_hash (key, table);
+
+    FIND_ENTRY (table, hash_val, key, ptr, last);
+
+    if (ptr == NULL) {
+    if (table->num_entries / table->num_bins >= table->max_density) {
+        if (rehash (table) == STMM_OUT_OF_MEM) {
+        return STMM_OUT_OF_MEM;
+        }
+        hash_val = do_hash (key, table);
+    }
+
+//              new = ALLOC( stmm_table_entry, 1 );
+    new = (stmm_table_entry *) Extra_MmFixedEntryFetch (table->pMemMan);
+    if (new == NULL) {
+        return STMM_OUT_OF_MEM;
+    }
+
+    new->key = key;
+    new->record = value;
+    new->next = table->bins[hash_val];
+    table->bins[hash_val] = new;
+    table->num_entries++;
+    return 0;
+    }
+    else {
+    ptr->record = value;
+    return 1;
+    }
+}
+
+int
+stmm_add_direct (table, key, value)
+    stmm_table *table;
+    char *key;
+    char *value;
+{
+    int hash_val;
+    stmm_table_entry *new;
+
+    hash_val = do_hash (key, table);
+    if (table->num_entries / table->num_bins >= table->max_density) {
+    if (rehash (table) == STMM_OUT_OF_MEM) {
+        return STMM_OUT_OF_MEM;
+    }
+    }
+    hash_val = do_hash (key, table);
+
+//      new = ALLOC( stmm_table_entry, 1 );
+    new = (stmm_table_entry *) Extra_MmFixedEntryFetch (table->pMemMan);
+    if (new == NULL) {
+    return STMM_OUT_OF_MEM;
+    }
+
+    new->key = key;
+    new->record = value;
+    new->next = table->bins[hash_val];
+    table->bins[hash_val] = new;
+    table->num_entries++;
+    return 1;
+}
+
+int
+stmm_find_or_add (table, key, slot)
+    stmm_table *table;
+    char *key;
+    char ***slot;
+{
+    int hash_val;
+    stmm_table_entry *new, *ptr, **last;
+
+    hash_val = do_hash (key, table);
+
+    FIND_ENTRY (table, hash_val, key, ptr, last);
+
+    if (ptr == NULL) {
+    if (table->num_entries / table->num_bins >= table->max_density) {
+        if (rehash (table) == STMM_OUT_OF_MEM) {
+        return STMM_OUT_OF_MEM;
+        }
+        hash_val = do_hash (key, table);
+    }
+
+    // new = ALLOC( stmm_table_entry, 1 );
+    new = (stmm_table_entry *) Extra_MmFixedEntryFetch (table->pMemMan);
+    if (new == NULL) {
+        return STMM_OUT_OF_MEM;
+    }
+
+    new->key = key;
+    new->record = (char *) 0;
+    new->next = table->bins[hash_val];
+    table->bins[hash_val] = new;
+    table->num_entries++;
+    if (slot != NULL)
+         *slot = &new->record;
+    return 0;
+    }
+    else {
+    if (slot != NULL)
+         *slot = &ptr->record;
+    return 1;
+    }
+}
+
+int
+stmm_find (table, key, slot)
+    stmm_table *table;
+    char *key;
+    char ***slot;
+{
+    int hash_val;
+    stmm_table_entry *ptr, **last;
+
+    hash_val = do_hash (key, table);
+
+    FIND_ENTRY (table, hash_val, key, ptr, last);
+
+    if (ptr == NULL) {
+    return 0;
+    }
+    else {
+    if (slot != NULL)
+    {
+        *slot = &ptr->record;
+    }
+    return 1;
+    }
+}
+
+static int
+rehash (table)
+    register stmm_table *table;
+{
+    register stmm_table_entry *ptr, *next, **old_bins;
+    int i, old_num_bins, hash_val, old_num_entries;
+
+    /* save old values */
+    old_bins = table->bins;
+    old_num_bins = table->num_bins;
+    old_num_entries = table->num_entries;
+
+    /* rehash */
+    table->num_bins = (int) (table->grow_factor * old_num_bins);
+    if (table->num_bins % 2 == 0) {
+    table->num_bins += 1;
+    }
+    table->num_entries = 0;
+    table->bins = ALLOC (stmm_table_entry *, table->num_bins);
+    if (table->bins == NULL) {
+    table->bins = old_bins;
+    table->num_bins = old_num_bins;
+    table->num_entries = old_num_entries;
+    return STMM_OUT_OF_MEM;
+    }
+    /* initialize */
+    for (i = 0; i < table->num_bins; i++) {
+    table->bins[i] = 0;
+    }
+
+    /* copy data over */
+    for (i = 0; i < old_num_bins; i++) {
+    ptr = old_bins[i];
+    while (ptr != NULL) {
+        next = ptr->next;
+        hash_val = do_hash (ptr->key, table);
+        ptr->next = table->bins[hash_val];
+        table->bins[hash_val] = ptr;
+        table->num_entries++;
+        ptr = next;
+    }
+    }
+    FREE (old_bins);
+
+    return 1;
+}
+
+stmm_table *
+stmm_copy (old_table)
+    stmm_table *old_table;
+{
+    stmm_table *new_table;
+    stmm_table_entry *ptr, /* *newptr, *next, */ *new;
+    int i, /*j, */ num_bins = old_table->num_bins;
+
+    new_table = ALLOC (stmm_table, 1);
+    if (new_table == NULL) {
+    return NULL;
+    }
+
+    *new_table = *old_table;
+    new_table->bins = ALLOC (stmm_table_entry *, num_bins);
+    if (new_table->bins == NULL) {
+    FREE (new_table);
+    return NULL;
+    }
+
+    // allocate the memory manager for the new table
+    new_table->pMemMan =
+    Extra_MmFixedStart (sizeof (stmm_table_entry));
+
+    for (i = 0; i < num_bins; i++) {
+    new_table->bins[i] = NULL;
+    ptr = old_table->bins[i];
+    while (ptr != NULL) {
+//                      new = ALLOC( stmm_table_entry, 1 );
+        new =
+        (stmm_table_entry *) Extra_MmFixedEntryFetch (new_table->
+                                pMemMan);
+
+        if (new == NULL) {
+/*
+                for ( j = 0; j <= i; j++ )
+                {
+                    newptr = new_table->bins[j];
+                    while ( newptr != NULL )
+                    {
+                        next = newptr->next;
+                        FREE( newptr );
+                        newptr = next;
+                    }
+                }
+*/
+        Extra_MmFixedStop (new_table->pMemMan);
+
+        FREE (new_table->bins);
+        FREE (new_table);
+        return NULL;
+        }
+        *new = *ptr;
+        new->next = new_table->bins[i];
+        new_table->bins[i] = new;
+        ptr = ptr->next;
+    }
+    }
+    return new_table;
+}
+
+int
+stmm_delete (table, keyp, value)
+    register stmm_table *table;
+    register char **keyp;
+    char **value;
+{
+    int hash_val;
+    char *key = *keyp;
+    register stmm_table_entry *ptr, **last;
+
+    hash_val = do_hash (key, table);
+
+    FIND_ENTRY (table, hash_val, key, ptr, last);
+
+    if (ptr == NULL) {
+    return 0;
+    }
+
+    *last = ptr->next;
+    if (value != NULL)
+     *value = ptr->record;
+    *keyp = ptr->key;
+//      FREE( ptr );
+    Extra_MmFixedEntryRecycle (table->pMemMan, (char *) ptr);
+
+    table->num_entries--;
+    return 1;
+}
+
+int
+stmm_delete_int (table, keyp, value)
+    register stmm_table *table;
+    register long *keyp;
+    char **value;
+{
+    int hash_val;
+    char *key = (char *) *keyp;
+    register stmm_table_entry *ptr, **last;
+
+    hash_val = do_hash (key, table);
+
+    FIND_ENTRY (table, hash_val, key, ptr, last);
+
+    if (ptr == NULL) {
+    return 0;
+    }
+
+    *last = ptr->next;
+    if (value != NULL)
+     *value = ptr->record;
+    *keyp = (long) ptr->key;
+//      FREE( ptr );
+    Extra_MmFixedEntryRecycle (table->pMemMan, (char *) ptr);
+
+    table->num_entries--;
+    return 1;
+}
+
+int
+stmm_foreach (table, func, arg)
+    stmm_table *table;
+    enum stmm_retval (*func) ();
+    char *arg;
+{
+    stmm_table_entry *ptr, **last;
+    enum stmm_retval retval;
+    int i;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < table->num_bins; i++) {
+    last = &table->bins[i];
+    ptr = *last;
+    while (ptr != NULL) {
+        retval = (*func) (ptr->key, ptr->record, arg);
+        switch (retval) {
+        case STMM_CONTINUE:
+        last = &ptr->next;
+        ptr = *last;
+        break;
+        case STMM_STOP:
+        return 0;
+        case STMM_DELETE:
+        *last = ptr->next;
+        table->num_entries--;    /* cstevens@ic */
+//                              FREE( ptr );
+        Extra_MmFixedEntryRecycle (table->pMemMan, (char *) ptr);
+
+        ptr = *last;
+        }
+    }
+    }
+    return 1;
+}
+
+int
+stmm_strhash (string, modulus)
+    register char *string;
+    int modulus;
+{
+    register int val = 0;
+    register int c;
+
+    while ((c = *string++) != '\0') {
+    val = val * 997 + c;
+    }
+
+    return ((val < 0) ? -val : val) % modulus;
+}
+
+int
+stmm_numhash (x, size)
+    char *x;
+    int size;
+{
+    return STMM_NUMHASH (x, size);
+}
+
+int
+stmm_ptrhash (x, size)
+    char *x;
+    int size;
+{
+    return STMM_PTRHASH (x, size);
+}
+
+int
+stmm_numcmp (x, y)
+    char *x;
+    char *y;
+{
+    return STMM_NUMCMP (x, y);
+}
+
+int
+stmm_ptrcmp (x, y)
+    char *x;
+    char *y;
+{
+    return STMM_NUMCMP (x, y);
+}
+
+stmm_generator *
+stmm_init_gen (table)
+    stmm_table *table;
+{
+    stmm_generator *gen;
+
+    gen = ALLOC (stmm_generator, 1);
+    if (gen == NULL) {
+    return NULL;
+    }
+    gen->table = table;
+    gen->entry = NULL;
+    gen->index = 0;
+    return gen;
+}
+
+
+int
+stmm_gen (gen, key_p, value_p)
+    stmm_generator *gen;
+    char **key_p;
+    char **value_p;
+{
+    register int i;
+
+    if (gen->entry == NULL) {
+    /* try to find next entry */
+    for (i = gen->index; i < gen->table->num_bins; i++) {
+        if (gen->table->bins[i] != NULL) {
+        gen->index = i + 1;
+        gen->entry = gen->table->bins[i];
+        break;
+        }
+    }
+    if (gen->entry == NULL) {
+        return 0;        /* that's all folks ! */
+    }
+    }
+    *key_p = gen->entry->key;
+    if (value_p != 0) {
+    *value_p = gen->entry->record;
+    }
+    gen->entry = gen->entry->next;
+    return 1;
+}
+
+
+int
+stmm_gen_int (gen, key_p, value_p)
+    stmm_generator *gen;
+    char **key_p;
+    long *value_p;
+{
+    register int i;
+
+    if (gen->entry == NULL) {
+    /* try to find next entry */
+    for (i = gen->index; i < gen->table->num_bins; i++) {
+        if (gen->table->bins[i] != NULL) {
+        gen->index = i + 1;
+        gen->entry = gen->table->bins[i];
+        break;
+        }
+    }
+    if (gen->entry == NULL) {
+        return 0;        /* that's all folks ! */
+    }
+    }
+    *key_p = gen->entry->key;
+    if (value_p != 0)
+    {
+    *value_p = (long) gen->entry->record;
+    }
+    gen->entry = gen->entry->next;
+    return 1;
+}
+
+
+void
+stmm_free_gen (gen)
+    stmm_generator *gen;
+{
+    FREE (gen);
+}
diff --git a/src/misc/st/stmm.h b/src/misc/st/stmm.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4330416e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/st/stmm.h
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+/*
+ * Revision Control Information
+ *
+ * /projects/hsis/CVS/utilities/st/st.h,v
+ * serdar
+ * 1.1
+ * 1993/07/29 01:00:21
+ *
+ */
+/* LINTLIBRARY */
+
+/* /projects/hsis/CVS/utilities/st/st.h,v 1.1 1993/07/29 01:00:21 serdar Exp */
+
+#ifndef STMM_INCLUDED
+#define STMM_INCLUDED
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include "extra.h"
+
+typedef struct stmm_table_entry stmm_table_entry;
+typedef struct stmm_table stmm_table;
+typedef struct stmm_generator stmm_generator;
+
+struct stmm_table_entry
+{
+    char *key;
+    char *record;
+    stmm_table_entry *next;
+};
+
+struct stmm_table
+{
+    int (*compare) ();
+    int (*hash) ();
+    int num_bins;
+    int num_entries;
+    int max_density;
+    int reorder_flag;
+    double grow_factor;
+    stmm_table_entry **bins;
+    // memory manager to improve runtime and prevent memory fragmentation
+    // added by alanmi - January 16, 2003
+    Extra_MmFixed_t *pMemMan;
+};
+
+struct stmm_generator
+{
+    stmm_table *table;
+    stmm_table_entry *entry;
+    int index;
+};
+
+#define stmm_is_member(table,key) stmm_lookup(table,key,(char **) 0)
+#define stmm_count(table) ((table)->num_entries)
+
+enum stmm_retval
+{ STMM_CONTINUE, STMM_STOP, STMM_DELETE };
+
+typedef enum stmm_retval (*STMM_PFSR) ();
+typedef int (*STMM_PFI) ();
+
+EXTERN stmm_table *stmm_init_table_with_params
+ARGS ((STMM_PFI, STMM_PFI, int, int, double, int));
+EXTERN stmm_table *stmm_init_table ARGS ((STMM_PFI, STMM_PFI));
+EXTERN void stmm_free_table ARGS ((stmm_table *));
+EXTERN int stmm_lookup ARGS ((stmm_table *, char *, char **));
+EXTERN int stmm_lookup_int ARGS ((stmm_table *, char *, int *));
+EXTERN int stmm_insert ARGS ((stmm_table *, char *, char *));
+EXTERN int stmm_add_direct ARGS ((stmm_table *, char *, char *));
+EXTERN int stmm_find_or_add ARGS ((stmm_table *, char *, char ***));
+EXTERN int stmm_find ARGS ((stmm_table *, char *, char ***));
+EXTERN stmm_table *stmm_copy ARGS ((stmm_table *));
+EXTERN int stmm_delete ARGS ((stmm_table *, char **, char **));
+EXTERN int stmm_delete_int ARGS ((stmm_table *, long *, char **));
+EXTERN int stmm_foreach ARGS ((stmm_table *, STMM_PFSR, char *));
+EXTERN int stmm_strhash ARGS ((char *, int));
+EXTERN int stmm_numhash ARGS ((char *, int));
+EXTERN int stmm_ptrhash ARGS ((char *, int));
+EXTERN int stmm_numcmp ARGS ((char *, char *));
+EXTERN int stmm_ptrcmp ARGS ((char *, char *));
+EXTERN stmm_generator *stmm_init_gen ARGS ((stmm_table *));
+EXTERN int stmm_gen ARGS ((stmm_generator *, char **, char **));
+EXTERN int stmm_gen_int ARGS ((stmm_generator *, char **, long *));
+EXTERN void stmm_free_gen ARGS ((stmm_generator *));
+// additional functions
+EXTERN void stmm_clean ARGS ((stmm_table *));
+
+
+
+#define STMM_DEFAULT_MAX_DENSITY        5
+#define STMM_DEFAULT_INIT_TABLE_SIZE   11
+#define STMM_DEFAULT_GROW_FACTOR      2.0
+#define STMM_DEFAULT_REORDER_FLAG       0
+
+// added by Zhihong: no need for memory allocation
+#define stmm_foreach_item2(tb, /* stmm_generator */gen, key, value) \
+    for(gen.table=(tb), gen.entry=NULL, gen.index=0; \
+        stmm_gen(&(gen),key,value);)
+
+#define stmm_foreach_item(table, gen, key, value) \
+    for(gen=stmm_init_gen(table); stmm_gen(gen,key,value) || (stmm_free_gen(gen),0);)
+
+#define stmm_foreach_item_int(table, gen, key, value) \
+    for(gen=stmm_init_gen(table); stmm_gen_int(gen,key,value) || (stmm_free_gen(gen),0);)
+
+#define STMM_OUT_OF_MEM -10000
+
+/*
+
+// consider adding these other other similar definitions
+#define st_table       stmm_table
+#define st_insert      stmm_insert
+#define st_delete      stmm_delete
+#define st_lookup      stmm_lookup
+#define st_init_table  stmm_init_table
+#define st_free_table  stmm_free_table
+
+*/
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* STMM_INCLUDED */
diff --git a/src/misc/util/leaks.h b/src/misc/util/leaks.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1a32062a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/util/leaks.h
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// This file is used to detect memory leaks using Visual Studio 6.0
+// The idea comes from this page: http://www.michaelmoser.org/memory.htm
+// In addition to this file, it required the presence of "stdlib_hack.h"
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef __LEAKS_H__
+#define __LEAKS_H__
+
+#ifdef _DEBUG
+#define _CRTDBG_MAP_ALLOC // include Microsoft memory leak detection procedures
+//#define _INC_MALLOC         // exclude standard memory alloc procedures
+
+#define   malloc(s)         _malloc_dbg(s, _NORMAL_BLOCK, __FILE__, __LINE__)
+#define   calloc(c, s)      _calloc_dbg(c, s, _NORMAL_BLOCK, __FILE__, __LINE__)
+#define   realloc(p, s)     _realloc_dbg(p, s, _NORMAL_BLOCK, __FILE__, __LINE__)
+//#define   _expand(p, s)     _expand_dbg(p, s, _NORMAL_BLOCK, __FILE__, __LINE__)
+//#define   free(p)           _free_dbg(p, _NORMAL_BLOCK)
+//#define   _msize(p)         _msize_dbg(p, _NORMAL_BLOCK)
+
+//#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdlib_hack.h>
+#include <crtdbg.h>
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+//////////////////////////////////////
+
+
diff --git a/src/misc/util/module.make b/src/misc/util/module.make
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d6d908e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/util/module.make
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+SRC += 
diff --git a/src/misc/util/stdlib_hack.h b/src/misc/util/stdlib_hack.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2ddf73d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/util/stdlib_hack.h
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+
diff --git a/src/misc/util/util_hack.h b/src/misc/util/util_hack.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..71c77321
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/util/util_hack.h
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+/**CFile****************************************************************
+
+  FileName    [util_hack.h]
+
+  SystemName  [ABC: Logic synthesis and verification system.]
+
+  PackageName [This file is used to simulate the presence of "util.h".]
+
+  Synopsis    [External declarations.]
+
+  Author      [Alan Mishchenko]
+  
+  Affiliation [UC Berkeley]
+
+  Date        [Ver. 1.0. Started - June 20, 2005.]
+
+  Revision    [$Id: util_hack.h,v 1.00 2005/06/20 00:00:00 alanmi Exp $]
+
+***********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef __UTIL_HACK_H__
+#define __UTIL_HACK_H__
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <math.h>
+
+#define EXTERN                 extern
+#define NIL(type)              ((type *) 0)
+#define random                 rand
+#define srandom                srand
+
+#define util_cpu_time          Extra_CpuTime            
+#define getSoftDataLimit       Extra_GetSoftDataLimit   
+#define util_getopt_reset      Extra_UtilGetoptReset    
+#define util_getopt            Extra_UtilGetopt         
+#define util_print_time        Extra_UtilPrintTime      
+#define util_strsav            Extra_UtilStrsav         
+#define util_tilde_expand      Extra_UtilTildeExpand    
+#define util_file_search       Extra_UtilFileSearch
+#define MMoutOfMemory          Extra_UtilMMoutOfMemory      
+
+#define util_optarg            globalUtilOptarg
+#define util_optind            globalUtilOptind
+
+#ifndef ARGS
+#  ifdef __STDC__
+#     define ARGS(args)    args
+#  else
+#     define ARGS(args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ABS
+#  define ABS(a)            ((a) < 0 ? -(a) : (a))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MAX
+#  define MAX(a,b)        ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MIN
+#  define MIN(a,b)        ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
+#endif
+
+#define ALLOC(type, num)       ((type *) malloc(sizeof(type) * (num)))
+#define FREE(obj)              ((obj) ? (free((char *) (obj)), (obj) = 0) : 0)
+#define REALLOC(type, obj, num) \
+        ((obj) ? ((type *) realloc((char *)(obj), sizeof(type) * (num))) : \
+        ((type *) malloc(sizeof(type) * (num))))
+
+extern long        Extra_CpuTime();
+extern int         Extra_GetSoftDataLimit();
+extern void        Extra_UtilGetoptReset();
+extern int         Extra_UtilGetopt( int argc, char *argv[], char *optstring );
+extern char *      Extra_UtilPrintTime( long t );
+extern char *      Extra_UtilStrsav( char *s );
+extern char *      Extra_UtilTildeExpand( char *fname );
+extern char *      Extra_UtilFileSearch( char *file, char *path, char *mode );
+
+extern char *      globalUtilOptarg;
+extern int         globalUtilOptind;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/misc/vec/module.make b/src/misc/vec/module.make
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d6d908e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/vec/module.make
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+SRC += 
diff --git a/src/misc/vec/vec.h b/src/misc/vec/vec.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a4bd4771
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/vec/vec.h
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+/**CFile****************************************************************
+
+  FileName    [vec.h]
+
+  SystemName  [ABC: Logic synthesis and verification system.]
+
+  PackageName [Resizable arrays.]
+
+  Synopsis    [External declarations.]
+
+  Author      [Alan Mishchenko]
+  
+  Affiliation [UC Berkeley]
+
+  Date        [Ver. 1.0. Started - June 20, 2005.]
+
+  Revision    [$Id: vec.h,v 1.00 2005/06/20 00:00:00 alanmi Exp $]
+
+***********************************************************************/
+ 
+#ifndef __VEC_H__
+#define __VEC_H__
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#define inline __inline // compatible with MS VS 6.0
+#pragma warning(disable : 4152) // warning C4152: nonstandard extension, function/data pointer conversion in expression
+#pragma warning(disable : 4244) // warning C4244: '+=' : conversion from 'int ' to 'unsigned short ', possible loss of data
+#pragma warning(disable : 4514) // warning C4514: 'Vec_StrPop' : unreferenced inline function has been removed
+#pragma warning(disable : 4710) // warning C4710: function 'Vec_PtrGrow' not inlined
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SINT64
+#define SINT64
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+typedef signed __int64     sint64;   // compatible with MS VS 6.0
+#else
+typedef long long          sint64;
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                          INCLUDES                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+// this include should be the first one in the list
+// it is used to catch memory leaks on Windows
+#include "leaks.h"       
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                      MACRO DEFINITIONS                           ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifndef ABS
+#define ABS(a)            ((a) < 0 ? -(a) : (a))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MAX
+#define MAX(a,b)        ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MIN
+#define MIN(a,b)        ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ALLOC
+#define ALLOC(type, num)     ((type *) malloc(sizeof(type) * (num)))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef FREE
+#define FREE(obj)             ((obj) ? (free((char *) (obj)), (obj) = 0) : 0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef REALLOC
+#define REALLOC(type, obj, num)    \
+        ((obj) ? ((type *) realloc((char *)(obj), sizeof(type) * (num))) : \
+         ((type *) malloc(sizeof(type) * (num))))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PRT
+#define PRT(a,t)  printf("%s = ", (a)); printf("%6.2f sec\n", (float)(t)/(float)(CLOCKS_PER_SEC))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PRTP
+#define PRTP(a,t,T)  printf("%s = ", (a)); printf("%6.2f sec (%6.2f %%)\n", (float)(t)/(float)(CLOCKS_PER_SEC), (T)? 100.0*(t)/(T) : 0.0)
+#endif
+
+#include "vecInt.h"
+#include "vecFlt.h"
+#include "vecStr.h"
+#include "vecPtr.h"
+#include "vecVec.h"
+#include "vecAtt.h"
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                         PARAMETERS                               ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                         BASIC TYPES                              ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                    FUNCTION DECLARATIONS                         ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                       END OF FILE                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
diff --git a/src/misc/vec/vecAtt.h b/src/misc/vec/vecAtt.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..da7a8445
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/vec/vecAtt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,391 @@
+/**CFile****************************************************************
+
+  FileName    [vecAtt.h]
+
+  SystemName  [ABC: Logic synthesis and verification system.]
+
+  PackageName [Resizable arrays.]
+
+  Synopsis    [Array of user-specified attiributes.]
+
+  Author      [Alan Mishchenko]
+  
+  Affiliation [UC Berkeley]
+
+  Date        [Ver. 1.0. Started - June 20, 2005.]
+
+  Revision    [$Id: vecAtt.h,v 1.00 2005/06/20 00:00:00 alanmi Exp $]
+
+***********************************************************************/
+ 
+#ifndef __Vec_Att_H__
+#define __Vec_Att_H__
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                          INCLUDES                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                         PARAMETERS                               ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+// various attributes
+typedef enum { 
+    VEC_ATTR_NONE = 0,     // 0
+    VEC_ATTR_COPY,         // 1
+    VEC_ATTR_LOCAL_AIG,    // 2
+    VEC_ATTR_LOCAL_SOP,    // 3
+    VEC_ATTR_LOCAL_BDD,    // 4
+    VEC_ATTR_GLOBAL_AIG,   // 5
+    VEC_ATTR_GLOBAL_SOP,   // 6
+    VEC_ATTR_GLOBAL_BDD,   // 7
+    VEC_ATTR_LEVEL,        // 8
+    VEC_ATTR_LEVEL_REV,    // 9
+    VEC_ATTR_RETIME_LAG,   // 10
+    VEC_ATTR_FRAIG,        // 11
+    VEC_ATTR_MVVAR,        // 12
+    VEC_ATTR_DATA1,        // 13
+    VEC_ATTR_DATA2,        // 14
+    VEC_ATTR_TOTAL_NUM     // 15
+} Vec_AttrType_t;
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                         BASIC TYPES                              ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+typedef struct Vec_Att_t_  Vec_Att_t;
+struct Vec_Att_t_ 
+{
+    // storage for attributes
+    int              nCap;                 // the size of array allocated
+    int *            pArrayInt;            // the integer attribute array
+    void **          pArrayPtr;            // the pointer attribute array
+    // attribute specific info
+    void *           pMan;                 // the manager for this attribute
+    void (*pFuncFreeMan) (void *);         // the procedure to free the manager
+    void*(*pFuncStartObj)(void *);         // the procedure to start one attribute
+    void (*pFuncFreeObj) (void *, void *); // the procedure to free one attribute
+};
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                      MACRO DEFINITIONS                           ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                     FUNCTION DEFINITIONS                         ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Allocates a vector with the given capacity.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline Vec_Att_t * Vec_AttAlloc( 
+    int fInteger, int nSize, void * pMan, 
+    void (*pFuncFreeMan) (void *), 
+    void*(*pFuncStartObj)(void *), 
+    void (*pFuncFreeObj) (void *, void *)  )
+{
+    Vec_Att_t * p;
+    p = ALLOC( Vec_Att_t, 1 );
+    memset( p, 0, sizeof(Vec_Att_t) );
+    p->pMan          = pMan;
+    p->pFuncFreeMan  = pFuncFreeMan;
+    p->pFuncStartObj = pFuncStartObj;
+    p->pFuncFreeObj  = pFuncFreeObj;
+    p->nCap = nSize? nSize : 16;
+    if ( fInteger )
+    {
+        p->pArrayInt = ALLOC( int, p->nCap );
+        memset( p->pArrayInt, 0xff, sizeof(int) * p->nCap );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        p->pArrayPtr = ALLOC( void *, p->nCap );
+        memset( p->pArrayPtr, 0, sizeof(void *) * p->nCap );
+    }
+    return p;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Frees the vector.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void * Vec_AttFree( Vec_Att_t * p, int fFreeMan )
+{
+    void * pMan;
+    if ( p == NULL )
+        return NULL;
+    // free the attributes of objects
+    if ( p->pFuncFreeObj )
+    {
+        int i;
+        if ( p->pArrayInt )
+        {
+            for ( i = 0; i < p->nCap; i++ )
+                if ( p->pArrayInt[i] )
+                    p->pFuncFreeObj( p->pMan, (void *)p->pArrayInt[i] );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            for ( i = 0; i < p->nCap; i++ )
+                if ( p->pArrayPtr[i] )
+                    p->pFuncFreeObj( p->pMan, p->pArrayPtr[i] );
+        }
+    }
+    // free the memory manager
+    pMan = fFreeMan? NULL : p->pMan;
+    if ( p->pMan && fFreeMan )  
+        p->pFuncFreeMan( p->pMan );
+    FREE( p->pArrayInt );
+    FREE( p->pArrayPtr );
+    FREE( p );
+    return pMan;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Clears the vector.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_AttClear( Vec_Att_t * p )
+{
+    // free the attributes of objects
+    if ( p->pFuncFreeObj )
+    {
+        int i;
+        if ( p->pArrayInt )
+        {
+            if ( p->pFuncFreeObj )
+                for ( i = 0; i < p->nCap; i++ )
+                    if ( p->pArrayInt[i] )
+                        p->pFuncFreeObj( p->pMan, (void *)p->pArrayInt[i] );
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            if ( p->pFuncFreeObj )
+                for ( i = 0; i < p->nCap; i++ )
+                    if ( p->pArrayPtr[i] )
+                        p->pFuncFreeObj( p->pMan, p->pArrayPtr[i] );
+        }
+    }
+    if ( p->pArrayInt )
+        memset( p->pArrayInt, 0xff, sizeof(int) * p->nCap );
+    else
+        memset( p->pArrayPtr, 0, sizeof(void *) * p->nCap );
+
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Deletes one entry from the attribute manager.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_AttFreeEntry( Vec_Att_t * p, int i )
+{
+    if ( i >= p->nCap )
+        return;
+    if ( p->pMan )
+    {
+        if ( p->pArrayInt[i] && p->pFuncFreeObj )
+            p->pFuncFreeObj( p->pMan, (void *)p->pArrayInt[i] );
+        if ( p->pArrayPtr[i] && p->pFuncFreeObj )
+            p->pFuncFreeObj( p->pMan, (void *)p->pArrayPtr[i] );
+    }
+    if ( p->pArrayInt )
+        p->pArrayInt[i] = ~(unsigned)0;
+    else
+        p->pArrayPtr[i] = NULL;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Resizes the vector to the given capacity.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_AttGrow( Vec_Att_t * p, int nCapMin )
+{
+    if ( p->nCap >= nCapMin )
+        return;
+    if ( p->pArrayInt )
+    {
+        p->pArrayInt = REALLOC( int, p->pArrayInt, nCapMin ); 
+        memset( p->pArrayInt + p->nCap, 0xff, sizeof(int) * (nCapMin - p->nCap) );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        p->pArrayPtr = REALLOC( void *, p->pArrayPtr, nCapMin ); 
+        memset( p->pArrayPtr + p->nCap, 0, sizeof(void *) * (nCapMin - p->nCap) );
+    }
+    p->nCap = nCapMin;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Writes the entry into its place.]
+
+  Description [Only works if the manager is not defined.]
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_AttWriteEntry( Vec_Att_t * p, int i, void * pEntry )
+{
+    assert( p->pArrayPtr );
+    assert( p->pFuncStartObj == NULL );
+    if ( i >= p->nCap )
+        Vec_AttGrow( p, (2 * p->nCap > i)? 2 * p->nCap : i + 10 );
+    p->pArrayPtr[i] = pEntry;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Writes the entry into its place.]
+
+  Description [Only works if the manager is not defined.]
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_AttWriteEntryInt( Vec_Att_t * p, int i, int Entry )
+{
+    assert( p->pArrayInt );
+    assert( p->pFuncStartObj == NULL );
+    if ( i >= p->nCap )
+        Vec_AttGrow( p, (2 * p->nCap > i)? 2 * p->nCap : i + 10 );
+    p->pArrayInt[i] = Entry;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns the entry.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void * Vec_AttEntry( Vec_Att_t * p, int i )
+{
+    assert( p->pArrayPtr );
+    if ( i >= p->nCap )
+        Vec_AttGrow( p, (2 * p->nCap > i)? 2 * p->nCap : i + 10 );
+    if ( p->pArrayPtr[i] == NULL && p->pFuncStartObj )
+        p->pArrayPtr[i] = p->pFuncStartObj( p->pMan );
+    return p->pArrayPtr[i];
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns the entry.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline int Vec_AttEntryInt( Vec_Att_t * p, int i )
+{
+    assert( p->pArrayInt );
+    assert( p->pMan == NULL );
+    if ( i >= p->nCap )
+        Vec_AttGrow( p, (2 * p->nCap > i)? 2 * p->nCap : i + 10 );
+    return p->pArrayInt[i];
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns the entry.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void * Vec_AttMan( Vec_Att_t * p )
+{
+    return p->pMan;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns the array of attributes.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void ** Vec_AttArray( Vec_Att_t * p )
+{
+    return p->pArrayPtr;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns the array of attributes.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline int * Vec_AttArrayInt( Vec_Att_t * p )
+{
+    return p->pArrayInt;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                       END OF FILE                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
diff --git a/src/misc/vec/vecFlt.h b/src/misc/vec/vecFlt.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6b36ce84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/vec/vecFlt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,630 @@
+/**CFile****************************************************************
+
+  FileName    [vecFlt.h]
+
+  SystemName  [ABC: Logic synthesis and verification system.]
+
+  PackageName [Resizable arrays.]
+
+  Synopsis    [Resizable arrays of floats.]
+
+  Author      [Aaron P. Hurst]
+  
+  Affiliation [UC Berkeley]
+
+  Date        [Ver. 1.0. Started - June 20, 2005.]
+
+  Revision    [$Id: vecInt.h,v 1.00 2005/06/20 00:00:00 alanmi Exp $]
+
+***********************************************************************/
+ 
+#ifndef __VEC_FLT_H__
+#define __VEC_FLT_H__
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                          INCLUDES                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                         PARAMETERS                               ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                         BASIC TYPES                              ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+typedef struct Vec_Flt_t_       Vec_Flt_t;
+struct Vec_Flt_t_ 
+{
+    int              nCap;
+    int              nSize;
+    float *          pArray;
+};
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                      MACRO DEFINITIONS                           ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#define Vec_FltForEachEntry( vVec, Entry, i )                                               \
+    for ( i = 0; (i < Vec_FltSize(vVec)) && (((Entry) = Vec_FltEntry(vVec, i)), 1); i++ )
+#define Vec_FltForEachEntryStart( vVec, Entry, i, Start )                                   \
+    for ( i = Start; (i < Vec_FltSize(vVec)) && (((Entry) = Vec_FltEntry(vVec, i)), 1); i++ )
+#define Vec_FltForEachEntryStartStop( vVec, Entry, i, Start, Stop )                         \
+    for ( i = Start; (i < Stop) && (((Entry) = Vec_FltEntry(vVec, i)), 1); i++ )
+#define Vec_FltForEachEntryReverse( vVec, pEntry, i )                                       \
+    for ( i = Vec_FltSize(vVec) - 1; (i >= 0) && (((pEntry) = Vec_FltEntry(vVec, i)), 1); i-- )
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                     FUNCTION DEFINITIONS                         ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Allocates a vector with the given capacity.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline Vec_Flt_t * Vec_FltAlloc( int nCap )
+{
+    Vec_Flt_t * p;
+    p = ALLOC( Vec_Flt_t, 1 );
+    if ( nCap > 0 && nCap < 16 )
+        nCap = 16;
+    p->nSize  = 0;
+    p->nCap   = nCap;
+    p->pArray = p->nCap? ALLOC( float, p->nCap ) : NULL;
+    return p;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Allocates a vector with the given size and cleans it.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline Vec_Flt_t * Vec_FltStart( int nSize )
+{
+    Vec_Flt_t * p;
+    p = Vec_FltAlloc( nSize );
+    p->nSize = nSize;
+    memset( p->pArray, 0, sizeof(float) * nSize );
+    return p;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Creates the vector from a float array of the given size.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline Vec_Flt_t * Vec_FltAllocArray( float * pArray, int nSize )
+{
+    Vec_Flt_t * p;
+    p = ALLOC( Vec_Flt_t, 1 );
+    p->nSize  = nSize;
+    p->nCap   = nSize;
+    p->pArray = pArray;
+    return p;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Creates the vector from a float array of the given size.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline Vec_Flt_t * Vec_FltAllocArrayCopy( float * pArray, int nSize )
+{
+    Vec_Flt_t * p;
+    p = ALLOC( Vec_Flt_t, 1 );
+    p->nSize  = nSize;
+    p->nCap   = nSize;
+    p->pArray = ALLOC( float, nSize );
+    memcpy( p->pArray, pArray, sizeof(float) * nSize );
+    return p;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Duplicates the float array.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline Vec_Flt_t * Vec_FltDup( Vec_Flt_t * pVec )
+{
+    Vec_Flt_t * p;
+    p = ALLOC( Vec_Flt_t, 1 );
+    p->nSize  = pVec->nSize;
+    p->nCap   = pVec->nCap;
+    p->pArray = p->nCap? ALLOC( float, p->nCap ) : NULL;
+    memcpy( p->pArray, pVec->pArray, sizeof(float) * pVec->nSize );
+    return p;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Transfers the array into another vector.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline Vec_Flt_t * Vec_FltDupArray( Vec_Flt_t * pVec )
+{
+    Vec_Flt_t * p;
+    p = ALLOC( Vec_Flt_t, 1 );
+    p->nSize  = pVec->nSize;
+    p->nCap   = pVec->nCap;
+    p->pArray = pVec->pArray;
+    pVec->nSize  = 0;
+    pVec->nCap   = 0;
+    pVec->pArray = NULL;
+    return p;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_FltFree( Vec_Flt_t * p )
+{
+    FREE( p->pArray );
+    FREE( p );
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline float * Vec_FltReleaseArray( Vec_Flt_t * p )
+{
+    float * pArray = p->pArray;
+    p->nCap = 0;
+    p->nSize = 0;
+    p->pArray = NULL;
+    return pArray;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline float * Vec_FltArray( Vec_Flt_t * p )
+{
+    return p->pArray;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline int Vec_FltSize( Vec_Flt_t * p )
+{
+    return p->nSize;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline float Vec_FltEntry( Vec_Flt_t * p, int i )
+{
+    assert( i >= 0 && i < p->nSize );
+    return p->pArray[i];
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_FltWriteEntry( Vec_Flt_t * p, int i, float Entry )
+{
+    assert( i >= 0 && i < p->nSize );
+    p->pArray[i] = Entry;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_FltAddToEntry( Vec_Flt_t * p, int i, float Addition )
+{
+    assert( i >= 0 && i < p->nSize );
+    p->pArray[i] += Addition;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline float Vec_FltEntryLast( Vec_Flt_t * p )
+{
+    return p->pArray[p->nSize-1];
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Resizes the vector to the given capacity.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_FltGrow( Vec_Flt_t * p, int nCapMin )
+{
+    if ( p->nCap >= nCapMin )
+        return;
+    p->pArray = REALLOC( float, p->pArray, nCapMin ); 
+    p->nCap   = nCapMin;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Fills the vector with given number of entries.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_FltFill( Vec_Flt_t * p, int nSize, float Entry )
+{
+    int i;
+    Vec_FltGrow( p, nSize );
+    for ( i = 0; i < nSize; i++ )
+        p->pArray[i] = Entry;
+    p->nSize = nSize;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Fills the vector with given number of entries.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_FltFillExtra( Vec_Flt_t * p, int nSize, float Entry )
+{
+    int i;
+    if ( p->nSize >= nSize )
+        return;
+    Vec_FltGrow( p, nSize );
+    for ( i = p->nSize; i < nSize; i++ )
+        p->pArray[i] = Entry;
+    p->nSize = nSize;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_FltShrink( Vec_Flt_t * p, int nSizeNew )
+{
+    assert( p->nSize >= nSizeNew );
+    p->nSize = nSizeNew;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_FltClear( Vec_Flt_t * p )
+{
+    p->nSize = 0;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_FltPush( Vec_Flt_t * p, float Entry )
+{
+    if ( p->nSize == p->nCap )
+    {
+        if ( p->nCap < 16 )
+            Vec_FltGrow( p, 16 );
+        else
+            Vec_FltGrow( p, 2 * p->nCap );
+    }
+    p->pArray[p->nSize++] = Entry;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_FltPushOrder( Vec_Flt_t * p, float Entry )
+{
+    int i;
+    if ( p->nSize == p->nCap )
+    {
+        if ( p->nCap < 16 )
+            Vec_FltGrow( p, 16 );
+        else
+            Vec_FltGrow( p, 2 * p->nCap );
+    }
+    p->nSize++;
+    for ( i = p->nSize-2; i >= 0; i-- )
+        if ( p->pArray[i] > Entry )
+            p->pArray[i+1] = p->pArray[i];
+        else
+            break;
+    p->pArray[i+1] = Entry;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline int Vec_FltPushUnique( Vec_Flt_t * p, float Entry )
+{
+    int i;
+    for ( i = 0; i < p->nSize; i++ )
+        if ( p->pArray[i] == Entry )
+            return 1;
+    Vec_FltPush( p, Entry );
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns the last entry and removes it from the list.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline float Vec_FltPop( Vec_Flt_t * p )
+{
+    assert( p->nSize > 0 );
+    return p->pArray[--p->nSize];
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Find entry.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline int Vec_FltFind( Vec_Flt_t * p, float Entry )
+{
+    int i;
+    for ( i = 0; i < p->nSize; i++ )
+        if ( p->pArray[i] == Entry )
+            return i;
+    return -1;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline int Vec_FltRemove( Vec_Flt_t * p, float Entry )
+{
+    int i;
+    for ( i = 0; i < p->nSize; i++ )
+        if ( p->pArray[i] == Entry )
+            break;
+    if ( i == p->nSize )
+        return 0;
+    assert( i < p->nSize );
+    for ( i++; i < p->nSize; i++ )
+        p->pArray[i-1] = p->pArray[i];
+    p->nSize--;
+    return 1;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Comparison procedure for two floats.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline int Vec_FltSortCompare1( float * pp1, float * pp2 )
+{
+    // for some reason commenting out lines (as shown) led to crashing of the release version
+    if ( *pp1 < *pp2 )
+        return -1;
+    if ( *pp1 > *pp2 ) //
+        return 1;
+    return 0; //
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Comparison procedure for two floats.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline int Vec_FltSortCompare2( float * pp1, float * pp2 )
+{
+    // for some reason commenting out lines (as shown) led to crashing of the release version
+    if ( *pp1 > *pp2 )
+        return -1;
+    if ( *pp1 < *pp2 ) //
+        return 1;
+    return 0; //
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Sorting the entries by their value.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_FltSort( Vec_Flt_t * p, int fReverse )
+{
+    if ( fReverse ) 
+        qsort( (void *)p->pArray, p->nSize, sizeof(float), 
+                (int (*)(const void *, const void *)) Vec_FltSortCompare2 );
+    else
+        qsort( (void *)p->pArray, p->nSize, sizeof(float), 
+                (int (*)(const void *, const void *)) Vec_FltSortCompare1 );
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                       END OF FILE                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/src/misc/vec/vecInt.h b/src/misc/vec/vecInt.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..082ebe70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/vec/vecInt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,834 @@
+/**CFile****************************************************************
+
+  FileName    [vecInt.h]
+
+  SystemName  [ABC: Logic synthesis and verification system.]
+
+  PackageName [Resizable arrays.]
+
+  Synopsis    [Resizable arrays of integers.]
+
+  Author      [Alan Mishchenko]
+  
+  Affiliation [UC Berkeley]
+
+  Date        [Ver. 1.0. Started - June 20, 2005.]
+
+  Revision    [$Id: vecInt.h,v 1.00 2005/06/20 00:00:00 alanmi Exp $]
+
+***********************************************************************/
+ 
+#ifndef __VEC_INT_H__
+#define __VEC_INT_H__
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                          INCLUDES                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                         PARAMETERS                               ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                         BASIC TYPES                              ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+typedef struct Vec_Int_t_       Vec_Int_t;
+struct Vec_Int_t_ 
+{
+    int              nCap;
+    int              nSize;
+    int *            pArray;
+};
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                      MACRO DEFINITIONS                           ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#define Vec_IntForEachEntry( vVec, Entry, i )                                               \
+    for ( i = 0; (i < Vec_IntSize(vVec)) && (((Entry) = Vec_IntEntry(vVec, i)), 1); i++ )
+#define Vec_IntForEachEntryStart( vVec, Entry, i, Start )                                   \
+    for ( i = Start; (i < Vec_IntSize(vVec)) && (((Entry) = Vec_IntEntry(vVec, i)), 1); i++ )
+#define Vec_IntForEachEntryStartStop( vVec, Entry, i, Start, Stop )                         \
+    for ( i = Start; (i < Stop) && (((Entry) = Vec_IntEntry(vVec, i)), 1); i++ )
+#define Vec_IntForEachEntryReverse( vVec, pEntry, i )                                       \
+    for ( i = Vec_IntSize(vVec) - 1; (i >= 0) && (((pEntry) = Vec_IntEntry(vVec, i)), 1); i-- )
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                     FUNCTION DEFINITIONS                         ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Allocates a vector with the given capacity.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline Vec_Int_t * Vec_IntAlloc( int nCap )
+{
+    Vec_Int_t * p;
+    p = ALLOC( Vec_Int_t, 1 );
+    if ( nCap > 0 && nCap < 16 )
+        nCap = 16;
+    p->nSize  = 0;
+    p->nCap   = nCap;
+    p->pArray = p->nCap? ALLOC( int, p->nCap ) : NULL;
+    return p;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Allocates a vector with the given size and cleans it.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline Vec_Int_t * Vec_IntStart( int nSize )
+{
+    Vec_Int_t * p;
+    p = Vec_IntAlloc( nSize );
+    p->nSize = nSize;
+    memset( p->pArray, 0, sizeof(int) * nSize );
+    return p;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Allocates a vector with the given size and cleans it.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline Vec_Int_t * Vec_IntStartNatural( int nSize )
+{
+    Vec_Int_t * p;
+    int i;
+    p = Vec_IntAlloc( nSize );
+    p->nSize = nSize;
+    for ( i = 0; i < nSize; i++ )
+        p->pArray[i] = i;
+    return p;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Creates the vector from an integer array of the given size.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline Vec_Int_t * Vec_IntAllocArray( int * pArray, int nSize )
+{
+    Vec_Int_t * p;
+    p = ALLOC( Vec_Int_t, 1 );
+    p->nSize  = nSize;
+    p->nCap   = nSize;
+    p->pArray = pArray;
+    return p;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Creates the vector from an integer array of the given size.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline Vec_Int_t * Vec_IntAllocArrayCopy( int * pArray, int nSize )
+{
+    Vec_Int_t * p;
+    p = ALLOC( Vec_Int_t, 1 );
+    p->nSize  = nSize;
+    p->nCap   = nSize;
+    p->pArray = ALLOC( int, nSize );
+    memcpy( p->pArray, pArray, sizeof(int) * nSize );
+    return p;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Duplicates the integer array.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline Vec_Int_t * Vec_IntDup( Vec_Int_t * pVec )
+{
+    Vec_Int_t * p;
+    p = ALLOC( Vec_Int_t, 1 );
+    p->nSize  = pVec->nSize;
+    p->nCap   = pVec->nSize;
+    p->pArray = p->nCap? ALLOC( int, p->nCap ) : NULL;
+    memcpy( p->pArray, pVec->pArray, sizeof(int) * pVec->nSize );
+    return p;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Transfers the array into another vector.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline Vec_Int_t * Vec_IntDupArray( Vec_Int_t * pVec )
+{
+    Vec_Int_t * p;
+    p = ALLOC( Vec_Int_t, 1 );
+    p->nSize  = pVec->nSize;
+    p->nCap   = pVec->nCap;
+    p->pArray = pVec->pArray;
+    pVec->nSize  = 0;
+    pVec->nCap   = 0;
+    pVec->pArray = NULL;
+    return p;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_IntFree( Vec_Int_t * p )
+{
+    FREE( p->pArray );
+    FREE( p );
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline int * Vec_IntReleaseArray( Vec_Int_t * p )
+{
+    int * pArray = p->pArray;
+    p->nCap = 0;
+    p->nSize = 0;
+    p->pArray = NULL;
+    return pArray;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline int * Vec_IntArray( Vec_Int_t * p )
+{
+    return p->pArray;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline int Vec_IntSize( Vec_Int_t * p )
+{
+    return p->nSize;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline int Vec_IntEntry( Vec_Int_t * p, int i )
+{
+    assert( i >= 0 && i < p->nSize );
+    return p->pArray[i];
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_IntWriteEntry( Vec_Int_t * p, int i, int Entry )
+{
+    assert( i >= 0 && i < p->nSize );
+    p->pArray[i] = Entry;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_IntAddToEntry( Vec_Int_t * p, int i, int Addition )
+{
+    assert( i >= 0 && i < p->nSize );
+    p->pArray[i] += Addition;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline int Vec_IntEntryLast( Vec_Int_t * p )
+{
+    assert( p->nSize > 0 );
+    return p->pArray[p->nSize-1];
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Resizes the vector to the given capacity.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_IntGrow( Vec_Int_t * p, int nCapMin )
+{
+    if ( p->nCap >= nCapMin )
+        return;
+    p->pArray = REALLOC( int, p->pArray, nCapMin ); 
+    assert( p->pArray );
+    p->nCap   = nCapMin;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Fills the vector with given number of entries.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_IntFill( Vec_Int_t * p, int nSize, int Entry )
+{
+    int i;
+    Vec_IntGrow( p, nSize );
+    for ( i = 0; i < nSize; i++ )
+        p->pArray[i] = Entry;
+    p->nSize = nSize;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Fills the vector with given number of entries.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_IntFillExtra( Vec_Int_t * p, int nSize, int Entry )
+{
+    int i;
+    if ( p->nSize >= nSize )
+        return;
+    Vec_IntGrow( p, nSize );
+    for ( i = p->nSize; i < nSize; i++ )
+        p->pArray[i] = Entry;
+    p->nSize = nSize;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_IntShrink( Vec_Int_t * p, int nSizeNew )
+{
+    assert( p->nSize >= nSizeNew );
+    p->nSize = nSizeNew;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_IntClear( Vec_Int_t * p )
+{
+    p->nSize = 0;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_IntPush( Vec_Int_t * p, int Entry )
+{
+    if ( p->nSize == p->nCap )
+    {
+        if ( p->nCap < 16 )
+            Vec_IntGrow( p, 16 );
+        else
+            Vec_IntGrow( p, 2 * p->nCap );
+    }
+    p->pArray[p->nSize++] = Entry;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_IntPushFirst( Vec_Int_t * p, int Entry )
+{
+    int i;
+    if ( p->nSize == p->nCap )
+    {
+        if ( p->nCap < 16 )
+            Vec_IntGrow( p, 16 );
+        else
+            Vec_IntGrow( p, 2 * p->nCap );
+    }
+    p->nSize++;
+    for ( i = p->nSize - 1; i >= 1; i-- )
+        p->pArray[i] = p->pArray[i-1];
+    p->pArray[0] = Entry;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Inserts the entry while preserving the increasing order.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_IntPushOrder( Vec_Int_t * p, int Entry )
+{
+    int i;
+    if ( p->nSize == p->nCap )
+    {
+        if ( p->nCap < 16 )
+            Vec_IntGrow( p, 16 );
+        else
+            Vec_IntGrow( p, 2 * p->nCap );
+    }
+    p->nSize++;
+    for ( i = p->nSize-2; i >= 0; i-- )
+        if ( p->pArray[i] > Entry )
+            p->pArray[i+1] = p->pArray[i];
+        else
+            break;
+    p->pArray[i+1] = Entry;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Inserts the entry while preserving the increasing order.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline int Vec_IntPushUniqueOrder( Vec_Int_t * p, int Entry )
+{
+    int i;
+    for ( i = 0; i < p->nSize; i++ )
+        if ( p->pArray[i] == Entry )
+            return 1;
+    Vec_IntPushOrder( p, Entry );
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline int Vec_IntPushUnique( Vec_Int_t * p, int Entry )
+{
+    int i;
+    for ( i = 0; i < p->nSize; i++ )
+        if ( p->pArray[i] == Entry )
+            return 1;
+    Vec_IntPush( p, Entry );
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns the pointer to the next nWords entries in the vector.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline unsigned * Vec_IntFetch( Vec_Int_t * p, int nWords )
+{
+    if ( nWords == 0 )
+        return NULL;
+    assert( nWords > 0 );
+    p->nSize += nWords;
+    if ( p->nSize > p->nCap )
+    {
+//         Vec_IntGrow( p, 2 * p->nSize );
+        return NULL;
+    }
+    return ((unsigned *)p->pArray) + p->nSize - nWords;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns the last entry and removes it from the list.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline int Vec_IntPop( Vec_Int_t * p )
+{
+    assert( p->nSize > 0 );
+    return p->pArray[--p->nSize];
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Find entry.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline int Vec_IntFind( Vec_Int_t * p, int Entry )
+{
+    int i;
+    for ( i = 0; i < p->nSize; i++ )
+        if ( p->pArray[i] == Entry )
+            return i;
+    return -1;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline int Vec_IntRemove( Vec_Int_t * p, int Entry )
+{
+    int i;
+    for ( i = 0; i < p->nSize; i++ )
+        if ( p->pArray[i] == Entry )
+            break;
+    if ( i == p->nSize )
+        return 0;
+    assert( i < p->nSize );
+    for ( i++; i < p->nSize; i++ )
+        p->pArray[i-1] = p->pArray[i];
+    p->nSize--;
+    return 1;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Comparison procedure for two integers.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline int Vec_IntSortCompare1( int * pp1, int * pp2 )
+{
+    // for some reason commenting out lines (as shown) led to crashing of the release version
+    if ( *pp1 < *pp2 )
+        return -1;
+    if ( *pp1 > *pp2 ) //
+        return 1;
+    return 0; //
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Comparison procedure for two integers.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline int Vec_IntSortCompare2( int * pp1, int * pp2 )
+{
+    // for some reason commenting out lines (as shown) led to crashing of the release version
+    if ( *pp1 > *pp2 )
+        return -1;
+    if ( *pp1 < *pp2 ) //
+        return 1;
+    return 0; //
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Sorting the entries by their integer value.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_IntSort( Vec_Int_t * p, int fReverse )
+{
+    if ( fReverse ) 
+        qsort( (void *)p->pArray, p->nSize, sizeof(int), 
+                (int (*)(const void *, const void *)) Vec_IntSortCompare2 );
+    else
+        qsort( (void *)p->pArray, p->nSize, sizeof(int), 
+                (int (*)(const void *, const void *)) Vec_IntSortCompare1 );
+}
+
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Comparison procedure for two integers.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline int Vec_IntSortCompareUnsigned( unsigned * pp1, unsigned * pp2 )
+{
+    if ( *pp1 < *pp2 )
+        return -1;
+    if ( *pp1 > *pp2 )
+        return 1;
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Sorting the entries by their integer value.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_IntSortUnsigned( Vec_Int_t * p )
+{
+    qsort( (void *)p->pArray, p->nSize, sizeof(int), 
+            (int (*)(const void *, const void *)) Vec_IntSortCompareUnsigned );
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns the number of common entries.]
+
+  Description [Assumes that the vectors are sorted in the increasing order.]
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline int Vec_IntTwoCountCommon( Vec_Int_t * vArr1, Vec_Int_t * vArr2 )
+{
+    int * pBeg1 = vArr1->pArray;
+    int * pBeg2 = vArr2->pArray;
+    int * pEnd1 = vArr1->pArray + vArr1->nSize;
+    int * pEnd2 = vArr2->pArray + vArr2->nSize;
+    int Counter = 0;
+    while ( pBeg1 < pEnd1 && pBeg2 < pEnd2 )
+    {
+        if ( *pBeg1 == *pBeg2 )
+            pBeg1++, pBeg2++, Counter++;
+        else if ( *pBeg1 < *pBeg2 )
+            pBeg1++;
+        else 
+            pBeg2++;
+    }
+    return Counter;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns the result of merging the two vectors.]
+
+  Description [Assumes that the vectors are sorted in the increasing order.]
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline Vec_Int_t * Vec_IntTwoMerge( Vec_Int_t * vArr1, Vec_Int_t * vArr2 )
+{
+    Vec_Int_t * vArr = Vec_IntAlloc( vArr1->nSize + vArr2->nSize ); 
+    int * pBeg  = vArr->pArray;
+    int * pBeg1 = vArr1->pArray;
+    int * pBeg2 = vArr2->pArray;
+    int * pEnd1 = vArr1->pArray + vArr1->nSize;
+    int * pEnd2 = vArr2->pArray + vArr2->nSize;
+    while ( pBeg1 < pEnd1 && pBeg2 < pEnd2 )
+    {
+        if ( *pBeg1 == *pBeg2 )
+            *pBeg++ = *pBeg1++, pBeg2++;
+        else if ( *pBeg1 < *pBeg2 )
+            *pBeg++ = *pBeg1++;
+        else 
+            *pBeg++ = *pBeg2++;
+    }
+    while ( pBeg1 < pEnd1 )
+        *pBeg++ = *pBeg1++;
+    while ( pBeg2 < pEnd2 )
+        *pBeg++ = *pBeg2++;
+    vArr->nSize = pBeg - vArr->pArray;
+    assert( vArr->nSize <= vArr->nCap );
+    assert( vArr->nSize >= vArr1->nSize );
+    assert( vArr->nSize >= vArr2->nSize );
+    return vArr;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                       END OF FILE                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
diff --git a/src/misc/vec/vecPtr.h b/src/misc/vec/vecPtr.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1862bc7c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/vec/vecPtr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,762 @@
+/**CFile****************************************************************
+
+  FileName    [vecPtr.h]
+
+  SystemName  [ABC: Logic synthesis and verification system.]
+
+  PackageName [Resizable arrays.]
+
+  Synopsis    [Resizable arrays of generic pointers.]
+
+  Author      [Alan Mishchenko]
+  
+  Affiliation [UC Berkeley]
+
+  Date        [Ver. 1.0. Started - June 20, 2005.]
+
+  Revision    [$Id: vecPtr.h,v 1.00 2005/06/20 00:00:00 alanmi Exp $]
+
+***********************************************************************/
+ 
+#ifndef __VEC_PTR_H__
+#define __VEC_PTR_H__
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                          INCLUDES                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                         PARAMETERS                               ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                         BASIC TYPES                              ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+typedef struct Vec_Ptr_t_       Vec_Ptr_t;
+struct Vec_Ptr_t_ 
+{
+    int              nCap;
+    int              nSize;
+    void **          pArray;
+};
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                      MACRO DEFINITIONS                           ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+// iterators through entries
+#define Vec_PtrForEachEntry( vVec, pEntry, i )                                               \
+    for ( i = 0; (i < Vec_PtrSize(vVec)) && (((pEntry) = Vec_PtrEntry(vVec, i)), 1); i++ )
+#define Vec_PtrForEachEntryStart( vVec, pEntry, i, Start )                                   \
+    for ( i = Start; (i < Vec_PtrSize(vVec)) && (((pEntry) = Vec_PtrEntry(vVec, i)), 1); i++ )
+#define Vec_PtrForEachEntryStop( vVec, pEntry, i, Stop )                                     \
+    for ( i = 0; (i < Stop) && (((pEntry) = Vec_PtrEntry(vVec, i)), 1); i++ )
+#define Vec_PtrForEachEntryStartStop( vVec, pEntry, i, Start, Stop )                         \
+    for ( i = Start; (i < Stop) && (((pEntry) = Vec_PtrEntry(vVec, i)), 1); i++ )
+#define Vec_PtrForEachEntryReverse( vVec, pEntry, i )                                        \
+    for ( i = Vec_PtrSize(vVec) - 1; (i >= 0) && (((pEntry) = Vec_PtrEntry(vVec, i)), 1); i-- )
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                     FUNCTION DEFINITIONS                         ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Allocates a vector with the given capacity.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline Vec_Ptr_t * Vec_PtrAlloc( int nCap )
+{
+    Vec_Ptr_t * p;
+    p = ALLOC( Vec_Ptr_t, 1 );
+    if ( nCap > 0 && nCap < 8 )
+        nCap = 8;
+    p->nSize  = 0;
+    p->nCap   = nCap;
+    p->pArray = p->nCap? ALLOC( void *, p->nCap ) : NULL;
+    return p;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Allocates a vector with the given size and cleans it.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline Vec_Ptr_t * Vec_PtrStart( int nSize )
+{
+    Vec_Ptr_t * p;
+    p = Vec_PtrAlloc( nSize );
+    p->nSize = nSize;
+    memset( p->pArray, 0, sizeof(void *) * nSize );
+    return p;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Creates the vector from an integer array of the given size.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline Vec_Ptr_t * Vec_PtrAllocArray( void ** pArray, int nSize )
+{
+    Vec_Ptr_t * p;
+    p = ALLOC( Vec_Ptr_t, 1 );
+    p->nSize  = nSize;
+    p->nCap   = nSize;
+    p->pArray = pArray;
+    return p;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Creates the vector from an integer array of the given size.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline Vec_Ptr_t * Vec_PtrAllocArrayCopy( void ** pArray, int nSize )
+{
+    Vec_Ptr_t * p;
+    p = ALLOC( Vec_Ptr_t, 1 );
+    p->nSize  = nSize;
+    p->nCap   = nSize;
+    p->pArray = ALLOC( void *, nSize );
+    memcpy( p->pArray, pArray, sizeof(void *) * nSize );
+    return p;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Allocates the array of simulation info.]
+
+  Description [Allocates the array containing given number of entries, 
+  each of which contains given number of unsigned words of simulation data.
+  The resulting array can be freed using regular procedure Vec_PtrFree().
+  It is the responsibility of the user to ensure this array is never grown.]
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline Vec_Ptr_t * Vec_PtrAllocSimInfo( int nEntries, int nWords )
+{
+    void ** pMemory;
+    unsigned * pInfo;
+    int i;
+    pMemory = (void **)ALLOC( char, (sizeof(void *) + sizeof(unsigned) * nWords) * nEntries );
+    pInfo = (unsigned *)(pMemory + nEntries);
+    for ( i = 0; i < nEntries; i++ )
+        pMemory[i] = pInfo + i * nWords;
+    return Vec_PtrAllocArray( pMemory, nEntries );
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Allocates the array of truth tables for the given number of vars.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline Vec_Ptr_t * Vec_PtrAllocTruthTables( int nVars )
+{
+    Vec_Ptr_t * p;
+    unsigned Masks[5] = { 0xAAAAAAAA, 0xCCCCCCCC, 0xF0F0F0F0, 0xFF00FF00, 0xFFFF0000 };
+    unsigned * pTruth;
+    int i, k, nWords;
+    nWords = (nVars <= 5 ? 1 : (1 << (nVars - 5)));
+    p = Vec_PtrAllocSimInfo( nVars, nWords );
+    for ( i = 0; i < nVars; i++ )
+    {
+        pTruth = (unsigned *)p->pArray[i];
+        if ( i < 5 )
+        {
+            for ( k = 0; k < nWords; k++ )
+                pTruth[k] = Masks[i];
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            for ( k = 0; k < nWords; k++ )
+                if ( k & (1 << (i-5)) )
+                    pTruth[k] = ~(unsigned)0;
+                else
+                    pTruth[k] = 0;
+        }
+    }
+    return p;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Duplicates the integer array.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline Vec_Ptr_t * Vec_PtrDup( Vec_Ptr_t * pVec )
+{
+    Vec_Ptr_t * p;
+    p = ALLOC( Vec_Ptr_t, 1 );
+    p->nSize  = pVec->nSize;
+    p->nCap   = pVec->nCap;
+    p->pArray = p->nCap? ALLOC( void *, p->nCap ) : NULL;
+    memcpy( p->pArray, pVec->pArray, sizeof(void *) * pVec->nSize );
+    return p;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Transfers the array into another vector.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline Vec_Ptr_t * Vec_PtrDupArray( Vec_Ptr_t * pVec )
+{
+    Vec_Ptr_t * p;
+    p = ALLOC( Vec_Ptr_t, 1 );
+    p->nSize  = pVec->nSize;
+    p->nCap   = pVec->nCap;
+    p->pArray = pVec->pArray;
+    pVec->nSize  = 0;
+    pVec->nCap   = 0;
+    pVec->pArray = NULL;
+    return p;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Frees the vector.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_PtrFree( Vec_Ptr_t * p )
+{
+    FREE( p->pArray );
+    FREE( p );
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void ** Vec_PtrReleaseArray( Vec_Ptr_t * p )
+{
+    void ** pArray = p->pArray;
+    p->nCap = 0;
+    p->nSize = 0;
+    p->pArray = NULL;
+    return pArray;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void ** Vec_PtrArray( Vec_Ptr_t * p )
+{
+    return p->pArray;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline int Vec_PtrSize( Vec_Ptr_t * p )
+{
+    return p->nSize;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void * Vec_PtrEntry( Vec_Ptr_t * p, int i )
+{
+    assert( i >= 0 && i < p->nSize );
+    return p->pArray[i];
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Resizes the array of simulation info.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_PtrDoubleSimInfo( Vec_Ptr_t * vInfo )
+{
+    Vec_Ptr_t * vInfoNew;
+    int nWords;
+    assert( Vec_PtrSize(vInfo) > 2 );
+    // get the new array
+    nWords = (unsigned *)Vec_PtrEntry(vInfo,1) - (unsigned *)Vec_PtrEntry(vInfo,0);
+    vInfoNew = Vec_PtrAllocSimInfo( 2*Vec_PtrSize(vInfo), nWords );
+    // copy the simulation info
+    memcpy( Vec_PtrEntry(vInfoNew,0), Vec_PtrEntry(vInfo,0), Vec_PtrSize(vInfo) * nWords * 4 );
+    // replace the array
+    free( vInfo->pArray );
+    vInfo->pArray = vInfoNew->pArray;
+    vInfo->nSize *= 2;
+    vInfo->nCap *= 2;
+    // free the old array
+    vInfoNew->pArray = NULL;
+    free( vInfoNew );
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void ** Vec_PtrEntryP( Vec_Ptr_t * p, int i )
+{
+    assert( i >= 0 && i < p->nSize );
+    return p->pArray + i;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_PtrWriteEntry( Vec_Ptr_t * p, int i, void * Entry )
+{
+    assert( i >= 0 && i < p->nSize );
+    p->pArray[i] = Entry;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void * Vec_PtrEntryLast( Vec_Ptr_t * p )
+{
+    assert( p->nSize > 0 );
+    return p->pArray[p->nSize-1];
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Resizes the vector to the given capacity.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_PtrGrow( Vec_Ptr_t * p, int nCapMin )
+{
+    if ( p->nCap >= nCapMin )
+        return;
+    p->pArray = REALLOC( void *, p->pArray, nCapMin ); 
+    p->nCap   = nCapMin;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Fills the vector with given number of entries.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_PtrFill( Vec_Ptr_t * p, int nSize, void * Entry )
+{
+    int i;
+    Vec_PtrGrow( p, nSize );
+    for ( i = 0; i < nSize; i++ )
+        p->pArray[i] = Entry;
+    p->nSize = nSize;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Fills the vector with given number of entries.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_PtrFillExtra( Vec_Ptr_t * p, int nSize, void * Entry )
+{
+    int i;
+    if ( p->nSize >= nSize )
+        return;
+    assert( p->nSize < nSize );
+    if ( 2 * p->nSize > nSize )
+        Vec_PtrGrow( p, 2 * nSize );
+    else
+        Vec_PtrGrow( p, nSize );
+    for ( i = p->nSize; i < nSize; i++ )
+        p->pArray[i] = Entry;
+    p->nSize = nSize;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns the entry even if the place not exist.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void * Vec_PtrGetEntry( Vec_Ptr_t * p, int i )
+{
+    Vec_PtrFillExtra( p, i + 1, NULL );
+    return Vec_PtrEntry( p, i );
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Inserts the entry even if the place does not exist.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_PtrSetEntry( Vec_Ptr_t * p, int i, void * Entry )
+{
+    Vec_PtrFillExtra( p, i + 1, NULL );
+    Vec_PtrWriteEntry( p, i, Entry );
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_PtrShrink( Vec_Ptr_t * p, int nSizeNew )
+{
+    assert( p->nSize >= nSizeNew );
+    p->nSize = nSizeNew;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_PtrClear( Vec_Ptr_t * p )
+{
+    p->nSize = 0;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Copies the interger array.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_PtrCopy( Vec_Ptr_t * pDest, Vec_Ptr_t * pSour )
+{
+    pDest->nSize = 0;
+    Vec_PtrGrow( pDest, pSour->nSize );
+    memcpy( pDest->pArray, pSour->pArray, sizeof(void *) * pSour->nSize );
+    pDest->nSize = pSour->nSize;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_PtrPush( Vec_Ptr_t * p, void * Entry )
+{
+    if ( p->nSize == p->nCap )
+    {
+        if ( p->nCap < 16 )
+            Vec_PtrGrow( p, 16 );
+        else
+            Vec_PtrGrow( p, 2 * p->nCap );
+    }
+    p->pArray[p->nSize++] = Entry;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline int Vec_PtrPushUnique( Vec_Ptr_t * p, void * Entry )
+{
+    int i;
+    for ( i = 0; i < p->nSize; i++ )
+        if ( p->pArray[i] == Entry )
+            return 1;
+    Vec_PtrPush( p, Entry );
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns the last entry and removes it from the list.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void * Vec_PtrPop( Vec_Ptr_t * p )
+{
+    assert( p->nSize > 0 );
+    return p->pArray[--p->nSize];
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Find entry.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline int Vec_PtrFind( Vec_Ptr_t * p, void * Entry )
+{
+    int i;
+    for ( i = 0; i < p->nSize; i++ )
+        if ( p->pArray[i] == Entry )
+            return i;
+    return -1;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_PtrRemove( Vec_Ptr_t * p, void * Entry )
+{
+    int i;
+    // delete assuming that it is closer to the end
+    for ( i = p->nSize - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
+        if ( p->pArray[i] == Entry )
+            break;
+    assert( i >= 0 );
+/*
+    // delete assuming that it is closer to the beginning
+    for ( i = 0; i < p->nSize; i++ )
+        if ( p->pArray[i] == Entry )
+            break;
+    assert( i < p->nSize );
+*/
+    for ( i++; i < p->nSize; i++ )
+        p->pArray[i-1] = p->pArray[i];
+    p->nSize--;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Moves the first nItems to the end.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_PtrReorder( Vec_Ptr_t * p, int nItems )
+{
+    assert( nItems < p->nSize );
+    Vec_PtrGrow( p, nItems + p->nSize );
+    memmove( (char **)p->pArray + p->nSize, p->pArray, nItems * sizeof(void*) );
+    memmove( p->pArray, (char **)p->pArray + nItems, p->nSize * sizeof(void*) );
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Sorting the entries by their integer value.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_PtrSort( Vec_Ptr_t * p, int (*Vec_PtrSortCompare)() )
+{
+    if ( p->nSize < 2 )
+        return;
+    qsort( (void *)p->pArray, p->nSize, sizeof(void *), 
+            (int (*)(const void *, const void *)) Vec_PtrSortCompare );
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Sorting the entries by their integer value.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_PtrUniqify( Vec_Ptr_t * p, int (*Vec_PtrSortCompare)() )
+{
+    int i, k;
+    if ( p->nSize < 2 )
+        return;
+    qsort( (void *)p->pArray, p->nSize, sizeof(void *), 
+            (int (*)(const void *, const void *)) Vec_PtrSortCompare );
+    for ( i = k = 1; i < p->nSize; i++ )
+        if ( p->pArray[i] != p->pArray[i-1] )
+            p->pArray[k++] = p->pArray[i];
+    p->nSize = k;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                       END OF FILE                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
diff --git a/src/misc/vec/vecStr.h b/src/misc/vec/vecStr.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..47367bc6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/vec/vecStr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,583 @@
+/**CFile****************************************************************
+
+  FileName    [vecStr.h]
+
+  SystemName  [ABC: Logic synthesis and verification system.]
+
+  PackageName [Resizable arrays.]
+
+  Synopsis    [Resizable arrays of characters.]
+
+  Author      [Alan Mishchenko]
+  
+  Affiliation [UC Berkeley]
+
+  Date        [Ver. 1.0. Started - June 20, 2005.]
+
+  Revision    [$Id: vecStr.h,v 1.00 2005/06/20 00:00:00 alanmi Exp $]
+
+***********************************************************************/
+ 
+#ifndef __VEC_STR_H__
+#define __VEC_STR_H__
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                          INCLUDES                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                         PARAMETERS                               ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                         BASIC TYPES                              ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+typedef struct Vec_Str_t_       Vec_Str_t;
+struct Vec_Str_t_ 
+{
+    int              nCap;
+    int              nSize;
+    char *           pArray;
+};
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                      MACRO DEFINITIONS                           ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#define Vec_StrForEachEntry( vVec, Entry, i )                                               \
+    for ( i = 0; (i < Vec_StrSize(vVec)) && (((Entry) = Vec_StrEntry(vVec, i)), 1); i++ )   
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                     FUNCTION DEFINITIONS                         ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Allocates a vector with the given capacity.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline Vec_Str_t * Vec_StrAlloc( int nCap )
+{
+    Vec_Str_t * p;
+    p = ALLOC( Vec_Str_t, 1 );
+    if ( nCap > 0 && nCap < 16 )
+        nCap = 16;
+    p->nSize  = 0;
+    p->nCap   = nCap;
+    p->pArray = p->nCap? ALLOC( char, p->nCap ) : NULL;
+    return p;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Allocates a vector with the given size and cleans it.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline Vec_Str_t * Vec_StrStart( int nSize )
+{
+    Vec_Str_t * p;
+    p = Vec_StrAlloc( nSize );
+    p->nSize = nSize;
+    memset( p->pArray, 0, sizeof(char) * nSize );
+    return p;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Creates the vector from an integer array of the given size.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline Vec_Str_t * Vec_StrAllocArray( char * pArray, int nSize )
+{
+    Vec_Str_t * p;
+    p = ALLOC( Vec_Str_t, 1 );
+    p->nSize  = nSize;
+    p->nCap   = nSize;
+    p->pArray = pArray;
+    return p;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Creates the vector from an integer array of the given size.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline Vec_Str_t * Vec_StrAllocArrayCopy( char * pArray, int nSize )
+{
+    Vec_Str_t * p;
+    p = ALLOC( Vec_Str_t, 1 );
+    p->nSize  = nSize;
+    p->nCap   = nSize;
+    p->pArray = ALLOC( char, nSize );
+    memcpy( p->pArray, pArray, sizeof(char) * nSize );
+    return p;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Duplicates the integer array.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline Vec_Str_t * Vec_StrDup( Vec_Str_t * pVec )
+{
+    Vec_Str_t * p;
+    p = ALLOC( Vec_Str_t, 1 );
+    p->nSize  = pVec->nSize;
+    p->nCap   = pVec->nCap;
+    p->pArray = p->nCap? ALLOC( char, p->nCap ) : NULL;
+    memcpy( p->pArray, pVec->pArray, sizeof(char) * pVec->nSize );
+    return p;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Transfers the array into another vector.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline Vec_Str_t * Vec_StrDupArray( Vec_Str_t * pVec )
+{
+    Vec_Str_t * p;
+    p = ALLOC( Vec_Str_t, 1 );
+    p->nSize  = pVec->nSize;
+    p->nCap   = pVec->nCap;
+    p->pArray = pVec->pArray;
+    pVec->nSize  = 0;
+    pVec->nCap   = 0;
+    pVec->pArray = NULL;
+    return p;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_StrFree( Vec_Str_t * p )
+{
+    FREE( p->pArray );
+    FREE( p );
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline char * Vec_StrReleaseArray( Vec_Str_t * p )
+{
+    char * pArray = p->pArray;
+    p->nCap = 0;
+    p->nSize = 0;
+    p->pArray = NULL;
+    return pArray;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline char * Vec_StrArray( Vec_Str_t * p )
+{
+    return p->pArray;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline int Vec_StrSize( Vec_Str_t * p )
+{
+    return p->nSize;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline char Vec_StrEntry( Vec_Str_t * p, int i )
+{
+    assert( i >= 0 && i < p->nSize );
+    return p->pArray[i];
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_StrWriteEntry( Vec_Str_t * p, int i, char Entry )
+{
+    assert( i >= 0 && i < p->nSize );
+    p->pArray[i] = Entry;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline char Vec_StrEntryLast( Vec_Str_t * p )
+{
+    assert( p->nSize > 0 );
+    return p->pArray[p->nSize-1];
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Resizes the vector to the given capacity.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_StrGrow( Vec_Str_t * p, int nCapMin )
+{
+    if ( p->nCap >= nCapMin )
+        return;
+    p->pArray = REALLOC( char, p->pArray, 2 * nCapMin ); 
+    p->nCap   = 2 * nCapMin;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Fills the vector with given number of entries.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_StrFill( Vec_Str_t * p, int nSize, char Entry )
+{
+    int i;
+    Vec_StrGrow( p, nSize );
+    p->nSize = nSize;
+    for ( i = 0; i < p->nSize; i++ )
+        p->pArray[i] = Entry;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_StrShrink( Vec_Str_t * p, int nSizeNew )
+{
+    assert( p->nSize >= nSizeNew );
+    p->nSize = nSizeNew;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_StrClear( Vec_Str_t * p )
+{
+    p->nSize = 0;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_StrPush( Vec_Str_t * p, char Entry )
+{
+    if ( p->nSize == p->nCap )
+    {
+        if ( p->nCap < 16 )
+            Vec_StrGrow( p, 16 );
+        else
+            Vec_StrGrow( p, 2 * p->nCap );
+    }
+    p->pArray[p->nSize++] = Entry;
+}
+
+/**Function********************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Finds the smallest integer larger of equal than the logarithm.]
+
+  Description [Returns [Log10(Num)].]
+
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+******************************************************************************/
+static inline int Vec_StrBase10Log( unsigned Num )
+{
+    int Res;
+    assert( Num >= 0 );
+    if ( Num == 0 ) return 0;
+    if ( Num == 1 ) return 1;
+    for ( Res = 0, Num--;  Num;  Num /= 10,  Res++ );
+    return Res;
+} /* end of Extra_Base2Log */
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_StrPrintNum( Vec_Str_t * p, int Num )
+{
+    int i, nDigits;
+    if ( Num < 0 )
+    {
+        Vec_StrPush( p, '-' );
+        Num = -Num;
+    }
+    if ( Num < 10 )
+    {
+        Vec_StrPush( p, (char)('0' + Num) );
+        return;
+    }
+    nDigits = Vec_StrBase10Log( Num );
+    Vec_StrGrow( p, p->nSize + nDigits );
+    for ( i = nDigits - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
+    {
+        Vec_StrWriteEntry( p, p->nSize + i, (char)('0' + Num % 10) );
+        Num /= 10;
+    }
+    assert( Num == 0 );
+    p->nSize += nDigits;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_StrPrintStr( Vec_Str_t * p, char * pStr )
+{
+    int i, Length = strlen(pStr);
+    for ( i = 0; i < Length; i++ )
+        Vec_StrPush( p, pStr[i] );
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Appends the string to the char vector.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_StrAppend( Vec_Str_t * p, char * pString )
+{
+    int i, nLength = strlen(pString);
+    Vec_StrGrow( p, p->nSize + nLength );
+    for ( i = 0; i < nLength; i++ )
+        p->pArray[p->nSize + i] = pString[i];
+    p->nSize += nLength;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Returns the last entry and removes it from the list.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline char Vec_StrPop( Vec_Str_t * p )
+{
+    assert( p->nSize > 0 );
+    return p->pArray[--p->nSize];
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Comparison procedure for two clauses.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline int Vec_StrSortCompare1( char * pp1, char * pp2 )
+{
+    // for some reason commenting out lines (as shown) led to crashing of the release version
+    if ( *pp1 < *pp2 )
+        return -1;
+    if ( *pp1 > *pp2 ) //
+        return 1;
+    return 0; //
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Comparison procedure for two clauses.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline int Vec_StrSortCompare2( char * pp1, char * pp2 )
+{
+    // for some reason commenting out lines (as shown) led to crashing of the release version
+    if ( *pp1 > *pp2 )
+        return -1;
+    if ( *pp1 < *pp2 ) //
+        return 1;
+    return 0; //
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Sorting the entries by their integer value.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_StrSort( Vec_Str_t * p, int fReverse )
+{
+    if ( fReverse ) 
+        qsort( (void *)p->pArray, p->nSize, sizeof(char), 
+                (int (*)(const void *, const void *)) Vec_StrSortCompare2 );
+    else
+        qsort( (void *)p->pArray, p->nSize, sizeof(char), 
+                (int (*)(const void *, const void *)) Vec_StrSortCompare1 );
+}
+
+#endif
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                       END OF FILE                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
diff --git a/src/misc/vec/vecVec.h b/src/misc/vec/vecVec.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..55ffdf4f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/misc/vec/vecVec.h
@@ -0,0 +1,356 @@
+/**CFile****************************************************************
+
+  FileName    [vecVec.h]
+
+  SystemName  [ABC: Logic synthesis and verification system.]
+
+  PackageName [Resizable arrays.]
+
+  Synopsis    [Resizable vector of resizable vectors.]
+
+  Author      [Alan Mishchenko]
+  
+  Affiliation [UC Berkeley]
+
+  Date        [Ver. 1.0. Started - June 20, 2005.]
+
+  Revision    [$Id: vecVec.h,v 1.00 2005/06/20 00:00:00 alanmi Exp $]
+
+***********************************************************************/
+ 
+#ifndef __VEC_VEC_H__
+#define __VEC_VEC_H__
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                          INCLUDES                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                         PARAMETERS                               ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                         BASIC TYPES                              ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+typedef struct Vec_Vec_t_       Vec_Vec_t;
+struct Vec_Vec_t_ 
+{
+    int              nCap;
+    int              nSize;
+    void **          pArray;
+};
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                      MACRO DEFINITIONS                           ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+// iterators through levels 
+#define Vec_VecForEachLevel( vGlob, vVec, i )                                                 \
+    for ( i = 0; (i < Vec_VecSize(vGlob)) && (((vVec) = (Vec_Ptr_t*)Vec_VecEntry(vGlob, i)), 1); i++ )
+#define Vec_VecForEachLevelStart( vGlob, vVec, i, LevelStart )                                \
+    for ( i = LevelStart; (i < Vec_VecSize(vGlob)) && (((vVec) = (Vec_Ptr_t*)Vec_VecEntry(vGlob, i)), 1); i++ )
+#define Vec_VecForEachLevelStartStop( vGlob, vVec, i, LevelStart, LevelStop )                 \
+    for ( i = LevelStart; (i <= LevelStop) && (((vVec) = (Vec_Ptr_t*)Vec_VecEntry(vGlob, i)), 1); i++ )
+#define Vec_VecForEachLevelReverse( vGlob, vVec, i )                                          \
+    for ( i = Vec_VecSize(vGlob) - 1; (i >= 0) && (((vVec) = (Vec_Ptr_t*)Vec_VecEntry(vGlob, i)), 1); i-- )
+#define Vec_VecForEachLevelReverseStartStop( vGlob, vVec, i, LevelStart, LevelStop )                                          \
+    for ( i = LevelStart; (i >= LevelStop) && (((vVec) = (Vec_Ptr_t*)Vec_VecEntry(vGlob, i)), 1); i-- )
+
+// iteratores through entries
+#define Vec_VecForEachEntry( vGlob, pEntry, i, k )                                            \
+    for ( i = 0; i < Vec_VecSize(vGlob); i++ )                                                \
+        Vec_PtrForEachEntry( Vec_VecEntry(vGlob, i), pEntry, k ) 
+#define Vec_VecForEachEntryLevel( vGlob, pEntry, i, Level )                                   \
+        Vec_PtrForEachEntry( Vec_VecEntry(vGlob, Level), pEntry, i ) 
+#define Vec_VecForEachEntryStart( vGlob, pEntry, i, k, LevelStart )                           \
+    for ( i = LevelStart; i < Vec_VecSize(vGlob); i++ )                                       \
+        Vec_PtrForEachEntry( Vec_VecEntry(vGlob, i), pEntry, k ) 
+#define Vec_VecForEachEntryStartStop( vGlob, pEntry, i, k, LevelStart, LevelStop )            \
+    for ( i = LevelStart; i <= LevelStop; i++ )                                               \
+        Vec_PtrForEachEntry( Vec_VecEntry(vGlob, i), pEntry, k ) 
+#define Vec_VecForEachEntryReverse( vGlob, pEntry, i, k )                                     \
+    for ( i = 0; i < Vec_VecSize(vGlob); i++ )                                                \
+        Vec_PtrForEachEntryReverse( Vec_VecEntry(vGlob, i), pEntry, k ) 
+#define Vec_VecForEachEntryReverseReverse( vGlob, pEntry, i, k )                              \
+    for ( i = Vec_VecSize(vGlob) - 1; i >= 0; i-- )                                           \
+        Vec_PtrForEachEntryReverse( Vec_VecEntry(vGlob, i), pEntry, k ) 
+#define Vec_VecForEachEntryReverseStart( vGlob, pEntry, i, k, LevelStart )                    \
+    for ( i = LevelStart; i >= 0; i-- )                                                       \
+        Vec_PtrForEachEntry( Vec_VecEntry(vGlob, i), pEntry, k ) 
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                     FUNCTION DEFINITIONS                         ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Allocates a vector with the given capacity.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline Vec_Vec_t * Vec_VecAlloc( int nCap )
+{
+    Vec_Vec_t * p;
+    p = ALLOC( Vec_Vec_t, 1 );
+    if ( nCap > 0 && nCap < 8 )
+        nCap = 8;
+    p->nSize  = 0;
+    p->nCap   = nCap;
+    p->pArray = p->nCap? ALLOC( void *, p->nCap ) : NULL;
+    return p;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Allocates a vector with the given capacity.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline Vec_Vec_t * Vec_VecStart( int nSize )
+{
+    Vec_Vec_t * p;
+    int i;
+    p = Vec_VecAlloc( nSize );
+    for ( i = 0; i < nSize; i++ )
+        p->pArray[i] = Vec_PtrAlloc( 0 );
+    p->nSize = nSize;
+    return p;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Allocates a vector with the given capacity.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_VecExpand( Vec_Vec_t * p, int Level )
+{
+    int i;
+    if ( p->nSize >= Level + 1 )
+        return;
+    Vec_PtrGrow( (Vec_Ptr_t *)p, Level + 1 );
+    for ( i = p->nSize; i <= Level; i++ )
+        p->pArray[i] = Vec_PtrAlloc( 0 );
+    p->nSize = Level + 1;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline int Vec_VecSize( Vec_Vec_t * p )
+{
+    return p->nSize;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void * Vec_VecEntry( Vec_Vec_t * p, int i )
+{
+    assert( i >= 0 && i < p->nSize );
+    return p->pArray[i];
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Frees the vector.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_VecFree( Vec_Vec_t * p )
+{
+    Vec_Ptr_t * vVec;
+    int i;
+    Vec_VecForEachLevel( p, vVec, i )
+        Vec_PtrFree( vVec );
+    Vec_PtrFree( (Vec_Ptr_t *)p );
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Frees the vector of vectors.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline int Vec_VecSizeSize( Vec_Vec_t * p )
+{
+    Vec_Ptr_t * vVec;
+    int i, Counter = 0;
+    Vec_VecForEachLevel( p, vVec, i )
+        Counter += vVec->nSize;
+    return Counter;
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_VecClear( Vec_Vec_t * p )
+{
+    Vec_Ptr_t * vVec;
+    int i;
+    Vec_VecForEachLevel( p, vVec, i )
+        Vec_PtrClear( vVec );
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_VecPush( Vec_Vec_t * p, int Level, void * Entry )
+{
+    if ( p->nSize < Level + 1 )
+    {
+        int i;
+        Vec_PtrGrow( (Vec_Ptr_t *)p, Level + 1 );
+        for ( i = p->nSize; i < Level + 1; i++ )
+            p->pArray[i] = Vec_PtrAlloc( 0 );
+        p->nSize = Level + 1;
+    }
+    Vec_PtrPush( (Vec_Ptr_t*)p->pArray[Level], Entry );
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    []
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_VecPushUnique( Vec_Vec_t * p, int Level, void * Entry )
+{
+    if ( p->nSize < Level + 1 )
+        Vec_VecPush( p, Level, Entry );
+    else
+        Vec_PtrPushUnique( (Vec_Ptr_t*)p->pArray[Level], Entry );
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Comparison procedure for two arrays.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline int Vec_VecSortCompare1( Vec_Ptr_t ** pp1, Vec_Ptr_t ** pp2 )
+{
+    if ( Vec_PtrSize(*pp1) < Vec_PtrSize(*pp2) )
+        return -1;
+    if ( Vec_PtrSize(*pp1) > Vec_PtrSize(*pp2) ) 
+        return 1;
+    return 0; 
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Comparison procedure for two integers.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline int Vec_VecSortCompare2( Vec_Ptr_t ** pp1, Vec_Ptr_t ** pp2 )
+{
+    if ( Vec_PtrSize(*pp1) > Vec_PtrSize(*pp2) )
+        return -1;
+    if ( Vec_PtrSize(*pp1) < Vec_PtrSize(*pp2) ) 
+        return 1;
+    return 0; 
+}
+
+/**Function*************************************************************
+
+  Synopsis    [Sorting the entries by their integer value.]
+
+  Description []
+               
+  SideEffects []
+
+  SeeAlso     []
+
+***********************************************************************/
+static inline void Vec_VecSort( Vec_Vec_t * p, int fReverse )
+{
+    if ( fReverse ) 
+        qsort( (void *)p->pArray, p->nSize, sizeof(void *), 
+                (int (*)(const void *, const void *)) Vec_VecSortCompare2 );
+    else
+        qsort( (void *)p->pArray, p->nSize, sizeof(void *), 
+                (int (*)(const void *, const void *)) Vec_VecSortCompare1 );
+}
+
+#endif
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+///                       END OF FILE                                ///
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+